Google Merchant Feed

Zhoabex SOFT TOUCH

Zhoabex SOFT TOUCH is a physiological biorestructuring filler developed with advanced DMW™ (Different Molecular Weights) technology. In this formula, the complex is a triple hyaluronic acid (500 kDa, 1000 kDa, and 2000 kDa) that delivers synergistic action across multiple skin layers. This specialty blend extracts vitamins and minerals and provides comprehensive skin nourishment, by delivering hydrating microclusters deep into the dermal matrix for a young, hydrated complexion. Zhoabex SOFT TOUCH also helps prevent early signs of aging, combats structural degeneration of subcutaneous fat, and addresses skin laxity. Triple-action benefits: Stimulates bioregeneration Restores volume Strengthens the skin’s structural framework The package includes: 2x1ml Ingredients of the product: Cross-Linked Hyaluronic Acid 25 mg/ml Indications: Correction of moderate to deep facial skin laxity Lip contouring and volumizing Rejuvenation of the neck and décolleté Treatment of delicate areas

Zhoabex LIGHT LINES

Zhoabex LIGHT LINES is a skin injectable filler specifically designed for the soft correction of average facial wrinkles, particularly in the middle third of the face, and for mild correction of sensitive areas such as the neck and décolleté. It’s perfect for producing soft, natural-feeling volume. Developed with the innovative DMW™ 3D correction technology, Zhoabex LIGHT LINES enables precise, balanced contouring and is particularly effective for refining mild folds around the eyes and mouth. This filler is perfect for those seeking subtle enhancement with refined, natural contours. The package includes: 2x1ml Ingredients of the product: Cross-Linked Hyaluronic Acid 25 mg/ml Indications: Moderate forehead, glabellar, and nasolabial wrinkles Eye area rejuvenation Neck and décolleté refinement Marionette lines Soft facial contouring Perioral region Scar correction

Zhoabex LIPS

Zhoabex LIPS is specifically developed for lip augmentation and contouring, as well as for treating the perioral area. Its balanced viscoelastic properties ensure smooth integration into the tissue, enabling the creation of naturally defined lip lines and elegantly sculpted contours. Utilizing advanced DMW™ technology, Zhoabex LIPS offers three-dimensional lip enhancement—restoring volume, refining contours, and smoothing fine lines around the lips, all while preserving a natural appearance. Its volumizing and reshaping capabilities also make it ideal for lip rejuvenation, delivering a relaxed and youthful look without appearing overdone. The package includes: 2x1ml Ingredients of the product: Cross-Linked Hyaluronic Acid 25 mg/ml Indications: Restoring lost lip volume Contouring and definition of the lip line Correcting asymmetry Addressing age-related changes (volume, hydration, tone) Lip enhancement with a subtle push-up effect

Zhoabex DEEP

Zhoabex DEEP was specifically developed to fill nasolabial folds and as such is also indicated to treat the treatment of all deep wrinkles and moderate to severe facial lines. Intended for restructuring typical imperfections, this filler has the cohesion needed for excellent lifting and sculpting powers. Its sophisticated formula blends hyaluronic acid molecules with different molecular weights that guarantee long-lasting results, hence it works beautifully for long-lasting correction in recent areas. Due to its unique properties, Zhoabex DEEP provides long-lasting results with minimal discomfort for many facial concerns – from deep expression lines to deep wrinkles that need to be softened. It’s particularly well-suited for mature skin and is also highly effective for volume restoration and facial contouring procedures. The package includes: 2x1ml Ingredients of the product: Cross-Linked Hyaluronic Acid 25 mg/ml Indications: Smooths medium to deep wrinkles Restores lost facial volume Defines facial contours Corrects asymmetry Reduces visible signs of aging Reshapes the nose Ideal for treatments in the lower third of the face, including areas with dynamic muscle movement

Zhoabex VOLUME

Zhoabex VOLUME is a dermal filler developed for advanced volumetric correction and facial contour sculpting. Its innovative composition delivers balanced proportions, natural-looking outcomes, and effectively restores volume loss. Thanks to DMW™ filler technology, the product integrates seamlessly into the tissue, enhancing facial structure and restoring volume—even in cases where soft tissue is significantly diminished. Zhoabex VOLUME is ideal for restoring facial volume, refining contours, and addressing sagging skin caused by deformational ptosis. The package includes: 2x1ml Ingredients of the product: Cross-Linked Hyaluronic Acid 25 mg/ml Indications: Facial contour reshaping Deep wrinkle and fold correction Definition of cheekbones and jawline Volume restoration in areas of tissue loss Asymmetry correction Dynamic enhancement of the lower face

Promoitalia Skinfill Bacio (2x2,5ml)

Promoitalia Skinfill Bacio is the ideal vitamin B12 and hyaluronic acid combination for lip filling and hydration. This balancing duo imparts definition and deep hydration to restore and reshape the lips, all while keeping the natural shape intact. The package includes: 2×2.5ml Ingredients of the product: HA in differentiated matrix with fractional molecular weight at a concentration of 20 mg/mL Nanoencapsulated vitamin B12 The advantages of utilizing of Promoitalia Skinfill Bacio: Intense hydration boost Cellular stimulation Refined lip definition What is the duration of the results? The effects generally last for 9 to 12 months, depending on individual metabolic characteristics.

Yuvenis Volume

Yuvenis Volume introduces a major breakthrough in dermal filler technology. Its multi-layer phasic structure contains monophasic and biphasic notable viscosity HA in the proportion using a patent blending technology. As a result, this gives a very stable and homogenous filler product providing better reproducibility and fidelity than traditional formulations. Delivering natural-looking, long-lasting results, Yuvenis Volume is designed for superior durability and performance, thus making it an excellent choice in facial enhancement or body contouring procedures. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic Acid 20mg/ml Lidocaine 3mg Target areas: Nasolabial Folds Forehead Nose Cheeks Lips Chin Augmentation Body Contouring What is the duration of the results? Results typically lasts between 12 to 18 months.

Yuvenis Deep

Yuvenis Deep is a substantial development in dermal fillers. It is a multi-layer phasic formulation which integrates high-viscosity biphasic and monophasic HA through a novel mixing method. It facilitates the production of a very stable and homogenous product, clearly outperforming standard fillers. Designed for optimal performance and longevity, Yuvenis Deep provides natural, long-lasting results—making it a superior choice for advanced facial contouring and volume restoration. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic Acid 20mg/ml Lidocaine 3mg Target areas: Nasolabial Folds Forehead Cheeks Nose Lips Chin Augmentation What is the duration of the results? Results typically lasts between 12 to 18 months.

Yuvenis Fine

Yuvenis Fine is a next-generation dermal filler that introduces a revolutionary approach to formulation. It features a distinctive multi-layer phasic structure, blending high-viscosity biphasic and monophasic hyaluronic acid (HA) through a state-of-the-art mixing technique. The result is an exceptionally stable and consistent product that outperforms conventional fillers. Engineered for superior longevity and natural-looking outcomes, Yuvenis Fine is ideal for patients seeking smooth, refined results with lasting effect. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic Acid 20mg/ml Lidocaine 3mg Target areas: Forehead Lines Crow’s Feet Glabellar Lines Neck Wrinkles Lower Eyelid Contouring Tear Trough What is the duration of the results? Results typically lasts between 9 to 12 months.

UTH Sub-Q 04

UTH Sub-Q 04 with Lidocain is the most intensive and dense formulation in the UTH range, designed for tissue augmentation, volume restoration and facial contouring. Its viscous consistency provides superior sculptability, structural support and durability. Perfect for deep-set wrinkles and severe facial lines like nasolabial folds, also provides volume to areas of the face like cheeks, chin, jawline and nose. In addition, UTH Sub-Q 04 contains lidocaine to help reduce pain with the added benefit of improving patient comfort during the procedure. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: 24 mg/ml stabilized, hyaluronic acid Lidocaine 0.3% Target areas: Cheek augmentation Jawline definition Chin enhancement Deep wrinkle correction What is the duration of the results? The effects can persist for a period of up to 18 months, depending on factors like age, skin type, lifestyle, as well as injection technique.

UTH Deep 03

It’s a denser, more viscous hyaluronic acid gel. UTH Deep 03 causes effect for longer time. It’s perfect for treating moderate to deep facial wrinkles, including nasolabial folds, and for lip volume. UTH Deep 03 is also suitable for non-surgical rhinoplasty and marionette line correction. The formula encourages cellular renewal and encourages collagen and elastin production, leaving behind the appearance of smooth, firm and fresh skin. There is a lidocaine in the filler to help decrease the pain of entering the skin and to make it more comfortable for the patient. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: 24 mg/ml stabilized, hyaluronic acid Lidocaine 0.3% Target areas: Lip augmentation Nasolabial fold correction Marionette lines Non-surgical rhinoplasty What is the duration of the results? Effects can last up to 12 months, depending on factors such as age, skin condition, physical activity, and injection technique.

UTH Fine 02

UTH Fine 02 — hydrating, long-lasting hyaluronic acid-based filler. Designed specifically for wrinkles and volume loss in the finest regions of the face around the eyes, nose and mouth (including periorbital and perioral lines), it’s specially formulated for thin areas. Its 30G needle makes it particularly great for techniques like Russian Lips or defining the vermilion border. UTH Fine 02 promotes cellular renewal and stimulates the collagen and elastin production will helpin making the skin feel smoother and giving its radiance to the skin. With the addition of lidocaine, it is a much more pleasant experience and one that is not painful for the patient. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: 24 mg/ml stabilized, hyaluronic acid Lidocaine 0.3% Target areas: Enhancing lip volume Smoothing perioral lines Treating fine, superficial wrinkles What is the duration of the results? Effects can last for up to 9 months based on age, skin, lifestyle and injection technique.

UTH Hydrate 01

UTH Hydrate 01 is ideal for use as a red carpet glow treatment or as part of a series of sessions aimed at deeply hydrating the skin from within. This sub-dermal moisturiser stimulates fibroblasts to boost collagen production. Regular use of UTH Hydrate 01 improves the skin tone, texture, hydration, and glow. It can also help make skin firmer and more elastic, for a softer, healthier appearance. For added comfort during the procedure, UTH Hydrate 01 includes lidocaine. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: 24 mg/ml stabilized, hyaluronic acid Lidocaine 0.3% Targeted areas: Intense skin hydration Pore refinement What is the duration of the results? Effects can last up to six months, depending on factors such as age, skin condition, physical activity, and injection technique.

Secret Rose Plus Shape

Secret Rose Shape is a premium hyaluronic acid (HA) dermal filler for therapy of intense facial contouring, volumizing, and masking deep wrinkles. Advanced cross-linking technology provides excellent viscoelasticity, high lifting strength, easy shaping, and long-lasting effects. It is particularly suited for addressing pronounced volume loss and defining facial structure. The package includes: 1×1.1ml Ingredients of the product: 24mg/ml Hyaluronic Acid Lidocaine 0.3% Indications for use: Deep wrinkles Prominent facial folds What is the duration of the results? Outcomes usually persist for 18 to 24 months.

Secret Rose Plus Deep

Secret Rose Deep is a premium quality hyaluronic acid (HA) dermal filler designed for deep facial modeling and volume restitution as well as wrinkle correction. Because of its advanced cross-linking technology, it has an impressive viscoelasticity—leading to great lifting power, shapeability, and durability. It is advantageous for moderate volume loss and facial contour enhancements. The package includes: 1×1.1ml Ingredients of the product: 24mg/ml Hyaluronic Acid Lidocaine 0.3% Indications for use: Moderate facial wrinkles Moderate facial depressions What is the duration of the results? The results usually last 12 to 18 months.

Secret Rose Plus Fine

Secret Rose Fine is an aesthetic dermal filler with high purity hyaluronic acid (HA) suitable for facial contouring, volume augmentation, and wrinkle reduction. Its high viscoelasticity achieved through sophisticated crosslinking technology enables excellent liftability, easy molding, and long-lasting effects. It’s especially effective for addressing prominent volume loss and deepening definition. The package includes: 1×1.1ml Ingredients of the product: 24mg/ml Hyaluronic Acid Lidocaine 0.3% Indications for use: Superficial facial wrinkles Shallow facial depressions What is the duration of the results? Effects typically last between 8 and 12 months.

JuveLook

JuveLook is a state-of-the-art aesthetic medicine product that helps promote your skin’s natural shine and youth by triggering the production of collagen. Made from Poly-D-Lactide-Co-Glycolide (PDLLA), it delivers the volume-focused benefits of a wrinkle filler while simultaneously working as a regenerative skin booster. The JuveLook can help improve the texture, elasticity, and firmness of the skin, which results in a smoother, more supple appearance, making it the treatment of choice for a range of aesthetic treatments, including the treatment of lines, acne scars and volume lost in delicate regions such as the forehead, temples, and tear troughs. The package includes: 1x50mg Ingredients of the product: 42.4mg Poly D.L-Lactic Acid 7.5mg HA Lyophilized powder The advantages of utilizing of JuveLook: Stimulates Collagen Production: This helps to repair and regenerate the skin, which will translate to a long-term improvement in firmness and elasticity. Longevity: Results typically last anywhere from six months to a year, with maintenance treatments extending results. Wide Therapeutic Application: Effective in the improvement of fine wrinkles, acne scars, restoration of volume to sensitive facial regions. Target Eggdonation range: 20–80 years. What is the duration of the results? JuveLook’s results typically last between six months and one year, with the option to prolong its benefits through regular maintenance treatments.

MEDIFEEL® 28mg

The high molecular weight composition of MEDIFEEL® 28mg is suitable for restoring lost volume and re-defining facial contours, yielding a powerful volumizing effect. Formulated to volume the deepest folds and wrinkles, like nasolabial folds and deep wrinkles, voluma the cheeks, cheekbones, jawline and facial oval. Its high hyaluronic acid content enhances skin elasticity and moisture, giving a firmer, more youthful-looking appearance. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic Acid 28mg/ml Water for injection Tampon Phosphate Ph 7.2 CMC (Carboxy Methyl Cellulose) Indications: Restores facial volume by treating deep wrinkles and furrows including nasolabial folds and jowl area Adds definition to the cheeks, cheekbones, and jawline Improves overall facial contouring and reshaping Application protocol: To prolong the volumizing effect and compensate for natural hyaluronic acid absorption, a touch-up session is recommended one week after the initial treatment. For sustained results, maintenance sessions every six months are advised.

MEDIFEEL® 25mg

MEDIFEEL® 25mg is an injectable dermal filler that is used to treat medium to deep wrinkles, nasolabial folds and lip volume. It successfully replaces lost facial volume and better shapes facial contours, therefore it is the best option for cheek, cheekbone, and jawline enhancement. It can be used on all areas of your face, and the effect is natural and long-lasting. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic Acid 25mg/ml Water for injection Tampon Phosphate Ph 7.2 CMC (Carboxy Methyl Cellulose) Treatment areas: Entire face, including lips Nasolabial folds Cheeks & cheekbones Facial oval shape Application protocol: To prolong volume enhancement and compensate for natural hyaluronic acid absorption, a touch-up session is recommended 2 weeks after the initial injection. For sustained results, maintenance treatments every 6 to 8 months are advised.

MEDIFEEL® 20mg

MEDIFEEL® 20mg is a injectable dermal filler designed for smoothing groups of fine lines & wrinkles. Indicated for managing wrinkles around the lips, forehead, between eyebrows, and peri-orbital (eye area) wrinkles. Some plastic surgeons also use it to rejuvenate hand wrinkles. Also, when injected into the lip lining, it is a great choice for lip enhancement, offering a natural volume and definition. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic Acid 20mg/ml Water for injection Tampon Phosphate Ph 7.2 CMC (Carboxy Methyl Cellulose) Treatment areas: Fine lines and wrinkles around the lips (perioral area) Forehead wrinkles Eye and eyebrow area (peri-orbital wrinkles) Application protocol: MEDIFEEL® 20mg is not intended for localized volumization. Instead, it should be injected in small amounts using a coating technique from multiple points to fill fine lines, smooth the skin, and enhance plumpness. To prolong the results, maintenance treatments are recommended every 3 to 6 months.

MEDIFEEL® 12mg

MEDIFEEL® 12mg is an advanced mesotherapy formula developed for skin rejuvenation. It reduces wrinkles, evens and brightens skin tone, hydrates the skin and restores its function. It has a smoothing and lifting effect, improves elasticity of skin, adapts to all skin types and works for women as well as men. MEDIFEEL® 12mg is enriched with hyaluronic acid pumps up collagen production, boosts hydration and visibly reduces signs of aging. The package includes: 1x2ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic Acid 12mg/ml Water for injection Tampon Phosphate Ph 7.2 Treatment areas: Face Neck Décolleté Application protocol: Due to its gel-like texture from its high hyaluronic acid concentration, MEDIFEEL® 12mg can be applied through mesotherapy injections or microneedling on the face, hands, neck, and décolleté. Recommended course: 4 to 6 sessions, spaced 7 to 15 days apart Maintenance treatments: Every 3 to 6 months to sustain results

Lefilleo Pro

Lefilleo Pro is a thick, long-lasting, dermal filler designed to soften deep wrinkles and folds, as well as improve contours in the face. Its high-viscous consistency is perfect for volumetric facial sculpture, in particular the smile zone (cheek, cheekbones and chin), non-surgical rhinoplasty and the correction of the most varying aesthetic aspects. The package includes: 1×1.1ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid 24mg/ml Lidocaine 3mg/ml Application areas: Deep wrinkles Facial contouring What is the duration of the results? 12 to 18 months.

Lefilleo Mid

Lefilleo Mid is a premium place filler for nasolabial folds and deep wrinkles by a famous Korean label. Its powerhouse ingredient hyaluronic acid is known to effectively combine with N-acetylglucosamine and glucuronic acid, promoting deep hydration and skin repair. This biocompatible material is not harmful to the human body, has no side effects, and has a long-lasting moisturizing and smoothing effect. The package includes: 1×1.1ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid 24mg/ml Lidocaine 3mg/ml Application areas: Deep wrinkles What is the duration of the results? 12 to 18 months.

Lefilleo Light

Lefilleo Light is a high-quality dermal filler containing hyaluronic acid and lidocaine coming from a reputed Korean brand. This ingredient utilizes its main ingredient, hyaluronic acid, which effectively binds with N-acetylglucosamine and glucuronic acid, creating proper hydration and skin renewal. It is biocompatible and safe, ensuring the risk for side effects is as low as possible but it is known for its excellent moisturizing properties for smoothing and softening skin while providing a youthfulness of appearance. The package includes: 1×1.1ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid 24mg/ml Lidocaine 3mg/ml Application areas: Fine lines and shallow wrinkles What is the duration of the results? Effect lasts 6 to 12 months.

Luxfill Sub-Q Plus

Luxfill Sub-Q Plus – CE-certified hyaluronic acid-based single-phase filler for contouring, volumization and deep wrinkle correction. This injectable is unique for containing 60% less BDDE compared to traditional fillers, producing a cleaner formulation to reduce swelling, and providing greater skin compatibility. LuxFill Sub-Q Plus is characterized by high viscoelasticity and durability, allowing for long-lasting results that can exceed 12 months. It is injected into the deep dermis and/or subcutaneous layer, which acts quickly to deliver youthful, hydrated, and radiant skin. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid 24mg/ml Lidocaine 0.3% The advantages of utilizing of LuxFill Sub-Q Plus: Facial volumization and contouring Non-surgical nose reshaping Correction of deep wrinkles and nasolabial folds Lip augmentation Skin rejuvenation and hydration Enhances skin radiance and elasticity What is the duration of the results? Effects typically last over 12 months, depending on individual skin characteristics.

LuxFill Deep Plus

LuxFill Deep Plus in particular is a CE-certified Korean dermal filler that is composed of hyaluronic acid, and is used to restore natural volume to the face and reduce signs of aging. Specifically for the treatment of medium to deep wrinkles, it’s injected into the mid-to-deep dermis and is also used to improve facial contouring, particularly around the nose and forehead. Results are instant, and usually last 6 to 12 months. This Multipurpose treatment for the prevention and rapidly enhances skin is suitable for all skin types. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid 24mg/ml Lidocaine 0.3% The advantages of utilizing of LuxFill Deep Plus: Restores natural facial volume Provides a rejuvenating effect Smooths medium to deep wrinkles Corrects nasolabial folds What is the duration of the results? Effects generally last 6 to 12 months, depending on individual skin characteristics.

LuxFill Fine Plus

LuxFill Fine Plus is a single-phase hyaluronic acid-based dermal filler based in Korea, manufactured to meet CE quality standard. It is pure of impurities and toxic substances, along these lines guaranteeing it to be a sheltered and successful cure. Filled with low viscoelasticity, this filler is designed for the upper layers of the skin, making it effective for minor imperfections. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid 24mg/ml Lidocaine 0.3% The advantages of utilizing of LuxFill Fine Plus: Smooths fine lines and shallow wrinkles Reduces wrinkles around the eyes Enhances lip contours What is the duration of the results? Effects typically last 3 to 6 months, depending on individual skin characteristics.

Luminera Hydryalix Lips Lidocaine

Luminera Hydryalix Lips Lidocaine is an advanced, injectable dermal filler specially designed for lip augmentation and contouring. They’re a biodegradable, latex-free, and viscoelastic gel made from cross-linked hyaluronic acid of non-animal origin that gives long-lasting volume, hydration, and definition. It uses hybrid mobile technology to replete and define lips ensuring a smooth, natural look while adding to lip fullness and aesthetics. A lidocaine is incorporated to make sure everything is comfortable and can be applied painlessly. The package includes: 2×1.25ml Ingredients of the product: Sodium hyaluronate (20 mg/ml), cross-linked (BDDE <2 ppm) Lidocaine 0.3% Indications: Lip augmentation and contouring Lip hydration and rejuvenation Lifting drooping mouth corners Smoothing fine lines and smoker’s wrinkles

Luminera Hydryalix Gentle Lidocaine

Luminera Hydryalix Gentle Lidocaine is a hyaluronic acid injectable gel designed to diminish superficial lines, fine to moderate wrinkles and surface imperfections of the skin. Because the Advanced formula allows you to make precise corrections in the most delicate facial zones, such as wrinkles around the mouth, eyelids, and under-eye bags. Lidocaine is infused in, making treatment more comfortable and pain-free. The package includes: 2×1.25ml Ingredients of the product: Sodium hyaluronate (20 mg/ml), cross-linked (BDDE <2 ppm) Lidocaine 0.3% The advantages of utilizing of Luminera Hydryalix Gentle Lidocaine: Intense skin hydration and rejuvenation Reduction of fine lines and moderate wrinkles Correction of nasolabial folds and minor skin imperfections Restores volume around the mouth for a youthful appearance Treatment areas: Superficial and mid-dermis Eyelids and under-eye bags Perioral wrinkles and fine lines Nasolabial folds What is the duration of the results? Results are visible after just one session. The longevity of effects depends on individual factors such as skin type, age, lifestyle, and the extent of correction needed.

Luminera Hydryalix Deep Lidocaine

Luminera Hydryalix Deep Lidocaine is a hyaluronic acid injectable filler for the deep correction of smile lines and facial contouring. Innovatively, lidocaine is infused in the formula to ensure a comfortable application with less pain during the procedure. Which also makes this dermal filler great for the treatment of nasolabial folds, marionette lines, and periorbital areas, and for adding volume in the mouth and smoothing superficial to moderate wrinkles. The package includes: 2×1.25ml Ingredients of the product: Sodium hyaluronate (20 mg/ml), cross-linked (BDDE <2 ppm) Lidocaine 0.3% The advantages of utilizing of Luminera Hydryalix Deep Lidocaine: Deep hydration and skin revitalization Reduction of deep wrinkles and folds (nasolabial folds, marionette lines) Correction of fine to moderate wrinkles and minor skin imperfections Restoration of lost facial volume, particularly around the mouth Treatment areas: Superficial and mid-dermis Eyelids and under-eye bags Glabella and periocular region Lips and perioral area What is the duration of the results? Visible improvements after just one treatment. Longevity depends on the individual’s skin type, lifestyle, and the extent of correction needed.

Luminera Hydryalix Ultra Deep Lidocaine

Luminera Hydryalix Ultra Deep Lidocaine is a sterile, biodegradable, viscoelastic hyaluronic acid gel, which is obtained by the biotechnology method intended for soft tissue augmentation. Made from a non-animal base, this latex-free, clear filler is excellent at reducing deep folds and wrinkles and contouring the face. It can be injected into the deep dermis, subcutaneous layer and even pre-periosteal area for longer-lasting effects. The package includes: 2×1.25ml Ingredients of the product: Sodium hyaluronate (20 mg/ml), cross-linked (BDDE <2 ppm) Lidocaine 0.3% The advantages of utilizing of Luminera Hydryalix Ultra Deep Lidocaine: Intensive skin hydration Reduction of deep wrinkles and folds (e.g., nasolabial folds) Facial contouring and volume restoration Treatment areas: Deep dermis Eyelids, under-eye bags, and eye wrinkles Glabella and periocular region Lips and perioral area Superficial wrinkles What is the duration of the results? Visible improvements appear after a single treatment. Longevity varies based on the individual’s skin type, lifestyle, and the extent of correction needed.

Lumifil L-Max

Lumifil L-Max is an ultra-pure hyaluronic acid dermal filler that is specifically designed to restore volume to the whole face. This particularly applies when it comes to defining and volumizing larger facial areas where deeper tissue volumization is beneficial (e.g., the nose, cheeks, jawline, chin). Lumifil L-Max is perfect for creating both volume and super precise contours thanks to its thick consistency and longevity of results, restoring lost volume in the face. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid concentration 20 mg Lidocaine 0.3% The advantages of utilizing of Lumifil L-Max: High viscoelasticity – Provides long-lasting volume and durability. Low phase angle – Ensures the filler remains at the injection site for extended results. Patented particle technology – Features uniform particle size for smoother injection, easier shaping, and enhanced effectiveness. What is the duration of the results? Approximately 9 to 15 months.

Lumifil L-Kiss

Lumifil L-Kiss is specifically designed for localized, thicker and high-viscosity filling areas, being the perfect choice in lip augmentation and other aesthetic applications. The product’s advanced formulation also allows for blending into the cheeks, chin, jawline, and nasolabial folds, providing smoother, firm, and defined skin with long-lasting effects. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid concentration 20 mg Lidocaine 0.3% The advantages of utilizing ofLumifil L-Kiss: High viscoelasticity – Provides long-lasting volume and structure. Low phase angle – Ensures the filler remains in place for extended durability. Patented particle technology – Uniform particle size allows for precise injection, easy shaping, and enhanced treatment results. What is the duration of the results? Effects typically last approximately 9 to 12 months, depending on individual factors.

Lumifil L-Lite

Lumifil L-Lite is a low-viscosity, ultra-thin hyaluronic acid filler that smooths fine lines and creates lip volume. And it treats those fine lines around the eyes (crow’s feet) and mouth (perioral wrinkles) and subtle forehead lines very well and is perfect for lip contouring. Ideal for precise lip shaping stylings (including classic and “Russian” styles), this filler enhances natural definition and noticeably larger lips. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid concentration 20 mg Lidocaine 0.3% The advantages of utilizing of Lumifil L-Lite: High viscoelasticity – Delivers long-lasting volume and structure. Low phase angle – Helps maintain the filler’s position for extended results. Patented particle technology – Ensures uniform particle size for smooth application and superior shaping. High density and purity – With a molecular mass of 2,500,000 Da, it provides long-term volume retention. What is the duration of the results? Effects typically last 12 to 15 months, depending on individual skin characteristics.

EXOXE Exosome

EXOXE – advanced exosome skincare. EXOXE exosomes are a game-change in the world of skincare. Secretion of these heavily purified human-derived exosomes, which are largely indistinguishable in biology and morphology from physiologic human exosomes, by amniotic stem cells. In the skin’s microenvironment, exosomes are important mediators of biological signals to cells by transporting proteins, lipids, and nucleic acids. They are involved: in tissue regeneration, cell proliferation, and skin renewal. EXOXE exosomes have a deep penetration capability that helps in boosting skin rejuvenation and regeneration without an injection. These powerful agents help promote firmer, more radiant skin and offer antioxidant protection against oxidative stress—one of the main contributors to pre-mature aging. Regular application encourages collagen and elastin production, strengthens skin barrier, and increases extracellular matrix production, which leads to healthier skin that appears more youthful. The package includes: 1x50mg 1x5ml Ingredients of the product: Hydrolyzed collagen, Collagen, Sodium hyaluronate, Treulose Treatment Areas: Face Neck Décolleté Scalp Application instructions: 1. Remove the package and use the syringe to draw one vial of solution into the vial containing freeze-dried powder. 2. Ensure the patient’s skin is thoroughly cleansed and dried before application. 3. Gently apply the prepared mixture to the skin, following the application protocol. 4. If necessary, apply a moisturizer after the product has been fully absorbed. 5. Repeat the treatment as recommended in the application protocol.

Jealifill® Volume

Jealifill® Volume is a sterile, biodegradable, and non-pyrogenic gel with a transparent, viscoelastic consistency. It comes as a prefilled glass syringe and contains cross-linked sodium hyaluronate obtained and biobrewed with a concentration of 20mg/ml suspended in a physiological buffer with a pH of 7. This filler for mid-to-deep dermis injection is used to correct deep wrinkles, improve scars and improve facial rejuvenation. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked sodium hyaluronate of 20mg/ml Treatment areas: Nose Cheeks Chin Jawline What is the duration of the results? 12 to 24 months.

Jealifill® Ultra Deep

Jealifill® Ultra Deep is a sterile, biodegradable, and non-pyrogenic gel with a transparent, viscoelastic texture. It comes in a sterilized prefilled glass syringe, which contains cross-linked sodium hyaluronate from biofermentation at a 20mg/ml concentration in a physiological buffer with a pH of 7. This product is intended for mid-to-deep dermal implantation, and it accomplishes its goal of filling moderate to severe facial wrinkles and folds. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked sodium hyaluronate of 20mg/ml Treatment areas: Forehead Crow’s feet Nasolabial folds Lips Cheeks What is the duration of the results? 9 to 12 months.

Jealifill® Deep

Jealifill® Deep is a sterile, biodegradable, non-pyrogenic gel of transparent and viscoelastic consistency. It is supplied in a glass syringe prefilled with 20mg/ml of cross-linked sodium hyaluronate produced by biofermentation and suspended in a physiological buffer with a pH of 7. This filler is targeted to correct imperfection in both the lips and to add volume to the lips as well as wrinkles and folds in the face. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked sodium hyaluronate of 20mg/ml Treatment areas: Lips Crow’s feet Nasolabial folds Brows What is the duration of the results? 6 to 9 months.

Jealifill® Natura

Jealifill® Natura is a sterile, biodegradable and non-pyrogenic gel in transparency, visco-elastic consistency. It comes in a prefilled glass syringe and contains cross-linked sodium hyaluronate extracted from biofermentation at the concentration of 20mg/ml suspended in the physiological buffer filled with a pH of 7. Ideal for superficial dermis injections used for smoothing fine lines, wrinkles and imperfections on the face with a natural yet refined finish. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked sodium hyaluronate of 20mg/ml Treatment areas: Fine lines Forehead wrinkles Crow’s feet Perioral lines What is the duration of the results? 6 to 9 months.

S-DNA

S-DNA standsS-DNA for a polyribonucleotide-based solution for skin rejuvenation & regeneration. Its main component consists of natural origin deoxyribonucleotides that provide high biocompatibility and easy metabolism in epidermal cells. The product works in two ways: it stimulates the body’s own DNA synthesis, and it speeds tissue repair. This counteractive mechanism yields broad-spectrum anti-inflammatory effects, improves blood microcirculation, and stimulates the proliferation of fibroblasts, osteoblasts, and chondrocytes. Thus S-DNA fortifies the skin’s defense barrier, promotes collagen levels to enhance elasticity and returns a healthy glow to skin. It is intended for refreshing facial skin, lifting the neck and rejuvenating the hands. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Polynucleotide 2mg/mL The advantages of utilizing of S-DNA: Deep hydration and firmer skin Activation of the skin’s natural regeneration process Smoother and more even skin texture Prevention of signs of aging Repair of damaged tissues What is the duration of the results? Effects last for over 12 months.

Rjdephyne BODY

Rjdephyne BODY is an innovative injectable medical device featuring a specially formulated hyaluronic acid designed for body contouring. It allows for the reshaping of the buttocks, calves, and other areas where volume enhancement is desired. Rjdephyne BODY offers a safe and natural way to enhance body contours. As such the biocompatible, resorbable and long-lasting filler provides an effective alternative to surgical implants, without the risks posed by prosthetic procedures and general anesthesia. This minimally invasive treatment involves a short recovery, so you can resume your everyday activities without scarring in no time. The package includes: 1x10ml Ingredients of the product: HA 20 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Rjdephyne BODY: Enhances and reshapes the buttocks, calves, and other body areas needing volume Provides a non-permanent, minimally invasive solution for body contouring Requires minimal downtime for a fast return to work What is the duration of the results? 8 to 18 months.

Rjdephyne EXTRA

This filling has the highest concentration in the Rjdephyne product range (26 MG/ML) and excellent elasto-plasticity parameters. It’s specifically formulated for volume restoration and facial contouring and can be used to redefine the facial oval, treat facial lipoatrophy, and enhance the chin and mandible. The filler is approved for use in the mid to mid-deep dermis and the superficial subcutaneous tissue for skin implantation. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: HA 26 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Rjdephyne EXTRA: Restores volume and redefines the facial oval Treats facial lipoatrophy, chin, and jawline enhancement What is the duration of the results? 8 to 18 months.

Rjdephyne MEDIUM

Rjdephyne MEDIUM is designed to smooth glabellar wrinkles, mild nasogenial folds, cheek wrinkles, and superficial labial commissures. Additionally, it enhances facial contours by reshaping the nose, lips, and their borders while restoring lost volume. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: HA 22 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Rjdephyne MEDIUM: Smooths forehead lines, glabellar wrinkles, and superficial nasolabial folds Reduces cheek wrinkles Enhances and reshapes the nose, lips, and their contours by restoring volume What is the duration of the results? 6 to 12 months.

Rjdephyne FORTE

Rjdephyne is an innovative line of monophasic fillers formulated with cross-linked hyaluronic acid derived from biosynthesis. This hyaluronic acid is naturally obtained from the bacterial fermentation of Streptococcus equi which is non-pathogenic for humans. This hyaluronic acid passes all of the fermentation and purification processes that contain all the hyaluronidase and impurities, it is 100% fiber form, and all of the strict standards of the European Pharmacopoeia are met. Rjdephyne FORTE is specifically designed to effectively correct deep nasolabial folds, commonly known as “folds of bitterness.” It also restores lost lip volume, sculpts the cheekbones, and redefines the facial contour. This high-density filler is injected into the mid and deep dermis for long-lasting results. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: HA 24 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Rjdephyne FORTE: Smooths deep nasolabial folds Enhances lip volume Contours cheekbones and reshapes the facial oval What is the duration of the results? 8 to 18 months.

Revitrane Skin Booster

Revitrane Skin Booster — powerful hydrating and revitalizing skin booster. It is feets for the skin texture, hydration, and gives your skin that youthful glow back. Perfect for applying to your face, neck, and backs of your hands, this booster smooths fine lines and delivers a big boost to skin elasticity and regeneration. With a cross-linked hyaluronic acid formula, Revitrane Skin Booster integrates smoothly with the skin, resulting in a firmer, brighter, and more natural elasticity. Highly pure hyaluronic acid is used to keep the treatment mild and painfree. It also stimulates the body’s production of collagen and elastin, which can help promote long-term skin renewal. Results last up to six months and may be extended through maintenance treatments. The package includes: 3x2ml Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked, high-purity and high-quality hyaluronic acid of 20 mg/ml. Indications: Deep hydration and bio-revitalization for the entire face Skin enhancement for the neck and hands Targeted treatment areas: Full-face hydration, neck wrinkles, and backs of the hands What is the duration of the results? Up to 6 months.

Revitrane Classic

Revitrane Classic is an innovative dermal filler from the Revitrane line, providing advanced and tailor-made results with durability. With optimized viscosity, high levels of purity and multi-molecular hyaluronic acid for greater results and more natural looks, it is a premier dermal filler. Made with cross-linked hyaluronic acid with medium-high viscosity, low cohesiveness, and balanced elasticity, this filler is great for smoothing fine lines and wrinkles in the eye area. This filler is also great for treating less severe surface wrinkles in the lips, addressing marionette lines and mentolabial folds. Moreover, Revitrane Classic gives shape and definition to the lips, allowing them to be precisely contoured to the desired aesthetic. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked, high-purity and high-quality hyaluronic acid of 20 mg/ml. Indications: Reduction of wrinkles and fine lines around the lips and eyes Lip contouring and enhancement Targeted wrinkle correction for crow’s feet, marionette lines, mentolabial folds, and perioral wrinkles What is the duration of the results? Up to 10 months.

Revitrane Volume has a number of benefits on the facial skin and helps to fill it up with medium-deep wrinkles, folds (such as nasolabial folds) and pronounced marionette lines. This superior filler rejuvenates lost facial volume and offers maximum hydration to the skin. Revitrane Volume provides an all-around rejuvenation effect: since it consists of hyaluronic acid, a natural substance found in the body. It enhances skin health by visibly reversing signs of aging for an overall smoother, more hydrated, youthful appearance. Its appropriate viscosity, high purity, and good quality make the injection process gentle and comfortable. The gel integrates naturally into the layers of skin’s tissue in a way that results in natural-looking, long-lasting results. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked, high-purity and high-quality hyaluronic acid of 20 mg/ml. Indications: Reduction of deep facial wrinkles Treatment areas: Nasolabial folds, marionette lines, and deep wrinkles What is the duration of the results? Up to 12 months.

Revitrane Premium

Revitrane Premium is a unique, cross-linked mono-phase HA filler that its great efficiency. Because of its purity and excellent formulation, you’ll get long-lasting, strongly felt results while feeling gentle and almost pain-free. Its velvety, viscoelastic formula is perfect for creating definition and volume in the face, including the cheek and chin areas. Revitrane Premium not only volumizes, but excels at reducing deep lines and improving facial contour. It preps a more sculpted, youthful but still natural look by enhancing facial definition. When injected into the deep dermis the cross-linked hyaluronic acid becomes integrated within the existing skin tissue and results can last for up to 12 months. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked, high-purity and high-quality hyaluronic acid of 20 mg/ml. Indications: Facial contouring and sculpting Reduction of deep wrinkles Treatment areas: Forehead, cheeks, chin augmentation, nose, and nasolabial folds What is the duration of the results? Up to 12 months.

Privilege Body

Privilege Body embodies the perfect blend of an advanced manufacturing process, premium raw materials, and a convenient 10 ml format. Its specific molecular size enhances safety, reducing side effects by 35% compared to macromolecular body fillers. This treatment is ideal for correcting larger areas and restoring volume effectively. The package includes: 1x10ml Ingredients of the product: High quality, round-linked hyaluronic acid Indications: Enhancement of extensive areas, particularly for gluteal augmentation Correction of post-surgical depressions Treatment of congenital or acquired deformities Improvement of depressed scars Refinement of body imperfections of varying sizes (large, medium, and small) What is the duration of the results? Up to 12 months.

Sofhyal 2

Sofhyal is a sterile, injectable gel with lidocaine, designed for tissue augmentation. It contains cross-linked hyaluronic acid of non-animal origin and is completely latex-free. The gel is viscoelastic, transparent, and biodegradable. The package includes: 2x1ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid, lidocaine 0.3 Indications: Fine lines and subtle corrections Treatment of the superficial dermis What is the duration of the results? Lasts between 6 to 9 months.

Sofhyal 3

Sofhyal is a sterile, injectable gel with lidocaine, formulated for tissue augmentation. It contains cross-linked hyaluronic acid of non-animal origin and is free from latex. The gel is viscoelastic, transparent, and biodegradable. The package includes: 2x1ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid, lidocaine 0.3 Indications: Enhancement of lips and correction of smile lines Treatment of the mid-dermis What is the duration of the results? Results last between 6 to 9 months.

Sofhyal 4

Sofhyal is a sterile, injectable gel with lidocaine, designed for tissue augmentation. It consists of cross-linked hyaluronic acid of non-animal origin and is completely latex-free. The gel is viscoelastic, transparent, and biodegradable. The package includes: 2x1ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid, lidocaine 0.3 Indications: Correction of deep dermal layers What is the duration of the results? Lasts between 6 to 9 months.

Privilege One

Privilege One is formulated with a high concentration of round-linked hyaluronic acid, combined with a specialized production process to ensure superior performance and optimal patient satisfaction. This versatile product is suitable for use across the mid, upper, and lower facial areas. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: High quality, round-linked hyaluronic acid Indications: Correction of medium-to-deep facial wrinkles Volume enhancement Lip augmentation

Privilege Ultra

Privilege Ultra has a higher concentration of cross-linked hyaluronic acid, making it perfect for restoring a large volume and wound correction of deep facial folds. It effectively addresses volume deficits and provides long-lasting correction for deep wrinkles. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: High quality, round-linked hyaluronic acid Indications: Delivers a long-lasting lifting effect on facial tissues.

Rejuran HB

This hydrating and skin-regenerating treatment pairs polynucleotides (PN) — derived from salmon DNA — and hyaluronic acid and comes all the way from South Korea. It aims to thwart premature aging and repair skin cells damaged from UV exposure. Rejuran HB is permeated with hyaluronic acid which is important for the moisture retention of youthful skin and helps in creating a firmer structure. The combination of polynucleotides and hyaluronic acid provides two advantages, which are deep skin renewal and significant hydration, resulting in faster collagen generation and tissue healing, resulting in the revitalized and well-hydrated skin. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Polynucleotides 1%, hyaluronic acid 1%, mannitol 2%, lidocaine 0.3%. The advantages of utilizing of Rejuran HB: Reduces early signs of aging, such as fine lines Repairs skin damage caused by UV exposure and frequent cosmetic procedures Enhances skin texture and tone Smooths and minimizes post-acne scars Provides long-lasting hydration What is the duration of the results? Results usually last from 6 to 12 months.

Rejuran S

Rejuran S is made especially to treat and enhance surface scars caused from numerous issues. It has long-chain polymeric nucleotides (PN) from salmon DNA that have outstanding water-binding and viscoelastic properties. These elements support skin repair by enhancing natural renewal processes and promoting the synthesis of collagen and elastin. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: PN (Polynucleotide) 1% The advantages of utilizing of Rejuran S: Speeds up skin healing and cell regeneration Boosts collagen production Reduces the visibility of acne scars Enhances skin texture and overall quality Application protocol: Injected directly under the scar to stimulate localized regeneration Recommended course: 3–4 sessions at 3-week intervals Maintenance: 1 session every 3 months Results: Visible improvement within 2–4 weeks, with optimal results achieved through natural skin regeneration

Rejuran I

A treatment to help revive the delicate skin around the eyes. Highly purified long-chain polynucleotides from salmon DNA are introduced with excellent water binding and viscoelastic properties. These ingredients work together to restore and improve the appearance of the skin, helping to promote a smoother, more youthful appearance. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: PN (Polynucleotide) 1% Targets: Fine lines and wrinkles around the eyes Under-eye puffiness Dark circles and crow’s feet Application protocol: Initial treatment: Once every 3 weeks for 3–4 sessions Maintenance: Once every 3 months

Rejuran Healer

Rejuran Healer is a skin restoring injection made with polynucleotides for all-in-one face rejuvenation. Rejuran is the next generation skin quality booster made using state-of-the-art DOT technology. This new solution, containing salmon-derived polynucleotide (PDRN), promotes regeneration for all skin layers as it induces collagen synthesis and revitalizes the skin. The package includes: 2x2ml Ingredients of the product: PN (Polynucleotide) 2% The advantages of utilizing of Rejuran Healer: Activates the skin’s natural repair and regeneration processes Improves elasticity by restoring the dermis and epidermis Provides a lifting effect and helps prevent sagging Regulates skin moisture and oil balance Minimizes pores for a smoother complexion Enhances skin texture, tone, and reduces hyperpigmentation Controls excess sebum and oil production Reduces fine lines and wrinkles Removes dead skin cells for a fresher appearance Strengthens the skin’s protective barrier Deeply hydrates and revitalizes the entire face What is the duration of the results? Visible improvements in skin tone, texture, and hydration can be noticed immediately after injection, with full effects developing over 12 weeks.

Regenyal® Idea BioExpander

Regenyal® Idea BioExpander effectively smooths facial wrinkles while enhancing volume, particularly in the chin and cheeks, for a naturally rejuvenated look. This filler also provides deeper hydration to the skin to help recover that elasticity from within. Its advanced formula fuses effortlessly into the contours of the skin, creating a smooth transition from treated to untreated areas. The result: fresh, smooth, naturally youthful skin. The package includes: 3×1.1ml Ingredients of the product: 25 mg/ml HA Phosphate-salt buffer solution (1 g) + water for solution injection Indications: Medium to deep wrinkles Dry, dehydrated skin Nasolabial folds Perioral wrinkles, including vertical lip lines Acne scars Frown lines above the nasal bridge Forehead wrinkles Periorbital area Volume restoration for cheeks, chin, cheekbones, and lips What is the duration of the results? The treatment provides immediate results that last anywhere from 4 to 12 months.

Regenyal® Super Idea

Regenyal® Super Idea helps restore optimal volume while firming and tightening the skin. It is particularly beneficial to restore fullness in the chin and cheeks, counteract loss of elasticity, and a healthier plumper appearance. Moreover, the procedure enhances the complexion, leaving your skin feeling refreshed and taut. The package includes: 3x1ml Ingredients of the product: 25 mg/ml HA Phosphate-salt buffer solution (1 g) + water for solution injection Indications: Restoring volume in the cheekbones Contouring the lower jaw Correcting the nasal bridge Reshaping the chin What is the duration of the results? Effects can last for up to 12 months.

Regenyal® Idea Lips

Regenyal® Idea Lips enhances lip volume while refining lip contours for a balanced, natural look. It helps to improve proportions of the upper and lower lip, while deeply hydrating them for softness, smoothness, and radiance. It’s a great filler for providing volume and its advanced manufacturing process contributing to lasting and aesthetic results. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: 25 mg/ml HA Phosphate-salt buffer solution (1 g) + water for solution injection The advantages of utilizing of Regenyal® Idea Lips: Restores or enhances lip volume while preserving natural proportions for overall facial harmony. Provides long-lasting hydration, smooths the lip surface, and improves tissue firmness. Naturally enhances the lips, philtrum columns, oral commissures, and perioral area. What is the duration of the results? In general, the results of the treatment persist for about 8 to 12 months.

Regenyal® Idea

Regenyal® Idea is designed to treat medium to deep wrinkles while preventing volume loss. It effectively smooths deep nasolabial folds, as well as cheek and frown lines, through subcutaneous injection. Additionally, Regenyal® Idea enhances facial contours by correcting sagging cheeks and defining the corners of the cheeks and lips. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: 25 mg/ml HA Phosphate-salt buffer solution (1 g) + water for solution injection Indications: Medium to deep wrinkles Nasolabial folds Frown lines Volume enhancement for cheekbones and chin Abdomen Dry, sensitive, and flaky skin What is the duration of the results? On average, the effects of the filler last approximately 9 months.

Restylane Vital Light + Lidocaine Skinboosters

Restylane Skinboosters Vital Light Lidocaine is a sterile, transparent, injectable gel containing hyaluronic acid and the anaesthetic lidocaine. Restylane Skinboosters Vital Light Lidocaine promotes skin quality, improves hydration, smoothness, elasticity, and firmness. It’s also especially good for more sensitive places like the neck and décolletage. An ideal treatment for the face, lips, hands, neck and décolletage. It makes the process of injection painless because lidocaine is also combined. It hydrates and rejuvenates skin. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Non cross-linked stabilised hyaluronic acid (12 mg/ml) Lidocaine (0,3%) Indications: Rejuvenation of delicate, damaged skin Dull complexion Loss of skin elasticity Hand rejuvenation Fine lines Acne scars What is the duration of the results? The skin benefits from deep hydration for several months before the product naturally breaks down and is absorbed by the body.

Aquashine BR (2x2ml)

Revofil Aquashine BR is an injectable treatment designed to combat signs of aging. The unique combination of peptides and hyaluronic acid it contains provides an excellent lifting effect of the skin and underlying soft tissues, as well as inhibits the production of melanin, which leads to the reduction of pigmentation. This biorevitalizant unobtrusively brightens and evens out skin tone, while additional ingredients — vitamins, amino acids, minerals and coenzymes — give antioxidant protection from displays of photo-damage. The package includes: 2x2ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid 15 mg/ml, 4 peptides, 24 amino acids, 14 vitamins, 8 minerals and a coenzyme. Indications: Dull, uneven skin tone Age-related pigmentation of various origins Signs of skin aging Couperose (visible capillaries) Enlarged pores and occasional breakouts What is the duration of the results? 8 to 12 months.

Dermalstyle Hydroderm Repair Cream

This restorative cream is designed to help stressed skin in daily life and post-aesthetic treatments.The combination of active ingredients included in the cream soothes the skin, accelerates its hydration and strengthens the moisture barrier. It also helps prolong the visible results of wrinkle therapies. The package includes: 1x50ml The advantages of utilizing of Hydroderm Repair Cream: Calms and soothes the skin Promotes regeneration and recovery Provides deep hydration How to use: Apply morning and evening to a cleansed face and neck. Gently massage until fully absorbed.

Dermalstyle Hydrolift Creame SPF 15

This new hydration treatment is crafted to revitalize the skin for a visibly lifting effect. Its specialized ingredients complex gives instant visible results while encourages long-time skin renewal. The package includes: 1x50ml The advantages of utilizing of Hydrolift Creame SPF 15: Immediate firming and lifting action Deep hydration for lasting moisture Promotes skin regeneration How to use: Apply morning and evening to a cleansed face and neck. Gently massage until fully absorbed.

Dermalstyle Hydrolift Serum

This powerful serum is packed with a proprietary peptide complex that works to relax with smoothing and prevents expression lines. Packed with potent age-defying ingredients, it boosts skin turnover, intensely moisturizes, and shields against environmental aggressors. The package includes: 1x30ml The advantages of utilizing of Hydrolift Serum: Visible wrinkling is brought down in depth and density Helps to repair the skin’s moisture barrier Enhances overall skin texture and structure How to use: Apply to cleansed face and neck every morning and evening. Gently massage until fully absorbed.

Dermalstyle Hydrolift Eye Serum

Hydrolift Eye Serum is a high tech, three-phase hydrating serum for revitalizing the delicate eye area. Its heavyweight ingredient cocktail stimulates production of hyaluronic acid naturally present in the skin, while peptides help to repair and reduce crepiness. Moreover, it reduces dark circles and puffiness under the eye. The package includes: 1x15ml The advantages of utilizing of Hydrolift Eye Serum: Deeply hydrates and nourishes Revitalizes and promotes skin regeneration Diminishes fine lines How to use: Gently apply around the eye area every morning and evening.

DeneB Classic-S

DeneB Classic-S is a non-surgical hyaluronic acid-based body filler for enhancing area in the buttocks, breasts, and other areas of the body. It gives you a taut, yet natural appearing outcome and is great for achieving non-surgical buttock augmentation. Along with volumizing, DeneB Classic-S hydrates the skin, stimulates collagen production and helps keep skin elasticity, for a fresh, youthful look. It has a softer volume and medium-strength consistency, allowing you to contour specific parts of your body with precision. Due to its high stability, the results last 12 to 18 months. The package includes: 1x10ml Ingredients of the product: HA 20mg/mL Lidocaine 3mg/mL The advantages of utilizing of DeneB Classic-S: Enhances body contours Deeply hydrates the skin Supports non-surgical breast enhancement Augments and shapes the buttocks Sculpts the hips Stimulates collagen production for improved skin elasticity What is the duration of the results? 12 to 18 months.

DeneB Classic-H

DeneB Classic-H is a hyaluronic acid-based body filler used for non-surgical procedures to enhance volume in the buttocks, breasts, and other parts of the body. It gives a solid and natural-looking result so it is one of the best options for non-surgical buttock augmentation. Its effects last 12 to 18 months, thanks to its viscosity and gel stability. In addition to body contouring, DeneB Classic-H also hydrates the skin and stimulates collagen production, promoting a youthful and refreshed appearance. The package includes: 1x10ml Ingredients of the product: HA 20mg/mL Lidocaine 3mg/mL The advantages of utilizing of DeneB Classic-H: Enhances body contours Provides deep skin hydration Supports non-surgical breast enhancement Augments and shapes the buttocks Sculpts the hips Stimulates collagen production What is the duration of the results? 12 to 18 months.

Decoria Intense Strong

Decoria® Intense Strong is specially made to support the contours of the face, such as in the jawline and chin area. This filler structures and gives definition to facial features for a strong, confident look. It`s composed of cross-linked hyaluronic acid, it is injected into the deeper layers of the skin. This gel is a firm formulation that is high in lift capacity, which is perfect for contouring. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: HA concentration: 20 mg/ml Indications for use of Decoria Intense Strong: Enhances and sculpts the jawline and chin Creates a well-defined, strong facial profile

Decoria Intense

Decoria Intense is a specific useful dermal filler used in the care of much deeper face wrinkles as well as created to include the lips in addition to the help lip plane. Packaged for injection into the skin (not into the bloodstream). It is composed of 20 mg/ml of cross-linked hyaluronic acid, with a sodium chloride solution and a physiological buffer. This special mixture thoroughly moisturizes, tightens the skin, and smooths out wrinkles and fine lines over time. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: HA concentration: 20 mg/ml Indications for use of Decoria Intense: Reduces moderate to deep facial wrinkles Enhances lip volume and definition Application Instructions: Preparation: Clean the patient’s face well. Injection: Insert the needle beneath the wrinkle and inject the gel intradermally, ensuring it does not enter the bloodstream. Technique: Slowly inject the gel while gradually withdrawing the needle. Stop a few millimeters before the entry point to prevent leakage. Post-Treatment: Gently massage the treated area to ensure even distribution of the filler within the tissue.

Decoria Voluma

Decoria Voluma – an advanced dermal filler for restoring volume and enhancing facial contours. It makes up for loss of volume due to aging, making the chin, jawline and cheeks more defined. The filler is meant for supraperiosteal injection, but it should not enter the bloodstream. It contains 20 mg/ml cross-linked hyaluronic acid, a sodium chloride solution, and a physiological buffer. This distinctive combination intensely moisturizes the skin, tightens the tissues and visibly restores lost volume, leaving the skin smoother, healthier and more youthful-looking. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: HA concentration: 20 mg/ml Application Instructions: Preparation: Cleanse the patient’s face thoroughly. The injection process: Under the desired injection area, the needle is inserted and the gel is injected in an intradermal manner, without entering the bloodstream. Technique: Slowly inject the gel while withdrawing the needle gradually. Stop the injection a few millimeters before the entry point to prevent leakage. Post-Treatment: Gently massage the treated area to ensure even distribution of the gel.

Decoria Essence

Decoria Essence is a dermal filler by Bohus Bio Tech intended for smoothing and treating fine lines and superficial wrinkles. An effective product made from cross-linked hyaluronic acid, this gel is also suitable for subtly adding some volume to the lips as well while still keeping a natural look. Injected into the intradermal area, yields long-lasting hydration and tissular tightening to leave the skin looking fresher and more youthful. But the filler cannot enter the bloodstream. Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 20 mg/ml sodium chloride solution, physiological buffer optimal skin hydration, and rejuvenation. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: HA concentration: 20 mg/ml Indications for use of Decoria Essence: Reduction of fine lines and superficial wrinkles Subtle lip volume enhancement Application Guidelines: Preparation: Cleanse the patient’s face, removing makeup, and disinfect the treatment site. Injection: Both the needle need to be inserted into the targeted wrinkle or line and the gel have to injected intradermally (this mean not in the blood stream). Technique: Inject slowly and withdraw the needle gradually, stopping just a few millimeters from the entry point so leakage is avoided. After treatment: Lightly massage the treated area to evenly spread the gel throughout the tissue.

Cytosial Deep Wrinkles

Cytosial Deep Wrinkles is hyaluronic acid based filler restores volume and smoothes the deep wrinkles. Like hyaluronic acid is naturally produced in the body, therefore this filler is more likely to integrate with the tissue and giving you seamless results by improving the skin texture, providing better hydration level and degrading the age signs. The package includes: 1×1.1ml Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 25 mg / ml Indications for use of Cytosial Deep Wrinkles: Correction of deep wrinkles and folds Restoration of significant facial volume loss Treatment areas: midface, tear trough, cheeks, temples, eyebrows, nose, and chin What is the duration of the results? Depending on age, skin type, and lifestyle, results typically last for up to 9 months.

Cytosial Volume

Cytosial Volume is designed to restore facial volume and improve contours to fight signs of aging. It is perfect for augmenting cheeks, cheekbone, and chin, as well as enhancing facial definition and filling in deep wrinkles. The package includes: 1×1.1ml Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 25 mg / ml Indications for use of Cytosial Volume: Restoration of significant volume loss (volumetric lifting) Nose reshaping Chin contouring and volumization Definition of the jawline and angles Enhancement of cheekbones

Cytosial Medium

Cytosial Medium is a preparation for facial rejuvenation; is used to treat mild to moderate lipodystrophies. It is ideal for treating crow’s feet and other skin depressions, improving facial contours and restoring a youthful appearance The package includes: 1×1.1ml Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 25 mg / ml Indications for use of Cytosial Medium: Restoring volume and smoothing superficial to moderate wrinkles, including those around the mouth and corners of the lips Enhancing lip volume and contour Rejuvenating the outer surface of the hands Reshaping and refining earlobes What is the duration of the results? In most cases the results last for about 8 to 12 months depending on an individual.

Biohyalux® Deep Dermis

Biohyalux® Deep Dermis is the thickest filler from Biohyalux® product line, which is specifically designed for facial contouring. It beautifully sculpts and defines areas like the cheekbones and chin while adding volume and softening deeper wrinkles that may have developed over the years. With a smooth and homogeneous texture, the gel enables injection control for the most accurate and sharpest results. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: HA 20 mg/mL Indications for use of Biohyalux® Deep Dermis: Correction of age-related facial changes Restoration of lost volume in areas like the cheekbones and temples Scar correction Chin augmentation Contouring and enhancement of the jawline What is the duration of the results? Results typically last up to 24 months.

Biohyalux® Lips

Biohyalux® Lips is an exclusive filler from the Biohyalux ® product line for volumetric lip correction. Designed to mimic the unique structure of lip tissue, it delivers natural and even volume. Besides, this filler is also very good for correcting sagging, fine lines and wrinkles of the lips, allowing it to deeply hydrate while making the lips plump, smooth and delicate. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: HA 20 mg/mL Indications for use of Biohyalux® Lips: Marionette lines Insufficient lip volume Lip asymmetry Lack of defined lip contour What is the duration of the results? Results typically last between 6 to 9 months.

Biohyalux® Fine Lines

The Biohyalux® range’s lightest filler for the correction of fine lines and surface wrinkles. It effectively adds subtle volume in delicate, high-movement areas while providing a hydrolifting effect. Its smooth, homogeneous gel texture allows for precise volume restoration, even in the most sensitive areas, ensuring a natural and balanced result. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: HA 20 mg/mL Indications for use of Biohyalux® Fine Lines: Superficial wrinkles “Rings of Venus” (neck wrinkles) Crow’s feet Cicatricial (scar) wrinkles Age-related lip changes and subtle lip enhancement Décolletage rejuvenation Reduction of visible hand skeletonization Marionette lines What is the duration of the results? Results typically last between 6 to 9 months.

Biohyalux® Base

The Biohyalux® Base is the first biocompatible dermal filler in the Biohyalux® family, which is developed to be more adaptable for treating age-related aesthetic problems, and in particular, delicate treatment areas. It works wonders for deeply etched lines and midface volume loss. Biohyalux® Base is characterized by outstanding plasticity and natural distribution, enabling perfect contouring even in unfavorable regions (eg, nasolabial folds, scars). This filler provides natural and subtle injections. Infused with hyaluronic acid, it ensures ideal skin moisturization and strengthens dermal architecture. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: HA 20 mg/mL Indications for use of Biohyalux® Base: Correction of medium and deep wrinkles Restoration of volume in the midface Moderate soft tissue sagging Smoothing of nasolabial folds Treatment of facial and body scars Lip enhancement What is the duration of the results? The results typically last between 9 to 12 months.

Maxy Fill 60cc

Maxy Fill 60cc is a Korean dermal filler designed for non-surgical body contouring. Its key ingredient is cross-linked hyaluronic acid, produced using exclusive HENM technology. Maxy Fill 60cc, unlike fillers derived from monomeric hyaluronic acids, enables higher volumes of the substance to be delivered, resulting in slower degradation within the body and prolonged effects. The effects of this second generation filler include body contouring effects, wrinkle filling and restoration of soft tissue after cosmetic procedures such as liposuction. The package includes: 1x60ml Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 20 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Maxy Fill 60cc: Optimal viscosity and cohesiveness allow targeted effects at the injection site Non-invasive treatment with no need for anesthesia, delivering long-lasting results High purity and quality achieved through advanced biotechnological processes Minimal injection marks, making the procedure virtually unnoticeable Applications of Maxy Fill 60cc: Non-surgical breast enhancement (size and shape) Buttock volume restoration Soft tissue regeneration post-liposuction Leg contour correction What is the duration of the results? The results typically last between 12 to 15 months.

Apriline® Forte

Apriline® Forte is a versatile dermal filler designed to treat deep wrinkles, folds, and enhance facial contours. This sterile, biodegradable, and viscoelastic injectable gel is clear, transparent, isotonic, and homogenized for optimal consistency. It effectively restores volume, lifts and supports weakened tissue, and helps maintain skin elasticity while reducing visible signs of aging. For added comfort, Apriline® Forte is also available with lidocaine to ensure a smoother treatment experience. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Highly cross-linked sodium hyaluronate 23 mg/ml Phosphate buffer pH 6.8 – 7.4 q.s. Sodium chloride The advantages of utilizing of Apriline® Forte: Effective correction of deep wrinkles, folds, and facial contours Restores lost volume Enhances and maintains tissue elasticity Reduces visible signs of aging

Apriline® Normal

Apriline® Normal is a dermal filler designed to correct moderate to severe facial wrinkles and depressions. This sterile, biodegradable, and viscoelastic injectable gel is clear, transparent, isotonic, and homogenized for a smooth application. As the most versatile filler in the apriline® range, it effectively treats various facial areas, restoring a youthful appearance with minimal discomfort. Like all Apriline® products, it enhances skin radiance and revitalization. The results are immediate and provide long-lasting effects. For added comfort, Apriline® Normal is also available with lidocaine to ensure a pain-free experience. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Highly cross-linked sodium hyaluronate 23 mg/ml Phosphate buffer pH 6.8 – 7.4 q.s. Sodium chloride The advantages of utilizing of Apriline® Normal: Corrects moderate to severe wrinkles and facial depressions Restores skin radiance and a refreshed look

Apriline® Hydro

Apriline® Hydro is a skin-boosting treatment designed to enhance overall skin texture, elasticity, and hydration while reducing fine lines. This sterile, biodegradable, and viscoelastic injectable gel is clear, transparent, isotonic, and homogenized for smooth application. Unlike fillers, which add volume, biorevitalizants contain non-cross-linked hyaluronic acid and are injected superficially in multiple shallow areas just beneath the skin. This technique stimulates fibroblasts, promotes healthy cell metabolism, and deeply hydrates the skin from within, helping to prevent the signs of aging. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Highly cross-linked sodium hyaluronate 23 mg/ml Phosphate buffer pH 6.8 – 7.4 q.s. Sodium chloride The advantages of utilizing of Apriline® Hydro: Enhances skin texture and elasticity Smooths fine lines Improves overall skin quality Provides deep hydration Helps prevent premature aging

Ammi Crystal

Ammi Crystal is a hyaluronic acid-based dermal filler and the most dense product in the Ammi filler line. Its formulation features large particles that effectively restore lost skin volume. Produced with advanced Nano Mesh Cross-linking (NMC) technology, it ensures safe and efficient replenishment of hyaluronic acid in the skin. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: HA 20 mg/ml Lidocaine 0.3% The advantages of utilizing of Ammi Crystal: Long-lasting results Minimal risk of contamination Comfortable, pain-free procedures High gel elasticity Intense skin hydration Applications of Ammi Crystal: Volumetric enhancement (cheekbones, cheeks, chin) Smoothing nasolabial folds and medium-to-deep wrinkles Facial contour refinement Addressing skin dryness and loss of firmness What is the duration of the results? The effects of the treatment typically last between 9 to 12 months.

Ammi Diamond

Ammi Diamond is a dermal filler designed to effectively reduce moderate to deep wrinkles. Utilizing advanced Nano Mesh Cross-linking (NMC) technology, it ensures the safe restoration of hyaluronic acid levels in the skin. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: HA 25 mg/ml Lidocaine 0.3% The advantages of utilizing of Ammi Diamond: Long-lasting results High-purity formula Comfortable, pain-free treatment Excellent elasticity Deep skin hydration Ideal for Correcting: Moderate to deep wrinkles Facial contours in the chin, cheeks, and cheekbones Forehead and frown lines Nasolabial folds What is the duration of the results? The effects of the procedure typically last between 9 to 12 months.

Ammi Hydro

Ammi Hydro is a hyaluronic acid-based dermal filler with ultra-fine, versatile particles, making it suitable for application on any facial area. Its liquid consistency ensures minimal discomfort during use, while the inclusion of lidocaine provides a pain-free experience. Ammi Hydro is ideal for skin rejuvenation and addressing the first signs of aging. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: HA 20 mg/ml Lidocaine 0.3% The advantages of utilizing of Ammi Hydro: Long-lasting results High-purity formula Comfortable, pain-free procedure Excellent gel elasticity Deep hydration for the skin Applications of Ammi Hydro: Smoothing fine lines and wrinkles on the forehead, around the eyes, and near the mouth Deep skin hydration Lip contour enhancement Correction of “hound’s feet” wrinkles What is the duration of the results? The effects of the treatment often last around 9–12 months.

Ammi Aqua

Ammi Aqua is a medium-viscosity dermal filler formulated with hyaluronic acid. Its ultra-fine particles offer versatility, allowing application to any facial area. Thanks to innovative technology, the filler contains exceptionally small molecules that penetrate the skin easily with minimal discomfort. Its liquid texture further enhances comfort during use. Ammi Aqua provides superior hydration compared to other products. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: HA 20 mg/ml Lidocaine 0.3% The advantages of utilizing of Ammi Aqua: Long-lasting results Minimal risk of contamination Pain-free procedures High gel elasticity Intense skin hydration Applications of Ammi Aqua: Lip augmentation Smoothing forehead wrinkles Facial contour enhancement (cheeks and cheekbones) Correction of marionette lines Reduction of nasolabial folds What is the duration of the results? The effects of the treatment typically last between 9 to 12 months.

Helene Mid

Helene Mid Lidocaine is a premium dermal filler formulated with high-quality hyaluronic acid and enhanced by Bead Cross Linking technology. This innovative approach clusters cross-linked hyaluronic acid molecules into a single microsphere, ensuring precise wrinkle and furrow correction. The filler delivers immediate and long-lasting results, effectively penetrating the skin to smooth deep lines while providing deep hydration from within. In addition to wrinkle reduction, Helene Mid Lidocaine is also ideal for facial contouring and nose reshaping. Due to its adaptable consistency and thus the potential for injection into different areas of the face, it is a great solution for aesthetic enhancements. Lidocaine provides for a painless and smooth procedure. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked Hyaluronic acid 20mg/ml 3 mg/ml of lidocaine The advantages of utilizing of Helene Mid: Painless application due to lidocaine Fast and effective wrinkle and furrow filling Enhances facial contours and improves skin texture Allows for non-surgical nose correction, such as reducing a hump or lifting the tip for a more refined appearance What is the duration of the results? Results typically last up to 12 months.

Helene All

Helene All Lidocaine Filler is soft tissue filler used to make wrinkles and other facial features fuller. He can treat the forehead, temples, glabellar lines, nose, cheekbones, chin, and nasolabial folds, even deep expression lines like frown wrinkles. It acts as a volume restorer, improving facial contour and skin quality. What sets Helene All apart is its advanced Bead Cross Linking technology, which clusters multiple cross-linked particles into a single microsphere. This unique structure, combined with its optimal consistency and viscosity, allows for precise filling of wrinkles and deep furrows, delivering impressive and long-lasting results. The high cross-linking ratio of hyaluronic acid further enhances its durability, ensuring sustained volume restoration and wrinkle reduction. Its stable and moldable consistency makes it an excellent choice for aesthetic medicine professionals and experienced cosmetologists, providing precise and natural-looking results even in deep-set areas. The formula also includes 3 mg/ml of lidocaine, ensuring a more comfortable and pain-free procedure. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked Hyaluronic acid 20mg/ml 3 mg/ml of lidocaine The advantages of utilizing of Helene All: Fills and smooths deep wrinkles and furrows Enhances facial contours and restores volume Improves skin texture, leaving a refreshed and rejuvenated appearance Refines the oval shape of the face What is the duration of the results? Results typically last up to 12 months.

Helene Smooth

Helene Smooth Dermal Filler is formulated using advanced cross-linking technology, which increases the density of hyaluronic acid for optimal wrinkle correction with minimal product use. By clustering multiple hyaluronic acid molecules into a single microsphere, it ensures even distribution and seamless integration into the skin. Its refined consistency and viscosity allow for smooth penetration without causing irregularities. The filler’s Bead Cross Linking technology enhances its longevity and effectiveness, overcoming the typical limitations of traditional HA fillers. This filler is specifically designed for delicate areas around the eyes and mouth. It is ideal for lip enhancement, including volume augmentation, shape correction, and subtle contouring. Around the eyes, it effectively reduces fine lines, such as crow’s feet, for a refreshed and youthful look. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked Hyaluronic acid 20mg/ml 3 mg/ml of lidocaine The advantages of utilizing of Helene Smooth: Quick and painless lip augmentation Reduction of fine lines around the eyes Correction of lip asymmetry Hydration and long-lasting lip volume What is the duration of the results? Results last up to 12 months.

MISFILL+ Volume In

MISFILL+ Volume In is a dermal filler designed for deep injections into the dermis, upper periosteum, or subcutaneous layer. It is indicated for the treatment of deep facial wrinkles and folds, for cheek contouring, chin augmentation, and mid and lower facial and nose contour enhancement. Due to its high content of highly cross-linked hyaluronic acid (which has a high water-binding capacity) the filler also provides volumizing and smoothing effects. It is slowly absorbed over time with results lasting anywhere from 9-12 months. Regular maintenance treatments help prolong the correction effects. The inclusion of lidocaine ensures a more comfortable procedure. The package includes: 1 x 1.1 ml 2 sterile needles Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 24 mg/ml Lidocaine hydrochloride 3mg/ml Recommended applications of MISFILL+ Volume In: Smoothing deep wrinkles and nasolabial folds Reducing marionette lines Enhancing nose shape Contouring the jawline Refining chin shape What is the duration of the results? Between 9 to 12 months.

MISFILL+ Light In

MISFILL+ Light In is a Korean dermal filler made from cross-linked hyaluronic acid, intended for resurfacing fine lines and moderate skin creases. This aesthetic will go a long way to treat the glabellar lines, the lines around mouth and eyes, and also rejuvenate sensitive areas like neck, hands, and tear trough. The gel-based formula provides natural volumetric enhancement by gently increasing tissue volume to achieve the desired correction. The longevity and visibility of results depend on the depth of injection and the skin’s initial condition. The inclusion of lidocaine ensures a more comfortable treatment experience. The package includes: 1 x 1.1 ml 2 sterile needles Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 24 mg/ml Lidocaine hydrochloride 3mg/ml Recommended applications of MISFILL+ Light In: Smoothing fine lines and shallow wrinkles Filling tear troughs Revitalizing wrinkles around the eyes Enhancing lips with subtle volume Correcting wrinkles around the mouth Softening forehead wrinkles Improving skin texture on the hands Reducing neck wrinkles

MISFILL+ Deep In

MISFILL+ Deep In has crosslinked hyaluronic acid, is a Korean dermal filler that increases soft tissue volume and corrects rewinding of medium to deep wrinkles. It’s also perfect for contouring and adding volume to the lips as well as gummas, wrinkles, vertical lip lines, marionette lines, and downturned mouth corners. The gel consistency of the filler allows for natural volumetric correction through increasing the tissue volume of the desired body region. The injection depth and initial condition of the skin determine how long and visible results will last. The inclusion of lidocaine ensures a more comfortable treatment experience. The package includes: 1 x 1.1 ml 2 sterile needles Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 24 mg/ml Lidocaine hydrochloride 3mg/ml Recommended applications of MISFILL+ Deep In: Smoothing medium to deep wrinkles Filling nasolabial folds Reducing marionette lines Correcting glabellar (frown) lines Enhancing lip volume and contour Lifting the corners of the mouth Improving skin texture on the hands

Rejeunesse Deep

Rejeunesse Deep is a versatile dermal filler widely used in aesthetic medicine, including intimate plastic procedures, thanks to its optimal 24 mg/ml concentration of non-animal hyaluronic acid. Its flexible monophasic gel structure makes it highly effective for correcting facial and body imperfections. Known for its long-lasting effects and even distribution within the dermis, Rejeunesse Deep ensures deep skin penetration and natural-looking results. The package includes: 1 x 1.1 ml Ingredients of the product: 24 mg/mL Hyaluronic Acid. 3% lidocaine The advantages of utilizing of Rejeunesse Deep: Restores lost volume and enhances facial contours in the chin, cheekbones, and temples Smooths wrinkles of various depths, including nasolabial folds, frown lines, glabellar lines, and marionette lines Enhances lip volume and shape Fills areas with volume loss (“minus tissue” zones) Reduces the appearance of under-eye circles What is the duration of the results? Results can last up to 18 months.

Rejeunesse Shape

Rejeunesse Shape is a highly effective dermal filler designed to work deep within the skin, delivering long-lasting results through an advanced hyaluronic acid production process. It contains 24 mg/ml of cross-linked hyaluronic acid, purified multiple times from non-animal biological cultures. Utilizing proprietary UPHEC technology, the filler maintains a low stabilization level of 11%, minimizing the risk of toxicity from breakdown products while significantly enhancing the gel’s resistance to biodegradation. With its excellent plasticity and optimal fluidity, Rejeunesse Shape ensures smooth injection, reduces the risk of fibrosis, and provides durable results. Its uniquely structured molecular arrangement makes it particularly effective for volumizing delicate soft tissue areas on the face and body. The spherical molecules act like a natural spring, offering long-term lifting effects and protection against environmental and internal aging factors. The package includes: 1 x 1.1 ml Ingredients of the product: 24 mg/mL Hyaluronic Acid. 3% lidocaine The advantages of utilizing of Rejeunesse Shape: Facial contouring, especially in the chin and cheek areas Smoothing deep wrinkles and folds Enhancing skin tone and texture Lip augmentation Skin hydration and rejuvenation What is the duration of the results? Rejeunesse Shape delivers lasting results, typically between 12 and 18 months.

Rejeunesse Fine

Rejeunesse Fine is a dermal filler formulated with 24 mg of monophasic hyaluronic acid and 3% lidocaine amide for a more comfortable, pain-free procedure. Fully biocompatible, it undergoes multiple purification stages using advanced UPHEC technology, ensuring a smooth, plastic texture for easy injection and even distribution within the dermis. This process enhances resistance to biodegradation, extending the filler’s effects for up to 8–12 months. The inclusion of BDDE minimizes the risk of fibrosis and adverse reactions by preventing the release of harmful byproducts. Additionally, Rejeunesse Fine stimulates collagen and elastin production, improving skin elasticity and firmness. The gel’s “spring-like” effect helps maintain dermal density and resilience, ensuring long-lasting, natural-looking results. The package includes: 1 x 1.1 ml Ingredients of the product: 24 mg/mL Hyaluronic Acid. 3% lidocaine The advantages of utilizing of Rejeunesse Fine: Volume restoration in thinning facial areas Reduction of fine wrinkles in the periorbital region Correction of lip shape and asymmetry Lip volume enhancement Smoothing of mild forehead, neck, and brow folds What is the duration of the results? Results can last up to 18 months.

Rejeunesse Sparkle

Rejeunesse Sparkle is a lightly stabilized filler with biorevitalization and skin reinforcement properties, developed by the South Korean company New Medicco Ltd. Part of the Rejeunesse injectable line, it stands out for its exceptionally low hyaluronic acid crosslinking rate of just 3%. This unique formulation creates a “spring-like” effect, deeply hydrating the skin while replenishing hyaluronic acid levels and restoring cellular metabolism in the deeper skin layers. The package includes: 1×2.5ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic Acid 20mg/mL 3% lidocaine The advantages of utilizing of Rejeunesse Sparkle: Provides structural skin support Restores optimal hydration levels Replenishes natural hyaluronic acid stores Regulates cellular metabolism Stimulates collagen and elastin production Protects the skin from free radical damage What is the duration of the results? Depending on the treatment area and individual skin condition, results typically last between 6 and 8 months.

Sardenya Fine

Sardenya Fine is a high-retention dermal filler containing BDDE cross-linked hyaluronic acid. This premium HA filler enhances elastin and collagen production, making it ideal for correcting superficial wrinkles on the forehead, fine lines around the eyes, and other minor imperfections in delicate, thin skin. With an exceptionally small particle size, Sardenya Fine is specifically designed to smooth fine lines and wrinkles effectively. The package includes: 1 syringe × 1.1 ml Ingredients of the product: HA 24 mg/ml Lidocaine 0.3% The advantages of utilizing of Sardenya Fine: Correction and prevention of superficial wrinkles Treatment of delicate areas such as around the eyes, lips, and neck Lip contour enhancement Deep skin hydration What is the duration of the results? The aesthetic results typically last between 8 and 12 months.

Sardenya Shape

Sardenya Shape is a dermal filler formulated with BDDE cross-linked hyaluronic acid. Its particles of moderate size help postpone the visible signs of aging, such as wrinkles, skin dryness, and sagging. This premium HA filler also supports elastin and collagen production for healthier, more youthful-looking skin. The package includes: 1 syringe × 1.1 ml Ingredients of the product: HA 24 mg/ml Lidocaine 0.3% The advantages of utilizing of Sardenya Shape: Correction of deep skin imperfections, including wrinkles, creases, and folds Injectable facial contouring Volumetric enhancement for cheekbones, chin, and temples Non-surgical nose reshaping What is the duration of the results? The aesthetic results last from 18 to 24 months.

Sardenya Deep

Sardenya Deep is a medium-density dermal filler from South Korea, formulated with hyaluronic acid for advanced facial contouring. It is designed to enhance volume, refine facial contours, shape the oval of the face, correct nasolabial folds, restore lost volume in the cheeks and temples, smooth scars, and reduce wrinkles. With its balanced viscosity and fluidity, Sardenya Deep is easily injected into the dermal layer, delivering long-lasting and natural-looking results. The package includes: 1 syringe × 1.1 ml Ingredients of the product: HA 24 mg/ml Lidocaine 0.3% The advantages of utilizing of Sardenya Deep: Correction of medium to deep wrinkles and folds Improvement of nasolabial folds Noticeable lip augmentation Enhanced facial contour definition Treatment of skin sagging (gravitational ptosis) Restoration of volume deficits in facial tissues What is the duration of the results? The effects of aesthetic results generally last from 12 months to 18 months.

Flawless Sub-Q

Flawless Sub-Q is a subdermal volumizing filler based on high-density hyaluronic acid for volumetric enhancement and deep wrinkle correction. Injected into the deep dermal layers, Flawless Sub-Q effectively reshapes facial contours, smooths severe wrinkles, and restores lost volume. It features a unique combination of polymeric hyaluronic acid and gel particles, creating a high-viscosity, stable solution that stays in place without migrating. Lidocaine is included so the procedure is comfortable, virtually painless. This multi-phase formula is unlike any other multi-phase formula on the market, providing long-lasting hydration, smoothing of the skin, and structural support that lasts. Its high density makes it suitable for non-surgical contouring of the face, including jawline definition, reshaping of the nose and correction of deep wrinkles. The package includes: 2 x 1ml pre-filled syringes Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid 20 mg / ml 0.3% lidocaine The advantages of utilizing of Flawless Sub-Q: Effectively corrects deep wrinkles and restores facial volume Enhances and reshapes facial contours, including the jawline and nose Multi-phase formula prevents migration, ensuring even distribution Optimized viscosity for superior volume restoration Suitable for deep and periosteal injections What is the duration of the results? Results typically last over 12 months.

Flawless Fine

Flawless Fine is a hyaluronic acid-based filler designed for fine wrinkle correction and subtle lip enhancement. Developed for individuals experiencing the first signs of skin aging, Flawless Fine effectively rejuvenates delicate areas and enhances lip definition. It is formulated with cross-linked polymeric hyaluronic acid, which binds a large number of water molecules, ensuring deep hydration and long-lasting results. When injected into the intradermal layer, this filler allows for the precise correction of even the smallest wrinkles around the eyes, mouth, and neck. Its advanced multi-phase structure ensures optimal viscosity and stability, preventing migration from the application area and providing a longer-lasting effect. The package includes: 2 x 1ml pre-filled syringes Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid 20 mg / ml 0.3% lidocaine The advantages of utilizing of Flawless Fine: Ideal for lip contouring and smoothing fine wrinkles Enhances lip volume gradually, especially after hyaluronidase treatments Multi-phase formula prevents clumping and ensures even distribution Perfect for early-stage age-related skin concerns What is the duration of the results? Results typically last 3 to 6 months after treatment.

Flawless Deep

Flawless Deep is a hyaluronic acid-based filler designed for moderate wrinkle correction and precise lip contouring, ensuring a well-defined, natural-looking effect without migration or clumping. This filler offers a unique multi-phase formula, with cross-linked polymeric hyaluronic acid suspended in gel particles, providing an ideal balance of viscosity and density. Flawless Deep acts on the deep dermal layers or subcutaneous tissue, allowing for wrinkle correction, nasolabial folds, lip corrections, and even non-surgical nose reshaping. As a highly purified, biocompatible substance, hyaluronic acid minimizes the risk of allergic reactions, and the addition of lidocaine makes the procedure comfortable and virtually painless. The package includes: 2 x 1ml pre-filled syringes Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid 20 mg / ml 0.3% lidocaine The advantages of utilizing of Flawless Deep: Effectively smooths deep wrinkles and enhances facial contours Ideal for precise lip shaping, creating a well-defined and voluminous look Multi-phase structure prevents clumping, migration, and ensures even distribution in tissues Suitable for wrinkle correction, nasolabial fold smoothing, lip augmentation, and non-surgical nose reshaping What is the duration of the results? Results typically last 6 to 12 months after treatment.

Elasty D

Elasty D is an injectable hyaluronic acid-based gel filler known for its exceptional performance, thanks to PNET (Preserved Natural Entanglement Technology). This technology enhances the filler’s elasticity, firmness, and cohesion, making it highly effective in filling deep wrinkles and skin folds in the facial area. The package includes: 2 syringes × 1.0 ml Ingredients of the product: HA 24 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Elasty D: High-purity formula for enhanced safety Long-lasting results due to cross-linked HA fibers Minimally painful procedure Superior resistance to biodegradation, ensuring durability Indications for use: Correction of deep wrinkles Smoothing forehead skin Rejuvenation of the perioral area Nose and cheek contouring Chin augmentation What is the duration of the results? Results typically last between 8 to 12 months after treatment.

Elasty F

Elasty F is a medium-viscosity, hyaluronic acid-based filler, and is used to fill wrinkles and folds of the face from fine to moderate. This product includes cross-linked, highly purified and nonanimal origin hyaluronic acid to guarantee the highest safety and quality of effects. Due to the PNET technology, the HA molecules are more volumetric and elastic inside the skin, which contributes to the superficial wrinkles in facial, periorbital and perioral areas reduction. The package includes: 2 syringes × 1.0 ml Ingredients of the product: HA 24 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Elasty F: Highly purified, non-animal origin hyaluronic acid Low risk of side effects and allergic reactions Contains an anesthetic for a more comfortable procedure Cross-linked HA fibers for enhanced durability Ideal for thin and sensitive skin Indications for use: Smoothing fine lines and facial folds Reducing forehead wrinkles Treating crow’s feet Minimizing wrinkles on the neck and periorbital area Enhancing lip volume What is the duration of the results? Results typically last between 8 to 12 months after the procedure.

Elasty G

Elasty G is a dermal filler formulated with highly purified hyaluronic acid and enhanced by PNET (Preserved Natural Entanglement Technology). This advanced technology increases molecular cohesion, reinforcing the gel’s structure and extending the duration of its effects. Elasty G is ideal for correcting medium to deep wrinkles, restoring volume, and facial contouring. The package includes: 2 syringes × 1.0 ml Ingredients of the product: HA 24 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Elasty G: Low risk of side effects and allergic reactions High viscoelasticity for improved performance Comfortable, minimally painful procedure Reduced post-treatment swelling Noticeable and long-lasting results Indications for use: Correction of medium to deep facial wrinkles Nose reshaping and nasolabial fold correction Chin augmentation Smoothing forehead wrinkles Reducing glabellar lines What is the duration of the results? Results typically last 8 to 12 months after treatment.

Reparestim® HA TD

Reparestim® HA TD is an essential solution for rejuvenating aging skin, skin affected by smoking or pollution, mature skin with fine lines, or skin damaged by aesthetic and surgical procedures. The package includes: 5x5ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid, lipoic acid, hesperidin, taurine, methylsilanol manuronate, oat extract, rosemary extract, tea extract, soy glycine extract, amino acids. The advantages of utilizing of Reparestim® HA TD: Provides the strongest antioxidant defence. Helps improve skin hydration and enhances elasticity.

Reparestim Relax Skin TD with BoNtA 568®

Reparestim Relax Skin TD with BoNtA 568® is formulated with three synthetic oligopeptides designed to minimize the appearance of expression lines. This rejuvenating solution is an excellent non-invasive cosmetic option for both men and women seeking alternatives to more invasive procedures. It can also be used as a complementary treatment to extend the effects of muscle contraction-blocking methods. The package includes: 5x5ml Ingredients of the product: Pentapeptide-18 Acetyl Hexapeptide-8 Acetyl Octapeptide-3

Reparestim® Whitening TD

Reparestim® Whitening TD is a skin-brightening solution suitable for all skin types with hyperpigmentation issues, particularly for photo-damaged or hyperpigmented skin. The package includes: 5x5ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid, arbutin, Glycyrrhiza Glabra root extract, Morus Alba, aminoethylphosphinic acid (AMPA), panthenol, vitamin A, vitamin E. The advantages of utilizing of Reparestim® Whitening TD: Evens out skin tone for a smoother complexion. Lightens and brightens the skin. Provides a radiant, illuminated effect. Offers antioxidant protection. Stimulates epidermal cell turnover. Improves skin elasticity and hydration.

Reparestim® Eyes TD

Reparestim® Eyes TD is an eye contour solution specially formulated for individuals with pigmentation issues, tired or congested skin, and those who smoke. The package includes: 5x3ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid, troxerutin, hesperidin, peptides, Vitis Vinfiera vine extract, methylsilylanol manuronate, coumarin, escin, ruscus extract, solidago extract. The advantages of utilizing of Reparestim® Eyes TD: Decreases puffiness and bags under the eyes. For eye contour area — smooths + revitalizes. Adds an extra level of pliability to skin for a youthful appearance. Provides an antioxidant action to protect the skin. Provides a brightening and whitening effect.

Reparestim® Stretch Marks TD

Reparestim® Stretch Marks TD is a mesosolution designed to restore skin elasticity and thickness by targeting and regenerating areas affected by stretch marks. The package includes: 5x10ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic Acid, Methylsilylanol Mannuronate, Sodium DNA, Centella Asiatica Extract, Oat Extract, Soy Glycine Extract, sh-Polypeptide-1, Lecithin. The advantages of utilizing of Reparestim® Stretch Marks TD: Promotes re-epithelization for smoother skin. Enhances skin tension and elasticity. Boosts dermal volume and hydration levels. Delivers a firming effect for improved skin texture. Stimulates the generation of new skin cells. Restores skin thickness and overall quality. Provides antioxidant protection. Recommended Treatment Areas: Abdomen and thighs.

Reparestim® Cellulite TD

Reparestim® Cellulite TD is a skin revitalizer specifically designed to enhance skin tone. It is especially effective for dehydrated, delicate skin and individuals experiencing hormonal fluctuations. The package includes: 5x10ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid, caffeine, carnitine, carnitine, troxerutin, artichoke extract, Centella asiatica extract, Hedera helix extract, fucus extract, ruscus extract. The advantages of utilizing of Reparestim® Cellulite TD: Reduces the appearance of orange peel texture. Enhances skin tone and firmness. Boosts skin elasticity and resilience. Eliminates excess water retention. Intensely moisturizes and nourishes the skin. Helps prevent free radicals with antioxidant protection. Areas Treated: Buttocks and lower thighs.

Reparestim Hair TD

Reparestim Hair TD is a hair regeneration treatment designed to revitalize and fortify hair fibers by delivering essential nutrients. It works to restore balance to the dermal perifollicular matrix, promoting healthier hair growth. Reparestim Hair TD is suitable for both men and women, serving as either a preventive solution or maintenance treatment. The package includes: 5x5ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid, biotin, panthenol, sodium DNA, sh-polypeptide-1, methylsinal manuronate, Ginkgo Biloba, Avena extract, lecithin, amino acids. The advantages of utilizing of Reparestim Hair TD: Delivers balanced nutrients to support healthy hair. Reduces excessive hair loss. Revitalizes and restores hair vitality. Prepares the scalp for hair transplantation procedures.

CUTEGEL MAX 1400

CUTEGEL MAX 1400 is a high-quality dermal filler composed of 100% purified hyaluronic acid. With a unique, stable structure and cross-linked hyaluronic acid that help it integrate non-disruptively with the deeper layers of skin, this express filler stimulates circulation, resulting in natural burst of volumetric support over a longer treatment cycle. CUTEGEL MAX 1400 is free from BDDE cross-linking agents, nucleic acids, and pyrogenic agents, ensuring exceptional safety, elasticity, and homogeneity. Easy to apply, it has been clinically proven to meet stringent medical implant standards for over 5 years, with a track record of over 1.5 million treatments worldwide—completely free from allergic reactions. The filler consists of a sterile, crystal-clear gel, offering safe and reliable results. The package includes: 2×1.1ml Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 20mg/mL Lidocaine hydrochloride 3mg/mL Phosphate solution ph 7 qs / g The advantages of utilizing of CUTEGEL MAX 1400: Perfect for eliminating deep wrinkles and folds Enhances and reshapes the nose Defines and volumizes cheeks and cheekbones Smooths medium to deep wrinkles Corrects deep nasolabial folds Enhances lip volume What is the duration of the results? Results of a single injection can generally last anywhere from 14 to 18 months and can vary based on age, skin type, lifestyle and injection technique.

CUTEGEL MAX

CUTEGEL MAX is specifically designed to simplify facial volume enhancement treatments. Utilizing 3D cross-linked hyaluronic acid, this filler ensures exceptional volume restoration due to its robust particle strength. It is particularly effective for addressing volume loss in the facial area, especially around the nose, chin, and forehead. The active principle of hyaluronic acid’s strong moisture-binding ability attracts and retains water within the tissue, deeply hydrating the treated areas and restoring lost volume. Thanks to its biphasic formulation, CUTEGEL MAX offers remarkable elasticity, making it highly malleable and capable of delivering precise, desired results. This product is injected into the subcutaneous tissue for optimal effectiveness. The package includes: 1×1.1ml Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 20mg/mL Lidocaine hydrochloride 3mg/mL Phosphate solution ph 7 qs / g The advantages of utilizing of CUTEGEL MAX: Specifically formulated for facial volumization Composed of non-animal hyaluronic acid (HA) Certified as a Class IV medical device Easy to use and highly adaptable Minimal side effects Clinically proven for effectiveness and safety What is the duration of the results? Results from a single injection can last between 12 and 16 months, depending on factors like age, skin type, physical activity, and injection technique.

CUTEGEL N

CUTEGEL N is a versatile hyaluronic acid filler suitable for treating various areas of the body. Its biphasic gel formulation delivers elastic, natural-looking results. This filler is ideal for enhancing the lips, correcting nasolabial folds, reshaping the nose and chin, and achieving remarkable outcomes in the cheek area. Injected into the mid to deep dermis, CUTEGEL N ensures consistent and reliable results due to the even distribution of hyaluronic acid particles. Hyaluronic acid has strong moisture-binding properties, providing a volumising effect and facilitates the natural regeneration process of the skin, leaving the complexion perky and radiant. CUTEGEL N is free of detectable nucleic acids, pyrogenic substances and produced using BDDE as the cross-linking agent. It is safe, viscoelastic, homogeneous, and easy to administer. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 20mg/mL Lidocaine hydrochloride 3mg/mL Phosphate solution ph 7 qs / g The advantages of utilizing of CUTEGEL N: Effectively reduces deep wrinkles and folds Restores facial volume Free from detectable BDDE cross-linked nucleic acids and pyrogenic agents Optimal viscoelasticity and homogeneity Easy application and excellent tissue adaptability Stable, durable, and highly resistant to biodegradation What is the duration of the results? Results from a single injection can last between 10 and 14 months, depending on factors such as age, skin type, physical activity, and injection technique.

CUTEGEL S

CUTEGEL S is a high cross-linked non-animal based hyaluronic acid filler with excellent safety profile and low incidence of allergic reactions. Every product in the line has passed rigorous clinical tests, qualifying them for medical implant use. Both the product range and the manufacturing facility are CE and ISO certified. The package includes: 1×0.7ml Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 20mg/mL Lidocaine hydrochloride 3 mg/mL Phosphate solution ph 7 qs / g The advantages of utilizing of CUTEGEL S: Effectively smooths deep wrinkles and folds Completely free of BDDE cross-linked nucleic acids and pyrogenic substances (below detection limits) Optimal viscoelasticity and homogeneity Easy to apply, adapts well within the tissue Stable, durable, and highly resistant to biodegradation What is the duration of the results? A single injection provides results lasting between 8 to 12 months, depending on factors such as age, skin type, physical activity, and injection technique.

Chaeum Premium 4

Chaeum Premium 4 is designed for facial contouring and volume enhancement, designed to sculpt the cheekbones, jawline, chin, temple, and forehead. It also contains highly purified hyaluronic acid that deeply hydrates the skin, locks in moisture and restores elasticity and a refreshed appearance for healthy looking skin. Because the hyaluronic acid comes from non-animal sources, the potential for allergic reaction is drastically lowered. Moreover, the addition of lidocaine provides a more comfortable application experience without the pain associated with other treatments. The package includes: 2 syringes × 1.1 ml Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked Hyaluronic Acid of 20 mg per ml Lidocaine of 3 mg per ml The advantages of utilizing of Chaeum Premium 4: Facial contouring and definition Volume enhancement in the chin, cheeks, cheekbones, temples, and forehead Chin shaping and refinement What is the duration of the results? The results are visible right after the first treatment and typically last for 10-12 months.

Chaeum Premium 3

Chaeum Premium 3 is tailored for forehead wrinkles, nasolabial folds, chin wrinkles and lip volume. It’s also great for adding volume to the forehead, chin, and cheekbones while subtly reshaping the bridge of the nose and and facial contours. Injectable into the middle and deep dermis for results, with a 3 out of 4 HA cross-linking rate. The filler is composed of deeply hydrating highly purified hyaluronic acid, which plumps the tissue and restores elasticity for a fresh and healthy appearance. Derived from non-animal sources, it greatly reduces the possibility of allergic reactions. The addition of lidocaine also allows a comfortable and pain-free application. The package includes: 2 syringes × 1.1 ml Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked Hyaluronic Acid of 20 mg per ml Lidocaine of 3 mg per ml The advantages of utilizing of Chaeum Premium 3: Smooths glabellar and forehead wrinkles Reduces nasolabial folds Corrects chin creases Enhances lip volume Restores facial volume in the forehead, chin, and cheekbone areas Refines the nose bridge and ridge What is the duration of the results? The results are noticeable right after the initial treatment and can last between 10 to 12 months.

Chaeum Premium 2

Chaeum Premium 2 is designed for correcting moderate wrinkles and enhancing lip volume. It is administered intradermally into the mid-to-superficial layers of the dermis with a medium cross-linking level for HA (2 out of 4), giving the potential of highly efficient, precise results with limited post- injection inflammatory response. This dermal filler features ultra-pure hyaluronic acid that deeply penetrates the skin, retaining hydration while promoting elasticity, luster, and a fresh appearance. It is composed of non-animal-derived hyaluronic acid, so allergic reactions are much less likely. Lidocaine in the formula ensures a comfortable and painless application process. The package includes: 2 syringes × 1.1 ml Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked Hyaluronic Acid of 20 mg per ml Lidocaine of 3 mg per ml The advantages of utilizing of Chaeum Premium 2: Treatment of moderate wrinkles Lip contour enhancement Skin rejuvenation Ideal for addressing periorbital wrinkles, refining the perioral area, and adding volume. What is the duration of the results? The effects are noticeable right after the first treatment and typically last for 10 to 12 months.

Chaeum Premium 1

Chaeum Premium 1 is specifically designed to address forehead wrinkles and fine lines around the eyes. With a crosslinking level of 1 out of 4, this filler is injected into the mid to superficial dermis for effective results. It is of high purity so there is less chance of inflammation after injecting. Infused with high-purity hyaluronic acid, it delivers deep hydration to the skin to make it firm, youthful and glowing. Non-human origin hyaluronic acid reduces the chance of allergic reaction. To minimize discomfort with injection, lidocaine is also included in each dose. The package includes: 2 syringes × 1.1 ml Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 24 mg per ml Lidocaine 3 mg per ml The advantages of utilizing of Chaeum Premium 1: Smoothing forehead wrinkles and fine lines around the eyes and lips Hydrating and revitalizing the skin What is the duration of the results? The effects are noticeable immediately after the first treatment and last for 10-12 months.

Beads Max Mid

Beads Max Mid is a medium-density dermal filler based on hyaluronic acid. It utilizes innovative hyaluronic acid technology to extend its longevity. Beads Max Mid is effective for addressing wrinkles on the forehead, temples, nose, cheeks, cheekbones, chin, lips, and nasolabial folds. This filler applies a patented 3-step microbead processing technology that enhances viscosity and ensures a long-lasting effect. Additionally, by adjusting the crosslinking speed to manage viscosity, this filler can create a variety of high-quality formulations tailored to different uses. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid of 20 mg / ml The advantages of utilizing of Beads Max Mid: Eliminating medium and deep wrinkles. Correction of the chin, cheekbones. Face contour correction. Correction of nasolabial folds. What is the duration of the results? Results with Beads Max Mid can last anywhere from 12 to 18 months.

Beads Max High

Beads Max High is a dermal filler formulated with hyaluronic acid, specifically designed to enhance facial contours and define cheekbones. Utilizing advanced 3-step technology, it offers increased viscosity and prolonged results. The filler can be fully dissolved with hyaluronidase if necessary. With exceptional hydrophilic properties, Beads Max High delivers longer-lasting effects compared to similar products in its category. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid of 20 mg / ml The advantages of utilizing of Beads Max High: Contouring cheeks, cheekbones, and temples Removal of deep wrinkles Lip enhancement Nose shape correction Correction of nasolabial folds What is the duration of the results? The results achieved with Beads Max Mid can last anywhere from 12 to 18 months.

Beads Max Fine

Beads Max Fine filler with lidocaine utilizes advanced Beads Cross technology. It is designed for use in the upper layers of the face, effectively smoothing fine wrinkles around the corners of the mouth and adapting seamlessly to the skin. It is also highly effective for addressing forehead lines, frown lines, nasolabial folds, and neck wrinkles. Beads Max Fine incorporates a patented 3-step microbead processing technology, enhancing viscosity and ensuring long-lasting results. By controlling the cross-linking speed to optimize viscosity, this filler delivers a versatile range of high-quality solutions tailored to different aesthetic needs. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid of 20 mg / ml The advantages of utilizing of Beads Max Fine: Effectively addresses wrinkles and fine lines while improving skin firmness and reducing sagging. Enhances facial contours and increases lip volume. Smooths fine lines and wrinkles. Refines and sculpts the facial contours. Notable improvement in the under-eye area. What is the duration of the results? The effects may persist for 7 to 12 months.

Beads Max Classic-S

Beads Max Classic-S is a soft hyaluronic acid-based filler specifically designed for body treatments. Utilizing advanced HA technology, it ensures maximum longevity and safety. This Korean product features a unique method for creating a semi-solid hyaluronic acid gel, offering a combination of extended durability, safety, and ease of removal, making it an ideal choice for body contouring procedures. The package includes: 1x10ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid of 20 mg / ml Sodium Hyaluronate Gel The advantages of utilizing of Beads Max Classic-S: Ideal gel consistency for optimal results. Incorporates 3-Staged Microbeads technology, ensuring long-lasting filler effects. Exceptional hydrophilic properties for enhanced performance. Increased filler viscosity thanks to the innovative 3-Staged Microbeads. Easily removable when needed. Flexible and easy to shape due to the advanced Microbeads structure. Safe with no reported side effects. What is the duration of the results? The aesthetic effects of Beads Max Classic-S can persist for 7 to 12 months.

Beads Max Classic-H

Beads Max Body Classic-H is a body-specific dermal filler made with cross-linked hyaluronic acid. It is highly effective for enhancing the breasts and buttocks. The filler can be completely dissolved with the use of hyaluronidase if needed. Beads Max incorporates advanced technology to create a semi-solid hyaluronic acid gel, ensuring enhanced safety and long-lasting results through innovative hyaluronic acid formulations. The package includes: 1x10ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid of 20 mg / ml Sodium Hyaluronate Gel The advantages of utilizing of Beads Max Classic-H: Can be easily removed if required Features 3-Staged Microbeads for effortless shaping Free from side effects 3-Staged Microbeads enhance filler viscosity, ensuring long-lasting results Provides ideal gel firmness Exhibits excellent hydrophilic properties. What is the duration of the results? The aesthetic effects of Beads Max Classic-H can persist for 7 to 12 months.

Etermis 4

Etermis 4 is a highly concentrated, single-phase gel with optimal viscosity and plasticity. This monophasic implant is easily injected into targeted areas, ensuring even distribution and slower biodegradation in soft tissue. Enhanced with the antioxidant mannitol, Etermis 4 (Glytone) effectively addresses deep wrinkles, pronounced folds, scars, and facial volume loss, while also sculpting and refining the facial contours. The package includes: 2x1ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid (cross-linked) containing mannitol and glycerin The advantages of utilizing of Etermis 4: Addressing deep wrinkles and folds in the nasolabial triangle Filling atrophic areas and smoothing pronounced scars Eliminating deep forehead and chin wrinkles Restoring lost volume in the temples Shaping a well-defined, attractive facial oval Replenishing cheekbone volume, nose bridge, cheeks, and chin Enhancing the lower jawline contour. What is the duration of the results? On average, up to 18 months.

Etermis 3

The modern filler Etermis 3 is a dense, monophasic gel with a higher concentration of hyaluronic acid. Etermis 3 (Glytone) is specifically formulated to address moderate folds and wrinkles in the periorbital and perioral areas, as well as for contour plasty and effective replenishment of subcutaneous tissue volume. The biogel contains mannitol, a highly effective antioxidant. This single-phase filler gradually and evenly resorbs, ensuring stable results throughout its stated duration of action. The package includes: 2x1ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid (cross-linked) containing mannitol and glycerin The advantages of utilizing of Etermis 3: Filling small and moderate wrinkles in the nasolabial triangle, Correcting tear furrows and reducing “hound’s feet,” Addressing and eliminating nasolabial folds, Correcting the area around the mouth, Removing skin creases on the forehead and hollows on the chin, Addressing causes and effects of facial ptosis, Lifting cheekbones and temples, and contouring the chin. What is the duration of the results? The result lasts anywhere from 8 to 15 months.

Etermis 2

Etermis 2 is a highly effective, single-phase gel that balances optimal viscosity and plasticity. It offers delicate correction for sensitive areas of the face, particularly perioral and periorbital regions. This filler is designed to address fine surface wrinkles, eliminate skin imperfections around the mouth and eyes, and enhance lip contouring. The implant features a combination of stabilized and native hyaluronic acid, which accelerates metabolic processes within the dermis. Additionally, it includes the antioxidant mannitol, providing protection against oxidative stress. Compared to biphasic implants, Etermis 2 Glyton resorbs and biodegrades more evenly and gradually. The package includes: 2x1ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid (cross-linked) containing mannitol and glycerin The advantages of utilizing of Etermis 2: Reduction of small, fine wrinkles around the mouth Removal of shallow folds in the nasolabial triangle Correction of tear furrows and wrinkles around the eyes (“hound’s feet”) Refinement of the periorbital and perioral areas Contouring and shaping of the lips Restoring hydration and balance in the dermal layer. What is the duration of the results? On average, up to 12 months.

Dermalax Implant Plus

Dermalax Implant Plus is high reticulated monophasic gel, 24 mg/mL hyaluronic acid. Great for older patients with deeper folds and wrinkles. The filler is colourless and odourless, and is entirely biocompatible with the human body. Dermalax Implant Plus serves as a suitable alternative to plastic surgery for reshaping facial contours and volumes. After just one session of injections, even the deepest wrinkles are visibly smoothed, lip contours are restored, and the facial oval is tightened. The package includes: 1×1.1ml Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 24 mg/mL lidocaine 3 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Dermalax Implant Plus: Restoration of volume and remodeling of the facial oval; Elimination of deeply pronounced wrinkles and deep folds, particularly in older patients; Volumization and correction of lip contours; Replenishment of soft tissue volume in the temples, cheekbones, and chin area; Smoothing of nasolabial folds; Shaping facial contours. What is the duration of the results? The duration of action is typically up to 12 months.

Dermalax Plus

Dermalax Plus is a soft filler designed for the correction of superficial and medium wrinkles and scars. This monophasic gel contains non-animal hyaluronic acid and lidocaine to ensure comfortable sensations during cosmetic procedures. The filler primarily targets superficial and shallow wrinkles and folds on the face and neck. With proper usage, the prolonged effect can be maintained for up to a year. The gel is odorless and colorless, free from mechanical inclusions. The package includes: 1×1.1ml Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 24 mg/mL lidocaine 3 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Dermalax Plus: Correction of superficial and shallow wrinkles in the periorbital and perioral areas, including the second third of the face (glabellar folds, lacrimal grooves, “crow’s feet,” “mournful wrinkles”) Volumization Regeneration Moisturization What is the duration of the results? The duration of action is typically up to 12 months.

Dermalax Deep Plus

Dermalax Deep Plus is an intradermal filler composed of a sterile monophasic gel containing 24 mg/ml of highly cross-linked stabilized hyaluronic acid. Its primary purpose is to address moderate to deep facial and neck wrinkles and enhance lip shape and volume. The filler’s dense, uniform consistency ensures smooth and even distribution across folds of varying depths. The package includes: 1×1.1ml Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 24 mg/mL lidocaine 3 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Dermalax Deep Plus: Smoothing of moderate to deep wrinkles (nasolabial and lip-chin folds) Replenishing lost volume and fullness (i.e., lips, jaws, temples, cheekbones) Enhancing the facial oval Volume restoration in the eyebrow area What is the duration of the results? The duration of action is typically between 8-12 months.

PRX-T Lady

PRX-T Lady is a gentle, non-invasive bio-revitalizing treatment designed to address chrono-aging and hyperpigmentation in sensitive external areas such as the armpits, vaginal vulva, areolas, and perianal region. Formulated with Trichloroacetic Acid (TCA) and Hydrogen Peroxide, it penetrates the dermis to stimulate skin regeneration. PRX-T Lady effectively lightens discoloration in intimate external areas while promoting fibroblast activation and growth factor stimulation, all without causing inflammation, frosting, or skin damage. The package includes: 5 vials x 2ml Ingredients of the product: 33% Trichloroacetic Acid (TCA) 67% Hydrogen Peroxide The advantages of utilizing of PRX-T Lady: Addresses chrono-aging in external intimate areas Reduces discoloration and enhances skin firmness Suitable for all genders and skin types Non-invasive, needle-free application Minimal discomfort during treatment Usage: This treatment is suitable for all seasons, as it is not photosensitive, unlike traditional peels. PRX-T Lady is compatible with all skin types. To apply, use a spatula to massage the product into the skin, repeating the process twice. Clean any remaining residue with a damp cotton pad and ensure the area is thoroughly dried.

PRX-Therapy

The PRX-Therapy Kit is a cutting-edge post-treatment solution designed to maintain youthful, healthier skin following aesthetic procedures like PRX-T33. This home-care kit includes the WiQo Nourishing and Moisturizing Face Cream (for dry skin) and the WiQo Fluido Levigante (30ml), making it suitable for all age groups. The rejuvenation process begins with the in-clinic treatment and continues daily at home with the PRX-Therapy Kit, which supports the skin’s natural renewal. The products’ active ingredients deliver deep hydration, providing immediate effects and noticeable results after the first use. WiQo Nourishing and Moisturizing Face Cream prevents dryness throughout the day, supplying essential nutrients to protect and care for the skin. Meanwhile, WiQo Fluido Levigante lowers the skin’s pH, activating processes that encourage skin rejuvenation for longer-lasting results. The package includes: 1 x WiQo nourishing and moisturizing face cream for dry skin 50ml 1 x WiQo Fluido Levigante night cream 30 ml The advantages of utilizing of PRX-Therapy: Hydrates and safeguards the skin Ideal for all ages and skin types Balances the dermis pH level Usage: Following the aesthetic procedure, apply WiQo Nourishing and Moisturizing Cream to dry skin to hydrate, protect, and rejuvenate it. The next day, use WiQo Facial Smoothing Fluid to restore the skin’s pH balance and preserve the outcomes of your aesthetic treatment.

Gouri

Gouri is a premium collagen stimulator designed to enhance collagen production, which naturally declines with age. As the first liquid PCL (polycaprolactone) injectable, it rejuvenates facial skin by promoting collagen generation and evenly distributing itself across the face. Utilizing advanced CESABP (Collagen Enabled Solubilized Active and Biodegradable Polymer) technology, Gouri stimulates natural collagen regeneration without relying on microparticles. Unlike hyaluronic acid, PCL offers longer-lasting cosmetic effects. Its water-soluble formulation ensures smooth application with minimal extrusion force. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: 210mg PKL The advantages of utilizing of Gouri: Promotes collagen synthesis and stimulates fibroblast activity Enhances skin elasticity and provides a lifting effect Convenient application with just 10 injection points for the entire face Usage: Gouri PCL is administered at five points on each side of the face, totaling 10 injection points. The product should be evenly injected into the dermal or subcutaneous layer. For best results, three sessions are advised with intervals of four weeks. Additional maintenance treatments, 1-2 sessions, can be scheduled every 3-6 months based on the patient’s needs.

Alidya

Alidya is an innovative injectable solution designed to address structural changes in the skin, particularly cellulite. It’s used to treat and prevent cellulite and its visible signs, such as uneven skin texture and the appearance of orange-peel skin. The product is injected into the areas of concern, usually legs, thighs, and buttocks. The package includes: 5 vials x 340mg powder 5 ampoules x 10ml solvent Ingredients of the product: Polyamino acid gel, α-D-glucopyranosyl-(1,4)D-glucopyranose, sodium salt of ethylenediaminetetetraacetic acid, amino acid buffer system with sodium bicarbonate for pH correction, osmotic regulators. The advantages of utilizing of Alidya: Address structural changes in the skin Manage and prevent cellulite Suitable for use on legs, thighs, and buttocks What is the duration of the results? 7 to 12 weekly sessions of this anti-cellulite treatment are typically required to reduce the appearance of cellulite in the treated area. The number of sessions varies according to the severity of the patient’s condition in the affected area.

Pluryal Densify

Pluryal® Densify features a unique blend of naturally derived polynucleotides and powerful hyaluronic acid to revitalize and enhance the skin over time. These active components work synergistically to improve skin elasticity, firmness, and smoothness while delivering deep hydration and regeneration. Suitable for both facial and body treatments, Pluryal® Densify is also effective in addressing sunken scars and stretch marks, helping to diminish these imperfections more rapidly. The package includes: 1x2ml Ingredients of the product: Polynucleotides at a concentration of 10mg/ml, Hyaluronic acid 10 mg/ml. The advantages of utilizing of Pluryal Densify: Enhances skin elasticity and firmness Promotes deep hydration and skin renewal Helps combat the effects of natural aging Aids in the reduction of sunken scars and stretch marks What is the duration of the results? For optimal, lasting effects, treatments can be repeated every 5–6 months. On average, results may last up to 6 months, though this can vary depending on individual factors.

Préime HA 3.5% (5x5ml)

Préime® Hyaluronic Acid 3.5%, a dual-action hydration formula designed to replenish skin volume and reduce the visibility of wrinkles. This advanced solution boosts moisture levels at every level, leaving your skin noticeably smooth, luminous. This highly concentrated formulation with a combination of hyaluronic acids in differing molecular sizes and weights provides intensive hydration on the surface and in the deeper layers of the skin. The result: improved volume. The appearance of wrinkles and fine lines diminish, and skin is left looking plump and youthful. The package includes: 5 x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Sodium Hyaluronate The advantages of utilizing of Préime HA 3.5% (5x5ml): Intensive Hydration Improved Elasticity skin Encourages a more even, glowing complexion.Provides hydration and rejuvenation Suitable for face, neck, and décolleté What is the duration of the results? Préime HA 3.5% delivers results that can last up to 6–8 months.

MeLine 01 Moist

An occlusive serum designed to restore skin hydration and enhance the absorption of depigmenting active ingredients. Enriched with hyaluronic acid, it helps regulate moisture levels, reorganize skin tissue, and promote cellular repair and neovascularization. The package includes: 1×250 ml Ingredients of the product: Fragmented Hyaluronic Acid How to use: Apply immediately after performing the MeLine® depigmenting treatment, adhering to the instructions provided in the product catalog and protocols.

MeLine 01 Restore

Helps restore the skin’s natural balance, reducing the likelihood of a rebound effect. This formulation features a blend of active ingredients that support skin recovery and stimulate collagen production, effectively restoring the skin’s natural condition. The package includes: 1×250 ml Ingredients of the product: Rosa Rubignosa Aloe Vera Arnica Centella Asiatica Glycyrrhetinic Acid How to use: Use immediately after administering the MeLine® depigmenting treatment, following the guidelines in the product catalog and protocols. Gently massage the product into the skin until it is fully absorbed.

MeLine 05 Pigment Home Mask

A depigmenting mask for home use, designed to complement professional treatments. It is a highly effective mixture of active ingredients that has both depigmenting and antioxidant properties, the supplement enhances professional treatments that reduce skin pigmentation. The mask collaborates to accelerate cell turnover in the epidermis, dissolve postinflammatory pigmentation and neuropigmentation, and block melanocyte activity and depigmentation. The package includes: 1 jar x 30g per pack Ingredients of the product: Water Cetyl Alcohol Glycerin Mandelic Acid Azelaic Acid Phytic Acid Lactobionic Acid Tranexamic Acid Salicylic Acid Retinal How to use: Apply once weekly following professional treatments. Chronic use must be done as per physician instructions. Wash the face with water, facial soap, apply the mask and leave it for 45 minutes. Washthe face, and rinse well with warm water.

MeLine 04 BB Cream Medium SPF 30

A corrective cream with SPF 30+ in a dark foundation shade. Does great things for hyperpigmentation and phototypes IV-VI at the same time. Its base ingredients hydrate and restore skin tissue while offering effective protection against ultraviolet light. The package includes: 1 bottle x 30g per pack Ingredients of the product: Water Diethylhexyl Adipate Octocrylene Polyglyceryl-3 Methylglucose Distearate Dicaprylic Ether Caprylic/Capric Triglyceride Rice Bran Oil Butyl Methoxydibenzoymethane Glyceryl Stearate Tocopheryl Acetate Aluminum Hydroxide Rosehip Seed Oil Biotin How to use: Use regularly two to three times a day depending on skin needs and sun exposure. Regular application is vital for protecting skin tissue from UV damage.

MeLine 04 BB Cream Light SPF 30

A correcting cream with SPF 30+ which also acts as a light-tone base for your make-up. This sun protection is designed to help with the treatment of hyperpigmentation and at the same time cover imperfections on phototypes I-III. Its active ingredients collaborate to moisturize and rejuvenate skin tissue and protect it from harmful ultraviolet rays. The package includes: 1 bottle x 30g per pack Ingredients of the product: Water Diethylhexyl Adipate Octocrylene Polyglyceryl-3 Methylglucose Distearate Dicaprylic Ether Caprylic/Capric Triglyceride Rice Bran Oil Butyl Methoxydibenzoymethane Glyceryl Stearate Tocopheryl Acetate Aluminum Hydroxide Rosehip Seed Oil Biotin How to use: Use consistently two to three times daily, as needed per your skin and sun exposure. It is a must to use daily to protect skin tissue from UV damage.

MeLine 03 Restore

Restores the physiological conditions of the skin, minimizing the risk of rebound effect. This formula combines a series of active ingredients that effectively promote skin recovery and collagen formation. Thanks to this, it restores the natural condition of the skin. The package includes: 1 jar x 30g per pack Ingredients of the product: Rosa Rubignosa Aloe Vera Arnica Centella Asiatica Glycyrrhetinic Acid How to use: Apply morning and night, for at least 10 days after treatment. Follow the specialist’s specific instructions. Gently massage the product into the skin until completely absorbed.

MeLine 02 Dark Circles

A specialized product designed to reduce dark circles and hyperpigmentation in the periocular area. This at-home treatment enhances and optimizes the results achieved with MeLine® 01 Dark Circles. Formulated with dermocosmetic depigmenting ingredients known for their high tolerance on delicate periocular skin, it helps lighten dark circles, reduce melanin deposits, and address pigmentation of melanocyte origin. Additionally, it stimulates cellular renewal, combating visible signs of photoaging. The package includes: 1 roll-on x 10ml per pack Ingredients of the product: Ruscus Aculeatus Gingko Biloba Troxerutin and Melilotus Officinalis Alpha Arbutin and Kojic Acid Tranexamic Acid Matrikines and Flavonoids Vitamin P (flavonoids, saponins and procyanidols) How to use: Using the roll-on applicator, apply a thin layer around the eye area in the morning and evening. Allow it to dry completely. Begin using the product on the second day after applying MeLine® 01 Dark Circles and continue for at least 30 days.

MeLine 02 Intimate

A concentrated gel specifically formulated to address pigmentation in intimate areas. Designed to improve hyperpigmentation in the genito-anal region, the gel’s active ingredients effectively reduce melanin synthesis, leading to a visible decrease in pigmentation. The package includes: 1 bottle x 20ml per pack Ingredients of the product: Phytic Acid Kojic Acid Arbutin Melanostatin Lactobionic Acid Tranexamic Acid Renital Sodium Hyaluronate How to use: Use the product for at least 60 days, with the total duration determined by a professional. After thoroughly cleansing the intimate area, apply a small amount using the roll-on applicator to form a thin layer on the targeted area. Apply once daily at night.

MeLine 02 Ethnic Skin Night

A nighttime depigmenting emulsion designed for skin types IV-VI. This emulsion helps reduce and delay the development of pigmentation in phototypes IV-VI by inhibiting tyrosinase expression and, consequently, melanin production. Its active ingredients effectively suppress mRNA synthesis required for tyrosinase production, halt melanin synthesis, and block the release of melanosomes, resulting in brighter, more even skin tone. The package includes: 1 bottle x 20g per pack Ingredients of the product: Mandelic Acid Ascorbic Acid Arbutin Melanostatin Niacinamide Magnesium Sulfate Retinal How to use: Use the product consistently for a minimum of 90 days, with the total duration determined by a professional. After cleansing your face, take a small amount, apply evenly over the skin, and gently massage until fully absorbed. For those with sensitive skin, start using on alternate days for 2–3 weeks to test tolerance and irritation before increasing to daily application.

MeLine 02 Caucasian Skin Night

A nighttime depigmenting emulsion formulated for phototypes I-IV. It reduces and delays the onset of skin pigmentation by inhibiting tyrosinase expression, effectively suppressing melanin production. The synergy of its active ingredients reduces the transcription of the mRNA required for tyrosinase synthesis, leading to efficient melanin inhibition. The package includes: 1 bottle x 30g per pack Ingredients of the product: Azelaic Acid Melanostatin – 5 Arbutin Magnesium Sulfate Thioctic Acid Retinal Phenylethyl Resorcinol How to use: Use the product for a minimum of 90 days, with the total duration determined by a professional. After cleansing the face, apply a thin layer evenly across the facial surface and massage until fully absorbed. If irritation occurs, apply on alternate days for two to three weeks before transitioning to daily use.

MeLine 02 Spots

Enhances the depigmenting effects of MeLine 01 Spots and aids in the removal of dermal melanic pigment. It strengthens treatments targeting solar lentigines and hyperkeratosis. Its potent formula controls melanin synthesis and pigment deposition while regulating the damaging effects of reactive oxygen species and nitrogen radicals, which contribute to the development and persistence of pigment lesions. The package includes: 1 roll-on x 10ml per pack Ingredients of the product: Phytic Acid Tranexamic Acid Melanostatin – 5 Phenylethyl Resorcinol Retinal How to use: Apply twice a day, in the morning and evening, to the area for at least 60 days.

MeLine 02 Ethnic Skin Day

A daytime depigmenting serum made for phototypes IV-VI. Its active ingredients combination helps to boost antioxidant and anti-inflammatory activity and to inhibit the enzyme activity of tyrosinase to reduce the pigment formation. It also helps in the breakdown and removal of pigmented keratinocytes. The package includes: 1 bottle x 30ml per pack Ingredients of the product: Pyruvic Acid Tranexamic Acid Salicylic Acid Undecylenoyl Phenylalanine Phytic Acid Glutathione White Chameleon How to use: Use the product consistently for a minimum of 90 days, with the total duration determined by a professional.

MeLine F Gentle Foam

A facial cleanser designed to enhance and optimize the effectiveness of MeLine® treatments. The cleanser boosts cellular communication, preparing intercellular spaces to improve the absorption of active ingredients. It also supports rebalancing through chrono-energizing action, reducing glycation and oxidative processes. This helps initiate the control of biochemical reactions that activate melanocyte activity. The package includes: 1 bottle x 150ml per pack Ingredients of the product: Combination of essential minerals and organic anions Dexpantenol Bisabolol How to use: Wet the skin thoroughly. Apply a small amount of cleansing foam. Gently massage for a few minutes. Rinse off with warm water.

MeLine 01 Caucasian Skin

A chemical dermabrasion cream designed for professional use on phototypes I-IV. Its formulation combines active ingredients that effectively control and inhibit melanin synthesis. It works by targeting pre-synthesis processes, directly suppressing tyrosinase enzyme activity, breaking down intra-keratinocytic pigment, and promoting epidermal turnover to eliminate pigmented cells. The package includes: 1 bottle x 15g per pack Ingredients of the product: Azelaic Acid Tranexamic Acid Arbutin Kojic Acid Lactobionic Acid Sodium Hyaluronate Retinal Phentenyl Resorcinol How to use: Perform an initial session, followed by the use of MeLine 02 Caucasian Skin products. Conduct a second session after 30 days. If needed, apply a third session 6 to 8 months later.

MeLine 01 Spots

MeLine 01 Spots is a depigmenting kit specifically designed to treat solar lentigos. The two-step treatment targets skin conditions such as hyperkeratosis and lentigos for effective elimination. The package includes: 1. step x 5ml, + 2. step x 7 Gr. per pack Ingredients of the product: Step one: Azelaic Acid Tranexamic Acid Phenylethyl Resorcinol Sodium Hyaluronate Step two: Pyruvic Acid Salicylic Acid Sodium Hyaluronate The advantages of utilizing of MeLine 01 Spots step 1, 5ml + step 2, 7gr.: Effectively addresses specific skin conditions Perfect for treating solar lentigos What is the duration of the results? In most cases, a single treatment is sufficient. If necessary, the procedure can be repeated after 45 days.

MeLine 01 Ethnic Skin

MeLine 01 Ethnic Skin 15g is a chemical dermabrasion cream formulated for skin types IV to VI. It helps minimize skin irritation and inflammation while effectively reducing both the appearance and formation of hyperpigmentation. The package includes: 1 bottle x 15g Ingredients of the product: Mandelic Acid Ascorbic Acid Tranexamic Acid Phytic Acid Pyruvic Acid Salicylic Acid Retinal Sodium Hyaluronate The advantages of utilizing of MeLine 01 Ethnic Skin: Diminishes hyperpigmentation and soothes skin irritation Prevents the development of new hyperpigmentation How to use: Cleanse the skin thoroughly and apply MeLine 00 PREP. Apply a layer of MeLine 01 Ethnic Skin and let it dry for 15 minutes. Reapply another layer, focusing only on hyperpigmented areas, and allow it to dry for an additional 15 minutes. Rinse off the product thoroughly. What is the duration of the results? For noticeable improvement, repeat the treatment after 30 days and, if necessary, again after 6–8 months.

MeLine 01 Dark Circles

MeLine 01 Dark Circles 5ml is a dual-treatment for reducing pigmentation in the periorbital region (dark circles). Though hereditary, dark circles also come from age, dehydration, lack of sleep or poor diet. The package includes: 2×5 ml vials (1. Step & 2. Step) Ingredients of the product: Vitamin A Vitamin C Chloroacetic acid Lactic acid Phytic acid The advantages of utilizing of MeLine 01 Dark Cirkles step 1 & step 2: Diminishes the appearance of dark circles Contains exfoliating ingredients to help lighten pigmentation How to use: On cleansed skin, use a cotton pad to apply two layers of MeLine 01 Dark Circles Step 1 (5ml) and allow it to dry. Follow with MeLine 01 Dark Circles Step 2 (5ml) and let it sit for 15 minutes before rinsing gently with water. For enhanced results, apply MeLine 03 Moist Drops 30ml after the treatment. What is the duration of the results? Use MeLine 01 Dark Circles 5ml twice daily for 30 days to achieve noticeable improvement.

MeLine 02 Caucasian Skin Day

MeLine 02 Caucasian Skin Day 30ml is an integrating facial and body moisturizing serum that reduces different types of hyperpigmentations. It reduces pigmentation appearance, as well as the amount of time it takes for pigment to return, making it great for dark spots, melasma and pregnancy-related pigmentation. The package includes: 1 bottle x 30 ml Ingredients of the product: Acide Pyruvique Acide Tranexamique Acide Salycilique Undecylenoyl Phenylalanine Acide Phytique Glutathion The advantages of utilizing of MeLine 02 Caucasian Skin Day: Reduces the look of hyperpigmentation Helps to impede the return of pigmentation Suitable for dark spots, melasma, and pregnancy-related discoloration How to use: After you cleanse your skin each morning, apply the serum directly to the pigmented areas and repeat for at least 90 days. What is the duration of the results? For best results, consistent use for at least 90 days is recommended.

MeLine 01 Intimate

MeLine 01 Intimate 2ml – keratolytic antioxidant formula for intimate areas It is an exfoliant and peeling agent that lightens and whitens skin, effectively combating hyperpigmentation. The package includes: 6 vials x 2ml Ingredients of the product: Mandelic Acid Tranexamic Acid Lactobionic Acid Salicylic Acid Retinal Sodium Hyaluronate The advantages of utilizing of MeLine 01 Intimate: Reduces hyperpigmentation in intimate areas Brightens and whitens the skin Acts as a peeling treatment Treatment Area: Genito-anal region How to use: Apply MeLine 01 Intimate to cleansed skin. Leave the product to sit for 5–10 mins. Rinse well, with lots of water and a gentle cleanser. What is the duration of the results? For optimal results, apply MeLine 01 Intimate 2ml three to five times, maintaining an interval of 21 days between each application.

MeLine 01 ID

MeLine 01 ID is a specialized transdermal solution designed to enhance depigmentation treatments and boost the overall effectiveness of such therapies. It addresses skin concerns on both the face and body. Active ingredients of this product are powerful at oxidative stress and anti-inflammatory: inhibit melanocyte production and inhibit melanin production by blocking the tyrosinase enzyme. Moreover, it enhances depigmentation through stimulating the pheomelanin pathway and biochemically diminishing deposited pigments. The package includes: 6 ampoules x 2ml Ingredients of the product: Tranexamic Acid Glutathione Ascorbic Acid Niacinamide Magnesium Gluconate Phenylalanine The advantages of utilizing of MeLine 01 ID: Inhibits melanocyte production Provides antioxidant and anti-inflammatory benefits Enhances overall treatment efficacy How to use: Cleanse the treatment area thoroughly to remove all impurities. Apply the contents of one MeLine 01 ID ampoule to the hyperpigmented area using transdermal therapy at a depth of 2–3 millimeters. For diffuse melasma, distribute the ampoule evenly across the entire facial surface. What is the duration of the results? MeLine 01 ID is simple to apply, delivering quick, effective, and long-lasting results. Apply one ampoule once every 15 days until the desired outcome. Can be used on face and body, results may vary based on skin type and severity of hyperpigmentation.

JPX Neutralizer

The JPX Neutralizer, created by Medixa, is specifically designed to restore the skin’s natural balance and promote recovery after chemical peeling treatments, such as the JPX3bio peel. It also has a nice mix of gentle ingredients that aid in balancing out the acid so skin returns to its natural pH once more. Also add intense moisturization which leaves the skin feeling soft supple and rejuvenated. And it helps to repair the skin, extending the benefits and results of any peels. The package includes: 1 x 250 ml Ingredients of the product: Aloe vera extract, panthenol and bisabolol. The advantages of utilizing of JPX Neutralizer: Restores skin moisture and provides soothing relaxation after treatments. Neutralizes acidic residues from peels to maintain the skin’s natural pH balance. Enhances skin recovery and ensures long-lasting, improved treatment results. Recommended application: Apply the JPX Neutralizer to the treated area and massage gently for 2–3 minutes. Afterward, rinse off with water.

MC Prof. Hyaluronic Acid

The MC Prof. Hyaluronic Acid is an innovative mesotherapy product that revitalizes the skin on both superficial and deeper levels. It a great fine lines reducer for the neck, décolleté, hands, and face with long-lasting results. This MCCosmetics® product is built on uncrosslinked hyaluronic acid gel for its unique water-retaining properties, a feature that makes it great for revitalizing dry and dehydrated skin. And with regular use, it helps improve skin suppleness and provides a youthful, fresh look that can be maintained with periodic touchup treatments. The package includes: 5 x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Water (Aqua), gel-like and non-cross-linked sodium hyaluronate. Recommended uses: Facial and body skin revitalization. Diminishing of fine lines and wrinkles on the facial, neck, décolleté and arms. Application Guidelines: Initial treatment: Every 2 weeks, with approximately 5-10 sessions. Maintenance: 1 session every 1-2 months to sustain results.

MC Prof. PDRN + Hyaluronic Acid 2%

MC Prof. PDRN + Hyaluronic Acid 2%, a popular mesotherapy product, show high efficacy due to its synergistic action. Suitable for the face, neck, décolleté and hands, it treats surface imperfections and damage, like mild to moderate wrinkles, acne scarring, other types of scarring and stretch marks. It also aids in skin renewal, elasticity level or texture and quality of the skin overall. The package includes: 5 x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Water, hyaluronic acid, polymerized polynucleotides (abbreviated as PDRN). The advantages of utilizing of MC Prof. PDRN + Hyaluronic Acid 2%: Perks up mild to moderate wrinkles. Helps reduces acne scars, other scars and stretch marks. It also aids in regeneration and intradermal renewal of the tissues returning them to a more youthful condition, therefore improving elasticity and skin tone. Recommended Application: 4 to 6 sessions with 2-week intervals.

MesoMedica Phosphatidylcholine Lipolysis

MesoMedica Phosphatidylcholine Lipolysis is a mesotherapy phase solution intended to burn fat where it is injected and reduce localized fat deposits throughout different body areas. This treatment is effective for stubborn fat pockets on the face, including a double chin or sagging cheeks, as well as other areas of the body, including the abdomen, thighs and knees. This product ensures trusted fat- dissolving results using its powerful ingredients and has been tuned into with aesthetic goals. The package includes: 5 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Phosphatidylcholine (from soybean) 100mg/ml Deoxycholic acid The advantages of utilizing of MesoMedica Phosphatidylcholine Lipolysis: Effectively breaks down and removes localized fat. Versatile application for facial and body treatments. Enhances body contouring and skin smoothness.

Fillmed Skin Perfusion Nourishing Body Balm

Formulated to hydrate and nourish dry or dehydrated skin, Fillmed Skin Perfusion Nourishing Body Balm is a ultra-luxe body cream. Its concentrated active ingredients offer all-day hydration, fortifies the skin barrier and enhances overall texture. This balm is particularly good for smoothing rough patches, dissolving scaling or calluses, and producing soft, silky skin. Its light, silky feel makes it comfortable and leaves the skin feeling pampered. The package includes: 1 x 200 ml The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed Skin Perfusion Nourishing Body Balm: Delivers deep hydration and nourishment. Smoothing and softening for a silky, finish. Calms and strengthens the skin barrier for a healthier appearance. Usage: Apply morning and/or evening for optimal results.

Promoitalia Rich PL

Promoitalia Rich PL is a cutting-edge solution designed for skin rejuvenation, providing intense hydration and restoring lost volume. This product promotes cell regeneration by activating fibroblasts, delivering both immediate and long-term skin enhancement. Its formula, combining hyaluronic acid and polylactic acid, ensures an instant volumizing effect while addressing skin imperfections such as wrinkles and volume depletion. The package includes: 1 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic Acid Polylactic Acid The advantages of utilizing of Promoitalia Rich PL: Immediate volume restoration and wrinkle reduction. Long-lasting improvements through stimulated cell proliferation. Usage: Rich PL is applied using tools like a Dermapen or Derma Roller. Treatment intensity and needle penetration depth are tailored to the patient’s skin type and individual needs, making it a versatile option for personalized care.

Hyamira Body

Hyamira Body by Nyuma Pharma is a specially designed dermal filler aimed at reshaping various body areas and addressing mild to moderate volume deficits. This product effectively restores contours, revitalizes skin, and enhances elasticity, all without the need for surgery. Key treatment areas include the buttocks, calves, and arms, though it is versatile enough for use on other body regions with visible indentations or volume loss. The package includes: 1 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Monophasic, cross-linked hyaluronic acid concentration of 20 mg/ml. The advantages of utilizing of Hyamira Body: Restores and enhances body volume and contours. Reduces the appearance of sagging and dry skin. Revitalizes and sculpts various body areas. What is the duration of the results? The effects typically last between 10 and 12 months, varying depending on individual factors.

Mixo Light

Mixo Light is a filler cosmetic with regenerative and skin-saturating firming properties. Product is based on cross-linked hyaluronic acid to provide a high concentration that ensures the depth of bioavailability and improves the texture and elasticity of the skin. The formula works to smooth fine lines and wrinkles, even the skin tone and provide a radiant-looking complexion. The package includes: 1 x 1 ml Composition: HA 20 mg/ml. The advantages of utilizing of Mixo Light: Deep Hydration: Deeply moisturizes the skin effectively to help rectify dryness. Minimize Fine Lines: Reduce wrinkles and smooth the skin. Improved Elasticity: Supports a firmer, more youthful skin texture. Brighten: Creates a luminous look. What is the duration of the results? The effects typically last between 6 to 9 months, depending on individual factors such as skin type, metabolism, and lifestyle

Mixo Deep

Mixo Deep is a high-end hyaluronic acid-based dermal filler for deep application. It includes 20 mg/ml of more effective hyaluronic acid, manufactured by a unique cross-linking technology to achieve improved safety and efficacy. This filler is specific for volumetric facial corrections and is used for deep wrinkles corrections, volume restoration, and facial contours shaping. The package includes: 1 x 1 ml Key Ingredients: Hyaluronic Acid (20 mg/ml) The advantages of utilizing of Mixo Deep: Fills deep wrinkles and folds Restores lost volume in the cheeks and temples. The aesthetic improves the symmetry and shape of the face. A softening & smoothing agent for skin texture + elasticity. Biocompatible, minimizing adverse reactions and ensuring safety. What is the duration of the results? Results can last for around 12-18 months, varying from skin type, metabolism, lifestyle, etc.

Mixo Volume

The Mixo Volume dermal filler is based on cross-linked hyaluronic acid (HA) with a concentration of 20 mg/ml and includes 0.3% lidocaine for a more comfortable treatment experience. The filler is designed using patented Nano Mesh Cross-Linking Technology, which ensures safety and long-lasting results. This innovative method creates a high-viscosity mass gel with small and stable molecules, promoting effective wrinkle reduction and volume restoration. The package includes: 1 x 1 ml Composition: HA 20 mg/ml. The advantages of utilizing of Mixo Volume: Enhances skin volume and contour: Support for volume loss from aging Smoothes wrinkles: Reduces facial wrinkle appearance; the high-density structure makes it effortless to smooth out wrinkles. Comfortable application: Lidocaine negative experience during the process. What is the duration of the results? The results last typically 6–12 months depending on a patient’s metabolism and lifestyle.

MiFill Deep

MiFill Deep is a premium product formulated with cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 20mg/ml. The package includes: 1 x 1 ml 2 needles 27Gx13mm. Composition: Hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 20mg/ml, Particle size: 300-400 µm. The advantages of utilizing of MiFill Deep: Filling in deep wrinkles and lines Restoring volume to areas that have lost fullness due to aging Shaping and contouring the face Reducing deep nasolabial folds Shaping and contouring the lips, nose, chin, and cheeks What is the duration of the results? 10-12 months.

MiFill Volume

MiFill Volume — product has cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 20mg/ml. The package includes: 1 x 1 ml 2 needles 27Gx13mm. Composition: Hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 20mg/ml, Particle size: 390-480µm. The advantages of utilizing of MiFill Volume: Filling in deeper wrinkles and lines Restoring volume to areas that have lost fullness due to aging Face shaping and contouring Volumization Reducing deep nasolabial folds Shaping and contouring of the chin and cheeks What is the duration of the results? 12-14 months.

TwAc Eyes

TwAc Eyes is a product designed to completely eliminate dark circles under the eyes. It also provides intensive hydration, targets fine wrinkles around the eyes, and smooths and firms the skin. Results are noticeable after the first treatment. The PDRN in the formula promotes epidermal reconstruction, accelerates healing and re-epithelialization, and boosts the skin’s metabolic activity, leaving the skin moisturized, smooth, and firm. The package includes: 1 x 1 ml Composition: PDRN 10 mg/ml deoxyribonucleic acid 250-350 kDa, pH 7 – an intensively regenerating skin ingredient. The advantages of utilizing of TwAc Eyes: Accelerates the repair of damaged tissues Enhances skin tone and elasticity Provides a lifting effect Usage: It is recommended to undergo 3-4 sessions every 7-10 days.

Sensi Eyes

Sensi Eyes is an advanced tissue stimulator designed for eye area mesotherapy treatments, offering a filling effect without the risk of lymphedema. The PDRN in the formula promotes epidermal reconstruction, accelerates healing and re-epithelialization, and stimulates the skin’s metabolic activity. As a result, the skin becomes deeply moisturized, smooth, and firm. The outcome of using Sensi Eyes is intensely hydrated and rejuvenated skin, free from signs of fatigue or bruising. The package includes: 1 x 2 ml Composition: PDRN polynucleotides 2 mg/ml deoxyribonucleic acid. The advantages of utilizing of Sensi Eyes: Deep hydration Reduction of fine surface wrinkles Enhanced skin elasticity Firming of sagging or drooping skin Revitalization of the eye area What is the duration of the results? It varies based on the patient’s individual factors, lasting up to around 7-9 months.

Jalupro Young Eye

Jalupro Young Eye is a highly effective dermal filler designed specifically for under-eye rejuvenation. Using advanced biotechnology, the eye treatment fuses two types of hyaluronic acid, three peptides, and seven amino acids. It carefully minimizes typical aging indicators around the eyes, including periorbital wrinkles, crow’s feet, dark circles, puffiness, and under-eye bags. Specifically targeting the connective tissue around the eyes with revolutionary biotechnology, Jalupro Young Eye enhances elasticity, deeply hydrates and plumps the skin. The outcome is a more youthful appearance. It may be used standing alone, or combined with other treatments, like peels, laser therapies and dermabrasion, decreasing recovery time from more aggressive procedures by 40 percent. Jalupro Young Eye is an all-rounder option, ideal for eye area revitalising. The package includes: 1 x 1 ml Ingredients of the product: Sodium Hyaluronate Glycine Peptides: L-proline, L-leucine, L-lysine HCL, L-alanine, L-valine, L-arginine HCL Amino acids: Acetyl Decapeptide 3, Oligopeptide 24, Acetyl Tetrapeptide 5, Buffer Phosphate Water for injection The advantages of utilizing of Jalupro Young Eye: Enhances the connective tissue around the eyes Addresses typical signs of skin aging Suitable for use on its own or alongside other treatments Usage: Jalupro Young Eye should be injected into the deep dermal layer. Four to six treatments are recommended, one session per week. For the injections, the manufacturer recommends 30G needles. This product can be combined with peels and laser treatments.

Lapuroon Aurora Vivid PDRN

Lapuroon Aurora Vivid PDRN is a product suitable for all skin types, formulated with PDRN and hyaluronic acid. Keeping dry skin fully hydrated, these essential ingredients increase collagen and elastin production to not only reduce wrinkles but also the friction caused by uneven skin texture and dryness. Retinol heightens the effects of these actives. Biomimetic peptides in the formula help firm sagging skin, and ascorbic acid brightens the complexion. When used consistently, Lapuroon gives a rejuvenated let alone radiant skin look. The package includes: 1 x 2.5 ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua, Sodium DNA, Sodium Hyaluronate, sh-Decapeptide-7, sh-Octapeptide-4, sh-Oligopeptide-9, sh-Pentapeptide-5, Acetyl Hexapeptide-8, Nonapeptide-1, Palmitoyl Tetrapeptide-7, Palmitoyl Triprptide-1, Copper Tripeptide-1, Palmitoyl Pentapeptide-4, Ascorbic Acid, Retinol, Alanine, Lysine HCL, Valine, Histidine, Leucine, Isoleucine, Phenylalanine, Arginine, Glycine, Serine, Methionine, Proline, Threonine, Aspargine, Aspartic Acid, Glutamic Acid, Ornithine HCL, Tryptophan, Tyrosine, Sodium Bicarbonate, Sodium Chloride, Disodium Phosphate, Sodium Phosphate, Potassium Chloride, Mannitol, Glutathione The advantages of utilizing of Lapuroon Aurora Vivid PDRN: Intense hydration: Hyaluronic acid within the formula deep hydrates the skin, banishing dryness and making conditions long-lasting. Reduction of wrinkles: PDRN polynucleotides and biomimetic peptides promote the synthesis of collagen and elastin, which contributes to the reduction of wrinkles and expression lines, leaving smoother skin. Increased elasticity: Over time, the product reinforces the skin’s structure so that it becomes stronger, fuller and healthier looking. Brighter complexion: Ascorbic acid brightens the skin, reducing darkness (of any sort!) and ensuring an even, radiant complexion. Cellular turnover: Retinol, for example, is supported by molecular renewal, reconsolidating a healthy, vibrant appearance. LAPUROON AURORA SUPER PDRN works towards smoother skin texture by promoting skin elasticity and firmness.

Sosum Soft

Sosum Soft is a cutting-edge Korean product designed to deeply hydrate and firm the skin on the face, neck, and décolleté. The package includes: 1 x 3 ml Key ingredients of the product: Cross-linked Hyaluronic Acid 15mg/ml (1.5%) The advantages of utilizing of Sosum Soft: Reduces fine wrinkles, increases skin elasticity, tightness and hydrates the skin. It improves blood flow, making the skin giving a natural glow. Offers a high-intensity shot of Hyaluronic Acid (HA), helps to clear away dark patches and pigmentation spots. What is the duration of the results? The effect can last up to 18 months.

Regenovue PN

Regenovue PN – Korean skincare for facial regenerating, wrinkle care, deep moisturizing, and skin brightening It rejuvenates the skin by stimulating metabolic processes, improving firmness, and deeply hydrating. The product aids the reconstruction of the collagen network inside fibroblasts and promotes elastin formation in the extracellular matrix. The result is deeply hydrated, supple and rejuvenated skin! The package includes: 1 x 3 ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua, sodium hyaluronate, sodium chloride, sodium DNA, disodium phosphate, sodium monobasic phosphate dihydrate The advantages of utilizing of Regenovue PN: Increased hydration and elasticity Reduction of fine lines and wrinkles Strengthening of the skin barrier Revitalization and improvement of skin tone and texture What is the duration of the results? Results last up to 18 months.

Innoaesthetics Hair Caps

Innoaesthetics Hair Caps – solution for strong, healthy hair. These supplements reduce hair fall and stimulate a healthy growth by improving the circulation on the scalp and providing essential nutrients to hair roots. Simple to take and ultra-convenient, these supplements boost scalp microcirculation and optimize hair follicle function, both of which are necessary for thick and vibrant hair. Additionally, they regulate sebum production and shield hair follicles from oxidative stress. The package includes: 60 pieces Ingredients of the product: Saw palmetto, Vitis Vinifera, Bambusa Vulgaris, fenugreek extract, phytosterols, taurine, L-arginine, vitamin B5, biotin, zinc The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Hair Caps: Helps reduce and slow down hair loss Encourages hair growth Enhances hair strength Usage: Take two tablets daily, ideally with meals.

Innoaesthetics Reducer Plus Caps

Innoaesthetics Reducer Plus Caps are a secure and efficient method to help you lose weight. They are essential for keeping your weight in check because these capsules help decrease appetite, boost metabolism, and help you detoxify. The pills utilize a two-phase release system for maximum efficacy. In the initial phase, it releases active ingredients in response to meals, to curb hunger pangs. Phase two activates ingredients during meals to speed up fat metabolism and support weight loss. The package includes: 60 pieces Ingredients of the product: L-Carnitine, Choline, Garcinia Cambogia, Green Coffee, L-theanine The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Reducer Plus Caps: Helps to curb appetite Enhances fat metabolisation. Do aid fats burning process Usage: So it’s two capsules, away from meals — say one before lunch, one in the late afternoon/evening.

Innoaesthetics Refresh Mask

Innoaesthetics Refresh Mask – damaged skin needs this quick fix! The Refresh Mask quickly calms and repairs the skin, supporting effective regeneration. The ingredients in the mask help speed up the process of epidermal renewing, so irritation, burning sensation, and everything else just like that won’t affect you. Trouble-free with soft, revitalised, glowing skin. The package includes: 1 x 50 ml Ingredients of the product: Urea, Alanine, Glutamic Acid, Hexyl Nicotinate, Sodium Hyaluronate, Panthenol, Menthyl Lactate, Cooper Tripeptide-1, Smart GPS® The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Refresh Mask: Reinvigorates and mends the skin. Supports epidermal renewal Usage: With clean and dry skin, apply liberally and massage in a circular motion. How often: 1 to 2 times a week or post facial aesthetic treatment.

Innoaesthetics Sun Defense 50+

Innoaesthetics Sun Defense 50+ is the solution full spectrum sun protection! This sunscreen combines both types of filters — a “hybrid” of mineral and chemical — to provide advanced coverage against both UVB and UVA rays. It also delivers moisturizing and antioxidant benefits. Thanks to an unparalleled blend of filters, antioxidants and hydrating agents, it provides not just optimal UV protection but also prevents cellular oxidation and increases the skin’s moisture content, making it theultimate protection against the damaging effects associated with sun exposure. The package includes: 1 x 60 ml Ingredients of the product: Chemical filters Physical filters Free radical scavengers Smart GPS® The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Sun Defense SPF50+: Full-spectrum defence against both UVB and UVA. Prevents free radical damage Moisturizes the skin Usage: Use 30 minutes before sun exposure on clean, dry skin. Reapply often for maximum coverage!

Innoaesthetics Xeroskin Day Cream

Innoaesthetics Xeroskin Day Cream is an essential product for dry skin exposed to harsh environmental factors. This rich cream provides deep, long-lasting hydration for dry and very dry skin, particularly useful in harsh climates such as cold saltwater, wind, snow or high altitude. The formula reestablishes the skin’s natural hydrolipidic barrier, thickening skin and creating an invisible protective shield that helps prevent damage from both environmental and lifestyle stresses. Bursting with potent emollient, barrier-forming, and reparative actives, it delivers serious hydration into the skin. This cream soothes dryness, roughness, and flaking that accompany dry skin in extreme weather, bringing your skin the protection and care it’ll need to be comfortable and protected. The package includes: 1 x 50 ml Ingredients of the product: Moisturising Complex, Panthenol, Hyaluronic Acid, Biosaccharide Gum-4, Smart GPS® The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Xeroskin Day Cream: Deeply nourishes the skin Fends off environmental stressors to the skin Moisturizes the skin very well Usage: Directions: Apply to clean, dry skin morning.

Innoaesthetics AKN-ID

AKN-ID by Innoaesthetics is a revolutionary product designed for the purpose of sebum production regulation, bacteria growth prevention, and reduction of inflammation, therefore, avoiding the contamination of the pores, as well as inflammation to develop into an acne lesion. The manner in which the active ingredients in AKN-ID function in synergy provides the best solution to a range of acne-related skin issues, including sebum control, prevention of contamination of pores, reduction of inflammation, and decrease in pore sizes. The resulting skin is cleaner, clearer, with a reduced recurrence of acne flare-ups. The package includes: 4 x 2.5 ml Ingredients of the product: Pyruvic Acid, Zinc, Niacinamide, Melilotus, Taurine, Peptides The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics AKN-ID: Anti-inflammatory properties Reduction in the quantity of inflammatory lesions Skin texture leveling Lightening of post-acne hyperpigmentation Skin re-epithelialization without scarring

Innoaesthetics TIGF

Innoaesthetics TIGF stimulates growth factors to enhance cell differentiation and tissue repair. This treatment restores and heals damaged skin by supplying essential elements that support skin health. Active ingredients like chitosan, elastin, collagen, chondroitin, peptides, and repair complexes stimulate growth factor production and improve the extracellular matrix, revitalizing the skin’s thickness, elasticity, and overall health. The result is smoother, more elastic skin. The package includes: 4 x 2.5 ml Ingredients of the product: Chitosan, elastin, collagen, chondroitin, peptides, repair complex The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics TIGF: Repairs and regenerates damaged skin tissue Effectively revitalizes and rejuvenates the skin. Usage: The Innoaesthetics TIGF treatment requires 4 sessions, each spaced 7 days apart, for optimal results.

Hyalax Meso Hair

Hyalax Meso Hair promotes hair growth and enhances the overall look of hair by accelerating its natural growth process. Its active ingredients deliver essential nutrients and vital substances directly to the hair follicles, supporting healthy hair formation. This treatment has shown to be both effective and well-tolerated for addressing different types of hair loss, including cases linked to changes in the hair growth cycle, such as postpartum or seasonal shedding. The package includes: 5 x 5.0 ml Ingredients of the product: Panthenol, Pyridoxine HCL, Thiamine HCL, Sodium Hydroxide, Biotin, Ferrous Gluconate, Disodium EDTA Indications: Treatment for hair thinning and loss Enhancement of hair quality Post-chemical treatment hair care Therapy for hair damaged by stress or hormonal imbalances Treatment for seasonal hair shedding Usage: Apply the treatment once a week. A series of 5 to 10 sessions is recommended, with 1 to 5 ml of the product used per session.

Mesoestetic Brightening Peel Booster

A light, non-oily gel that acts to refresh and brighten the skin, featuring a synergistic blend of glycolic acid and phytic acid. Glycolic acid is a mild exfoliating and regenerating agent that encourages the skin to peel mildly, allowing the reduction of the stratum corneum while at the same time potentiating the antioxidant and depigmenting action of phytic acid. This combination decreases melanin advancement, which develops more even skin. The Brightening Peel Booster improves water retention in the skin, promotes cell renewal process and reduces pigmentation concerns and imperfections. It clearly reduces the appearance of pores, lessens discoloration, and gives skin a bright, light and even tone. The package includes: 1×50 ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua, Alcohol, Glycolic Acid, Polyquaternium-10, Phytic Acid, Centella Asiatica Leaf Extract, Disodium EDTA, Parfum The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Brightening Peel Booster: Delivers anti-aging benefits. Lightens age spots. Balances and evens skin tone. Minimizes melanin buildup. Provides very deep hydration and nourishment. Locks moisture into the skin. Encourages skin rejuvenation and renewal. Usage: Apply in the evening over cleansed dry skin of the face, neck and décolleté, avoiding the eye area. You may experience a slight tingling feeling when it is first put on. Usage is recommended 2-3 times per week. Do not apply it on wounds or broken skin.

Mesoestetic Mesoprotech Water Veil SPF 50+

Mesoestetic Mesoprotech Water Veil SPF 50+ an innovative sunscreen providing superior advanced UV protection, with a waterbased formula to hydrate and refresh the skin. It absorbs instantly, and leaves behind an invisible honey shield that makes the skin soft and natural with its lightweight, silky texture. It contains antioxidants, helps protect from UV-A and UV-B rays and fights free radical damage. Ideal for daily application, it also makes a top pick for anyone looking for a lightweight, hard-working sunscreen. And its waterproof formula makes for long-lasting protection, even while you’re working out. The package includes: 1×50 ml The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Mesoprotech Water Veil SPF 50+: Protects skin from damaging UV rays. Offers anti-aging benefits. Provides deep hydration. Usage: For best results, apply the recommended dose (2 mg/cm²) on clean, dry skin at least 30 minutes prior to sun exposure. Any application that uses less than the recommended amount will dramatically reduce the level of UV protection. Reapply every two hours when out in the sun or direct light, but more frequently after swimming, sweating or towel-drying. It is recommended to reapply regularly to keep the protection at its best level.

Revanesse Revise

Revanesse® Revise™ is a unique cross-linked Hyaluronic Acid gel designed to improve facial aesthetics through wrinkling and lipoatrophy. Its motion-sensing delivery system promises very easy application, and the results can last for as long as 12 months. Ideal for patients seeking a non-invasive facial revitalization approach, Revanesse® Revive™ provides the illusion of natural and rested appearance with minimal downtime. The package includes: 2×1.2ml Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid The advantages of utilizing of Revanesse® Revise™: Smoothes a deeper wrinkle as well. Intensely hydrates dermis. Provides a organically-looking, extended-wearing effect. Contains lidocaine for reduced discomfort on application Suitable for all skin types. Guarantees safe and stable operation. Usage: Preparation: Thoroughly clean and disinfect (germicidal surface disinfectants); especially if the treatment area has been used by patients before. Injection: Revanesse® Revise is injected into the under-eye region with specialized techniques for delicate, thin skin. After the procedure, a light massage can be done to even out the product. Maintenance: If adjustments are needed, a follow up session can be scheduled.

Innoaesthetics Fill Up

From Innoaesthetics, Fill Up is a transdermal treatment that enhances skin density, hydration and elasticity. It helps plump up skin and smooth over wrinkles. Active ingredients, such as hyaluronic acid, glycerin, DMAE, mannitol and panthenol hydrate, and enhance elasticity and tone. The optimal results with Innoaesthetics Fill Up are seen after a minimum of 6 sessions 7-days apart. It can additionally be used with the Innoaesthetics Derma Homecare for synergy. The package includes: 4 x 2,5 ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid Glicerol DMAE Mannitol Panthenol The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Fill Up: Enhances skin firmness Provides moisture and elasticity Smooths the skin and fills in the appearance of wrinkles Usage: You need a minimum of 3 consecutive Innoaesthetics Fill Up treatments every 15 days to perform excellently.

Innoaesthetics Redness Cream

Innoaesthetics Redness Cream: moisturizer for hypersensitive and couperose skin Its soothing formula aids in regulating microcirculation, successfully treating and preventing redness and inflammation. The formula unites soothing active ingredients with an ability to constrict blood vessels, resulting in decreased flushing and redness while strengthening skin against external stimuli. Reduces redness and inflammation powerfully while helping keep skin soft and hydrated. The package includes: 1 x 50 ml Ingredients of the product: Smart GPS® Flavonoids Saponosides Procyanidins Shea butter Dextran Sulfate Lactobionic acid The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Skin Repair: Minimizing redness and inflammation. Evens out the skin texture. Helps to balance skin tone. Usage: Use daily on clean, dry skin.

Innoaesthetics Skin Repair

Innoaesthetics Skin Repair perfect for damaged skin. Specifically for post aesthetic treatment or sunburn repair, this super-effective cream restores and regenerates skin. Packed with a powerful combination of ingredients that aid in recovery and repair. Its unique formulation features Artemia extract, Arnica montana extract, Ruscus aculeatus extract, Glycyrrhetinic acid and Smart GPS®. The specific actives provide powerful anti-inflammatory activity, accelerate re-epithelialization and stimulate regeneration. This minimizes the risk of adverse effects and aids in returning the skin to its normal state as quickly as possible. Skin Repair by Innoaesthetics highly nourishes and hydrates the skin to achieve speedy, efficient results in terms of recovery. The package includes: 1 x 500 ml Ingredients of the product: Artemia Extract Arnica montana extact Rheum ribes extract Panthenol Glycyrrhetinic Acid Smart GPS® The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Skin Repair: Promotes skin regeneration. This deeply hydrates the skin. Usage: Use for twice or more on affected area, massaging as needed until absorbed.

Innoaesthetics Age Rescue

Innoaesthetics Age Rescue is an anti-aging cream. Formulated with hyaluronic acid, its unique action will activate the production of key skin proteins (such as collagen and elastin) to reduce fine lines and wrinkles. That cream works particularly well for dry and mature skin type. Helps to restore the thickness and uniformity of the stratum corneum, whilst promoting renewal of the epidermis. Innoaesthetics Age Rescue It also stimulates skin protein synthesis for a more youthful, rejuvenated appearance. The package includes: 1 x 50 ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic Acid Vitamin C Rétinol Biomimetic Peptides Lactobionic Acid Smart GPS® The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Age Rescue: Minimizes the appearance of fine lines and wrinkles. Increases skin hydration and tonicity. Usage: When to Apply — evening, according to a professional pply your skin after washing with INNO-DERMA® Soft or Deep Cleanser.

Innoaesthetics Sensitive Cream

Innoaesthetics Sensitive Cream nourishing, calming and enhancing the natural defences Suitable for all skin types. This cream gives hydration while defending against environmental irritants that cause tightness. So it strengthens the skin barrier to feel softer, smoother and more balance. The package includes: 1 x 50 ml Ingredients of the product: Panthenol Hyaluronic Acid Smart GPS® The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Sensitive Cream: Increases hydration and elasticity of skin Assists in shielding the skin from outside factors It boosts your skin’s barrier function. Usage: Use on clean, dry skin – either morning or night.

Innoaesthetics Soft Cleanser 500 ml

Innoaesthetics Soft Cleanser it is a complete balance of gentle but effective facial cleansing. This high-quality formula effortlessly removes impurities, protecting the hydrolipid barrier of the skin so it is cleansed and fresh with a wonderful softness. It has a proprietary blend of amphoteric and anionic surfactants that cleans deep without altering skin pH. This keeps your hydrolipid layer intact & functioning properly — a necessary element for healthy skin. The package includes: 1 x 500 ml Ingredients of the product: Cocamide MEA Cocamidopropyl Betaine Smart GPS The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Soft Cleanser: Cleanses the skin well Locks the skin in its natural pH balance. Usage: Wet your face with lukewarm water, apply the wash and massage into face and neck until it foams. Rinse thoroughly with water. Apply the cleanser in your AM and PM skincare routine.

Innoaesthetics Soft Cleanser 200ml

Innoaesthetics Soft Cleanser it is a complete balance of gentle but effective facial cleansing. This high-quality formula effortlessly removes impurities, protecting the hydrolipid barrier of the skin so it is cleansed and fresh with a wonderful softness. It has a proprietary blend of amphoteric and anionic surfactants that cleans deep without altering skin pH. This keeps your hydrolipid layer intact & functioning properly — a necessary element for healthy skin. The package includes: 1 x 200 ml Ingredients of the product: Cocamide MEA Cocamidopropyl Betaine Smart GPS The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Soft Cleanser: Cleanses the skin well Locks the skin in its natural pH balance. Usage: Wet your face with lukewarm water, apply the wash and massage into face and neck until it foams. Rinse thoroughly with water. Apply the cleanser in your AM and PM skincare routine.

Innoaesthetics NMF Tonic 200ml

Innoaesthetics NMF Tonic — thе revitalizing facial toner, which moisturizes and refreshes your skin. This lightweight formula helps restore the skin balance of moisture. This tonic combines osmoregulators to maintain skin homeostasis with natural moisturizing factor (NMF) components that penetrate deep into the stratum corneum for revitalized and hydrated, healthier and more beautiful skin. The package includes: 1 x 200 ml Ingredients of the product: PCA Salts Lactic Acid Enteromorpha Compressa Extract Smart GPS® The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics NMF Tonic: Promotes balance and moisture in the skin. Provides refreshing moisture. Refreshes the skin and restores its freshness. Usage: Spray the tonic on clean skin — wait for skin to dry. Apply every morning and throughout the day as necessary.

Innoaesthetics Deep Cleanser 500ml

Innoaesthetics Deep Cleanser a super light-weight, oil-free and non-comedogenic detoxifying cleanser that deeply cleanses the skin and removes impurities. Best for oily and acne-prone skin. This cleanser has a special action of surfactant deep inside the pore, deep cleaning skin. Sebum-regulating agents also contribute to the preservation of the balance of the hydrolipidic layer. Your skin feels clean, fresh and exactly balanced. The package includes: 1 x 500 ml Ingredients of the product: Glycolic Acid Cocamide MEA Smart GPS® The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Deep Cleanser: Deep skin detoxification Regulates excess sebum Usage: Apply to your face and neck with warm water, massaging gently until foam is formed. Wash off and then pat skin a bit dry.

Innoaesthetics Deep Cleanser 200ml

Innoaesthetics Deep Cleanser a super light-weight, oil-free and non-comedogenic detoxifying cleanser that deeply cleanses the skin and removes impurities. Best for oily and acne-prone skin. This cleanser has a special action of surfactant deep inside the pore, deep cleaning skin. Sebum-regulating agents also contribute to the preservation of the balance of the hydrolipidic layer. Your skin feels clean, fresh and exactly balanced. The package includes: 1 x 200 ml Ingredients of the product: Glycolic Acid Cocamide MEA Smart GPS® The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Deep Cleanser: Deep skin detoxification Regulates excess sebum Usage: Apply to your face and neck with warm water, massaging gently until foam is formed. Wash off and then pat skin a bit dry.

Innoaesthetics Keratoderm

Innoaesthetics Keratoderm is a fast-absorbing cream to hydrate and rejuvenate hyperkeratotic, extremely dry skin. It clinically treats and enhances keratosis and xerosis, among other conditions. This deeply moisturizing cream facilities gentle exfoliation and natural turnover of skin cells. Ideal for supporting the hydrolipidic barrier and rebalancing the perfect pH level of your skin. Enriched with butyric acid epigenetic properties which help tightening, repairing and strengthening skin structure. Consequently, the skin will appear smoother, softer and more radiant. The package includes: 1 x 200 ml Ingredients of the product: Urea Panthenol Salicylic acid Maslinic Acid Smart GPS® The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Keratoderm: Deeply moisturises the skin. Replenishes skin and revitalizes appearance. Enhances firmness and the elasticity. Usage: Apply firmly to the skin either at room temperature or slightly heated, 2-4 drops of oil on clean and dry skin in any part of the body; gently massage it until its complete absorption.

Hyamino Care 50

Hyamino Care 50 is a multifunctional, innovative preparation to be used on the skin of the face, neck, décolletage and hands. It offers deep moisture, evens out your skin tone, minimizes fine lines and flaws, and boosts skin luminosity. The formula is rich in hyaluronic acid and based on four amino acids that strengthen your skin. This product enhances hydration, increases skin luminosity by more than 97%, and facilitates natural regeneration for all skin types and ages. It encourages collagen synthesis, reestablishes the extracellular matrix and raises fibroblast proliferation. Mainly, hyaluronic acid and amino acids — proline, glycine, lysine and hydroxyproline each had a distinct role in enhancing skin quality. Perfect for those wanting instantly smoother, brighter skin with improved hydration levels after just a couple of sessions, Hyamino Care 50 is the efficient skin rejuvenating treatment penetrating into skins surface. The package includes: 2 x 2 ml Ingredients of the product: 50 mg/2ml hyaluronic acid, amino acids (proline, hydroxyproline, lysine, glycine) Usage: Both studies indicate that three 3-week spaced sessions of treatment are optimal according to the co-stimulatory blockade protocol. Thereafter, maintenance sessions should be performed every 3 months to improve the durability and efficacy of results.

Regenovue Sub-Q Plus Lidocaine

Regenovue Sub-Q Plus is a high polarization rate hyaluronic acid-based filler filled with elastomeric and elastic phase gel, designed for face sculpturing and anti-wrinkle treatment. Regenovue products contain HA with a high level of cross-linking, meaning they are less prone to break down and produce an effect that lasts longer. Great for deep to severe wrinkles and indicating chin, jawline, or rhinoplasty sites The package includes: 1 x 1.1 ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid 24 mg/ml Lidocaine 3 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Regenovue Sub-Q Plus Lidocaine: Correction of moderate to deep nasolabial folds Cheeks, filling of the cheekbones area, Contouring of the chin, Shaping of the nasal bridge What is the duration of the results? 12-18 months

Regenovue Deep Plus Lidocaine

Regenovue Deep Plus with Lidocaine is an effective dermal filler used to enhance and reshape areas such as the lips, cheeks, and jawline. It also provides excellent results in treating medium to deep wrinkles. This filler allows patients to add volume and redefine their lips to achieve their desired shape. Additionally, Regenovue Deep Plus with Lidocaine offers both immediate and lasting improvement for moderate to deep wrinkles, as well as enhancing the appearance of glabella or marionette lines with shallow to medium depth. The hyaluronic acid-based filler features a fine grain size, making it softer with improved viscoelasticity, ensuring a smoother, more natural result. Choosing Regenovue Deep Plus with Lidocaine means achieving comprehensive, long-lasting enhancements. The package includes: 1 x 1.1 ml Ingredients of the product: 24 mg/ml hyaluronic acid 3 mg/ml lidocaine The advantages of utilizing of Regenovue Deep Plus Lidocaine: Authentic, natural-looking outcomes Enhanced volume Long-lasting results Smooth texture Exceptional gel stability What is the duration of the results? 12-18 months

Regenovue Fine Plus Lidocaine

Regenovue Fine Plus is a South Korean hyaluronic acid dermal filler of non-animal origin. Its monophasic structure with uniform particle size offers stability for accurate facial contouring. With an endotoxin level below 0.1 EU/g and a high degree of BDDE cross-linking, Regenovue is a reliable choice for enhancing facial features, restoring volume, and reducing fine lines and wrinkles. The package includes: 1 x 1.1 ml Ingredients of the product: 24 mg/ml hyaluronic acid 3 mg/ml lidocaine The advantages of utilizing of Regenovue Fine Plus Lidocaine: Fully dissolves and is completely absorbed by the skin. Safe with no side effects. Simple to apply and inject. Delivers immediate results What is the duration of the results? 8-12 months

Viscoderm Photoprotection SPF 50+

Daimon Viscoderm Photoprotection SPF 50+. Shield and nurture your skin. Suitable for daily sun protection, this silky cream provides broad-spectrum SPF 50+ protection from UVA and UVB rays. The proprietary formula combines contemporary sun filters with methylsulfonylmethane and ectoin in a soothing, lightweight emulsion that penetrates quickly to hydrate the skin. Protect your skin from the sun and maintain hydration with a glow daily. The package includes: 1 x 50 ml Ingredients of the product: METHYLSULFONYLMETHANE ECTOIN HYALURONIC ACID The advantages of utilizing of Viscoderm Photoprotection SPF 50+: Adds additional hydration while exposed to the sun Provides excellent UVA and UVB protection It acts as a protective barrier against harmful rays and also hydrates and soothes your skin Usage: Applying in the AM onto a clean face and neck.

Genefill Fine

Genefill Fine is perfect for superficial facial wrinkles and additionally also for dehydrated and mature skin. This BioScience facial filler comprises non-crosslinked hyaluronic acid which through enhanced hydration improves skin elasticity and vitality, resulting in healthier-looking skin with the improved radiance and smooth texture. Genefill Fine, a product developed by BioScience, delivers an extensive array of long-lasting effects on the face, neck, décolletage and hands. This dermal filler contains high purity non-animal origin, non-crosslinked hyaluronic acid and gives a gentle lift coupled with skin radiance. It fills mild to moderate wrinkles and provides a subtle volumizing effect on the skin surface. As a part of the Genefill line, this replenishes skin’s natural hyaluronic acid levels that diminish with age. Genefill Fine not only effectively treats wrinkles, especially in the eye area but also increases skin elasticity for a perfect and youthful facial & torso appearance. It gives the perfect lift leaving skin comfortable and smooth enabling it to be suitable for dry skin with fine lines (which is particularly right for Genefill Fine). The package includes: 1 x 1 ml Ingredients of the product: 14 mg/ml Hyaluronic acid sodium salt 6.9 mg/ml Sodium chloride What is the duration of the results? Genefill Fine has a different persistence period, depending on the individual’s metabolism, injection method/s region and amount of filler used. On average, Genefill fillers have a duration period of 18 months.

DESIRIAL PLUS

DESIRIAL® PLUS is a flexible gel designed to restore volume to the labia minora following atrophy, offering both aesthetic improvement and enhanced protection for the inner labia. Created by Vivacy, Desirial is an injectable hyaluronic acid product for intimate procedures, provided in a pre-filled syringe with a scale for precise dosing. Using IPN-Like technology, this gel is suited for enhancing intimate volume, correcting gynecologic tissues, treating lipodystrophy, and addressing vaginal dryness. As the first aesthetic medical product specifically approved for injection in intimate areas, Desirial increases hydration, restores elasticity to the vulva, reduces mucosal dryness, and firms vaginal tissues. It is ideal for volumizing procedures like labia contouring or clitoral enhancement. Desirial was honored as the “Best Innovative Product in Aesthetic Gynecology” at the 2014 AMEC in Paris. This treatment is beneficial for women with vaginal dryness, recurrent inflammation, or discomfort, helping restore connective tissue tone, rehydrate vaginal and vestibular mucosa, and relieve irritation. Injected hyaluronic acid improves comfort and moisture in intimate areas, reducing inflammation risks and symptoms like itching and discomfort. This treatment significantly enhances quality of life, with noticeable and lasting results. Multiple sessions may be needed for the best outcome. Designed for women of reproductive age, Desirial’s special formula alleviates mucosal dryness and tightens sensitive vaginal skin. A simple local anesthetic can be applied before injection for a pain-free experience, with the gel typically injected at the vaginal entrance using a fine needle. This minimally invasive procedure, which takes around 20 minutes, should be performed by an experienced physician or trained professional for optimal results. The package includes: 2 x 2 ml Ingredients of the product: 21 mg/ml HA Mannitol The advantages of utilizing of DESIRIAL PLUS: Volume Restoration: Restores fullness to the labia majora, enhancing vulva protection. Enhanced Hydration: Effectively alleviates vaginal dryness, promoting comfort and well-being. Pain Relief: Reduces vulvar discomfort, irritation, and itching. Quality of Life: Most patients experience significant improvements in comfort and sexual satisfaction. What is the duration of the results? Results typically last up to 12 months, with the option to repeat treatments to sustain the effects.

Re:onne Ultra

Experience Re:onne Ultra, a hyaluronic acid-based dermal filler crafted specifically for deep wrinkle treatment. Ideal for areas like the chin, cheeks, and jawline, Re:onne Ultra helps rejuvenate skin for a more youthful appearance. What sets Re:onne Ultra apart is its low concentration of cross-linked BDDE, offering extended results. Its unique 3D structure enhances elasticity and viscosity, providing a smooth, flexible, and stable injection. Re:onne Ultra integrates naturally into the treated area and can be applied to both the deep dermis and subcutaneous tissue for optimal outcomes. The package includes: 1 x 1 ml Ingredients of the product: HA 24 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Re:onne Ultra: Enhance volume Address deep facial wrinkles Perfect for sculpting the cheeks, chin, and jawline What is the duration of the results? Initial results with Re:onne Ultra are visible right after treatment and continue to improve over time. Effects can last up to 9 months, depending on the treated area, lifestyle, and age of the individual.

Dermaheal Eyebag Serum

Dermaheal Eyebag Serum a specialized topical remedy for under eyes packaged with powerful peptides like Tripeptide-41 (CG-Lipoxyn), Nonapeptide-18 (CG-Formade), Oligopeptide-61 (CG-Cellsolin) and Oligopeptide-73 (CG-PG), they help transport topically applied substances to reduce puffiness and eye bag. Formulated with Lavender Flower Water, Green Tea Leaf Extract and Ginkgo Biloba Leaf Extract, ready to provide comprehensive care for the eye area. Use morning and night on clean skin, gently pat onto face until absorbed. Dermaheal Eyebag Serum boosts microcirculation, facilitates drainage, and inhibits lymphatic vasodilation for a tighter brighter eye area. Then, you get bright eye healthy-looking skin. The package includes: 1 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Tripeptide-41 (CG-Lipoxyn), Nonapeptide-18 (CG-Formade), Oligopeptide-61 (CG-Cellsolin ), Oligopeptide-73 (CG-EPG), Lavandula Angustifolia (Lavender), Flower Water, Camellia, Sinensis Leaf Extract, Ginkgo Biloba Leaf Extract The advantages of utilizing of Dermaheal Eyebag Serum: Helps eliminate under-eye bags and puffiness Keeps the skin refreshed Helps with brightening and smoothing of the under-eye area What is the duration of the results? Gently spread couple of drops on the eyelids with your fingertips. Apply two times a day, morning and evening, preferably 2-3 hours prior to sleep within the night.

Neauvia C-Shot Serum

Neauvia C-Shot Serum by Matex Lab is a powerful solution for evening out skin tone and diminishing dark spots and hyperpigmentation. Featuring a high concentration of Vitamin C and lactic acid, this serum revitalizes the skin, smooths fine lines, and enhances natural collagen production. It provides brightening effects and robust protection against photoaging. With consistent use, it improves skin texture, promotes a youthful radiance, and creates a balanced skin tone. Additionally, its antioxidant properties shield the skin from environmental stressors. Try Neauvia C-Shot Serum for visible skin brightening and renewal, and pair it with Neauvia Acne Stress Control from the same line for targeted acne and blemish support. The package includes: 1 x 30 ml Ingredients of the product: 30% 3-O-ethyl ascorbic acid The advantages of utilizing of Neauvia C-Shot Serum: Brightens dark spots and balances skin tone Effectively boosts collagen production Reduces visible signs of photoaging Revives youthful glow Maintains an optimal pH balance Usage: Apply 3-5 drops to clean, toned skin, then follow with a moisturizer.

md:complex SkinClear

md:complex SkinClear tackles the four main components of acne — comedones, bacteria, inflammation, and clogged pores with a potent blend of powerful ingredients. It promotes a clearer, more even tone for your skin level whilst preventing future breakouts from the start. Azeloglycine and Salicylic acid, with keratolytic, bactericidal, astringent and fungicidal properties are used to gently exfoliate skin and reduces sebum. Which penetrates deep to unclog pores while eliminating the bacteria that causes inflammatory acne (Propionibacterium acnes) and removing breakouts. In addition to being healing, they are very effective at minimizing scarring and post-inflammatory hyperpigmentation by revealing younger, healthier skin. Methionine stabilizes hormones and also normalises the oil secreted in your skin. Other components such as Burdock, Sage Extract, White Nettle and Chamomile reduce the visibility of active acne. They provide strong antioxidant, regenerating, detoxifying, calming and anti-inflammatory properties to decrease redness and swelling as well as inflammation. They are also known for their ability to calm and heal the skin while on acne treatments, help restore damaged cells, and have antimicrobial, antiseptic, and antibacterial properties. Biotin prop ions, vitamins of the B Complex (B2, B5, and B6), as well an rise of glycosaminoglycans aid in achieving smoothness also flexibility of skin. These help promote skin cells renewal and repair from acne scars, as well as to trap and absorb water to deeply hydrate your skin. The package includes: 5 x 7 ml Ingredients of the product: Salicylic acid, azeloglycine, multivitamin B complex B2 + B5 + B6, methionine, Arctium Lappa L. Root Extract, Salvia Officinalis Extract, Lamium Album Flower Extract, glycosaminoglycans, Chamomilla Recutita Flower Extract The advantages of utilizing of md:complex SkinClear: Reduce redness, swelling as well as inflammation Making the skin more soft and elastic Delivering deep hydration

md:hyaluronidase 1500 IU

md:hyaluronidase 1500 IU a powdered British-Spanish brand product. Indicated for lymphatic stagnation, cellulite treatment and breaking away migrating hyaluronic acid. Hyaluronidase used for mesotherapy to dissolve the connective tissue fibres that cause cellulite dimples. It increases the permeability of tissue which further help in spreading injected materials. Hyaluronidase, along with its action, can also help to speed the result of anesthesia or aid in rehydration protocols. Hyaluronidase helps PDC dissolved fat escape from the cell by breaking down connective tissue. The package includes: 5 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua/Water, Mannitol, Hyaluronidase

md:complex Anti-Pollution SkinProtect Shield

Anti-Pollution SkinProtect Shield comprises several multifunctional active ingredients, all aimed at preventing against pollution action through addressing different mechanisms of skin damage to provide a multi-targeted approach for repairing and protecting the skin from environmental aggressors. A powerful mix of antioxidants, protective, repairing and regenerative components that triggers the skin’s natural repair systems. They shield the skin from free radicals and external aggressors allowing to keep your complexion looking smooth, uniform, and glowing. md:complex Anti-Pollution SkinProtect Shield strengthens the skin barrier and improves stratum corneum cohesion thus preventing pollution penetration, it can enhance outer layer of skin resistance to environmental stress. Pumping up cellular regeneration and the skin’s healing process, it aids in bringing back firmness, tightness and vitality. This translates into a speedier recovery of the lost luminosity, hydration, smoothness and firmness as the skin has been exposed to environmental stressors for longer duration. It also provides blue light protection from sunlight and digital screen which accelerates skin ageing. The package includes: 5 x 7 ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid, ascorbic acid, glutathione, saccharide isomerate, Vitis Vinifera leaf extract, niacinamide, glycerin

md:complex CouperOff

The intended use of md:complex CouperOff is to re-balance the barrier function of the skin, decrease facial redness, reduce inflammation in the skin and strengthen the innate immune defence system as well as to prevent or attenuate ROS (reactive oxygen species) formation or activity. It balances the skin by regulating vasodilation and inflammation, lowering skin reactivity, as well as fighting dryness. Filled with potent anti-redness, anti-inflammatory and calming ingredients, md:complex CouperOff strengthens the capillary walls to reduce rosacea flare-ups, soothe the skin and prevent further irritation. And it also inhibits telangiectasia, increases elasticity in blood vessels, decreases facial redness, erythema and dryness while soothing rough and scaly skin. Moreover, md:complex CouperOff restores skin barrier function and restores lipids and hyaluronic acid to relieve dryness and reduce the appearance of fine lines and wrinkles. It helps to even out skin tone and aids in collagen production for fuller and smoother, more refined skin. The package includes: 5 x 7 ml Ingredients of the product: Niacinamide, Ectoin, Biosaccharide Gum-2, Lactobionic Acid, Ferulic Acid, Sodium Hyaluronate, Panthenol, Inositol, Citric Acid.

md:complex Cell-Lipodrain

md:complex Cell-Lipodrain targets the clinical appearance of cellulite through its carefully crafted active ingredients. The package includes: 5 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Theophylline, Lecithin, Sodium deoxycholate, L-Carnitine, Centella Asiatica, Rizoma Ruscus, Organic Silicon The advantages of utilizing of md:complex Cell-Lipodrain: Lipolytic and lipogenesis-inhibiting activity: These agents decrease triglyceride deposition in subcutaneous adipocytes, increasing their turnover, along with inhibition of triglyceride synthesis. This causes adipocyte size and volume to shrink, relieving pressure on the overlying connective tissue resulting in decreased cellulite visibility and improved body contour. Actives that improve microvascular flow and lymphatic drainage: These help restore microcirculation to increase tissue oxygenation and nourishment, strengthen capillary resistance, and decrease permeability. They are good lymphatic drainage, which means it helps get rid of the waste and toxins, decrease fluid retention (which makes you feel swollen) and prevents edema. Restore normal dermal and subcutaneous tissue: These ingredients stimulate collagen and elastin production for improved skin elasticity, facilitate the formation of new dermal cells, activate extracellular matrix reconstruction. They assist with the reorganization of connective tissue and stabilize it by protecting the skin from damage and degeneration, restructuring and organization of connective tissue fibers. Antioxidants: These ingredients protect against collagen and elastin fibers oxidation to prevent tissue damage.

md:complex melanoceuticals

Melanogenesis is a complicated biochemical process triggered by multiple endogenous and exogenous determinants resulting in excessive melanin synthesis and deposition within confined areas leading to the formation of unwanted blemishes. Melasma is a common pigmentary disorder that typically manifests as symmetrical tan, brown, or gray patches on the face (e.g., centrofacial, malar, mandibular, and forehead areas), primarily in women. Exposure to UV rays remains the main cause, but hormone changes, genetic predisposition, pregnancy, pituitary disorders, photosensitizing drugs/medications cosmetics and vitamin D deficiency also contribute. md:complex melanoceuticals features concentrated ingredients with whitening, exfoliating, antioxidant and brightening properties that directly target distinct stages of the melanogenesis pathway. Your skin looks great, it is protecting itself to not have guaranteed hyperpigmentation but also keeping the integrity of skin. The package includes: 5 x 7 ml Ingredients of the product: Tranexamic acid, glutathione, azeloglycine, kojic acid, arbutin, glycolic acid, ascorbic acid, citric acid The advantages of utilizing of md:complex melanoceuticals: Whitening substances: Activate inhibitory processes at different points in the process of melanogenesis, such as inhibiting tyrosinase activity to avoid dopaquinone formation, blocking the creation of eumelanins (brown or black pigmentation) by preventing dopatautomerase action and reducing skin blemishes. Interfere with transfer of melanosomes from melanocytes to epidermal keratinocytes. Exfoliating ingredients: Enhance epidermal turnover and boost active ingredient absorption to achieve a more even skin tone with less imperfections and more forgiving texture. Antioxidants and brighteners: These ingredients do a useful job of making skin look brighter, feel softer and appear firmer as well as promoting an even-toned complexion. They protect against photoaging, provide recovery and regeneration.

md:complex NCT-Hyal Revitalizing

md:complex NCT-Hyal Revitalizing is a mesotherapy treatment(meso-hico, ovalo) that hydrates and revitalizes skin through replenishment of lost moisture, restoring the glow to dull aged skin. This powerful treatment has the best moisture replenishment and re-hydration effects of hyaluronic acid and a unique formulation that combines a full molecular range of essential micronutrients, amino acids, vitamins, coenzymes minerals and nucleic acids focusing on some common signs of aging such as loss of elasticity fine lines appearance tanning dull skin. It’s an all-in-one booster for the skin, it drench in long-lasting moisture while also giving visibility to more luminosity, texture and tone and firmness. Great for lack-luster and/or aged skin, as pollution, ecological harm and stress can lead to the suited glow of the dermis. The package includes: 5 x 7 ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid, multivitamins, amino acids, coenzymes, minerals, nucleic acids, antioxidants The advantages of utilizing of md:complex NCT-Hyal Revitalizing: Contains with Actives—like hyaluronic acid to combat dryness; illuminate & tint your skin, restoring it giving a fresh glow; get stimulate collagen production, and act as an antioxidant protection against oxidative stress. This solution then delivers immediate and long-term benefits to the skin. The beauty of these treatments is that they are non-invasive, comfortable and do not involve any downtime. Suitable for all skin types and safe for use on the face and body.

md:peel azelaic 17% + salicylic 20%

md:peel azelaic 17% + salicylic 20% prevent the delicate skin tissues, but also through regulation of acne-preventive action comedones due to irregular hair follicle. As a bacteriostatic and bactericidal compound, it is said to help reduce acne by neutralizing Propionibacterium acnes (one of the causes of inflammatory acne), and will also control sebum production along with Staphylococcus epidermidis. This peel contains synergistic salicylic acid to boost its effects on the skin. Such formulations also inhibit the process of melanin production by inhibiting not just tyrosinase, leading to reduction in skin discoloration (also post-inflammatory hyperpigmentation) and achieving a more uniform-appearing complexion with better overall/cement tone. By inhibiting mitochondrial oxidoreductase and DNA synthesis it has anti-proliferative and cytotoxic effects on hyperplastic melanocytes. This peel is also an antioxidant which captures the free oxygen radicals in the skin and protects it from premature ageing. Azelaic acid is a natural dicarboxylic acid which has strong anti-bacterial, comedolytic, anti-inflammatory, depigmenting and antioxidant properties. It regulates the keratinization as well as prevents blackheads. It bactericide and antibacterial action are useful for the acne reduction, regulating the sebum excess, by neutralising Propionibacterium and Staphylococcus bacteria. Azelaic acid is a tyrosinase inhibitor, as well, and works in the process of melanin production to eliminate pigment that lacks uniformity so that skin appears brighter and more even. The synergistic treatments produce boosted results for beautiful skin herewhen combined with salicylic acid. Salicylic acid is a beta hydroxy acid with keratolytic, bactericidal, astringent, and fungicidal properties. This single (or pair, if you’re counting its derivative) Gets-At-All-Acne is clinically proven to tackle acne in all three directions; one element attacks clogged pores and the other destroys bacteria that live inside those same pores, both of which are accompanied by an anti-inflammatory punch. The package includes: 1 x 50 ml Ingredients of the product: Azelaic acid Salicylic acid The advantages of utilizing of md:peel azelaic 17% + salicylic 20%: Azelaic acid is also a powerful antibacterial combined with antiinflammatory, while salicylic acid penetrates into the pores to remove sebum and prevent further acne. Great for all skin types, but especially good if you have acne-prone skin. Used regularly this peel will result in clearer, brighter smoother skin for less breakouts and an even more improved complexion.

md:complex Firming-Regen

md:complex Firming-Regen is a skin-rejuvenating meso-cocktail aimed to restore drooping or sagging- skins firmness, elasticity and authenticity. A potent blend of DMAE, organic silicon, elastin and ascorbic acid encourages collagen and elastin production to fortify skin’s support structures. This treatment effectively addresses the underlying causes of skin sagging providing a substantial lifting effect and densifying your skin. The package includes: 5 x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Elastina, Silicio Orgánico, Ácido Ascórbico, DMAE, Sulfato de Condroitina The advantages of utilizing of md:complex Firming-Regen: It is a treatment formula which helps cocoon your skin at the cellular level inducing fibroblast activity and collagen production. md:complex Firming-Regen addresses both surface and deeper skin layers, contributing to visible texture improvement. It provides protection against oxidative stress and environmental damage with antioxidant properties, hence prevents more signs of premature aging. Applicable to all skin types and locations, especially the face and neck areas.

md:complex Antiage Intensive

md:complex Antiage Intensive is a strong meso-cocktail with anti-aging, anti-oxidant, firming and hydration properties to help target signs of aging. It contains hyaluronic acid, DMAE and pyruvic acid that reduces wrinkles, sun-damaged skin and all visible signs of skin aging while helping restore moisture, elasticity and skin life. It is most known for skin rejuvenation, providing preventative and corrective benefits to visibly slow signs of aging. The package includes: 5 x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid, DMAE, Sodium DNA, Argireline, Pyruvate, L-Carnitine, Organic silicon The advantages of utilizing of md:complex Antiage Intensive Fully loaded with Antiage Intensive, md:complex provides extensive anti-aging effects and intense hydration and firmness while minimizing the appearance of wrinkle. It is appropriate for any skin type, and may be part of an entire anti-aging regimen. It is an effective solution for both curative and preventive measures against noticeable ageing.

md:peel Neutralizing Solution

md:peel Neutralizing Solution works to neutralize the skin’s pH following chemical peel treatments. Enriched with allantoin, aloe vera and chamomile extracts, it immediately neutralizes the acidic components of the peel before they penetrate deeper into the skin. It calms, moisturizes and refreshes the skin by reducing irritation for an entirely soothing post-peel experience. It has a pH of 8.5. The package includes: 1 x 200 ml Ingredients of the product: Allantonin Aloe Vera Chamomile The advantages of utilizing of md:peel Neutralizing Solution: Calm the acidity of the peel with this feel to avoid skin irritation. Alcohol and fragrance free, the solution is enriched with soothing aloe vera and chamomile to soothe the post-treatment area in order to relieve redness and discomfort. Comes in a spray bottle for rapid coverage of the sprayed area.

md:peel pyruvic 40% + Lactic 10%

md:peel pyruvic 40% + Lactic 10% is a medium-depth chemical peel that works to rejuvenate the skin and improve its texture while targeting acne, hyperpigmentation, or signs of aging. It has a strong blend (40% pyruvic acid and 10% lactic acid) that delivers keratolytic, antimicrobial, and sebostatic properties. This powerful peel resurfaces the skin, promotes dermal restructuring and stimulates long-term collagen synthesis. An alpha-keto acid that naturally occurs in honey, vinegar, apples and fermented fruits, pyruvic acid affects both the epidermis and dermis. At the deceptively simple epidermal level it has keratolytic and antibacterial effects that make it strong (but not overly) anti-acne. It decreases keratinocytes cohesion and thus inhibiting stacking in the upper level of the epidermis. Mainly located in the dermis, it supports the synthesis of collagen, elastic fiber, and glycoprotein to reduce wrinkles, photoaging and pigmentation. This high-performance acid triggers regeneration and improves the skin texture and firmness. Pyruvic acid has a low pHa and molecular structure that allows for deep penetration into the skin, exuding a strong action. Finally, lactic acid is effective in enhancing skin moisture because it can strengthen the skin barrier and reduce transepidermal water loss. It creates barrier to allow for peel without the drying out of skin. Lactic acid aids in the formation of collagen, elastin, glycosaminoglycans and hyaluronic acid, contributing to even skin texture as well as the lessening of fine lines and sun damage and early signs of aging occurs. The package includes: 1 x 50 ml Ingredients of the product: Pyruvic acid Lactic acid The advantages of utilizing of md:peel pyruvic 40% + Lactic 10%: Pyruvic acid can melt away dead skin cells for easier exfoliation, preventing the outer layer of skin from thickening and stimulating the turnover of healthy cellular layers. As an added bonus, this peel can help reduce wrinkles and sagging associated with sun damage by stimulating collagen and elastin production to give you anti-aging benefits. Good for all skin types but most effective on acne, oily, and hyperpigmented skin.

md:peel mandelic 50%

md:peel mandelic 50% increases collagen synthesis, strengthens the dermis, minimizes fine lines and wrinkles, and improves skin firmness and radiance. These hydrophobic, lipophilic qualities make it especially good for oily, acne-prone skin. It penetrates sebaceous glands and unnblocks pores. Mandelic acid also has keratolytic, oil-regulating, and antibacterial properties and helps regulate sebum production in skin affected by acne. Since mandelic acid has a larger molecular structure, it penetrates less deeply, causing less skin irritation. This makes it extremely well-tolerated in sensitive skin and in darker skin types that can react to other AHAs. This peel not only works deeply into the skin to improve skin texture, but also helps targets the fine lines, creasese, and an uneven or dull complexion, but without side effects! The package includes: 1 x 50 ml Ingredients of the product: mandelic acid 50% The advantages of utilizing of md:peel mandelic 50%: This peel is super effective for acne-prone skin, as the keratolytic, antibacterial, and oil-controlling actions unclog the pores, reduce sebum production, and prevent future breakouts. It acts like a tyrosinase inhibitor, helping to reduce dark spots and lighten skin discoloration[14]. The peel, due to its highly fine action and slow absorption, is well tolerated and, therefore, equally well suited for sensitive skin and darker skin types (phototypes I-VI).

md:peel mandelic 40%

md:peel mandelic 40% is a chemical peel with 40% mandelic acid (an AHA from bitter almonds). This peel treats conditions like photoaging, uneven pigmentation, and acne, in addition to assisting the body in renewing the skin. With its larger molecular size, mandelic acid is absorbed more slowly into skin, which minimizes irritation, which is why it can be tolerated by sensitive skin and Fitzpatrick skin types I-VI more readily than other AHAs. The package includes: 1 x 50 ml Ingredients of the product: mandelic acid 40% The advantages of utilizing of md:peel mandelic 40%: With its keratolytic, antibacterial, and sebum-regulating properties, this peel helps to unclog pores, limit excess sebum, and avoid new breakouts, making it perfect for acne-prone skins [6]. A Tyrosinase Inhibitor that alliviate discoloration of skin to lighten it and also reduces look of dark spots. This gentle and gradual action of the peel makes it suitable for sensitive and dark skin (phototype, I-VI).

md:peel salicylic 30%

md:peel salicylic 30% is a powerful deep exfoliating chemical peel for very problematic acne, problematic oily skin and signs of photoaging. It has a 30% salicylic acid, allows you to penetrate into pores adjusting almost the entire range of problems caused by excess oil, dead skin, and impurities. The peel calms inflammation immediately, unclogs congested pores, and invigorates cell turnover, ideal for anyone dealing with chronic acne, seborrheic/psoriatic skin conditions. The package includes: 1 x 50 ml Ingredients of the product: salicylic acid 30% The advantages of utilizing of md:peel salicylic 30%: Salicylic acid has lipophilic properties which can penetrate through clogged pores to emulsify the sebum and debris responsible for plugging and visibility of acne. This peel not only reduces the appearance of fine lines and evens skin tone, it also calms redness and inflammation associated with acne—which makes it a powerful anti-aging solution in a single swipe! That ensures the powerhouse salicylic acid is targeting stubborn pimples and a dysfunction of oil products.

md:peel salicylic 20%

md:peel salicylic 20% is a 20% salicylic acid chemical peel for oily skin and acne prone skin types. It goes deep inside the pores where it dissolves sebum and breaks down the impurities, disinfecting and exfoliating the skin. It works really well as an anti-acne treatment also for blackheads or whiteheads. So it enhances anti-aging bio-mechanicalized peel-off, decreases hyperpigmentation, enthose lines and other differentiating signs of skin aging, age-related conditions associated with sebum or keratin deranging poors as a result of seborrhoea. The package includes: 1 x 50 ml Ingredients of the product: salicylic acid 20% The advantages of utilizing of md:peel salicylic 20%: Being a liposoluble peel, it penetrates deep in the skin and pores, breaks down excess sebum, modulates sebum secretion and has powerful anti-inflammatory effects as well. It minimizes the chances of comedones ( blackheads and whiteheads) and future breakouts. All skin types except oily skin rally behind this peel. Usage: Even before having another medical treatment, it cleans the skin at the deeper level. In particular, this is demonstrated in preparation for mesohyal products (eg, biorevitalization).

md:peel glycolic 50%

md:peel glycolic 50% – a highly effective chemical exfoliant featuring 50% glycolic acid, an AHA best known for its powerful exfoliating properties. A professional-grade peel that works within the skin to stimulate rapid cell turnover addressing advanced signs of aging, deep hyperpigmentation, and severe acne scars. Ideal for: More experienced users of milder peels The package includes: 1 x 50 ml Ingredients of the product: glycolic acid 50% The advantages of utilizing of md:peel glycolic 50%: Thanks to its high amount of glycolic acid, the peel provides potent exfoliation, exfoliates the skin at lower levels, promotes cell turnover, brightens skin discolorations that cause hyperpigmentation, and stimulates collagen production as well. With its resurfacing ability, it also helps reduce acne scars. It’s a versatile peel treatment that gives you long-term visible anti-aging effects if used regularly.

md:peel glycolic 35%

md:peel glycolic 35% — clinical glycolic acid (small-molecule alpha hydroxy acid [AHA]) chemical exfoliant made for professional-strength at home use with 35% concentration More intense peeling, cell renewal and an improvement in the texture and tone of the skin. Why: Because laser resurfacing penetrates all of these skin issues → it is an amazing way to treatment fine lines, wrinkles, hyperpigmentation and even your acne scars → all of the things that take away your youthfulness. The package includes: 1 x 50 ml Ingredients of the product: glycolic acid 35% The advantages of utilizing of md:peel glycolic 35%: MD:Peel Glycolic 35% is a multifunctional peel desgined to loosen and slough off the outer layer of dry, dead skin to stimulate faster cell turnover and fade areas of hyper-pigmentation (brown spots) to reveal your younger skin. It stimulates the production of collagen that tightens the skin that minimizes the chance of fine lines and wrinkles whilst providing long-lasting results; It is for most skin types.

md:cocktail Skin Booster Anti-Pollution Defence

md:cocktail SkinBooster Anti-Pollution Defence — High-potency multifunctional actives targeting pollution through multiple mechanisms. It aims to restore, and then protect the skin from environmental aggressors, which is why this approach is multi-pronged. It is rich in antioxidants, skin protectants, and skin-repairing ingredients. Combined, they activate natural homeostatic and repair processes in the skin, while forming a physical barrier to excessive free radical and environmental stress – allowing your skin to remain smooth so as to maintain an even and glowing complexion! To limit penetration of, and increase resistance to, environmental (stress-induced) stimuli, md:cocktail SkinBooster Anti-Pollution Defence acts as a top layer reinforcing & repairing the barrier and stratum corneum cohesion. Strengthens regrowth of cells, and the properties by which the skin regenerates doing a firm, tight, firm and renewed skin, and accelerating the recovering of glow, moisture, softness and firmness, which have lost with the years as the skin has been affected by environmental aspects. It also works like an invisible defense shield against blue light, including the blue light from the sun and digital devices that are known to lead to premature aging. The package includes: 10 x 2 ml Ingredients of the product: Ethyl Ascorbic acid, Glutathione, Saccharide Isomerate, Vitis Vinifera Leaf Extract, Niacinamide, Tocopherol Acetate, Citric acid, Glycerin The advantages of utilizing of md:cocktail SkinBooster Anti-Pollution Defence: Boosts antioxidant activity and protects the skin from free radicals, speeding natural repair processes in skin and preventing further damage. Defender of DNA from toxins and metals. Soothes irritation, reduces redness and inflammation. Restores and reinforces skin barrier function which gives persistent hydration and decreases Transepidermal Water Loss in underlying skin. Creates a flexible, moisturizing layer of protection from pollution to provide instant and continuous hydration for the skin. Increases new collagen, elastin (the collagen properties which grant more elasticity) and glycosaminoglycans (molecules that hold water in the skin which is key to keeping it flexible) encouraging the abatement of fine lines, wrinkles and dryness. Helps in Lightening of hyperpigmentation by Mechanism melanogenesis and UV & pollution generated oxidative stress. Protects the dermis against visible and blue light damage resulting from prolonged screen time and the sun (phone, tablets and laptops too). Oxygen evident of skin Organic acid fragrant of micro-organism Sort and settle Micro-organisms modelling filler between free oxygen of degree from surrounding, Kiss of surface fundamental of oxygen in epidermis or dermis of the skin, up skin is present from osmotic pump of dip sweet to a body and an acid secrete. Helps to turnover epidermal cells, resulting in brighter and smoother skin. Usage: Directions are to apply morning and night with circular motions.

melan:off depigmentation treatment

melan:off Depigmentation Treatment A topical solution for the efficacious reduction and removal of hyperpigmentation caused by different types of melanin. This formula quickly provides brighter skin, overall even skin tone, and softens and firms skin with its safe treatment. For optimum efficacy, it functions to suppress the melanin production process using an advanced formulation featuring multiple lightening agents to inhibit at various stages of melanin biosynthesis. The exfoliation promotes cell turnover and soft scrubbing effect helps to release the melanin which inhibiting the production of melanin in keratinocytes, which if present in excess can result in a darker skin tone. Works on all skin types and tones. The melam:off Depigmentation Treatment is a multi-part in-office & at-home treatment intended to make results permanent and very effective. The package includes: 1 bottle x 15ml 1 jar x 10ml 1 jar x 30ml Ingredients of the product: Azelic acid, Salicylic acid, Kojic acid, 4-Buthylresorcinol, Rumex extract, Ascorbic acid, Alpha Arbutine, Nonapeptide-1, Aminoethylphospinic acid, Niacinamide, Tocopheryl acetate, DMAE, Retinyl Palmitate, Tetrahydropiperine, Bisabolol, Allantoin, Glycine, Aloe Barbadensis, Rosemary oil extract The advantages of utilizing of melan:off Depigmentation Treatment: Skin-whitening and brightening Enhanced skin radiance Layering process is sped up and cells are exposed quickly Balanced, even skin tone Increased skin softness & elasticity Adaptable for all skin types and tones Usage: Melan:Off Whitening Peel: In-office pre-treatment for skin prep with exfoliating and brightening benefits. Intensive Melan:Off Mask: In-office deep depigmentation treatment Melan:Off Maintenance Cream — Home care post-depigmentation treatment with antioxidant and protective action. Noticeable decrease in pigmentation after one month and visible reduction in dark spots within the first week.

melan:off peel + mask

melan:off peel + mask is a whitening peel + hyperpigmentation mask combo designed to treat stubborn hyperpigmentation, melasma and other skin discoloration. An exfoliating/brightening double-whammy of the melan:off Whitening Peel, followed by the rejuvenating melan:off Hyperpigmentation Mask. Highly advantageous for both skin tone evenness and long-lasting results, both products attack melanin formation on multiple fronts. The package includes: melan:off whitening peel (15ml) melan:off intensive mask (10g) Ingredients of the product: Frequent skin whitening agents: Alpha-arbutin, Azelaic acid, Bisabolol, 4-butylresorcinol, Allantoin, 2-dimethylaminoethanol (DMAE), Koji acid, Niacinamide (vitamin B3), Ascorbic acid (vitamin C), salicylic acid, Retinyl palmitate and Trade name or Tocopheryl acetate (vitamin E) [4, 5, 6]. The advantages of utilizing of melan:off peel + mask: This dual treatment process is 97 percent effective against melanin (hyperpigmentation). It speeds up the turnover of skin cells, thereby it helps to regain the skin elasticity and the skin texture. Skincare-packed, it is suitable for all skin types & for all seasons!

md:ultrasense cleanser

The ultra mild md:ultrasense cleanser preserves the internal glow of the skin by keeping the skin protected from environmental stressors and restoring the balance. These work to cleanse leftover makeup on the skin and dirt and promote skin balance to keep it soft, tight, and glowing. That makes subsequent products far more powerful. Alpha-tocopherol is a potent antioxidant capable of combating free-radicals, which destroy tissue by breaking down collagen. It enhances the radiance of the skin, which brings a dewy and healthy skin glow. Jojoba Oil penetrates deep down in, and thus works to fight skin ageing at the source by locking in the moisture and elasticity that your skin is in desperate need of and balancing the sebum, ultimately delaying the onset of wrinkles. The cleanser is also infused with ceramides that protect the skin barrier, and regeneration- and aging-defending vitamin Eand linoleic acid. The package includes: 1 x 200 ml Ingredients of the product: Alpha tocophery Jojoba oil Vitamin E Linoleic acid The advantages of utilizing of md:ultrasense cleanser: Gets rid of makeup as well as dirt without over-drying. It continues to provide firming, replenishing and hydrating benefits. It has anti-aging properties but also regulates sebum as well as prevents wrinkle by moisturizing the skin and enhancing skin elasticity and texture. This product is perfect for all skins types, hypoallergenic and non-comedogenic. Usage: Massage the milk on the face and neck in circles and wash off with water.

Croma PhilArt Eye

PhilArt Eye is a injectable solution from Croma, designed to rejuvenate fatigued eyes. Used pro-actively in a tender area of the skin around your eyes, it can also help improving where an structural elasticity is faded by aging. The low dosage of polynucleotides is beneficial in terms of cell renewal, allowing the eyes to look more rested and less tired over time. Also, this formula is excellent for preparing the skin prior to medical cosmetic treatments like lasers, fillers, peels, needling rn radiofrequency surgery etc. In only 3-4 sessions, your skin around the eyes will be improved with long-lasting results for other procedures. The package includes: 1 x 2ml syringe 2 x 30G*13mm needles Ingredients of the product: 15 mg/ml polynucleotides The advantages of utilizing of PhilArt Eye: Fibroblast cell increases collagen part. Revives the delicate skin around the eyes. Can serve as a baseline for fillers, lasers and more. Usage: The manufacturer recommends a series of three to four treatments every two to three weeks. But the patient can fine- tune this schedule according to his or her individual needs.

Croma PhilArt Hair

One such highly effective formula that uses polynucleotides and injections to promote hair growth is PhilArt Hair. Can be used as to the scalp or face for eyebrow growth. The liquid serum is entered into the intradermal layer with a multiple unit technique that allows ideal performance in patients who have either sensitive skin or are suffering from hair loss because hormonal alopecia. This treatment works as well both a stand-alone and also post surgically after hair repairs by the way. Additionally, it is possible to combine such treatment with biotin, hyaluronic acid, carboxytherapy and topical treatments. In just 8 sessions the results are visible and long lasting with this revolutionary hair growth lotion. The package includes: 1 x 2ml syringe 2 x 30G*13mm needles Ingredients of the product: 15 mg/ml polynucleotides The advantages of utilizing of PhilArt Hair: Stimulates brow and scalp hair growth Aids in the growth of hair where hair loss is due to hormonal (androgenic alopecia) or influenced reasons. Best for women with fragile skin that is thinning due to hormonal alopecia. Usage: The manufacturer recommends this to be a two-stage treatment method. It is usually completed over 4 sessions with at least one week and no more than two weeks between each. It is recommended that four treatment sessions are performed at three-week intervals for maintenance purposes. Nevertheless, these are general principles that can be tailor-made for Marylis depending on what she requires.

Croma PhilArt

PhilArt is a potent formula that targets the skin of the face and neck, décolleté as well as hands. Polynucleotides, with great potential for hydration without the use of invasive treatments (with lots and lots to drink) leave your skin radiant. It restores fibroblasts slowly and removes the scars from appearing which results in improved skin elasticity. It also improves skin color through the serum which makes one have a more youthful appearance. Indeed, it can be used in the forehead and cheeks area then throughout your face as well as neck. Signs of aging can effectively be minimized, depending on the skin type. The package includes: 1 x 2ml syringe 2 x 30G*13mm needles Ingredients of the product: 40 mg/ml polynucleotides The advantages of utilizing of PhilArt: Stimulates fibroblast cells to produce collagen. Deeply moisturizes the skin Enhances skin elasticity. Suitable for all skin types. Usage: According to the manufacturer largely three sessions for normal skin, 14-21 days of break between them. A total of four sessions at a fortnight or three week interval should be done for mature skin. Generally speaking this area is to be treated in 2 sessions always with a time lapse of at least between each other varying on the individuals skin resistance, from 14 days up to even as long as every 21 days, Great For Scar Lightening! These include the patients contents, and acording to these particular needs of each patient table schedule form has multiple diagnosis of treatment.

Croma PhilArt Next

Keyser says PhilArt Next by PhiPhiTango is a potent serum for the face, neck and décolleté — but also can be used on hands. Combining hyaluracidic acid and polynucleotides, it provides an intense hydration to the skin that appears more radiant and rested. This compound return long term fibroblast regeneration and greatly improve the elasticity of hang loose skin. Moreover, it helps in brightening the complexion and making you look young. It can also be ideal in contouring sunken scars and stretch marks. Perfect to use as monotherapy or prior to cosmetic and/or surgery. The package includes: 1 x 2ml syringe 2 x 30G*13mm needles Ingredients of the product: 20 mg/ml polynucleotides 20 mg/ml of non-crosslinked hyaluronic acid The advantages of utilizing of PhilArt Next: Promotes Collagen Synthesis in Fibroblast cells This mask delivers deep skin nutrition. Tones and hydrates the skin with botanical extracts. Best for older skin types Usage: For normal skin, the manufacturer recommends three treatment sessions which should be conducted 14-21 days apart. For matured skin, it is recommended to have four sessions in total at 14-21 days gap. That being said, the way in which treatment is administered can be tailored to individual patients as required.

Profhilo Structura

Profhilo® Structura is an advanced injectable treatment created to restore facial volume and redefine contours. It works on the superficial fat layers of the face to replenish volume and natural contours commonly lost with aging. This innovative solution addresses key age-related concerns like deep facial hollows, skin laxity (loose, crepey skin), and changes in facial contours caused by midface fat loss. Developed by IBSA Derma, Profhilo® Structura utilizes NAHYCO® Hybrid Technology, combining high and low molecular weight hyaluronic acid for natural, long-lasting results. The package includes: 1 x 2 ml syringe Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid Sodium hyaluronate Sodium chloride Sodium phosphate Water The advantages of utilizing of Profhilo® Structura: Facial Fat Restoration: This procedure efficiently targets midface volume loss and other aging-related issues. Durable Outcomes: Clinical trials reveal that 95% of patients observed lasting improvements following their initial treatment, with benefits maintained after three months. Natural Look: Profhilo® Structura provides gentle, natural-looking results without the effect of synthetic fillers. Usage: A standard Profhilo® Structura treatment involves two sessions, spaced one month apart, with results typically lasting about four months.

Préime Hyaluronidase 300 IE/ml (5x5ml)

The balancing solution Préime® Hyaluronidase facilitates the breakdown of hyaluronic acid and helps address complications related to hyaluronic acid in skincare. The use of hyaluronidase becomes essential in addressing complications arising from filler treatments. Furthermore, it is employed in lipolysis (prior to ultrasonic cavitation) to catalyze the breakdown of connective tissue and in needle mesotherapy to disrupt connective tissue strands that cause cellulite dimples. The package includes: 5 vials x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua Mannitol Lactose Hyaluronidase 1500 I.U. The advantages of utilizing of Préime® Hyaluronidase (5x5ml): Elimination of excessive hyaluronic acid (overcorrection) Smoothing out lumps and irregularities caused by acid implantation Dissolving injected filler in the case of accidental placement in an artery or vein, preventing embolism and necrosis Application in cases of intolerance to hyaluronic acid or cross-linking agents Correcting filler displacement Breaking down connective tissue strands causing cellulite dimples in needle mesotherapy Serving as a catalyst for connective tissue melting in lipolysis (before ultrasonic cavitation) What is the duration of the results? The results become apparent right after the procedure. The impact of hyaluronidase remains noticeable for approximately 3-4 weeks following its application.

Perfectha Finelines + Lidocaine (1×1ml)

An injectable degrade-resistant hyaluronic acid filler, Perfectha® FineLines is ideal for eradicating shallow expression lines and the initial appearance of age-related wrinkling around the entire face. It is a hyaluronic acid-based filler that works well for different types of wrinkles. It can also decrease fine lines on the forehead, eye-area (crow’s feet), mouth area smile-lines) and cheek_RETERS. The highly concentrated hyaluronic acid and lidocaine formulation deeply hydrates, replenishing the skin to resotre some level of elasticity towards a smoother more supple looking result. The package includes: 1 x 1 ml syringe Ingredients of the product: 20 mg/ml HA 0,3% Lidocaine The advantages of utilizing of Perfectha® FineLines Lidocaine: Perfectha® FineLines Lidocaine is primarily used to treat fine lines around the eyes and face, while adding slight volume. It targets fine lines (like crow’s feet and forehead ones), as well as other surface wrinkles, in a bid to restore the firmness of your skin. This treatment restores facial shapes and adds back lost volume with a non-invasive, quick process. The Perfectha product line, whether used for volume restoring or skin renewal, is designed to perform like nature’s very best. It also decreases oxidation in the body to provide you with better and long-lasting results. What is the duration of the results? Results from Perfectha® Fine Lines are expected to last between 4-6 months.

Lanluma V

Lanluma V is designed to enhance collagen production in the face, leading to targeted contouring and improved skin appearance. This injectable collagen stimulator uses poly-L-lactic acid (PLLA) as its active ingredient. Unlike hyaluronic acid-based products, Lanluma V doesn’t add volume to tissues. Instead, it triggers the body’s natural collagen production, effectively helping the skin to smooth out deep wrinkles and reduce fine lines on its own. Lanluma V is especially favored for addressing body skin issues such as scarring and sagging. The collagen-stimulating effects of Lanluma V begin immediately after injection, resulting in firmer, more elastic skin, with visibly reduced wrinkles and imperfections. Its long-lasting results are particularly impressive since no foreign substances are absorbed by the body. The package includes: 1 x 15 ml Vial Ingredients of the product: Poly-L-lactic acid (PLLA) 40.4% Sodium carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC) 25.4% Mannitol 34.2% What is the duration of the results? Lanluma V typically requires one to three sessions to achieve optimal results. Initial improvements become noticeable within just two months. The enhanced appearance can last up to two years, depending on factors such as the patient’s age, skin type, level of physical activity, and the technique used during treatment.

Lanluma X

Lanluma X is designed to enhance collagen production across various parts of the body, leading to targeted contouring and improved skin appearance. This injectable therapy utilizes poly-L-lactic acid (PLLA) as a collagen stimulator. Unlike hyaluronic acid-based products, Lanluma X doesn’t add volume directly to the tissue. Instead, it triggers the body’s natural collagen production, helping to reduce medium to deep wrinkles on its own. While it’s especially favored for buttock contouring, Lanluma X can be used on any area of the body. It begins boosting collagen immediately after injection, resulting in firmer skin, reduced wrinkles, and smoother texture. Since the body doesn’t absorb the injected substances, Lanluma X offers long-lasting effects. The package includes: 1 x 40 ml Vial Ingredients of the product: Poly-L-lactic acid (PLLA) 40.4% Sodium carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC) 25.4% Mannitol 34.2% What is the duration of the results? Typically, one to three sessions are required for Lanluma X to achieve its full effect. Initial results can be seen within just two months, and the enhanced appearance can last up to two years. However, the duration of results may vary depending on factors such as age, skin type, physical activity, and the technique used.

MD:Complex Genx Mimetic Peptides & Growth Factors

MD:Complex Genx Mimetic Peptides & Growth Factors formulation combines the antioxidant and rejuvenating effects of the Multi-biorevitalizing complex (Hyaluronic acid + Amino acids + Vitamins + Minerals + Antioxidants) with the potent efficacy of the latest generation of Mimetic Peptides & Growth Factors. These peptides have a structure identical to naturally-occurring peptides, significantly enhancing skin appearance in less time. This blend reduces inflammation, boosts fibroblast activity, speeds up wound healing, enhances the skin’s immune response, and minimizes major signs of aging like fine lines, wrinkles, hyperpigmentation, sagging, and hair loss. It recreates the biological environment found in younger, healthier skin, resulting in more effective and efficient outcomes. MD:Complex Genx Mimetic Peptides & Growth Factors serves as an excellent enhancer to amplify the effects of other professional treatments, offering additional benefits such as anti-aging, antioxidant protection, firming, regeneration, moisturization, revitalization, and skin brightening, thereby enhancing therapeutic results. The package includes: 5x7ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic Acid, Multi-Biovitalization Complex, Copper Tripeptide-1, SH Oligopeptide-1, SH Oligopeptide-2, SH Polypeptide-2, Oligopeptide-34, Acetyl Octapeptide-3, Palmitoyl Tripeptide-1, Palmitoyl Tetrapeptide-7 The advantages of utilizing of MD:Complex Genx Mimetic Peptides & Growth Factors: Promotes cellular growth and multiplication Speeds up the healing of wounds and repairs skin for a youthful and glowing appearance Encourages hair growth by preventing follicle shrinkage Strengthens existing hair and stimulates the growth of new hair

MD:Ceuticals - 3D MOISTURIZING SUNSCREEN PROTECTION

3D Moisturizing Sunscreen Protection ensures maximum protection when using depigmentation products, preventing the recurrence of hyperpigmentation and ensuring lasting results in whitening treatments. It provides comprehensive sun protection, shielding delicate skin, scars, and areas treated with surgery, peels, or lasers from harmful radiation. This product combines physical and antioxidant filters to offer complete protection for skin cells against the damaging effects of UVA and UVB radiation. These filters selectively absorb and reflect UVA and UVB rays, preventing premature photoaging, blemishes, and skin burns. The formulation includes hydrating, antioxidant, and regenerative ingredients such as Niacinamide, Vitamin E, and Panthenol. These components enhance the skin’s immune system, reduce dryness, and prevent wrinkles and fine lines, keeping the skin smooth, even, and luminous. They also accelerate the recovery and renewal of tissues exposed to environmental stressors. The package includes: 1x50ml Ingredients of the product: 20% Titanium Dioxide 10% Zinc Oxide Vitamin E Panthenol Niacinamide The advantages of utilizing of 3D Moisturizing Sunscreen Protection: Integrates physical and antioxidant filters to fully protect skin cells from harmful UVA and UVB radiation, preventing photoaging. Panthenol, Niacinamide, and Vitamin E offer exceptional antioxidant protection, boost the skin’s immune system, and reduce dryness, which helps prevent wrinkles and fine lines, keeping the skin smooth, even, and radiant. Immediately corrects uneven skin tone. Lightweight, non-greasy formula that avoids irritation and white residue. Usage: Apply twice daily to the entire treated area until fully absorbed.

md:prepeel Ahas Complex 15% 1x50ml

MD:Ceuticals Peel procedures integrate in-office treatments (application of chemical peel) with a pre and post-peel regimen at home (application of md AHAs Complex 15%) to optimize outcomes and minimize undesired complications and side effects with minimal recovery time. MD:Prepeel AHAs Complex 15% prepares the skin and facilitates even penetration of peels, promoting faster skin renewal and identifying any potential sensitivity to peels. It combines Glycolic acid, Lactic acid, Hyaluronic acid, and an Antioxidant Complex to effectively stimulate gradual skin exfoliation, unveiling a revitalized complexion with a radiant appearance. The package includes: 1x50ml Ingredients of the product: Glycolic acid, Lactic acid, Hyaluronic acid, Tartaric acid, Citric acid, Malic acid, Grape seed extract, Cucumber extract, Vitamin E The advantages of utilizing of MD:Prepeel AHAs Complex 15%: Enhances skin health, luminosity, and youthful appearance. Counters free radicals to combat skin aging. Enhances skin elasticity. Reduces acne, brightens hyperpigmented spots, and reduces fine lines and wrinkles. It encourages collagen & elastin production. Usage: Apply 2-3 times weekly in the evening on cleansed facial skin, massaging gently until fully absorbed. No additional cream needed. Recommended duration ranges from 6 weeks to 6 months, to be used 1-2 times annually.

md:prepeel Beta&AHAs Complex 8% 1x50ml

MD:Ceuticals peel treatments combine in-office chemical peel application with a complete in-home MD:PREPEEL BETA&AHAS COMPLEX 8% pre and post-peel regimen. This multisystem perspective maximizes therapeutics and minimizes side effects while reducing off-target plasmid-induced downtime. MD:PREPEEL BETA&AHAS COMPLEX 8% – To promote even penetration of the agents, for more rapid re-epithelialization, and to evaluate for potential intolerance to any agents used. With Salicylic, Lactic and Glycolic Acids it gives you the best of both worlds by providing your skin with the goodness of both Beta and Alpha Hydroxy acids along with Hyaluronic acid, which is a known hydrator and antioxidant. Because this synergy gradually sheds the surface of the skin the results of in-office peels and facial treatments are increased. The outcome is a bright, clear, younger-looking skin, with no blemishes, blackheads, enlarged pores, etc. The package includes: 1x50ml Ingredients of the product: Salicylic acid Lactic acid Glycolic acid Hyaluronic acid The advantages of utilizing of MD:PREPEEL BETA&AHAS COMPLEX 8%: It improves skin appearance to be healthy, radiant and youthful. Deep cleans and unclogs pores, balances sebum production, keeps skin balanced Decreases acne breakouts and lightens hyperpigmented areas. Stimulates epidermal renewal, replacing dead cells with new tissue, and fortifies skin’s barrier to avoid moisture loss. Reduces wrinkles and fine lines.

md:ceuticals Х:Treme Skin Renewal 1x50ml

X:treme Skin Renewal, with its innovative blend of antioxidant, moisturizing, and restructuring active ingredients, offers significant ultra-repairing power. It reactivates cellular activity and restores lipids in the hydro-lipidic mantle, providing high levels of hydration, nourishment, and firmness. Vegetable stem cells protect and efficiently reactivate our own epidermal stem cells, stimulating fibroblasts and keratinocytes to produce collagen and elastin, thereby strengthening the connective tissue structure and enhancing skin texture and quality. Hyaluronic Acid, a natural component of skin tissue, can retain 1000 times its weight in water, providing deep hydration and lubrication to the cells, resulting in a plumping effect. It restructures collagen fibers, increases skin elasticity, and reduces wrinkles. Essential after professional depigmentation treatments, peels, or laser procedures, this product helps the skin recover its hydration levels, restoring elasticity and smoothness through intensive renewal. The package includes: 1x50ml Ingredients of the product: Plant stem cells, growth factors, hyaluronic acid, niacinamide, coenzyme Q10, vitamin E, allantoin The advantages of utilizing of X:treme Skin Renewal: Plant stem cells effectively encode and reactivate dermoepidermal stem cells, stimulating collagen and elastin production, which strengthens the skin’s connective tissue structure. Hyaluronic acid delivers deep hydration to cells, creating a plumping effect. It restructures collagen fibers, reduces wrinkles, and enhances skin visibility. Usage: Use morning and evening on the treated area, massaging gently in circular motions until fully absorbed. Suitable for all skin types.

md:ceuticals Phytic:Antiox Eye Contour 1x15ml

Phytic:antiox Eye Contour is specially designed to care for the delicate and sensitive eye area. It enhances skin vitality and brightness, diminishing signs of aging such as fine lines, bags, and dark circles. Utilizing nanotechnology, the active ingredients penetrate deeply into skin cells, delivering noticeable and lasting results. Phytic:antiox Eye Contour combats the signs of aging with a blend of active ingredients that provide effective antioxidant, moisturizing, firming, draining, and depigmenting effects. The package includes: 1x15ml Ingredients of the product: Phytic Acid, Coenzyme Q10, Argireline, Tocopheryl Acetate, Hydrolyzed Collagen, Artemia Extract, Panax Gingseng Root Extract, Aloe Vera The advantages of utilizing of Phytic:antiox Eye Contour: Depigmentation action (Phytic Acid): Inhibits melanin production to reduce dark circles and enhance luminosity. Antioxidant, moisturizing, and firming action (Coenzyme Q10, Argireline, Tocopheryl Acetate, Hydrolyzed Collagen): Soothes and repairs the eye area, reducing expression lines and wrinkles, resulting in a noticeable tightening effect. It also fills and redensifies the eye contour. Draining and decongestive action (Artemia Extract, Panax Ginseng Root Extract): Significantly reduces eye bags, rejuvenating the appearance. Provides energy to cells, stimulating metabolism and inhibiting the aging process. Usage: Use your ring finger to apply a small amount of product to the eye area, massaging gently until fully absorbed.

md:ceuticals Pha:10xvit Bionic Super Antioxidant 1x30ml

The PHA:10Xvit Bionic Super Antioxidant Solution features a potent blend of polyhydroxy bionic acids and a multivitamin complex (A+E) that enhances the skin’s defense mechanisms, combating factors that lead to aging for overall rejuvenation. It soothes and refines skin texture and tone, significantly boosting radiance. This solution helps reduce fine lines, wrinkles, enlarged pores, and uneven pigmentation while providing strong cell protection against free radicals. Polyhydroxy bionic acids (PHA) are a new generation of alpha hydroxy acids offering intensive antioxidant and anti-aging effects without causing irritation, such as burning or stinging. Their larger molecular structure allows for gentler and more gradual absorption, making them suitable for sensitive skin. The package includes: 1x30ml Ingredients of the product: Lactobionic acid Gluconic acid Vitamin A Vitamin E The advantages of utilizing of he PHA:10Xvit Bionic Super Antioxidant: Possesses excellent antioxidant properties that shield the skin from free radical damage. It inhibits matrix metalloproteinases (MMP), preventing collagen degradation and maintaining the dermal matrix structure for firmer, tighter skin. PHA:10Xvit Bionic Super Antioxidant Solution prevents lipid peroxidation, safeguarding cell membranes and mitochondria from oxidative stress. Promotes cell turnover and lightens age spots, preventing abnormal melanin production, dryness, rough skin, and reducing pore size. Enhances the synthesis of glycosaminoglycans in the skin, increasing skin thickness and delivering notable smoothing and plumping effects. Offers powerful humectant and moisturizing benefits. It strengthens the stratum corneum barrier function, reducing fine lines, wrinkles, and skin dryness. Usage: Apply to the treated area both morning and evening using light circular massage movements until fully absorbed. Suitable for all skin types.

md:ceuticals CC Cream Glow Booster Flawless Skin 1x50ml

CC Cream GlowBooster Flawless Skin delivers immediate, flawless coverage, evens skin tone, hides imperfections, deeply hydrates, and brightens dull skin, showcasing the skin’s natural beauty. This multifunctional cream, in just one step, nourishes, protects, corrects imperfections, and diminishes fine lines and wrinkles, enhancing the skin’s radiance. CC Cream GlowBooster Flawless Skin infuses the skin with light and vitality, offering a beautiful glow without a shiny effect. Its natural, light-diffusing mineral pigments provide a translucent color for a radiant and healthy complexion. The cream effectively corrects redness, dullness, and sallowness, resulting in an even and natural skin tone. With SPF 30 and a rich blend of antioxidants, it protects the skin from harmful free radicals, UVA/UVB rays, and pollution, while boosting the skin’s defense mechanisms to prevent premature aging. The lightweight texture ensures a natural-looking flawless finish. The package includes: 1x50ml Ingredients of the product: PRO-COLL ONE, Sodium Hyaluronate, Maltodextrin, Niacinamide, Tocopheryl Acetate, Stabilized Vitamin C, Pyridoxine HCL, Lysine, Citric Acid, Vitamin B5, Sodium PCA, Allantoin, Sodium Lactate, Glycerin, Trehalose, Urea The advantages of utilizing of CC Cream GlowBooster Flawless Skin : Nourishes, shields, corrects imperfections, diminishes fine lines and wrinkles, and enhances the skin’s radiance. Addresses redness, dullness, and lackluster skin, resulting in a smooth and natural tone. Protects the skin from damage due to free radicals, pollution, and UVA/UVB rays, boosting the skin’s defense mechanisms and preventing premature aging. Usage: Apply to face and neck before sun exposure. Reapply every few hours. Can also be used as a makeup base.

md:ceuticals CFC:9 Multi-lipid Replenishment 1x50ml

CFC:9 Multi-lipid Replenishment (2% ceramides + 3% fatty acids + 4% cholesterol) is a lipid concentrate that closely resembles the skin’s natural barrier, reconstructing the stratum corneum architecture. It aids in restoring the skin’s protective barrier by filling gaps in the lipid bilayer with skin-identical ceramides, cholesterol, and free fatty acids. Topical use strengthens the natural lipid barrier of dry, sensitive, or aging skin, protecting against moisture loss and external stressors. This results in a youthful, radiant, and dewy complexion that glows from within. CFC:9 Multi-lipid Replenishment is effective in replenishing and restoring the structure of skin lipids, enhancing the skin’s recovery, hydration, and protection. It is essential after professional depigmentation treatments, peels, or lasers—anytime the skin needs support to regain its hydration, elasticity, and smoothness. The package includes: 1x50ml Ingredients of the product: 2% ceramid, 3% zsírsav, 4% koleszterol, oliva-glicerid, napraforgóolaj, avokádó olaj, tokoferil-acetát, glicerin, tokoferol, aszkorbinsav, aszkorbil-palmitát, citromsav The advantages of utilizing of CFC:9 Multi-lipid Replenishment: Enhances the skin’s barrier function, helping it defend against environmental factors. Boosts elasticity and significantly reduces fine lines and wrinkles by smoothing the skin’s surface. Repairs damage to the protective barrier caused by harmful irritants, and helps shield the skin from UV rays and pollutants. Soothes and alleviates irritation in sensitive and dry skin. Speeds up the healing and scarring process. Promotes cell renewal and regeneration, maintaining the skin’s softness, elasticity, and youthful appearance. Restores skin with reduced natural lipid levels. Usage: Apply morning and evening to the treated area with gentle circular massage movements until fully absorbed. Reapply as needed throughout the day to maintain adequate hydration and prevent skin tightness, especially after peeling and depigmentation procedures. Suitable for all skin types.

MD:Ceuticals - MD:COCKTAIL SKINBOOSTER ANTIAGE PEPTIDES-GF

MD:cocktail SkinBooster Antiage Peptides – GF features a potent blend of Biomimetic Peptides and Growth Factors alongside revitalizing, regenerating, antioxidant, and anti-aging ingredients. This formulation delivers immediate benefits, significantly enhancing skin health and appearance by reducing fine lines, wrinkles, hyperpigmentation, and sagging. Targeting all aspects of skin aging, it slows down the aging process, repairs and regenerates dermal structures, restores hydration, and revitalizes dull skin. The outcome is a more radiant, even-toned, and elastic complexion. With powerful antioxidant properties, it protects the skin from environmental stress, stimulates cell repair, and restores a smooth, firm, bright, and hydrated look. MD:cocktail SkinBooster Antiage Peptides – GF can be used as a BOOSTER in conjunction with professional aesthetic treatments, such as chemical peels, lasers, and meso-cocktails, to speed up skin recovery and enhance results. The package includes: 10x2ml Ingredients of the product: Sodium Hyaluronate, Oligopeptide-24, Sh-Oligopeptide-1, Sh-Oligopeptide-2, Sh-Polypeptide -1, Bacillus Ferment, Poly-revitalizing complex, Hydrogenated Lecithin The advantages of utilizing of MD:cocktail SkinBooster Antiage Peptides – GF: Enhances cellular activity, counteracting the effects of skin aging. Promotes the production of collagen, elastin, and glycosaminoglycans, reconstructing the framework that ensures skin cohesion, firmness, and elasticity. Hydrates and calms the skin, reducing the appearance of fine lines and wrinkles. Speeds up wound healing and skin repair, contributing to a refreshed, youthful, and radiant complexion. Provides strong antioxidant protection, safeguarding cell structures from oxidative stress and preventing premature photo-aging of the skin. Reduces uneven pigmentation, enhancing skin brightness and clarity. Usage: Use half a bottle in the morning and the other half in the evening.

MD:Ceuticals - MD:Tranex RetiPeel Whitening Cream

MD:Ceuticals Peel procedures integrate in-office treatments (application of chemical peel) with a pre and post-peel regimen at home (application of md AHAs Complex 15%) to optimize outcomes and minimize undesired complications and side effects with minimal recovery time. MD:Prepeel AHAs Complex 15% prepares the skin and facilitates even penetration of peels, promoting faster skin renewal and identifying any potential sensitivity to peels. It combines Glycolic acid, Lactic acid, Hyaluronic acid, and an Antioxidant Complex to effectively stimulate gradual skin exfoliation, unveiling a revitalized complexion with a radiant appearance. The package includes: 1x50ml Ingredients of the product: Glycolic acid, Lactic acid, Hyaluronic acid, Tartaric acid, Citric acid, Malic acid, Grape seed extract, Cucumber extract, Vitamin E The advantages of utilizing of MD:Prepeel AHAs Complex 15%: Enhances skin health, luminosity, and youthful appearance. Counters free radicals to combat skin aging. Enhances skin elasticity. Diminishes acne, brightens hyperpigmented areas, and diminishes fine lines and wrinkles. Stimulates collagen and elastin production. Usage: Apply 2-3 times weekly in the evening on cleansed facial skin, massaging gently until fully absorbed. No additional cream needed. Recommended duration ranges from 6 weeks to 6 months, to be used 1-2 times annually.

MD:Ceuticals - MD:Peel Tranex RetiPeel

MD:Peel Tranex RetiPeel combines Tranexamic acid and Retinol with potent anti-aging and depigmentation active ingredients (Retinyl propionate + Ascorbyl Glucoside + Niacinamide + Citric acid + Tartaric acid + Chamomilla recutita flower extract + Willow herb + Bacillus Ferment) to effectively treat severe photoaging, acne scars, stretch marks, and all types of melanin-related hyperpigmentation. This multifunctional peel activates cellular mechanisms to rejuvenate the skin, significantly reducing wrinkles, refining skin texture, and brightening skin tone. MD:Peel Tranex RetiPeel enhances cell turnover, regulates sebum production, and boosts fibroblast activity, improving skin texture, structure, and providing a lifting effect. Designed to neutralize free radicals and protect against external damage, MD:Peel Tranex RetiPeel works deeply at a cellular level, influencing receptors and sensors to restore skin radiance. Its depigmentation components, powered by Retinol, inhibit melanin synthesis across different stages of melanogenesis, preventing hyperpigmentation and accelerating skin renewal to reveal a smooth, even complexion. Each ingredient in MD:Peel Tranex RetiPeel plays a specific role in blocking melanin synthesis and transfer to the skin’s surface, effectively preventing hyperpigmentation. Including Tranexamic acid, renowned for its effectiveness against hyperpigmentation, MD:Peel Tranex RetiPeel inhibits melanin production by disrupting the interaction between melanocytes and keratinocytes, and it also protects against UV-induced pigmentation, reducing the likelihood of melasma recurrence. This intelligent 2-step peel complements md:complex melanoceuticals, delivering exceptional results in a minimal number of sessions. The package includes: 5x2ml 5x3g Ingredients of the product: Tranexamic acid, retinol, retinyl propionate, ascorbyl glucoside, niacinamide, citric acid, tartaric acid, chamomilla recutita flower extract, willow herb, bacillus ferment The advantages of utilizing of MD:Peel Tranex RetiPeel: Reduces age spots, sun damage, and hyperpigmentation Enhances skin tone and texture Firms and boosts moisture levels Addresses aging signs, smoothing wrinkles, lines, and enlarged pores Targets acne-prone and oily skin Diminishes the appearance of stretch marks Accelerates cell renewal Brightens, calms, and evens skin tone

MD:Ceuticals - MD:Peel Modified Jessner solution

MD:Peel Modified Jessner Solution — Salicylic acid 14%, lactic acid 14%, and citric acid 8%. These acids work together for powerful antioxidant benefits, reversing aging and improving skin brightness and texture. MD:Peel Modified Jessner – medium-depth peel for all skin types to help reduce wrinkles, oil production, and improve skin tone. It promotes dermal thickening, resulting in highly elastic and hydrated skin. The package includes: 1x50ml Ingredients of the product: Salicylic acid, Lactic acid Citric acid The advantages of utilizing of MD:Peel Modified Jessner solution: Salicylic acid: A strong keratolytic and comedolytic agent, salicylic acid clears and unblocks pores while decreasing oil production and inflammation to treat acne-related skin concerns from all fronts. It promotes epidermal turnover by replacing dead and damaged cells with fresh, healthy tissue. Lactic acid: An exfoliating agent that removes fine lines, wrinkles, sagging, and dark blemishes on the surface of the skin. It improves the barrier function of skin, helping to prevent moisture loss and improve skin hydration. Lactic acid upregulates dermal components to improve skin texture and fight sun damage and premature aging. Citric acid: Accelerating epidermal exfoliation, citric acid enhances skin brightness and softness. It aids in moisture retention by increasing skin hydration through the promotion of dermal hyaluronic acid content. Additionally, citric acid exhibits powerful antioxidant properties.

MD:Ceuticals - MD:Peel IntimateWhite

MD:Ceuticals, in partnership with a team of gynaecologists and dermatologists, has introduced MD:Peel IntimateWhite, a non-invasive peel tailored to rejuvenate delicate intimate areas, enhancing patient comfort and confidence. MD:Peel IntimateWhite delivers visible brightening and firming effects to the genital area, promoting the restoration of natural skin color, brightness, texture, and tone. The package includes: 5x5ml Ingredients of the product: Lactic acid, Mandelic acid, Kojic acid, 4-Butylresorcinol, Retinol, Glutathione, Glycyrrhiza Glabra root extract, Tocopherol, Ultra-moisturizing & calming complex, Licorice root extract, Bisabolol The advantages of utilizing of MD:Peel IntimateWhite: Whitening & brightening effect: Utilizing a potent blend of depigmentation, exfoliating, antioxidant, and brightening active ingredients, it diminishes hyperpigmentation by inhibiting melanin synthesis and its migration to the skin surface, restoring the skin’s natural tone. Firming, anti-aging & antioxidant effects: MD:Peel IntimateWhite enhances skin firmness and elasticity, reinforcing skin structure and rebuilding connective tissues through the production of collagen and elastic fibers. This results in a more resilient, supple, and toned skin. Hydrating, regenerating, calming & repairing: MD:Peel IntimateWhite repairs, regenerates, and soothes skin that has been compromised by various environmental stressors, promoting long-lasting recovery. It stimulates cellular regeneration processes to revitalize and renew the skin, refining its texture and reviving its luminosity. Usage: It is advised to undergo 6 sessions spaced 2 to 4 weeks apart, although treatment protocols are tailored based on individual skin conditions. For sustained results, women may opt to repeat the treatment over 6-12 months.

MD:Ceuticals - MD:Multiactive firming toner

Facial toner featuring a concentrated blend of decongestant, antioxidant, and regenerative active ingredients. It effectively eliminates residual makeup, skin impurities, and excess oil, while diminishing pore size and refining skin texture, leaving the complexion revitalized and toned. This toner accelerates cellular turnover, enhancing the skin’s readiness to absorb subsequent creams and treatments. Witch hazel and Aloe Vera deliver decongestant and soothing benefits, reducing inflammation and repairing micro-damage to the skin, resulting in smoother and moisturized skin. Hydrating and emollient components such as Glycerin and Sodium PCA maintain optimal skin hydration and smoothness, restoring the skin’s natural hydrolipidic film and preventing moisture loss. Sodium PCA plays a crucial role as part of the skin’s Natural Moisturizing Factor, acting as a reservoir for skin moisture. Additionally, MD:Multiactive firming toner includes moisturizing, antioxidant, and DNA-repairing actives like Niacinamide, Allantoin, and Lactic Acid. These ingredients promote cell renewal, boost collagen production, and provide the skin with hydration, softness, and firmness. They also regulate sebum production, thereby minimizing pore size. The package includes: 1x100ml Ingredients of the product: Niacinamide, Allantoin, Lactic Acid, Aloe Vera, Witch Hazel, Glycerin, Sodium PCA The advantages of utilizing of MD:Multiactive firming toner: Reduces inflammation, calms, hydrates, and purifies the skin Enhances skin smoothness, leaving it revitalized and toned Repairs skin micro-damage Speeds up cellular renewal, priming the skin for enhanced absorption of subsequent creams and treatments Usage: After removing makeup and cleansing the skin with md:ultrasense™ cleanser, apply md-multiactive™ firming toner using gauze or cotton wool, gently massaging it into the skin of the face, neck, and décolleté. Allow it to dry naturally.

MD:Ceuticals - MD:Melan Off Maintenance Cream

Whitening cream for topical application for flawless skin. MD:Melan Off Maintenance Cream effectively lightens skin, erasing melanic blemishes on the face, neckline, neck, hands, and arms quickly, safely, and efficiently. It utilizes a blend of various whitening active ingredients that hinder melanin formation across all stages. Suitable for all skin types, it includes exfoliating agents that accelerate cell turnover, thereby lightening existing blemishes. Enriched with antioxidants and anti-free radicals, the formulation enhances skin radiance and evens out skin tone, restoring softness and elasticity. Additionally, MD:Melan Off Maintenance Cream integrates advanced sun filters to shield against solar radiation, preventing melanin overproduction and ensuring long-lasting outcomes. The package includes: 1x30ml Ingredients of the product: Azelaic acid, kojic acid, 4-buthylresorcinol, rumex extract, ascorbic acid, alpha-arbutin, nonapeptide-1, aminoethylphosphinic acid, niacinamide, tocopheryl acetate, DMAE, retinyl palmitate, tetrahydropiperine, bisabolol, allantonin, glycerin, aloe barbadensis, rosemary oil extract Usage: Morning Routine: Begin by cleansing your skin with md:ceuticals ultrasense cleanser. This product requires minimal maintenance, with an application duration of 3-6 months. Follow these recommendations for optimal use: apply daily for 3 months, increase to twice daily from 2 to 3 months, and reduce to once daily from 4 to 6 months. For extended sun exposure, apply alongside 3D Sunscreen Protection SPF 50+ moisturizing sunscreen.

MD:Ceuticals - MD:Complex Genx Eye Contour

MD:Complex Genx Eye Contour is a product with effective and innovative mimetic peptides combined with antioxidants, medicinal ingredients, and active components. These components can be used to prepare glass and premium food. The package includes: 5x7ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid, Palmitoyl Tripeptide-1, Palmitoyl Tetrapeptide-7, Acetyl Tetrapeptide-5, N-Hydroxysuccinimide, Chrysin, Cynara Scolymus Leaf Extract, Ginkgo Biloba Leaf Extract, Troxerutin, Coumarin, Stabilized Vitamin C, Organic Silicon The advantages of utilizing of MD:Complex Genx Eye Contour: Enhances blood flow in the eye region, reducing fluid buildup and enhancing oxygen delivery. Encourages lymphatic drainage to prevent fluid retention and under-eye puffiness. Reinforces capillaries to prevent blood and lymph pooling under the eyes. Protects the delicate under-eye skin from premature aging by shielding it against free radical damage.

MD:Ceuticals - MD:Complex Hair Revit

MD:Complex Hair Revit formulation contains a potent concentration of essential amino acids, vitamins, and minerals essential for supporting hair growth and protecting against hair loss and thinning. Key active ingredients combat the primary causes of alopecia. MD:Complex Hair Revit enhances blood flow to hair follicles, strengthens hair structure and density, revitalizes and nourishes the scalp to prevent seborrheic dermatitis, delays graying, and promotes healthy hair growth with improved texture, quality, and natural shine. The package includes: 5x7ml Ingredients of the product: Glutathione, cysteine, arginine, methionine, taurine, dexpanthenol (vitamin B5), pyridoxine (vitamin B6), biotin (vitamin B7), thiamine (vitamin B1), zinc, gingko bilboa, centella asiatica extract The advantages of utilizing of MD:Complex Hair Revit: Promotes hair growth, shields follicles to reduce hair loss and thinning. Enhances healthy hair, maintaining texture, quality, and color regulation. Restores natural hair thickness and strength. Prevents infection and repairs around follicles. Enhances hair growth and restoration by delivering oxygen, nutrients, and vitamins to the scalp.

MD:Ceuticals - MD:Bionic:SkinClear Acne&Scar Eraser

Bionic:skinClear Acne & Scar Eraser targets all acne factors to promote a clear complexion and prevent future breakouts. It unclogs pores, neutralizes bacteria, and reduces redness and inflammation, significantly minimizing scar texture and restoring natural skin color. This comprehensive acne and scar treatment formula features powerful ingredients to achieve flawless, radiant, and healthy skin. With antioxidant Polyhydroxy acids Lactobionic acid and Gluconic acid, it gently exfoliates surface skin cells to clear enlarged pores and refine skin texture. Its soothing properties prevent skin inflammation, while folic acid enhances cell turnover and repairs damaged cells. Alpha-Glucan Oligosaccharide and Phytosphingosine balance skin bacteria, reducing redness and promoting healing. In addition to managing acne, Bionic:skinClear Acne & Scar Eraser addresses related skin issues like post-acne scars, redness, uneven skin tone, and texture. Tranexamic acid lightens acne-related pigmentation and scars, while a moisturizing complex with Vitamins A & E, Allantoin, and Glycerin accelerates wound healing, boosts hydration, and smooths fine lines and wrinkles. The package includes: 1x30ml Ingredients of the product: Lactobionic acid, gluconic acid, phytospingosine, alpha-glucan-olidosaccharide, folic acid, Triticum monococcum, tranexamic acid, shea butter, allantoin, glycerin The advantages of utilizing of Bionic:skinClear Acne & Scar Eraser: Encourages gentle exfoliation of surface skin cells, aiding in tightening enlarged pores and smoothing skin texture. Calms and strengthens the skin’s foundation. Reduces hyperpigmentation and lightens scars. Enhances cell turnover, assisting in the repair of damaged cells. Diminishes fine lines and wrinkles. Phytosphingosine and alpha-glucanoligosaccharide effectively minimize skin damage and promote gradual healing. Usage: Apply to the treated area in the morning and evening with gentle circular massage motions until fully absorbed. Suitable for all skin types.

md:cocktail TranexWhite 10x2ml

MD:Cocktail TranexWhite multi-function formulation features a potent blend of whitening and anti-ageing ingredients that address various types of hyperpigmentation (melasma, age spots, Post Inflammatory Hyperpigmentation, and vascular pigmentation), reducing the likelihood of recurrence. These highly effective brightening homecare ampoules accelerate cell renewal and modulate multiple points in the melanogenesis pathway to visibly reduce discoloration, even out skin tone, and reveal a brighter, more uniform complexion. The synergistic combination of LipoSphere Retinol Technology and Tranexamic acid activates cellular mechanisms to regenerate and rejuvenate the skin, significantly reducing wrinkles, refining skin texture, and lightening skin tone. MD:Cocktail TranexWhite ampoules deliver powerful antioxidants that enhance the skin’s protective mechanisms and prevent oxidative stress and DNA damage caused by UV radiation. This product corrects and prevents hyperpigmentation from various sources (sun exposure, post-acne scars, hormonal changes, medication use) and is suitable for all skin types. The package includes: 10x2ml Ingredients of the product: Tranexamic Acid, LipoSphere Retinol, Nicotiana Benthamiana Hexapeptide-40 sh-Polypeptide-76, Lactic Acid, Tocopherol Acetate, Glycine Soybean Seed Extract The advantages of utilizing of MD:Cocktail TranexWhite: Effectively removes and prevents various types of hyperpigmentation (age spots, sun damage, melasma), including difficult cases like Post Inflammatory Hyperpigmentation, with a high safety profile. It inhibits melanin synthesis and its transfer to the skin’s surface, preventing new hyperpigmentation and evening out skin tone. Speeds up the skin’s cell renewal process, revitalizing the skin by eliminating existing blemishes and promoting a brighter, smoother, and more radiant complexion. It counteracts dullness and loss of vitality, giving the skin a healthy and youthful glow. Reduces the appearance of wrinkles, rough skin, and enlarged pores, visibly improving skin elasticity and lifting without harming the delicate skin barrier. Manages acne-prone and oily skin types. Enhances the skin’s defenses against free radicals, protecting it from external damage and restoring its radiance, thanks to a powerful mechanism targeting the causes of skin aging. With strong anti-inflammatory properties, it halts the inflammatory processes that lead to dark spots and skin aging. Serves as an excellent adjunct to professional depigmentation and anti-aging treatments, enhancing and prolonging their benefits. Usage: Use half of the bottle on a clean face in the evening.

md:cocktail RosalacSens Neutralizer 10x2ml

This is a skin barrier function restoration, facial redness reduction and inflammation diminisher. It augments immune responses of the skin and inhibits functions of reactive oxygen species (ROS). Acts as a regulator of blood vessel dilation and inflammation, balancing skin to avoid sensitivity and dryness. MD:cocktail RosalacSens Neutralizer protect light skin and acne-prone sensitive mix with its active anti-reddening, anti-inflammatory and soothing properties formulated to help strengthen the capillary wall to minimize rosacea eruptions while soothing the skin and prevent additional irritation. It inhibits telangiectasia, increasing blood vessel elasticity as it decreases facial redness, erythema and dryness and calms rough, scaly skin.” MD:cocktail RosalacSens Neutralizer also reportedly improves the skin’s barrier function and replenishes lipids and hyaluronic acid, reducing dryness as well as diminishing the appearance of fine lines and wrinkles. Targets uneven skin tone and stimulates collagen production for plump, smooth and refined skin. MD:cocktail RosalacSens Neutralizer, a cocktail of powerful antioxidants that worked along the skin’s self-defense and repair mechanisms, decreasing the effect of external pollutants and increasing the skin’s intrinsic strength. It calms sensitive skin, increasing comfort and wellness by promoting release of β-endorphins. These potent potables are contained in sterile glass ampoules to help protect their ingredients and their efficacy. It has a nongreasy, quickly absorbing texture, so it works for normal to oily skin. It can be used on a daily basis for skin that has a nice, healthy porcelain look. The package includes: 10x2ml Ingredients of the product: Niacinamide, Ectoin, Biosaccharide Gum-2, Lactobionic Acid, Ferulic Acid, Panthenol, Inositol, Citric Acid The advantages of utilizing of md:cocktail RosalacSens Neutralizer (10x2ml): Not only is it rich in anti-reddening, decongestant and calming agents, that strengthens the walls of your employees, helps the motricity of vessels, reduces the perivascular edema and reduces capillary fragility. It prevents telangiectasias, increases blood vessels elasticity, and decreases redness and irritation. Helps restore skin barrier operate, aiding elasticity and providing excessive ranges of hydration. It fights dryness and reduces signs of sensitivity and irritation. Boosts the skin’s own defense and repair systems, offering strong cellular protection from environmental aggressors. Combat the visible effects of environmental aggressors that can trigger erythema, flushing, burning and discomfort. Thanks to its anti-inflammatory properties, this peptide stops the inflammatory cascade that causes visual symptoms of rosacea, calming the flushing, redness and irritation that condition’s known for. Promotes collagen production so you can have softer, plumper, smoother, more even skin. Calming skin; providing better comfort by inducing the secretion of β-endorphins (molecules of pleasure *). Usage: Half in the morning, half in the evening.

md:cocktail Post-Treatment Skin Recovery 10x2ml

MD:cocktail Post-Treatment Skin Recovery combines repairing, regenerating, replenishing, and highly moisturizing active ingredients to accelerate the healing of compromised skin. It enhances cell renewal and restructures the water-lipid layer, restoring optimal hydration, smoothness, and elasticity. MD:cocktail Post-Treatment Skin Recovery soothes the skin, reducing sensitivity, inflammation, and redness, and provides instant relief. It rehydrates and regenerates stressed skin, repairs DNA, and stimulates collagen production, preventing wrinkles and fine lines while restoring a youthful appearance. It is particularly suited for use after dermatological or aesthetic treatments such as chemical peels, skin resurfacing, laser therapy, or retinol treatments, as well as for recovery from external aggressors. It helps restore healthy skin complexion and enhances and prolongs treatment results. This formula offers powerful daily antioxidant protection against oxidative stress, combating the effects of environmental stressors on the skin and protecting at the cellular level to maintain a supple and healthy appearance. The package includes: 10x2ml Ingredients of the product: Sodium Hyaluronate, Ascorbic Acid, Citric Acid, Bisabolol, Allantoin, Myrothamnus Flabellifolia Leaf/Stem Extract, Cetraria Islandica Thallus Extract, Sphagnum Magellanicum Extract, Polypodium Vulgare Rhizome Extract. The advantages of utilizing of MD:cocktail Post-Treatment Skin Recovery: Boosts the skin’s defenses against external aggressors following dermatological or aesthetic treatments. Accelerates the skin’s natural healing process to protect and rejuvenate, resulting in a smooth and radiant complexion. Strengthens the lipid barrier, rehydrating stressed skin and shielding it from further dehydration while preserving skin lipids from oxidation. Provides deep hydration to sensitive skin, noticeably improving texture and offering immediate moisture replenishment. Ultra-hydrating ingredients revitalize dull skin, giving it a plump and firm appearance. Offers powerful daily antioxidant protection to combat oxidative stress and the effects of environmental stressors, keeping skin supple and healthy at the cellular level. Calms and reduces skin sensitivity, providing immediate relief from redness and inflammation. Usage: Use half a bottle in the morning and the remaining half in the evening.

Mastelli Triplest Volume (1x1ml)

Mastelli Triplest Volume — the hyaluronic acid dermal filler, needed to add more fill and contour of the face. It is specifically designed to refill volume loss in areas such as cheeks, chin, cheekbones and temples. Using state-of-the-art Mastelli technology, this product provides a long-lasting solution to all its users, with a natural look. The package includes: 1x1ml The advantages of utilizing of Mastelli Triplest Volume: Increased volume Contour correction Smoothing of wrinkles Enhanced skin texture Provides a natural look What is the duration of the results? The effect of Mastelli Triplest Volume usually lasts from 9 to 18 months, depending on the individual characteristics of the skin and the frequency of use of the product.

Mastelli Triplest Lips Smile (1x1ml)

Mastelli Triplest Lips Smile is an advanced hyaluronic acid-based dermal filler crafted specifically to address medium to deep facial sagging and to enhance the volume and contour of the lips, delivering a smooth and soft effect. Triplest N2 Lips Smile should be injected into the skin tissue for intradermal plumping or to treat depressions caused by wrinkles and scars. The package includes: 1x1ml The advantages of utilizing of Mastelli Triplest Lips Smile: Enhanced lip volume Improved contour definition Smoothing of fine wrinkles Deep hydration and nourishment Delivers natural-looking results What is the duration of the results? The effect of Mastelli Triplest Lips Smile usually lasts from 6 to 12 months, depending on the individual characteristics of the patient’s skin and the frequency of use of the product.

Mastelli Triplest Classic (1x1ml)

Mastelli Triplest Classic — a hyaluronic acid dermal filler, smooths fine lines and wrinkles. It is a vector and cross-linking agent for medium and long-lasting filling; effective correction of nasolabial folds, marionette lines; glabellar and cheek wrinkles; atrophic scars, eyebrow, temple, perioral and periorbital areas, contour of the face. The pre-filled syringe is ideal for enhancing facial volume and definition. The package includes: 1x1ml The advantages of utilizing of Mastelli Triplest Classic: Minimizes wrinkles and deep lines Enhances skin elasticity and tone Provides intense hydration and nourishment to the skin Improves skin texture and color What is the duration of the results? The effects of Mastelli Triplest Classic typically last between 6 to 12 months, varying based on individual skin characteristics and the consistency of product use.

Mastelli Plinest One (5x4ml)

Mastelli Plinest One is formulated to rejuvenate skin across different facial and body regions, targeting various aesthetic concerns. This injectable product is particularly effective in addressing severe dryness of the skin, improving sagging tissues, and reducing the appearance of scars and stretch marks. The package includes: 5 ampoules x 4 ml The advantages of utilizing of Mastelli Plinest One: Rejuvenation of thin, dry, slack skin Improvement of stretch marks, postoperative scars Protection against sun and age-related skin aging What is the duration of the results? The effects of Mastelli Plinest One typically persist for 6-9 months, varying based on individual patient factors such as age, skin type, and lifestyle.

Mastelli Newest One (5x4ml)

Mastelli Newest One is an advanced skincare product aimed at revitalizing and enhancing skin health. Mastelli Newest One is crafted to achieve optimal outcomes in revitalizing both facial and body skin. It reduces wrinkles, increases skin elasticity, and hydrates. Additionally, it revitalizes skin cell turnover for total renewal and a brightened complexion. The package includes: 5 ampoules x 4 ml The advantages of utilizing of Mastelli Newest One: Diminished appearance of wrinkles and fine lines Enhanced skin elasticity and texture Replenished skin hydration and luminosity Improved facial firmness and refinement of facial contours What is the duration of the results? Results achieved with Mastelli Newest One typically endure for 6 to 12 months, contingent upon individual skin characteristics and the consistency of treatments.

Sunekos Performa (2x3.5ml)

Sunekos Performa is a sophisticated skincare product designed to restore skin elasticity and replenish the cellular matrix. It combines hyaluronic acid with six amino acids, working together to enhance skin texture and diminish the appearance of wrinkles and furrows. This product is suitable for various applications, including restoring skin elasticity, temporarily increasing tissue volume, replenishing the intercellular matrix, and addressing sunken skin areas. Sunekos Performa is particularly effective for use on the face, especially around the eyes, furrows, and expression lines. Additionally, it can be used alongside physical or chemical treatments such as peeling, laser therapy, and dermabrasion to boost their effectiveness. The package includes: 2 x 3,5ml vials Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acidAmino acids: glycine, proline, leucine, lysine, valine, alanine The advantages of utilizing of Sunekos Performa: Reverses signs of skin aging Restores skin elasticity Reduces fine lines Rehydrates both superficial and deep skin layers Minimizes scars, including acne and post-surgery scars on hands Reduces sagging and stretch marks Enhances skin smoothness and radiance What is the duration of the results? Results can last up to 6 months, influenced by factors such as age, skin quality, genetics, lifestyle, and sun exposure.

Sunekos Body (1x10ml+300mg)

Sunekos ® Body is the perfect solution for addressing sagging, loose skin, and stretch marks on areas such as the arms, thighs, knees, and stomach. This body filler from the new Sunekos ® product line regenerates the extracellular matrix (EZM), enhancing skin elasticity and flexibility. Its active ingredient blend of hyaluronic acid and a six-part amino acid complex also helps to smooth the skin’s structure, reducing signs of aging and fatigue. The package includes: 1 ampoule of sodium hyaluronate solution 10ml, 1 ampoule of freeze-dried amino acid mixture 300 mg. Ingredients of the product: Water for injection Sodium hyaluronate Glycine L-Proline L-Leucine L-Lysine HCL L-Valine L-Alanine. The advantages of utilizing of Sunekos Body: Moisturization Decrease in wrinkles and skin laxity Extracellular matrix regeneration Reduction of stretch marks Application areas: arms, stomach, inner thighs What is the duration of the results? The effects of a treatment with the Body filler can endure for a minimum of 6 months.

MaiLi Define (4x1ml)

MaiLi Define is a specialized hyaluronic acid filler crafted to enhance facial definition by filling deep wrinkles and augmenting lips while preserving natural expressions. This beautification tool is perfect for reshaping the lips and increasing volume, as well as smoothing marionette lines and filling nasolabial folds, commonly known as ‘smile lines,’ to achieve a youthful look. Featuring patented OxiFree™ HA technology, MaiLi Define offers an advanced, supple gel with spring-like properties that ensure superior elasticity, longevity, and projection, adapting well to pressure and natural facial movements. Additionally, its 18mg/ml hyaluronic acid composition keeps the skin hydrated and plump, while the inclusion of Lidocaine ensures a more comfortable treatment experience. The package includes: 4 x 1ml prefilled syringes 4 x 30G ½” needles Main ingredients of the product: 18mg/ml Hyaluronic Acid 3mg/ml Lid The advantages of utilizing of MaiLi Define: Used to fill deep skin depressions Defines, shapes, and contours the lips Provides long-lasting results Smooths nasolabial folds and marionette lines Treats scar tissue What is the duration of the results? Results are anticipated to endure for at least 12 months, varying based on the patient’s lifestyle, age, and skin type.

MaiLi Extreme (4x1ml)

MaiLi Extreme stands out as the most potent dermal filler in its product line, crafted to sculpt and reshape the face with remarkable volume and definition. It offers a complete non-surgical facelift and is particularly effective for lifting cheeks, adding volume to the chin, and refining the jawline. Additionally, it can address structural defects to enhance the overall appearance. With a high concentration of 24mg/ml hyaluronic acid and utilizing patented OxiFree™ HA technology, MaiLi Extreme achieves the same volumizing impact with 24% less gel compared to other leading products. This innovative technology also enhances the filler’s elasticity, longevity, and projection, allowing it to adapt seamlessly to natural facial movements and recover swiftly after dynamic expressions. Moreover, hyaluronic acid ensures skin hydration and fullness, while the inclusion of Lidocaine enhances treatment comfort. The package includes: 4 x 1ml prefilled syringes 4 x 27G ½” needles Main ingredients of the product: 24mg/ml Hyaluronic Acid 3mg/ml Lid The advantages of utilizing of MaiLi Extreme: Can shape and redefine facial contours Excellent capacity for adding volume Improves cheeks, chin, and jawline Replenishes moisture and fullness Achieves enduring, authentic outcomes Requires less product What is the duration of the results? Following the use of MaiLi Extreme, the skin may appear uplifted, better defined, and firmer, with reduced visible signs of aging lasting at least 12 months, depending on the patient’s lifestyle, age, and skin type.

MaiLi Precise (4x1ml)

MaiLi Precise is a soft tissue filler designed to smooth fine lines and rejuvenate the under-eye area with enduring and natural-looking results. It is celebrated as the ultimate treatment for enhancing skin radiance and glow. Apart from addressing fine lines around the eyes, MaiLi Precise is also used to refine and enhance the lips, reconstruct scar tissues, and revitalize tired eyes with meticulous care. It is particularly effective in treating under-eye bags and dark circles to promote a youthful appearance. Developed using their patented OxiFree™ HA technology, MaiLi Precise offers superior elasticity and projection compared to other fillers, allowing it to adapt seamlessly to facial movements. Moreover, it requires less product for injection while achieving optimal fullness. MaiLi Precise includes Lidocaine to enhance patient comfort during treatments. The package includes: 4 x 1ml prefilled syringes 4 x 30G ½” needles Main ingredients of the product: 15mg/ml Hyaluronic Acid 3mg/ml Lid The advantages of utilizing of MaiLi Precise: Diminishes fine lines and wrinkles Defines and improves lip appearance Promotes a glowing, youthful complexion Effective for under-eye bag and dark circle reduction Treats scar tissue What is the duration of the results? Results are anticipated to endure for at least 12 months, varying based on the patient’s lifestyle, age, and skin type.

MaiLi Volume (4x1ml)

MaiLi Volume is an exceptional dermal filler renowned for its versatility and volumizing capabilities, perfect for enhancing facial contours such as the cheeks and temples. It effectively replenishes suppleness and fullness to facial areas depleted of collagen and elastin, filling deep skin depressions to achieve a natural and refined appearance. With its advanced formulation, this premium filler not only hydrates and plumps the skin but also sculpts it according to desired contours. Developed using the patented OxiFree™ HA technology, MaiLi Volume features a gel with spring-like properties, offering superior elasticity and projection compared to other fillers. This flexibility allows it to adapt seamlessly to the natural movements of the face. Moreover, the innovative technology enables maximum fullness with less product injected. MaiLi Volume includes Lidocaine to enhance patient comfort during treatments. The package includes: 4 x 1ml prefilled syringes 4 x 27G ½” needles Main ingredients of the product: 21mg/ml Hyaluronic Acid 3mg/ml Lid The advantages of utilizing of MaiLi Volume: Utilized for adding volume to the cheeks and temples Effective in filling deep skin indentations Replenishes moisture and fullness Provides enduring, natural-looking outcomes Requires reduced product What is the duration of the results? The effects achieved with MaiLi Volume are natural and enduring, typically lasting at least 12 months, varying based on the patient’s lifestyle, age, and skin type.

Thermage® 3.0cm2 STC, Face Tip C2 900 REP

The Thermage Face Tip 3.0cm² STC C2 is designed for skin tightening and contouring procedures on the face and neck. This tip, which lacks a vibration function, is compatible with all systems and provides a heating depth of 3mm. The advantages of utilizing of Thermage® 3.0cm2 STC, Face Tip C2 900 REP: Smoothing and firming the skin, wrinkles. What is the duration of the results? The comprehensive advantages of your Eyelid Thermage treatment typically become entirely apparent within 3-6 months. Over this period, there is a gradual increase in collagen production within your skin, leading to the reduction of wrinkles and fine lines.

Thermage® 0.25cm2 ST, Eye Tip 450 REP

The Thermage 0.25cm² Eye Tip 450 REP is a specialized applicator tip utilized with the Thermage radio frequency system. It is crafted to deliver precise and targeted heating to the delicate periorbital skin. The advantages of utilizing of Thermage® 0.25cm2 ST, Eye Tip 450 REP: This treatment targets age-related aesthetic concerns such as crow’s feet, fine lines, and eyelid hooding, providing the possibility of experiencing instant improvement in just one session. What is the duration of the results? The full benefits of your Eyelid Thermage treatment usually become completely apparent within 3-6 months. Throughout this period, there is a gradual increase in collagen production in your skin, leading to the reduction of wrinkles and fine lines.

Thermage 4.0cm2, FLX Total Tip 600 REP

The Thermage FLX Total Tip 4.0 is a specialized accessory designed for Thermage treatments with a focus on skin tightening and contouring. The advantages of utilizing of Thermage 4.0cm2, FLX Total Tip 600 REP: Smoothing and firming the skin, wrinkles. What is the duration of the results? The full benefits of your Eyelid Thermage treatment typically become fully apparent within 3-6 months. Throughout this period, collagen production in your skin gradually increases, leading to the smoothing of wrinkles and fine lines.

Thermage® Body Frame Total Tip 1200 REP

The Thermage Total Tip 3.0cm² is created to supply a consistent and significant amount of heat to the entire face, neck, and body. This tip administers 1200 REP, accompanied by gentle vibrations and intermittent cooling sensations. It is specifically designed to work with the CPT system and provides a heating depth of 4.3mm. The advantages of utilizing of Thermage® Body Frame Total Tip 1200 REP: It goes deep into the skin to improve the contour and firmness, effectively dealing with issues like sagging skin and unwanted bulges. What is the duration of the results? The full advantages of your Eyelid Thermage treatment usually become completely noticeable in 3-6 months. Over this period, your skin gradually produces more collagen, making wrinkles and fine lines smoother.

Thermage® 3.0cm2 TC, Face Tip C1 900 REP

The Thermage Face Tip 3.0cm² TC C1 is designed for skin tightening and contouring procedures on the face and neck. This tip, devoid of a vibration function, is compatible with all systems and provides a heating depth of 3mm. The advantages of utilizing of Thermage® 3.0cm2 TC, Face Tip C1 900 REP: Smoothing and firming the skin, wrinkles. What is the duration of the results? The full benefits of the Eyelid Thermage treatment usually show up completely in 3-6 months. During this time, your skin makes more collagen, making wrinkles and fine lines smoother.

Teoxane Advanced Perfecting Shield SPF30 50ml

Teoxane Advanced Perfecting Shield SPF 30+, a corrective cream with SPF 30, is an innovative solution designed to deliver effective skin protection, hydration, and structural support. Developed by cosmetologists and dermatologists, this product is the result of extensive research and trials conducted over the last decade. The package includes: 1x50ml Ingredients of the product: RHA® (Elastic hyaluronic acid) fortifies the skin barrier and imparts enduring hydration. DRC (Dermorestructuring complex) is a blend of amino acids, antioxidants, vitamins, and minerals, safeguarding and rejuvenating the skin. NNovHyal (a natural constituent of hyaluronic acid) stimulates the innate production of hyaluronic acid. Carcinin contributes to antioxidant and anti-glycation effects. Potassium glycyrrhizinate doubly soothes the skin, reducing redness. Reflective pigments even out skin tone, providing a radiant complexion. The amalgamation of sunscreen filters prevents photoaging. The advantages of utilizing of Teoxane Advanced Perfecting Shield SPF30 50ml: Teohape’s distinctive formula deeply hydrates and offers heightened protection against UV rays (both spectrum A and B), providing SPF 30 sun protection. The concealing cream not only serves as an effective sunscreen but also possesses anti-glycation and antioxidant properties. The potent active ingredients within the formulation penetrate deeply, promoting a rejuvenating effect on the skin. The product’s inclusion of reflective pigments contributes to a toning effect, making skin imperfections less prominent. Users can experience immediate benefits, with the skin becoming more moisturized, smoother, and elastic from the very first day of use, leading to a more even complexion in terms of color and texture. Product Application Guidelines: Apply to your face and neck in the morning following RHA® Serum or on its own. Ensure even distribution to avoid visible application lines. For post-aesthetic procedure use: incorporate into your daily morning routine for one month following the aesthetic procedure to guarantee optimal hydration and shield the skin from UV rays.

Teoxane Deep Repair Balm 30ml

Teoxane Deep Repair Balm is a balm with an intensive recovery effect, featuring a comprehensive blend of components that rapidly aid in skin restoration. It serves as both a suitable night cream and an emergency solution for skin recovery after sun exposure. The package includes: 1x30ml Ingredients of the product: RHA® (elastic hyaluronic acid) fortifies the skin barrier and offers prolonged hydration. Arnica extract possesses calming and anti-inflammatory attributes. Neutrazen™ encourages skin regeneration, alleviates skin reactions, and shields the skin from detrimental environmental factors. Immortelle extract diminishes the formation of hematomas. The advantages of utilizing of Teoxane Deep Repair Balm 30ml: It has a restorative effect. Moisturizes and soothes. Reduces redness. Product Application Guidelines: Apply the balm to dry and highly sensitive areas of the skin using gentle massaging motions as needed. It is suitable for use after aesthetic procedures to provide relief and comfort to the skin.

Teoxane AHA Cleansing Gel 150ml

This AHA acid radiant facial cleansing gel softly peels skin. Purifying and brightening, this foaming cleanser is here to sweep away impurities and promote a luminous complexion.” It’s worth having in your routine used day-to-day at home. The AHA cleansing gel is safe for all skin types except for sensitive. It deeply cleans the dirt and makeup from the surface of the skin while providing an invigorating and refreshing effect. The package includes: 1x150ml Ingredients of the product: RHA® – elastic hyaluronic acid: strengthens the skin barrier and moisturizes for a long time Glycolic Acid 10% Glycolic acid – exfoliates keratinized cells, smoothes the skin Fruit acids Brightening complex The advantages of utilizing of Teoxane AHA Cleansing Gel 150ml: Thorough purification of the skin Reduced pore size Skin is shielded and moisturized Glowing complexion Even and consistent skin tone Product Application Guidelines: Use once daily in the morning or evening on a damp face and neck. Create a lather and rinse thoroughly with warm water.

Teoxane Post Procedure 200ml

Teoxane Post-injection Emulsion (serum) is a soothing drug designed to heal and protect vulnerable skin after professional aesthetic procedures such as filler injections, chemical peels or laser procedures. When applied immediately after aesthetic intervention, the serum quickly restores the treated area of the skin, supporting the process of cell regeneration and prevents inflammation. The liquid has a unique composition with natural arnica extract and neutrazene, which are anti-inflammatory agents, and antarticin, which accelerates the healing process. Chlorexidine Digluconate is a bacteriostatic agent that inhibits the proliferation of all bacteria and balances skin infections. Clinically proven to heal and calm irritated skin and support regeneration. The package includes: 1x200ml The advantages of utilizing of Teoxane Post Procedure 200ml: It can aid in the regeneration and protection of skin irritated by factors other than aesthetic correction procedures. This includes healing and soothing delicate skin exposed to aesthetic procedures, promoting the regeneration of skin cells, guarding treated skin against inflammation, and offering immediate comfort for irritated skin. Product Application Guidelines: Apply a generous amount of POST PROCEDURE to the treated areas immediately following the aesthetic procedure. For optimal results, it is recommended to use this product in conjunction with Teoxane Deep Repair Balm during the initial 5 days after the cosmetic intervention. Apply as needed.

Teoxane RHA x Vit C Serum 30ml

Teoxane RHA x VCIP Serum enhances skin tone and imparts a gentle brightening effect. It incorporates a distinctive blend of active components, featuring the patented elastic hyaluronic acid (RHA) combined with the VC-IP complex (Ascorbyl Tetraisopalmitate) – an enhanced formulation of a vitamin C derivative. The package includes: 1x30ml Ingredients of the product: VC-IP (Ascorbyl Tetraisopalmitate) is a special lipophilic complex – an improved formula of a derivative of vitamin C. RHA™ elastic hyaluronic acid based on a unique formula patented by TEOXANE Laboratory provides hydration for a long time, strengthens and tightens the skin. The dermorestructuring complex (CDR) includes 8 amino acids, 3 antioxidants, 2 minerals, vitamin B6, has a powerful antioxidant effect and stimulates metabolism in the dermis. NOVHYAL® G activates the production of hyaluronic acid in the skin, stimulates cellular repair, strengthens the dermal-epidermal layer. Pyruvic acid for stimulating collagen synthesis, exfoliating and whitening the skin. The advantages of utilizing of Teoxane RHA x Vit C Serum 30ml: The complex stands out with its lipophilic formula, designed to enhance the stability of vitamin C, improve skin absorption, ensure excellent tolerance, and deliver outstanding results in addressing pigmentation issues and achieving an even skin tone. Product Application Guidelines: Utilize the included special pipette to apply an ample amount of serum to cleansed skin. Incorporate this routine both in the morning and evening.

Teoxane RHA Serum 30ml

Formula of Teoxane RHA Serum’s regenerating concentrate delivers a comprehensive rejuvenating effect on the skin. The package includes: 1x30ml Ingredients of the product: RHA elastic hyaluronic acid provides deep hydration to the skin and enhances its tone. The dermorestructuring complex (CDR), containing 8 amino acids, 3 antioxidants, 2 minerals, and vitamin B6, safeguards against the impact of free radicals and restores the structural components of the dermis. NOVHYAL G encourages the synthesis of natural hyaluronic acid in the skin, promoting cellular regeneration and strengthening the dermal-epidermal layer. Unitamuron H-22, a plant extract, aids in skin moisturization. The advantages of utilizing of Teoxane RHA Serum 30ml: In contrast to conventional hyaluronic acid, the elastic hyaluronic acid in the concentrate, known as RHA, creates a concentrated moisturizing network in the applied area. This network works to soften, fill, and fortify the skin. Its active components are released gradually, reinforcing the intercellular matrix and yielding a noticeable rejuvenating impact. Product Application Guidelines: Apply the product to the skin of the face and neck in the morning and evening, prior to using other TEOXANE skincare products.

Teoxane RHA Micellar Solution 400ml

THE Prime Solution micellar lotion serves as a makeup remover, cleanser, and tonic for both face and eyes, offering a 3-in-1 solution. Enhanced with Teoxane’s distinctive RHA® moisturizing technology, this unique formula comprises potent moisturizing and soothing components, ensuring thorough cleansing of the epidermal surface from dirt and makeup without disrupting the skin’s natural balance. Tailored for even the most sensitive skin, this micellar solution provides cleansing, moisturizing, and tone-evening benefits. The package includes: 1x400ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua (water), rosa damascena flower water, poloxamer 184, betaine, propanediol, polysorbate 20, levulinic acid, panthenol, glycerin, sodium levulinate, parfum (fragrance), chlorphenesin, phosphate buffered saline, sodium hydroxide, chlorhexidine digluconate, pantolactone, disodium acetyl glucosamine phosphate, sodium hyaluronate crosspolymer-2, glutathione, pyridoxine hcl, thioctic acid, acetyl cysteine, lysine hcl, valine, isoleucine, leucine, threonine, arginine, glycine, zinc acetate, proline, copper sulfate. The advantages of utilizing of Teoxane RHA Micellar Solution 400ml: The skin is impeccably cleansed, free from any makeup or impurities. It is thoroughly moisturized, exhibiting a consistently beautiful tone. Product Application Guidelines: Apply RHA micellar solution to your face using a cotton pad in the morning and evening. For use prior to aesthetic procedures: apply to clean the face and décolleté area or remove makeup before the procedures. No rinsing is necessary.

Teoxane RHA Micellar Solution 200ml

Teoxane RHA Micellar Solution serves as a makeup remover, cleanser, and tonic for both face and eyes, offering a 3-in-1 solution. This exclusive formula, enriched with Teoxane one of a kind RHA® hydrating technology and skinremodelling components, melts impurities from skin, cleans up the epidermal surface from all pollution, dirt and makeup interferences but is gentle enough not to interfere with the skin natural equilibrium. This micellar solution that’s formulated for even the most sensitive skin cleans, moisturizes and evens skin tone. The package includes: 1x200ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua (water), rosa damascena flower water, poloxamer 184, betaine, propanediol, polysorbate 20, levulinic acid, panthenol, glycerin, sodium levulinate, parfum (fragrance), chlorphenesin, phosphate buffered saline, sodium hydroxide, chlorhexidine digluconate, pantolactone, disodium acetyl glucosamine phosphate, sodium hyaluronate crosspolymer-2, glutathione, pyridoxine hcl, thioctic acid, acetyl cysteine, lysine hcl, valine, isoleucine, leucine, threonine, arginine, glycine, zinc acetate, proline, copper sulfate. The advantages of utilizing of Teoxane RHA Micellar Solution 200ml: Scrubbing off all the makeup before a facial. It is thoroughly moisturized, exhibiting a consistently beautiful tone. Product Application Guidelines: Apply RHA micellar solution to your face using a cotton pad in the morning and evening. For use prior to aesthetic procedures: apply to clean the face and décolleté area or remove makeup before the procedures. No rinsing is necessary.

Teoxane R(II) Eyes 15ml

RHA® Eye Contour offers a complete remedy for key periorbital issues: wrinkles, dark circles, and puffiness. This renowned Teoxane product functions as a concealer while providing intensive moisture. The cream, subtly tinted and enriched with reflective particles, harmonizes the skin tone, imparting a radiant appearance. It suits all skin tones. From the initial application, the eye contour is addressed, designed to combat signs of fatigue, aging, and under-eye bags. The inclusion of a cooling tip ensures a comfortable and pleasant application experience. The package includes: 1x15ml The advantages of utilizing of Teoxane R(II) Eyes 15ml: Reduces bags under the eyes Reduces dark circles Fills in wrinkles and fine lines Evens and brightens the complexion What is the duration of the results? Demonstrably decreases the visibility of dark circles and puffiness, with a noticeable reduction of at least 5% from the initial application. After 28 days, the intensity of dark circles diminishes by 19%. Effectively diminishes wrinkles and fine lines around the eyes, resulting in a reduction of 24% after 28 days. Reduces eye bags by 13% from the first application.

Thermage 0.25cm2, FLX Eye Tip 450 REP

The Thermage 0.25cm² Eye Tip is an accessory intended for use with Thermage Treatment. It is specifically crafted to smooth and firm the skin on both the upper and lower eyelids. This specialized Eye Tip utilizes precise and shallow heating to target the sensitive skin around the eyes, efficiently reducing eyelid hooding and minimizing the visibility of fine lines and crow’s feet. It is equipped to administer 450 pulses of radiofrequency energy throughout the treatment. The advantages of utilizing of Thermage 0.25cm2, FLX Eye Tip 450 REP: Smoothing and firming the skin on both the upper and lower eyelids. What is the duration of the results? Immediately after your procedure, you will notice an immediate skin tightening effect, accompanied by slight puffiness. The full benefits of your Eyelid Thermage treatment usually become fully apparent within 3-6 months. Throughout this period, collagen production in your skin gradually increases, leading to the reduction of wrinkles and fine lines.

Teoxane Skin Refiner 50ml

Perfect Skin Refiner Night Cream is a gentle yet potent exfoliating solution containing glycolic acid. It works to rejuvenate skin cells while you sleep, providing exfoliation and deep moisturization for an even and healthy complexion. The formula strikes an optimal balance, incorporating 10% rejuvenating glycolic acid alongside soothing ingredients. This lightweight cream is particularly suitable for skin prone to imperfections such as pigmentation issues, enlarged pores, wrinkles, and loss of tone, delicately restoring it overnight. The package includes: 1x50ml Ingredients of the product: 0.1% RHA – long-lasting protection and moisturizing of the skin 0.05% CDR – revitalizing effect 0.1% NOVYAL – fights the appearance of wrinkles 1% Sodium Hyaluronate – hydration 2.5% Lipopeptide complex – anti-inflammatory and softening effect 0.5% Allantoin – mitigation 10% Glycolic Acid – mild peeling 0.3% Vitamin E – antioxidant The advantages of utilizing of Teoxane Skin Refiner 50ml: Evens out the complexion, restores the radiance of the skin Reduces pore size Diminish the appearance of fine lines and wrinkles Lightens pigment spots Product Application Guidelines: Evenly apply the product onto skin, avoiding the eyes and lips.

Teoxane Advanced Filler Dry Skin 50ml

Teoxane Advanced Filler for Dry Skin stands out as a potent anti-aging day cream tailored for those with dry skin. Expertly crafted, this cream is infused with anti-wrinkle elements that trigger the synthesis of Hyaluronic acid and collagen at a deep level, promoting a revitalized skin structure and filling in wrinkles. The immediate benefits of Teoxane Advanced Filler include thorough hydration, skin moisturization, and the efficient reduction of fine lines and wrinkles, ultimately contributing to a more youthful appearance. Furthermore, this cream tackles issues associated with the loss of skin firmness and can complement the results of aesthetic procedures. The package includes: 1x50ml Ingredients of the product: RHA (Resilient hyaluronic acid) DRC (Amino acids, antioxidants, vitamins, and minerals) NovHyal (A natural component of hyaluronic acid) Matrixyl 3000 Shea butter Cotton seed oil (rich in linoleic acid, Omega 6) The advantages of utilizing of Teoxane Advanced Filler Dry Skin 50ml: Delivers instant hydration Diminishes the visibility of fine lines Soothes redness Protects fragile skin from harm Product Application Guidelines: Gently apply Teoxane Advanced Filler for Dry Skin to freshly cleansed skin on the face, neck, and décolleté each morning, following the application of Teoxane RHA Serum or Teoxane RHAxVSIP Serum for optimal results.

Teoxane 3D Lip 10ml

Teoxane [3D] Lip is a luxuriously textured lip care product designed for daily use, offering lip comfort, hydration, and fullness. Enriched with sealing and nourishing ingredients, it works to smooth and diminish roughness while enhancing the lips’ splendor. With its light, non-sticky texture and cooling applicator, it provides both comfort and sensuality to the lips. The combined impact of Teoxane Cosmeceuticals components on the skin produces a synergistic effect. The package includes: 1x10ml Ingredients of the product: 2.5% collagen spheres – hydration and filling 1% HA sphères – hydration and filling 1% ceramide and matrikine complex – anti-aging and softening effect 1% Butyrospermum Parkii (shea) butter unsaponifiable – skin nutrition The advantages of utilizing of Teoxane 3D Lip 10ml: Assists in preserving the contour and fullness of the lips Enhances a plump and voluminous effect Sustains optimal moisture levels Enhances the overall appearance of the lips Product Application Guidelines: Apply [3D] Lip to your lips as needed, simultaneously massaging with the cooling applicator.

Teoxane Advanced Filler Normal to Combination skin 50ml

Crafted for those with normal to combination skin, this opulent cream boasts a texture that both smoothens and mattifies. Harnessing the potent blend of RHA® and vital components, it provides sustained skin hydration while visibly diminishing the presence of fine lines and wrinkles. The package includes: 1x50ml The advantages of utilizing of Teoxane Advanced Filler Normal to Combination skin 50ml: Inherent component of Hyaluronic Acid: Combats the emergence of wrinkles, fostering a visibly more youthful complexion. It hydrates and refines skin. Fusion of amino acids, antioxidants, vitamins, and minerals: revives the overall nature of the skin. Powerful Hyaluronic Acid: Consistent retention and protection for skin hydration. Product Application Guidelines: Gently apply this moisturizing and firming cream to your face, neck, and décolleté in the morning and/or evening, after using RHA® Serum or RHA® Vit C Serum.

Sunekos 200

Sunekos represents a groundbreaking injectable therapy that merges amino acids with Hyaluronic acid to activate the fibroblasts in the skin. This activation leads to the generation of a balanced combination of collagen and elastin. For individuals desiring a natural look or those who wish to steer clear of Botox or fillers, Sunekos presents an outstanding option. Additionally, it can complement ongoing treatments, contributing to an overall improvement in skin quality. The package includes: 2x Bottles of amino acids 2x vials of Sodium hyaluronate gel The advantages of utilizing of Sunekos 200: Sunekos 200 demonstrates notable efficacy when administered to the periocular region to alleviate dark circles, puffiness, and on the forehead. This versatile product is capable of addressing a spectrum of concerns such as diminished skin tone, aging signs, premature aging, dry skin, sun damage, acne scarring, solar elastosis, fine lines and wrinkles, dark circles under the eyes, and various other skin issues. What is the duration of the results? The duration of the effects may vary depending on individual patients and their skin conditions, with results potentially persisting for up to six months before considering a repeat procedure.

Sofiderm Skin Rejuvenating Solution (10x5ml)

Sofiderm SRS is a mesotherapy solution created to offer intensive revitalization for aging skin, ensuring optimal hydration, reducing wrinkles, and enhancing skin tone and density. The package includes: 10x5ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid (3mg/ml): A vital element in connective tissue responsible for maintaining skin hydration and elasticity. Glutathione (0.1%): Acknowledged as the body’s most potent antioxidant, it plays a crucial role in neutralizing free radicals and preventing their enzymatic and non-enzymatic formation. Lipoic acid (0.5%): Recognized as one of the most effective global antioxidants, it has the capability to neutralize free radicals in both fatty and aqueous cellular environments. B vitamin complex (0.5%): Facilitates numerous molecular reactions by aiding enzymes, serving as coenzymes, and supporting the formation of new cells. The advantages of utilizing of Sofiderm Skin Rejuvenating Solution (10x5ml): Reduced skin discoloration Diminished wrinkles Enhanced revitalization Product Application Guidelines: Use once a month or every 7 days once your skin can tolerate weekly treatments.

Sofiderm Derm Sub-Skin (1x10ml)

This is a safe gel-based hyaluronic acid encapsulated in an ampoule syringe, designed for application in very deep skin layers or subcutaneous tissue. It is primarily used for body shaping and contouring, breast and buttock augmentation, addressing significant skin defects, and managing lipoatrophy. It is noteworthy for having the largest particle size. The package includes: 1x10ml The advantages of utilizing of Sofiderm Derm Sub-Skin (1x10ml): Shaping and contouring of the body Augmentation of the breasts Enhancement of the buttocks Treatment of lipoatrophy Correction of significant skin defects What is the duration of the results? Up 24 months’ longevity.

Sofiderm Derm Plus (1x20ml)

SOFIDERM DERMA PLUS is employed for both facial and body applications due to its increased elasticity and reticulation. It serves to replenish substantial volumes, sculpt the facial oval, define support contours, and correct various facial areas such as the lower jaw, cheekbones, brow, chin, nose, temporal, and frontal regions. SOFIDERM is a biphasic, transparent, sterile, viscoelastic gel comprising stabilized hyaluronic acid (BDDE). The package includes: 1x20ml The advantages of utilizing of Sofiderm Derm Plus (1x20ml): Derived from non-animal sources, it is formulated to restore volume and enhance facial contours. What is the duration of the results? Has 9 to 15 months’ longevity.

Sofiderm Derm Plus (1x10ml)

Sofiderm is a clear, sterile, viscoelastic gel composed of stabilized hyaluronic acid (BDDE) derived from non-animal sources. It is formulated to rejuvenate and contour the face and body by restoring volume. The package includes: 1x10ml The advantages of utilizing of Sofiderm Derm Plus (1x10ml): German quality is ensured through the utilization of MCLPE technology, developed by the Zcube research group in Germany. This innovative and advanced technology integrates high crosslinking efficiency and a substantial degree of hyaluronic acid purity. The outcome is a 3D gel with a robust texture and a prolonged effect. This process results in a smooth and natural appearance, accompanied by established safety indicators. Product Application Guidelines: According to the application protocol. Do not use in the face area!

Sofiderm Derm (1x2ml)

Sofiderm Derm is formulated to target concerns such as lip wrinkles, brow wrinkles, correction of age-related atrophy, drooping lips, sagging cheeks, facial asymmetry, and earlobe augmentation. The package includes: 1x2ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic Acid (HA) Content: 20mg/ml Product Application Guidelines: It is administered via injections into the medium to deep dermal layers.

Sofiderm Derm (1x1ml)

Sofiderm Derm is formulated to tackle concerns such as wrinkles around the lips and brows, correction of age-related atrophy, drooping lips, sagging cheeks, facial asymmetry, and earlobe augmentation. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic Acid (HA) Content: 20mg/ml Product Application Guidelines: It is administered through injections into the medium to deep dermal layers.

Sofiderm Lift (1ml)

Sofiderm Lift filling is an innovative and effective solution for patients with visible skin sagging and relevant beauty concerns. DMAE is the main ingredient that help assists with the production of acetylcholine – a neurotransmitter that leads to muscle tone. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Citrate Buffered Saline Sodium Hyaluronate (0.8%) DMAE (0.5%) The advantages of utilizing of Sofiderm Lift (1ml): Enhancing muscle tone beneath the facial skin, DMAE results in a firmer and more refined complexion, providing immediate enhancements in the look of sagging and loose skin. Product Application Guidelines: Therapy usually lasts up to 6 sessions, spaced no less than 1 month apart.

Sofiderm Finelines (1x2ml)

Sofiderm is a transparent, sterile, biphasic gel of stabilized hyaluronic acid (BDDE) derived from non-animal sources. It is formulated to replenish volume and contour the face and body. The package includes: 1x2ml Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic gel 20 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Sofiderm Finelines (1x2ml): Ideal for individuals with thin skin, fine wrinkles on the forehead, perioral area, “crow’s feet,” neck, skin reinforcement on the hands, cheeks, earlobes, and temporal region. Product Application Guidelines: Injected into the shallow dermis.

Sofiderm Finelines (1x1ml)

Sofiderm is a clear, sterile, biphasic gel composed of stabilized hyaluronic acid (BDDE) derived from non-animal sources. It is formulated to rejuvenate and reshape facial and body contours. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic gel 20 mg/ml Product Application Guidelines: Injected into the shallow dermis.

Sofiderm Eye Finelines Solution (10x5ml)

This solution is formulated for needle and needle mesotherapy, providing notable lifting effects. It works to smooth the skin around the eyes, reduce facial wrinkles, and promote a radiant complexion. The package includes: 10x5ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid (3mg/ml): Essential for connective tissue, ensuring skin hydration and elasticity. Vitamin C (0.05%): Promotes collagen and hyaluronic acid production, offering protection against free radicals and strengthening skin tissue, contributing to UVB radiation defense. Acetyl Hexapeptide-3 (0.005%): Reduces facial wrinkles caused by facial muscle contractions, especially around the eye area, and combats signs of skin aging. SOD (0.01%): Acts as an antioxidant to protect the immune system. This enzyme is naturally present in all living organisms, guarding cells against oxidation. The advantages of utilizing of Sofiderm Eye Finelines Solution (10x5ml): Diminished wrinkles, particularly around the eyes Increased skin firmness and elasticity Improved smoothness, moisture, and skin tone Product Application Guidelines: Apply in the eye contour AM and PM avoiding direct eye contact.

Sofiderm Derm Sub-Skin (1x20ml)

This is a safe gel-based hyaluronic acid enclosed in an ampoule syringe, designed for the deep layers of the skin or subcutaneous tissue. Its main uses involve sculpting and contouring the body, augmenting the breasts and buttocks, addressing substantial skin imperfections, and managing lipoatrophy. Notably, it contains the largest particle size. The package includes: 1x20ml Ingredients of the product: Cross-linking method for the acid: BDDE The advantages of utilizing of Sofiderm Derm Sub-Skin (1x20ml): This product is suitable for body shaping and contouring, breast augmentation, buttock augmentation, addressing lipoatrophy, and correcting significant skin defects. What is the duration of the results? Up to 12 months

Sofiderm Lipolytic Solution (10x5ml)

Lipolytic treatment is a potent remedy for addressing facial sagging in adults. It utilizes DMAE, a naturally occurring substance crucial for the synthesis of acetylcholine, essential for muscle toning. The package includes: 10x5ml Ingredients of the product: Blend of citrate buffered saline 0.3% sodium hyaluronate 5% DMAE The advantages of utilizing of Sofiderm Lipolytic Solution (10x5ml): Improving muscle tone is crucial for attaining firmer, more supple skin. DMAE not only hinders the development of wrinkles and sagging but also excels in rejuvenating the skin. Product Application Guidelines: Begin with a monthly regimen, and as your skin adjusts, you may transition to weekly sessions with a seven-day interval between each.

Sofiderm Lipo (1ml)

SOFIDERM Lipo filler is an advanced and effective treatment used in adults to improve the appearance of moderate to severe submental fat, situated beneath the chin. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Citrate Buffered Saline Sodium Hyaluronate (0.8%) Sodium deoxycholate (1.0%) Product Application Guidelines: Only professional use.

Sofiderm Meso (1ml)

Sofiderm Meso is a medical-grade hyaluronic acid injection formulated to enhance skin quality. It provides a variety of specialized formulas, each addressing specific skin concerns such as wrinkle reduction, improved skin firmness, increased hydration, or elimination of under-eye shadows. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Buffered saline citrate Sodium Hyaluronate (1.5%) The advantages of utilizing of Sofiderm Meso (1ml): Facial volumizing Cheek enhancement and sculpting Contouring of the chin and tear trough Reshaping the nose Product Application Guidelines: This product is intended for professional use only.

Sofiderm SAAS Skin Anti-Acne Solution (10x5ml)

Sofiderm Skin Anti-Acne ampoules are specifically designed for needle and microneedle mesotherapy, created to address the requirements of combination and oily skin that is susceptible to acne breakouts. The package includes: 10x5ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid (3mg/ml): A key component of connective tissue, responsible for skin hydration and elasticity. Niacinamide (0.1%): Diminishes discoloration. Azelaic acid (0.5%): Acts as an anti-inflammatory, antibacterial agent. It also possesses hypopigmenting effects and counters free radicals and inflammation. Vitamin C (0.05%): Functions as an antioxidant, promoting revitalization and stimulating collagen synthesis to reduce wrinkles. The advantages of utilizing of Sofiderm SAAS Skin Anti-Acne Solution (10x5ml): Reduced discolorations Revitalized skin Improved moisture levels Substantial decrease in acne lesions, anti-inflammatory effects, prevention of acne breakouts, and enhanced skin appearance Product Application Guidelines: Only professional use.

Sofiderm Skin Rejuvenating Solution - Higher Concentration (10x5ml)

Sofiderm SRS is a mesotherapy solution crafted to deliver intensive revitalization for aging skin, ensuring optimal hydration, reduction of wrinkles, and improvement in skin tone and density. The package includes: 10x5ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid (3mg/ml): Essential for skin hydration and elasticity, this component is a key constituent of connective tissue. Glutathione (0.1%): Acknowledged as the body’s most potent antioxidant, it plays a crucial role in counteracting free radicals and preventing their enzymatic and non-enzymatic formation. Lipoic acid (0.5%): Recognized as one of the most effective antioxidants globally, it can neutralize free radicals in both fatty and aqueous cellular environments. B vitamin complex (0.5%): Supports various molecular reactions by aiding enzymes, serving as coenzymes, and promoting the formation of new cells. The advantages of utilizing of Sofiderm Skin Rejuvenating Solution – Higher Concentration (10x5ml): Reduced skin discoloration Diminished wrinkles Enhanced revitalization Product Application Guidelines: Recommend that you organize 4 or 5 weekly sessions followed by a “maintenance” session every 2 to 3 months, depending on your needs.

Sofiderm Resurrection (1ml)

Sofiderm Resurrection is primarily a hyaluronic acid-based dermal filler, utilizing a natural component found in the skin. Hyaluronic acid, known for its moisture-retaining properties, contributes to increased skin volume, elasticity, and a smoother overall appearance. The primary objectives of Sofiderm Resurrection include enhancing facial volume, reducing the appearance of fine lines and wrinkles, and nourishing the skin. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Phosphate Buffered Saline Sodium Hyaluronate (1.0%) Trehalose (4.0%) . The advantages of utilizing of Sofiderm Resurrection (1ml): Body contouring Smoothing wrinkles Nourishing the skin Product Application Guidelines: Only professional use.

Sesderma Seskavel Hair Repair Split Ends 40000153

Sesderma Seskavel Hair Repair is an entry for reparative serum, designed for damaged and fray hair. It contains a unique proprietary blend of Vitamin E and Jojoba Oil that is specifically formulated to rebuild and protect distressed, dry, and brittle hair from breakage. It protects skin from free radicals, UV rays and premature aging, all while boosting shine and making it easier to detangle. The package includes: 1x30ml The advantages of utilizing of Sesderma Seskavel Hair Repair Split Ends 40000153: Restorative and protective treatment for damaged hair Enhanced manageability and easier detangling Silicone molecules create a protective barrier against external factors Vitamin E shields hair from free radicals Moisturizing and antioxidant benefits of jojoba oil Prevents premature hair aging Includes sun protection with SPF12 Product Application Guidelines: To use, apply 2 to 3 drops of Sesderma Seskavel Hair Repair onto your hands and gently massage it into either wet or dry hair, concentrating on the tips.

Sesderma C-VIT Eye Contour Patches 40002443

Eye contour patches, containing sweet orange extract, low molecular weight hyaluronic acid, and stabilized vitamin C encapsulated in liposomes, work to eliminate signs of fatigue and dark circles under the eyes. These patches provide an instant improvement in appearance, protecting the delicate skin around the eyes and enhancing its resilience. Developed using NANOTECH™ technology, the unique formulation utilizes active ingredients placed in nano-sized liposomes, facilitating rapid penetration into the deep layers of the skin for increased product effectiveness. The package includes: 5pcs The advantages of utilizing of Sesderma C-VIT Eye Contour Patches 40002443: Stabilized vitamin C (e-VIT-C), encapsulated in liposomes, acts as a potent antioxidant, fostering enhanced collagen synthesis, reducing the appearance of wrinkles, and preventing their formation. The Antiox booster antioxidant system (gingko biloba, pterostilbene, quercetin) combats free radicals, shields against harmful environmental influences, and helps maintain youthful skin. Palmitoyl is an oligopeptide that stimulates the skin to produce its own elastin, promoting skin renewal and combating aging. Sweet orange extract provides moisturization, restores the skin, encourages collagen production, enhances elasticity, evens skin tone, and brightens. Additionally, low molecular weight hyaluronic acid deeply penetrates the skin, exerting a powerful anti-aging effect. Product Application Guidelines: Apply the patches to the under-eye area, covering dark circles. Leave them on for 10-15 minutes, then remove. Follow up with an eye cream, such as Glicare or C-Vit. Suitable for use in the morning and/or evening.

Sesderma C-VIT Eye Contour 40002446

Gentle eye contour cream with sweet orange and liposomal stabilized vitamin C, combating signs of fatigue, dark circles and bags under eyes. This moisturizing cream also works on wrinkles and “crow’s feet.” Using its own NANOTECH™ technology, it features active ingredients incorporated into liposomes of nano size for faster penetration into the deep skin for greater efficacy. The package includes: 1x15ml The advantages of utilizing of Sesderma C-VIT Eye Contour 40002446: Stabilized vitamin C (e-VIT-C) encapsulated in liposomes, is used to fight skin aging as an antioxidant, stimulating collagen synthesis, its reducing and preventing wrinkles formation, increasing skin firmness and elasticity. The Antiox booster antioxidant system (gingko biloba, pterostilbene, quercetin) fights free radicals, protects against environmental aggressors and keeps the skin looking youthful. Sweet orange extract hydrates, repairs skin, produces collagen, improves elasticity, evens tone and brightens. Product Application Guidelines: Gentle massaging until fully absorbed, apply to cleaned using the dried skin around the eye. Can be used in the AM and/or PMRecommended for all skin types

Sesderma C-VIT Advance Revitalizing & Rejuvenating 40004617

A supplementary depigmentation treatment containing vitamin C and retinol encapsulated in liposomes. It promotes skin tone uniformity, imparts radiance, and provides profound antioxidant and moisturizing effects, preventing photoaging. Developed using NANOTECH™ technology, this product stands out due to its utilization of active ingredients enclosed in nano-sized liposomes—tiny lipid containers facilitating rapid penetration into the deeper skin layers, thereby enhancing product effectiveness. The package includes: 10×1.5ml The advantages of utilizing of Sesderma C-VIT Advance Revitalizing & Rejuvenating 40004617: Encapsulated stabilized vitamin C (e-VIT-C) acts as a potent antioxidant within liposomes, fostering increased collagen synthesis, diminishing wrinkles, preventing their formation, and fortifying the skin for smoothness and elasticity. Retinol, also encapsulated in liposomes, serves as an antioxidant that stimulates deep-layer skin cell renewal, smoothing the skin surface, minimizing pores, encouraging collagen production, and facilitating scar resorption. The inclusion of sweet orange extract contributes to moisturization, skin restoration, and collagen production. Product Application Guidelines: Break open the ampoule and apply the product evenly onto clean facial skin before applying your regular daily skincare cream. Suitable for use in the morning and/or evening.

Sofiderm Deep (1x2ml)

Sofiderm Deep is utilized for facial or nasal filling and contouring, as well as augmenting volume in the lips, forehead, and chin. The package includes: 1x2ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic Acid (HA) 20mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Sofiderm Deep (1x2ml): It is especially successful in correcting concerns like an undesirable nasal shape, low nose, saddle nose, and nasal tip. This injectable filler is administered into the deep dermal layer to achieve the best possible outcomes. Product Application Guidelines: Professional injections only.

Sofiderm Deep (1x1ml)

Sofiderm Deep is used for facial or nasal filling and shaping, as well as for enhancing volume in the lips, forehead, and chin. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic Acid (HA) 20mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Sofiderm Deep (1x1ml): It is highly effective in addressing concerns such as an undesired nasal shape, low nose, saddle nose, and nasal tip. This dermal filler is administered into the deep dermal layer to achieve optimal results. Product Application Guidelines: Professional injections only.

Sofiderm Deep (1x10ml)

Sofiderm is a clear, sterile, viscoelastic gel made from stabilized hyaluronic acid (BDDE) of non-animal origin. This is a two-phase gel intended for contouring of the face and body to restore volume and shape. The package includes: 1x10ml What is the duration of the results? Duration of effect: 8-12 months.

Sofiderm Anti-Hair Loss Solution (10x5ml)

This product is designed for needle and microneedle mesotherapy on the scalp. Its formulation includes ingredients that notably improve the quality of the hair structure, regulate sebum production, strengthen hair roots, and restore the skin’s natural balance. The package includes: 10x5ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid (3mg/ml): A crucial component of connective tissue that plays a vital role in maintaining skin hydration and elasticity. Panthenol (0.5%): Also known as Pro-Vitamin B5, it offers long-lasting moisturization and strengthens the hair shaft. Panthenol guards against heat and dryness-induced hair and scalp damage, reducing the occurrence of split ends. Azelaic acid (0.5%): Elevated 5-α-reductase activity results in increased levels of DHT, a hormone linked to hair loss. Azelaic acid, combined with vitamin B6 as a 5-α-reductase inhibitor, inhibits DHT formation, thus preventing hair loss. Acetyl Tetrapeptide-3 (0.005%): This peptide increases hair follicle size and enhances hair anchoring. It also improves the integrity of extracellular matrix (ECM) proteins in the dermal papilla, leading to better hair anchoring and protecting against hair loss associated with inflammation. This results in fuller, denser, and healthier-looking hair. Biotin (0.01%): Also known as vitamin H, biotin contributes to hair strengthening. The advantages of utilizing of Sofiderm Anti-Hair Loss Solution (10x5ml): Diminishes hair loss Promotes hair regrowth by revitalizing hair follicles and improving circulation Stimulates and strengthens hair roots Hydrates and nourishes the hair and scalp Product Application Guidelines: Gently massage into the scalp with your fingertips. Apply either in the morning or evening. Do not rinse. For professional use, administer with a micro-needle roller once a month.

Sesderma Seskavel Mulberry Anti-Hair Loss Foam 40000165

Sesderma Seskavel Mulberry Anti-hair loss foam is suitable for all types of scalp. The package includes: 1x50ml Ingredients of the product: Curcuma longa Morus alba Glycyrrhetinic acid Nicotinic acid Panthenol Zinc Vitamin B6 Retinyl propionate L-carnitine The advantages of utilizing of Sesderma Seskavel Mulberry Anti-Hair Loss Foam 40000165: The enduring foam Sesderma Seskavel is highly effective against elevated hair fragility and loss. Enriched with strengthening, restorative, moisturizing, and protective elements, it diminishes hair fragility, enhances strength, stimulates growth, and repairs the cuticle structure. Sesderma Seskavel Mulberry Anti-hair loss foam is easy to apply and distribute on the hair and scalp, without causing any heaviness. Product Application Guidelines: Use daily on the scalp and throughout the entire length of the hair. No need to rinse. The recommended minimum duration of the course is 3 months.

Revanesse Kiss with Lidocaine (2x1.2ml)

Revanesse Kiss is dermal filler made using hyaluronic acid that is used to augment the lip. This injectable gel is designed to keep the lip and surrounding mouth area hydrated. With its special formulation, Revanesse® Kiss aims to add volume and shape to the lips, resulting in a fuller and plumper appearance. The gel is easy to inject, ensuring natural-looking and long-lasting results. The package includes: 2×1.2ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid Lidocaine The advantages of utilizing of Revanesse Kiss with Lidocaine (2×1.2ml): Augmenting lip size and crafting distinct contours Enhancing lip symmetry Providing volume for a fuller and more defined lip look Reducing the visibility of fine lines around the mouth Stimulating collagen production What is the duration of the results? Immediate results that last for approximately 6-9 months. The actual outcomes may vary depending on factors such as age, the treated area, skin condition, and lifestyle.

Revanesse Contour with Lidocaine (2x1.2ml)

Revanesse Contour Lidocaine is an outstanding non-animal injectable filler designed to sculpt and improve facial contours. It ensures safe, long-lasting, and high-quality results, making it particularly well-suited for comprehensive treatments such as chin and jaw augmentation, as well as the correction of the nasal bridge shape. The package includes: 2×1.2ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid Lidocaine The advantages of utilizing of Revanesse Contour with Lidocaine (2×1.2ml): Enhance skin volume Replenish lost hyaluronic acid Perfect for sizeable treatments What is the duration of the results? Provides the benefit of immediate effects that are crafted to last for around a year. Individual results may vary based on factors such as age, the targeted treatment area, skin condition, and lifestyle.

Revanesse Pure With Lidocaine (2x1.2ml)

Revanesse Pure+ with Lidocaine is a unique cross-linked free hyaluronic acid gel – the purest non-cross-linked gel available in your Revanesse range. Intended for injection in the superficial dermis, it is formulated to rehydrate skin on areas like the face, neck, hands and décolletage. The end result is hydration that leaves your skin feeling pampered, and over time, will even help revitalize skin elasticity. With continued use, the skin appears firmer, healthier, and younger. The package includes: 2×1.2ml Ingredients of the product: Unstabilized hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 14 mg/ml Phosphate buffer solution The advantages of utilizing of Revanesse Pure With Lidocaine (2×1.2ml): Helps rehydrate the skin, restore its elasticity and promote a firmer, healthier and younger skin appearance with time. What is the duration of the results? The duration of results for Revanesse Pure+ with Lidocaine is generally between 6 and 9 months and can differ depending on lifestyle, age and skin type.

Revanesse Shape with Lidocaine (2x1.2ml)

Revanesse® Shape is a dermal filler based on hyaluronic acid for facial rejuvenation and augmentation of facial volume. This adjunct methods address age-related changes and targets the deep tissues using supra-periosteum augmentation. This reaches to the outer layer of bone connective tissue so as to lead collagenogenesis towards a lifting and tightening effect called composite volumization. It physically fills in deep lines, folds, and wrinkles but is limited in its area of treatment to the horizontal glabellar lines of the forehead, cheeks, chin, jaw, and the nose bridge. Revanesse® Shape integrates with the face’s natural contour while adding volume, shape, and definition to create a lifting effect. The package includes: 2×1.2ml Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid: 25mg/ml Lidocaine: 3mg/ml 0.3% The advantages of utilizing of Revanesse Shape with Lidocaine (2×1.2ml): Designed for facial revitalization as well as the treatment of facial fullness. It effectively treats deep lines, folds and wrinkles on all these different facial areas, including the horizontal glabellar lines of the forehead, cheeks, chin, jaw and even the nose bridge. Seamlessly integrates with the natural contours of the face, enhancing volume, shape and definition with a measurable lifting effect. What is the duration of the results? Results can vary between patients due to age, area being treated, previous skin condition and overall lifestyle.

Pluryal Volume 1ml

Pluryal volume is a dermal filler with a concentration of active substance molecules of 23 mg/ml, which has a high degree of viscosity and reticulation (stabilization) of hyaluronic gel. The package includes: 1x1ml The advantages of utilizing of Pluryal Volume 1ml: Volumetric modeling of the face Contouring and harmonization Correction of medium and deep folds of the coarse-grained morphotype of the face Temporal lifting Contouring of the chin, corners of the lower jaw How to use: Every 9-12 months or as needed.

Pluryal Volume Lidocaine 1ml

Pluryal Volume with lidocaine is a highly effective dermal filler with a strong balancing effect. Thanks to the monophase stitching, this product can be used to eliminate deep wrinkles, as well as to restructure the contours of the face. The package includes: 1x1ml The advantages of utilizing of Pluryal Volume Lidocaine 1ml: Optimizes the contours of the cheeks, Improve the lips or change the contour of the nose. In addition to the volume balancing effect, this product also improves the appearance of the skin, because hyaluronic acid binds valuable moisture and at the same time stimulates the skin tissues to produce new collagen. The skin gets a long-lasting charge of freshness, age spots disappear and a radiant beautiful complexion appears. The local anesthetic lidocaine, included in the composition of the hyaluronic filler, makes the injection more comfortable and painless. What is the duration of the results? You will notice immediate results after the initial treatment. Typically, these results will persist for a period ranging from 12 to 16 months. However, the longevity of the outcome can also be influenced by individual lifestyle factors.

Pluryal Classic 1ml

Pluryal Classic is a filler based on hyaluronic acid, used to restore facial structures in the deep layers of the dermis. The package includes: 1x1ml The advantages of utilizing of Pluryal Classic 1ml: Effectively improves the texture of the skin (correction of wrinkles, increasing tone and improving skin color). What is the duration of the results? The result persists 6 months after the course of injections.

Pluryal Classic Lidocaine 1ml

Pluryal Classic reduces the first wrinkles and even deep furrows running through the face, and has a long-lasting effect on the appearance of the skin. With this effective filler, disturbing global, puppet, nasolabial and even chin-lip wrinkles are filled inside and out and, thus, smoothed out. The package includes: 1x1ml The advantages of utilizing of Pluryal Classic Lidocaine 1ml: Correction of wrinkles, Moisturizing the skin, Increasing its tone and elasticity What is the duration of the results? As a rule, the results of this dermal filler are visible for 6-9 months. Ideally, at the end of this period of effect, another procedure will be performed to prolong the effect and make it last.

Pluryal Booster 1ml

Pluryal booster is a revitalizing dermal filler, which includes hyaluronic acid stabilized with glycerol at a concentration of 18 mg/ml. The package includes: 1x1ml The advantages of utilizing of Pluryal Booster 1ml: Correction of wrinkles, Moisturizing the skin, Increasing its tone and elasticity How to use: 3 sessions 1 time in 2-3 weeks, then if necessary. AREAS OF INTRODUCTION: Face, neck, decollete, hands.

Mastelli Newest (1x2ml)

Plinest Newest is a gel containing polynucleotides and hyaluronic acid for intradermal injections in the facial, neck, and décolleté areas. The package includes: 1x2ml The advantages of utilizing of Plinest Newest (1x2ml): Antioxidant protection Tissue hydration Metabolic regeneration of fibroblasts Stimulation of fibroblasts for the production of collagen and elastin Inhibition of photo- and chrono-aging processes What is the duration of the results? The effects are visible after the first procedure. Optimal results are achieved by performing a series of 3 procedures every 3 weeks. To maintain the effect, we recommend repeating a NEW mesotherapy every 3 months. It is best to use the NEWEST systematically throughout the year, with greater intensity in summer (protecting the skin from solar radiation) and in winter.

Mastelli Ialest (1x2ml)

Ialest is a gel preparation with high viscosity intended for biorevitalization, i.e. skin rejuvenation procedures. The package includes: 1x2ml The advantages of utilizing of Plinest Ialest (1x2ml): Has a high antioxidant effect Restores the water balance Increases turgor and elasticity of the skin Has a stimulating effect on local immunity and proliferative processes Absolute hypoallergenic How to use: 4 procedures 1 time in 2 weeks, after a month maintenance course: 2 procedures 1 time per month

Pluryal Contour Lidocaine 1ml

Contour Lidocaine is a dermal filler based on hyaluronic acid, designed for contouring and shaping the oval of the face. The package includes: 1x1ml The advantages of utilizing of Pluryal Contour Lidocaine 1ml: Adds volume Ideal for shaping and contouring Smoothes the skin Reduces wrinkles and deep lines What is the duration of the results? The results are instant from the first procedure. In general, the result lasts from 6 to 12 months. Repeat the treatment to preserve the result.

Nucleofill Soft Plus

A product specially designed to rejuvenate the delicate skin around the eyes. The use of NucleoFill Soft Plus provides a lift, deep hydration and antioxidant effect. Nukleofill Soft Plus fights free radicals and creates an optimal environment for fibroblast growth. These actions restore the elasticity of the skin under the eyes. Thanks to an innovative formula that includes fragments of low molecular weight polynucleotide chains, NucleoFill Soft Plus smoothes wrinkles, lightens dark circles under the eyes, deeply moisturizes and revitalizes the skin. The package includes: 1x2ml The advantages of utilizing of Nucleofill Soft Plus: Treatment of dark circles Treatment of periorbital wrinkles Preoperative and postoperative treatment (blepharoplasty, lifting, laser resurfacing) How to use: Can be used as a pre and post-surgical treatment (such as Blepharoplasty, surgical eye lift, laser

Nucleofill Medium Plus

Nucleofill Medium Plus is designed to promote hair growth and prevent hair loss, demonstrating significant effectiveness in addressing androgenetic alopecia and various forms of hair weakening. Androgenetic alopecia is the primary cause of progressive hair thinning, and Nucleofill Medium Plus enhances hair follicle health through its deep and continuous bio-restructuring effects. Nucleofill Medium Plus is recommended in situations where the hair bulb is weakened. The package includes: 1x2ml The advantages of utilizing of Nucleofill Medium Plus: Ideal for individuals concerned about hair loss, androgenetic alopecia, and post-partum hair loss. Suitable for use before and after surgical hair transplant procedures. Can be applied to enhance the appearance of eyebrows. Useful for promoting beard thickening. Formulated with a bio-restructuring gel based on medium molecular weight. Contains highly purified and densely concentrated natural polynucleotides. Aims to enhance hair follicle health and function. Polynucleotides stimulate the development of new micro-vessels, leading to increased oxygenation, improved regional nutrition, and enhanced microcirculation. Enhances tissue and cell nourishment for the hair roots. How to use: It is advisable to inject this product into the subcutaneous or intradermal skin layer using a 30G needle.

Nucleofill 20 (1x1.5ml)

Nucleofill 20 offers a rejuvenating and long-lasting effect. The polynucleotides in its composition effectively activate cell renewal in a stable and preventive manner. The production of collagen and elastin is stimulated, which leads to thickening and tightening of the skin. This product creates a powerful antioxidant effect. The skin is deeply moisturized and elastic. This drug is indicated for skin prone to stress, lack of oxygen, dehydrated skin, stretch marks, scars. The package includes: 1×1.5ml The advantages of utilizing of Nucleofill 20 1,5ml: It triggers the synthesis of type I collagen and elastin, leading to increased skin thickness and firmness. It has strong antioxidant properties by neutralizing free radicals. It also binds to water molecules. What is the duration of the results? Depending on the condition of the skin, one to several sessions are necessary to achieve satisfactory results.

Nucleofill 25 (1x1.5ml)

NucleoFill 25 is a mesotherapy product. It is used in the process of deep renewal and biorestructuring of the skin. Thus, rejuvention manifesting without altering the initial facial features, while the outcome is long lastce. The lifting effect is complemented by an antioxidant effect and skin hydration. This product eliminates wrinkles and creases to give the face a facelift. Nucleofill Strong contains polynucleotides whose action is arranged at the cellular level. This mesotherapy product is suitable for all skin types. Areas of application: face, decollete, neck, legs, arms, abdomen, buttocks. The package includes: 1×1,5ml The advantages of utilizing of Nucleofill 25 1,5ml: The drug has natural components – polynucleotides, thereby normalizes the recovery processes of both deep tissue cells and the epidermis. As a result of the application of the product, the skin in the injection areas acquires radiance and hydration, age-related defects of the dermis are smoothed, the processes of collagen production and antioxidant functions are improved. Promotes visible rejuvenation and lifting effect, which last up to 6 months. The drug is completely biocompatible with the human body, thanks to its natural and safe composition, after the end of the action it independently biodegrades, leaving no side reactions. What is the duration of the results? 6 months

MELINE 00 Prep 6x2ml

Cellular depolymetic solution that changes the polarity of the lipid layer of the skin is intended for pre-peeling preparation before the peeling procedure (01 Caucasian Skin Peeling Miline Caucasian skin) in order to improve skin permeability and ensure maximum absorption of therapeutic ingredients. The package includes: 6x2ml Ingredients of the product: Lactobionic acid Lactic acid Ferulic acid Thioctic acid Nonapeptide-1 Denatured alcohol The advantages of utilizing of ME LINE 00 Prep 6x2ml: Facilitates the absorption of active ingredients into the skin before applying controlled chemical dermabrasion MeLine 01. It`s ingredients provide fast and effective cell repolarization Application: For professional use only. Wear protective gloves. Apply the product evenly on pre-cleansed and fat-free skin with a cotton swab and leave for 3 minutes. Do not rinse.

MeLine 03 Moist 30ml

A concentrated serum created specifically to normalize skin hydration. Its light formula penetrates quickly and offers a sensation of instant comfort to the skin. Because of the high concentration of hyaluronic acid, the serum moisturizes the deep layers of the epidermis. Panthenol, soluble proteoglycan complex and allantoin have a restorative effect on damaged skin, help stabilize its functions, softens and reduces inflammatory processes. The package includes: 1x30ml Ingredients of the product: Glycerin Panthenol Soluble proteoglycan Sodium hyaluronate Allantoin Tocopherol The advantages of utilizing of MeLine 03 Moist Drops 30ml: Deep hydration of the skin Cellular regeneration Anti-aging effect Used for both face and body Application: In the morning and evening, apply a few drops of the product to previously cleaned skin of the face and spread with gentle massage movements until completely absorbed.

MCCM Hyaluronic Acid 3,5% (5x5ml)

MCCM Hyaluronic Acid 3.5% (5x5ml) is designed for creating rejuvenating and regenerating cocktails. Its potent moisturizing capabilities bind molecules, stimulate fibroblast functions, and promote collagen synthesis. Following MCCM treatment, the skin appears visibly rejuvenated, with reduced wrinkles and diminished scars. The package includes: 5 x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid 3.5% – a highly moisturizing substance; It activates the functions of fibroblasts and collagen synthesis The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Hyaluronic Acid 3,5% (5x5ml): Intensive moisturization Revitalization of the skin Tightening Visible decrease in wrinkles, including expression lines Diminishment of scars Product Application Guidelines: Non-invasive mesotherapy, dermarollers, sonophoresis, aquaphoresis, ultrasound, ionization.

Mastelli Plinest Hair (2ml)

Therapy of androgenic alopecia in men and women, hormonal and age-related alopecia, diffuse and focal alopecia, hair growth disorders after trichological surgery, decreased density and density of hair. The package includes: 1x2ml The advantages of utilizing of Plinest Hair (2ml): Cessation or reduction of the intensity of hair loss. Strengthening of hair, intensification of their growth. Improving the structure of the hair, its density and shine. The effect increases when combined with plasma therapy How to use: Massaging into hair scalp.

Mastelli Plinest Fast (1x2ml)

PLINEST Fast is a modern biorevitalizant based on polynucleotides. The drug is intended for biorevitalization and bioreparation procedures for young skin (starting from 25 years old), for delicate areas with thin and delicate skin, including, it is used in the area around the eyes and for the scalp. The package includes: 1x2ml The advantages of utilizing of Plinest Fast (1x2ml): Prevention of age-related skin changes; Striae, scars, scars; Acne; Reduced skin tone, dull complexion; Incipient age-related changes in sensitive areas (periorbital area, neck, auricle); In trichological procedures to stimulate hair growth; Tissue restoration after various laser procedures. What is the duration of the results? The result becomes noticeable after just one procedure. As a rule, the course consists of 3-5 procedures – this depends on the specifics of the problem being solved), the procedures are carried out at intervals of 2-3 weeks.

Mastelli Plinest Eye (2ml)

Mastelli Plinest Eye is a sterile apyrogenic non-toxic, absolutely hypoallergenic colorless viscoelastic biorevitalizing from the Italian company Mastelli, designed for injection therapy of biostimulation of the skin of the periorbital zone, which allows you to prevent age-related changes and eliminate imperfections characteristic of mature skin. The package includes: 1x2ml The advantages of utilizing of Plinest Eye (2ml): Enhances fibroblast activity and the generation of collagen. Encourages the development of new blood vessels, improving tissue nourishment and oxygen supply. How to use: Preparation for biorevitalization around the eyes

Mastelli Plinest (1x2ml)

Plinest is a unique Italian–made biorevitalizant used to restore the skin surface and rejuvenate it. The package includes: 1x2ml The advantages of utilizing of Plinest (1x2ml): Viscous and colorless, Plinest is compatible with tissues and safe to use, has a localized effect, can be applied in parallel with peels, hardware procedures. The gel helps to smooth out fine and deep wrinkles, narrow pores and eliminate circles under the eyes. Also, the drug increases skin turgor, gives the dermis elasticity, radiance and a healthy appearance. What is the duration of the results? The effect lasts up to 6 months.

Love Cosmedical Neofound 5x3ml

Neofound works to stimulate collagen production while stimulating cell production, resulting in a youthful glow. You can use Love Cosmedical Neofound in areas such as the face, eye area, lips, neck, chest and arms. The package includes: 5x3ml vials Ingredients of the product: Acetylcysteine Niacinamide Resveratrol Aminoacids Hyaluronic acid The advantages of utilizing of Love Cosmedical Neofound 3ml: Reduction of wrinkles and fine lines Rejuvenation of skin cells Promotion of collagen production Enhancement of skin tone Texture improvement for the skin Applicable to various areas, including the face, eye areas, lips, neck, chest, and hands. What is the duration of the results? 2 sessions for young skin, 3/4 – for aging, every two weeks. Repeat the cycle after 6-9 months, for a more prolonged effect, it is possible to carry out 1 maintenance procedure per month.

Jalupro Face Mask

Jalupro Face Mask is a post-treatment mask for improving the feelings of patients. A biocellulose mask containing hyaluronic acid for an instant refreshing and moisturizing effect, aloe vera to reduce papules, swelling and inflammation, collagen for healing and soothing effect. The package includes: 11 pcs disposable masks Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic Acid Aloe Vera Collagen The advantages of utilizing of Jalupro Face Mask: Minimize wrinkles Dehydrated and inelastic skin and sagging skin How to use: Apply the mask after the procedure, leave for a maximum of 20 minutes. Do not rinse after removal

Jalupro Enhancer Gel Eyelashes/Eyebrows

Professional Derma has developed an innovative gel formulation for strengthening, lengthening and thickening eyelashes: Jalupro Enhancer Gel. The combined action of the components promotes the revival and growth of eyelashes and eyebrows and increases resistance to their loss. The package includes: 1x25ml Ingredients of the product: Red clover extract (Trifolium pratense flower extract) Acetyltetrapeptide-3 (biomimetic peptide) What is the duration of the results? After 2 months of treatment, along with an increase in resistance, there is a significant growth of existing eyelashes and a re-growth of new ones (+ 45%).

Karisma Rh Collagen Softfiller Biorestitutivo Face (2ml)

KARISMA is a high—tech preparation for collagen stimulation. The recombinant chain obtained by biotechnological means (Silkworm Sh-Polypeptide-47) contains the same amino acid chain as collagen synthesized in the human body, it is completely biocompatible, therefore it is perceived by the body as its own. Any allergy to this drug is excluded. Injections of the procollagen polypeptide chain are the simplest but most effective way to start the natural regeneration of collagen fibers, improve the texture of the skin, increase its density and elasticity. The package includes: 1x2ml Ingredients of the product: Rh NEOSILK® Collagen Recombinant procollagen of the R-polypeptide chain α1. CMC Carboxymethylcellulose. GC High-molecular hyaluronic acid. What is the duration of the results? Recommended course: 2 procedures with an interval of 30 days. Maintenance procedure in 4 months.

Innoaesthetics T.C. AGE 5ml (EXFO)

INNO-EXFO T.C.AGE is a rejuvenating skin treatment specifically crafted for dermoepidermal reconstruction. It successfully targets mild to moderate photoaging, showcasing powerful keratolytic properties that stimulate robust cell renewal in the epidermis, leading to tightened skin. Renowned for its capacity to reduce fine lines and wrinkles, improve skin radiance, and minimize the visibility of scars and white stretch marks, this treatment offers comprehensive rejuvenation benefits. The package includes: 5x5ml Ingredients of the product: TCA Salicylic Acid Smart GPS The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics T.C. AGE 5ml (EXFO): It induces a potent coagulant response in albumins, manifested by a caustic effect commonly known as “frosting.” This action is augmented by its robust keratolytic activity, fostering the regeneration of epidermal cells and imparting a skin-tightening outcome. The cumulative effect includes enhanced skin texture, diminished wrinkles, heightened skin radiance, and the mitigation of scars and white stretch marks. Product Application Guidelines: Spread a thin layer of the cream on the skin, with a spatula or cotton swab. Allow it to dry. The skin can be exposed to the cream for a minimum of 30 minutes and can be left on for a duration of 6-8 hours.

Innoaesthetics Slimming 5ml (TDS)

Innoaesthetics Slimming is a lipolytic solution that reduces the appearance of cellulite and enhances the skin texture Lipo-active ingredients: Carnitine, Caffeine, Silicium, CoQ10, Lysine and Vitamin B5 are advanced components used in this formulation. Rapidly and visibly modelling body shapes using the strong and strong sculpting power and reshaping ability to reduce fat and improve skin fineness, to help improve the Hydrolipodystrophy (HLD). The package includes: 4x5ml Ingredients of the product: Carnitine Caffeine Silicium CoQ10 Lysine Vit. B5 The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Slimming 5ml (TDS): Innoaesthetics Slimming, Designed specifically for body restructuring and cellulite-HLD indications. This remedy also stabilizes the dermal connective tissue and the inter-tissue mucilage. Encourages lipolysis and the breakdown of fatty acids for energy, thus making your skin tighter and smoother. Guidelines for use of the product: A course of at least six treatment sessions (one session every 7 days) is advisable for optimum results. To get even better results, you might integrate it into your skincare routine with the Innoaesthetics Derma Homecare line. Note: this product is only for topical use.

Innoaesthetics Vitamin Complex 5ml (TDS)

A nourishing skin supplement designed to provide prolonged skin nourishment, improve cellular metabolism, and sustain overall skin health and radiance. This nourishing blend aims to replenish micronutrients in case of deficiencies, ensuring optimal physiological conditions for both the skin and scalp. The package includes: 4x5ml Ingredients of the product: Amino Acids Trace Elements Stabilized Vitamins Mannitol Hyaluronic Acid The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Vitamin Complex 5ml (TDS): Micronutrients restitution Promotes protein synthesis Product Application Guidelines: Topical use only.

Innoaesthetics Ultimate Eye Corrector 10g (EXFO)

A smoothing anti-aging eye treatment infused with vitamin A and Polyhydroxy Acids that helps renew skin around the eyes, minimize the appearance of crow’s feet, and helps improve the firmness of sagging eyelids. The package includes: 2x10g Ingredients of the product: Vitamin A Lactobionic Acid Mandelic Acid Salicylic Acid Smart GPS The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Ultimate Eye Corrector 10g (EXFO): Eye lifting effect. Address fine lines near the eyes and promote a more even skin tone. Product Application Guidelines: Apply one or two layers by gently massaging in an upward motion, allowing a 30-second gap before applying the second layer.

Innoaesthetics Hair Loss Control (Man) 2,5ml (TDS)

Innoaesthetics® Hair Loss Control (Man) promotes microcirculation in the scalp and hinders the production of DHT, the hormone linked to male pattern baldness. This actively prevents hair loss and improves hair density. The package includes: 4×2.5ml Ingredients of the product: Fenugreek Capixyl Saw Palmetto Azelaic Acid Pyridoxine Zinc The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Hair Loss Control (Man) 2,5ml (TDS): Prevents hair loss Supports normal hair growth Encourages new hair growth Thickens hair and improves density Product Application Guidelines: For the best outcomes, a complete Innoaesthetics® Hair Loss Control (Man) treatment involves a minimum of 8 sessions, with a 7-day interval between each. It is advisable to incorporate Innoaesthetics® Hair Loss Control (Man) into a routine alongside the Innoaesthetics® Derma Homecare line for improved results. This product is intended for external application only.

Innoaesthetics Glyco-age 30ml (EXFO)

INNO-EXFO GLYCO AGE is well-suited for tackling xerosis and dry skin concerns. It efficiently reduces the appearance of pores, delivers profound hydration, and improves skin texture by carefully exfoliating the epidermis. The package includes: 1x30ml Ingredients of the product: Glycolic acid Aqua Propyleneglycol Alcohol denat Mandelic acid Lactic acid Hydroxypropilcellulose Retinol Cyclodextrins Soybean oil The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Glyco-age 30ml (EXFO): The active acids in this formula promote epidermal rejuvenation, reduce stratum corneum thickness and increase basal cell layer thickness. Together, these promote smoother skin texture, reduced pore visibility, and increased hydration of skin. Product Application Guidelines: Rehabilitation period: None Interval between procedures: 7 days Minimum number of procedures: 4

Innoaesthetics Firming (TDS)

Innoaesthetics Firming is a highly effective solution for significantly improving skin firmness, delivering visible and instant results while preventing sagging in both facial and body skin. This product enhances the elasticity, resilience, and tonicity of facial skin, resulting in a smoother, tighter, and more defined appearance. The powerful formula combines active ingredients such as DMAE, Silicium, Thioctic Acid, and Acetyl Cysteine, working synergistically to fortify elastic fibers, prevent sagging, enhance the contraction of dermal fibers, improve skin elasticity, and safeguard cell membranes against damage from free radicals. Moreover, Innoaesthetics Firming triggers an immediate firming action, promoting increased skin elasticity and reducing flaccidity. The package includes: 4 vials x 5ml Ingredients of the product: DMAE Silicium Thioctic Acid Acetyl Cysteine The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Firming (TDS): Improves skin elasticity and firmness Prevents skin sagging on both face and body Preserves the integrity of cell membranes Tightens the skin, reducing flaccidity Provides immediate and noticeable results Product Application Guidelines: To achieve the best outcomes, it is recommended to undergo a minimum of 6 sessions of Innoaesthetics Firming treatment, with intervals of 7 days between each session. For enhanced results, it is advisable to complement the treatment with products from the Innoaesthetics Derma Homecare line. The application of this product should be strictly topical. What is the duration of the results? Visible enhancements are immediate and noticeable from the very first session of Innoaesthetics Firming, and the procedure does not entail any downtime.

Innoaesthetics Face Nade (TDS)

The product diminishes surplus adipose tissue volume, employing a blend of active ingredients to induce lipolysis in facial adipocytes, suppress lipogenesis, enhance lymphatic drainage, and fortify the skin. It effectively and persistently reduces the appearance of a double chin, enhances the definition of the jawline, and refines the nose shape. This contributes to an overall improvement in facial contours, resulting in a more harmonious and balanced appearance. The package includes: 4×2.5ml Ingredients of the product: L-Carnitine Organic silicon (methylsilanol mannuronate) Artichoke leaf extract (cinara) Sweet clover extract (meliloto) Hydrogenated lecithin Caffeine Troxerutin Tyrosine The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Face Nade (TDS): Decrease in the size of superficial fat deposits and alleviation of swelling. L-Carnitine, organic silicon, lecithin, and caffeine induce an indirect lipolytic effect by promoting metabolic processes and the conversion of triglycerides into free fatty acids. Extracts from artichoke leaves (cinara) and sweet clover (meliloto) contribute to venotonic and lymphatic drainage effects, while troxerutin reinforces the vascular wall. What is the durations of the results? Innoaesthetics Face Nade provides visible results from the first session with no downtown.

Innoaesthetics Mandelage 30ml (EXFO)

Almond acid initiates epidermal renewal processes, promoting the smoothing of skin texture and tone, pore cleansing, and the prevention and treatment of breakouts, such as acne. Additionally, it exhibits depigmenting and anti-inflammatory effects. The package includes: 1x30ml Ingredients of the product: Almond acid 45% Alpha-lipoic (thioctic) acid 8% Retinol 0.5% The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Mandelage 30ml (EXFO): Cleansing and reduction of pore size Prevention and treatment of inflammatory acne Stimulation of epidermal renewal, and elimination of signs of skin photoaging and superficial hyperpigmentation. Suitable for mild forms of inflammatory acne and addressing signs of skin photoaging, as well as uneven skin color (dyschromia). What is the duration of the results? The long-term use of this ingredient ensures a lasting result.

Innoaesthetics Lightening 15g (EXFO)

This procedure aims to restructure the dermal-epidermal layers, targeting facial photoaging and minimizing the appearance of dark spots. It features a blend of 5% Vitamin A and other melanin inhibitors to counteract the impact of sun-induced damage. The package includes: 1x15g Ingredients of the product: Vitamin A Lactic Acid Salicylic Acid Arbutin Kojic Acid Phytic Acid and Smart GPS The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Lightening 15g (EXFO): Innovative exfoliation therapy utilizing vitamin A as a therapeutic agent to combat mild pigmentations associated with photoaging in levels I and II. Anti-aging Depigmentation Restructuring Product Application Guidelines: 1. Makeup Cleanser: Using Inno-Derma Deep Cleanser or Soft Cleanser, start cleansing the skin. Wash the skin well with water and high-quality tissue to dry. 2. Degreasing: Spread the Inno-Derma Degreasing Solution all over the treatment area and let it soak in. Inno-Derma Skin Prep Wipes can also be used instead. 3. Protection: Protection: Protect sensitive areas with a layer of petroleum jelly. 4. Peeling: Apply a thin layer of the mask to a spatula. Gently massage the product until it starts to “foam.” Leave it on the skin for 30 minutes to 4 hours. 5. Cleansing: Cleanse the skin with Inno-Derma Soft Cleanser. 6. Moisturization: Apply Inno-Derma Addvance Hydrating Cream to the treated area. 7. Sun Protection: Ensure comprehensive protection by applying Inno-Derma Sunblock UVB 50+ to the entire treated surface.

Innoaesthetics Hyaluronic Acid 2,5ml (TDS)

Hyaluronic Acid plays a pivotal role in maintaining skin hydration and moisture by retaining up to a thousand times its weight in water. Replenish diminished HA levels due to aging to enhance skin hydration and moisture. The package includes: 4×2.5ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid 1% The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Hyaluronic Acid 2,5ml (TDS): Facilitates the biorevitalization of the skin Enhances fibroblast activity, and sustains an optimal level of glycosaminoglycans. It is effective in addressing various skin concerns, including photo and chrono-aging, skin dryness, dehydration, sagging skin with fine wrinkles, and an uneven complexion. Product Application Guidelines: For optimal outcomes, a full treatment regimen using Innoaesthetics® Hair Vital (Woman) comprises a minimum of 8 sessions, with each session spaced 7 days apart. It is advisable to incorporate Innoaesthetics® Hair Loss Control (Man) along with the Innoaesthetics® Derma Homecare line to achieve improved results.

Innoaesthetics Hair Vital (Woman) 2,5ml (TDS)

Vitamins and trace elements are cofactors of synthesis processes, amino acids are the building material for hair. Ginkgo biloba enhances the helmet microcirculation Copper-1 tripeptide inhibits 5a reductase, blocks the effect of male sex hormones on the hair follicle Panthenol humectant scalp. The package includes: 4×2.5ml Ingredients of the product: Amino acids (arginine, methionine, cystine, cysteine hydrochloride), vitamins (thiamine hydrochloride (B1), biotin (B7), folic acid (B9), tocopheryl acetate (E)), trace elements (iron gluconate, copper sulfate, manganese gluconate, zinc sulfate, cobalt gluconate, calcium gluconate), caffeine, panthenol, taurine, adenosine, hydrolyzed collagen, hydrolyzed soy proteins, gluconolactone, plant extracts (Centella asiatica (gotu kola), ginkgo biloba leaves, ginseng root, aloe vera leaves), biomimetic peptides (GHK-Cu (copper tripeptide-1), Capixyl® (acetyl tetrapeptide-3, extract of red clover. The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Hair Vital (Woman) 2,5ml (TDS): Strengthening the structure of the hair Accelerates hair growth Reduces the intensity of hair loss. Product Application Guidelines: For optimal outcomes, a full treatment regimen using Innoaesthetics® Hair Vital (Woman) comprises a minimum of 8 sessions, with each session spaced 7 days apart. It is advisable to incorporate Innoaesthetics® Hair Loss Control (Man) along with the Innoaesthetics® Derma Homecare line to achieve improved results.

Innoaesthetics Hair Lotion 70ml (Derma)

The combined effect of the active components in the Inno-Derma hair lotion effectively suppresses DHT, thereby preventing hair loss during the telogen phase and promoting hair growth in the anagen phase. The package includes: 1x70ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua, Alcohol denat., Glycerin, Ethoxydiglycol, Propylene glycol, Polysorbate 80, Curcuma longa callus conditioned media, Azelaic acid, Benzyl alcohol, Diaminopyrimidine oxide, Laureth-9, Phenoxyethanol, Potassium sorbate, Caffeine, Citric acid, Niacinamide, Pyridoxine HCl, Zinc gluconate, Salvia officinalis oil, Serenoa serrulata fruit extract, Arginine, Disodium EDTA, Sodium hydroxide, Taurine, Sulfur, Sodium benzoate, Bionin, Panax ginseng root extract, Rosmarinus officinalis leag extract, Vitis vinifera seed extract, Salvia officinalis leaf extract, Urtica dioica leaf extract, Zea mays kernel extract, Gluconolactone, Tocopherol, Calcium gluconate. The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Hair Lotion 70ml (Derma): Aminexyl works to diminish hair loss, increase the number of hair in the growth phase, decrease collagen formation around hair follicles, and enhance nutrient flow to the follicles. Palmetto, derived from dwarf palm extract, counteracts hair loss, extending and restarting the hair growth cycle. Nicotinamide, a vitamin remedy, influences hair follicles by boosting blood supply, nutrition, hydration, and growth, also aiding in pigment synthesis. Biotin positively impacts hair fragility, preventing breakage and stratification, particularly in cases of growth and development issues. In non-hormonal baldness, it halts hair loss. Corn stigmas contain bioactive substances that fortify weakened and thin hair. Peptide-like substances contribute to the stimulation of hair growth and strengthening. Product Application Guidelines: Apply the solution once or twice daily to a clean scalp, gently massage it in until fully absorbed, and do not rinse.

Innoaesthetics Restructurer 5ml (TDS)

This blend of antioxidants functions to protect the skin’s tissues from damage caused by free radicals. As a result, the formula helps prevent skin aging, improves moisture retention, and contributes to the repair of extracellular matrix components. The package includes: 4x5ml Ingredients of the product: Ascorbic Acid Glutathione Superoxide Dismutase Lipoic Acid Hyaluronic Acid The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Restructurer 5ml (TDS): Delays the aging process of the skin Protects the skin from cellular oxidation and the formation of free radicals Enhances the look of fine lines and wrinkles Restructures the dermal tissue Diminishes the occurrence of dark spots and evens out irregular pigmentation Product Application Guidelines: Initiate the process by cleansing the skin meticulously and eliminating all impurities and makeup. Apply the product to your facial skin. The active components will subsequently permeate the stratum corneum, reaching deeper layers of the skin, effectively addressing the targeted area in a rapid and gentle manner, with no accompanying side effects. To attain the best results with Innoaesthetics Restructurer, it is recommended to undergo a minimum of 4 sessions, with each session spaced 7 days apart.

Innoaesthetics Redness-ID 2,5ml (TDS)

It has potent anti-inflammatory characteristics, aiding in the restoration of the skin’s barrier function. This reinforcement enhances the skin’s capacity to protect against external stressors that may lead to sensitivity and associated symptoms. Furthermore, it provides protection against the formation of telangiectasia and other vascular irregularities triggered by various internal and external factors. The package includes: 4×2.5ml Ingredients of the product: Melilotus Rutin Niacinamide Dexpanthenol Centella Asiatica The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Redness-ID 2,5ml (TDS): Skin prone to rosacea Persistent redness Recovery of sensitive, compromised skin Reduction of redness Prevention and treatment of rosacea Prevention of worsening of the condition Product Application Guidelines: The treatment with Innoaesthetics Redness-ID includes 3 sessions with 15 days apart to achieve optimal results.

Innoaesthetics Neutralizer 100ml (EXFO)

A mild alkaline neutralizing solution is formulated to conclude the impact of organic acids on the skin, present in Inno-Exfo peeling preparations. It is administered once, and upon application, the practitioner deems the peeling procedure concluded with the assistance of Inno-Exfo preparations. Indications include ceasing the action of organic acids on the skin. The package includes: 1x100ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua Glycerine Sodium bicarbonate Phenoxyethanol Benzyl alcohol Potassium sorbate Tocopherol Ammonium lactate Propylene glycol Chamomilla recuitta extract The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Neutralizer 100ml (EXFO): This neutralizer peel is crafted to control and oversee the penetration of alpha-hydroxy acids into the skin. Enhanced with Chamomile, its formulation aims to reduce inflammation and provide a soothing effect on the skin. Product Application Guidelines: The medication is administered by a specialist to targeted areas of concern. Topical use only.

Innoaesthetics MCA 35 5ml (EXFO)

The peel is designed to treat signs of elastosis, hypotension and then atrophy of the skin on the face, neck and décolleté. It is also beneficial for evening out hyperpigmentation. The package includes: 5x5ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua Chloroacetic acid Arbutin Salicylic acid Glycerin Magnesium Gluconate Sodium hyaluronate Polyacrylamide C13-14 Isoparaffin Laureth-7 The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics MCA 35 5ml (EXFO): The peeling specifically targets skin characteristics like texture, elasticity, and radiance. Chloroacetic acid provides deep cleansing, stimulates fibroblast growth, and enhances tissue regeneration. Salicylic acid contributes anti-inflammatory and antimicrobial effects. Arbutin is included for its skin tone evening and hyperpigmentation-fighting properties. The overall effects include rejuvenation, stimulation, remodeling, and toning. Product Application Guidelines: Topical use only.

Innoaesthetics Matrix 2,5ml (TDS)

This is a Pyruvic Acid-based solution for skin biorevitalization, effectively rejuvenating and densifying the skin by restoring the extracellular matrix and dermal tissues. The package includes: 4×2.5ml Ingredients of the product: Pyruvic Acid Silicium Hyaluronic Acid Zinc The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Matrix 2,5ml (TDS): Matrix revitalization Tissue detoxification Stimulates metabolic activity Provides intensive revitalization to the skin. Minimizes the appearance of fine lines and wrinkles. Product Application Guidelines: Topical use only.

Innoaesthetics Skin Repair 60g (Derma)

The regenerating cream provides relief to irritated skin following aggressive cosmetic procedures. It deeply moisturizes tissues, alleviating dryness and peeling. It effectively diminishes irritation, redness, and itching, promoting the rapid regeneration of the epidermis and restoring the natural lipid barrier. This cream is particularly suitable for replenishing the skin in the initial days after cleansing, peeling, and various cosmetic procedures. The package includes: 1x60g The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Skin Repair 60g (Derma): The combined effect of plankton extract and glycyrrhizic acid provides nourishment and moisture to the epidermis, thus combating dryness and dehydration. This mixture restores skin smoothness and elasticity, accelerating the regeneration of damaged skin. Anti-inflammatory properties are attributed to extracts of arnica, needle, and ginkgo biloba. These components promote increased blood circulation in tissues, aiding in the healing of damage, evening out skin tone, and restoring a healthy appearance. Retinol and tocopherol act as antioxidants ready to stimulate cellular metabolism and provide an unprecedented barrier against free radical disease and aging. They help keep skin healthy, youthful. Smart GPS® patented formula helps maintain necessary moisture levels in our tissues for preventing dryness and peeling. It also speeds up epidermal renewal, allowing active ingredients to penetrate further into the skin. Product Application Guidelines: Step One: Cleanse the skin using the Soft Cleanser Afterward, we apply Skin Repair cream, targeting affected areas or to the whole face. Massage gently in light movements until fully absorbed. For best results, integrate this routine into your skincare regime two times every day or as directed by your clinician.

Innoaesthetics Skin Recovery 5ml (EXFO)

This controlled exfoliation method utilizes a blend of Salicylic and Mandelic Acids, creating a potent keratolytic effect that proves highly effective for severe acne and stretch marks. It plays a key role in minimizing breakouts and contributes to the overall restructuring of the skin. The package includes: 5x5ml Ingredients of the product: Salicilic Acid Mandelic Acid Resorcinol Azelaic Acid Retinol and Smart GPS® The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Skin Recovery 5ml (EXFO): The synergistic action of these acids proves highly effective, thanks to their potent keratolytic and antimicrobial properties, facilitating dermal-epidermal restructuring. Product Application Guidelines: Rehabilitation period: 1-2 days Interval between procedures: 15-20 days.

Innoaesthetics Sensitive-ID 2,5ml (TDS)

This formulation contains key ingredients that help to restore sensitive and hyperreactive skin. Panthenol (vit B5) serves a great purpose to hyperactive skin because of its great moisturizing, soothing and anti-inflammatory properties and the ability to restore the skin’s protective barrier and stimulate fibroblast proliferation. At the same time, it improves skin elasticity and soothes itching and irritation often associated with sensitive skin. Hyaluronic Acid is vital for intense moisturization and in preventing transepidermal water loss (TEWL). It strengthens the skin barrier, preventing irritating elements from entering from the outside world as well as reducing skin tightness to increase softness and elasticity. A cutting-edge polyhydroxy acid, gluconolactone is key to strengthening the skin barrier. It promotes skin radiance and is reducing signs of aging without irritating the skin. In addition, gluconolactone has hydrating and antioxidant properties as well. The package includes: 4×2.5ml Ingredients of the product: Panthenol Gluconolactone Hyaluronic acid The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Sensitive-ID 2,5ml (TDS): The formulation is designed to facilitate the restoration of sensitive and hyperreactive skin, with a focus on treating damaged skin, reducing redness, and preventing the occurrence of rosacea. Product Application Guidelines: Topical use only.

Innoaesthetics Bio C 2ml (EXFO)

Inno-exfo bio-regenerating cosmeceutical peeling with lactocomplex and vitamin C, in which the innovative preparation is the Inno-peeling Lactobio c (regenerating peeling with lactocomplex and vitamin C), which effectively solves the problems of premature skin aging and photoaging. Post-peeling cream with lactocomplex and vitamin C strengthens the results of peeling, has a rejuvenating and antioxidant effect. The package includes: 2x10ml The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Bio C 2ml (EXFO): Smoothing of facial wrinkles Reduction of superficial scars Lightening of pigment spots Normalization of the sebaceous glands. Product Application Guidelines: Interval between procedures: 7 days. Minimum number of procedures: 6.

Innoaesthetics Draining PPC 5ml (TDS)

INNO-TDS Draining PPC is designed to diminish localized fat and enhance your body shape. This treatment focuses on body contouring and redefining to reduce localized fat and adipose cellulite. The package includes: 4x5ml Ingredients of the product: Its composition includes fat-dissolving components like Phosphatidylcholine. The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Draining PPC 5ml (TDS): Speeds up the breakdown of fat deposits and the elimination of toxins through urine. Product Application Guidelines: The product is intended for professional use using any method of percutaneous penetration.

Innoaesthetics Dna Pept-Ha (TDS)

A complex preparation with peptides and nucleotides to improve the texture and increase the density of the skin. The package includes: 4×2,5ml Ingredients of the product: DNA (sodium deoxyribonucleate) Glutathione Glycerin Hyaluronic acid Peptide complex (tripeptide-5, tripeptide-1, tetrapeptide-3) The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Dna Pept-Ha (TDS): Reduces the severity and prevents the appearance of signs of photo- and chrono-aging of the skin. Product Application Guidelines: On average, 4 procedures with an interval of 1-2 weeks.

Innoaesthetics Degreasing Solution 100ml (EXFO)

The Innoaesthetics Degreasing Solution serves as a preparatory product used in aesthetic medicine and cosmetology for skin treatments like chemical peels, micro-needling, and needling mesotherapy. The DEGREASING SOLUTION, part of the INNO-EXFO system for Controlled Chemical Microexfoliation, aids skin care professionals in preparing the skin by removing sebum, deep-cleaning, and disinfecting. It effectively eliminates surface oils and bacteria, facilitating the penetration of active ingredients. The package includes: 1x100ml Ingredients of the product: Water (Aqua) Isopropyl Alcohol The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Degreasing Solution 100ml (EXFO): Skin preparation prior to professional dermatological and nursing treatments. It contains alcohol to absorb impurities and thoroughly disinfect the skin. Product Application Guidelines: Before any INNO-EXFO treatment, ensure thorough cleansing of the entire treatment area.

Innoaesthetics Dark Spot Eraser 24H Cream 50g (Derma)

It is used as a preparation for the INNO-EXFO LIGHTENING peeling procedure, and after the procedure, as a maintenance therapy. The package includes: 1x50g Ingredients of the product: AQUA, PARAFFINUM IDUM, CETEARYL ALCOHOL, NIACINAMIDE, MANDELIC ACID, JM HYDROXIDE, OLYCOLIC GLUCOSAMINE SULFATE, CYLIC ACID, PANTHENOL, RRHETINIC ACID, EARETH-12, LECITHIN, RRHIZA CLABRA (LICORICE ) ROOT EXTRACT, BENZYL ALCOHOL, PHENOXYETHANOL, SODIUM CETEARYL SULFATE, SODIUM LAURYL SULFATE, GLYCERIN, POTASSIUM SORBATE, PHYTIC ACID, PARFUM, RETINOL, POLYSORBATE 20, ETHYLHEXYLLYCERIN, UNDECYLENOYL, PHENYLALANINE, BUTYLPHENYL METHYLPROPIONAL, ALPHA-ISOMETHYL IONONE, TOCOPHEROL, CITRONELLOL. The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Dark Spot Eraser 24H Cream 50g (Derma): Retinol promotes cell renewal, evens skin tone, treats hyperpigmentation, improves skin texture, and increases firmness and elasticity. Kojic acid, undecylenoyl phenylalanine, arbutin, licorice root extract, fermenated almond acid, niacinamide; preventions of melanin formation, normalizing melanogenesis, discoloration. Salicylic and almond acids have exfoliating and anti-inflammatory effects Glycolic acid, working as an exfoliant, removes dead cells and helps other active ingredients to penetrate deeper into the skin, giving it back its natural level of hydration. It provides strong antioxidant protection (phytic acid and tocopherol). Guidelines for Application of Products: Use the cream on cleansed skin in the evening 1-2 times a week, applying with gentle moves until fully absorbed.

Innoaesthetics Cynara Plus+ 5ml (TDS)

Innoaesthetics Cynara Plus+ reduces fluid retention and cellulite. It has a venotonic and lymphatic drainage effect. Vascular stage in any therapy (lipolytic, trichological, anti-age). Suitable for eliminating swelling and treating rosacea. The package includes: 4x5ml Product Ingredients: Sweet clover (clover) extract Artichoke leaf extract (cinara) Hesperidin Routine Centella asiatica extract The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Cynara Plus+ 5 ml (TDS): Drainage (removal of fluid) Toning of blood vessels Improvement of microcirculation Strengthening of the vascular wall What is the duration of the results? Up to 6 months

Innoaesthetics Eye Revitalizer 15g (Derma)

Rejuvenating eye cream regenerates and nourishes the delicate skin around the eyes. It helps with sagging, smooths “crow’s feet,” and also prevents future facial wrinkles. The cream protects against dryness and irritation, keeping the skin fresh and hydrated. It is an unisex product for women and men, ideal for every type of skin showing first signs of aging. The package includes: 1x15g Ingredients of the product: Water, Butylene Glycol, Dicapril Carbonate, Glyceryl Stearate, Cetearyl alcohol, Stearet-2, Stearet-21, Simmondsia Chinese Seed Oil, Magnesium Aluminosilicate, Benzyl alcohol, Phenoxyethanol, Glycerin, Potassium Sorbate, Sodium Citrate, Disodium EDTA, Imidazolidinyl urea, Perfumed Water, Stearet-20, Citric Acid, arginine, Acetyltetrapeptide-5, Caprylyl Glycol, Chlorhexidine Digluconate, N-Hydroxysuccinimide, Acetylhexapeptide-30, Tocopherol, Palmitoyltetrapeptide-7, Biotin, Palmitoyl The advantages of utilizing of Innoaesthetics Eye Revitalizer 15g (Derma): A combination of biomimetic peptides boosts collagen and hyaluronic acid production, smoothing fine lines (like “crow’s feet”) and firming lax skin for a more sculpted appearance. It also inhibits the formation of new wrinkles by relaxing facial muscles. The patented Smart GPS® formula ensures optimal tissue moisture, preventing dryness and peeling post-cleansing. It accelerates epidermal renewal, enhancing the penetration of active ingredients. Tocopherol, known for accelerating metabolism, combats signs of fatigue, prevents puffiness and dark circles, and shields cells from free radical damage, maintaining a fresh and rested appearance in the eyelid skin. Jojoba oil nourishes and softens dry eyelid skin, reinforcing the lipid barrier, protecting against dehydration, and defending against external aggressors. Product Application Guidelines: Apply the eye cream, massaging until fully absorbed. Incorporate into your routine 1-2 times daily after cleansing.

Hyamira Soft (1x1ml)

Hyamira Soft is a member of the Hyamira line from Nyuma Pharma Laboratory. This line features sterile, viscoelastic Hyaluronic Acid gels designed for greater longevity compared to conventional injectable fillers. Thanks to the gel’s cross-linking with BDDE, this product enables natural and enduring wrinkle correction, ensuring your complete satisfaction. The effects of this hyaluronic acid product are absorbable, allowing for flexibility in altering one’s appearance as desired. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid 15mg The advantages of utilizing of Hyamira Soft (1x1ml): Treatment of periocular lines Product Application Guidelines: To administer the product, it is advised to use a sterile syringe with a slender needle. For Hyamira Soft, it is recommended to employ a 30G 1/2″ needle.

Hyamira Skin Repair

Hyamira SKIN REPAIR is a topical serum designed to alleviate skin redness and inflammation. It is particularly recommended for addressing dryness resulting from invasive procedures like fractional ablation or chemical peeling. The package includes: 3×2,5ml The advantages of utilizing of Hyamira Skin Repair: An innovative, patented technique generates low molecular weight hyaluronic acid capable of penetrating the outermost layer of the skin. This results in both hydrating and anti-aging effects. This molecule is proficient at delivering significant amounts of oxygen to skin tissue, promoting the healing of rashes, scars, and wounds. It is especially recommended for post-laser treatment care. It stimulates cell synthesis in the skin’s extracellular matrix, improving elasticity and aiding repair. This powerful peptide supports the integrity of the dermo–epidermal junction, which improves skin elasticity and enhances appearance. Product Application Guidelines: For ongoing maintenance, apply once weekly for three weeks, then transition to monthly maintenance sessions with one application per month for the following three months.

Hyamira Forte (1x1ml)

Hyamira represents a sterile, injectable, apyrogenic, and absorbable medical product derived from cross-linked hyaluronic acid sourced from non-animal origins, manufactured through bacterial fermentation. It is presented as a transparent gel enclosed in a pre-filled, graduated, single-use, and sterile glass syringe equipped with a Luer fitting. Specifically formulated for addressing skin aging and effectively filling deep facial wrinkles, Hyamira Forte stands as a hyaluronic acid-based filler. The package includes: 1x1ml The advantages of utilizing of Hyamira Forte (1x1ml): Hyamira Forte for managing deep facial wrinkles. Product Application Guidelines: The product should be injected using a sterile syringe equipped with a fine needle.

Hyafilia S (1x1ml)

HyaFilia S fillers are biphasic by nature, which means they provide accurate facial correction. Due to the addition of unstabilized HA, these gels have sufficient plasticity as with monophase fillers, which facilitates their distribution in tissues. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 20mg/ml LIDOCAINE The advantages of utilizing of Hyafilia S (1x1ml): The hyaluronic acid in this product, which is not derived from animals and has a dual action, delivers enduring elasticity, strength, and moisture to your skin. Cross-linked BDDE is a powerful remedy in combatting fine wrinkles and demonstrates a positive impact on both typical and deep wrinkles. The inclusion of Lidocaine transforms this dermal filler into a painless and efficient rejuvenation solution, offering swift and noticeable results. What is the duration of the results? The period of preservation of the aesthetic effect is 6-14 months and depends on the individual characteristics of the body, its somatic state, its own enzyme activity, as well as on the patient’s age, lifestyle and the characteristics of the drug.

Hyamira 40mg/2ml (1x2ml)

Hyamira 40mg Booster effectively rehydrates the skin from within, enhancing its firmness and elasticity. This booster infuses the skin with a youthful and radiant glow. Hyamira 40mg is a biorevitalizing skin booster containing hyaluronic acid, specially designed for deep skin hydration. The package includes: 1x2ml Ingredients of the product: 40 mg of hyaluronic acid The advantages of utilizing of Hyamira 40mg/2ml (1x2ml): Reducing the visible signs of aging, including fine lines and wrinkles. Enhancing skin texture, firmness, and elasticity. Reinforcing the skin’s natural protective barrier. Smoothing the skin’s surface. Diminishing wrinkles and acne scars. Hydrating the skin on the face, neck, and hands. Product Application Guidelines: Injection Method Hyamira 40mg can be administered using the HyaluroPen or through traditional injection techniques. The injection of Hyamira is conducted intradermally.

Hyamira 32mg (1x2ml)

Hyamira represents a new generation of fillers that are ideal for subcutaneous applications. This sterile and well-tolerated viscoelastic filler is composed of cross-linked hyaluronic acid, engineered to provide longer-lasting results. Hyamira works by increasing the volume of the dermo-epidermal tissue through its innate ability to attract and bond with water molecules, owing to its hydrophilic hyaluronic acid molecules. The package includes: 1x2ml Ingredients of the product: 32 mg of hyaluronic acid The advantages of utilizing of Hyamira 32mg (1x2ml): In order to combat the aging process, Hyamira focuses on restoring the skin’s rehydration mechanism. Initially, it works on revitalizing skin elasticity. This is followed by the gradual degradation of excess hyaluronic acid and the stimulation of collagen production. Anti-aging effects, helping to reduce wrinkles. Improved hydration of the skin. Enhanced skin firmness and elasticity. Reinforcement of the skin’s natural protective mechanisms. Product Application Guidelines: Injection Method Hyamira 32mg can be administered using the HyaluroPen or through traditional injection techniques. The injection of Hyamira is conducted intradermally.

Hyamira 20mg (1x1ml)

Hyamira 20 mg serves as a mesotherapy treatment tailored for mature skin, profoundly rejuvenating it. This formulation also contains Hyaluronic Acid, which delivers moisture deep into the epidermis and helps protect against signs of aging. This is an injectable material. As a result of the Hyaluronic Acid, the body absorbs the Hyaluronic Acid very quickly which leads to fast skin rejuvenation. It restores elasticity and boosts collagen production in the skin, producing remarkable toning effects. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: 20 mg hyaluronic acid The advantages of utilizing of Hyamira 20mg: The Hyamira 20mg formula is strategically designed to address various skin concerns. The product acts as a shield against skin stress and photoaging, preserving the skin’s health. With a high concentration of hyaluronic acid, this treatment continuously nurtures the skin. The Hyamira 20 mg swiftly regenerates the epidermis, effectively diminishing scars or traces of acne. The hyaluronic acid’s influence extends to the skin tone, promoting evenness and fading hyperpigmentation marks. Product Application Guidelines: If this product is used to enhance the adaptive capacity of the skin, it is administered for 2 weeks prior to invasive procedures: laser resurfacing, deep peels, plastic surgery. The patient is invited to have 2 injections every 2 weeks.

Hyamira 16 mg (1x1ml)

Hyamira is an innovative filler suitable for subcutaneous applications. It’s a sterile, well-tolerated, viscoelastic filler crafted from cross-linked hyaluronic acid, intended for longer-lasting results. Hyamira enhances dermo-epidermal tissue volume by capitalizing on the natural hydrophilic properties of hyaluronic acid molecules, which attract and bind a moderate amount of water molecules. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: 16 mg/ml hyaluronic acid The advantages of utilizing of Hyamira 16 mg (1x1ml): Anti-aging, reducing wrinkles Preventing photoaging of the skin Treating stressed skin Addressing acne and scars Managing hyperpigmentation Enhancing skin elasticity Strengthening the skin’s natural protective properties Product Application Guidelines: A standard treatment regimen comprises four sessions of Hyamira, administered once every two weeks.

Hyafilia V (1x1ml)

Being biphasic in nature, HyaFilia V fillers make it possible to carry out accurate facial correction. Due to the addition of unstabilized HA, these gels have sufficient plasticity as with monophase fillers, which facilitates their distribution in tissues. The maintenance of the effect (the duration of stay in the tissues is 9-12 months) is ensured due to a high modulus of elasticity and a low modulus of fluidity, and due to natural, highly purified hyaluronic acid, the filler corrects age-related defects of the skin of the face, neck, decollete, hands. HyaFilia V is injected directly into the dermis or subcutaneous tissue and is indicated for volumetric modeling, used in areas such as the zygomatic, chin, temporal zone, as well as the area of the brow arches. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: HA 20 mg Lidocaine The advantages of utilizing of Hyafilia V (1x1ml): Long-lasting anti-wrinkle effect without gel migration Quick injection procedure without pain Premium quality at a low price Mild but effective formula What is the duration of the results? The result lasts up to 9-12 months.

Hyamira Basic (1x1ml)

Hyamira represents a new line of sterile hyaluronic acid products manufactured by the esteemed Italian laboratory, Apharm. It’s characterized by its viscoelastic nature and exceptional quality. Notably, Hyamira Filler offers a prolonged duration of effectiveness in comparison to other dermal fillers. The cross-linked hyaluronic acid within Hyamira Basic delivers a more enduring and consistently stable impact than other hyaluronic acids, which are absorbed into the skin at a slower rate. Hyaluronic acid plays a crucial role in retaining moisture within skin cells, thereby preserving the skin’s hydration balance. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: 20 mg / ml of Hyaluronic Acid (20% concentration) The advantages of utilizing of Hyamira Basic (1x1ml): Hyamira Basic finds application in treating perioral lines, addressing dark circles, and enhancing the definition of the lips and eyebrows. Hyamira Basic offers a gentle yet effective alternative to traditional cosmetic surgery. It is sufficiently powerful to visibly reduce wrinkles and creases, though it’s less invasive than mesotherapy. Notably, the results achieved with Hyamira Basic are temporary, affording you the flexibility to adjust your appearance as desired. Through the gel’s cross-linking with BDDE, this product enables a natural and enduring correction, ensuring patient satisfaction. What is the duration of the results? The effect of the injection generally lasts 6 to 9 months. Touch-ups can be done to improve the results obtained. Maintenance sessions are also necessary to maintain the effect of the gel.

Ejal 40 Bio-Revitalizing Gel 40mg/2ml

Ejal 40 is a bio-revitalising treatment which used to restore skin’s natural functions, promoting skin density through the re-adjustment of the extracellular matrix. Ejal 40 tightens loose tissue, reduces wrinkles, contours the face, by stimulating more collagen and elastin fibers; fibroblast activity. Ejal 40 is a new generation of the fusion with a middle molecular weight hyaluronic acid (40 mg/2 ml) with a molecular weight between 1200 and 1800k Dalton. This balanced formula provides the treated area with crucial hydration while stimulating the creation of new collagen and elastin, which helps improve the quality of the skin as a whole. It also increases the biosynthetic ability of fibroblasts, enhances cellular functions, and protects the skin from aging, playing a role in skin health overall. The package includes: 1 x 2ml syringe 2 x 30G needles The advantages of utilizing of Ejal 40 Bio-Revitalizing Gel 40mg/2ml: Restructures the extracellular matrix Encourages the production of collagen and elastin Helps smooth out the appearance of wrinkles Revitalizes damaged skin Increases the density and elasticity of the skin Evens out skin tone How to use: There are several ways to administer Ejal 40, but the most effective is by using 4-point technology (4 PBR), which allows for the injection of 25 ml using a 30G needle on each side of the face with a low risk of bruising. For best results, Ejal 40 treatments should be done in a series of three sessions, two weeks apart. The treatment course may be given 2-3 times a year.

Hyafilia M (1x1ml)

The main component of the filler is hyaluronic acid, obtained by bacterial fermentation of an artificial strain of streptococci (Streptococcus equi), non-pathogenic to humans. The biphasic structure of the gel is a combination of a biotechnological stabilized HA of 85% and an unstabilized fraction of 15%. Thanks to the latest technology and composition, high plasticity of the filler is ensured during injection. Direct administration of the drug into the dermis or subcutaneous tissue helps to smooth out “puppet wrinkles”, nasolabial furrow and correction of nasolabial fold, palpebromal furrow, scar correction and bio-reinforcement. The injection areas are also the lips and the brush area. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 20mg/ml LIDOCAINE The advantages of utilizing of Hyafilia M (1x1ml): The filler’s resistance to the action of free radicals protects it from premature decay. The gel has a memory of a given shape, which is preserved after its introduction. This distinguishes HyaFilia favorably from monophasic drugs. Being biphasic in nature, HyaFilia M fillers make it possible to carry out accurate facial correction. Due to the addition of unstabilized HA, these gels have sufficient plasticity as with monophase fillers, which facilitates their distribution in tissues. A high modulus of elasticity and a low modulus of fluidity guarantee the maintenance of the effect (the duration of stay in the tissues is 9-12 months), and due to natural, highly purified hyaluronic acid, the filler corrects age-related defects of the skin of the face, neck, decollete, hands. What is the duration of the results? The duration of the aesthetic effect is 6-14 months, which depends on the individual characteristics of the body, its somatic state, its own enzyme activity, as well as on the patient’s age, lifestyle and the characteristics of the drug.

Genyal Genyalift (1x10ml)

Biorevitalizant of the latest generation, the first volumetric biorevitalizant and the only one of its kind biorevitalizant “retard” Genyal Genyalift can be used not only on the skin of the face, but also in areas such as the neck or the inner surface of the hands. The formula of the drug provides strengthening of the walls of microcirculatory vessels, restoration of local blood circulation, an increase in the regenerative potential of the skin, additional hydrotation and activation of metabolic processes at the site of administration of the drug. The package includes: 1x10ml Ingredients of the product: HA concentration – 18 mg/ml Stabilizer – Glycerol 20 mg/ml Dynamic viscosity – 150,000 MPa.s Molecular weight – 3 mln di Dalton Proteins (PPM) – 14 Entotoxins (EU/G) – <0.05 The advantages of utilizing of Genyal Genyalift (1x10ml): Prevention of aging, dehydration, hyperpigmentation Restoration of microcirculation, elasticity, firmness of the skin Stimulation of regeneration and metabolic processes in the area of correction Photoaging and hyperpigmentation therapy Preparation for laser and phototherapy Postoperative rehabilitation Use in complex correction of scars and striae What is the duration of the results? The unique combination of a high concentration (18mg/ml) with a molecule size of 3 million daltons ensures the maximum duration of the effect, and therefore an incomparable result.

Genyal Polyvalent (1x1ml)

The universal structural filler Genyal Polyvalent, due to its plasticity and ideal distribution in soft tissues, is used for all types of contour correction. The regular spatial structure of the drug provides the highest degree of integration with soft tissues. The natural result of correction: the drug is not noticeable to others and is imperceptible to the patient. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: The concentration of HA is 23 mg/ml Stabilizer – BDDE 0.4 ppm Dynamic viscosity – 500,000 MPa.s Molecular weight – 3 mln di Dalton The advantages of utilizing of Genyal Polyvalent (1x1ml): Addresses various forms of surface-level and moderate-depth wrinkles Reshapes the lip borders and enhances lip fullness What is the duration of the results? The duration of action is from 8 to 12 months.

Hyacorp Face 2ml

HYAcorp Face is a durable biodegradable dermal filler produced from non-animal sourced hyaluronic acid. The main goal of the substance is to restore lost volume and contours of the face by adding hyaluronic acid to the skin. It’s an excellent option for treating volume loss, smoothing medium to deep folds, especially nasolabial folds and folds of the glabella. HYAcorp Face should not be used in the periorbital region, including eyelids, crow’s feet, and eye areas. Onlyss adso be used for this product and details. The package includes: 2x2ml Ingredients of the product: 2 mg of hyaluronic acid 20 mg of cross-linked hyaluronic acid The advantages of utilizing of Hyacorp Face 2ml: Restores facial volume Corrects facial folds Suitable for nasolabial folds, cheek area, and glabella folds What is the duration of the results? The outcomes are immediately noticeable after the first treatment. Generally, the effects persist for several months. The duration of the results depends on an individual’s lifestyle, age, and skin type.

Dermaheal M.Booster Pore Tightening

Dermaheal M.Booster Pore Tightening is produced by Caregen and is a powdered product designed to address pore tightening. The package includes: 100mgx1vial Ingredients of the product: Tripeptide-41 (CG-Lipoxyn) Oligopeptide-61 (CG-Cellsolin) Oligopeptide-51 (CG-Purilux) Decapeptide-25 (CG-Cheverin) The advantages of utilizing of M.Booster Pore Tightening: effectively firms and revitalizes the skin maximizes the effectiveness of pore tightening Product Application Guidelines: 1 session weekly, in conjunction with Dermaheal SR, HSR, SB, and Stem C’rum SR. Application area: facial region.

Dermaren Lumi Eyes (1ml)

Dermaren Lumi eyes is an innovative biorevitalizant developed by a Korean pharmaceutical company specifically for cosmetic procedures in the eye area. The filler contains one active substance – polynucleotide (PDRN), extracted by the method of purification of the DNA of the milk of salmon fish. PDRN is a low molecular weight complex that affects the processes of repair of cells and damaged tissues, homeostasis from the inside. The mechanism of action of the substance is to stimulate the active synthesis of collagen, which helps restore DNA chains and increase the production of its own elastin. Glutathione, in turn, is responsible for the antioxidant effect during the biorevitalization procedure. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Polynucleotide (PDRN) Glutathione The advantages of utilizing of Dermaren Lumi Eyes: Whitening and rejuvenation of the skin Restoration of damaged skin Forming a healthy skin barrier, where moisture is stored in the layers of the dermis The formation of sebaceous glands is normalized, so that keratin is properly distributed in the epidermis Forming a protective basis for the regeneration of the skin What is the duration of the results? 6-12 months.

Cytocare Haircare 5ml

Cytocare Haircare is a solution that is injected using microinjections into the dermal layer of the scalp, directly to the hair roots. Formulated for both men and women, it tackles hair loss, encourages hair growth, hydrates the scalp, and treats issues like dandruff, weak and brittle hair. Thanks to its unique composition, this product can regulate sebum production, stimulate regrowth, and slow down hair loss — these effects all contribute to better hair quality. The actives help renew and rehydrate the scalp, strengthening its natural barrier. This helps re-organize and strengthens hair follicles and gives you shiny, strong hair. The package includes: 10x5ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic Acid non–cross-linked Amino acids, including Arginine, Cysteine, Glutamine, Glycine, and Ornithine Zinc mineral salt A combination of 6 types of vitamin B The advantages of utilizing of Cytocare Haircare 5ml: Elimination of hair loss Restores shine, vitality and moisture to damaged and dull hair. Eliminating excess oil in hair Fight dandruff Application guidelines: It is injected in the superficial dermal layer of the scalp. Six sessions, to be completed every six weeks, is advised. Maintenance should be performed every 3 to 4 months to maintain the results.

BCN Solar SPF50+ 8086

BCN Solar SPF50+ 8086 shields the skin from UV radiation, preventing its adverse consequences like premature aging, cellular harm, and excessive pigmentation. Its composition comprises Silanetriol, Carcinine, Vitamin C, Vitamin E, and an extract of chamomile essential oil, along with multiple sun filters combined with finely powdered titanium dioxide. The package includes: 50 ml The advantages of utilizing of BCN BCN Solar SPF50+ 8086: Protects the skin from UVA and UVB rays. It promotes the synthesis of heat shock proteins (HSP) so that proteins do not degrade and cells are not destroyed due to increased skin temperature. Provides anti-drying and moisture-retaining benefits — essential for fighting off the drying effects of sun. Detoxifies and revitalizes the skin, protecting it against oxidative stress. Sustains the functionality and metabolic processes of skin cells. Prevents and mends harm inflicted by solar exposure, promoting healthy and resilient skin. Diminishes and prevents sunburn. Provides a soothing sensation. Product application Guidelines: Apply a sufficient amount of BCN Solar SPF50+ to cover all exposed skin areas. The recommended amount is usually about a nickel-sized dollop for the face and a shot glass full for the body. Reapply BCN Solar SPF50+ every two hours, or more frequently if you’re swimming, sweating heavily, or towel-drying. Even if a sunscreen is labeled as water-resistant, it’s a good practice to reapply after water exposure.

BCN Phosphatidylcholine 8012 5x10ml vials

BCN Phosphatidylcholine can digest fat that is stored in adipocytes (fat cells). It causes the fat to become emulsified, that’s how the body can absorb it into the blood stream and dispose of it. The package includes: 5x10ml vials Ingredients of the product: Phosphatidylcholine The advantages of utilizing of BCN Phosphatidylcholine 8012 5x10ml vials: Gets rid of undesirable localized fat deposits Enhances the look of cellulite on the skin’s surface Instructions for using BCN Phosphatidylcholine 8012: Apply to clean and dry skin on the body or face, and gently massage until fully absorbed.

BCN Sodium Pyruvate 1% 8018 10x2ml

The rejuvenating and invigorating qualities of sodium pyruvate make it a suitable choice for facial and body treatments. It not only promotes the production of collagen but also enhances the activity of fibroblasts. When paired with revitalizing agents like organic silica or Asian centella, Sodium Pyruvate Revitalizing Solution can address various concerns such as skin aging, stretch marks, and hair loss. Additionally, it has demonstrated the ability to accelerate lipolysis, which is crucial in many cellulite treatment formulations. The package includes: 10x2ml vials Ingredients of the product: Sodium Puryvate 1% The advantages of utilizing of BCN Sodium Pyruvate 1% 8018 10x2ml: Balances and normalises the skin appearance. Regenerates the skin and accelerates lipolysis. Application guidelines: Skin rollers Galvanic currents (iontophoresis, hydroelectrophoresis) Ultrasound (sonophoresis) Thermotherapy (cataphoresis) Electromagnetic waves (electroporation) Cryoelectrophoresis Vacuum therapies

BCN Scalp 8035 5x5ml

The Scalp formula incorporates a variety of ingredients that target different stages of the hair growth cycle. These components work in accordance with the body’s natural processes to restore cellular regeneration systems and counteract common hormonal and glandular imbalances associated with hair loss in both men and women. The formula promotes vasodilation to improve blood flow to the hair follicles, facilitating the delivery of essential nutrients. The package includes: 5x5ml Ingredients of the product: Panthenol Vitamin B6 Vitamin B1 Biotin Iron The advantages of utilizing of BCN Scalp 8035 5x5ml: With high concentrations of B group vitamins, it ensures comprehensive nourishment of the dermal papilla Supports proper metabolic function Chelating action safeguards against the impact of excessive metals during the telogen phase and protects the structures surrounding the hair follicle, ultimately reinforcing the entire hair structure. Instructions for using BCN Scalp: 1. Start with clean and dry scalp skin. 2. Using the provided applicator or your fingertips, apply BCN Scalp directly to the affected areas. 3. Gently massage the solution into the scalp, ensuring even coverage. 4. Leave the solution on without rinsing.

BCN Rutin & Melilot Toning Solution 8017 10x2ml

This clever combination merges melilot extract with rutin, a bioflavonoid also recognized as vitamin P. The fusion of these two active components diminishes the vulnerability and permeability of blood vessels through vasoconstriction. Rutin & Melilot Extract Toning Solution safeguards vitamin C from oxidation-induced breakdown within the body, all the while countering collagen depletion. Additionally, it is employed to enhance localized circulation. The package includes: 10x2ml vials Ingredients of the product: Aqua/Water Troxerutin Coumarin The advantages of utilizing of BCN Rutin & Melilot Toning Solution 8017 10x2ml: Diminishes the appearance of cellulite Enhances skin tone and elasticity. What is the duration of the results? Prolonged usage of the toning solution brings permanent results.

BCN Revita-HA 8024 5x3ml

This product is specifically formulated as a comprehensive revitalizing and deeply moisturizing treatment, designed for tired or lackluster skin. It targets wrinkles and works to enhance the density of mature or sagging skin. The package includes: 5x3ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic Acid Vitamins (with antioxidant properties) Amino Acids Minerals Coenzymes The advantages of utilizing of BCN Revita-HA 8024 5x3ml: BCN Revita-HA cocktail enhances skin brightness, texture, elasticity, and firmness. It features hyaluronic acid, a vital component for maintaining skin’s viscoelastic balance. vitamins that act as antioxidants, neutralizing free radicals, balancing biological processes, and promoting collagen synthesis. Amino acids, crucial for fibroblast-produced protein, are also present. The cocktail includes minerals, which play roles in numerous enzymatic reactions and essential cellular functions, coenzymes accelerate the construction of skin tissues. Application Instructions for BCN Revita-HA 8024 5x3ml: For mesotherapy and microneedling procedures or Apply to clean, dry body skin and gently massage until fully absorbed.

BCN Tensis Peptides 8073 5x5ml

The advanced blend of active ingredients in this formula enhances and firms the skin on both the face and body. The modern peptides work together with the traditional active components to target various aspects of the extracellular matrix (ECM). This includes processes related to ECM synthesis and breakdown, cell adhesion, muscle tone, and the connection between the dermis and epidermis. The package includes: 5x5ml Ingredients of the product: Palmitoyl Tripeptide-28 Palmitoyl Tripeptide-5 Oligopeptide-24 Acetyl Tetrapeptide-2 Palmitoyl Tripeptide-38 The advantages of utilizing of BCN Tensis Peptides 8073 5x5ml: Increases collagen levels in the skin Slows down the aging process and reduces wrinkles Moisturizes the skin Reduces stretch marks and scars Repairs damaged skin What is the duration of the results? Prolonged application results in long-term results.

BCN Polyvitamins 8027 10x2ml

Polyvitamins Nutritive Solution is a potent vitamin blend that provides profound dermal nourishment. It offers vital nutrients that activate the skin cells’ innate functions. The combination of vitamins A, C, E, and B-Complex combats the signs of lackluster skin. This highly antioxidant mixture enhances skin texture and addresses nutritional imbalances caused by various external and internal factors. The package includes: 10x2ml vials Ingredients of the product: Vitamins A, E, C, B1, B3, B5 and B6. The advantages of utilizing of BCN Polyvitamins 8027 10x2ml: Offer profound dermal nourishment, promote smooth skin texture, and provide antioxidant benefits. What is the duration of the results? Prolonged time of usage is more beneficial and leaves permanent results over time.

BCN Vitamin C 20% 8019 10x5ml

Vitamin C is a potent antioxidant that counteracts the damaging effects of free radicals, which accelerate skin aging due to factors like pollution, smoking, and sun exposure. It also hinders melanin production, promotes the formation of the skin’s protective hydro-lipid barrier, and boosts collagen synthesis, a key protein that reinforces skin structure and elasticity. Vitamin C Revitalizing & Anti-Oxidant Solution is primarily used to address and prevent signs of photoaging, uneven skin tone, and to assist in reducing the appearance of wrinkles. The package includes: 10x5ml vials Ingredients of the product: Vitamin C 20% The advantages of utilizing of BCN Vitamin C 20% 8019 10x5ml: Counteracts free radicals Suppresses melanin production Enhances elasticity Boosts collagen synthesis What is the duration of the results? Long-term application strengthens natural collagen production.

BCN Vitamin A 10000 U.I. Retinol 8022 10x2ml

Vitamin A, also known as Retinol, acts as a skin antioxidant, neutralizing harmful free radicals that can damage cells and tissues. Over time, it gradually reduces wrinkles and fine lines, enhances skin moisture and elasticity, reduces the effects of sun damage, and contributes to a radiant complexion. Vitamin A and its derivatives have shown positive effects in managing acne and reversing skin damage caused by environmental factors. The package includes: 10x2ml Ingredients of the product: Water Retinol Vitamin A The advantages of utilizing of BCN Vitamin A 10000 U.I. Retinol 8022 10x2ml: Accelerates the turnover of skin cells Helps maintain a youthful appearance Addressing stretch marks and supporting the skin’s natural healing processes. What is the duration of the results? Over time, it gradually reduces wrinkles and fine lines, enhances skin moisture and elasticity, reduces the effects of sun damage, and contributes to a radiant complexion.

BCN Tranexamic Acid Enlightening Solution 8119

Tranexamic Acid aids in diminishing and preventing the occurrence of hyperpigmentation. It also enhances the look of persistent dark spots and reddish, translucent spots resulting from superficial blood vessels. The package includes: 10x2ml Ingredients of the product: Tranexamic Acid Niacinamide (Vitamin B3) Glycyrrhiza Glabra (Licorice) Root Extract Arctostaphylos Uva Ursi (Bearberry) Leaf Extract Morus Alba (Mulberry) Root Extract Sodium Hyaluronate (Hyaluronic Acid) Tocopheryl Acetate (Vitamin E) What is the duration of the results? Long-lasting results when using for a long time.

BCN Trace Elements 8028 10x2ml

Trace Elements Nutritive Solution contains essential minerals like Zinc, Selenium, Copper, Manganese, and Chrom. These elements play a crucial role in harmonizing the skin’s natural functions and preserving a youthful look. This unique blend works together to restore the skin’s balance and enhance its biochemical parameters. The package includes: 10x2ml Ingredients of the product: Zinc Selenium Copper Manganese Chrom The advantages of utilizing of BCN Trace Elements 8028 10x2ml: Restores and harmonizes the skin’s natural equilibrium Provides a more balanced and normalized complexion Helps to improve overall skin health, maintain a youthful appearance Addresses specific skincare concerns effectively. What is the duration of the results? The duration of results when using trace elements can vary depending on individual factors such as skin type, lifestyle, and skincare routine. Generally, regular use of products containing trace elements can help maintain skin health and balance over time. However, for long-lasting results, continued and consistent use is often recommended as part of a comprehensive skincare regimen.

BCN X-DNA Gel 8020 5x2.5ml

X-DNA Gel is a natural polymer known for its outstanding anti-oxidant and moisturizing properties, which shield cell membranes from oxidative damage. Its ability to revive inactive cells and rebuild connective tissue promotes the skin’s natural healing mechanisms. Nucleic acid helps counteract collagen breakdown due to factors like sunlight, oxidative stress, and smoking. Besides its use in anti-aging therapies to combat the effects of sun exposure, X-DNA Gel is beneficial for improving the skin of smokers and can address various issues including dry skin, wrinkles, stretch marks, and hair loss. The package includes: 5×2.5ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua/Water Sodium DNA Potassium Sorbate Sodium Benzoate The advantages of utilizing of BCN X-DNA Gel 8020 5×2.5ml: It reduces facial wrinkles Helps repair damage from ischemic processes Combats collagen degradation caused by sun exposure oxidative stress, and smoking. Application guidelines: Apply to clean, dry skin and massage lightly until completely absorbed.

BCN Meso Pen Cartridges

The Meso Pen is an electronic micro-needle device that generates over 1,000 micro-channels per second in the skin. These tiny skin channels or micro-injuries trigger a natural response in the body, aiding in skin repair. The package includes: 1 pack of 25 heads Ingredients of the product: Microneedles The advantages of utilizing of BCN Meso Pen Cartridges: Promotes the production of collagen and elastin. Enhances skin firmness and rejuvenation. Enhances the appearance of scars and stretch marks. Minimizes skin wrinkles and fine lines. Decreases pore size. Encourages hair growth and combats hair loss. Additionally, facilitates the absorption of active ingredients. What is the duration of the results? Microneedling outcomes can vary in permanence. While they can be enduring, they may not always be permanent. In some cases, results may persist for four to six months.

BCN Hyaluronic Acid 3.5% 8066 5x5

Pure, unlinked hyaluronic acid proves to be an incredibly effective agent for moisturizing the skin. Its distinctive capability to attract and bind water molecules serves the purpose of hydrating the skin while preserving the suppleness of both the dermal and epidermal tissues. This acid fills the gap between collagen and elastin fibers, providing a means to transport essential nutrients to the skin cells. The package includes: 5×5 vials Ingredients of the product: Aqua/Water Sodium Hyaluronate. The advantages of utilizing of BCN Hyaluronic Acid 3.5% 8066 5×5: It diminishes the appearance of wrinkles. Offers exceptional hydration. Supports dermal rejuvenation and the removal of detrimental skin compounds. Safeguards the skin from ultraviolet radiation. Application Guidelines: Hyaluronic Acid can augment the skin’s natural ability to retain moisture in the intercellular matrix of dermal connective tissues when formulated topically, producing a viscoelastic layer. It is a suggested treatment for dry, wrinkled, tired or sun-damaged skin. When paired with vitamins, hyaluronic acid not only aids in the prevention of aging indicators but also contributes to their treatment.

BCN Hyaluronidase 1500UI 8070

Hyaluronidase aids in the elimination of subdermal water retention and enhances the penetration of other active substances into the skin. The package includes: 5 vials Ingredients of the product: Manitol Sodium Phosphate EDTA Hyaluronidase. The advantages of utilizing of BCN Hyaluronidase 1500UI 8070: Eliminates Cellulite Decreases Stretch marks and scars Application Guidelines: Mix the contents of each vial with 8 ml of deionized water. Apply the resulting mixture to clean, dry skin and massage it in until fully absorbed. Do NOT inject.

BCN L-Carnitine 20% 8013 10x5ml

In its natural state within the body, l-carnitine plays a crucial role in fat metabolism. It is responsible for breaking down stored fat and mobilizing fatty acids into the bloodstream. It attaches itself to these fatty acids and transports them to the cell area responsible for converting fat into energy. L-Carnitine Lipolytic Solution is indispensable for efficient fat burning. The package includes: 10×5 ml vials Ingredients of the product: Aqua/Water Carnitine The advantages of utilizing of BCN L-Carnitine 20% 8013 10x5ml: Aids in cellular detoxification and regeneration. Reinstates the natural functionality of the dermis. Enhances the overall look of the skin. Application Guidelines: Apply to clean, dry skin on the body and gently massage until fully absorbed.

BCN Lipid - Peptides 8118 (5x8ml)

BCN Lipid Peptides redefine body contours and visibly enhance the look of cellulite caused by adipose tissue. The package includes: 5x8ml Ingredients of the product: Active lipid peptides: acetyl hexapeptide-39, pentapeptide-25, pentapeptide-52, phosphatidylcholine, sodium deoxycholate, caffeine, L-carnitine. The advantages of utilizing of BCN Lipid – Peptides 8118 (5x8ml): Stimulates metabolism Accelerates circulationhas a draining effect Application guidelines: Apply on clean and dry skin and massage until complete absorption.

BCN Lumen Peptides 8074 5x5ml

The BCN Lumen-Peptides formula effectively addresses both existing and potential pigment issues on the face and body by targeting various stages of melanin formation, starting with the signaling pathway. It combines traditional hypopigmenting agents with modern peptides to work together, suppressing melanin-producing factors, blocking melanin production, enhancing cell detoxification, and reducing the transfer of melanin from melanosomes to keratinocytes. This treatment is effective for both facultative and constitutive pigmentation concerns. The package includes: 5x5ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua, Sodium Hyaluronate, 3-O-Ethyl Ascorbic Acid, Glutathione, Alpha-Arbutin, Potassium Chloride, Calcium Chloride, Niacinamide, Glutamine, Sodium Phosphate, Lysine Hydrochloride, Proline, Magnesium Sulfate, Glutamic Acid, Aminobutyric Acid, Alanine, Asparagine, Glycine, Histidine Hydrochloride, Arginine HCL, Leucine, Valine, Thioctic Acid, Cystine, Threonine, Sodium Acetate, Glycyrrhiza Glabra Root Extract, Ornithine, Folic Acid, Isoleucine, Decapeptide-15, Oligopeptide-34, Oligopeptide-51, Phenylalanine, Polysorbate 80, Taurine, Serine, Acetyl Glycyl Beta-Alanine, Aspartic Acid, Methionine, Adenosine, Guanosine, Cytidine, Thymidine, Uridine, Oligopeptide-58, Inositol, Nicotinamide Adenine Dinucleotide, Retinyl Palmitate, Hydroxyproline, Cytosine, Sodium Tocopheryl Phosphate, Oligopeptide-68, Coenzyme A, Tyrosine, Tryptophan, Thiamine Diphosphate, Disodium Flavine Adenine Dinucleotide, Nicotinic Acid Adenine Dinucleotide Phosphate (NADP), Pantothenic Acid, Thiamine HCL, Riboflavin, Cyanocobalamin, Pyridoxine, Biotin, Sodium Bicarbonate, Sodium Chloride. The advantages of utilizing of BCN Lumen Peptides 8074 5x5ml: Diminishes excessive pigmentation. Decreases the appearance of age spots. Delivers skin a brightening and mattifying effect. Results in a radiant, well-hydrated, and evenly-toned complexion. What is the duration of the results? Using for a long time brings permanent effect.

BCN Melano 8037 5x5ml

Melano has been meticulously formulated to address skin concerns like hyperpigmentation and age spots, while also offering protection against photoaging. It effectively improves acne marks and scars, contributing to a more youthful complexion. This is achieved through the synergy of its five active ingredients: glutathione, glycolic acid, kojic acid, vitamin C, and citric acid. Glutathione, found in high concentrations, serves as a powerful antioxidant for the skin, along with vitamin C and citric acid. Glutathione also acts as a detoxifying agent and inhibits melanin synthesis, complementing the action of kojic acid. Glycolic acid, known for its exfoliating properties, enhances the penetration of other topical agents, while simultaneously delivering moisture to the freshly exfoliated skin’s surface. This helps reduce the appearance of fine lines, wrinkles, age spots, and improves sun-damaged skin. The package includes: 5x5ml Ingredients of the product: Active ingredients: Glutathione 600, Glycolic Acid, Kojic Acid, Vitamin C and Citric Acid. The advantages of utilizing of BCN Melano 8037 5x5ml: Reduces skin hyperpigmentation (body + face) Application guidelines: Apply on clean and dry body/face skin and massage until complete absorption.

BCN Meso Pen + 2 Batteries 9029

Meso Pen is an electronic micro-needle device that creates over 1,000 micro-channels per second in the skin, making it easier to introduce active ingredients. The package includes: operating manual 2 micro-needle cartridges of 12 needles 2 batteries and adapter (110-220V). Ingredients of the product: Electric micro-needle system The advantages of utilizing of BCN Meso Pen + 2 Batteries 9029: Encourages the production of collagen and elastin. Provides a firming and revitalizing effect. Enhances the appearance of scars and stretch marks. Diminishes skin wrinkles and fine lines. Minimizes pore size. Promotes hair growth and combats hair loss. Additionally, it enhances the penetration of active ingredients. What is the duration of the results? Regular use results in permanent effect.

BCN Meso Roller Body 9013 (1.0mm)

The Meso Roller is a device equipped with micro-needles, finer than a single strand of hair. It represents a groundbreaking tool that enhances the absorption of active ingredients into the skin. As these micro-needles glide across the skin’s surface, they create tiny channels, significantly improving the absorption of cosmetic and mesotherapeutic products. Moreover, these micro-needles stimulate the deeper layers of the skin, prompting it to produce its own collagen, resulting in the smoothing of wrinkles and scars. The package includes: 1 mesoroller 1.00mm The advantages of utilizing of BCN Meso Roller Body 9013 (1.0mm): The Meso Roller boosts the absorption rate of active ingredients by anywhere from 200 to 1,000 times, greatly amplifying the efficacy of topically applied products. It’s user-friendly, suitable for all skin types Offers a cost-effective alternative to other treatments Increases collagen levels in the skin without causing harm, and requires no downtime What is the duration of the results? Regular use results in permanent effect.

BCN Meso Roller Facial 9021 (0.50mm)

The Meso Roller is a tool featuring micro-needles finer than individual hair strands, revolutionizing the absorption of active ingredients into the skin. As these micro-needles glide across the skin’s surface, they create tiny channels that enhance the absorption of cosmetic and mesotherapeutic products. Moreover, these micro-needles stimulate the lower skin layer, prompting the skin to employ its natural collagen to fill and smoothen wrinkles and scars. The package includes: 1 mesoroller 0,5mm The advantages of utilizing of BCN Meso Roller Facial 9021 (0.50mm): Can be used at home Good for sensitive skin What is the duration of the results? Regular use results in permanent effect.

BCN Mesoage 8053

A Hyaluronic Acid serum influenced by mesotherapy. This natural substance binds to water molecules and gradually diminishes wrinkles. The botanical ingredients found in MesoAge® enhance the properties of Hyaluronic Acid, providing an immediate lifting effect. Additionally, anti-irritant polysaccharides form a non-occlusive barrier to shield against environmental aggressors. The package includes: 50ml The advantages of utilizing of BCN Mesoage 8053: Creates a protective, breathable barrier on the epidermal surface, blocking the entry of irritants into the skin. Reduces the loss of moisture through the skin. Enhances skin firmness and revitalizes the facial appearance. Diminishes wrinkles and rough skin texture, leaving it smoother. Possesses soothing properties, particularly suitable for sensitive, allergy-prone skin. Application guidelines: Following the cleansing of your skin and prior to makeup application, use MesoAge® every morning on your entire face, neck, décolletage, and hands. For the best outcomes, complement this routine with MesoVita® nourishing vitamin cream in the evening.

BCN Mesoblanche 8055

MesoBlanche® depigmentation cream harnesses the potency of potent active ingredients to influence the skin’s inherent pigmentation process, leading to a more balanced and radiant complexion, promoting skin health and luminosity. The package includes: 50ml Ingredients of the product: Exfoliating Agents: These non-aggressive agents help eliminate dead skin cells and accumulated pigment. Melanin Synthesis Inhibitors: BCN MesoBlanche® interferes with melanin synthesis, which can significantly reduce and prevent pigmentation issues. Cellular Activators: This product stimulates cell production by activating cellular respiration and oxygenation. Sun Protection: BCN MesoBlanche® offers built-in sun protection with SPF to guard against the effects of UV rays. Soothing plant extracts: The cream also includes plant extracts that calm the skin and help fight irritation. These elements function well together to target pigmentation issues and encourage a more uniform complexion. The advantages of utilizing of BCN Mesoblanche 8055: Gently exfoliates, removing dead cells and excess pigment without causing harm. Effectively readies the skin, enhancing the penetration of potent lightening agents. Disrupts melanin production, significantly reducing and preventing pigmentation issues. Stimulates cellular respiration and oxygenation for increased cell turnover. Provides natural sun protection from damage caused by ultraviolet (UV) rays. Formulated with soothing plant extracts to calm the skin and reduce any irritation. Usage Guidelines: Apply MesoBlanche® twice daily for best results. In the morning, apply it to the entire affected area to reduce pigmentation, shield against UV harm, and attain a uniform complexion. In the evening, use it exclusively on pigmented areas.

BCN Neutralizer 8079

A solution used to neutralize the effects of a chemical peel. The package includes: 100ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua (Water) Sodium Bicarbonate Glycerin, Trideceth-9 Phenoxyethanol PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor Oil Ethylhexylglycerin The advantages of utilizing of BCN Neutralizer 8079: Regenerates the skin Fastens the process of rehabilitation from chemical peeling treatments Application Guidelines: 1. After completing a chemical peel procedure, ensure that the treated area is ready for neutralization. 2. Hold the BCN Neutralizer Spray bottle at a distance of approximately 6-8 inches (15-20 cm) from the treated skin. 3. Spray the BCN Neutralizer evenly and thoroughly across the entire treated area. Be sure to cover all the areas where the chemical peel solution was applied. 4. Allow the neutralizer to remain on the skin for the recommended duration specified by your healthcare provider or as indicated in the peel procedure instructions. This duration can vary depending on the specific peel used. 5. After the neutralization time has elapsed, rinse the treated area with water to completely remove the neutralizer and any residual peel solution. 6. Pat the skin dry gently with a clean, soft towel.

BCN Mesovita 8054

MesoVita® is a powerful vitamin-enriched cream designed for dermal nourishment, containing a blend of polyunsaturated fatty acids such as omega-3 & 6, linoleic, and linolenic acids. This unique formula combines a comprehensive range of vitamins typically utilized in mesotherapy (including A, E, C, F, B-complex, and K) with essential minerals like manganese, iron, zinc, magnesium, and calcium, all working together to invigorate and refresh the skin. The package includes: 50ml Ingredients of the product: Polyunsaturated fatty acids (omega-3 & 6, linoleic and linolenic acids) Vitamins: A, E, C, F, B-complex, K Minerals: Manganese, Iron, Zinc, Magnesium, Calcium The advantages of utilizing of BCN Mesovita 8054: Delivers essential bio-nutrients to skin cells Provides antioxidant protection against aging-inducing free radicals Diminishes wrinkles and firms sagging skin Enhances the texture and tone of sun-damaged skin Utilizes nano-encapsulation for deep skin penetration Promotes skin cell turnover Leaves the skin with a radiant and youthful appearance Instructions for using BCN MesoVita: Every evening, after thorough cleansing, apply MesoVita to the entire face, neck, décolletage, and hands. For best results, complement your skincare routine by using MesoAge anti-aging cream every morning.

BCN MesoPure 8084

MesoPure is a specialized daily gel designed for those with acne-prone skin. Its composition boasts purifying, mildly exfoliating, tightening, and soothing qualities. Enriched with a blend of active components such as panthenol, salicylic acid, tea tree oil, calendula, niacinamide, allantoin, camphor, zinc, biotin, and menthol, this formula caters to your skin’s specific needs. The package includes: 50ml The advantages of utilizing of BCN MesoPure 8084: It provides a mild exfoliating effect to prevent pore blockage. Reduces and prevents the enlargement of pores. Its purifying properties deter the spread of acne. Acts as a skin-tightening agent, restoring the skin’s natural equilibrium. Soothes and refreshes redness related to inflammatory acne, promoting an even skin tone. Aids in the prevention and improvement of acne-related blemishes. Usage Guidelines: Cleanse the skin and apply in the morning to the face and other areas that show acne changes. For optimal results, apply MesoAge® cream at night to provide an added dose of hydration to the skin.

BCN Mesocell 8056

MesoCell anti-cellulite cream brings together potent active ingredients chosen for their capacity to enhance blood flow, disintegrate fat cells, and address fluid retention. This cream expedites the breakdown of fats and the renewal of connective tissue, reducing swelling by improving circulation in cellulite-prone areas. Its distinct formulation transforms fat cells into tissue that shares fibroblastic features and contractile properties, while also preventing the formation of new fat cells through the regulation of calcium flow. The package includes: 200ml The advantages of utilizing of BCN Mesocell 8056: Disrupts the fat production process, shifting fatty tissue into the realm of connective tissue. Promotes lipolysis, encouraging fat cells to set their contents free for combustion. Firms, tautens, and fortifies the skin’s structure. Enhances the reabsorption of pesky localized swellings. Boosts blood flow in those cellulite-prone zones. Usage Guidelines: Twice a day, generously apply to those specific cellulite-ridden zones.

BCN Phosphatidylcholine 5% 8016 10x5ml

Phosphatidylcholine 5% is effective in breaking down stored fat. As a naturally occurring phospholipid in cell membranes, phosphatidylcholine is crucial for the breakdown of stored fat in adipocytes (fat cells). The emulsification of fat in this manner allows it to be absorbed into the bloodstream and transported to cells where it can be metabolized. This allows it to be an ideal option for fat deposits in any localized area considered aesthetically unpleasing. The package includes: 10x5ml vials Ingredients of the product: Phosphatidylcholine 5% The advantages of utilizing of BCN Phosphatidylcholine 5% 8016 10X5ml: Breaks down fat Instructions for applying BCN Phosphatidylcholine 5% 8016 (10x5ml): 1. Ensure the treatment area is clean and dry. 2. Draw the desired amount of Phosphatidylcholine Lipolytic Solution into a sterile syringe. 3. Administer the solution using an appropriate technique for the target area. This may include methods such as mesotherapy or other injection procedures. 4. Follow the recommended dosage and injection protocol provided by your healthcare professional.

BCN Organic Silica 0.5% 8014 10x5ml

Organic silica, a fundamental component of connective tissue, provides hydration and supports cellular renewal and regeneration. It stimulates and controls the growth of fibroblasts, boosts collagen production, and encourages the renewal of elastic fibers. Organic Silica Regenerating Solution helps in achieving smoother, firmer, and uplifted skin, thereby contributing to the reduction of the aging effects. This mesotherapy solution is a valuable option for rejuvenating connective tissues by enhancing the resilience, suppleness, and elasticity of collagen and elastin. The package includes: 10x5ml Ingredients of the product: Silica 0.5% What is the duration of the results? The duration of results for BCN Organic Silica 0.5% (8015) can vary from person to person and depends on several factors, including individual skin characteristics, lifestyle, and the maintenance of a skincare routine.

BCN Organic Silica 0.5% DMAE 8015 10x5ml

Organic Silica 0.5% & DMAE is a comprehensive solution for facial rejuvenation and anti-aging. This powerful treatment blends two potent agents to deliver immediate skin tightening and smoothing effects while safeguarding against free radicals. Organic Silica & DMAE Firming Solution isn’t limited to facial use; it’s also effective for addressing sagging skin on various body areas, including the arms, abdomen, legs, and buttocks. The package includes: 10x5ml vials Ingredients of the product: Organic Silica 0.5% and DMAE 2.5%. Application guidelines for BCN Organic Silica 0.5% & DMAE 8015 (10x5ml): 1. Start with clean and dry skin: Ensure that the area of application is clean and free of any makeup, lotions, or other skincare products. 2. Dispense the product: Take the desired amount of BCN Organic Silica 0.5% & DMAE solution from the vial. 3. Application to the face: If you’re using it on the face, apply the solution evenly to the targeted areas, which may include the face, neck, or other areas where you want to address sagging or aging skin. 4. Application to the body: If you’re using it on the body, such as the arms, abdomen, legs, or buttocks, apply the solution evenly to the specific areas you want to treat. 5. Massage gently: After applying the solution, gently massage it into the skin using upward and outward motions. This helps the product to be absorbed effectively. 6. Avoid contact with eyes: Be cautious not to get the solution into your eyes, and if it accidentally comes into contact with your eyes, rinse them thoroughly with water.

BCN Oculare - Peptides 8092 5x3ml

The BCN Oculare-Peptides formula is uniquely crafted to directly address the prominent issues around the eye area, including puffiness, dark circles, and the visible signs of aging like crow’s feet. It serves as a comprehensive treatment for the eye contour by harnessing the synergistic power of two categories of advanced active ingredients: innovative peptides and classical non-peptidic components from the Institute BCN. BCN Oculare-Peptides delivers remarkable outcomes in this sensitive facial region, restoring a rejuvenated, well-rested, vibrant, and radiant look. The package includes: 5x3ml The advantages of utilizing of BCN Oculare – Peptides 8092 5x3ml: Treatment for the area around the eyes that reduces the visibility of dark circles and enhances the appearance of a tired or gloomy expression. Application Instructions for BCN Oculare-Peptides 8092 5x3ml: 1. Start with clean, dry skin. And make sure face is clean before you put it on. 2. Take a little bit of BCN Oculare-Peptides, and with a gentle touch, apply it at the eye contour area. 3. With your ring finger, lightly pat the product and lightly rock it into the skin surrounding the eyes. Don’t pull or yank on the sensitive skin in the area. 4. Keep massaging until the product is completely absorbed in the skin. 5. Depending on your skincare routine and needs, use this product one or two times daily. 6. For best results, it is recommended to use BCN Oculare-Peptides consistently over time.

BCN Dexpanthenol 20% 8005 (10x5ml)

Dexpanthenol Nutritive Solution functions as a hydrating agent, elevating moisture levels in the outermost layer of the skin, diminishing the loss of water through the skin, and preserving its innate smoothness and suppleness. Dexpanthenol is a skin-soothing component with well-documented positive effects. The package includes: 10x5ml vials. Ingredients of the product: Contains Dexpanthenol 20% What is the duration of the results? Results are permanent, if there are new scars or rehabilitation marks, you can renew using the products.

BCN DMAE 10x5ml 8006 Firming Solution (10x5ml)

DMAE works rapidly to enhance the look of loose, slackened skin, safeguarding the integrity of elastin and collagen connections. DMAE Firming Solution delivers an instant lifting effect for the face or body, shielding the skin from free radicals and simultaneously imparting moisture, enhanced firmness and tone. The package includes: 10x5ml vials. Ingredients of the product: Active ingredients: Aqua/Water, Dimethylaminoethanol, Lactic Acid. Instructions for Use: For external application only, do not inject. Designed for mesotherapy and microneedling procedures. or: Apply to clean, dry skin on the body and massage until fully absorbed.

BCN DNA Liquid 8026 10x2ml

DNA is a natural polymer known for its remarkable antioxidant and moisturizing properties, shielding cell membranes from oxidative damage. Its ability to revive inactive cells and reconstruct connective tissue stimulates the healing mechanisms. Nucleic acid counters collagen deterioration brought on by sun exposure, oxidative stress, and smoking. In addition to its application in anti-aging treatments to combat photoaging, DNA Liquid also benefits the skin of smokers and can address various concerns including dry skin, wrinkles, stretch marks, and hair loss. The package includes: 10x2ml vials The advantages of utilizing of BCN DNA Liquid 8026 10x2ml: Moisturizes, Promotes scar improvement, Elevates skin appearance, Delivers antioxidant benefits. Application guidelines: Apply on clean and dry body/face skin and massage until complete absorption.

BCN ECQ10 8033 5x3ml

The BCN ECQ10 cocktail, which comprises collagen, elastin, and coenzyme Q10, can lend firmness and smoothness to the skin by improving hydration for a more youthful appearance. Collagen, a critical connective tissue protein, is responsible for skin’s plumpness and stretch. As time goes by, collagen fibers become brittle and decline. Therefore, it becomes essential to compensate for this decline with synthetic substances that stimulate collagen synthesis, restoring skin plumpness, filling wrinkles, and combating skin aging. Hydrolyzed elastin is good for treating sagging and bringing back the elasticity and suppleness of the skin. The last compound, coenzyme Q10, is widely known for its antioxidant features. The package includes: 5x3ml Ingredients of the product: Elastin, Collagen and Q10. The advantages of utilizing of BCN ECQ10 8033 5x3ml: Provides the skin with a youthful appearance by imparting firmness, softness, hydration through its ingredients. What is the duration of the results? Regular use of this product can effectively mend skin damage and slow down collagen breakdown, ultimately strengthening the skin and diminishing the appearance of existing expression lines and wrinkles.

BCN Epithel 8080

BCN Epithel immediately soothes the skin and restores the hydrolipidic barrier of the areas treated with chemical peels, laser treatments or other abrasive aesthetic procedures. Its formulation includes relaxing, anti-inflammatory, moisturizing, antioxidant, and healing features that support the skin’s natural reepithelialization process. It is made up of organic silica, allantoin, biotin, urea, methionine, and vitamins A (retinol), C and E. The package includes: 50ml The advantages of utilizing of BCN Epithel 8080: Calms the skin and has anti-inflammatory properties. Promotes the growth of healthy tissues. Increases the ability of the skin to hold on to moisture. Supports the skin’s protective barrier, maintaining its lipid balance. Diminishes the loss of moisture through the skin. Promotes the production of collagen. Exhibits antioxidant characteristics, combating free radicals. Application guidelines: Recommended for use after chemical peels, laser treatments, or other abrasive cosmetic procedures.

BCN Eye Relief Patches 8094 4x2 hydrogel patches

BCN Eye Relief Patches, featuring a cool gel consistency, aid in addressing dark circles and puffiness, bringing comfort and brightness to the eye area. The area around the eyes is revitalized and relieved of congestion, resulting in a refreshed and vibrant appearance. The package includes: A box containing 4 sets of treatments for the eye area. Each packet includes 2 hydrogel patches. The advantages of utilizing of BCN Eye Relief Patches 8094 4×2 hydrogel patches: Diminishes localized inflammation while rejuvenating suppleness and tautness. Enhances moisture circulation within the adjacent periocular tissues. Enhances comfort and resilience in the region. Revitalizes, firms, and revitalizes radiance. Application guidelines: To combat the appearance of bags under the eyes and reduce their volume once they appear, it is necessary to act on the physiological deficiencies that have caused them: capillary permeability that facilitates the leakage of water and proteins into the surrounding tissues, which leads to the formation of edemas; skin flaccidity that promotes interstitial fluid stagnation and the associated inflammatory condition, and lymphatic drainage insufficiency that does not effectively remove accumulated fluids.

BCN Eye Repair Patches 8095 4x2 hydrogel patches

BCN Eye Repair Patches incorporate a variety of active ingredients renowned for their anti-aging and moisturizing characteristics, targeting the primary causes of skin aging. These patches contain elements like malted barley extract, known for its antioxidant properties, safeguarding the skin from free radicals and oxidative stress. They also include collagen and elastin stabilizers. Additionally, they feature high-purity aloe vera powder, a source of polysaccharides, vitamins, trace elements, and amino acids, crucial for maintaining the delicate skin around the eyes. An innovative blend of four sodium hyaluronates (HA) with varying molecular weights is employed, allowing the harnessing of HA’s diverse properties at various skin layers. This approach aids in external water replenishment and internal water retention. The package includes: Box of 4 treatments for the periocular zone. Each sachet contains 2 hydrogel patches. Ingredients of the product: Aqua (Water), Glycerin, Carrageenan, Panthenol, Mica, Amorphophallus Konjac Root Extract, Sucrose, Hordeum Vulgare Stem Water, CI 77891 (Titanium Dioxide), Sodium Levulinate, Niacinamide, Phenoxyethanol, Sodium Anisate, Sodium Hyaluronate, CI 77491 (Iron Oxides), Benzoic Acid, Dehydroacetic Acid, Lactic Acid, Sorbic Acid, Aloe Barbadensis Leaf Juice Powder, Sodium Benzoate, Citric Acid, CI 77480 (Gold), Sodium Hydroxide. What is the duration of the results? BCN Eye Repair Patches are indicated for the essential care of the periocular area. Applied periodically, they help reduce the appearance of expression wrinkles and the loss of firmness and hydration of the delicate periocular area. The eye contour area appears rested and full of vitality, recovering suppleness and firmness.

BCN Gingko Biloba 1% 8007 (10x5ml)

Ginkgo Biloba’s primary impact is on the circulatory system. It enhances blood flow by dilating micro-capillaries while reinforcing vessel walls. This dual function makes Ginkgo Biloba Anti-Cellulite Solution well-suited for promoting localized fat breakdown and addressing cellulite. Beyond its extensive anti-aging advantages, it also proves effective in countering hair loss and diminishing the visibility of dark under-eye circles. The package includes: 10x5ml vials What is the duration of the results? Ginkgo biloba stays in the system for approximately 24 – 48 hours. After that, it usually leaves the system without any side effects.

BCN Glutathione + Vit C Lyophilized 8082 (5x200mg)

Glutathione + Vit C Lyophilized is an innovative antioxidant blend that mimics the skin’s antioxidant system. It maintains the stability of vitamin C in the skin while amplifying its beneficial attributes. Glutathione and vitamin C function as interconnected antioxidants, capable of rejuvenating each other from their oxidative states back to their active, antioxidative forms. Through this reciprocal renewal process, interconnected antioxidants reinforce and prolong each other’s effectiveness. The package includes: 5x200mg Ingredients of the product: Aqua / Water, Abscorbic Acid, Glutathione, Sodium Hydroxide. The advantages of utilizing of BCN Glutathione + Vit C Lyophilized 8082 (5x200mg): Glutathione and Vitamin C function as cooperative network antioxidants, rejuvenating each other from their oxidized state to their active, antioxidant state. Glutathione is a compact molecule consisting of three amino acids. It serves as both an antioxidant and a skin-brightening agent, making it a vital component in addressing age spots. Vitamin C is a highly potent antioxidant, primarily utilized to address signs of photoaging, uneven skin tone, and aiding the skin in combatting the appearance of wrinkles. Application guidelines: Mix the contents of the vial with 2ml of deionized/sterile water until you achieve a uniform solution. Apply this mixture to dry areas of the face and/or body, and gently massage until it is completely absorbed.

BCN Glutathione 100mg 8067 5x5ml

The Glutathione Anti-Oxidant Solution assumes a crucial role in safeguarding cells against the effects of aging, functioning as both an antioxidant and a detoxifier. Glutathione’s capacity to impede melanin production underscores its significance in treatments aimed at melasma and depigmentation in mesotherapy. The package includes: 5x5ml Ingredients of the product: Active Ingredient: L-glutathione, S-acetyl Application guidelines: It is best that mesotherapy treatments should be performed only by trained and licensed individuals who understand well the specific products and techniques that they are using.

BCN Glutathione 600mg 8031 5x5ml

Glutathione 600mg has antioxidant properties and acts as detoxifying agent and has melanin synthesis inhibition property. As an anti-oxidant and detoxifier, Glutathione Anti-Oxidant Solution plays a very significant role in protecting cells from the effects of aging. The capacity of Glutathione to impede melanin production underscores its significance in treatments targeting melasma and depigmentation in mesotherapy. The package includes: 5x5ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua/Water, Glutathione, Sodium Hydroxide, Sodium Chloride. The advantages of utilizing of BCN Glutathione 600mg 8031 5x5ml: Revives the skin. Functions to replenish oxidized vitamins C and E. Possesses detoxification qualities. Plays a role in skin brightening. Application guidelines: Apply to freshly cleansed and dry skin on the face and/or body, gently massage until fully absorbed.

BCN Glycolic Acid 8008 10x2ml

Glycolic Acid, the most used alpha hydroxy acid (AHA), induces new skin cell, collagen, and elastin production. It visibly reduces not just brown spots and hyperpigmentation, but also fine lines, wrinkles, acne, scars and other visible signs of aging. The Glycolic Acid Brightening Solution not only helps your skin renew faster but also prevents dead skin cell from accumulating on the surface. It gives skin a dewy, revived skin, with a healthy glow. The package includes: 10x2ml vials Ingredients of the product: Aqua/Water, Glycolic Acid, Polysorbate 20, Linoleic Acid, Linolenic Acid. The advantages of utilizing of BCN Glycolic Acid 8008 10x2ml: Diminishes blemishes, wrinkles, acne, and scars Promotes skin radiance Enhances cellular renewal. Application guidelines: Use on cleaned and dried skin on the face and/or body; softly massage in until perceived.

BCN Heal (35ml) 8064

BCN Heal is a cream designed for application following mechanical aesthetic procedures that may lead to skin changes, such as dermopuncture or micro-needling, and similar treatments. Its composition includes ingredients like olive oil, panthenol, bisabolol (derived from chamomile extract), hyaluronic acid, and gotu kola, among others, which collectively work to enhance skin quality. The package includes: 35ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua (Water), Olea Europaea (Olive) Fruit Oil, Panthenol, Propylene Glycol, Polyperfluoromethylisopropyl Ether, Hydroxyethyl Acrylate / Sodium Acryloyldimethyl Taurate Copolymer, Hyaluronic Acid, Sodium Benzoate, Potassium Sorbate, Bisabolol, Asiaticoside The advantages of utilizing of BCN Heal (35ml) 8064: Provides deep moisturization, smoothing rough and parched skin. Exhibits antioxidant characteristics. Averts dehydration by virtue of its moisturizing and emollient capabilities, preventing skin dryness. Prevents and alleviates skin irritation resulting from mechanical activities. Enhances skin resilience against mechanical forces, such as shaving. Enhances skin texture, rejuvenates, and elevates skin quality. Forms a breathable, non-occlusive protective barrier. Application guidelines: BCN Heal serves as a vital cosmetic accompaniment to your professional medical-aesthetic procedure. For best outcomes, it is advisable to utilize it in conjunction with the other products from the BCN Pre & Post collection.

BCN Hyaluronic Acid 0.8% (liquid) 8030 10x2ml

Pure, unlinked hyaluronic acid proves to be a remarkably effective skin hydrating agent. Its unique capability to attract and bind water molecules is instrumental in hydrating the skin and preserving the suppleness of both dermal and epidermal tissues. Upon application to the skin, hyaluronic acid forms a viscoelastic layer, mirroring its natural role of retaining moisture within the intercellular framework of dermal connective tissues. This characteristic renders Hyaluronic Acid Anti-Ageing Solution an excellent moisture foundation, facilitating the delivery of other substances to the skin. It is a valuable solution for mesotherapy treatments, particularly recommended for addressing wrinkles, fatigue, sun-damaged, and dehydrated skin. The package includes: 10x2ml vials Ingredients of the product: Active ingredient: hyaluronic acid 0.8% Application guidelines: When combined with vitamins, hyaluronic acid not only aids in the prevention of aging indicators but also contributes to their treatment.

BCN Hyaluronic Acid 2% 8010 5x3ml

Pure, uncrosslinked hyaluronic acid proves to be a remarkably effective agent for skin hydration. Its specific capability to attract and bind water molecules serves to hydrate the skin and preserve the suppleness of both dermal and epidermal tissues. When applied to the skin, hyaluronic acid creates a viscoelastic film, mimicking its natural function of retaining moisture within the intercellular framework of dermal connective tissues. This quality positions Hyaluronic Acid Anti-Ageing Solution as an excellent moisture foundation, facilitating the delivery of other substances to the skin. It is a compelling option for mesotherapy treatments, particularly recommended for addressing wrinkles, fatigue, sun-damaged, and dehydrated skin. The package includes: 5x3ml vials Ingredients of the product: Active ingredient: hyaluronic acid 2% Application guidelines: When incorporating a hyaluronic acid serum into your skincare routine, follow these steps: After cleansing and/or toning your face, refrain from drying it. Instead, while your face is still damp, apply a few drops of hyaluronic acid serum and gently massage it in. Allow it a brief moment to absorb, and then proceed with the remainder of your skincare routine.

Aqualyx

Aqualyx is a unique product based on a chemically modified sodium salt of deoxycholic acid, having a gel consistency. It is the gel consistency that ensures that the drug gets into exactly certain areas of the body. The drug works only at the injection site and guarantees the absence of toxic effects on the body. The package includes: 10 x 8 ml syringes Ingredients of the product: Buffering chemicals. Modified compound of deoxycholic acid. Red microalgae sugars. Other sugars. Sodium chloride. Water. The advantages of utilizing of Aqualyx: Instant result; Does not require preparation; Does not require anesthesia; Versatility (applicable for both men and women); Prolonged action (the final result will appear within 2-4 weeks); Method security; Local impact; Low injury rate (in most cases, only 2 injections are enough); The duration of one procedure is about 30 minutes. What is the duration of the results? You will observe a decrease in fat accumulation in the treated regions during the weeks following your first session. The timeline for this varies from person to person, typically falling within the range of 3 to 6 weeks. As Aqualyx treatment builds upon itself, you can anticipate better results with each subsequent session until you attain your desired outcome.

BCN Adipo 8034 5x5ml

BCN Adipo 8034 5x5ml is a product designed to address cellulite and rejuvenate skin firmness, while also serving as a solution for facial aesthetic concerns like a double chin. L-carnitine and caffeine work together to mobilize stored fat, releasing it for metabolism-driven burning. Caffeine additionally enhances blood circulation, promoting skin tightness and tone, thereby diminishing the visibility of cellulite. Fucus aids in eliminating retained fluids, stimulating circulation, and detoxifying, thereby reducing edema associated with cellulite. Ruscus tackles blood circulation issues, while Glaucine promotes fat breakdown and inhibits the formation of new fat cells, visibly reducing the appearance of “orange-peel” skin and restoring skin firmness. Lastly, organic silica hydrates, rejuvenates cells, and enhances collagen synthesis. The package includes: 5 x 5 ml syringes Ingredients of the product: L-Carnitine, Caffeine, Fucus, Ruscus, Organic Silica, Glaucine. The advantages of utilizing of BCN Adipo 8034 5x5ml: It gets rid of specific body fat deposits. Encourages the renewal of elastic fibers. Hydrates the outer skin layer, making it firmer and more robust. It guards against the hastening of early aging signs. What is the duration of the results? Results after only 3 sessions with BCN Adipo 8034 5x5ml.

BCN Adipo Forte 8036 5x10ml

BCN Adipo Forte 8036 5x10ml is formulated to target and remove specific fat accumulations in various areas of the body, including body contours, abdominal folds, upper arms, thighs, buttocks, knees, and the waist. It is also suitable for addressing lipomas and making corrections after liposuction. Phosphatidylcholine effectively breaks down fat stored within adipocytes (fat cells), facilitating the elimination of localized fat deposits. Deoxycholic acid is employed to reduce these specific fat accumulations. L-carnitine aids in transporting fat from these deposits, making it available for metabolism and subsequent burning. Organic silica maintains skin moisture, which in turn firms and strengthens the connective tissues, thus preventing sagging skin resulting from volume loss. This product is recommended for individuals who are generally within a healthy weight range or slightly above it but have localized fat concerns. It is also suitable for those looking to optimize and sustain the results of a fat reduction treatment. The package includes: 5 x 10 ml vials Ingredients of the product: Phosphatidylcholine, Deoxycholate Acid, L-Carnitine, Organic Silica. The advantages of utilizing of BCN Adipo Forte 8036 5x10ml: Natural silica helps maintain skin moisture, Firmer and more resilient epidermis, Functioning as an antioxidant to actively deter the premature aging process. What is the duration of the results? The duration of results for BCN Adipo Forte 8036, like many cosmetic treatments, can vary from person to person. However, it’s typically recommended to undergo a series of sessions for the best and most sustained outcomes.

BCN Amino Acids 8029 10x2ml

Amino acids, which are naturally occurring compounds, exhibit a wide range of behaviors and functions. These functions encompass the creation of new collagen and fibroblasts. The outcome is skin that has been rejuvenated, regenerated, and reorganized, displaying enhanced suppleness and elasticity, a brighter appearance, and an improved texture. The package includes: 10 x 2 ml syringes Ingredients of the product: Alanine, Arginine, Aspartic Acid, Cystine, Glutamine, Glycine, Histidine, Isoleucine, Leucine, Lysine, Phenylalanine, Proline, Serine, Taurine Threonine. The advantages of utilizing of BCN Amino Acids 8029 10x2ml: Anti-ageing Hair loss Localised fat Stretch marks and scars What is the duration of the results? Typically, you may notice some immediate benefits, such as improved skin hydration and texture, after the initial treatment sessions. However, to maintain and enhance the results, multiple sessions are often recommended. These sessions may be spaced out over a period of time, and the effects can be cumulative, with more noticeable and lasting results achieved as you progress through the treatment plan.

BCN Arni+K 8091

BCN Arni+K is a specialized cream designed for targeted treatment, aiming to enhance the condition of the skin affected by injuries, medical-aesthetic treatments, surgeries, or skin imperfections associated with conditions like cuperosis, rosacea, dilated capillaries, or congested complexion. Its formulation, featuring ingredients with anti-irritating and calming qualities, provides relief to the affected areas. The package includes: 35ml tube Ingredients of the product: vitamin K oxide, devil’s claw (harpagophytum procumbens), chamomile essential oil, hyaluronic acid vitamin C The advantages of utilizing of BCN Arni+K 8091: Alleviates congestion, relieves irritation and soothes the skin. Attenuates vascular redness and stains. It helps to recover skin homogeneity. It improves appearance, elasticity and coloration of skin areas affected by medical-aesthetic procedures. What is the duration of the results? While some immediate benefits may be noticeable after the initial sessions, the duration of results can be enhanced and prolonged with multiple treatment sessions over time. Maintenance sessions may also be recommended to sustain the improvements.

BCN Artichoke Extract 2% 8001 (10x5ml)

The secret behind the anti-cellulite properties of Artichoke Extract lies in its detoxifying and diuretic action. Also known as Cynara Scolymus, with the active ingredient cynarin, it is widely used to treat cellulite and fat. In addition, Artichoke Extract Anti-Cellulite Solution works to help stimulate the lymphatic drainage system. The package includes: 10x5ml vials Ingredients of the product: Artichoke Extract 2% Aqua/Water, Sodium Chloride, Alcohol Denat, Cynara Scolymus Extract. The advantages of utilizing of BCN Artichoke Extract 2% 8001 (10x5ml): Acts against the oxidative stress induced by inflammatory mediators. It has diuretic and vasoconstrictor properties. Acts against the oxidative stress induced by inflammatory mediators. Helps to stimulate the lymphatic circulatory system. Efficient to mobilize fatty deposits, detoxify and reduce cholesterol naturally What is the duration of the results? The exact duration of results can vary from person to person.

BCN Asian Centella 8002 (10x2ml)

BCN Asian Centella 8002 (10x2ml) enhances blood flow, fortifies the skin, and activates the connective tissue. This potent blend blends Asian Centella (Gotu Kola), Fucus Vesiculosus, and Hedera Helix extract (Ivy) to enhance blood circulation, especially in areas affected by cellulite, bolster skin resilience, and promote connective tissue activation. The outcome is the Asian Centella Regenerative Solution, a highly effective, multi-purpose treatment for cellulite, skin rejuvenation, hair loss, and stretch marks. The package includes: 10x2ml vials Ingredients of the product: Contains Asian Centella, Fucus Hedera Helix Extract. The advantages of utilizing of BCN Asian Centella 8002 (10x2ml): Activates the activity of the lymphatic system, Improves the conductivity of adipocyte membranes, Promotes the dissolution of lipids, Regulates metabolism and fat burning, removes excess fluid It has a powerful antioxidant, anti-inflammatory, detoxifying effect It fights cellulite perfectly Promotes the regeneration of collagen and elastin fibers, increases the strength and elasticity of connective tissue. What is the duration of the results? The duration of results for BCN Asian Centella 8002 can vary depending on individual factors such as the specific concern being treated, the patient’s skin type, lifestyle, and the treatment protocol followed.

BCN Base 8032 5x3ml

The perfect foundation, distinguished by its three active components: hyaluronic acid, X-DNA, and organic silica. It can be applied independently as an anti-aging treatment or combined with other elements to craft a completely personalized product. BCN Base delivers the essential moisture required by all skin types and the resulting suppleness, primarily due to the hydrating qualities of its three constituents, with a particular emphasis on hyaluronic acid. To preserve these benefits, it is crucial to shield the skin from the effects of free radicals that contribute to aging. In this regard, the natural polymer X-DNA collaborates seamlessly with hyaluronic acid, introducing an antioxidant dimension to the product. Lastly, organic silica rejuvenates and regenerates cells. The package includes: 5 x 3ml syringes Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic Acid, X-DNA Gel Organic Silica. The advantages of utilizing of BCN Base 8032 5x3ml: Delivers excellent moisturization while preserving tissue flexibility. Improves skin conditions including dryness, fine lines and signs of aging. Antioxidant character. Revitalizes and rejuvenates cellular structures. Aids in enhancing skin texture and firmness, addressing stretch marks, and preventing and managing hair loss. Product application Guidelines: BCN Base 8032 can be applied using various techniques, such as microneedling, mesotherapy, or other methods, depending on the treatment plan.

BCN Biotin 8003 (10x2ml)

Biotin plays a crucial role in cell growth, the synthesis of fatty acids, and the metabolism of fats and amino acids. Biotin Nutritive Solution actively enhances cell repair, encouraging the development of healthy skin cells and tissues, which results in an overall enhancement of skin structure and appearance. By speeding up the production of lipids, it enhances the skin’s natural protective function and visibly reduces fine lines. Additionally, this active compound can be utilized to alleviate symptoms associated with seborrheic dermatitis, eczema, and dry skin, while also addressing issues like hair loss and premature graying. The package includes: 10x2ml vials Ingredients of the product: Biotin The advantages of utilizing of BCN Biotin 8003 (10x2ml): Aids in combatting hair loss Early onset of hair color change Promotes cellular rejuvenation. Product application Guidelines: Apply a small amount of BCN Biotin 8003 serum to the targeted area. Gently massage it into the skin using upward or circular motions. If using on the scalp, apply and massage into the scalp as well.

BCN Capillum Peptides 8085 5x5ml

A hair loss remedy that addresses various stages of the hair growth cycle to prevent hair loss and encourage healthy and denser hair regrowth. This sterile solution contains a blend of three distinct groups of active components designed for treating hormonal-related hair loss (androgenetic alopecia) and hair loss resulting from internal or external factors, such as nutritional deficiencies or stress. It serves as a revitalizing hair treatment and an excellent complement to other medical aesthetic solutions aimed at addressing this condition. The package includes: 5 x 5 ml The advantages of utilizing of BCN Capillum Peptides 8085 5x5ml: Revives and fortifies the extracellular matrix (ECM) and the dermal papilla. Influences the production of dihydrotestosterone. Enhances microcirculation, nourishment, and oxygen supply. Prolongs the growth phase (anagen) and safeguards against follicle shrinkage. Results in thicker, fuller hair with increased volume. What is the duration of the results? BCN Capillum Peptide is beneficial for addressing hair loss, but it requires continuous, prolonged usage to observe its effectiveness.

BCN Cleanser 8078

BCN Cleanser is a pH-balancing foaming cleanser. It has effective non-harsh cleansing agents that clean all the impurities from the skin. This cleanser is gentle on the skin, making it suitable for individuals with sensitivity resulting from dermatological procedures. It does not alter the skin’s permeability and is particularly well-suited for use both before and after chemical peel treatments. The package includes: 150ml Application guidelines: Pump 2-3 times on to a cotton swab or a cloth napkin to ooze the required quantity of the product. Use the facial cleanser on the face, neck and decollete. Remove the foam with a cotton swab or a clean cloth.

BCN Conductor Gel - 1L 8021

BCN’s conductor gel serves as an excellent medium for dispersing active ingredients. It is compatible with all skin types, and this clear, non-sticky gel readies the skin, creating a smooth canvas. This versatile gel is compatible with various tools, ensuring smooth gliding over the skin. It poses no risk of harming equipment or leaving behind rust or residue, making it an ideal companion for various treatments. The package includes: 1l bottle dispenser Ingredients of the product: Conducting actives. The advantages of utilizing of BCN Conductor Gel – 1L 8021: Tools could be easily glided on the skin using conductor gel. Application guidelines: Mix by combining with the desired quantity of the active ingredient and blend until a uniform solution is attained. Use promptly.

Fillmed Hydra Cryo-Serum 100ml

Fillmed Hydra Cryo-Serum will boost skin hydration, keep skin moisturised, prevent dryness and slow down the signs of ageing. One of the active ingredients is obtaining the better quality of the skin giving all the components that you need it to have a young appearance. The package includes: 1x100ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid Collagen The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed Hydra Cryo-Serum 100ml: Cryotherapy creates a thermal shock that involves blood vessel constriction and dilation. This process speeds up the absorption of the active ingredients through the Peltier effect. How to use: Apply to clean skin in the morning and evening.

Fillmed HXR EYE Cream 15ml

Anti-aging eye cream combats dark circles, puffiness and lines around the eye area. It has NCTF (cell Therapy) with 53 intensive components and hyaluronic acid to provide the eye area with moisture, vitamins and amino acids. The composition also includes a peptide that relaxes muscles, eliminates wrinkles around the eyes, improves skin microcirculation. The package includes: 1x15ml The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed HXR EYE Cream 15ml: Diminishes puffiness, under-eye darkness, and the visible presence of fine lines and wrinkles. How to use: Apply with your fingertips to the sensitive eye area in the morning and evening.

Fillmed Post Peel 100ml

Fillmed Post Peel is formulated to return the skin to the correct normalized pH after the peeling process. For professional use only, acids are neutralized and the skin is returned to a normal pH of 8. Fillmed Post Peel contains sodium hydrogen and dextran sulphate to facilitate the neutralisation process for the post-peel treatment. The results are an effective pH adjustment. The package includes: 1x100ml The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed Post Peel 100ml: This solution helps clarify the complexion, smooth the skin, and ready it for other treatments. How to use: Apply morning and evening by using a cotton ball or pad to wipe the entire face.

Fillmed Perfecting Solution 100ml

The lotion with gluconolactone FILMED Laboratories SKIN PERFUSION Perfecting Solution is designed to gently remove dead skin cells, improve its texture and give vitality. Gluconolactone exfoliates the keratinized layer of the epidermis and activates tissue regeneration, smoothes the skin texture and reduces imperfections, improves the general condition of problem skin. It has a powerful antioxidant effect. The package includes: 1x100ml Ingredients of the product: Gluconolactone 0.3%. The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed Fillmed Perfecting Solution 100ml: It effectively removes dead skin cells, resulting in smoother skin texture, minimized imperfections, and a refreshed, clear complexion. How to use: Apply the product on a cotton pad and gently wipe the previously cleansed skin of the face. Use every morning and/or evening before the serum or cream.

Fillmed P-Bright Serum 30ml

P-Bright Serum is used against dark spots on the skin. It smoothens out face texture, it restores tone to the face, it makes the skin beautiful and healthy. It has phenolic acid which helps in melanin production and exfoliating one’s skin. Contains vitamin E keeps you anti-inflammatory and stops pigmentation. The package includes: 1x30ml The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed P-Bright Serum 30ml: Visibly even out skin tone with dark spot- and luminance-busting ingredients in this serum that come together to address uniformity issues. How to use: Apply in the morning and/or evening before your regular cream. Unifying fluid texture.

Fillmed Modelling gel 250ml

Gel De Modelage is employed for applying massage techniques to the face and body. Initially in gel form, it transforms into a manageable oil texture when warmed by the hands, facilitating smooth movements over the skin and body without causing any friction. Additionally, this gel is compatible with various treatments such as ultrasound and cavitation. The package includes: 1x250ml Ingredients of the product: OCTYLDODECANOL CAPRYLIC/CAPRIC TRIGLYCERIDE GLYCERIN AQUA (WATER, EAU) SUCROSE LAURATE SUCROSE STEARATE The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed Modelling gel 250ml: Facilitates massage, soothing, and replenishing lost moisture. Free from sulfates, parabens, soap, mineral oils, dyes, and cruelty to animals. How to use: Apply directly onto dry skin, massage.

Fillmed UV Skin Protect SPF 50+ 50ml

Sunscreen Fillmed UV Skin Protect SPF 50 is suitable for daily use, protects against UVB, UVA rays, blue light, infrared radiation and oxidative stress of the environment. Prevents aging processes caused by sunlight, is suitable as a post-procedural care after PIH (post-inflammatory hyperpigmentation), protects against photoaging, moisturizes the skin, accelerates regeneration and recovery processes. Wide-spectrum filters combine 4 environmentally friendly filters, do not cause allergic reactions, absorb all types of radiation. The package includes: 1x50ml The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed UV Skin Protect SPF 50+ 50ml: Niacinamide restores damage caused by UV radiation, stimulates the processes of epithelialization, evens out the tone of the face. Vitamin E has an antioxidant effect, prevents the appearance of sunburn, limits inflammatory reactions such as redness, erythema and swelling. DTX-complex is rich in phytonutrients, activates the mechanisms of skin protection from negative external factors. The fat content control complex mattifies the skin, regulates the sebaceous glands. How to use: Apply in the morning at the final stage of care, if necessary, apply again during the day.

Fillmed Time Cryo-Serum 100ml

Fillmed SP Time Cryo-Serum is designed to reduce the severity of any wrinkles in depth (small, deep). It is an innovative cosmetic product that begins to act from the first time of use. The results will be noticeable immediately. The composition includes natural, bioactive components (vitamin “A”, peptide “Arg-Lys”, sodium hyaluronate, Wakame algae), the action of which is aimed at restoring elasticity to the epidermis, nutrition and deep hydration, elimination of age-related changes, restoration at the cellular level. The package includes: 1x100ml Ingredients of the product: Galactomannans and oligosaccharides matrix The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed Time Cryo-Serum 100ml: Stimulates collagen synthesis which smooths wrinkles. How to use: You have the flexibility to use a single serum or mix 2 or 3 serums depending on your client’s specific needs. Apply 16 pumps for the face, neck, and décolletage if you plan to use Cryotherapy or LED therapy for up to 10 minutes. If your treatment will last up to 20 minutes, apply 24 pumps.

Fillmed Time Booster 10ml

FILLMED Time Booster is a nighttime serum designed to combat wrinkles, making it particularly effective for aging skin. This serum combines a slew of skin-softening, hydrating, and plumping actives for an overall brighter, more polished complexion. With FILLMED Time Booster, you will be able to effectively brighten the skin tone and diminish the wrinkles and sagging skin. The package includes: 3x10ml Ingredients of the product: 0.3% Retinol + 4% Galacto-alfa: 0.5% Hyaluronic Acid + 5% Aloe Vera Gel The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed Time Booster 10ml: TIME-BOOSTER contains 0.3% retinol, which has been clinically proven to reduce wrinkles. The formula balances the potent retinol with soothing and moisturizing agents like Hyaluronic acid and Aloe Vera to ensure skin comfort. How to use: Apply FILLMED Time Booster before applying night cream.

Fillmed RE-Time Serum 30ml

FILLMED Re-Time Serum for smoothing wrinkles is a anti—aging treatment suitable for all skin types. Intensively moisturizes, smoothes the relief of the epidermis, reduces their number and depth, a fresh and well-groomed appearance. The composition includes hyaluronic acid, which compensates for the deficit of moisture in the tissues and retains it for a long time. Combats dryness and peeling and prevents dehydration So the collagen and elastin synthesis is expanded, the turgor and elasticity in the skin is enhanced and the number and depth of wrinkles is reduced, preventing their reformation. The package includes: 1x30ml Ingredients of the product: Vitamin A Arg-Lys Peptide Hyaluronic Acid Wakame 14G The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed RE-Time Serum 30ml: Arg-Lys peptide helps to relax the skin, it smoothes out wrinkles from facial expressions and prevents them from reappearing. It speeds up skin regeneration and restores its youthful appearance using wakame seaweed extract. How to use: It is applied a little on freshly cleaned skin of the face and neck before applying the day / night cream.

Fillmed Pre Peel 100ml

Fillmed Pre Peel is designed for professional use to regulate the skin’s pH before undergoing peeling treatments. This 100ml bottle contains a degreasing formula that lowers the skin’s pH to 4. After applying it with a cotton swab and thoroughly removing grease, impurities, and makeup, the pores are prepped to absorb the active components in the subsequent peeling process. The package includes: 1x100ml Ingredients of the product: Gluconolactone Sodium methylparaben Phenoxyethanol The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed Pre Peel 100ml: The skin is left thoroughly cleansed, and the subsequent peeling ingredients can penetrate effectively. This helps maintain the skin at an ideal pH level suitable for performing the peeling procedures. How to use: Get ready skin for peeling by massaging the solution into skin surface.

RRS HyaLift 35 (6x5ml)

RRS HyaLift 35 is effectively employed for biorevitalization and addressing initial signs of facial, neck, and décolleté skin aging. Moreover, RRS HyaLift 35’s outcomes are notably evident in rejuvenating hand skin and in the biorevitalization of abdominal skin, targeting stretch marks. The procedure’s efficacy is guaranteed by the incorporation of the purest and uniform hyaluronate in the biorevitalizer. This product is advisable for individuals aged 20 and above. The package includes: 6 vials x 5 ml The advantages of utilizing of RRS® Hyalift 35: Intensive skin hydration and biorevitalization Works against aging signs Smoothes fine wrinkles Addresses loose or sagging skin Promotes a subtle and natural healthy radiance What is the duration of the results? Up to 6 months

Fillmed CAB 5HP Youth Cream 250ml

Fillmed CAB 5HP-Youth Cream is a rich 24-hour daily moisturizer designed to replenish moisture and enhance the appearance of aging skin. This cream aims to improve firmness, radiance, rejuvenation, and visibly reduce fine lines. The package includes: 1x250ml Ingredients of the product: Betaine Carbomer Cetearyl alcohol Geraniol Glycerin Limonene Linalool Panthenol Tocopherol The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed CAB 5HP Youth Cream 250ml: Revitalizing facial cream Provides hydration and nourishment Suitable for normal to dry skin How to use: For optimal skincare, gently apply Fillmed CAB 5HP to your face and neck in the morning and evening after using a suitable serum.

Fillmed CAB 6HP Youth Cream 250ml

The cream is designed for normal, dry and wrinkled skin that does not have elasticity and radiance. Contains NCTF (New Cellular Treatment Factor) with 53 active ingredients and hyaluronic acid that improve skin quality. Hydroxyproline stimulates the synthesis of collagen in our body, which reduces the signs of aging. The package includes: 1x250ml The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed CAB 6HP Youth Cream 250ml: Suitable for normal to dry skin, this cream provides anti-age and hydrating properties. It also has Vitamin B5, which boosts the skin’s moisture balance, and hydroxyproline, a natural skin rejuvenator that triggers collagen synthesis. Hydroxyproline provides a comprehensive solution for visible signs of aging as it is naturally present in the skin. How to use: Apply to face and neck, morning and evening.

Fillmed Bright Booster 10ml

Fillmed Bright Booster 10ml designed to address pigmentation, dark spots, and uneven skin tones. The package includes: 3x10ml The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed Bright Booster 10ml: The Bright Booster works to not just target pigmentation and dark spots but also to inhibit and prevent future pigmentation concerns so you achieve brighter, more luminous skin. Free of sulfates, parabens, soap, mineral oils, dyes, cruelty. How to use: Apply directly to dry, cleansed skin, preferably following a peel (Perfecting Solution). Concentrate on areas of concern. Use in the evening.

Fillmed Balance Booster 10ml

FILLMED Laboratories SKIN PERFUSION Balance Booster is a highly effective serum that effectively reduces visible skin imperfections and improves its texture, regulates sebum production and gives a healthy, well—groomed appearance. The package includes: 3x10ml Ingredients of the product: Salicylic Acid 2%, Lactic Acid 2.4%, Zinc Gluconate 3.5%. The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed Balance Booster 10ml: Exfoliates the keratinized layer of the epidermis Smoothes the microrelief and gently brightens the overall tone of the face deeply cleanses the pores and normalizes the sebaceous glands Relieves all inflammatory processes Reduces black dots and comedones Improves the general condition of problem skin Antibacterial effect Instantly dries rashes Heals damage and stimulates the restoration of skin tissues How to use: Press the dispenser and shake the bottle vigorously for about 10 seconds to mix the ingredients from both sections of the bottle, then apply the concentrate to the cleansed skin of the face and neck.

Fillmed B3 Recovery Cream 50ml

Anti-aging cream is designed for sensitive and irritated skin. Contains soothing extract of mirabilis Jalapa, which strengthens and protects the epidermis and anti-inflammatory plants of brown water and rhamnose complex, which reduce redness and inflammation. Vitamin B3 + H protects and renews DNA and initiates the creation of collagen. It has NCTF (a new coefficient of cellular treatment) with 53 intensive components and hyaluronic acid that improve the quality of the skin. The package includes: 1x50ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua (water, Eau), glycerin, oxidized corn oil, caprylic / capric triglyceride, butylene glycol, hydroxyethylurea, Butyrospermum Parkii (Shea) oil, nylon-12, squalane, cyclopentasiloxane, sodium polyacrylate, glyceryl steaheganhexane, palcetane hexane pane, glyceryl steaheganhexane, palcetane hexane, palcegan sucrose, propanediol, 1,2-hexanediol, caprylyl glycol, acrylates / C10-30 alkyl acrylate cross-polymer, polyacrylamide, sodium benzoate, glyceryl linoleate, Prunus Amlusulmidulifu Isu, biosaccharin-3, P3 Ammonium lactaria, sodium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide t-7, potassium sorbate, brine shrimp extract, jalapa mirabilis extract, citric acid, sodium hydrogerolide, current chloride, glucose, potassium chloride, calcium chloride, magnesium sulfate, magnesium chloride Phosphate, sodium acetate, ascorbic acid, lysine Hcl, arginine, alanine , histidine, valine, leucine, trion, isoleucine, tryptophan, phenylalanine, tyrosine, glycine, Polysorbate-80, serine, cystine, glutathione, cyanocobalamin, asparagine, aspartic acid, ornithine, glutamic acid, nicotinamide-adenine-dinuclein, prodrug , metroin met, glucene, aminobarin, amine group, acetate-synthesin- acetosine-acetonitosin, acetate-acetate-coinsin-acetate-acetate-acetone- acetine-acetine-acetine-acetine-acetine-acetine-acetine-acetine- acetine-2-acetine-2-acetine-acetine-2-acetine- acetine-2-unit acetate-acetate- coinzin-2-unit polynosulfate 80, serine, cystine, glutathione, cyanocobalamin, asparagine, aspartic acid, ornithine, glutamic acid, nicotinamide-adenine- dinucleotide, proline, aminobrin, metroin-met, g , amino-amine, amine-acin, amminobarin-acetine-acetosine Pyridoxine Hcl, biotin, calcium pantothenate, folic acid, ribof avalanche, tocopheryl phosphate, perfume (flavor), limonene, linalool, geraniol, citral. The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed B3 Recovery Cream 50ml: Renews the skin’s moisture barrier, strengthening the epidermis and boosting the skin’s natural healing properties. After aesthetic treatments it provides reassuring aftercare, hydrating the sensitive and fragile skin barrier from environmental aggressors. How to use: Apply morning and evening.

Fillmed CAB Nourishing Body Balm 500ml

Nourishing balm is designed for dry skin. It restores and strengthens it, creating a lipid barrier that restores moisture. Gives softness and smoothness. After use, the skin becomes silky. The package includes: 1x500ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua (water, Eau), dimethicone, cetearyl ethyl hexanoate, glycerol, glyceryl stearate, butylene glycol, cyclopentasiloxane, myristyl myristate, cyclohexasiloxane, cetyl alcohol, Peg-100 stearate, phenoxyethane / acetoaluminosulfonate sodium sulfate, sodium sulfate, sodium sulfate, sodium sulfate disodium edta, sorbitan oleate, butylmethoxybenzoylmethane, ethylhexylmethoxycinnamate, ethylhexyl salicylate, perfume (flavoring), limonene, linalool, geraniol, citral. The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed CAB Nourishing Body Balm 500ml: Assist in retaining moisture and providing essential nutrients for your skin’s health and radiance. Body balm is a convenient option for when you’re on the move, particularly if you battle dry skin. Additionally, it allows you to save space in your bag and eliminates concerns about potential leakage from a large lotion bottle. How to use: Apply all over the body, morning and/or evening.

Fillmed CAB HXR EYE Cream 95ml

FILLMED Skin Perfusion HXR-Eye Cream is an anti-aging eye cream that addresses multiple signs of aging in the eye contour area. It clears dark circles, lessens puffiness and under-eye bags, and smooths fine lines around the eyes. The package includes: 1x95ml Ingredients of the product: Hexylresorcinol: The primary ingredient found in many even skin-toned treatments, it also reduces the look of dark circles. Arg-Lys peptide: a powerful skin relaxant that visibly softens the appearance of wrinkles in the eye contour area. Escin: Seen as having a stimulating impact, it helps reduce puffiness and under-eye bags. The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed CAB HXR EYE Cream 95ml: Reduces the appearance of dark circles Diminishes puffiness and under-eye bags Smooths out fine lines around the eyes How to use: For the best skincare results, apply Fillmed CAB HXR-Eye Cream to the eye contour region twice daily.

Fillmed CAB Collagen Youth Mask

Fillmed CAB Collagen Youth Mask is a highly efficient facial mask that delivers smoother and more youthful-looking skin in just 15 minutes. This mask provides hydration and naturally enhances collagen production in the skin, thanks to its key ingredients: Hyaluronic acid, collagen, and aloe vera. Additionally, Fillmed® CAB Collagen Youth Mask visibly reduces wrinkles and delivers an instant anti-aging effect. The package includes: 5 masks Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic Acid Collagen Aloe Vera The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed CAB Collagen Youth Mask: Promotes skin rejuvenation Boosts collagen production in the skin Diminishes the appearance of wrinkles Provides anti-aging benefits How to use: Apply to face and keep up to 15 minutes.

Fillmed CAB Cleansing Oil 500ml

Fillmed CAB Cleansing Oil is a gentle coconut-based cleansing oil that removes all types of makeup, cleanses the skin and leaves it feel soft and well-nourished. The package includes: 1x500ml The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed CAB Cleansing Oil 500ml: Eliminates various types of makeup Hydrates and purifies the skin Appropriate for all skin types How to use: Use FILLMED CAB Cleansing Oil to remove make-up and cleanse the skin.

Fillmed CAB B3 Recovery Cream 250ml

Fillmed HAB5 Hydra Serum 30ml

The moisturizing serum FILLMED Laboratories SKIN PERFUSION HAB5 — Hydra Serum quickly and effectively saturates the skin with moisture, smoothes its texture and gives a fresh, well-groomed appearance. The composition includes 3 forms of hyaluronic acid with varying molecular weights for deeper and long-lasting hydration of the skin, combating visible wrinkles arising from dehydration, dryness and the feeling of taut skin. Provitamin B5 promotes restructuring of the integrity of the skin, has a calming and healing effect, eliminates inflammation and irritation. The package includes: 1x30ml The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed HAB5 Hydra Serum 30ml: Calms and restores moisture that has been lost. Minimizes the signs of aging. Sulfate Free, Paraben Free, Soap Free, Mineral Oil Free, Free of Dyes, Not Tested on Animals. How to use: Before day/night cream; massage onto cleansed skin of face and neck.

Fillmed GR-Youth Mask 50ml

The anti-aging mask FILLMED Laboratories SKIN PERFUSION GR—Youth Mask is an ideal remedy for tired and dehydrated skin. Restores the hydrobalance of the skin and visibly fills it, stimulates the synthesis of lipids, returns natural radiance and freshness. The composition contains shea butter and babassu, which have an instant softening and nourishing effect, strengthen the lipid film and the protective barrier of the epidermis. Soothe and hydrate the skin and smoothen texture, and prevent dryness, peeling and tightness. Vitamin E has a strong antioxidant, neutralizes the action of free radicals and protects the skin from aggressive environmental factors, suspends its aging process. The package includes: 1x50ml The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed GR-Youth Mask 50ml: It helps restore the skin’s moisture barrier and keeps it looking plump. Imparts a polish to the skin’s surface for a brighter texture and added luminescence. How to use: Apply the product in a thick layer on the face and leave for 15-30 minutes, then rinse with water. Use 1-2 times a week.

Fillmed Exfoliating Cream 50ml

This exfoliating cream is considered an ideal remedy, combining a delicate structure with effectiveness. The product initiates skin renewal and improves its texture, leaving the face smooth, light and absolutely perfect. After peeling, your skin is perfectly prepared to use SKIN PERFUSION skin care products. The package includes: 1x50ml The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed Exfoliating Cream 50ml: This cream offers a gentle, mechanical exfoliation of the dead skin cells on the skin’s surface. By providing controlled exfoliation, it kickstarts the cells in the basal layer, reigniting the process of cell regeneration. Mineral micro-beads, recognized for their ability to exfoliate dead cells without causing harm, are a key component. How to use: Apply to wet face skin once or twice a week. Rinse it out.

Fillmed C-Light Serum 30ml

In this serum, uses encapsulated vitamin C to reduce the symptoms of lethargy. It has vitamin H (biotin), which is necessary for healthy skin, NCTF, which restores the loss of hyaluronic acid, renews the skin and increases microcirculation, as well as polyphenol HRH-14, which is considered a highly effective antioxidant, which is known to improve skin texture and guarantees shine. The package includes: 1x30ml Ingredients of the product: Vitamin H (Biotin) is a vitamin naturally embedded in the skin and is essential for skin glow. Vitamin C has long been hailed for its powerful renewing properties, helping to brighten your complexion and refresh tired-looking skin. HRH-14 Polyphenol, a highly active antioxidant sourced from the resurrection plant (Haberlea Rhodopensis), is employed to activate skin radiance. The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed C-Light Serum 30ml: Great for skin that looks dull and tired. With Vitamin C, it brightens skin tone and revitalizes tired looking skin. HRH-14 Polyphenol, extracted from the resurrection plant (Haberlea rhodopensis), triggers skin radiance. How to use: Apply directly onto dry, cleansed skin, ideally following a peel (Perfecting Solution). Use morning or evening.

Fillmed Cleansing Oil 200ml

The oil has a delicate scent of violets and chamomile. A great product that takes your makeup off and leaves your skin feeling soft and smooth. The package includes: 1x200ml Ingredients of the product: Caprylic/Capric Triglyceride Ethylhexyl Stearate Peg-20 Glyceryl Triisostearate Parfum (Fragrance) Alpha-isomethyl Ionone Hexyl Cinnamal The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed Cleansing Oil 200ml: Eliminates contaminants from the environment, impurities, and surplus oil. Calms and restores lost moisture. Free from sulfates, parabens, soap, mineral oils, dyes, and not tested on animals. How to use: Apply morning and evening to dry skin, massage and rinse with warm water.

Fillmed Micellar Water 500ml

Formulated to quickly take off makeup and purify the skin, strengthening its protective barrier. Suitable for all skin types. It has an airy texture and does not leave any filmy or greasy residue. The package includes: 1x500ml Ingredients of the product: CAPRYLIC/CAPRIC TRIGLYCERIDE ETHYLHEXYL STEARATE PEG-20 GLYCERYL TRIISOSTEARATE PARFUM(FRAGRANCE) ALPHA-ISOMETHYL IONONE HEXYL CINNAMAL The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed Micellar Water 500ml: Effectively remove makeup and cleanse impurities from the face, eyes and lips. The ultra-soothing formula is enriched with Niacinamide (aka Vitamin B3), to instantly refresh and comfort the skin, leaving it with a smooth texture and no stickiness. Skin feels fresh, purified, and softened, ready for a full regimes. No fragrance added for sensitive skin. How to use: Use cotton pads to wipe on the area of the skin you want to cleanse.

Fillmed Micellar Water 200ml

Micellar water FILLMED Laboratories SKIN PERFUSION Micellar Water effectively removes makeup from the face, eyes and lips, preventing dryness and tightness, soothes sensitive skin and reduces its reactivity. The package includes: 1x200ml Ingredients of the product: Triple-acting Gentle Surfactants Niacinamide (Vitamin B3) Moisturizing agents The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed Micellar Water 200ml: It’s an effective makeup remover and skin barrier booster. Ideal for all skin types, light texture with non-greasy and non-sticky finish. The product hydrates, cleanses, delivers soothing care, calms redness and irritations, and protects against dryness and tightness. It imparts comfort, softness, and suppleness to the skin, with results showing 95% effectiveness in cleansing the skin, 86% moisturizing effect, 80% soothing overheating sensations, and 80% immediate skin calming. How to use: Use a cotton pad to apply the product and do not rinse it off.

Fillmed Lift Cryo-Serum 100ml

Fillmed Lift Cryo-Serum has tightening (lifting) properties and is intended for flabby, lost tone and sagging skin of the face. It is used to effectively protect and repair tissues at the cellular level. It has a profound effect, strengthens the cellular structure, triggers protein synthesis and the growth of new cells. The composition includes natural, bioactive components (collagen, Arg-Lys peptide, xylose, sorghum sugar stem juice, sodium hyaluronate, algae extract), which are aimed at deep hydration, smoothing of microrelief, leveling of dermis irregularities, neutralization of elastin damage, formation of keratin framework.Cryo-serum “SP Lift Cryo-Serum” from the French manufacturer brand “Filorga” has tightening (lifting) properties and is intended for flabby, lost tone and sagging skin of the face. It is used to effectively protect and repair tissues at the cellular level. It has a profound effect, strengthens the cellular structure, triggers protein synthesis and the growth of new cells. The package includes: 1x100ml The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed Lift Cryo-Serum 100ml: Improves skin firmness to create an anti-ageing effect Improves skin tone Provides hydration How to use: You can opt to use one serum or combine 2 or 3 serums depending on your client’s needs. Dispense 16 pumps for the face, neck, and décolletage during 10 minutes of Cryotherapy or LED therapy, or 24 pumps for up to 20 minutes. Apply half of the mixture to one side of the face, neck, etc.

Mesoestetic Proteoglycan Ampoules

Mesoestetic ampoules offer potent concentrated solutions designed to address specific skin concerns with efficient ingredient absorption. These ampoules are suitable for daily, weekly, or bi-weekly use, allowing you to tailor your skincare routine to your needs. Each individual ampoule is meticulously sealed in a sterile environment and crafted from dark glass to maintain the formula’s integrity. This is an intensive and nourishing daily treatment specially designed for mature, devitalized, dry, and sensitive skin that exhibits initial signs of photoaging. The lightweight concentrated formula is rapidly absorbed into the skin. Proteoglycan ampoules help prevent imperfections and expression lines while, with extended use, stimulating connective tissue to enhance skin texture, firmness, and elasticity. These ampoules are enriched with Vitamin C, Vitamin F, and seed extracts that contribute to the skin’s structural improvement, overall function, communication, and nutrient supply. The package includes: 10x2ml ampoules Ingredients of the product: Proteoglycans Vitamin C (Ascorbic Acid) Glycine Soja Seed (Soy Extract) Vitamin F (Linoleic Acid & Linolenic Acid) The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Proteoglycan Ampoule: These are glycoproteins located in the extra cellar matrix, that fill the intercellular space and help keep the skin feeling more smooth, flexible and firm. Packed with a high concentration of proteoglycans, the formula delivers a potent restructuring effect that helps reverse and prevent the signs of skin aging. Known for its antioxidant properties, Vitamin C stimulates collagen synthesis, delivering a comprehensive anti-aging impact. It also provides immediate skin luminosity. Offering strong antioxidant properties, this ingredient can inhibit the metalloproteinases generated by UV radiation and increase collagen production. Rich in Omega 3 & 6, Vitamin F aids in restoring the skin’s barrier function and reducing water loss from the epidermis. How to use: To utilize these ampoules, carefully break them open in an upright position using a tissue. Apply the contents to your skin after cleansing and before using other serums.

Mesoestetic Post Procedure Fast Skin Repair 50ml

Regenerating cream for the face Post-procedure fast skin repair eliminates swelling, erythema, stimulates healing and restoration of tissues damaged as a result of the influence of solar radiation or exfoliating procedures. It is recommended to use after exfoliation of the skin, in particular after the mesoeclat, cosmelan, mesopeel, dermamelan program, as well as during other procedures at the stage of tissue repair. The package includes: 1x50ml Ingredients of the product: DMAE – increases the firmness and elasticity of the skin. Anti-aging complex: oil of the week, Centella asiatica extract, licorice extract. Antioxidant complex: lipoic acid, coenzyme Q10, idebenone, rosemary extract, soy and wheat germ proteins. The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Post Procedure Fast Skin Repair 50ml: Post-peeling Recovery. Post Sun Damage Recovery. Stimulates Cell Repair. Softens Fine Lines and Wrinkles. How to use: Apply with light massage movements to the necessary areas when there is a feeling of tightness of the skin.

Mesoestetic Moisturising Sun Protection 50SPF 50ml

The Mesoprotech Moisturising Sun Protection 50+ SPF is an essential addition to treatments that may temporarily dry out the skin, thanks to its moisturizing and antioxidant properties. This sunscreen proves high broad-spectrum sun protection while leaving the skin hydrated. It’s appropriate for every skin type — including sensitive states and post procedure use. The package includes: 1x50ml Ingredients of the product: Slantoin Urea Vitamin E The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Moisturising SP 50SPF 50ml: This product contains various types of sun filters, which provide robust protection against harmful UV rays. How to use: For effective use, apply the Mesoprotech Moisturizing Sun Protection at least half an hour before sun exposure on your entire body. Ensure your skin is dry, and apply the lotion evenly using a gentle massage. Be cautious to avoid contact with your eyes. It is recommended to reapply every six hours during prolonged sun exposure to maintain optimal skin protection.

Mesoestetic Tricology Hair Growth Intensive Lotion

Intensive lotion for hair growth Trichology hair growth intensive lotion prevents hair loss, has a therapeutic regenerating effect on the scalp. The package includes: 15x3ml Ingredients of the product: Trisaccharides – stimulate hair follicles. Follicusan – increases the number of hair follicles. Kegaba (Cegaba) – stimulates follicular cells. Betaine – provides natural shine to the hair. Makes the hair stronger. Moisturizes the scalp. Vitamin B6 – prevents and eliminates seborrhea. The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Tricology Hair Growth Intensive Lotion: It resists the factors that cause androgenic alopecia in men and women It generates blood circulation, helps absorb nutrients Boosts hair follicles and hydrates the hair How to use: Apply the contents of the ampoule to the clean scalp with light massage movements. Apply the lotion at night 2 times a week. In the morning, wash off with an intensive shampoo for hair growth.

Mesoestetic Sun Protective 100+ Repairing Stick

This is a stick made for covering up sensitive areas, including under the eyes, your lips, scars, and targeted spots of melasma. And it also provides twice the protection of an SPF50+ sunscreen and features regenerative rosehip seed oil. Convenient stick format and easy apply on the go. It glides easily on the skin and has undergone ophthalmological testing. It is also fragrance-free. The package includes: 1×4,5g Ingredients of the product: Aqua, glycerin, Phenoxyethanol, Lecithin, Xanthan Gum, Disodium EDTA, Tocopheryl Acetate, Tocopherol, Methylparaben, Ethylparaben, Propylparaben, Retinyl Palmitate, Copolymer, Isohexadecane, Polysorbate, Sodium Metabisulfite, malus domestica fruit cell culture extract, Glyceryl Polyacrylate, and Sodium Acryloyl-dimethyltaurate Copolymer. The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Sun Protective 100+ Repairing Stick 4,5g: It provides extremely high sun protection, with SPF 124 for UVB and 32 for UVA. It features a solid stick applicator that makes it easy to apply on the go for quick touch-ups. Enriched with rosehip oil to help heal and repair the outermost layer of skin, it can also be used around the eyes. How to use: Use it three times daily at morning, noon and after that evening.

Mesoestetic Radiance DNA Eye Contour 15ml

Intensive cream for the skin around the eyes Radiance DNA Eye Contour – intensive care with a triple action formula: smoothes wrinkles, eliminates puffiness, lightens dark circles. A special cream for the complete restoration of the skin around the eyes. Exclusive regenerating complex restores, drains, activates microcirculation. The package includes: 1x15ml Ingredients of the product: DMAE – has an instant lifting effect. Eue seryl is a tetrapeptide with strong decongestant properties. Horse chestnut extract – drains and eliminates swelling. The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Radiance DNA Eye Contour 15ml: Provides a long-lasting lifting effect Visibly smoothes deep wrinkles Smoothes and brightens the skin around the eyes. How to use: In the morning and evening, apply to the skin around the eyes with your fingertips until the product is completely absorbed

Mesoestetic Purifying Mousse 150ml

Cleansing foam for daily use, effectively removes excess sebum. The light texture and refreshing agents of the drug give a pleasant feeling of freshness and comfort. It’s antibacterial, antiseptic, anti-inflammatory and moisturizing. The package includes: 1x150ml Ingredients of the product: Urea Chlorhexidine The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Purifying Mousse 150ml: Cleanses and removes dirt from the surface of the skin. Give a pleasant feeling of freshness and comfort. Moisturizing. Antibacterial, antiseptic, anti-inflammatory properties. How to use: Use daily 2 times a day in the morning and evening.

Mesoestetic Pure Renewing Mask 100ml

Intensive cleansing mask. Exfoliates and cleanses pores, preventing and reducing stains. The package includes: 1x100ml Ingredients of the product: Almond acid, salicylic acid, white clay, lactobacillus, urban D-toxin, seed Lepidium extract, water, Propylene Glycol, Kaolin, Cellulose, Glyceryl Stearate, Isohexadecane, Isodecylneopentanoate, Disodium Azelate, Almond Acid, Salicylic Acid, Titanium Dioxide, Arachidyl Alcohol, Sodium Hydroxide, PEG-100 Stearate, Microcrystalline Alterillus Fermentobactine, Extromonas Fermentobactine, Butylene Glycol, Begenyl Alcohol, arachidiylglucoside, poloxamer 185, hectorite, hydroxyethyl cellulose, menthylactate, xanthan gum, ethylhexylglycerin, maltodextrin, phenoxyethanol, CI 19140, CI 4205 The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Pure Renewing Mask 100ml: CLEANSING, SEBOREGULATOR: White clay has an instant cleansing effect, absorbing excess sebum and giving shine to the skin surface. KERATOLYTIC, AGAINST IMPERFECTIONS: The synergism of salicylic acid, almond acid and sodium lepargylate provides comedonolytic, antibacterial and anti-aging effects, as well as affine action. PHYSICAL EXFOLIATION, EXQUISITE: Contains biodegradable cellulose particles providing a modular mechanical exfoliating action that helps to clean and purify pores. BIO-BALANCING EFFECT: The postbiotic active ingredient (Lactobacillus Ferment), obtained by fermentation of bacteria, promotes the balance of the microbiota to strengthen and preserve the barrier function of the skin in optimal conditions. All of the formulas have a slightly acidic pH to keep everything in check and protect the skin against unwanted pathogens. PROTECTIVE EFFECT: the biotechnological active ingredient (Urban D-tox) has a double effect on the effect of pollution on the skin: on the one hand, it eliminates polluting particles that settle on the skin, and, on the other hand, it reduces oxidative stress, which accelerates skin aging. How to use: Twice a week, morning and evening. Apply a generous layer of the product to clean skin and let it dry for 10-15 minutes. After drying, remove with water, massaging the exfoliating particles, insisting on zone T. Rinse thoroughly with water.

Mesoestetic Ultimate W+ Whitening Spot E

The complex diminishes the severity and dimensions of dark spots while also initiating a keratolytic action that encourages the renewal of skin cells. This process results in a more even skin tone and helps prevent the emergence of new pigmentation issues. The package includes: 1x15ml Ingredients of the product: Garden-cress Glycolic Acid Retinol The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Ultimate W+ Whitening Spot E: Prevents the appearance of new pigmentation. Smoothes out skin tone. Stimulates cell renewal. How to use: By lightly pressing on the package, squeeze out the required amount of the product. Apply in the morning and evening directly to the problem area, carrying out soft circular massage movements until completely absorbed.

Mesoestetic Ultimate W+ Whitening Essence

Intensive serum with whitening and antioxidant effect. Prevents the appearance of new hyperpigmentation and reduces the severity of existing, rejuvenates, evens skin tone. Inhibits tyrosinase, limits the transfer of melanin to the upper layers of the skin, thereby normalizing the process of melanogenesis. Its ultra-light texture makes the skin velvety, gradually giving it an even radiant tone. The package includes: 1x30ml The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Ultimate W+ Whitening Essence: Instant brightening effect. Evens out the skin tone. Noticeable reduction of pigmentation. Rejuvenating and moisturizing effect. Prevention and protection of the skin from sun exposure How to use: Apply to the face, neck and decollete area in the morning and evening with light circular movements. After the serum is completely absorbed, apply the ultimate W+ whitening cream brightening cream.

Fillmed AA-Lift Serum 30ml

Lifting serum FILMED Laboratories SKIN PERFUSION A A-Lift Serum is created specifically for skin with insufficient elasticity, strengthens and seals it, smoothes the relief and visibly tightens the oval of the face. Hyaluronic acid in the composition instantly makes up for the lack of moisture in the cells, eliminates dry creases, peeling, a feeling of tightness and discomfort. Collagen and elastin peptides increase the turgor of the skin and noticeably increase its elasticity, eliminates flabbiness and dullness, align facial creases and age wrinkles, prevent their reappearance. The extract from the stem of sorghum sugar enriches cells with polysaccharides, which have a long-lasting smoothing effect. Xylose monosaccharide blocks the glycation process. The package includes: 1x30ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua (Water, Eau), Glycereth-26, Methylsilanol Mannuronate, Glyceryl Polymethacrylate, Pentylene Glycol, Xylose, Peg-8, Phenoxyethanol, Sodium Polystyrene Sulfonate, Sodium Hyaluronate, Sodium Polyacrylate Starch, Sodium Glyceryl Salt, Sodium Glyceryl Salt Tamarindus Indica Gum, Sodium Benzoate, Citric Acid, Potassium Sorbate, Sodium Citrate, Soluble Collagen, Sorbic Acid, Palmitoyl Hexapeptide-12. The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed AA-Lift Serum 30ml: Contour tightening Strengthening of skin turgor Lifting effect How to use: Small amount of product to be applied to clean face and neck before day/night cream.

Fillmed 6HP Youth Cream 50ml

The cream is designed for normal, dry and wrinkled skin that does not have elasticity and radiance. Contains NCTF (New Cellular Treatment Factor) with 53 active ingredients and hyaluronic acid that improve skin quality. Hydroxyproline reduces the signs of aging, while zinc and vitamin B6 control the production of sebum for a matte finish. The package includes: 1x50ml The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed 6HP Youth Cream 50ml: Designed for combination skin, seamlessly merges anti-aging and moisturizing benefits. It leverages Vitamin B6 to achieve an enduring mattifying outcome, and Hydroxyproline, which fosters collagen synthesis stimulation. How to use: Apply to the face and neck, morning and evening, after the serum.

Fillmed 5HP Youth Cream 50ml

Anti-aging cream for normal and dry skin FILLMED Laboratories SKIN PERFUSION 5HP—Youth Cream is an effective remedy for dehydration, loss of elasticity and dull complexion. It has a rich nourishing texture, makes the skin smoother, softer and radiant. Hyaluronic acid and the NCTF complex in the composition instantly fill the tissues with moisture and restore the optimal hydrobalance of the skin, eliminate dryness, peeling and tightness. Oleo Complex combinates argan oil and mango butter softening and nourishing the skin, strengthening the lipid mantle and protecting the skin against dehydration. Smoothing the relief of epidermis, seals the skin and increases elasticity and elasticity. Vitamin B5 has soothing properties, it helps eliminate irritation, redness and discomfort, speeds up the healing of micro-injuries. The package includes: 1x50ml Ingredients of the product: Hydroxyproline Pro-Vitamin B5 Oleo Complexe (Argan Oil, Mango Butter) The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed 5HP Youth Cream 50ml: Designed for normal to dry skin types, this cream is a harmonious blend of comprehensive anti-aging and moisturizing attributes. It incorporates the benefits of Vitamin B5, which enhances hydration equilibrium, and Hydroxyproline, a compound that aids in the stimulation of collagen production. How to use: Apply in the morning and/or evening after applying the appropriate facial serum.

Mesoestetic Hydra-Vital Face Mask 100ml

Hydro-nourishing mask for moisturizing the skin after procedures It is intended for moisturizing the skin after procedures that cause temporary dehydration of the skin (non-injection rejuvenation and peels) and for intensive restoration of dry skin. The package includes: 1x100ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid DNA Panthenol Vitamins C and E The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Hydra-Vital Face Mask 100ml: Intensively moisturizes, restores the skin. Provides intensive recovery. Prevents transepidermal moisture loss Stimulates cell renewal. Improve skin elasticity. How to use: Apply the mask overnight with a thin layer on cleansed skin, leave for 10 minutes. Rinse thoroughly with water. Intensively moisturizes the skin after the procedures, apply each time when the skin feels tight. For dry skin, it is recommended to use the mask 2 times a week, in dry climates – 3 times a week.

Mesoestetic Hydratonic Mist 125ml

Balancing, neutral, moisturizing tonic spray for the face. Completes facial hygiene and enhances the balance of the microflora of the skin. Designed for all skin types. The package includes: 1x125ml Ingredients of the product: Rose water Panthenol Lactobacillus effect Urban D-tox The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Hydratonic Mist 125ml: MOISTURIZING, REGENERATING, SMOOTHING: Its formula combines the moisturizing and smoothing effect of rose water with panthenol (Provitamin B5) to regenerate and soothe for optimal skin comfort. BIO-BALANCING: The postbiotic active ingredient, Lactobacillus Ferment, obtained as a result of fermentation of the bacterium, improves the balance of the microbiota, strengthening and maintaining the barrier function of the skin in optimal conditions POLLUTION ACTION : The biotechnological active ingredient Urban D-tox has a double effect on the effect of pollution on the skin: it jointly removes particles of pollutants and reduces oxidative stress, which is known to accelerate skin aging. How to use: In the morning and evening after the cleanser, spray on the face for about 15-20 cm. Remove with a cotton pad or a napkin.

Mesoestetic Hydracream Fusion 100ml

Mesoestetic hydracream fusion is a creamy-to-oil cleansing formula designed to delicately eliminate makeup and impurities while delivering deep hydration. It is suitable for individuals with dry and sensitive skin. The package includes: 1x100ml The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Hydracream Fusion 100ml: The cream-to-oil texture seamlessly blends into the skin, providing a nourishing sensation. Efficiently eliminates surplus oil, grime, impurities, and makeup. Facilitates skin readiness for subsequent treatments, enhancing overall absorption. Enhances the skin’s surface by promoting brightness and smoothness. How to use: Morning and night, apply onto dry skin with dry hands to cleanse. You can feel the cleanser become an oil under your fingers as you massage it into the skin. Once you’ve massaged the oil thoroughly onto the skin, introduce water to emulsify. Continue working the cleanser into a milky emulsion, and then rinse with warm water.

Mesoestetic Hydra Tonic 500ml

Mesoestetic Hydra Tonic is appropriate for all skin types and aids in the elimination of impurities while promoting a fresh, soft, and smooth complexion. This alcohol-free Facial Tonic Lotion serves as an ideal complement to the cleansing routine by effectively eliminating any residual impurities and alleviating skin congestion. The package includes: 1x500ml Ingredients of the product: Damask rose extract Virginia witch hazel extract Panthenol Allantoin The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Hydra Tonic 500ml: Applicable to all skin types Enriched with anti-inflammatory components Offers soothing and skin-relief properties How to use: After cleansing the skin, remove the remnants of the product with a cotton pad soaked in Hydroponics. Clean with light movements until a feeling of softness and freshness appears.

Mesoestetic Hydra Milk Cleanser 500ml

Hydro-cleansing milk for all skin types. Effectively removes makeup and removes all impurities, actively moisturizes, maintains the physiological balance of the skin. Soothes the skin, providing a comfortable feeling. The package includes: 1x500ml Ingredients of the product: Gentle non-ionic surfactants Chamomile oil Sorbitol Vitamin E The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Hydra Milk Cleanser 500ml: Helps to remove make-up and impurities whilst still providing the skin with intense hydration respecting the skins physiological balance. How to use: Apply the milk cleanser to your face, neck, and décolleté using circular motions with your fingertips. Remove it with a sponge or moist towelettes, and follow by applying Hydrotone. Use it in the morning and evening.

Mesoestetic m.pen

The m.pen[pro] is an innovative device designed for delivering impressive results in a safe and efficient manner. Its headpiece moves automatically, maintaining a consistent and perpendicular motion to the skin, which aids in the skin’s rejuvenation. The package includes: 2 Rechargeable Lithium Batteries: Each battery offers more than 2 hours of continuous operation. 2 Attachments: Each attachment contains 12 micro-needles arranged in a circular pattern. Adapter and Power Cable: Ensuring the device stays powered and ready for use. The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic m.pen: Stimulation of fibroblasts and the synthesis of elastin, collagen I, and collagen III. Activation of the skin’s natural repair mechanisms. Reduction of expression lines and pore size. Diminishment of the appearance of hypertrophic scars and stretch marks. Enhancement of skin firmness. Stimulation of hair follicles. How to use: M.pen can be displaced along a straight line or transversely, and allows the tracing of small circles. The technique varies according to the treatment zone and programme.

Mesoestetic Light Water Antaging Veil SPF 50+ 50ml

Suitable for normal and combination skin types, this ultra-light emulsion is not only an efficient anti-aging solution but also provides high-level sun protection. It is enriched with low molecular weight hyaluronic acid, which serves to boost and preserve natural skin moisture while enhancing tissue elasticity and firmness. The product boasts a fresh, quickly-absorbed texture that creates an invisible protective layer on the skin. The package includes: 1x50ml The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Light Water Antaging Veil SPF 50+ 50ml: This product offers robust skin protection against UVA, UVB, visible light, and infrared radiation. Its ultra-lightweight texture ensures an invisible finish. It is resistant to water. It’s a non-comedogenic formula, so it won’t settle into pores. Not only does it help protect skin from UV damage, it supports collagen as well. How to use: Before use, make sure to shake the bottle thoroughly. Apply the recommended amount (2 mg/cm2 of skin) of mesoestetic Mesoprotech Light Water Antiaging Veil SPF 50+ to clean, dry skin at least 30 minutes prior to sun exposure. Reapplication is necessary every two hours when directly exposed to sunlight, especially following activities like towel drying, swimming, or perspiring.

Mesoestetic Imperfection Control 10ml

This localized cream is designed for the targeted treatment of early or persistent acne breakouts. It features innovative pigments in its composition that deliver an adaptable and gradual concealing effect, dependent on the application technique, making it suitable for various skin tones. Simultaneously, the complementary actions of the active components found in the m.acne complex™ swiftly and effectively counteract the redness and swelling associated with acne breakouts. The package includes: 1x10ml The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Imperfection Control 10ml: Skin-matching pigments conceal blemishes. The unique acne fighting complex clears the skin. A targeted treatment for individual spots. How to use: Apply a small quantity directly to the affected area (avoid using it on the entire face) after ensuring that the skin is thoroughly cleansed. Utilize circular motions to gradually increase the coverage over the blemish.

Mesoestetic Hydra-Vital Light 50ml

Reviving and re-nourishing gel cream. It hydrates immediately and then for up to 24 hours, protects skin from external influences like pollution. Leaves the skin feeling fresh, soft and comforted. The package includes: 1x50ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid, urban D-toxin, water, dipropylene glycol, denatured alcohol, glycerol-26, glycerin, coco-caprylate/caprate, sodium hydroxyethylacrylate/acryloyldimethyltaurate copolymer, caprylic/caprine triglyceride, isodecylneopentanoate, Sodium hyaluronate, Sodium hyaluronate, Sodium hyaluronate, extrapolymer, extrapolymer, Extrapolymer, saccharide isomerate, squalane, hydrogenated olive oil, unsaponifiable substances, pentaerythrityltetraisostearate, biosaccharide gum-1, butylene glycol, polysorbate 60, ethylhexylglycerin, sorbitan isostearate, pentylene glycol, dimethicone, dimethicone crosspolymer, foxy ethane gulfite, xoxyethane sulfumite crosspolymer, Crosspolymer, Phoxyethan Gulfite Citrus The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Hydra-Vital Light 50ml: HYDRATION: The combination of cross-linked HA of high and medium molecular weight provides immediate and long-lasting hydration, instant radiance and softness of the face, preventing dehydration. ANTI-POLLUTION, ANTIOXIDANT: Urban D-tox is a biotechnological active ingredient that, on the one hand, forms a protective layer against the adhesion of polluting particles on the skin, and on the other hand, protects against oxidative stress. BARRIER FUNCTION: Earth-sourced polysaccharide triggers the synthesis of molecules that contributes to improving the barrier function of the skin and consequently preventing transepidermal water loss. Face, neck and decollote daily moisturizing and anti-aging care. How to use: Listen two times each day, once night, once evening. Gently massage onto the face, neck and decollete. For Daily use in the A.M. & P.M. after cleansing & toning the skin.

Mesoestetic Hydra-vital Factor K 50ml

Mesoestetic Intensive Cream for dry and dehydrated skin. The package includes: 1x50ml Ingredients of the product: Hydroviton: a natural ultra-moisturizing complex based on amino acids, urea, allantoin, sodium lactate and mineral biosols. Amniotic fluid: a biological moisturizer that easily penetrates the skin. Silicone oil: Forms a protective film that prevents transepidermal moisture loss The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Hydra-vital Factor K 50ml: Hydro-nourishing cream, improves elasticity and softens dry skin. Its unique texture helps for the hydration of the stratum corneum and the restoration of the hydrolipidic film. It opens the skin from the negative external effects in the case of neutralization of free radicals, which cause premature aging of the skin. How to use: Apply morning and evening with light massage movements to the skin of the face, neck and decollete area after cleansing and toning. In the morning, also apply a moisturizing sunscreen over the cream. To intensively moisturize the skin after the procedure, apply 3 times a day. For regular care of dry skin, apply 2 times a day, in very dry climates – 3 times a day.

Mesoestetic Mesoeclat Pack

The signature cosmetic program of Mesoeclat is non-injection intensive rejuvenation, which is aimed at strengthening the protective properties of the skin and blocking its early aging. Fosters cell rejuvenation, revitalizes and tones up the skin. The package includes: 5 ampoules of Mesoeclat: regeneration and hydration; Mesoeclat cream: rejuvenation and nutrition. Mesoeclat emulsion: renewal of the epidermis; Ingredients of the product: Koic acid Hydrolyzed milk proteins Hydrolyzed wheat proteins + hydrolyzed soy proteins + tripeptide-1 Tripeptide-1 Hydrolyzed plant proteins The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Mesoclat Pack: It whitens the skin, due to the strong suppression of melanogenesis, blocking the activity of the tyrosinase enzyme (responsible for the synthesis of melanin). It has an antioxidant effect, tones and smooths the skin, provides radiance. Restore mature skin, skin after stress, prevent premature aging, stimulate cell renewal. Protect the skin from external and internal aggressive factors, prevent photoaging, increase elasticity and firmness. Isolates reactive carbonyl species, protects genetic material from damage as a result of the influence of UVA radiation and prevents cell death. Stimulate the synthesis of collagen III, rejuvenate the skin. How to use: The Mesoeclat intensive rejuvenating program is designed for 5 procedures, with an interval between procedures of 10 days.

Mesoestetic Mesoclat Cream 50ml

Mesoestetic® Mesoéclat Cream is an immediate-action global anti-aging cream designed for post-treatment use with mesoéclat. The cream helps fight off dull-looking skin and gives a boost to its natural radiance. Its emollient and antioxidant effects help to regenerate the skin, while softening imperfections and improving the overall complexion. The package includes: 1x50ml Ingredients of the product: Hydrolyzed milk protein Hydrolyzed soy protein Hydrolyzed wheat proteins Kojic acid Phytic acid Pyruvic acid Tripeptide-1. The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Mesoclat Cream 50ml: Hydrolyzed milk protein helps to slow down skin aging, protect and regenerate mature or stressed skin. Hydrolyzed soy protein and hydrolyzed wheat proteins help protect the skin from environmental aggressors and photoaging whilst encouraging collagen production. Kojic acid is known for its antioxidant and skin-brightening benefits, delivering radiance, smoothness and brightness back to the skin. Phytic acid provides strong antioxidant action, reducing hyperpigmentation, enlarged pores, helping prevent skin aging and loss of the elasticity, as well as the appearance of wrinkles and fine lines. Pyruvic acid sloughs off dead skin cells for fewer fine lines and wrinkles. Tripeptide-1 shields the skin from damage caused by UVA/UVB rays, suppresses melanin production, increases collagen production, combats photo-aging, promotes cell regeneration, prevents premature aging, refines imperfections, and accelerates epidermal renewal, revealing radiance in the skin. How to use: Gently massage onto the neck and face until fully absorbed twice daily.

Mesoestetic Melan Recovery 50ml

An intensive remedy to combat reactive signs of irritation and redness, giving a feeling of instant relief. Calms skin sensitivity and fortifies the skin’s defenses. Restore balance of skin barrier for skin comfort, elasticity and smoothness. The rich texture is easy to apply and quickly absorbed, providing immediate relief from the feeling of tight skin. It is recommended for soothing and restoring the balance of the skin after external influences (sunlight, waxing, shaving, rubbing) or other medical and aesthetic procedures (peeling, laser), which can cause irritation, discomfort for dry, sensitive skin or redness. The package includes: 1x50ml Ingredients of the product: Bicabolol Niacinamide Rhodosorus marinus extract Shea butter The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Melan Recovery 50ml: Provides immediate alleviation from feelings of tightness and sensitivity. Restores the hydrolipidic film, bringing balance back to the skin. Reduces redness and sensitivity after cosmetic or aesthetic procedures. Hypo-allergenic and safe for sensitive skin. How to use: Apply evenly and abundantly to the entire face with massaging movements until completely absorbed.

Mesoestetic Melan Pigment Control SPF 130+ 50ml

The sunscreen has high sun protection for skin with spots and contains a depigmenting active. Its light texture with color provides a natural and luminous tone, and also weakens dark spots and imperfections. The package includes: 1x50ml The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Melan Pigment Control SPF 130+ 50ml: Shield the skin against UVA, UVB, visible light, and infrared radiation. Offers excellent UVB protection with an SPF of 131 and UVA protection with a rating of 67. Controls melanin synthesis and prevents pigmentation. Includes a slight tint to even out the skin tone and fade imperfections. How to use: It is recommended to apply to clean, dry skin half an hour before going out in the sun.

Mesoestetic Moist. Sun Prot 50SPF 500ml

Specifically designed for sensitive skin, this sunscreen offers high protection against both UVA and UVB rays. It is exceptionally effective for safeguarding the skin after various professional treatments such as operative interventions, chemical peels, IPL, Laser, Microdermabrasion, and more. The cream is swiftly absorbed, imparting a delightful sense of well-moisturized and well-cared-for skin without leaving any undesirable “white mask” effect. The package includes: 1x500ml Ingredients of the product: Physical UVA/UVB filter: Tioveil AQN, a non-allergenic micronized titanium dioxide-based physical filter, forms a robust shield against solar radiation. Chemical UVB/UVA filter SPF 50+: Parsol MCX, which absorbs UV rays without penetrating the skin. Hydraviton: A natural moisturizing agent. Vitamin E: A potent biological antioxidant that shields cell membranes. Glycerin and Silicone oil: Highly effective moisturizing agents that provide excellent protection against moisture loss and dryness. How to use: Smoothly apply the lotion to your entire body, ensuring it’s at least 30 minutes prior to sun exposure. Your skin should be dry, and you should evenly apply the lotion using gentle massaging motions.

Mesoestetic Mineral Matt Antiaging Fluid SPF 50+ 50ml

A light anti-aging emulsion with a very high sun protection factor SPF50 sun protection factor for sensitive, combination and oily skin, which provides a mattifying effect and absorbs excess oiliness and shine. Suitable for oily and acne-prone skin. The formula based on physical filters allows people with sensitive and damaged skin to use the emulsion. Waterproof and non-comedogenic. It seems that this helps to get rid of pollution caused by UVB, UVA, HEV, IR types of radiation. It is recommended for use all-season. The package includes: 1x50ml Ingredients of the product: Water, Titanium dioxide, Perfumed water, Hydrolyzed wheat protein, Potassium Sorbate, phenoxyethanol, Dimethicone, ethylhexylglycerin, Silicon DIOXIDE, Stearic acid, tocopheryl acetate, Aluminum hydroxide, Annual HELIANTHUS SEED OIL, Zinc oxide, Methacrylate, Isostearylisostearate, Isohexadecane, Triethoxycaprilylsilane, Crosspolymer, Zingibera Medicinal Root Extract, Polymethylsilsesquioxane, Hexadecene Copolymer, Lupinus Albus seed extract, POLYMETHYL, bis-ethylhexylhydroxydimethoxy benzylmalonate, disodium, etc. The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Mineral Matt Antiaging Fluid SPF 50+ 50ml: Enhances the skin’s natural moisture, flexibility, and resilience through the use of hyaluronic acid. How to use: Apply the recommended amount of emulsion at the rate of 2 mg per 1 cm of skin to clean, dry skin. Reapply every two hours when exposed to direct sunlight, especially after you have toweled off, bathed or sweated. Shake before use.

Mesoestetic Antiaging Flash Ampoules 2ml

An anti-wrinkle and anti-fatigue solution offering an instant lifting effect to create a refreshed and more radiant look. The package includes: 10x2ml Ingredients of the product: Collagen Elastin Mimosa tenuiflora extract The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Antiaging Flash Ampoules 2ml: Immediate firming and lifting results. Minimizes the visibility of fine lines and wrinkles. Diminishes signs of tiredness. Appropriate for all skin types. Application: Using on clear dried skin prior to your usual treatment cream. Mildly apply it to your face, neck and décolleté until entirely absorbed.

Mesoestetic Acnelan Pack

Mesoestetic introduces acnelan, an efficient and comfortable solution for controlling moderate acne and seborrheic skin conditions. Acnelan takes a holistic approach, simultaneously targeting the diverse factors contributing to acne-prone skin. Central to its formulation is the m.acne complex™, a distinctive blend of active ingredients meticulously chosen for their complementary properties. This innovative formula combines salicylic acid, mandelic acid, and sodium lepargilate, working in synergy with the exclusive bexaretinyl complex to deliver a thorough cleansing and extensive rejuvenation for individuals with acne-prone and seborrheic skin. The package includes: 3 x Mesoestetic Acnelan Multifactor Mask 10ml 3 x Mesoestetic Pore Sealing Shield 3ml 1 x Mesoestetic Post-Peel Neutralizing Spray 50ml The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Acnelan Pack: Reduction in sebum production: This retards the sebaceous glands’ secretion activity, slowing down excessive oil production. Control of bacterial overgrowth: By inhibiting the growth and replication of skin flora strains that can infect blocked pilosebaceous canals, this helps prevent bacterial infection. Reduced redness and epidermal swelling: The complex helps decrease and soothe the inflammatory response during acne flares, causing less redness and epidermal swelling. Lightening of post-acne hyperpigmentation: This helps to improve the areas of skin affected by hyperpigmentation in the wake of an acne episode, for a more even skin tone. Instructions for use: The protocol for the use of drug treatment includes 3 sessions with an interval of 15 to 21 days, depending on the specialist’s opinion and depending on the sensitivity and regenerative ability of the treated skin.

Mesoestetic Acne One Cream 50ml

Cream for daily home use is the main preparation for the care of seborrheic and acne-prone skin. Cleanses the sebaceous hair canal. Reduces sebum production. Controls bacterial proliferation, helps prevent post-inflammatory pigmentation, evens skin tone. The package includes: 50ml Ingredients of the product: Salicylic, almond and shikimic acids Sabal dwarf palm fruit extract Vitamin A The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Acne One Cream 50ml: Reduce levels of acne-forming bacteria. Helps reduce redness as well as post-inflammatory hyperpigmentation. Instructions for use: Gently apply a uniform, thin layer to your cleaned skin on a daily basis.

Mesoestetic Cosmelan Home Pack

At-home kit for the cosmelan® procedure. Includes the products needed to adhere to the at-home protocol of the professional cosmelan® method, ensuring a comprehensive depigmentation process for the elimination or reduction of melanin-based blemishes. The package includes: Cosmelan 2: facial cream for removing and/or reducing spots of melanic origin. Melan recovery: balm with calming and healing effect. Melan 130 pigment control: very high solar protection and colour. The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Cosmelan Home Pack: It consistently reduces the appearance of blemishes Controls the excessive melanin production, preventing their recurrence in the long run. What is the duration of the results? Long-term usage brings long-lasting results.

Mesoestetic Cosmelan 2 30ml

Depigmenting innovative cream Cosmelan 2 with a unique newest composition, specially designed to combat the appearance of melanin pigmentation spots on the face, neck, as well as on the decollete and hands. A very simple tool to use. Cosmelan 2 is suitable for all skin types. The adapted formula of Cosmelan 2 depigmenting cream manifests itself at various stages of melanogenesis and provides a lasting result, noticeably eliminating age spots and rejuvenating the skin. The complexion is leveled, the skin quality is improved. Cellular regeneration and microcirculation in the capillaries of the skin are accelerated, so that it becomes smoother, softer, radiant with an improved natural complexion. The package includes: 1x30ml Ingredients of the product: Capric/Caprylic Triglyceride & Glycerin & Ceteareth-25 & Sodium Dicocoylethylenediamine & PEG-15 Sulfate & Sodium Lauroyl Lactylate & Behenyl Alcohol & Glycery Stearate & Glyceryl Steearate Citrate & Gum Arabic & Xanthan Gum, Aqua, Azelaic Acid, Aloe Barbadensis, Ethoxydiglycol, Sodium Ascorbyl Phosphate, Titanium Dioxide, Kojic Acid, Poloxamer 407, Glycerin & Rumex Occidentalis Extract, Salicylic Acid, Glyceryl Stearate, Niacinamide, Hydroxypropylstarch Phosphate, 1-methylpyrrolidine, Ethylhexyl Methoxycinnamate, Butylene Glycol Dicaprylate / Dicaprate, Cyclopentasiloxane, Alpha-arbutin, Aminoethylphosphinic Acid & Butylene Glycol, C12-C13 Alkyl Malate, Retinyl Palmitate, Tocopheryl Acetate, Stearic Acid, PEG-8 Beeswax, C30-45 Alkyl Methicone, Alcohol, Bisabolol, Sorbitan Stearate, Dimethicone, Stearyl Dimethicone, Citric Acid, Sclerotium Gum, Phytic Acid, Glycirrhiza Glabra, Sodium Metabisulfate, Ascorbic Acid, Allantoin. The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Cosmelan 2 30ml: This treatment helps to restore radiance and clarity by softly removing uneven pigmentation. How to use: 1. First month (4 weeks): the cream is applied to the skin that is pigmented 3 times a day, in the morning, in the afternoon and in the evening, after the mask of Cosmelan has been applied. 2. In the fifth week of treatment and during the second and third month (8 weeks), Cosmelan 2 cream must be applied 2 times a day during the evening and in the morning. 3. At the beginning of the third month (the thirteenth week), continue using the drug at night once a day for another six months, depending on the results of depigmentation.

Mesoestetic C.Prof 223 Skinmark Solution 10ml

The loss of elasticity and firmness of the face is a consequence of the weakening of the new structure of the supporting tissues, collagen and elastin. There are several reasons, one of the most common is chronological aging, since proteins that maintain skin elasticity and attach to muscles lose their tone over time. Mesopeptide solution c.prof 214 enhances dermal compaction due to the inclusion of biomimetic peptides of the latest generation. Improves the elasticity and structure of the cell matrix. The package includes: 5x10ml Ingredients of the product: X-DNA – reactivation of cellular mechanisms: recovery and regeneration; Darutoside – promotes regular tissue regeneration; Organic silicon – stimulation of fibroblast proliferation and collagen synthesis; Chlorella extract – increases collagen synthesis. The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic C.Prof 223 Skinmark Solution 10ml: Reduction and neutralization of stretch marks; Neutralizing stretch marks and preventing their appearance; Scar reduction; Stimulation of cell repair and destroyed protein bonds in the dermis. What is the duration of the results? Long-lasting usage results in permanent effect.

Mesoestetic Brightening Foam 100ml

Normal & Combination Skin AHA Foaming Cleansing Cream Rejuvenates, balances and detoxifies complexion. Glycolic and lactic acids help refine skin texture, tone and brightness. Lactobacillus Fermenti is a postbiotic active ingredient isolated from the bacterium after fermentation to modulate stylist balance to support and maintain the skin barrier function.The biotechnological active ingredient Urban D-tox works on the skin’s effects from pollution in double time: It both eliminates the particles from pollutants while neutralizing oxidative stress, which accelerates skin aging. The package includes: 1x100ml Ingredients of the product: Water, glycerin, sodium laureth sulfate, sodium chloride, Cocamidopropyl Betaine, Butylene Glycol, fragrance, potassium sorbate, phenoxyethanol, sodium benzoate, isopropyl myristate, ethylhexylglycerin, aloe barbadensis leaf juice, Polysorbate 80, disodium EDTA, sodium hydroxide, Cocamide DEA, tocopherol, glycolic acid, Glycol Distearate, PEG-7 Glyceryl Cocoate, benzoic acid, lactic acid, Cocamide MEA, maltodextrin, Lactobacillus ferment, isohexadecane, sorbitan oleate, Alteromonas ferment extract, Laureth-10, Peg-20 methyl glucose sesquistearate, acrylamide. The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Brightening Foam 100ml: Features a shinier complexion. Renews & rebalances. Method of application: Apply to damp skin and massage until a soft foam forms. Rinse with water.

Mesoestetic Anti-stress Face Mask 100ml

Soothing, regenerating mask for all skin types, including very sensitive. Eliminates the negative effects of oxidative stress, softens, restores. It has anti-edematous, anti-inflammatory, antioxidant effect, prevents erythema and swallows of the skin. The package includes: 1x100ml Ingredients of the product: Aloe vera: eliminates inflammation, swelling, erythema. Calendula extract: soothes, strengthens the protective properties of the skin. Chamomile extract: antiseptic, decongestant, healing effect. The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Anti-stress Face Mask 100ml: The anti-stress mask soothes the skin restores the hydrolipidic layer on the target areas of the procedure, as well as on areas of the skin exposed to the negative influence of external factors (solar radiation, wind, temperature fluctuations, etc.). How to use: Apply the mask in a thick layer on cleansed skin, leave for 10 minutes. Rinse with water. After an exfoliating or lightening procedure, use the mask in the morning and evening while there is irritation and peeling of the skin (only 2 times a week for oily and acne-prone skin). It can also be used 3 times a week as a permanent care for sensitive skin.

Mesoestetic HA Densimatrix 30ml

This treatment features a concentrated solution of hyaluronic acid for moisturizing, anti-aging, plumping and filling benefits. It works well to increase skin hydration, stop drying out, and protects from early aging. Helps to minimize and target age related imperfections, such as wrinkles, expression lines, and loss of elasticity and firmness. It’s appropriate for all skin types. The package includes: 1x30ml Ingredients of the product: HA Densimatrix Complex 9% Anti-Hyaluronidase Complex 2% Antiaging PRO Complex 2% The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic HA Densimatrix 30ml: Multi-Level Moisturizing:Featuring the ha densimatrix complex, it combines different forms of hyaluronic acid (cross-linked, high, middle, and low) to ensure deep and long-lasting moisturization. Protective Action: An anti-hyaluronidase complex protects hyaluronic acid from degradation and neutralizes the action of external aggressors. Firming and Antiaging Action: The antiaging pro complex stimulates collagen and elastin synthesis, which provides skin firmness and elasticity. How to use: To use, cleanse and dry your skin, then apply 3-4 drops of ha densimatrix, massaging it until fully absorbed. Apply it before your regular treatment cream or sunscreen. Its ultra-light texture makes it compatible with any complementary treatment, and there’s no need to rinse it off.

Mesoestetic Dermamelan Intimate Pack

Dermamelan intimate® is a medical depigmentation method specifically designed for the external intimate region, inner thighs, and groin. It stands out due to its dual corrective and regulatory effects, effectively reducing short and long-term pigmentation issues while enhancing the quality, firmness, and aesthetics of the intimate area. It boasts excellent skin tolerance for this sensitive region. Please note that it is not available for online purchase and should only be administered in a clinical setting. The package includes: Dermamelan Intimate Home Depigmenting gel-cream for intimate hygiene 50ml Intimate peeling Dermamelan 1×4 ml Occlusive film for intimate hygiene Dermamelan 2 sizes + 2 sizes Intimate mask Dermamealn Intimate crystal fiber mask after the procedure Neutralizing spray after peeling 50ml Method of application: PHASE 1: Professional Care Intimate dermamelan peeling Concentration of active ingredients with keratolytic action to improve the texture, tone and lightening of the skin. Increases keratinocyte shedding by increasing cell turnover and promoting dermal renewal. Enhances the absorption and infiltration of actives to be used at later stages. Directions for use: Remove the protective film and place the film on the treated area to enhance the effect of active ingredients. PHASE 2: Home Care Intimate mask crystal fiber A very soothing hydrogel mask due to a blend of moisturizing active ingredients that gives a feeling of comfort and well-being. How to use: Apply to the treated area and leave for 10/15minutes. It is recommended to stretch and cover the entire treated area when applying. Carefully remove the residue with a soft cloth. Homemade depigmenting gel cream Homemade depigmenting gel that reduces and brightens spots. Its gentle exfoliating action helps to remove dead cells, improves skin texture and helps to achieve uniformity. The composition of the gel cream contains a high concentration of depigmenting active ingredients that act synergistically, supporting and enhancing the effects of intensive treatment. Method of application: At night, apply a dose corresponding to two clicks to the treated area.

Mesoestetic Dermamelan Intimate Home Depigmenting Gel 50ml

Home depigmentation gel cream is a home depigmentation procedure that allows you to control hyperpigmentation of the genital-perianal region, the inner surface of the thighs The package includes: 1x50ml Ingredients of the product: Niacinamide Azeloyl potassium Diglycinate Tranexamic Acid Phytic Acid Salicylic Acid Koic Acid Glycyrrhiza Glabra Root Extract The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Dermamelan Intimate Home Depigmenting Gel 50ml: Reduces Brightens spots Its gentle exfoliating action helps to remove dead cells Improves skin texture and helps to achieve uniformity Method of application: At night, apply a dose corresponding to two clicks to the treated area.

Mesoestetic Crystal Fiber Mask

The latest face mask innovation is created to boost cell renewal, reconstruct the water-lipid layer, and elevate skin hydration. Made with crystal fiber, a 100% natural, safe and hygienic, medical-grade material with 3D nano-fibers. It adheres perfectly to the face while providing an occlusive effect that promotes the absorption and potency of active ingredients. The package includes: 1x25ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid: moisturizes, regenerates. Platinum powder: has a rejuvenating effect, protects against the negative influence of external factors. Algae extract: soothes, moisturizes, restores the skin. The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Crystal Fiber Mask: Rebuilds the skin’s water-lipid layer. Stimulates cell renewal. Moisturizes the skin. Delivers nourishment to revive skin’s suppleness. Completely natural, safe, and sanitary. How to use: Remove one protective layer of the mask and apply to the face, starting from the forehead, then remove the outer protective layer, leave for 20 minutes. After removing the mask, do a light massage to fully absorb the product.

Mesoestetic Cosmelan Pack

A professional whitening program designed to eliminate age spots of melanin origin on the face, neck, decollete and hands. It is easy to use and adapted for all skin phototypes. Cosmetic formulas of drugs affect various stages of melanogenesis. If the prescribed treatment plan is followed, the program provides a stable and noticeable result – the elimination of age spots along with a rejuvenating effect, leveling the complexion, improving the quality of the skin. Thanks to the stimulation of cellular regeneration and capillary circulation, the skin becomes softer, smoother, radiant, and the natural complexion improves. The package includes: Degreasing lotion Oil Removing Solution, 10 ml Face mask “Cosmelan 1” Facial Mask Cosmelan 1, jar 10 ml Face cream “Cosmelan 2” Cream Cosmelan 2 – Maintenance Cream, jar 30 ml Hydra-Vital Factor K Face Moisturizer Hydra-Vital Factor K Cream, 30 ml Melan 130 Pigment Control product form bottle, 50 ml The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Cosmelan Pack: Manages melanin production. Diminishes hyperpigmentation. Calms and moisturizes the skin. Reestablishes the skin’s protective barrier. Enhances skin suppleness. Shields the skin against UV damage. Application: Degreasing Lotion Oil Removing Solution A means for cleansing and degreasing the skin. For professional use only. Face Mask “Cosmelan 1” Facial Mask Cosmelan 1 The starting depigmenting mask. For professional use only. Cosmelan 2 Face Cream Cosmelan 2 – Maintenance Cream Supportive depigmenting cream. It is used by the patient at home during the course of treatment. Hydra-Vital Factor K Face Moisturizer Hydra-Vital Factor K Cream It is recommended to use it to moisturize the skin after using mesoeclat, cosmelan, mesopeel, dermamelan programs, as well as other procedures that cause temporary dehydration of the skin. Melan 130 Pigment Control Apply half an hour before going out in the sun, evenly distributing the cream over dry and cleansed skin. Leave it until it fits completely. With constant exposure to the sun, reapply every two hours to maintain UV protection.

BCN Caffeine 20% 8004 (10x2ml)

The Caffeine Lipolytic Solution functions by enhancing blood circulation and prompting adipocytes to release fat into the bloodstream, allowing the body’s metabolism to burn it. In simpler terms, caffeine helps drain fat cells within the body. Simultaneously, this solution also firms and strengthens the skin, aiding in the reduction of cellulite visibility. When applied externally, it serves as a lipolytic agent, breaking down fat tissue and leading to targeted weight loss without causing any adverse effects. The package includes: 10x2ml vials Ingredients of the product: Caffeine 10% What is the duration of the results? Generally, you may start to notice some benefits after regular and consistent use of the product. However, to maintain and enhance these results, it’s often necessary to continue using the product over time.

HArmonyCa + Lidocaine

HarmonyCa Lidocaine: a dermal filler for facial soft tissue augmentation — to be injected in the deep dermal and subcutaneous layers. The presence of lidocaine in the product is intended to reduce pain experienced during the treatment. It is a hybrid injectable with a dual action with Calcium Hydroxylapatite (CaHA) and Hyaluronic Acid (HA) combined. This combination serves to enhance the structural integrity of the skin by delivering an immediate lifting effect through HA while also promoting sustained lifting results through the stimulation of new collagen synthesis linked to CaHA. The package includes: 2×1.25ml The advantages of utilizing of HArmonyCa + Lidocaine: Enhances skin texture and appearance. Enhances the structure of the face. Enhances skin thickness without excessive volume. Blends the instant impact of hyaluronic acid with the enduring and prolonged effect of calcium hydroxyapatite. Moisturizes, increases density, and stimulates collagen production. What is the duration of the results? The duration of effectiveness lasts for a period of 12 to 18 months, with collagen production commencing approximately 2 to 3 months after the treatment.

Fillmed Art Filler Lips with Lidocaine

Fillmed Art Filler Lips with Lidocaine is a lip dermal filler. Formulated with cross-linked hyaluronic acid, specifically to be used for lip procedures. This filler to volumize, lip plump, and sculpt to create the look you want. The product is infused with lidocaine, which is intended to minimize the pain and discomfort during the procedureand make it more convenient for patients. The package includes: 2x1ml prefilled syringes 4 27G1/2″ needles 1 package insert 4 traceability labels Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid (25mg/ml) Lidocaine hydrochloride (3mg/ml) The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed Art Filler Lips with Lidocaine: Enhancing the lips Contouring the lips Volumizing the lips Improving the oral commissures Reshaping the cupid’s bow Target areas: lips, vermilion border, cupid’s bow, oral commissures What is the duration of the results? The effects of Fillmed Art Filler Lips with lidocaine typically endure for a period ranging from 6 to 10 months. Over the course of this period, the active compound slowly degrades and is taken up by the body. The exact duration of the results may vary per individual based on factors such as their skin type, age, and lifestyle decisions.

Pluryal Mesoline Radiance 5 x 5ml

Pluryal Mesoline Radiance is formulated with a concentrated amount of tranexamic acid, which actively influences the production of melanin in the skin. This leads to the effective reduction of melasma, lightening its appearance. Pluryal Mesoline Radiance serves as a solution for severe hyperpigmentation, addressing imperfections, reducing scars, and promoting a radiant and even complexion. It is suitable for use on various hyperpigmented areas of the body, including the face, hands, back, dark circles under the eyes, as well as dark and hairy regions such as armpits and intimate areas. It can be used in conjunction with other Pluryal products like Pluryal Antiox, Pluryal Refresh, and Pluryal Shine. The package includes: 5 vials x 5 ml Primary components: Tranexamic acid Glutathione Carnosine The advantages of utilizing of Pluryal Mesoline Radiance: Effectively diminishes intense hyperpigmentation Minimizes the appearance of scars Improves skin texture and restores a uniform complexion For topical use only.

Belotero Balance + Lidocaine

This easy-to-inject dermal filler integrates into the skin and immediately corrects medium to deep folds in the upper and middle dermis. The Belotero Balance also offers a linea plumping effect, to diminish the lines in the forehead, the nose to the mouth lines, the lines on the side of the mouth, lip border filling, lip filling, and the enhancement of the corners of the mouth. Belotero Balance Lidocaine is cohesive which allows for better integration into the skin. To increase comfort while applying the injections, the product also incorporates lidocaine, which is a strong anesthetic. The package includes: 1 x 1ml syringe 1 x 27G & 1 x 30G needle 22,5 mg/ml Cross-Linked Sodium Hyaluronate 3 mg/ml Lidocaine The advantages of utilizing of Belotero Balance Lidocaine: Achieving seamless integration with the skin Addressing moderate to deep facial lines effectively Providing a noticeable increase in volume What is the duration of the results? How long it takes can vary depending on factors such as a person’s lifestyle, age or skin type.

Belotero Intense + Lidocaine

Belotero Intense with lidocaine is an effective filler best for superficial and deep wrinkles. It applies smoothly to the skin and evens it out without much effort. The Belotero Intense provides natural results; it integrates into the tissue. It is highly flexible and can also be used for volumizing of nasolabial folds, marionette, lip contour, lip volume, oral commissures, Cupid’s bow. Lidocaine is a potent anesthetic and improves the overall comfort of the injection experience as well. The package includes: 1 x 1ml syringe 2 x 27G needles 25,5 mg/ml Cross-Linked Sodium Hyaluronate 3 mg/ml Lidocaine The advantages of utilizing of Belotero Intense Lidocaine: Addressing fine to deep wrinkles Seamless integration with the skin’s tissue Create volume Maximum filling capability What is the duration of the results? The duration of the results depends according to personal lifestyle, age and skin type.

BiorepeelCl3 BODY

The BioRePeelCl3 BODY is a powerful exfoliating product that contains an abundance of nutrients and caring substances essential for a comprehensive skin treatment on various body areas. Whether it’s the back, legs, buttocks, knees, elbows, or feet, this product offers extensive rejuvenation and revitalization. It effectively addresses superficial scars, dead skin cells, acne, and other impurities, providing a fast and effective solution. With just 4 to 6 sessions, the BioRePeel BODY significantly enhances the skin, leaving it well-nourished, rejuvenated, and radiantly youthful. Experience a renewed freshness and a revitalized glow. The package includes: 3 ampoules x 12 ml The advantages of utilizing of BioRePeelCl3 BODY: Enhances the overall skin condition, promoting a well-groomed and youthful appearance Provides extensive regeneration and revitalization to all areas of the body Addresses dryness, wrinkles, and other imperfections for a more flawless look Using: For comprehensive and satisfactory treatment outcomes, it is recommended to undergo approximately 4 to 6 sessions of the BioRePeelCl3 BODY. It is recommended to schedule these sessions 7 to 10 days apart.

Nithya Smooth

Nithya Smooth serves a dual purpose. Firstly, it provides soothing relief to the skin on the face, neck, décolleté, and hands. Secondly, it naturally and durably tightens the complexion. The distinctive formula of Nithya Smooth, centered around the effective ingredient Argireline, effectively reduces wrinkles and expression lines across the face and body. The Smooth variant in the Nithya S-Line stimulates the body’s own collagen production, resulting in improved skin moisture levels. With just a few treatment sessions, typically ranging from 4 to 6 sessions, the skin appears noticeably plumper, smoother, and gains a youthful freshness. The package includes: 5 vials x 5 ml The advantages of utilizing of Nithya Smooth: Noticeably diminishes the appearance of wrinkles and fine lines caused by facial expressions Offers a safe and non-toxic substitute for Botulinum Toxin injections Can be utilized alongside Botulinum Toxin treatments to mitigate its toxicity during advanced stages of therapy Usage: To achieve comprehensive and satisfactory results, it is advised to undergo a total of 4 to 6 treatment sessions using this product. The recommended interval between each session should be approximately 7 to 14 days.

Nithya Shield

Nithya Shield is a skin product that effectively repairs and safeguards the entire facial area. It swiftly and effortlessly rejuvenates skin affected by expression lines, uneven texture, and signs of stress. The Nithya Shield offers natural defense against oxidative stress, resulting in improved facial tone, texture, and a flawlessly smooth and enduring youthful appearance. With the key ingredients of succinic acid and hyaluronic acid, Nithya Shield accelerates skin cell renewal and regeneration while forming a protective barrier on the face. The package includes: 5 vials x 3 ml The advantages of utilizing of Nithya Shield: Enhances the complexion and surface of the skin Effectively moisturizes and diminishes wrinkles Safeguards against oxidative stress Speeds up the process of cell regeneration Usage: It is advised to undergo approximately 4 to 6 sessions of Nithya Shield treatment, with each session spaced out at intervals of 7 to 14 days.

Nithya Stimulate

Nithya Stimulate is a product that revitalizes the skin, providing it with a healthy and noticeably enhanced radiance. With potent ingredients like hyaluronic acid, tetrapeptide-2, and collagen, Nithya Stimulate renews the skin’s natural elasticity and restores a youthful, healthy look. It effectively combats common signs of skin aging, such as dryness, dullness, sagging, and lackluster complexion. The advanced formula of Nithya Stimulate addresses protein deficiency, lack of hydration, as well as minor wrinkles, stretch marks, and scars. With just a few treatment sessions, the skin appears more even-toned, rejuvenated, and youthful, thanks to the innovative and topically applicable Nithya Stimulate. Product properties Benefits of usage Packaging Recommended application Composition Enhance the skin’s inherent firmness and elasticity 5 vials x 5 ml Both the manufacturer and our recommendation suggest a total of approximately 4 to 6 sessions, spaced out at intervals of 7 to 14 days. Following this treatment schedule ensures the attainment of optimal results. hyaluronic acid Diminish the appearance of wrinkles, stretch marks, and scars tetrapeptide-2 Sustain optimal skin hydration levels collagen

Neauvia Organic Hydro Deluxe Man (2x2.5ml)

Neauvia Hydro Deluxe Man is a skincare product created by Matex Lab that offers visible and enduring benefits for male skin. It effectively improves the moisture levels and overall condition of the skin when applied to various areas, including the face, neck, décolleté, hands, elbows, and knees. Moreover, this product optimally enhances skin elasticity and stimulates the body’s natural collagen production. As a result, Neauvia Hydro Deluxe Man rejuvenates tired and stressed skin in men, counteracting the signs of aging and restoring a more youthful and attractive appearance. The package includes: 2 x 2.5 ml syringes The advantages of utilizing of Neauvia Hydro Deluxe Man: Provides deep hydration to the skin Enhances elasticity Promotes the synthesis of natural collagen Revitalizes fatigued and stressed skin in men What is the duration of the results? Upon completing the usage cycle, the effects of this bulking agent can persist for several months, thanks to the gradual breakdown of its active components within the body.

JALOR Sweet Deep (1x1ml)

JALOR Sweet Deep effectively restores facial volumes by providing support and volume to specific areas that require texture or refinement, such as the cheek and chin contours. It is considered the leading solution in the market for addressing tissue lipoatrophy concerns, offering exceptional results in terms of effectiveness and longevity when applied to the face. Compared to similar products, it requires minimal force for injection, making it highly convenient. This formulation includes lidocaine as a local anesthetic, ensuring a more comfortable application experience. It contains the ideal concentration of 23-25mg/ml of cross-linked hyaluronic acid, with the lowest certified level of BDDE available. The hyaluronic acid used is synthetically derived and does not contain any animal proteins. The presence of lidocaine allows for pain reduction during the injection process, swiftly releasing within the filler implant. The brand-new Sweet Deep utilizes the advanced J4HA Cross-Linking technology, which employs a sophisticated structure of chains comprising cross-linked hyaluronic acid with varying lengths. This technology enhances the gel’s flexibility, making it easier to handle during application while delivering superior results and durability within the tissues. The package includes: 1 x 1 ml syringe The advantages of utilizing of JALOR Sweet Deep: Deep effectively replenishes all facial volumes Providing support and volume to areas that require enhanced density or refinement, such as the cheek and chin contours. What is the duration of the results? The biodegradation period of JALOR Sweet Deep ranges from 12 to 16 months at its maximum.

JALOR Sweet Touch (1x1ml)

JALOR Sweet Touch is a colorless gel filler designed for subcutaneous use. It is an ideal solution for combating signs of aging in the skin and enhancing the volume and contours of the lips. The gel is primarily composed of hyaluronic acid, with a concentration of 23 mg per 1 ml. Notably, it contains the lowest certified level of BDDE (a cross-linking agent) available in the market. Additionally, it includes a percentage of lidocaine, a local anesthetic, which helps minimize discomfort during the injection process and ensures improved patient comfort. The new JALOR Sweet Touch introduces advanced J4HA cross-linking technology. This technology creates a sophisticated chain structure using cross-linked hyaluronic acid with varying lengths, resulting in enhanced plasticity of the gel. This innovation produces a more manageable product during implantation, along with improved performance and durability within the tissues. The package includes: 1 x 1 ml syringe The advantages of utilizing of JALOR Sweet Touch: Subtle restructuring Smoothing out and eliminating surface-level and minor wrinkles Enhancing the volume of the zygomatic region, nasolabial folds, lips (for increased volume), buccal corners, and chin What is the duration of the results? The term of biodegradation of the drug is 6-12 months.

Fillmed NCTF 135 HA

Fillmed NCTF 135HA 5 vials is a mesotherapy product designed to combat signs of aging. It deeply rejuvenates, hydrates tired skin, reduces and smoothens fine lines/wrinkles while increasing the skin’s luminosity and glow. The formula itself is a powerful combination of 55 active components, composed of vitamins, amino acids, proteins, free radicals, and antioxidants. Designed to enhance and refresh mature skin, these ingredients work in tandem to awaken and regenerate it. The package includes: 5 x 3ml vials Primary ingredients: 5 mg/ml Hyaluronic acid 12 Vitamins (A, B, C & E), 6 Minerals, 24 Amino acids, 5 Nucleic Acids, 6 Co-enzymes and 6 others The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed NCTF 135HA: Deep rejuvenation Moisturizing the skin Addressing fine lines Enhancing skin glow and luminosity Application areas: Facial region, neck, upper chest area, hands’ back, inner arms, inner thighs, abdominal region What is the duration of the results? Mesotherapy therapy involves multiple sessions conducted over a period of time.

Aliaxin SV (2x1ml)

Aliaxin SV developed specifically to achieve targeted and long-lasting volume enhancements on the face. This monophasic hyaluronic acid filler has a high rate of crosslinking and possesses other beneficial properties that enable seamless integration into the skin tissue, resulting in visible and natural-looking outcomes. Aliaxin SV is particularly effective for contouring facial features, such as the cheeks, jawline, and chin, according to the customer’s preferences. It is also suitable for filling in deep lines and wrinkles, leading to a beautifully smooth and impeccable complexion. The package includes: 2 syringes x 1ml The advantages of utilizing of Aliaxin SV: Enhancement of cheekbone volume and reshaping of the facial contour Filling of extremely deep wrinkles Restoring lost volumes, filling wrinkles, and addressing skin depressions Restoring facial volumes in cases of mild to moderate lipodystrophy What is the duration of the results? Typically, the effects of an Aliaxin SV treatment persist for approximately 6 to 12 months, although the duration may vary from customer to customer.

Aliaxin LV (2x1ml)

Aliaxin LV aims to customize lip volume according to the specific desires of each customer. However, this product offers more than just lip enhancement, as it also delivers a harmonious, flawless, and natural appearance to the lips. Moreover, Aliaxin LV can be applied to the entire face to diminish moderate to severe wrinkles. Consequently, the skin not only achieves smoothness and elasticity but also radiates a renewed glow and youthful appearance. Aliaxin LV is formulated with cross-linked hyaluronic acid derived from non-animal sources, ensuring both absorbable and long-lasting outcomes. The package includes: 2 syringes x 1ml The advantages of utilizing of Aliaxin LV: Reduction of moderate and deep wrinkles Eradication of facial skin depressions Enhancement of volume Improvement in lip contour What is the duration of the results? Typically, the effects of an Aliaxin LV treatment endure for approximately 6 to 12 months. Nevertheless, the specific duration of the outcome may differ for each individual customer.

ALLNEED CmRebuild (1x5ml)

ALLNEED CmRebuild (1x5ml) is a specialized and sterile ampoule developed by the Italian company Campomats. This product consists of a blend of active ingredients with reparative, biostimulating, moisturizing, nourishing, and brightening properties. The inclusion of hyaluronic acid in the formula enhances skin firmness and elasticity while preventing signs of aging. Exogenous collagen promotes the production of new endogenous collagen and elastin, restoring the skin’s suppleness. Moreover, the preparation exhibits antioxidant effects. The treatment is administered through microneedle mesotherapy, a method that not only triggers skin repair processes via controlled microdamage but also aids in the absorption of active ingredients, resulting in tissue firming and rejuvenation. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Sodium Chloride Sodium Hydroxide Hyaluronic Acid Phenoxyethanol Ethylhexylglycerin Hydrolyzed Collagen Propylene Glycol Camellia Sinensis Leaf Extract Theophylline Panthenol Arbutin Centlla Asiatica Extract Vaccinium Myrtillus Extract Ginkgo Biloba Leaf Extract The advantages of utilizing of ALLNEED CmRebuild (1x5ml): Balance skin tone Smooth wrinkles Enhance skin elasticity and density Diminish discolorations, scars, and stretch marks Product Application Guidelines: The product is designed for microneedle mesotherapy and can also be applied using alternative transdermal patches.

MesoMedica Hyaluronidase (1x10ml)

MesoMedica Hyaluronidase (1x10ml) is a product suggested for reducing lymphatic stasis and cellulite. It is also used to dissolve migrating hyaluronic acid during treatments. It enhances tissue permeability, aiding the spread of other injected medications. By breaking down connective tissue, hyaluronidase facilitates the release of fat broken down by fat-dissolving factors (PDCs) from fat cells into the bloodstream and lymphatic system. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Hyaluronidase Sodium Chloride Sodium Hydroxide Sodium Hydroxide Sodium Dihydrogen Phosphate Methylhydroxy Benzoate Disodium EDTA Calcium Dihydrate Chloride Propylhydroxybenzoate The advantages of utilizing of MesoMedica Hyaluronidase (1x10ml): Reduction of cellulite Application in lipolysis Speeding up the breakdown of poorly administered or migrating hyaluronic acid fillers Product Application Guidelines: Hyaluronidase can be employed to enhance the immediate impact of anesthesia or as a supplement for rehydration agents. In mesotherapy, it is utilized to dissolve the connective tissue strands responsible for cellulite dimples.

ALLNEED CmRepair (1x5ml)

ALLNEED CmRepair (1x5ml) is an expertly crafted, sterile ampoule created by the renowned Italian company Campomats. This specialized preparation boasts a distinctive revitalizing formula enriched with potent active ingredients. It deeply nourishes the skin and provides intense hydration. The synergy of hyaluronic acid and amino acids assists the skin in combating wrinkles by enhancing its tightness and elasticity. The treatment utilizes the microneedle mesotherapy technique. Microneedling not only stimulates skin repair processes through controlled microdamage but also facilitates the absorption of active ingredients applied during the treatment. This leads to the firming and rejuvenation of tissues. The presence of moisturizing agents results in silky-smooth and well-nourished skin. Additionally, retinol contributes to skin smoothing, preventing the formation of new wrinkles, discolorations, and imperfections. The combined action of these ingredients restores the skin’s radiance, lightens discolorations, and leaves the skin velvety smooth. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Sodium Hydroxide Hyaluronic Acid Phenoxyethanol Ethylhexylglycerin Mannitol Retinol Polysorbate-20 Ascorbyl Glucoside Thiamine Panthenol Pyridoxine Dimethylaminoethanol tartrate Acetyl Hexapeptide-8 Caprylyl Glycol Aminobutyric Acid Arginine Lysine Glycine Proline The advantages of utilizing of ALLNEED CmRepair (1x5ml): Moisturizing Minimization of flaws Enhancement of skin tone Diminishment of discolorations and pigment spots Enhancement of skin tightness and firmness Softening and diminishing fine lines Applicable on: face, neck, and neckline Product Application Guidelines: The product is designed for microneedle mesotherapy and can also be applied using alternative transdermal patches.

Xela Rederm 1.8% (1x1ml)

Xela Rederm 1.8% (1x1ml) is part of the Redermalization method, designed to combat skin aging and promote skin regeneration. It targets the fundamental mechanisms of skin aging, regulating cellular biochemical and physiological processes. By harnessing the power of succinic acid, it effectively neutralizes free radicals and prevents skin dehydration, facilitated by hyaluronic acid. Developed by the Hyalual Institute, the Xela Rederm injectables utilize a unique formula combining the synergistic effects of sodium succinate and hyaluronic acid. The package includes: 1 glass syringe with 1 ml of the preparation 2 needles 30G x 13mm Ingredients of the product: HA acid concentration: 1.8% (18 mg/ml) Sodium succinate concentration: 1.6% (16 mg/ml) The advantages of utilizing of Xela Rederm 1.8% (1x1ml): Enhancement of skin texture and overall appearance Augmented skin elasticity and suppleness Eradication of skin discolorations Diminished depth and size of wrinkles Provision of skin nourishment Effective skin moisturization Product Application Guidelines: The recommended regimen for Xela Rederm treatments involves three sessions spaced every two weeks. To sustain the effects, consider undergoing follow-up treatments after 6-9 months, either once a month or undergoing another series of treatments. Administration Techniques: For facial treatments, use a linear technique, while for body treatments, utilize the papular method.

Xela Rederm 2.2% (1x1ml)

Xela Rederm 2.2% (1x1ml) is designed to combat skin aging and rejuvenate the skin. Redermalization targets the core mechanisms of skin aging: it regulates cellular biochemical and physiological processes, neutralizes free radicals with succinic acid, and prevents skin dehydration through hyaluronic acid. The package includes: 1 syringe of 1 ml 2 needles 30G x 13mm Ingredients of the product: HA acid concentration: 2.2% (22 mg/ml) Sodium succinate concentration: 1.6% (16 mg/ml) The advantages of utilizing of Xela Rederm 2.2% (1x1ml): Enhancement of skin texture and visual appearance Heightened firmness and suppleness Elimination of skin blemishes Diminished depth and size of wrinkles Skin nourishment Enhanced skin hydration Product Application Guidelines: The recommended Xela Rederm treatment involves three sessions every two weeks. To sustain the results, consider repeating the treatment after 6-9 months, either with a monthly session or an additional series of treatments.

Viscoderm Skinko E (10x5ml)

Viscoderm Skinko E (1x5ml) is a French product specifically formulated for needle mesotherapy on the facial skin. This preparation temporarily replenishes the cellular substance, smoothing out delicate expression lines. The package includes: 10 ampoules of 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic Acid Water fo injection Ammonium Molybdate Ammonium Metavanadate CalciumChloride Iron Sulphate Potassium Chloride Copper Sulphate Magnesium Chloride Manganese Sulphate Sodium Acetate Sodium Hydrogen Carbonate Sodium Chloride Sodium Hydrogen Phosphate Sodium Metasilicate Sodium Selenite Tin Chloride Zinc Sulphate Alanine Arginine Asparagine Aspartic Acid Cysteine Glutamine Glutamic Acid Glycine Histidine Isoleucine Leucine Lysine Methionine Phenylalanine Proline Serine Threonine Tryptophan Tyrosine Valine Adenine Biotin Calcium Pantothenate Coline Chloride Folic Acid Inositol Nicotinamide Pyridoxine Riboflavin Cyanocobalamin Deoxythymidine Glucose Putrescine Sodium Pyruvate Lipoic Acid The advantages of utilizing of Viscoderm Skinko E (1x5ml): Moisturization Temporary replenishment of intercellular substance Smoothing out subtle expression lines Nutrition Application Area: face Product Application Guidelines: The upper and middle skin layers. Needle size: 30Gx13mm, method: micro-deposition.

Xela Rederm 1.1% (1x1ml)

Xela Rederm 1.1% (1x1ml) is part of the Redermalization method, which works to combat skin aging and restore its vitality. It targets the three fundamental processes of skin aging: regulating cellular biochemical and physiological functions, efficiently neutralizing free radicals with succinic acid, and preventing skin dehydration through the action of hyaluronic acid. The Hyalual Institute has developed the Xela Rederm injectables line specifically for performing the redermalization procedure. These products stand out due to their unique formula that harnesses the combined effects of sodium succinate and hyaluronic acid. The package includes: 1 glass syringe with 1 ml of the product 2 needles 30G x 13 mm Ingredients of the product: HA acid concentration: 1.1% (11 mg/ml) Sodium succinate concentration: 1.6% (16 mg/ml) The advantages of utilizing of Xela Rederm 1.1% (1x1ml): Enhancement of skin texture and visual appeal Enhanced flexibility and suppleness Diminishment of discolorations Reduced depth and size of wrinkles Skin nourishment and hydration Product Application Guidelines: The recommended Xela Rederm treatment plan includes three sessions spaced two weeks apart. To sustain the results, undergo a maintenance treatment every 6-9 months, either once a month or another series of sessions. Administration is strictly subcutaneous, targeting specific areas.

Ving Line Lipolysis Cocktail (1x10ml)

Ving Line Lipolysis Cocktail (1x10ml) is specifically formulated for localized fat reduction in areas like the face, abdomen, knees, thighs, and buttocks. This product effectively breaks down adipose tissue, aiding in facial and body contouring. It is made from 100% natural plant extracts, 3 biomimetic peptides, hyaluronic acid, and moisturizing agents. In addition to metabolizing fat, the cocktail restores skin tension, promotes regeneration, and enhances skin elasticity. The package includes: 1 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Purified Water Citrus Paradisi (Grapefruit) Fruit Extract Potassium Carbonate (K2CO3) Butylene Glycol Glutathione Lecithin Glycerin Trehalose Polysorbate 80 Sodium Carbonate (Na2CO3) Sodium Phosphate Dibasic Heptahydrate Isohexadecane L-Carnitine Hydrochloride Citric Acid Propanediol Sodium Chloride Sorbitan Sesquioleate Potassium Cetyl Phosphate Acrylates/c10-30 Alkyl Acrylate Crosspolymer Hexapeptide-10 Acetyl Hexapeptide-49 Sclerotium Gum Acetyl Hexapeptide-39 Starch Hydroxypropyltrimonium Chloride Sodium Hyaluronate Urea Sodium Benzoate Sodium Lactate The advantages of utilizing of Ving Line Lipolysis Cocktail (1x10ml): Fat breakdown Tightening Reduction of excess fat deposits Revitalization Stimulating cell regeneration Enhancement of skin complexion Intensive moisturization Antioxidant benefits Product Application Guidelines: Prior to injection, sanitize and disinfect the targeted area. Suitable for lipolysis treatments on both facial and body areas.

VENOME Platelet Rich Plasma and Fibrin (PRP+ iPRF)

The VENOME Platelet Rich Plasma and Fibrin (PRP+ iPRF) Kit enables qualified professionals to perform procedures using platelet-rich plasma and fibrin. Both PRP and iPRF are autologous treatments that harness the skin’s natural regenerative abilities. The package includes: PRP tubes with anticoagulant (ACD), 10 ml – 2 pcs. IPRF tubes without additives, 10 ml – 2 pcs. Blood collection set 21 G x 3/4 – 2 items Gauze swabs – 3 pcs. Combi Stopper closing cones – 2 pcs. 5 ml syringes – 3 pcs. Ingredients of the product: Platelet rich plasma PRP (Platelet Rich Plasma) Platelet rich fibrin IPRF (Platelet Rich Fibrin) The advantages of utilizing of VENOME Platelet Rich Plasma and Fibrin (PRP+ iPRF): Multiple growth factors are released during the process such as transforming growth factor (TGF), platelet-derived growth factor (PDGF), fibroblast growth factor (FGF), insulin-like growth factor (IGF), vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF), epithelial growth factor (EGF) and mesenchymal stem cells. Product Application Guidelines: Disinfect the skin and insert the needle from the blood collection kit into a suitable vein. Begin by collecting blood into the IPRF tubes. Once filled, place them in the centrifuge facing each other and set the time and speed: 2 minutes at 500 G. While the IPRF tubes spin, collect blood into the remaining PRP tubes. Ensure thorough mixing of blood with the anticoagulant by gently agitating each filled tube at least 8 times. Clean and disinfect the treatment site for both PRP and IPRF. Spin the IPRF tubes and then remove them with a sign of caution in the centrifuge and place them in the test tube rack. Then spin the PRP tubes for 8 minutes at 2300 rpm. In the spun IPRF tube, the upper layer contains platelet-rich fibrin (IPRF), while erythrocytes settle at the bottom. Use a 40 mm 21G needle to release the vacuum and collect 1 ml of fibrin from the top layer. Repeat the process with the second tube. Inject through a 4 mm or 13 mm 30G needle fibrin at the desired place. It must be injected within 5 minutes of spinning. Those tubes can be removed and placed in the test tube rack once spun in the centrifuge. In the tube after spinning, the upper 2/3 is platelet-poor plasma (PPP), next 1/3 is platelet-rich plasma with suspended platelets and at the bottom are sieved erythrocytes. Use a 40 mm 21G needle to remove vacuum and a 70 mm 20G needle with a 5 ml syringe vertically inserted in the middle. Collect the buffy coat and plasma with a circular, swirling motion. Secure the syringe with the Combi Stopper closing cone, ensuring even distribution of platelets by gently agitating the contents for 30–60 seconds. Replace the Combi Stopper with a 4 mm or 13 mm 30G needle and inject the plasma at the desired site within 20 minutes of centrifugation.

Venome Amber Saffron+ (1x3ml)

Venome Amber Saffron+ (1x3ml) is an Italian solution crafted for skin brightening therapies. This innovative product targets discolorations, brightens the skin, and encourages revitalization, ultimately restoring the skin’s natural tone. Through a blend of hyaluronic acid, succinic acid, and saffron extract, it replenishes skin hydration, counters the impact of free radicals, and retards the skin’s aging process. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 3 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Succinic Acid Sodium Hyaluronate Crocus Sativus Stigma Extract Maltodextrin Niacinamide Tranexamic Acid Panthenol Proline Glycine Glutathione Phenoxyethanol Benzyl Alcohol The advantages of utilizing of Venome Amber Saffron+ (1x3ml): Deep hydration Restoring firmness and density Diminishing wrinkles Fading discolorations Enhancing skin tone Illuminating the complexion Application areas: face, neck, décolleté, hands, abdomen, stretch marks, and scars Product Application Guidelines: Treatment schedule: For face, neck, and décolleté, undergo 4/6 sessions with intervals of 7-14 days. For abdomen, stretch marks, and scars, opt for 5 or 6 treatments. Consider a booster session once a month or a series every six months.

Venome Amber Amino BTX (1x3ml)

Venome Amber Amino BTX (1x3ml) is designed for rejuvenating and anti-wrinkle therapies. It contains 1.2% succinic acid, which, combined with hyaluronic acid, provides excellent hydration, combats oxidative stress, and encourages collagen and elastin synthesis, reducing wrinkles. Amino acids and biomimetic peptides further aid the skin in battling sagging and fine lines. Following treatments with Venome Amber Amino BTX, the skin appears more supple and radiant. The package includes: 1x3ml Ingredients of the product: Water Sodium Hyaluronate Succinic Acid Acetyl Decapeptide-3 Serine Proline Glycine Lysine HCL Acetyl Hexapeptide-8 Phenoxyethanol Benzyl Alcohol Sodium Hydroxide The advantages of utilizing of Venome Amber Amino BTX (1x3ml): Revitalization Enhanced suppleness Deep moisturization Regeneration Anti-aging benefits Target areas: neck, chin, cheeks, and static wrinkles Product Application Guidelines: Suggested treatment schedule: Use one ampoule every 7 to 14 days for a series of 4 to 6 sessions.

Venome HAIR FILLER 2ml

Venome HAIR FILLER 2ml its specialized formulation contains a mixture of hyaluronic acid, growth factors and biomimetic peptides. It works effectively against fragile and finer hair by reviving hair follicles and repairing healthier hair strands. They all work together to stimulate cellular activity, promote cell growth, and promote blood circulation in your scalp. The package includes: 1 x 2ml Ingredients of the product: Growth factors IGF-1, EGF, FGF and VEGF Hyaluronic acid Biomimetic peptides Glycerin Lecithin Arginine Citric acid Eucalyptus extract The advantages of utilizing of Venome HAIR FILLER 2ml: Preventing hair loss It will slow down hair loss Hydrating the scalp Nourishing the hair follicles Product application guidelines: Apply one ampoule every second week for 3 to 6 sessions.

Venome AMBER HYDRO 0.55% 3ml

Venome AMBER HYDRO 0.55% 3ml is a rejuvenating therapy that supplies cells with vital nutrients for optimal functionality. Through a distinctive blend of succinic acid (1%) and free hyaluronic acid (0.55%), it enhances skin quality and composition, greatly boosting hydration and reducing the presence of harmful oxygen free radicals. The package includes: 1 x 3ml Ingredients of the product: Succinic acid (1%) Non-crosslinked hyaluronic acid (0.55%) The advantages of utilizing of Venome AMBER HYDRO 0.55% 3ml: Quick results achieved rapidly No recovery period necessary Results without swelling or redness Enhances natural hydration with physiological substances found in the body Suitable for all skin types, including sensitive, dry, and acne-prone skin Enhances microcirculation and brightens the skin Safe for use on eyelids and under-eye circles Provides antioxidant protection Slows down the skin aging process Enhances skin texture on the face and body Aids in healing scars, difficult wounds, and stretch marks Improves overall skin tone Product Application Guidelines: Apply the treatment on the face, neck, décolleté, and arms every 7-14 days for 4-6 sessions. For the abdomen, stretch marks, and scars, undergo 5-6 treatments. Use it monthly or apply the entire batch every six months.

Venome PEPTIDES COMPLEX 5ml

Venome PEPTIDES COMPLEX 5ml is a rejuvenating solution with a highly sophisticated formula containing four peptides. These peptides work directly by interrupting the transmission of electrical impulses to the muscles through neurotransmitters, inhibiting muscle contractions and effectively reducing fine lines caused by excessive facial expressions. The package includes: 1 x 5ml Ingredients of the product: ARGIRELINE (Heksapeptyd-8) SNAP-8 (octapeptide-3) Pentapeptide 18 Decapeptide-3 Ascorbic acid Seaweed Extract The advantages of utilizing of Venome PEPTIDES COMPLEX 5ml: Promotes skin firmness and structure Provides deep hydration and rejuvenation to the skin Minimizes the presence of oxygen free radicals Product Application Guidelines: Use one ampoule every 7 to 21 days for 4 to 6 sessions.

Venome BIOTIN 10ml

Venome BIOTIN 10ml is a water-soluble organic compound belonging to the B vitamins group. It participates in various metabolic processes within our bodies, including the production of fatty acids, blood coagulation, and the synthesis of amino acids. The package includes: 1 x 10ml Ingredients of the product: BIOTIN (vitamin B7 or vitamin H) The advantages of utilizing of Venome BIOTIN 10ml: Strengthens hair and enhances its quality Aiding in fortifying the hair matrix Product Application Guidelines: Apply in mesotherapy. It can be utilized independently or blended with the remaining 8 components of the Venome series for an enhanced impact.

Venome SILICIUM 10ml

Venome SILICIUM 10ml contains organic silicon, a vital microelement often termed as “the element of life.” It actively participates in numerous metabolic processes within the human body, particularly contributing to the formation of connective tissue as a fundamental structural element. The package includes: 1 x 10ml Ingredients of the product: Organic silicon The advantages of utilizing of Venome SILICIUM 10ml: Enhances blood vessel strength Contributes to the formation of collagen fibers Effectively reduces hair loss while promoting the growth of new hair Possesses skin-rejuvenating properties with anti-inflammatory effects Addressing acne and alleviating issues related to dry and sagging skin Product Application Guidelines: Apply in mesotherapy. It can be utilized independently or blended with the remaining 8 components of the Venome series for an enhanced impact.

Venome DMAE+SILICIUM 10ml

Venome DMAE+SILICIUM 10ml is a blend of DMAE and silicon, working together to enhance skin density by supplying essential elements necessary for collagen fiber formation. The package includes: 1 x 10ml Ingredients of the product: DMAE (dimethylethanolamine) Organic silicon The advantages of utilizing of Venome DMAE+SILICIUM 10ml: Tightens and firms the skin Improving its density and elasticity Enhancing the natural facial contour Possesses antioxidant and anti-inflammatory properties Promoting skin regeneration Product Application Guidelines: Apply in mesotherapy. It can be utilized independently or blended with the remaining 8 components of the Venome series for an enhanced impact.

Venome ARTICHOKE 10ml

Venome ARTICHOKE 10ml actively combats dense cellulite and swelling by enhancing drainage, reducing swelling, and speeding up microcirculation. This leads to the efficient elimination of excess water in tissues. The extract contains vitamins A, C, and E, all known for their antioxidant and detoxifying qualities. Additionally, artichokes contain cynarine, a polyphenol that accelerates glucose and lipid metabolism. This mesotherapy product with artichoke extract provides excellent support and enhancement for treatments focusing on fat deposits. The package includes: 10ml Ingredients of the product: Artichoke extract The advantages of utilizing of Venome ARTICHOKE 10ml: Diminishes cellulite and swelling Enhances drainage Speeds up microcirculation Product Application Guidelines: Apply in mesotherapy. It can be utilized independently or blended with the remaining 8 components of the Venome series for an enhanced impact.

Venome Vitamin C 20% 10ml

Venome Vitamin C 20% 10ml contains ascorbic acid, a water-soluble vitamin with high biological activity. When combined with enzymes, it acts as a catalyst for specific chemical reactions within the body. The package includes: 1 x 10ml Ingredients of the product: Vitamin C (ascorbic acid) The advantages of utilizing of Venome Vitamin C 20% 10ml: Contributes to collagen and elastin synthesis Functions as a potent antioxidant Shields the skin from UV radiation Positively impacts blood vessels and microcirculation Aids in fading sun-induced spots and blemishes as well as past inflammatory marks Product Application Guidelines: Apply in mesotherapy. It can be utilized independently or blended with the remaining 8 components of the Venome series for an enhanced impact.

Venome DMAE 10ml

Venome DMAE 10ml consists of an organic compound. The DMAE ingredient enhances fibroblast activity, leading to an increase in protein fiber production, thereby enhancing skin quality. The package includes: 1 x 10ml Ingredients of the product: DMAE (dimethylethanolamine) The advantages of utilizing of Venome DMAE 10ml: Enhancing skin quality Firming the skin Diminishing wrinkles Product Application Guidelines: Apply in mesotherapy. It can be utilized independently or blended with the remaining 8 components of the Venome series for an enhanced impact.

Venome Meso BOOSTER HA 6% 5ml

Venome Meso BOOSTER HA 6% 5ml is ideal for skin requiring intensive revitalization and smoothing. This deeply moisturizing solution prevents excessive water loss. Formulated with the beneficial properties of hyaluronic acid, it encourages collagen and elastin stimulation. The active components work to rebuild the skin, enhancing both its structure and firmness. The package includes: 1 x 5ml Ingredients of the product: Water Sodium Hyaluronate Sodium Hydroxide Benzyl Alcohol Phenoxyethanol The advantages of utilizing of Venome Meso BOOSTER HA 6% 5ml: Rejuvenating Hydrating Revitalizing Flexible Firm Preventing moisture loss Product Application Guidelines: Apply during mesotherapy sessions for improved results. Can be utilized to boost effectiveness.

Venome RETINOL 300 10ml

Venome RETINOL 300 10ml consists of pure Vitamin A, effectively promoting skin regeneration and rejuvenation. Its ability to stimulate fibroblasts encourages continuous division and production of supportive fibers, enhancing skin vitality. The package includes: 1 x 10ml Ingredients of the product: Retinol (Vitamin A) The advantages of utilizing of Venome RETINOL 300 10ml: Restores the skin’s natural structure and moisture balance by reducing water loss through the skin Regulates melanocyte activity, effectively reducing minor discolorations and hyperpigmentation Balances sebaceous gland function and speeds up the healing process of inflammatory skin issues Product Application Guidelines: Apply in mesotherapy. It can be utilized independently or blended with the remaining 8 components of the Venome series for an enhanced impact.

Venome Meso BTX 5ml

Venome Meso BTX 5ml offers a distinctive blend that aids in rebuilding collagen fibers, enhancing skin density and firmness. With its unique composition, Meso BTX stands out as a highly effective therapy known for its potent anti-wrinkle and reparative benefits. The package includes: 1 x 5ml Ingredients of the product: Hexapeptide-8 Ethylene glycol derivative Benzyl alcohol Sodium hydroxide The advantages of utilizing of Venome Meso BTX 5ml: Rebuilding collagen fibers results in improved skin elasticity and density Effectively diminishes crow’s feet, wrinkles, and expression lines Offering antioxidant and reparative qualities Product Application Guidelines: One ampoule should be used every seven days for a total of 4 to 6 sessions.

Venome Meso COLLAGEN 5ml

Venome Meso COLLAGEN 5ml is specifically formulated to rejuvenate mature skin, providing essential revitalization and profound hydration. The active components in the product effectively enhance skin texture and provide intense moisturization. Hydrolyzed collagen works to enhance skin elasticity, promoting a firmer texture and guarding against initial signs of aging. The package includes: 1 x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Collagen Hyaluronic acid Tetrapeptide-2 The advantages of utilizing of Venome Meso COLLAGEN 5ml: Tightening Supple Eradicating indications of aging Diminishing wrinkles Profoundly hydrating Making smooth Rejuvenating Boosting collagen synthesis Addressing protein insufficiencies Product Application Guidelines: One ampoule should be used every seven days for a total of 4 to 6 sessions.

Venome Meso DELICATE WHITE 5ml

Venome Meso DELICATE WHITE 5ml is formulated to address intimate areas, preventing pigmentation, hyperpigmentation issues, and providing intense hydration. The package includes: 1 x 5ml Ingredients of the product: Resorcinol Sodium Ascorbate (a derivative of Vitamin C) and Vitamin B3 Arbutin The advantages of utilizing of Venome Meso DELICATE WHITE 5ml: Diminishing skin discoloration Enhancing moisturization Averting hyperpigmentation Product Application Guidelines: One ampoule should be used every seven days for a total of 4 to 6 sessions.

Venome Meso ANTIOX 5ml

Venome Meso ANTIOX 5ml is formulated for facial, neck, décolleté, and hand treatments. Ideal for individuals dealing with hyperpigmentation and signs of photoaging, desiring a more even skin tone and removal of existing discolorations. Noticeable results can be seen after the initial treatment. The package includes: 1 x 5ml Ingredients of the product: water alcohol hydrogenated castor oil retinol ester vitamin E acetate lipoic acid cysteine taurine proline glutathione ethylene glycol derivative benzyl alcohol sodium hydroxide The advantages of utilizing of Venome Meso ANTIOX 5ml: Possesses antioxidant properties Suppresses the activity of free radicals Prevents the development of new discolorations and eradicates existing ones Rejuvenates and strengthens tissue immunity Reduces wrinkles and fine lines Illuminates and smoothens skin complexion Product Application Guidelines: One ampoule should be used every seven days for a total of 4 to 6 sessions.

Venome Meso ATOPIC 5ml

Venome Meso ATOPIC 5ml is formulated to brighten and reinforce the protective barrier of sensitive, atopic skin. The package includes: Sterile vial of 5ml in carton Sticker with LOT number Ingredients of the product: Water Sodium hydroxide (hygroscopic substance) Ascorbyl Glucoside (Combination of Starch and Vitamin C) Citric Acid (Keratolytic Intermediate) Lipoic acid (antioxidant) Ethylene glycol derivative Benzyl alcohol The advantages of utilizing of Venome Meso ATOPIC 5ml: The product employs Ascorbyl Glucoside, a blend of natural starch and vitamin C, which becomes active through an enzyme present in skin cells. This gradual activation allows it to penetrate deeper into the epidermis and even reach the dermis to some extent It aids in promoting the synthesis of collagen and hyaluronic acid, enhancing skin elasticity and moisture levels Ascorbyl glucoside and citric acid provide exfoliating effects The product also supports the restoration of the protective skin barrier for individuals dealing with Atopic Dermatitis (AD) by stimulating ceramide production Product Application Guidelines: One ampoule should be used every seven days for a total of 4 to 6 sessions.

Venome Lipo SLIM 10ml

Venome Lipo SLIM 10ml is suitable for all skin types. This product, containing phosphatidylcholine and sodium deoxycholate, exhibits a lipolytic effect, effectively reducing excess body fat. The package includes: 1 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Phosphatidylocholine Sodium Deoxycholate Benzyl Alcohol Sodium Hydroxide Phenoxyethanol The advantages of utilizing of Venome Lipo SLIM 10ml: Fighting localized body fat accumulation Promoting regeneration Restoring optimal skin texture Enhancing skin flexibility Product Application Guidelines: Apply a maximum of 15 mL of the product to a specific treatment area, with sessions spaced every 14 days for a total of 4-6 sessions.

Venome Meso DELICATE FIRM 5ml

Venome Meso DELICATE FIRM 5ml is designed for the rejuvenation of the intimate area. The package includes: Sterile vial of 5ml in carton Sticker with LOT number Ingredients of the product: Water Sodium Hyaluronate DMAE Sodium Ascorbate (Vitamin C Derivative) Vitamin B3 Cysteine Arginine Proline Glycine Peptide (A substance that causes muscle tension to relax) Ethylene glycol derivative Benzyl alcohol Sodium hydroxide (hygroscopic) The advantages of utilizing of Venome Meso DELICATE FIRM 5ml: The correct combination of amino acids and vitamins effectively enhances the epidermis’ protective shield, ensuring skin protection and regeneration Hexapeptide-8 helps relax muscle tension, addressing a common concern in sensitive areas Product Application Guidelines: One ampoule should be used every seven days for a total of 4 to 6 sessions.

Venome Meso EYEBAG 2ml

Venome Meso EYEBAG 2ml is designed for the sensitive eye area prone to puffiness. The package includes: Sterile vial 2ml per carton Sticker with LOT number Ingredients of the product: Water Sodium Hyaluronate Butylene glycol (Substance responsible for proper hydration) Acetyl 5-tetrapeptide (Substance that regulates microcirculation) Coenzyme Q10 Sodium Hyaluronate Artichoke extract Ethylene glycol derivative Benzyl alcohol The advantages of utilizing of Venome Meso EYEBAG 2ml: Tetrapeptide-5 improves tissue microcirculation, reducing swelling caused by fluid buildup between cells Coenzyme Q10 promotes energy metabolism in tissues, enhancing oxygenation and slowing down aging processes Artichoke extract stimulates the lymphatic system, reducing swelling The formulation also ensures adequate hydration and brightening for the sensitive eye area Product Application Guidelines: One ampoule should be used every seven days for a total of 4 to 6 sessions.

Venome Meso TIGHT 5ml

Venome Meso TIGHT 5ml promotes the rejuvenation of the skin’s deep layers, delivering an instant tightening effect. The package includes: Sterile vial of 5ml in carton Sticker with LOT number Ingredients of the product: Water Sodium Ascorbate (Vitamin C Derivative) DMAE Hydrolyzed Elastin Disodium EDTA (stabilizer, softener) Benzyl alcohol Ethylene glycol derivative Sodium hydroxide The advantages of utilizing of Venome Meso TIGHT 5ml: Vitamin C plays a vital role in the indirect creation of collagen and elastin in the skin. It ensures the continuous generation, repair, and stabilization of structural fibers responsible for the skin’s correct firmness and thickness With Vitamin C support, elastin helps restore firmness and proper skin structure DMAE consistently activates fibroblasts, encouraging cell division, resulting in a tightening effect and reducing the appearance of surface wrinkles Product Application Guidelines: One ampoule should be used every seven days for a total of 4 to 6 sessions.

Venome Meso NECK 5ml

Venome Meso NECK 5ml is designed to rejuvenate the neck and décolleté area. The package includes: Sterile vial of 5ml in carton Sticker with LOT number Ingredients of the product: Water Sodium Hyaluronate (Hyaluronic Acid) Dimethylaminoethanol (DMAE) Niacinamide (Vitamin B3) Cysteine Arginine Proline Glycine Peptide (A substance that causes muscle tension to relax) Ethylene glycol derivative Benzyl alcohol Sodium hydroxide (hygroscopic substance) The advantages of utilizing of Venome Meso NECK 5ml: The rich concentration of low-molecular hyaluronic acid significantly enhances water retention in tissues, ensuring proper hydration, cell function, and stimulating connective tissue regeneration DMAE tightens and enhances the density of sagging areas on the neck and décolleté Amino acids, crucial elements of the epidermis, aid in forming a protective hydrolipid barrier, boosting cell division capability and activating collagen production The presence of Hexapeptide-8, a synthetic peptide for muscle relaxation, smoothens skin texture while increasing elastin fiber production simultaneously Product Application Guidelines: One ampoule should be used every seven days for a total of 4 to 6 sessions.

Venome Meso ANTIAGE 5ml

Venome Meso ANTIAGE 5ml is designed to diminish signs of photo-aging on the skin. This multivitamin formula encourages tissue renewal, making it particularly beneficial, especially during the summer months. The package includes: Sterile vial of 5ml in carton Sticker with LOT number Ingredients of the product: Water Alcohol Sodium Ascorbate (Vitamin C Derivative) Hydrogenated Castor Oil (Surfactant) Proretinol (a form of vitamin A) Panthenol Vitamin B3 Vitamin E Acetate Pyridoxine derivative (form of vitamin B6) Vitamin B2 Form of vitamin B1 Sodium hydroxide Benzyl alcohol Ethylene glycol derivative The advantages of utilizing of Venome Meso ANTIAGE 5ml: The artificial version of Vitamin C enhances defense against free radicals, strengthens blood vessels, and reduces skin discoloration Proretinol enhances skin circulation, making tissues more resilient to UV radiation and minimizing the effects of aging The correct combination of B vitamins boosts collagen and elastin synthesis, ensuring adequate hydration of the epidermis and deeper dermal layers, while also maintaining proper oxygenation and enhancing mineral transport Product Application Guidelines: One ampoule should be used every seven days for a total of 4 to 6 sessions.

Venome Meso HANDS 5ml

Venome Meso HANDS 5ml offers comprehensive revitalization for your hands. The hands, often exposed to external elements, require intensive moisturization and stimulation to trigger regenerative processes in the tissues. The hyaluronic acid in the product ensures adequate skin hydration, and its targeted impact on collagen and elastin enhances skin density and firmness. Niacinamide addresses discolorations and shields the skin from UV rays. Vitamin B6 combats free radical secretion, forming a protective barrier that prevents tissue dehydration. The package includes: Sterile vial of 5ml in carton Sticker with LOT number Ingredients of the product: Water Sodium Hyaluronate Dimethylaminoethanol (DMAE) Niacinamide (Vitamin B3) Cysteine Arginine Proline Glycine Peptide (A substance that causes muscle tension to relax) Ethylene glycol derivative Benzyl alcohol Sodium hydroxide (hygroscopic substance) The advantages of utilizing of Venome Meso HANDS 5ml: Skin rejuvenation Shields the skin from UV rays Reduces the appearance of age spots Combats the aging of the delicate skin on the hands Product Application Guidelines: One ampoule should be used every seven days for a total of 4 to 6 sessions.

Venome Meso ACNE 5ml

Venome Meso ACNE 5ml is designed for skin prone to acne and is recommended for combating skin inflammation due to the presence of two mushroom extracts – Cordyceps and Variegated Cordyceps. The package includes: Sterile vial of 5ml in carton Sticker with LOT number Ingredients of the product: Water Cordyceps extract Variegated Beetle Extract Butylene glycol (A substance that facilitates the penetration of ingredients) Sodium citrate Sodium benzoate Potassium sorbate Ethylene glycol derivative Benzyl alcohol Sodium hydroxide (hygroscopic substance) The advantages of utilizing of Venome Meso ACNE 5ml: Enhancing skin defense against external factors by boosting macrophage activity The product comprises ingredients with potent anti-inflammatory and antibacterial characteristics Cordyceps enhances oxygenation of skin cells by improving microcirculation in blood vessels, while Variegated Cordyceps supports collagen synthesis and provides a calming and soothing effect Product Application Guidelines: One ampoule should be used every seven days for a total of 4 to 6 sessions.

Velatox GF11 (1x3ml)

Velatox GF11 (1x3ml) contains a concentrated blend of 11 cell growth factors and antioxidant vitamins, enclosed in a glass ampoule, designed to visibly rejuvenate the skin. This product aids in reducing wrinkles, enhancing collagen and elastin synthesis, leading to firmer and more elastic skin. With its antioxidant properties and brightening effects, it visibly enhances skin appearance, providing nourishment and restoring vitality that may have been lost. The package includes: 1 x 3ml Ingredients of the product: Water EGF FGF IGF Acetyl Hexapeptide-8 Nicotinoyl Tripeptide-1 Naturotics Plus MultiEx BSASM Plus Vitamin C, B2, B3, B12 Adenosine L-Carnitine Palmitoyl Pentapeptide-4 Palmitoyl Tetrapeptide-7 Hydroxyethylcellulose Dipeptide Diaminobutyroyl Benzylamide Arginine Arbutin 1,2-Hexanediol The advantages of utilizing of Velatox GF11 (1x3ml): Diminishing the appearance of wrinkles Boosting the production of collagen and elastin Noticeable reduction of wrinkles and creases Purification and hindrance of the aging process Nourishing and rejuvenating the skin Diminishing discolorations and blemishes Deep moisturization Antibacterial properties Product Application Guidelines: Apply Velatox GF11 to the designated area, utilizing a dermoroller to aid the product’s absorption into the skin. Upon completion of the procedure, apply Velasem in 3-5 layers to hydrate the scalp.

Venome Meso HAIR 5ml

Venome Meso HAIR 5ml is specifically formulated for addressing weak, thinning, and fragile hair concerns. The package includes: Sterile vial of 5ml in carton Sticker with LOT number Ingredients of the product: Water Hydrogenated Castor Oil (Surfactant) Hydrolyzed Keratin Sodium Hyaluronate Panthenol Form of vitamin B6 Form of vitamin B1 Biotin (Vitamin B7) Derivative form of iron Benzyl alcohol Ethylene glycol derivative Sodium hydroxide The advantages of utilizing of Venome Meso HAIR 5ml: Using this product helps correct vitamin deficiencies, leading to improved hair hydration and elasticity while also reducing hair loss It contains vitamins B6, B1, and panthenol, which fortify both hair follicles and shafts Vitamin B7 (biotin) is included to prevent hair loss and enhance hair moisture levels The ampoule also contains keratin, which strengthens the hair bulb’s structure Product Application Guidelines: One ampoule should be used every seven days for a total of 4 to 6 sessions.

Velasem GF11 (1x10ml)

Velasem GF11 (1x10ml) is a potent blend of 11 cell growth factors and antioxidant vitamins, packaged in a glass ampoule, designed to visibly revitalize the skin. This product helps diminish wrinkles and boosts collagen and elastin production, restoring the skin’s firmness and suppleness. With its antioxidant properties and brightening effects, it visibly enhances the skin’s appearance, nourishes, and rejuvenates, bringing back lost vitality. The package includes: 1 x 10ml Ingredients of the product: Water EGF FGF IGF Copper Tripeptide-1 Acetyl Hexapeptide-8 Naturotics Plus MultiEx BSASM Plus Vitamin C, B2, B3, B12 Adenosine L-Carnitine Palmitoyl Pentapeptide-4 Palmitoyl Tetrapeptide-7 Hydroxyethylcellulose Dipeptide Diaminobutyroyl Benzylamide Arginine Arbutin 1,2-Hexanediol The advantages of utilizing of Velasem GF11 (1x10ml): Diminishing the appearance of wrinkles Boosting the production of collagen and elastin Noticeable reduction in wrinkles and fine lines Detoxification and slowing down the aging process Providing nourishment and revitalizing the skin Brightening and evening out skin tone by reducing discolorations and spots Deep moisturization for intense hydration Exhibiting antibacterial effects Product Application Guidelines: Use the product following microneedle mesotherapy to hydrate the scalp. Pair it with Velatox GF11 for optimal results.

Velash SHGF11 (1x10ml)

Velash SHGF11 (1x10ml) is a unique blend of highly potent active components, including vitamins and cell growth stimulants, that nourishes the scalp and enhances hair health. It boosts collagen and elastin production in the skin, fortifying hair follicles and preventing hair loss. Moreover, it ensures thorough cleansing and nurturing of the scalp, fostering an optimal environment for robust and healthy hair growth. The package includes: 1 ampoule x10 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Biotin Hydsol-H6 EGF FGF IGF Copper Tripeptide-1 Adenosine Naturotics Plus MultiEx BSASM Plus Vitamin C, B2, B3, B12 L-Carnitine Palmitoyl Pentapeptide-4 Palmitoyl Tetrapeptide-7 Hydroxyethylcellulose Acetyl Hexapeptide-8 Arginine Arbutin 1,2-Hexanediol The advantages of utilizing of Velash SHGF11 (1x10ml): Enhancing hair growth by enhancing scalp health Employed in cases of alopecia to encourage new hair growth Shielding against free radicals Slowing down the aging process of the scalp Fortifying hair follicles to prevent hair loss Providing nutrients to hair roots Offering soothing, cleansing, and antibacterial benefits Activating scalp cells Product Application Guidelines: Avoid combining Velash SHGF11 with other skincare products. Limit usage to one ampoule per treatment session. Apply the product to the scalp in small drops and use a dermaroller to aid in skin penetration. After application, use Velash Soothing Moisturizer to hydrate the scalp.

ThinSteal (1x10ml)

ThinSteal (1x10ml) is a solution contained in a glass ampoule, functioning through NAIS – the Natural Anti-Inflammatory System – which reduces fatty tissue by imitating the body’s innate processes for fat absorption. This enhances the efficiency of the weight loss journey and facilitates achieving the desired physique by swiftly breaking down subcutaneous fat layers. Consequently, the skin recovers its firmness and suppleness, and problematic areas regain their natural contours. The package includes: 1 × 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Coffeine 1,2-Hexanediol Rhus Semialata Gall Extract Benzyl alcohol Sodium Chloride Butylene Glycol Pentylene Glycol Sodium Phosphate Polyglyceryl-4 Caprate Polyglyceryl-4 Caprylate Polyglyceryl-6 Ricinoleate Polyglyceryl-3 Cocoate Hydroxyphenyl Propamidobenzoic Acid Hyaluronic Acid Raffinose Inositol Cysteine Hisidine Glutamine Arginine Glycerin Lysine Glycine Dosodium Phosphate The advantages of utilizing of ThinSteal (1x10ml): Efficient elimination of fat from specific regions Aiding the slimming process Enhancing body shape Boosting skin flexibility and firmness Product Application Guidelines: ThinSteal is applied at the initial phase of the skincare routine. Dispense a pearl amount on palm or cotton pad, gently massage evenly onto face and neck. Let it soak into your skin.

Velash SHGF11 Soothing moisturising cream 10ml

Velash SHGF11 Soothing moisturizer cream 10ml is a specialized product designed for post-microneedle mesotherapy treatments when used alongside Velash SHGF11. This serum calms and hydrates the scalp while also providing antibacterial properties and cleansing the pores. The package includes: 1 x 10ml Ingredients of the product: EGF, FGF, IGF Vitamin B complex and vitamin C Peptides Biotin The advantages of utilizing of Velash SHGF11 Soothing Moisturizer 10ml: Calming Purifying Antimicrobial properties Product Application Guidelines: Use the product post-microneedle mesotherapy to hydrate the scalp. Combine it with Velash SHGF11 for best results.

t-lab PRP Kit

The t-lab PRP Kit is the ideal solution for all your platelet-rich plasma (PRP) treatments preparation and administration. Collected plasma can be used in many procedures in the area of aesthetic area and surgery (facial lifting, skin rejuvenation, wrinkles, skin laxity), plastic surgery, dermatology (prp hair treatment), ophthalmology, orthopedics and sports medicine. The use of the patient’s own blood in PRP treatments avoids the risk of allergies and postoperative complications. Due to the properties of platelet-rich plasma, treatments in this area provide an even skin tone, the reduction of wrinkles, internal skin structure reconstruction, as well as, a natural glow. The package includes: 2 x 10 ml PRP tubes with sodium citrate 1 empty 10 ml plasma tube 1 syringe of 5 ml 1 syringe of 1 ml 1 needle 18Gx90mm 1 needle 21Gx40mm 1 needle 30Gx13mm 1 holder 1 needle multiadapter system Vacutainer 1 certificate per patient Ingredients of the product: Fraction of blood plasma that contains a high concentration of platelets The advantages of utilizing of t-lab PRP Kit: Procedures involving platelet-rich plasma (PRP) Enhancement of eyelids, lips, chin, cheeks, décolletage, hands, and forehead, including the eye region Diminishing dark circles and fine lines around the eyes Diminishing nasolabial folds, wrinkles on the nape, and neck Stimulation of hair regrowth Assistance in addressing alopecia Enhancement of skin firmness and thickness Revitalization Uniformization of skin tone Product Application Guidelines: Attach the multiadapter needle to the holder and draw blood from 2 orange 10ml tubes obtained from the patient. Gently shake the tubes to mix the anticoagulant with the blood. Place the tubes in the centrifuge counterweight and set the spin to 2300 RPM for 4 minutes. Puncture the tube cap with a needle to release the vacuum inside. Attach an 18Gx90mm needle to a 5 ml syringe and collect the resulting plasma, then transfer it into the blue tube. Repeat the process with the remaining 2 tubes. Mix the collected plasma in the blue tube. Using a 21Gx40mm needle, draw the plasma into a 1 ml syringe, then switch to a 30Gx13mm needle for the procedure.

Super V-Line Sol (1x5ml)

Super V-Line Sol (1x5ml) is specifically formulated for facial enhancement, targeting subcutaneous fat and contour shaping through lipolysis. It effectively maintains the results of previous treatments while minimizing swelling and promoting skin regeneration. By enhancing lymphatic circulation and dissolving excess fat, it restores the natural facial contours, preserving a youthful and beautiful appearance. The package includes: 1x5ml Ingredients of the product: Water Carnitine Thermus Thermophillus Ferment Sodium Chloride Aesculus Hippocastanum (Horse Chestnut) Extract Juglans Regia (Walnut) Seed Extract Tyrosine Disodium EDTA Phenoxyethanol Butylene Glycol The advantages of utilizing of Super V-Line Sol (1x5ml): Achieving a lifted “V-curve” effect for the face Promotion of cell regeneration acceleration Enhanced skin elasticity and smoothening Elimination of excess fat, like in the case of a double chin Product Application Guidelines: If the subcutaneous tissue around the face’s contour and chin region is substantial, it is possible to administer up to 10 ml of the solution (1 vial) using a retrograde tunnel method, with injections ranging from 0.5 to 1.0 ml each. To achieve the desired outcome, a minimum of 5 sessions are necessary, with a one-week interval between each session.

Sunekos Cell

Sunekos Cell is formulated to rejuvenate skin elasticity, restore its natural state, and aid in cellulite treatment (PEFS). This product is crafted with hyaluronic acid, six amino acids, and sodium bicarbonate. The inclusion of bicarbonate salts in Sunekos Cell helps counteract the acidic environment often associated with inflammation. The package includes: 1 ampoule of hyaluronic acid/amino acids with a capacity of 7 ml 1 ampoule of sodium bicarbonate 3 ml Ingredients of the product: Amino acid ampoule 7 ml: Water for injection, Sodium Hyaluronate, Glycine, L-Proline, L-Leucine, L-Lysine HCL, L-Valine, L-Alanine Bicarbonate ampoule 3 ml: Sodium Bicarbonate, Sodium Carbonate The advantages of utilizing of Sunekos Cell: Revival of skin firmness Reestablishment of skin’s natural state Assistance in addressing PEFS (cellulite) Supplementary treatment alongside methods like ultrasound, pressotherapy (lymphatic drainage), electrolipolysis, RF Product Application Guidelines: Administered intradermally. Method: micro-injections (0.1-0.2 ml deposits spaced 1-3 cm apart). Suggested needle: 30G – 27G x 4 mm. Course: 3-4 sessions, spaced every 2-3 weeks, with a follow-up booster session after 6 months.

STAYVE EGF Peptide Gold Ampoule (10x8ml)

The STAYVE EGF Peptide Gold Ampoule (10x8ml) is an intense anti-wrinkle serum intertwined with botanical like niacinamide. This inhibits tyrosinase, the main component that promotes melanin production, delivering brightening effects to the skin. It can be directly applied to the skin and body, penetrating deep quality or quickly. The package includes: 10x8ml The advantages of utilizing of STAYVE EGF Peptide Gold Ampoule (10x8ml): Enhances skin elasticity and hydration Guards against aging Providing a brightening effect Possesses regenerative properties Product Application Guidelines: Start with a small amount on your clean face and neck, massaging until absorbed. Apply in the morning.

STAYVE AC Stem Cell Gold Ampoule (10x8ml)

STAYVE AC Stem Cell Gold Ampoule (10x8ml) it is blend plant stem cell, great moisturizing and skin beauty, wound healing The formula is infusioned with Centella Asiatica extract which has antibacterial, anti-acne and anti-inflammatory characteristics that help in calming skin irritation and minimizing breakouts. The 99.9% Gold particles contribute to a brightening effect by clarifying and purifying the complexion. Moreover, the product significantly boosts collagen production and enhances skin elasticity. The package includes: 10x8ml Ingredients of the product: Water Glycerin Niacinamide Titanium Dioxide Aluminum Hydroxide Triethoxycaprylylsilane Propylene Glycol Cyclopentasiloxane Cyclohexasiloxane Cetyl Ethylhexanoate Mineral Oil Polysorbate 80 Stearic Acid Cetearyl Alcohol Chlorphenesin Glyceryl Stearate Sorbitan Stearate HydroxyethylCellulose Allantoin Dimethicone Sorbitan Sesquioleate Camellia Sinensis Leaf Extract Bambusa Vulgaris Extract Borago Officinalis Extract Citrus Unshiu Peel Extract Ligustrum Japonicum Fruit Extract Cnidium Officinale Root Extract Rhus Semialata Gall Extract Opuntia Coccinellifera Fruit Extract Astragalus Membranaceus Root Extract Prunus Persica (Peach) Kernel Extract Pinus Sylvestris Leaf Extract Pueraria Lobata Root Extract Ginkgo Biloba Leaf Extract Trichosanthes Kirilowii Root Extract Disodium EDTA Phenoxyethanol Tocopheryl Acetate Rh-Oligopeptide-1 Red Iron Oxide Black Iron Oxide Yellow Iron Oxide Fragrance The advantages of utilizing of STAYVE AC Stem Cell Gold Ampoule (10x8ml): Possesses properties that combat acne and inflammation Enhancing skin elasticity Promoting a healthy complexion Remarkably restores a healthy skin tone Minimizes pore size Product Application Guidelines: MTS treatment should be done weekly with serum ampoules, not exceeding once a week. It’s advisable to undergo 4 to 5 sessions with consistent intervals. Ampoules can be used daily for ongoing skin benefits after MTS treatment.

STAYVE Dermawhite BB Glow Ampoule - No. 3 Deep (1x8ml)

STAYVE Dermawhite BB Glow Ampoule – No. 3 Deep (1x8ml) is formulated to provide a “year-long foundation effect.” Enhanced with 100% natural extracts and EGF (epithermal growth factor) – special polypeptides that promote cellular skin growth, regulating cell division. These are highly effective and efficient in the realm of rejuvenation! The package includes: 1x8ml Ingredients of the product: Water Glycerin Niacinamide Titanium Dioxide Aluminum Hydroxide Triethoxycaprylylsilane Propylene Glycol Cyclopentasiloxane Cyclohexasiloxane Cetyl Ethylhexanoate Polysorbate 80 Stearic Acid Cetearyl Alcohol Chlorphenesin Glyceryl Stearate Sorbitan Stearate HydroxyethylCellulose Allantoin Dimethicone Sorbitan Sesquioleate Camellia Sinensis Leaf Extract Bambusa Vulgaris Extract Borago Officinalis Extract Citrus Unshiu Peel Extract Ligustrum Japonicum Fruit Extract Cnidium Officinale Root Extract Rhus Semialata Gall Extract Opuntia Coccinellifera Fruit Extract Astragalus Membranaceus Root Extract Prunus Persica (Peach) Kernel Extract Pinus Sylvestris Leaf Extract Pueraria Lobata Root Extract Ginkgo Biloba Leaf Extract Trichosanthes Kirilowii Root Extract Disodium EDTA Phenoxyethanol Tokopheryl Acetate Red Iron Oxide Black Iron Oxide Yellow Iron Oxide Fragnance The advantages of utilizing of STAYVE Dermawhite BB Glow Ampoule – No. 3 Deep (1x8ml): Achieves an even skin tone Enhances skin complexion Leaves skin smooth and well-maintained with a matte finish Neutralizes harmful free radicals Decreases melanin levels in the skin both before and after exposure to UV radiation Restores skin’s natural radiance and tone Diminishes skin discoloration Product Application Guidelines: The process involves utilizing a device equipped with nanoneedle modules to penetrate the skin’s upper layer. These nanoneedles facilitate the product’s absorption without deep penetration, ensuring safety compared to mesotherapy.

STAYVE Salmon DNA Gold Ampoule (10x8ml)

STAYVE Salmon DNA Gold Ampoule (10x8ml) is primarily composed of PDRN DNA extracted from salmon semen. The ampoule also incorporates 99.9% (24K) gold particles, enhancing the skin cleansing process and improving the skin’s lightening and brightening effects. The package includes: 10x8ml Ingredients of the product: Water Butylene Glycol Sodium Hyaluronate Sodium DNA Niacinamide Glycerin Zanthoxylum Piperitum Fruit Extract Pulsatilla Koreana Extract Usnea Barbata ( Lichen ) Extract Triethanolamine Carbomer Allantoin Betaine Adenosine Gold Acetyl Hexapeptide-8 Copper Tripeptide-1 Palmitoyl Pentapeptide-4 Tripeptide-1 Palmitoyl Tripeptide-1 Hexapeptide-9 Nonapeptide-1 PDRN DNA (obtained from salmon semen) Algae Extract Enteromorpha Compressa Extract Undaria Pinnatifida Extract CI 15985 CI 19140 The advantages of utilizing of STAYVE Salmon DNA Gold Ampoule (10x8ml): Nourishes the skin Reduces wrinkles Enhances skin firmness Speeds up skin regeneration Promotes rejuvenation and wound healing Eliminates toxins, cleansing the skin Evens out skin tone, providing a lighter and brighter complexion Product Application Guidelines: MTS therapy should be conducted weekly, utilizing serum ampoules. It is advised not to exceed one MTS session per week and not to undergo the treatment more than 4-5 times with consistent intervals. To enhance skin benefits post-MTS treatment, ampoules can be used daily.

STAYVE Dermawhite BB Glow Ampoule - No. 2 Medium (1x8ml)

A Korean foundation-infused serum, STAYVE Dermawhite BB Glow Ampoule — No. 2 Medium (1x8ml). And it has had plant extracts, natural plant stem cells and niacinamide — vitamin B3 — pumped into its formula. Niacinamide, a water-soluble vitamin that easily penetrates the upper layers of skin. What this face is really claims to do is all the above but the difference is which increases the collagen synthesis and ceramide biosynthesis, vital components of the stratum corneum lipid matrix. It decreases through the transepidermal water loss and therefore it enhances skin hydration as well as elasticity. This product can protect the skin from UVB, as well as free radical damage, as both are damaging to the skin, and it is a powerful antioxidant. It fades discolorations from the sun and prevents new ones, has anti-inflammatory effects, and dramatically speeds healing time of existing inflammatory lesions. This compound is an effective agent for the treatment of acne lesions and for sebaceous gland size reduction. It also contains some bioactive peptides EGF (epidermal growth factor) that promote the growth and production of skin cells, thereby aiding skin renewal. Delivered in an ampoule with microneedling, it avivifies fibroblasts and induces collagen so your skin glows and your complexion glows. The package includes: 1x8ml Ingredients of the product: Water Glycerin Niacinamide Titanium Dioxide Cetearyl Alcohol Stearic Acid Glyceryl Stearate HydroxyethylCellulose Propylene Glycol Cetyl Ethylhexanoate Sorbitan Stearate Dimethicone Red Iron Oxide Polysorbate 80 Phenoxyethanol Chlorphenesin Sorbitan Sesquioleate Cyclopentasiloxane Cyclohexasiloxane Black Iron Oxide Allantoin Disodium EDTA Triethoxycaprylylsilane Yellow Iron Oxide Fragrance Aluminum Hydroxide Tocopheryl Acetate Camellia Sinensis Leaf Extract Bambusa Vulgaris Extract Borago Officinalis Extract Citrus Unshiu Peel Extract Ligustrum Japonicum Fruit Extract Cnidium Officinale Root Extract Rhus Semialata Gall Extract Opuntia Coccinelifera Fruit Extract Astragalus Membranaceus Root Extract Prunus Persica (Peach) Kernel Extract Pinus Sylvestris Leaf Extract Pueraria Lobata Root Extract Ginkgo Biloba Leaf Extract Trichosanthes Kirilowii Root Extract The advantages of utilizing of STAYVE Dermawhite BB Glow Ampoule – No. 2 Medium (1x8ml): Glow-y and satiny skin texture. Swift firming results Uniform skin tone Diminished redness Noticeable pore reduction Eliminates dark circles under the eyes What is the duration of the results? Long-lasting effects Simply put (up to 6 months from continuous, consecutive 4–5 session treatment).

SRS Salmon Range SPN-5 (1x3ml)

SRS Salmon Range SPN-5 (1x3ml) is suitable for all skin types, especially mature, blemished, dry, and dehydrated skin. It combines hyaluronic acid and DNA to deeply moisturize the skin and encourage cell renewal and regeneration by activating fibroblasts. Regular use restores the skin’s youthful vitality, reducing wrinkles, while peptides contribute to a smoother and firmer complexion. The package includes: 1 x 3 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Sodium Hyaluronate DNA Glutathione Palmitoyl Pentapeptide-4 Acetyl Hexapeptide-8 The advantages of utilizing of SRS Salmon Range SPN-5 (1x3ml): Revitalization Youthful Renewal Diminishing Wrinkles Enhanced Smoothing Deep Hydration Brightening Effect Anti-aging Properties Diminished Flaws Suitable for all skin types, especially effective for mature, blemished, dry, and dehydrated skin What is the duration of the results? Recommended treatment frequency: 5-7 sessions. One session weekly for three weeks, followed by a session every two weeks. For optimal results, it is best to have a session every six weeks.

STAYVE Dermawhite BB Glow Ampoule - No. 1 Light (1x8ml)

STAYVE Dermawhite BB Glow Ampoule – No. 1 Light (1x8ml) is an exceptional serum from Korea blended with foundation. The ampoule also added the perfumed natural plant leaves extract, stem cells and vitamin B3 (niacinamide). Niacinamide is a water-soluble vitamin that penetrates the outer skin layer quite easily. It increases collagen synthesis and ceramide production, which is the skin’s main protective lipid barrier. It promotes skin hydration and elasticity by reducing transepidermal water loss. The product has an antioxidant function and can protect the skin from UVB light and free radicals. It diminishes sun-induced discoloration and prevents the formation of new discoloration, has anti-inflammatory properties and greatly reduces the healing time of existing inflammatory lesions. The formulation is very effective for the acne lesions and it also reduces the size of sebaceous glands. It also has growth factor EGF — a peptide that stimulates the processes of cell division and growth — in order to help refresh the skin. Applied during a microneedle treatment, this ampoule stimulates fibroblasts, promoting collagen production, then restoring skin luminosity and healthy appearance. The package includes: 1x8ml Ingredients of the product: Water Glycerin Niacinamide Tanium Dioxide Cetearyl Alcohol Stearic Acid HydroxyethylCellulose Glyceryl Stearate Propylene Glycol Cetyl Ethylhexanoate Dimethicone Sorbitan Stearate Phenoxyethanol Polysorbate 80 Chlorphenesin Sorbitan Sesquioleate Cyclopentasiloxane Cyclohexasiloxane Allantoin Red Iron Oxide Triethoxycaprylylsilane Disodium EDTA Aluminum Hydroxide Fragrance Tocopheryl Acetate Yellow Iron Oxide Camellia Sinensis Leaf Extract Bambusa Vulgaris Extract Borago Officinalis Extract Citrus Unshiu Peel Extract Ligustrum Japonicum Fruit Extract Cnidum Officinale Root Extract Rhus Semialata Gall Extract Opuntia Coccinelilfera Fruit Extract Astragalus Membranaceus Root Extract Prunus Persica (Peach) Kemel Extract Pinus Sylvestris Leaf Extract Pueraria Lobata Root Extract Ginkgo Biloba Leaf Extract Trichosanthes Kirilowii Root Extract The advantages of utilizing of STAYVE Dermawhite BB Glow Ampoule – No. 1 Light (1x8ml): Radiant and silky skin texture Swift lifting results Uniform skin tone Diminished redness Noticeable decrease in pore size Enhanced under-eye area, reducing dark circle appearance What is the duration of the results? Results that endure for an extended period (up to 6 months after consistent, repeated treatment 4-5 times).

SRS Hair Capillaire (1x5ml)

SRS Hair Capillaire (1x5ml) is a convenient and effective product designed to provide enduring outcomes in fortifying hair. The package includes: 1 vial x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Non-cross-linked hyaluronic acid 5 different B vitamins NAD Taurine FAD Vitamin A palmitate Zinc The advantages of utilizing of SRS Hair Capillaire (1x5ml): Preventing hair loss Stimulating hair growth Enhancing and adding volume to the hair Nourishing the hair follicles Preventing excessive scalp dryness What is the duration of the results? To sustain the results, it’s advised to undergo a session every 1 to 3 months.

SRS Skin Lift (6x6ml)

SRS Skin Lift (6x6ml) is a product formulated with tightening abilities, created for sagging and lackluster skin with existing wrinkles. It comprises vitamins, antioxidants, hyaluronic acid, and the exclusive Argireline peptide in a mesococktail blend. The package includes: 6 vials x 6 ml Ingredients of the product: Vitamins Hyaluronic acid 10 mg/ml Argireline Polypeptides Anti-free radical agent Antioxidant The advantages of utilizing of SRS Skin Lift (6x6ml): Diminishing expression lines Enhancing skin density Hydrating the skin Safe and effective rejuvenation treatments What is the duration of the results? To maintain results over the long term, one session every 3 to 6 months is sufficient. Ideally, scheduling a session every 6 weeks is optimal.

SRS Skin Renew (1x5ml)

SRS Skin Renew (1x5ml) is an exclusive blend abundant in revitalizing and nourishing elements. It effectively retards skin aging and imparts a brightening effect. The package includes: 1 vial x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid highly concentrated (3,5 %; 10 mg/ml Coenzyme Q10 Vitamin A (retinol) Vitamin C The advantages of utilizing of SRS Skin Renew (1x5ml): Revitalization and adequate skin nourishment Diminishment of wrinkles and expression lines Erasing fine lines and skin creases Brightening the skin tone Immediate hydration and a radiant complexion What is the duration of the results? To sustain the results, it is advised to have one session every 3 to 6 months. Ideally, one session every 6 weeks is optimal.

SRS L-Karnityna (1x5ml)

SRS L-Karnityna (1x5ml) helps prevent cellulite buildup. This substance is an amino acid crucial for fatty acid metabolism and serves as a natural messenger, transporting fatty acids to mitochondria where they are released and oxidized. The package includes: 1 vial x 5 ml of the preparation Ingredients of the product: L-carnitine – with a concentration of 20% The advantages of utilizing of SRS L-Karnityna (1x5ml): Reduction of cellulite Elimination of excess body fat Product Application Guidelines: Can be applied using a dermaroller, mesopen, or electroporation method.

SRS Retinol 300 (1x2ml)

SRS Retinol 300 (1x2ml) contains vitamin A and antioxidants, providing antioxidant benefits by neutralizing harmful free radicals that harm the skin and its cells. Upon application, Retinol gradually reduces wrinkles and fine lines, enhancing skin hydration and elasticity. It promotes a radiant complexion and diminishes the effects of sun damage. Additionally, vitamin A and its derivatives contribute to clearing acne, offering multiple skin benefits. The package includes: 1 ampoule x 2 ml Ingredients of the product: Retinol – with a concentration of 300000 UI The advantages of utilizing of SRS Retinol 300 (1x2ml): Restoration of skin damaged by sun exposure Repair of skin affected by nicotine-related damage Diminishment of visible wrinkles Alleviation of acne symptoms Promotion of wound healing Reduction of stretch marks Product Application Guidelines: Administered to a specific area using an Expert Roller or electroporation technique. One ampoule equals one session and is for single use.

SRS Hyaluronic Acid 3.5% (5x5ml)

Company Préime recently bought SRS company, so this product is now called: Préime Hyaluronic Acid 3.5% SRS Hyaluronic Acid 3.5% (5x5ml) is a clear gel solution containing hyaluronic acid (3.5 mg/ml), formulated to meet the standards of contemporary mesotherapy. This product is compatible with the natural hyaluronic acid present in our skin and is suitable for all skin types without causing any adverse reactions. It facilitates the transfer of nutrients from the blood to skin cells, ensuring proper hydration, reducing minor scars and visible wrinkles, enhancing facial skin tone, and providing skin protection. The package includes: 5 x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Sodium Hyalurtonate Sodium Methylparaben The advantages of utilizing of SRS Hyaluronic Acid 3.5% (5x5ml): Diminishing noticeable wrinkles Hydrating facial, neck, décolleté, and hand skin Addressing minor scars Enhancing facial skin complexion What is the duration of the results? The outcomes endure between 6 to 12 months, contingent on the dosage, the patient’s overall health, skin condition, and lifestyle choices.

SRS Silicium (20x5ml)

SRS Silicium (20x5ml) is a product known for its rejuvenating and regenerative properties. Silicon, a vital nutrient, plays a key role in fibroblast multiplication, aiding in the regeneration of collagen fibers and elastin connections. Additionally, silicon helps retain moisture in the dermis layer, allowing for smoother and more elastic skin. The purpose of using this product is to prevent and counteract the skin aging process. The package includes: 20 vials x 5 ml of the preparation Ingredients of the product: Silicon – with a concentration of 0.5% The advantages of utilizing of SRS Silicium (20x5ml): Encouragement of fat breakdown Noticeable skin revitalization Elimination of stretch marks Reduction of cellulite Faster wound healing Anti-aging effects on the skin Product Application Guidelines: Administered to a targeted area using an Expert Meso Roller or through electroporation. One ampoule is used for a single session.

SRS Glycolic Acid (1x2ml)

SRS Glycolic Acid (1x2ml) delicately revitalizes the skin by dissolving and eliminating surplus dead, hardened skin cells. This action enhances skin moisture and diminishes the visibility of wrinkles. Extensive research has demonstrated that glycolic acid, primarily because of its tyrosinase content, serves as a melanin synthesis inhibitor, making it valuable in addressing hyperpigmentation concerns. The package includes: 1 ampoule x 2 ml of the preparation Ingredients of the product: Glycolic acid – 1% The advantages of utilizing of SRS Glycolic Acid (1x2ml): Renewal of parched and sun-exposed skin Diminishment of wrinkles and skin creases Combating the decline in skin firmness Eradication of noticeable pores Erasure of skin irregularities Deceleration of actinic keratosis progression Product Application Guidelines: This is a sterilized biological solution designed for targeted application in specific areas. One ampoule is used for a single session.

SRS Hair Xtend (1x6ml)

Hair Xtend (1x6ml) is the newest scalp mesotherapy solution introduced by the SRS laboratory. Packed with minerals, vitamins, and amino acids, the concoction in the ampouSRS le provides deep nourishment to the scalp and hair, shielding them from the harmful impacts of environmental factors. The package includes: 1 vial x 6 ml Ingredients of the product: Dexpantenol ATP Biotin Taurine Peptides Lecithin Minerals The advantages of utilizing of SRS Hair Xtend (1x6ml): Preventing hair loss Addressing dry scalp (dandruff) Rejuvenating damaged hair What is the duration of the results? To sustain the results, it is advisable to undergo a session every 1 to 3 months.

SRS Hyaluronidase (5x5ml)

Company Préime recently bought SRS company, so this product is now called: Préime Hyaluronidase SRS Hyaluronidase (5x5ml) is an enzyme that facilitates the breakdown and hastens the natural degradation of hyaluronic acid. Its primary application is in reducing excessive cross-linked hyaluronic acid that has been administered during cosmetic procedures. The use of hyaluronidase becomes essential in addressing complications arising from filler treatments. Furthermore, it is employed in lipolysis (prior to ultrasonic cavitation) to catalyze the breakdown of connective tissue and in needle mesotherapy to disrupt connective tissue strands that cause cellulite dimples. The package includes: 5 vials x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronidase 1500 UI The advantages of utilizing of SRS Hyaluronidase (5x5ml): Elimination of excessive hyaluronic acid (overcorrection) Smoothing out lumps and irregularities caused by acid implantation Dissolving injected filler in the case of accidental placement in an artery or vein, preventing embolism and necrosis Application in cases of intolerance to hyaluronic acid or cross-linking agents Correcting filler displacement Breaking down connective tissue strands causing cellulite dimples in needle mesotherapy Serving as a catalyst for connective tissue melting in lipolysis (before ultrasonic cavitation) What is the duration of the results? The results become apparent right after the procedure. The impact of hyaluronidase remains noticeable for approximately 3-4 weeks following its application.

SRS DMAE (1x5ml)

SRS DMAE (1x5ml) is a mesotherapy solution with tightening capabilities. It acts as a precursor to acetylcholine, a neurotransmitter crucial for muscle contraction and tension. This product combats skin looseness, enhancing its density and flexibility. The package includes: 1 vial x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: DMAE – with a concentration of 1% The advantages of utilizing of SRS DMAE (1x5ml): Smoothing out fine lines around the eyes, commonly known as crow’s feet Restoring skin firmness and elasticity on both the face and body Revitalizing damaged skin, promoting regeneration Product Application Guidelines: Administered to a targeted area using an Expert Meso Roller or through electroporation. One ampoule is used for a single session.

SRS Glutathione (1x5ml)

SRS Glutathione (1x5ml) is a potent antioxidant that retards cellular aging. It also has a significant impact on reducing skin discoloration. When applied to the skin, it inhibits melanin production, resulting in a brighter complexion. Glutathione promotes an even skin tone by fading away pigmentation spots, age-related marks, acne scars, discoloration, and freckles. Additionally, it regulates sebaceous glands, preventing excessive skin and hair oiliness. The package includes: 1 vial x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Glutathione – with a concentration of 1% The advantages of utilizing of SRS Glutathione (1x5ml): Skin tightening Enhancement of skin firmness and suppleness Elimination of noticeable skin blemishes Diminishment of prominent skin irregularities Skin revitalization Deceleration of skin aging caused by sunlight What is the duration of the results? To sustain the results, it is advisable to have a session every 3 to 6 months. Ideally, scheduling a session every 6 weeks offers optimal maintenance.

SRS Phosphatidylcholine (20x5ml)

SRS Phosphatidylcholine (20x5ml), commonly referred to as lecithin, is a polyunsaturated organic compound present in the cell membranes of higher organisms. It plays a vital role in metabolic transport, regulating substances entering and leaving the cell. Upon application, the preparation triggers an enzymatic reaction, aiding fat dissolution by producing monoglycerides. These are then transported to the liver and metabolized through beta-oxidation, effectively eliminating excess body fat. The package includes: 20 x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Phosphatidylcholine – with a concentration of 2.5% The advantages of utilizing of SRS Phosphatidylcholine (20x5ml): Reduction of surplus body fat, sculpting the patient’s physique Removal of lipomas Diminishing abdominal creases Elimination of surplus body fat, targeting upper arms, thighs, buttocks, knees, and back What is the duration of the results? Positive outcomes are typically noticeable following a series of 2 to 6 sessions, spaced out every 3 to 6 weeks.

SRS Body Fit (1x5ml)

SRS Body Fit (1x5ml) is a mesococktail designed for slimming. The components in the ampoule facilitate the conversion of complex fats into simpler forms, which are then processed in the liver and eliminated from the body. These ingredients have a lipolytic effect, allowing for body contouring. The package includes: 1 vial x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: PPC Phosphatidylcholine L-Carnitine HA Cytokine The advantages of utilizing of SRS Body Fit (1x5ml): Diminished appearance of fat deposits and cellulite Utilization of energy stored in fat Shaping the body’s contours Lowering toxin levels in the body Enhanced skin firmness Sustaining a healthy and glowing skin appearance due to the moisturizing qualities of the product What is the duration of the results? To sustain the results, it is advisable to undergo a session every 1 to 3 months.

SRS Dexpanthenol (20x5ml)

SRS Dexpanthenol (20x5ml) is a natural acid derived from vitamin B5 reduction. It enhances skin flexibility, encourages skin cell regeneration and reconstruction. Moreover, it speeds up fibroplast production and wound healing. The package includes: 20 x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Dexpanthenol – with a concentration of 20% The advantages of utilizing of SRS Dexpanthenol (20x5ml): Slowing the progression of hair loss Diminishing the appearance of stretch marks Treating chloasma Reducing skin peeling Aiding wound healing Product Application Guidelines: Administered to a targeted area using an Expert Meso Roller or through electroporation. One ampoule is used per session.

Spider Aqua Eye Booster (1x2ml)

Spider Aqua Eye Booster (1x2ml) is a Korean product renowned for its deep moisturizing and anti-wrinkle attributes. The non-cross-linked hyaluronic acid within the formula effectively hydrates the skin, reinstating the ideal moisture balance. Biomimetic peptides featured in the product firm up the skin, eradicating subtle wrinkles and expression lines. Polynucleotides actively prompt fibroblasts to produce collagen and elastin, enhancing the density and restructuring of skin cells. The package includes: 1 prefilled syringe of 2 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Sodium Hyaluronate 1,2-Hexanediol Urea Butylene Glycol sr-(Escherichia Coli Methionyl Hexapeptide-40 Spider Polypeptide-3) Ferment Extract Sodium DNA Caprylyl Glycol Tetrapeptide-44 The advantages of utilizing of Spider Aqua Eye Booster (1x2ml): Deep hydration Anti-aging benefits Enhanced skin firmness Revitalization Increased skin thickness Brightening effect Promotes even skin tone Application Area: face, eye region Product Application Guidelines: Treatment protocol: It is advisable to undergo three sessions spaced 3-4 weeks apart. Method of application: Employ the linear retrograde technique, utilizing a 27-gauge 38 mm cannula, administering 1 ml on each side.

SRS Biotin (1x2ml)

SRS Biotin (1x2ml): Biotin, alternatively referred to as vitamin B7, contributes to the metabolism of fats and carbohydrates, crucial for cell functioning. It acts as a natural astringent, controlling sebum production. Also recognized as vitamin H, it is vital for cell growth, fatty acid production, and processing fats and amino acids. Biotin aids in cellular repair, supports the growth of healthy skin cells and tissues, and addresses issues like premature hair loss and graying. The package includes: 1 ampoule x 2ml of the preparation Ingredients of the product: Biotin – with a concentration of 1% The advantages of utilizing of SRS Biotin (1x2ml): Preventing excessive hair loss Treating seborrheic dermatitis Reducing stretch marks Regulating sebum production Product Application Guidelines: Apply the product to a targeted area using a meso-roller or electroporation technique. One ampoule is intended for a single session.

Slim Point Solution for Face & Body (1x5ml)

Slim Point Solution for Face & Body (1x5ml) is a product designed to decrease body fat, using a lipolysis method that involves breaking down fat cells and reducing tissue fat. Its formula, comprising hyaluronic acid and glutathione, not only facilitates lipolysis but also offers a firming effect on the skin. This product is known for its excellent safety record, rapid results, and absence of complications. SlimPoint’s innovative manufacturing process gives it an edge over other lipolytic products based on PPC. The package includes: 1 prefilled syringe of 5ml Ingredients of the product: Sodium Hyaluronate Glutathione Sodium Chloride Potassium Chloride Disodium Phosphate Water The advantages of utilizing of Slim Point Solution for Face & Body (1x5ml): Promotion of collagen and elastin production Fat-reducing action Enhanced skin suppleness Fat reduction Tightening effect Decreased quantity and size of fat cells Enhancement of microcirculation Treatment zones: facial and body areas Product Application Guidelines: Slim Point For Face & Body is a ready-to-use product that doesn’t require mixing with other solutions. It comes pre-prepared for user convenience. The product also ensures minimal discomfort due to its natural ingredients. For complete facial coverage, it is recommended to use 2-3 syringes per session.

Slim Point Solution for Body (1x10ml)

Slim Point Solution for Body (1x10ml) is a formula designed for body slimming. It includes carnitine and caffeine, ensuring a safe and effective solution. This product offers quick results without complications, standing out due to its advanced manufacturing technology in comparison to other lipolytic products based on PPC. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Sodium Chloride Caffeine Carnitine Centella Asiatica Extract Glycerin Disodium Adenosino Phosphate Butylene Glycol 1,2-Hexanediol The advantages of utilizing of Slim Point Solution for Body (1x10ml): Reduction of cellulite Contour smoothing Gentle lifting effect Enhancement of microcirculation Suitable for body application Product Application Guidelines: Outline the designated injection sites with a marker. Vigorously shake the bottle to ensure proper mixing. Utilize a 27G needle for drug injection. Administer the drug at prescribed doses. The recommended interval for drug administration in the same area is two weeks.

Slim Point Solution for Body (1x30ml)

Slim Point Solution for Body (1x30ml) is a Korean solution crafted for body contouring and targeting localized fat deposits. Infused with carnitine and caffeine, this product boasts exceptional safety, rapid efficacy, and a complication-free experience. Its innovative production method sets SlimPoint apart from other lipolytic products relying on PPC, offering superior advantages. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 30 ml Ingredients of the product: Sodium Chloride Sodium Citrate Caffeine Carnitine Citric Acid Juglans Regia (Walnut) Seed Extract Aesculus Hippocastanum (Horsea Chestnut) Extract Disodium Adenosine Triphosphate 1,2-Hexanediol Fucus Vesiculosus Extract The advantages of utilizing of Slim Point Solution for Body (1x30ml): A viable substitute for liposuction Rapid weight reduction Cellulite eradication Body slimming Enhancing skin firmness Removal of localized fat deposits Product Application Guidelines: The product is prepared for immediate use and does not require mixing with other solutions. Utilize a 4-6mm needle and administer vertically at a depth of 5mm (subcutaneous layer). Apply 0.2-0.5cc at each point with a 1cm interval between injections. Sessions should be spaced 2 weeks apart. Visible results can be observed after the first treatment, and if any side effects occur, additional injections can be administered.

Sela Tox (1x5ml)

Sela Tox (1x5ml) is a youth-enhancing treatment packaged in compact glass ampoules for topical application. Enriched with potent active ingredients, it effectively targets wrinkles, smoothing and visibly reducing their appearance. It enhances skin tone, preventing the formation of new imperfections. This results in rejuvenated, revitalized skin that is safeguarded against the harmful impact of external factors and the aging process. The package includes: 1 × 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Butylene Glycol Glycerine 1,2-Hexanediol Acetyl Hexapeptide-8 Dipeptide Palmitoyl Tetrapeptide-7 Hydroxyethylcellulose Arginine Arbutin Adenosine The advantages of utilizing of Sela Tox (1x5ml): Decreasing and averting wrinkles Boosting collagen and elastin production Deeply moisturizing the skin Enhancing skin radiance and brightness Improving skin firmness and suppleness Providing a non-invasive, natural Botox effect Product Application Guidelines: SelaTox biorevitalization is performed to reduce wrinkles and enhance skin firmness, employing an injection rejuvenation technique applied to the face and neck. The product is administered in the superficial layers of the skin. For optimal anti-aging results, it can be combined with hyaluronic acid.

Stretchcare C Line (10 x 5 ml)

StretchCare C Line is a solution incorporating hyaluronic acid, DMAE, Vitamin B5, and essential minerals. It aims to enhance skin elasticity and minimize stretch marks. StretchCare is designed to boost skin tension and fortify skin structure. This product is particularly advised for individuals dealing with stretch marks, post-shaping treatments, liposuction, and sagging skin caused by aging. The package includes: 10 x 5ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid DMAE Vitamin B5 Trace elements: Cu-Zn The advantages of utilizing of StretchCare C Line: Enhancement of skin suppleness Diminishment of stretch marks Tightening of the skin Enhanced skin texture Skin luminosity Product Application Guidelines: After cleansing, apply an appropriate amount on the specified area and massage until fully absorbed. Appropriate places to use this include the chin, arms, abdomen, and thighs.

Cytocare S Line (1x3ml)

Cytocare S Line (1x3ml) offers an instant brightening effect. Crafted to diminish wrinkles and enhance firmness and elasticity, Cytocare S Line supports your skin’s rejuvenation process, ensuring a youthful radiance. The package includes: 1 x 3 ml vial Ingredients of the product: Non-crosslinked hyaluronic acid (18 mg) The advantages of utilizing of Cytocare S Line (1x3ml): Address fine lines Rejuvenate skin hydration Enhance skin brightness and thickness Product Application Guidelines: Cytocare S Line, a mesotherapy product, should be injected into the superficial and middle dermis of periorbital and perioral lines (vertical lip lines) using microinjections. For prolonged effects, it’s advisable to undergo 2-3 sessions with one-month gaps. To maintain lasting results, follow-up treatments every three months are recommended. Injection depth should be either in the superficial dermis or middle dermis for periorbital and perioral lines (vertical lip lines).

Cellucare C Line 10 x 5ml

CelluCare C Line (10x5ml) is a blend of hyaluronic acid, caffeine, and microelements meticulously designed to smooth skin and reduce cellulite through a multi-step process. When injected under the skin, hyaluronic acid dissolves accumulated cellulite, promoting its elimination from the body through enhanced subcutaneous microcirculation. The result is not only cellulite reduction but also intensely moisturized, smooth skin, and improved body contours. The package includes: 10 x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid Caffeine Microelements – cobalt, manganese, zinc The advantages of utilizing of CelluCare C Line (10x5ml): Enhancement of skin tightness and solidity Lifting benefits Decreasing size in the abdomen, thighs, arms, and buttocks Smoothing of the skin Diminishing fatty tissue – cellulite Elimination of the “orange peel” texture Boosting microcirculation and drainage Product Application Guidelines: Utilize this for treating cellulite in various forms during needle mesotherapy. The procedure involves injecting affected areas with cellulite, characterized by visible excess adipose tissue, using either pinpoint or linear injections.

HairCare (10x5ml)

HairCare (10x5ml) is an approved class III medical device designed for skin injections, ensuring safe usage and noticeable outcomes. Tailored to address issues related to the scalp, this product incorporates hydrating, nourishing, and hair-stimulating components. Moreover, HairCare promotes hair regrowth and hampers hair loss, making it a comprehensive solution for scalp concerns. The package includes: 10x5ml Ingredients of the product: Amino acids: Arginine, Cysteine, Glutamine, Glycine, Ornithine Trace elements: Zinc Vitamins: B3, B5, B6, B9, B12 The advantages of utilizing of HairCare (10x5ml): Preventing hair loss Addressing alopecia Hydrating the scalp Promoting hair growth Product Application Guidelines: Apply for mesotherapy on the scalp. Treatment plan: Depending on the severity of the issue, a sequence of 6-7 sessions with approximately a 2-week gap between each.

Cytocare 516 (10x5ml)

Cytocare 516 (10x5ml) is a mesotherapy cocktail created by the French RevitaCare Laboratory, designed to enhance skin smoothness. Besides hyaluronic acid, the formula includes 55 active components like vitamins, inorganic salts, and amino acids, which nourish and revitalize the skin. The combined action of these vitamins, amino acids, and minerals, along with hyaluronic acid, boosts cell regeneration, providing antioxidant and protective benefits for the skin. The package includes: 10 x 5ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic Acid 16mg Ammonium Molybdate Calcium Chloride Ferrous Sulfate Potassium Chloride Copper Sulfate Magnesium Chloride Magnesium Sulfate Sodium Acetate Sodium Bicarbonate Sodium Chloride Sodium Hydrogen Phosphate Sodium Metasilicate Sodium Selenite Stannous Chloride Zinc Sulfate Alanine Arginine Asparagine Aspartic Acid Cysteine Glutamine Glutamic Acid Glycine Histidine Isoleucine Leucine Lysine Methionine Phenylalanine Proline Serine Threonine Tryptophan Tyrosine Valine Adenine Biotin (vitamin B7) Calcium pantothenate (vitamin B5) Choline chloride Folic acid (vitamin B9) Inositol (vitamin B8) Nicotinamide (vitamin B3) Pyridoxine (vitamin B6) Riboflavin (vitamin B2) Thiamine (vitamin B1) Cyanocobalamin (vitamin B12) Deoxythymidine Glucose Putrescine Sodium pyruvate Alpha lipoic acid The advantages of utilizing of Cytocare 516 (10x5ml): Diminishing wrinkles, including deep wrinkles Thickening and rejuvenation of the dermis Hydrating the skin Preventing the onset of initial wrinkles Providing skin nourishment What is the duration of the results? The procedure should be performed every three months. The duration varies based on the patient’s lifestyle, age, and skin type.

Cytocare 532 (10x5ml)

Cytocare 532 (10x5ml) is a mesotherapy cocktail developed in France by the revitacare Laboratory to restore the surface layer of the skin. It includes 55 active elements that guarantee skin hydration and revitalization, like vitamins, inorganic salts and amino acids, together with hyaluronic acid. This results to antioxidant effect and skin cover by cell renewal between the hyaluronic acid eliminating all free radicals and these combination provides you with skin protection. The package includes: 10 x 5ml Ingredients of the product: hyaluronic acid 32 mg ammonium molybdate calcium chloride ferric sulphate potassium chloride copper sulphate magnesium chloride magnesium sulphate sodium acetate sodium bicarbonate sodium chloride sodium hydrogen phosphate sodium metasilicate sodium selenite stannous chloride zinc sulphate alanine arginine asparagine aspartic acid cysteine glutamine glutamic acid glycine histidine isoleucine leucine lysine methionine phenylalanine proline serine threonine tryptophan tyrosine valine adenine biotin (vitamin B7) calcium pantothenate (vitamin B5) choline chloride folic acid (vitamin B9) inositol (vitamin B8) nicotinamide (vitamin B3) pyridoxine (vitamin B6) riboflavin (vitamin B2) thiamine (vitamin B1) cyanocobalamin (vitamin B12) deoxythymidine glucose putrescine sodium pyruvate alpha lipoic acid The advantages of utilizing of Cytocare 532 (10x5ml): Lessening wrinkles, even deep ones Revitalization and nourishing of the dermis Moisturizing the skin Preventing the very formation of first wrinkles. Fueling skin with nutrients the skin craves What is the duration of the results? The process must be done every third month. The length of time differs between lifestyle, age and skin type of the patient.

Cytocare 502 (10x5ml)

Cytocare 502 (10x5ml) is a mesotherapy cocktail created by the French RevitaCare Laboratory, aimed at providing skin-smoothing effects. The product has 55 acting mechanisms like vitamins, ion salts, and amino-acids that also have a pronounced moisturizing and rejuvenating influence on the skin. Vitamins, amino acids and minerals combined with hyaluronic acid enhance the process of cell renewal while effectively providing both antioxidant properties to protect the skin. The package includes: 10 x 5ml The advantages of utilizing of Cytocare 502 (10x5ml): Diminishing wrinkles, including deep ones Enhancing dermal thickness and renewal Moisturizing the skin Preventing the onset of initial wrinkles Providing skin nourishment What is the duration of the results? The procedure should be performed every three months. The duration varies based on the patient’s lifestyle, age, and skin type.

Regenovue AquaShine (3x3ml)

Regenovue AquaShine (1x3ml) – Korean Intense Hydrating Skin Revitalizing Injection For All Skin Types Anti-Wrinkle. This product means active regenerative skin, accelerating metabolic processes, improving skin elasticity and deeply moisturizes. Its mild cross-linking technique stretches the scope of hyaluronic acid. The result: perfectly hydrated and luminous skin. Hyaluronic acid’s properties help in delaying the aging process of the skin. The package includes: 3 prefilled syringes of 3 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Sodium Hyaluronate Sodium Chloride Disodium Phosphate Sodium Phosphate Monobasic Dihydrate The advantages of utilizing of Regenovue AquaShine (3x3ml): Deep hydration Anti-aging benefits Enhanced skin firmness Brightening effects Stimulation of collagen and elastin production Nourishment Smoothing properties Compatible with all skin types Applicable on: face, neck, décolleté, body Product Application Guidelines: This product is designed to be injected into the skin layers using the provided syringes. Immediate effects are visible right after the injections, with the final results becoming apparent within 1-2 weeks.

PTx Facial Solution (1x1.5ml)

PTx Facial Solution (1×1.5ml) is a treatment suitable for all skin types, particularly designed for skin showing initial signs of aging and loss of elasticity. This product contains the biomimetic peptide-SH-Pentapeptide-12sp, which remarkably firms the skin, diminishing fine lines and minimizing the effects of aging. It imparts a refreshed and youthful complexion. This solution is intended for application during microneedle mesotherapy treatments. The package includes: 1 x 1.5ml Ingredients of the product: Water Sodium Chloride Disodium Phosphate Potassium Chloride Potassium Phosphate sh-Pentapeptide-12sp The advantages of utilizing of PTx Facial Solution (1×1.5ml): Smoothing Anti-aging benefits Revitalization Suitable for all skin types, specifically beneficial for skin displaying initial signs of aging and reduced elasticity Product Application Guidelines: Apply the product on clean facial skin and conduct microneedle mesotherapy using a roller or dermapen.

Promoitalia Vitjal Revitalising Mix (1x10ml)

Promoitalia Vitjal Revitalizing Mix (1x10ml) is a product featuring an exclusive revitalizing blend, packed with active components. It provides deep nourishment and thorough hydration to the skin. By incorporating hyaluronic acid along with amino acids, niacinamide, and arginine, this formula assists the skin in combating wrinkles, enhancing firmness, and boosting elasticity. The package includes: 1 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid Arginine Amino acids: Lysine, Leucine, Isoleucine, Valine, Threonine, Histidine, Tyrosine, Aspargine, Phenylalanine, Proline, Serine, Cysteine, Alanine, Glycine, Methionine, Tryptophan, Thiamine, Riboflavin Niacinamide (vitamin B3) The advantages of utilizing of Promoitalia Vitjal Revitalizing Mix (1x10ml): Revitalization Reduction in wrinkles Skin nourishment Enhanced elasticity and firmness Deep hydration Product Application Guidelines: A comprehensive program consists of 3 to 6 sessions with a 7 to 10-day gap, and it is advisable to undergo this regimen twice annually. The injections are administered using an insulin syringe and 30G needles (4 and 13 mm).

Promoitalia Revital Tonic (1x10ml)

Promoitalia Revital Tonic (1x10ml) is a product formulated with a distinctive revitalizing blend, containing active ingredients that deeply nourish and moisturize the skin. The synergy of amino acids, papaya extract, and arginine helps combat sagging and cellulite, enhancing skin firmness and elasticity. The package includes: 1 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Papaya extract Dismutase peroxide Lipoic acid Arginine Amino acids: Lysine, Leucine, Isoleucine, Valine, Threonine, Histidine, Tyrosine, Aspargine, Phenylalanine, Cysteine, Methionine, Tryptophan The advantages of utilizing of Promoitalia Revital Tonic (1x10ml): Revitalization Combating cellulite and skin laxity Nourishment Enhancement of flexibility and firmness Deep hydration Product Application Guidelines: The cosmetic solution is appropriate for toning injections in specific regions such as the abdominal area (around the navel), hips, knees, and inner parts of the forearm. The body mesocorrection program comprises 5-10 sessions scheduled at 1-1.5 week intervals. Each session requires 5-50 ml of the product. The primary technique involves deep dermal papule injections, often combined with nappage, and the application of a mesoscooter in broader areas.

Promoitalia Celluform+Melting Effect (5x10ml)

Promoitalia Celluform+ Melting Effect (5x10ml) is a powerful solution in combating excess body weight, localized fat deposits, cellulite, and compromised microcirculation. The blend of sodium deoxycholate and arnica montana extract effectively eliminates fat cells permanently and enhances microcirculation. This product serves as an ideal choice for individuals, both men and women, seeking to slim down and shed unwanted centimeters. The package includes: 5 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Sodium deoxycholate Arnica montana extract The advantages of utilizing of Promoitalia Celluform+ Melting Effect (5x10ml): Combatting obesity and fatty deposits Enhancing microcirculation Reducing cellulite Product Application Guidelines: Each session necessitates around 2 ml of lipolytic, with a maximum limit of 10 ml. It’s advised to undergo 1 to 6 sessions spaced 30-45 days apart. Prior to injections, a numbing cream is applied to the targeted area.

Promoitalia Proshock Shape (1x10ml)

Promoitalia Proshock Shape (1x10ml) is a potent solution for combating cellulite. Its collagenase content breaks down natural collagen, diminishing the appearance of cellulite and orange peel skin. The outcome of using this product is a more toned physique. For best results, it is recommended to use Promoitalia Proshock Shape in conjunction with Promoitalia Revital Celluform. The package includes: 1 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Collagenase The advantages of utilizing of Promoitalia Proshock Shape (1x10ml): Noticeable decrease in cellulite visibility Enhanced skin texture Improved relief Diminished localized fat deposits Product Application Guidelines: For tackling fibrous cellulite, weekly sessions are conducted over 3-4 weeks, followed by an additional 2-4 sessions every fortnight. To address lipodystrophy, up to 6 sessions are recommended with a 14-day gap (one biostructuring procedure in between). For targeting localized deposits, the treatment is paired with Revital Celluform, alternating between Celluform during the first and fifth sessions, and Proshok during the second to fourth sessions, with a one-week interval.

Promoitalia White in (1x10ml)

Promoitalia White In (1x10ml) is an innovative meso-cocktail crafted to shield the skin effectively against hyperpigmentation and freckles. This cocktail incorporates arbutin, sourced from bearberry extract, which hampers melanin synthesis in the skin. The use of this meso-cocktail visibly lightens spots on the body and face, initiating intracellular photoprotection processes. Various administration methods enable White In to combat pigmentation of varying depths and diverse origins. Regardless of how long age spots have been present, this remedy proves effective in every case. The package includes: 1 x 10ml Ingredients of the product: Arbutin Glutathione Azelaic acid The advantages of utilizing of Promoitalia White in (1x10ml): Reducing the appearance of age spots from different causes Preventing the development of new age spots Product Application Guidelines: The intensive program consists of six sessions held weekly, followed by maintenance treatments every two weeks. Preventative sessions are recommended once a month. Injections are administered using a 1 ml syringe and a 30G 4 mm needle. The “superficial dermal papule” technique is employed to address freckles, while the “cross-link” technique is used to lighten age spots. The drug has minimal wastage, as it is applied only to areas with pigmentation.

Promoitalia Nucleonix DNA (1x10ml)

Promoitalia Nucleonix DNA (1x10ml) is a mesococktail with diverse applications, effectively promoting cell renewal, nourishing the skin, diminishing stretch marks, scars, and other skin imperfections. The treatment utilizing Nucleonix is remarkably potent, owing to its composition of DNA nucleotides, hyaluronic acid, along with green tea and algae extracts. Specifically formulated for fatigued, oxygen-deprived skin lacking elasticity, showing visible signs of aging. The package includes: 1 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: DNA nucleotides: Thymine, Cytosine, Adenine, Guanine Green tea extract Hyaluronic acid Spirulina algae The advantages of utilizing of Promoitalia Nucleonix DNA (1x10ml): Skin rejuvenation Encouragement of cell regeneration Anti-aging against sun damage Diminishment of scars and blemishes (such as those from acne) Superficial stretch marks Enhanced suppleness Oxygenation benefits Product Application Guidelines: The suggested regimen comprises 3 sessions spaced 3 weeks apart; for an intensive course, three treatments are administered weekly. Maintenance injections are advised every 3 months. Dosage per area: Face, décolleté, stretch marks – 2.5 ml Breast – 2 ml Neck – 1.5 ml. This product is suitable for both younger and older patients and proves effective for women undergoing menopause. Mesococktail injections prepare the skin for plastic surgery, peeling, and aid in recovery after aggressive cosmetic procedures.

Promoitalia Hair+ Revitalising (5x10ml)

Promoitalia Hair+ Revitalising (5x10ml) is a product featuring an exceptional revitalization formula, packed with active ingredients like phosphatidic acid, riboflavin (vitamin B2), superoxide dismutase, and an array of amino acids. These components work together to prevent hair loss, activate hair follicles, and promote the multiplication of new hair cells. It effectively hinders baldness, strengthens hair, restoring its shine and elasticity. To achieve optimal outcomes, a complete series of treatments is recommended. Following satisfactory results, the product can be used for preventive purposes. The package includes: 5 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Phosphatidic acid Vitamin B2 Superoxide dismutase Amino acids: Lysine, Leucine, Isoleucine, Valine, Threonine, Histidine, Tyrosine, Aspargin, Phenylalanine, Proline, Serine, Cysteine, Alanine, Glycine, Methionine, Tryptophan, Thiamine, Riboflavin Caffeine Arginine Niacinamide (vitamin B3) The advantages of utilizing of Promoitalia Hair+ Revitalising (5x10ml): Alopecia is inhibited Hair gains strength, shine, and elasticity Addresses hair loss post-pregnancy and during menopause Product Application Guidelines: The HAIR+ formula is employed in mesotherapy sessions. The medication is injected directly into the scalp through safe injections. A mesotherapy regimen with Hair Plus Revitalizing typically involves 4-6 sessions spaced 1-2 weeks apart, customized according to the hair’s condition and intended purpose.

Promoitalia Idebae (1x10ml)

Promoitalia Idebae (1x10ml) is a solution with a lifting effect, visibly tightening and firming the skin on both the face and body. Utilizing anti-aging components, the product minimizes wrinkles and fine lines. It is applied for revitalizing areas such as hands, feet, chin, and the corners of the mouth. The active blend of the cocktail includes a potent antioxidant, idebenone (a synthetic variation of coenzyme Q10 that retards skin aging), DMAE, and hyaluronic acid. Hyaluronic acid stimulates connective tissues to generate fibroblasts, the cells responsible for producing collagen and elastin. The package includes: 1 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Idebenone Hyaluronic acid Dimethylaminoethanol DMAE Glycolic acid The advantages of utilizing of Promoitalia Idebae (1x10ml): Tightening the skin on the face or body Antioxidant properties Diminishing wrinkles, lines, and creases Revitalizing hands, feet, chin, and mouth corners Product Application Guidelines: Idebae mesotherapy is suitable for individuals between the ages of 30 and 40 and above. Recommended Volume per Area: Face: 2 ml Neck: 1 ml Neckline: 1 – 1.5 ml Hands and Feet: 1.5 ml Stretch marks and atrophic scars: 2-3 ml Cosmetologists typically limit injections to 3–4 times a year. Regular maintenance procedures are advised monthly. Injections are administered using a thin insulin needle. To maximize the effect, Idebae sessions are conducted in courses. An intensive course comprises 3-4 sessions with intervals of 7-10 days.

PromoItalia Up Grade (1x10ml)

PromoItalia Up Grade (1x10ml) is an innovative next-generation antioxidant with diverse effects. This product reduces facial fine lines and neck and décolleté wrinkles. One such key component of this mixture is N-acetylcysteine, a strong antioxidant necessary for sufficient glutathione (GSH) content in cells. This safeguard cellular structures from harm caused by external factors. The package includes: 1 vial x 10ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid 2%, 100 kDa Glycerol Dipeptides Tripeptides 20 amino acids in L-form B vitamins Antioxidants (alpha lipoic acid, superoxide dismutase) The advantages of utilizing of PromoItalia Up Grade (1x10ml): Moisturizing the skin Encouraging the renewal of the intercellular matrix Enhancing the dermal structure by boosting the production of skin proteins Improving cellular nourishment and revitalizing the skin Providing antioxidant benefits Product Application Guidelines: Injections can serve as a preliminary step for contouring, thread lifting, or as a recovery measure post-photorejuvenation. It is advised to undergo an intensive regimen of 4-6 sessions (with a 15-day gap) twice a year, followed by maintenance sessions every 2-3 months. The recommended dosage is 1 ml for the face and 1.5 ml for the neck and décolleté.

Promoitalia Fixer - Botox Alternative (1x10ml)

Promoitalia Fixer – Botox Alternative (1x10ml) is a product developed by the Italian company Promoitalia. Dubbed the “organic Botox,” it serves as a rejuvenating solution for individuals seeking a youthful appearance without resorting to botulinum toxin. This product combines anti-aging effects, reducing issues like crow’s feet and smoker’s wrinkles, with revitalization and support for hyperhidrosis treatment. The cocktail comprises biomimetic peptides, DMAE, and plant extracts, including Chinese tea extract, abundant in polyphenols with robust free radical-fighting properties, and caprylic glycol, known for its antibacterial qualities and ability to retain skin moisture. The package includes: 1 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Acetylated hexapeptide-8 Acetylated hexapeptide-30 Glycolic acid DMAE (dimethylaminoethanol) Tea extract Okra extract The advantages of utilizing of Promoitalia Fixer – Botox Alternative (1x10ml): Diminishing fine lines near the eyes, commonly referred to as “crow’s feet” Addressing horizontal wrinkles on the forehead, lines around the lips, often known as “smoker’s wrinkles,” the region around the nose bridge, sometimes called “bunny lines” Enhancing firmness in areas of the skin around the cheeks (known as “hamsters”), breasts, arms, abdomen, and knees Reviving tired, weakened, and lackluster skin Managing hyperhidrosis What is the duration of the results? The procedures are nearly painless, and the impact of the Fixer becomes apparent within about two minutes after application, lasting up to two weeks. With successive treatments, the positive effects extend for up to 1-2 months following the sessions.

Promoitalia Celluform (1x10ml)

Promoitalia Celluform (1x10ml) is a powerful tool in combating obesity and localized fat deposits, cellulite, and poor microcirculation. Through the combination of phosphatidylcholine and deoxycholate, it effectively reduces and permanently eliminates fat cells while enhancing microcirculation. This product is perfect for both men and women aiming to slim down and shed unwanted centimeters. The package includes: 1 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Phosphatidylcholine Sodium deoxycholate The advantages of utilizing of Promoitalia Celluform (1x10ml): Combatting obesity and excess fat accumulation Enhancing microcirculation Promoting tissue oxygenation Reducing cellulite Product Application Guidelines: To achieve the desired outcome, the injections must be repeated multiple times at consistent intervals. For body sculpting, injections are spaced two weeks apart, while for facial and neck tissues, the intervals are 10 days.

Princess Rich (1x1ml)

Princess Rich (1x1ml) is a clear gel sterilized and stabilized with glycerol instead of cross-linking agents. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid Glycerol The advantages of utilizing of Princess Rich (1x1ml): Boosts skin moisture levels Enhances skin elasticity and firmness Imparting a radiant complexion Product Application Guidelines: The gel is administered into the upper skin layer, and patients are advised to undergo one session every three weeks.

Premium PPC.C Phosphatidylcholine (1x10ml)

Premium PPC.C Phosphatidylcholine (1x10ml) is a highly efficient solution packaged in a glass ampoule, designed to swiftly eliminate subcutaneous fat from problematic areas, transforming it into a liquid form that the body easily eliminates. Intended for topical application, it is rapidly absorbed, making it ideal for sculpting the face and body. Additionally, it provides substantial hydration and skin tightening, ensuring the removal of adipose tissue and the restoration of attractive body contours. The package includes: 1 × 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Phopshatidylcholine Tocopheryl Acetate Sodium Hydroxide Benzyl Alcohol Sodium Chloride Riboflavin The advantages of utilizing of Premium PPC.C Phosphatidylcholine (1x10ml): Localized breakdown of fat cells Restoration of skin suppleness and firmness Shaping body contours, such as the neck and face Enhancement of skin moisture and flexibility Natural breakdown of subcutaneous fat layers Acceleration of cellular regeneration Defense against harmful free radicals Product Application Guidelines: Injection Frequency: For larger areas (0.4-0.6 ml per 1.5 cm) For smaller areas (0.2-0.5 ml per 1.0 cm) Injection Depth: Modifying skin texture (6-8 mm) Initial lipolysis treatment (10-13 mm) Subsequent lipolysis sessions (6 mm)

Power Delete (1x10ml)

Power Delete (1x10ml) — formula for residual fat reduction on the face and body. It contains sodium deoxycholate, a lipolytic agent to address specific regions within the body. It helps to break down and remove compulsive fats. Horse chestnut, walnuts, and lily of the valley plant extracts also prevent face sagging by rejuvenating the skin’s natural firmness through cell regeneration. The package includes: 1 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Sodium Chloride Tyrosine Aesculus Hippocastanum Extract Juglans Regia (Walnut) Sees Extract Fucus Vesiculosus Extract Adenosine Triphosphate Disodium Adenosine Phosphate Sodium Deoxycholate Ophiopogon Japonicus Root Extract The advantages of utilizing of Power Delete (1x10ml):n of Power Delete (1x10ml): Lipolytic effect Preventing skin sagging Deep nourishment Moisturization Regeneration Areas of application: cheeks, chin, body Guidelines for product application. Utilize for fat breakdown. Use the product on the face or body.

Pluryal Radiance (5x5ml)

Pluryal Radiance (5x5ml) is a solution designed to diminish discoloration, enhancing skin radiance and brightness effectively. It can be applied on various body areas. With its carefully crafted blend of ingredients that influence melanin production, it efficiently lessens discoloration. This product visibly refines the skin texture and aids in minimizing scars. The package includes: 5 ampoules of 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Tranexamic Acid Triethanolamine Sodium Chloride Glutathione Carnosine Citric Acid The advantages of utilizing of Pluryal Radiance (5x5ml): Diminishing discoloration Minimizing scars Illuminating the skin and enhancing its texture Applicable on: face, hands, body Product Application Guidelines: It is advisable to undergo five sets of treatments with a one-week gap. One ampoule is sufficient for a single treatment series.

Pluryal Silk (1x2ml)

Pluryal Silk (1x2ml) is a non-pyrogenic, viscoelastic solution crafted to rejuvenate and renew the skin. With a concentration of 7.5 mg/ml polynucleotides, it is ideal for delicate areas like the neck, décolleté, or eye region. Completing the entire treatment regimen enhances firmness, softness, promotes collagen and elastin production, and provides skin hydration, restoring its natural, healthy glow. The package includes: 2 ml prefilled syringe 2 needles 30Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: Polynucleotides Water for injectable preparations Sodium Chloride Sodium Phosphate Monobasic Dihydrate Sodium Phosphate Dibasic Dodecahydrate The advantages of utilizing of Pluryal Silk (1x2ml): Renewal Moisturization Revitalization Encouragement of collagen and elastin production Enhancement of skin texture Increased suppleness Nourishment Enhanced smoothness Suitable for all skin types Target areas: neck, neckline, chest, abdomen, eye contour, area around the mouth, back of the hand, inner arms Product Application Guidelines: Skin Layer: Dermis Suggested Needle Size: 30Gx13mm Recommended Treatment Approach: Linear punctures, point punctures, cross-linear technique, or a combination of multiple techniques. Treatment Schedule: For Younger Skin: Undergo 3 sessions every 3 weeks, then a booster treatment every 2-3 months. For Mature Skin: Complete 4 sessions every 3 weeks, followed by a maintenance treatment every month.

Pluryal Mesoline Bodycontour 10 x 5ml

Pluryal Mesoline Bodycontour 5ml is a perfect solution for individuals combating excess body fat and its concentration in specific areas. It offers a highly effective alternative to traditional liposuction methods! The package includes: 10 vials x 5ml Ingredients of the product: Deoxycholic acid 2.4% Phosphatidylcholine 5% The advantages of utilizing of Pluryal Mesoline Bodycontour 5ml: Tightens and tones the skin effectively Efficiently breaks down fat deposits Boosts metabolism and accelerates fat elimination from the body Reduces localized fat in areas such as double chin, lipomas, knee regions, and cellulite by liquefying fat cells, making them less noticeable Product Application Guidelines: Typically, a treatment plan consists of four to six sessions scheduled every fifteen days to achieve the best fat dissolving results. Pluryal BodyContour is authorized for external application exclusively.

Plagentic Stem Cells (1x2ml)

Plagentic Stem Cells (1x2ml) is a unique formulation of placenta extract with an incredible healing and regenerative effect for aesthetic and skincare use. It is extremely nutritional, containing high concentrations of amino acids, vitamins, minerals, hormones, growth factors, immune molecules, lipids, and nucleotides. These components work to restore, deeply refresh, and rejuvenatrize the skin. Also found amid placenta is coenzyme Q10, a highly praised component with incredible anti-wrinkling and antioxidant effects that work to slow down the aging process of your skin immensely. On top of that, this concentrate packed with strong moisturizing and smoothing power will keep your skin in a beautiful shape: smooth and well taken care of. The package includes: 1x2ml Ingredients of the product: amino acids (over 21 types) like: glycine, alanine, lysine, aspartic acid, leucine and glutamic acid casein and phosphoprotein proteins. more than 55 types of enzymes, such as alkaline phosphates and creatine phosphokinases Almost all the enzymes are found in the placenta essential enzymes required by the human body growth factors (elements that affect the rate of cell division) carbohydrates: glucose, fructose and sucrose nucleic acid elements: uracil, adenine, guanine, thymine, cytosine and xanthine minerals such as calcium, sodium, potassium, phosphorus, zinc and iron. vitamins B1, B2, B6, B12, C, D, E and niacin fats and fatty acids such as cholesterol, phosphatidic acid, lauric acid and palmitic acid active peptides (amino acid polymers called peptides) mucopolysaccharides such as hyaluronic acid and chondroitin The advantages of utilizing of Plagentic Stem Cells (1x2ml): Reduces wrinkles and increases skin firmness Enhances skin elasticity favourably Encourages fibroblasts to produce collagen and elastin naturally Increases hydration by naturally producing hyaluronic acid Eliminates acne spots and diminishes inflammation Reduces skin fatigue and dullness Smooths out skin tone and provides radiance Provides regeneration and accelerates healing after invasive aesthetic treatment Empowers skin’s resilience to environmental stressors Product Application Instructions: The Plagentic placenta concentrate is intended for dermal and subdermal

Mesoheal Pink Glow (10 x 5ml)

Pink Glow (10x5ml) called with unique formulation jam-packed with 55 active ingredients for ideal enhancing repair mechanisms in various layers of the skin. The product quickly solves mineral deficiencies such as magnesium, sodium, potassium, and calcium. Hyaluronic acid, in pure form, boosts hydration, evens complexion and improves elasticity. A cocktail of peptides, a plethora of vitamins, and powerful antioxidants diminish discoloration, visibly rejuvenate skin, and help eliminate the harm of free radicals. The formula dramatically suppresses the synthesis of melanin, increases detoxification, and adds luminosity and radiance to the skin. The package includes: 10 ampoules of 5 ml Ingredients of the product: 23 amino acids 13 vitamins 6 minerals 6 coenzymes 5 nucleic acids 2 antioxidants Hyaluronic acid The advantages of utilizing of Pink Glow (10x5ml): Evens out minor wrinkles Lightens darkened areas Strong moisturizing, anti-inflammatory and regenerative benefits Improves skin elasticity and density whilst respecting its homeostasis Reinforces blood vessel walls Promotes collagen production Reduces oxidative actions that are due to skin cell free radicals App Guidelines for Product Usage: To be effective, Mesoheal Pink Glow must be used in the right way. It has a three-phase application regimen spread over three months, offering some six treatment sessions with each taking approximately 30 minutes. The treatment process begins with 3 to 4 sessions at intervals of 7-15 days. The second phase consists of two treatments, one month apart. Finally, phase 3 consists of 1-2 treatment sessions as needed every 2-6 months.

Physiolab Revive Elixir (1x6.8g)

Physiolab Revive Elixir (1×6.8g) is a rejuvenating serum designed for dry and damaged skin. This highly efficient moisturizing serum serves multiple purposes, visibly minimizing redness, uneven skin tone, wrinkles, and pore appearance. The package includes: 1×6.8g Ingredients of the product: Glycerin Propanediol Butylene Glycol 1,2-Hexanediol Chamomilla Recutita (Matricaria) Flower Extract Acer saccharinum (Sugar Maple) Extract Portulaca Oleracea Extract Lactobacillus/Leuconostoc/Broccoli Extract Ferment Filtrate Lactobacillus/Leuconostoc/Blueberry Fruit Extract Ferment Filtrate Lactobacillus/Leuconostoc/Orange Fruit Extract Ferment Filtrate Lactobacillus/Leuconostoc/Tomato Fruit Extract Ferment Filtrate Pinus Thunbergii Leaf Extract Chrysanthellum Indicum Extract Rhus semialata Gall Extract Scutellaria baicalensis root extract Glycyrrhiza glabra (Licorice) root extract Angelica gigas root extract Ganoderma lucidum (Mushroom) Stem Extract Houttuynia Cordata Extract Pueraria Lobata Root Extract Sodium Hyaluronate Betaine Hydroxyethyl Acrylate/Sodium Acryloyldimethyl Taurate vPhysiolab Ferment Complex Anti-Wrinkle Agent Marin Mucin Mushroom Complex Centella Asiatica Extract Pure Bud Extract Peptide The advantages of utilizing of Physiolab Revive Elixir (1×6.8g): Restoring damaged and dry skin Diminishing redness Correcting uneven skin tone Hydrating to diminish wrinkles and tighten pores Product Application Guidelines: Revive Elixir offers a revitalizing formula specifically designed to benefit damaged and dry skin. Each procedure requires one vial. For enhanced effectiveness, it is recommended to use the Master PEN for application. Ensure thorough shaking before use. Following the treatment, a cooling mask is advised.

Physiolab BB Glow Camo 3 (1x6.8g)

Physiolab BB Glow Camo 3 (1×6.8g) is a serum ideal for secure and intensive skin whitening treatments. It’s tailored for individuals with dark skin tones, aiming to diminish freckles and blemishes resulting from acne and photoaging (age spots). This versatile cosmetic helps fortify and illuminate lackluster skin effectively. The package includes: 1×6.8g The advantages of utilizing of Physiolab BB Glow Camo 3 (1×6.8g): Evens out skin tone and enhances complexion radiance Diminishes skin discoloration Illuminates the skin and reduces wrinkles Safe to use and does not block pores Product Application Guidelines: Electroporation (electrophoresis), Ultrasound (sonophoresis), Iontophoresis (+ or -) = no ionization effect (since the serum lacks ions, iontophoresis remains neutral), Derma-roller (Meso-roller) / dermapen, Use of face mask before the 3 stages, Daily skincare routine. Additional details: It can be blended with other solutions during a single session. It can be combined with CAMO1, CAMO2, and CAMO4 for achieving the desired skin tone. Ensure thorough shaking before usage. It is advisable to apply a face mask to cool the skin post-treatment.

Physiolab BB Glow - Camo 4 (1x6.8g)

Physiolab BB Glow – Camo 4 (1×6.8g) is a BB Glow Foundation created to brighten and enhance facial treatments. It is ideal for individuals with darker skin tones, aiming to diminish wrinkles, freckles, and skin irregularities resulting from acne and photo-aging (age spots). Packed with essential anti-aging nutrients, it effectively addresses various skin concerns. Moreover, all our products are free from parabens and have not undergone animal testing. The package includes: 1×6.8g The advantages of utilizing of Physiolab BB Glow – Camo 4 (1×6.8g): Evens out the skin tone and enhances its radiance Diminishes skin discoloration Provides a brightening effect and reduces wrinkles on the skin Safe to use and does not block pores Product Application Guidelines: MESO Foundation Camo 4 is recommended for darker skin tones. Use one vial per procedure. For optimal results, it’s advised to apply the serum using the Master PEN for enhanced effectiveness. Ensure thorough shaking before use. A cooling mask is recommended post-treatment.

Physiolab BB Glow - Camo 1 (1x6.8g)

Physiolab BB Glow – Camo 1 (1×6.8g) is a serum specially formulated for secure and intensive skin brightening procedures. It is tailored for individuals with deeper skin tones and is effective in diminishing freckles and blemishes caused by acne and photoaging (such as age spots). The package includes: 1×6.8g Ingredients of the product: Water Glycerin Propanediol Butylene Glycol 1,2-Hexanediol Chamomilla Recutita (Matricaria) Flower Extract Betaine Portulaca Oleracea Extract Acer Saccharum (Sugar Maple) Extract Iron Oxide Black Lactobacillus/Leuconostoc/Tomato Fruit Extract Ferment Filtrate Lactobacillus/Leuconostoc/Orange Fruit Extract Ferment Filtrate Lactobacillus/Leuconostoc/Broccoli Extract Ferment Filtrate Lactobacillus/Leuconostoc/Blueberry Fruit Extract Ferment Filtrate Hydroxyethyl Acrylate/Sodium Acryloyldimethyl Taurate Copolymer Iron Oxide Yellow Sodium Hyaluronate Pueraria Lobata Root Extract Houttuynia Cordata Extract Glycyrrhiza Glabra (Licorice) Root Extract Ganoderma Lucidum (Mushroom) Stem Extract Angelica Gigas Root Extract Iron Oxide Red Tio2 (TiO2) Rhus Semialata Gall Extract Chrysanthellum Indicum Extract Scutellaria Baicalensis Root Extract Pinus Thunbergii Leaf Extract The advantages of utilizing of Physiolab BB Glow – Camo 1 (1×6.8g): Nourishing the skin Illuminating dull skin Product Application Guidelines: Electroporation (electrophoresis), Ultrasound (sonophoresis), Iontophoresis (+ or -) = no ionization effect (the serum lacks ions, making iontophoresis neutral), Derma-roller (Meso-roller) / dermapen, Preliminary face mask in 3 stages, Daily skincare routine. Additional Details: It can be blended with other serums during a single session. Mixing with CAMO4, CAMO2, and CAMO3 achieves the desired skin tone. Ensure thorough shaking before use. A post-treatment face mask is advisable for cooling.

Physiolab BB Glow - Camo 2 (1x6.8g)

Physiolab BB Glow – Camo 2 (1×6.8g) is a serum specifically formulated for secure and intense skin whitening treatments. It caters to individuals with darker skin tones and helps diminish freckles and discolorations resulting from acne and photoaging (age spots). This comprehensive cosmetic solution not only fortifies the skin but also enhances its brightness, providing a holistic approach to skincare. The package includes: 1×6.8g Ingredients of the product: Water Glycerin Propanediol Butylene Glycol 1,2-Hexanediol Chamomilla Recutita (Matricaria) Flower Extract Betaine Portulaca Oleracea Extract Acer Saccharum (Sugar Maple) Extract Iron Oxide Black Lactobacillus/Leuconostoc/Tomato Fruit Extract Ferment Filtrate Lactobacillus/Leuconostoc/Orange Fruit Extract Ferment Filtrate Lactobacillus/Leuconostoc/Broccoli Extract Ferment Filtrate Lactobacillus/Leuconostoc/Blueberry Fruit Extract Ferment Filtrate Hydroxyethyl Acrylate/Sodium Acryloyldimethyl Taurate Copolymer Iron Oxide Yellow, Sodium Hyaluronate Pueraria Lobata Root Extract Houttuynia Cordata Extract Glycyrrhiza Glabra (Licorice) Root Extract Ganoderma Lucidum (Mushroom) Stem Extract Angelica Gigas Root Extract Iron Oxide Red Tio2 (TiO2) Rhus Semialata Gall Extract Chrysanthellum Indicum Extract Scutellaria Baicalensis Root Extract Pinus Thunbergii Leaf Extract The advantages of utilizing of Physiolab BB Glow – Camo 2 (1×6.8g): Revitalize and enhance a lackluster complexion Product Application Guidelines: Electroporation (electrophoresis), ultrasound (sonophoresis), iontophoresis (+ or -) with no ionization effect (since the serum lacks ions), derma-roller (Meso-roller) / dermapen, pre-treatment face mask in 3 stages, and daily skincare routine are part of the process. Additional details: The serum can be blended with other solutions in a single treatment session. It can be mixed with CAMO1, CAMO3, and CAMO4 to achieve the desired skin tone. Shake thoroughly before use. Applying a cooling face mask post-procedure is advisable.

Physiolab 3D Booster (1x6.8g)

Physiolab 3D Booster (1×6.8g) is a high-end lifting serum that provides a botulinum toxin-like effect. The package includes: 1×6.8g Ingredients of the product: water glycerin butylene glycol aspen flower extract 1,2-hexanediol acetyl hexanediol-8 chamomile flower extract sugar maple extract purslane extract lactobacilli fermentative filtrate/leukostokasis/broccoli extract lactobacilli fermentative filtrate/leukostasis/blueberry extract enzymatic filtrate of lactobacilli/leukostosis/orange fruit extract enzymatic filtrate of lactobacilli/leukostosis/tomato fruit extract butylene glycol dicaprylate/dicaprate betaine camellia japonica seed oil aureobasidium budding fermented soybean extract fermented milk extract sodium hyaluronate lysine histidine arginine aspartic acid threonine serine glutamic acid proline glycine alanine valine methionine isoleucine leucine tyrosine phenylalanine cysteine pyroglutamic acid sodium lactate lecithin hydroxyethyl urea acid dipotassium glycyrrhizinate tocopherol acetate ceramide 3 c8-12 triglyceride acid cholesterol hydrogenated lecithin phytosphingosine stearic acid oleic acid lactic acid hydroethyl acrylate/sodium acrylodimethyl taurate copol imer The advantages of utilizing of Physiolab 3D Booster (1×6.8g): Enhanced skin suppleness and tightness Minimizing the appearance of expression lines The cationic formulation enables rapid penetration, delivering an instant and robust facelift Product Application Guidelines: Methods include electroporation (electrophoresis), ultrasound (sonophoresis), and iontophoresis (serum lacks ions, making iontophoresis neutral). Additionally, derma-roller (meso-roller) or dermapen, oxygen therapy, and regular skincare are recommended. The serum can be combined with other serums during a single session. Ensure proper shaking before use.

Physiolab Whitening (1x6.8g)

Physiolab Whitening (1×6.8g) is a serum created for secure and intensive skin brightening procedures. It’s ideal for individuals with deeper skin tones and can effectively minimize freckles and imperfections resulting from acne and sun-induced aging (age spots). The package includes: 1×6.8g Ingredients of the product: water glycerin Butylene Glycol nicotinamide 1,2-Hexanediol Acetyl Hexanediol-8 Chamomile Flower Extract Sugar Maple Extract Purslane Extract Lactobacillus Enzymatic Filtrate/Leukostasis/Broccoli Extract Lactobacillus Enzymatic Filtrate/Leukostasis/Blueberry Extract Enzymatic Filtrate lactobacilli/leukostosis/orange fruit extract Enzymatic filtrate of lactobacilli/leukostosis/tomato fruit extract Amur arizema extract sodium hyaluronate mallow extract peppermint leaf extract spring primrose extract mantle extract speedwell extract lemon balm leaf extract yarrow extract betaine retinyl palmitate panthenol biotin folic acid ascorbic acid tocopherol acetate glyceryl linoleate glyceryl linolenate glyceryl arachidonate hydrogenated lecithin dipotassium glycyrrhizinate ceramide 3 decyl glucoside arginine hydroethyl acrylate/sodium acrylodimethylyl taurate copolymer carbomer The advantages of utilizing of Physiolab Whitening (1×6.8g): Soothes irritation and provides a softening effect Enhances blood circulation Offers significant benefits in terms of skin whitening, anti-inflammatory properties, soothing qualities, and wound healing capabilities Promotes metabolic activities within skin cells Revitalizes the skin Reinforces blood vessel walls Product Application Guidelines: Mesotherapy techniques include electroporation (electrophoresis), ultrasound (sonophoresis), iontophoresis (+ or -) without ionization effect (since the serum is ion-free, iontophoresis is neutral), derma-roller (Meso-roller) / dermapen, and Oxygen therapy. Prior to these stages, a face mask is applied in three steps, followed by daily skincare. Additional notes: The serum can be combined with other treatments during a single session; remember to shake it well before use.

Physiolab Rejuvenate (1x6.8g)

Physiolab Rejuvenate (1×6.8g) is designed for mature skin and acts as an anti-aging and anti-wrinkle solution. Meso Rejuvenate functions as a serum with effects similar to Botox. The package includes: 1×6.8g Ingredients of the product: Peptide Argirelin Bio-berry extract Clover extract The advantages of utilizing of Physiolab Rejuvenate (1×6.8g): Possesses rejuvenating qualities Provides deep hydration and nourishment to aging skin Diminishes the visibility of facial wrinkles Product Application Guidelines: Mesotherapy techniques include electroporation (electrophoresis), ultrasounds (sonophoresis), iontophoresis (+ or -) without ionization effect (the serum lacks ions, rendering iontophoresis neutral), derma-roller (Meso-roller) / dermapen, Oxygen therapy, and applying a face mask before proceeding with the 3-stage process. Daily skincare is essential. The product can be combined with other types of serums during a single session. Shake the product thoroughly before use.

Peptidyal HX (1x2.5ml)

Peptidyal HX (1×2.5ml) offers the highest hyaluronic acid concentration available (18 mg/ml) combined with amino acids. This advanced medical injection device comprises a hydrogel, a clear viscoelastic substance, creating an innovative synergy suitable for facial and body care. The package includes: 1 x 2.5 ml pre-filled syringe 1 x 27G needle Ingredients of the product: 0.01% calcium hydroxyapatite Hyaluronic acid 18mg / ml Glycine Proilin The advantages of utilizing of Peptidyal HX (1×2.5ml): It operates on the surface, delivering outstanding hydration It functions on the epithelial layer by binding to the stratum corneum, offering a tightening and protective effect It also works deeply by promoting the production of proteins vital for skin firmness and elasticity in deeper layers, while reducing the depth of wrinkles and skin indentations What is the duration of the results? Undergo 2-3 sessions with brief intervals (15-30 days) between each treatment. Follow up with maintenance sessions approximately every 2-3 months.

PBserum Wrinkle Hyaluronic (1x3g)

PBserum Wrinkle Hyaluronic (1x3g) is a potent and swift blend of essential nutrients packaged in a glass ampoule, crafted for topical application on dry, sagging skin. It swiftly penetrates skin cells, encouraging renewal, hydration, and combating signs of aging. The skin receives a substantial supply of nourishment and antioxidants, resulting in a noticeable lifting and rejuvenating effect. The package includes: 1 × 3 g Ingredients of the product: Sucrose Sodium hyaluronate r-Bacillus Licheniformis Keratinase The advantages of utilizing of PBserum Wrinkle Hyaluronic (1x3g): Firming effect Preventative anti-aging care Renewal and nourishment of the skin Encouragement of regenerative processes Intense moisturization Shield against free radicals Wrinkle-smoothing Suitable for all skin types Appropriate for application on the face, neck, and décolleté Product Application Guidelines: This medication is intended for external use; injection is not permitted. Each vial contains lyophilized powder for preparing the suspension. To dilute the drug, utilize a 3 ml volume of physiological sodium chloride solution (0.9%). Additionally, cosmeceuticals can be administered using heat-emitting devices, such as electrocorporation, phonophoresis, or diode laser, which enhance the enzyme’s effectiveness further.

PBserum Renewal vit Radiant Complex (1x3g)

PBserum Renewal vit Radiant Complex (1x3g) is a potent remedy for addressing discoloration and flaws, designed for topical application. Packed with powerful active components within a compact glass ampoule, this treatment effectively combats uneven skin tone, blemishes, and marks leftover from treatments, acne, or inflammation. Consequently, the skin re-establishes its equilibrium, appearing brighter, radiant, and possessing a healthy, even complexion. It becomes visibly smoother and well-nourished, regaining a vibrant and nourished appearance. The package includes: 1 × 3 g Ingredients of the product: Sodium ascorbate r-Bacillus Licheniformis Keratinase Sodium hyaluronate The advantages of utilizing of PBserum Renewal vit Radiant Complex (1x3g): Harmonization of skin complexion Combating various types of discolorations, including those caused by pregnancy, aging, sun exposure, breakouts, and acne Enhancing skin luminosity Improved skin firmness Achieving smoother skin Restoring a radiant appearance Diminishing roughness and imperfections Prevention of inflammation Brightening of blemishes Shielding against free radicals Formulated for use on the facial, neck, and décolleté areas Product Application Guidelines: The product is intended for external application only; it should not be injected. One vial contains lyophilized substance for preparing the suspension. To dilute the product, employ a 3 ml volume of physiological sodium chloride solution (0.9%). Moreover, cosmeceuticals can be administered using heat-emitting devices like electrocorporation, phonophoresis, and diode laser to enhance the enzyme’s effectiveness.

PBserum Renewal Multivit Complex (1x3g)

PBserum Renewal Multivit Complex (1x3g) is a potent vitamin solution tailored for troubled skin. Packed in a compact glass ampoule, this concentrated blend of active ingredients effectively addresses skin imperfections caused by disrupted skin functions. Consequently, the skin will regain its equilibrium, radiate health, and be devoid of any flaws. The package includes: 1 × 3 g Ingredients of the product: r-Bacillus Licheniformis Keratinase Niacinamide Sodium hyaluronate Panthenol Pyroxidine hydrochloride Lipase Thiamine HCL The advantages of utilizing of PBserum Renewal Multivit Complex (1x3g): Balancing sebum production Restoring skin equilibrium Soothing oily skin Minimizing minor irritations Anti-inflammatory properties Diminishing imperfections Fading discolorations Enhancing firmness and moisture levels Aiding self-regeneration Suitable for application on the face, neck, and décolleté Product Application Guidelines: The medication is intended for external application only; it should not be injected. Each vial contains lyophilized powder for suspension preparation. To dilute the drug, utilize a 3 ml volume of physiological sodium chloride solution 0.9%. Moreover, for administering cosmeceuticals, heat-emitting devices like electrocorporation, phonophoresis, or diode laser can be employed to enhance the enzyme’s effectiveness further.

PBSerum Smooth+ Colagenase GH PB220

PBSerum Smooth+ Colagenase GH PB220 is specifically formulated to target localized fibrous cellulite and the appearance of dimpled skin. Its application noticeably enhances skin smoothness and firmness, while providing intense hydration. Notably, the product is completely skin-friendly, devoid of preservatives or fragrances. The package includes: 1 ampoule Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid Clostridiopeptidase The advantages of utilizing of PBSerum Smooth+ Colagenase GH PB220: Decrease in cellulite and the appearance of uneven skin texture Moisturization Enhancement of skin firmness What is the duration of the results? Long-lasting results: the effects are permanent.

PBSerum Slim+ Lipase PB500

PBSerum Slim+ Lipase PB500 is formulated to target localized cellulite and reduce the hypertrophic layer of accumulated fat. The product effectively smoothens and tightens the skin while providing deep hydration. It is completely skin-friendly, free from preservatives or fragrances. The package includes: 1 ampoule Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid Lipase The advantages of utilizing of PBSerum Slim+ Lipase PB500: Mesotherapy for fat breakdown Decreaced of body fat and cellulite Enhancement of skin elasticity Decrease in tissue size What is the duration of the results? Long-lasting results: the effects are permanent.

PBSerum HA Partial Corrector

PBSerum HA Partial Corrector is a product featuring the finest hyaluronidase available, designed to counteract improper administration or allergic reactions following hyaluronic acid-based filler treatments. The complete breakdown and elimination of hyaluronic acid from the body takes approximately 3 weeks, with initial effects noticeable within minutes. This enzyme can be applied immediately after hyaluronic acid injection or at a later time, even months after the initial filler procedure. Administering hyaluronidase leads to the hydrolysis of excess acid, resulting in smooth skin at the injection site and a significant reduction in swelling. The package includes: 1 ampoule Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronidase 2 μkat The advantages of utilizing of PBSerum HA Partial Corrector: Partial elimination of hyaluronic acid is applicable in situations involving: incorrectly chosen filler or its displacement, allergic reactions to HA-based products, excessive filler injection, noticeable bumps due to superficial filler administration, or the onset of swelling resulting from the patient’s improper recovery process Product Application Guidelines: Application technique: mesotherapy (via injection). Mix with 1 ml of saline solution.

PBSerum Drain+ Hyaluronidase PB3000

PBSerum Drain+ Hyaluronidase PB3000 is a solution designed to counteract improper administration or allergic reactions resulting from hyaluronic acid-based filler injections through hydrolysis. The complete breakdown and removal of hyaluronic acid from the body typically take about 3 weeks, with initial effects noticeable within minutes. This enzyme can be applied immediately after hyaluronic acid injections or later, even months post-filler treatment. Hyaluronidase works by breaking down excess acid, smoothing the skin at the injection site, and significantly reducing swelling. In mesotherapy, hyaluronidase is employed to dissolve connective tissue strands responsible for cellulite dimples. It enhances tissue permeability, facilitating the spread of other injected substances. Additionally, it can accelerate the initial effects of anesthesia or serve as a support for rehydration agents. Through the dissolution of connective tissue, hyaluronidase enables fat, broken down by fat-dissolving factors (PDCs), to exit fat cells and enter the bloodstream and lymphatic system. The package includes: 1 ampoule Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronidase The advantages of utilizing of PBSerum Drain+ Hyaluronidase PB3000: Reduction of cellulite Applied in lipolysis treatments Speeds up the breakdown of improperly administered hyaluronic acid fillers Product Application Guidelines: It can be applied through machinery, micro-needling, or injections. PB Serum DRAIN+ is utilized either on its own or as a component of a “triad” (Lipase (Slim+), Collagenase (Smooth+), Hyaluronidase (Drain+)) in a 1:1:1 ratio.

PBSerum HA 2.0 HIGH

PBSerum HA 2.0 HIGH is a range of products developed by the Spanish laboratory Proteos Biotech, utilizing cutting-edge technology involving recombinant enzymes. It incorporates high molecular weight hyaluronic acid blended with a reactant featuring a meticulously balanced enzyme mix. These formulations are proficient in addressing concerns such as scars, stretch marks, cellulite, and the reduction of fat deposits. The package includes: 1. PBSerum HA 2.0: PBserum HA2.0 is a hyaluronic acid with a high molecular weight of 8 mg/ml and slightly cross-linked. It has anti-inflammatory, regenerative properties and stimulates the reorganization of collagen fibers in damaged tissues. Thanks to its characteristics, it is suitable for inhibiting, combating and preventing the appearance of fibrosis, which is the basis of our treatment. PBSerum HA2.0 is compatible with the use of enzymatic reagents of different intensity. 2. Moderate enzyme reagent “HIGH”: It helps to reduce excess body fat accompanying fibrosis. It stimulates lipid metabolism and triglyceride degradation to reduce the volume of adipocytes in areas with excessive accumulated fat. Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid with a high molecular weight of 8 mg/ml and slightly cross-linked Col G / H collagenase PB220 Lipase PB500 LYA Lyase PB72K The advantages of utilizing of PBSerum HA 2.0 HIGH: The biotechnological process employing microorganisms enables the production of pure enzymes with a simplified structure, ensuring the products are effective and hypoallergenic. Freeze drying, a preservation method involving rapid freezing, maintains the stability of the products. Enzymes retain their properties and remain active without the addition of preservatives. Production occurs within a class A cleanroom, ensuring product sterility. Freeze-drying negates the need for low-temperature storage, with a range of 1-30°C. In vitro and in vivo testing of PBSerum MEDICAL enzymes demonstrates their efficacy in fibrosis treatment, with visible effects observed after the initial application. The sterile preservation of recombinant enzymes through freeze-drying ensures the products possess a high level of safety. Product Application Guidelines: Recommended sessions: 1-4. Initial visible results appear approximately 3 weeks after injection. Retreatment interval: 14 days.

PBSerum Total Corrector

PBSerum Total Corrector is an advanced solution featuring the finest hyaluronidase available in the market. Through a hydrolysis process, it effectively mitigates the consequences of improper administration or allergic reactions triggered by hyaluronic acid-based fillers. The complete breakdown and elimination of hyaluronic acid from the body take approximately 3 weeks, with initial effects becoming noticeable within minutes. This enzyme can be applied immediately after hyaluronic acid injection or at a later time, even several months after the initial filler treatment. Upon hyaluronidase application, surplus acid undergoes hydrolysis, resulting in smoother skin at the injection site and a significant reduction in swelling. The package includes: 1 ampoule Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronidase 25 μkat The advantages of utilizing of PBSerum Total Corrector: Total elimination of hyaluronic acid occurs in situations involving: incorrectly chosen or displaced filler, allergic reactions to HA-based products, excessive filler injection, visible papules due to shallow filler application, and edema caused by improper patient recovery processes Product Application Guidelines: Application technique: mesotherapy (via injection). Mix with 1 ml of saline solution.

PBSerum HA 2.0 LOW

PBSerum HA 2.0 LOW is a range of products developed by the Spanish laboratory Proteos Biotech, employing cutting-edge technology utilizing recombinant enzymes. These products combine high molecular weight hyaluronic acid with a carefully balanced enzyme cocktail. This formulation proves highly effective in addressing concerns such as scars, stretch marks, cellulite, and the reduction of fat deposits. Proteos Biotech ensures the highest safety standards in their biotechnology laboratories, adhering to ISO 13485 regulations throughout the development and production processes. The package includes: 1st PBSerum HA 2.0 PBSerum HA2.0 is a hyaluronic acid with a high molecular weight of 8 mg/ml and slightly cross-linked. It has anti-inflammatory, regenerative properties and stimulates the reorganization of collagen fibers in damaged tissues. Thanks to its characteristics, it is ideal for inhibiting, combating and preventing the appearance of fibrosis, which is the basis of our treatment. PBSerum HA2.0 is compatible with the use of enzymatic reagents of different intensity. 2. Enzyme reagent with moderate action “MEDIUM” It helps to reduce excess body fat accompanying fibrosis. It stimulates lipid metabolism and triglyceride degradation to reduce the volume of adipocytes in areas with excessive accumulated fat. Contains active substances: Col G / H collagenase PB220, Lipase PB500, LYA Lyase PB72K Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid with a high molecular weight of 8 mg/ml and slightly cross-linked Col G / H collagenase PB220 Lipase PB500 LYA Lyase PB72K The advantages of utilizing of PBSerum HA 2.0 LOW: The use of biotechnological methods involving microorganisms enables the production of enzymes with a pure and uncomplicated structure, ensuring both effectiveness and hypoallergenic qualities. Freeze drying, a preservation technique involving rapid freezing of the product, plays a pivotal role. This process maintains the stability of the products; the enzymes retain their complete properties and remain active without the need for added preservatives. Production is conducted in a class A cleanroom, ensuring product sterility. The advantages of freeze-drying include the products’ ability to be stored at temperatures between 1-30°C, eliminating the need for low-temperature storage. In vitro and in vivo testing has demonstrated the efficacy of PBSerum MEDICAL enzymes. Results from in vivo trials indicate the products are well-suited for fibrosis treatment, with noticeable effects after the initial application. These outcomes are attributed to the properties of recombinant enzymes and their sterile preservation through freeze-drying, ensuring a high level of safety. Product Application Guidelines: Recommended Number of Treatments: 1-4 Initial Visible Results: approximately 8-10 days after the procedure. Re-treatment: within 8-10 days

PBSerum HA 2.0 Medium

PBSerum HA 2.0 Medium is a product series from the Spanish Proteos Biotech laboratory, utilizing cutting-edge technology involving recombinant enzymes. It combines high molecular weight hyaluronic acid with a reactive compound containing a precisely balanced enzyme cocktail. These formulations are successful in addressing issues such as scars, stretch marks, cellulite, and reducing fat deposits. Proteos Biotech’s biotechnology labs adhere to the strictest safety protocols and meet ISO 13485 standards in their development and production processes. The package includes: 1st PBSerum HA 2.0. PBserum HA2.0 is a hyaluronic acid with a high molecular weight of 8 mg / ml and slightly cross-linked. It has anti-inflammatory, regenerative properties and stimulates the reorganization of collagen fibers in damaged tissues. Thanks to its characteristics, it is ideal for inhibiting, combating and preventing the appearance of fibrosis, which is the basis of our treatment. PBSerum HA2.0 is compatible with the use of enzymatic reagents of different intensity. Moderate enzyme reagent “MEDIUM”: It helps to reduce excess body fat accompanying fibrosis. It stimulates lipid metabolism and triglyceride degradation to reduce the volume of adipocytes in areas with excessive accumulated fat. Contains active substances: Col G / H collagenase PB220, Lipase PB500, LYA Lyase PB72K Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid with high molecular weight and lightly cross-linked Collagenase Lipase Lyase The advantages of utilizing of PBSerum HA 2.0 Medium: The biotechnological manufacturing process utilizing microorganisms enables the production of enzymes with a simpler and purer structure. Consequently, the resulting products remain effective and hypoallergenic. Freeze drying, a preservation method involving rapid freezing to remove water, impacts product stability. During this process, enzymes maintain 100% of their properties and remain active without the addition of preservatives. Production occurs in a class A cleanroom, ensuring product sterility. Due to freeze-drying, the products do not require storage at low temperatures, with the recommended temperature range being 1-30 °C. The effectiveness of pbserum MEDICAL enzymes has been rigorously tested both in vitro and in vivo. In vivo studies reveal that these preparations are highly suitable for fibrosis treatment, and noticeable effects are observable after the initial application. Thanks to the unique properties of recombinant enzymes and their sterile preservation through freeze-drying, these products exhibit an exceptional level of safety. Product Application Guidelines: Recommended Number of Treatments: 1-4 sessions. Initial Visible Results: Typically noticeable after about 10-14 days. Retreatment Interval: Every 8-10 days.

Neobella (1x8ml)

Neobella (1x8ml) is designed to reduce body fat in facial and body areas. The sodium deoxycholate in the product has lipolytic effects in specific body regions, breaking down excess fat, which is then metabolized and eliminated. This leads to a swift restoration of the jawline contour and lifts drooping fatty tissue due to gravity, creating a youthful and slender appearance in the lower face. The package includes: 1 x 8 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Deoxycholic Acid L-carnitine Hydrochloride The advantages of utilizing of Neobella (1x8ml): Lipolytic effects Preventing skin sagging Application areas: cheeks, chin, and body Product Application Guidelines: The treatment comprises up to 6 sessions spaced at least 1 week apart. The dosage is determined based on the initial fat tissue volume and the physician’s discretion. The total administered amount per session should not exceed 8-10ml.

Mesoheal Plus - uncrosslinked HA 25mg (5x2.5ml)

Mesoheal Plus – non-crosslinked HA 25mg (5×2,5ml) consists of 10mg/ml of pure hyaluronic acid sourced from Bacillus subtilis. This elevated concentration ensures excellent outcomes, evident right after the initial session. Furthermore, this formulation stimulates collagen production, enhancing the therapy’s overall effectiveness. The package includes: 5 syringes x 2.5ml of the preparation Ingredients of the product: 10mg/ml HA, non-crosslinked The advantages of utilizing of Mesoheal Plus – non-crosslinked HA 25mg (5×2,5ml): Elevated HA levels for superior skin hydration Enhanced skin density and regeneration Reduction of surface wrinkles Noticeable enhancement in skin texture Exceptional safety ensured by HA extraction from Bacillus subtilis Product Application Guidelines: Achieving optimal results usually requires a series of four sessions, spaced three weeks apart. To ensure long-lasting effects, it’s recommended to provide the patient with an additional procedure at the end of the series, ideally scheduled six months later.

Mesoestetic X.Prof 039 Venofresh 2% (1x2ml)

Mesoestetic X.Prof 039 Venofresh 2% (1x2ml) is a Spanish product available in ampoule form for skin application. Laureth-9, a derivative of lauryl alcohol, enhances microcirculation, preventing sensations of heaviness. The package includes: 1x2ml Ingredients of the product: Water Alcohol Laureth-9 2 % The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic X.Prof 039 Venofresh 2% (1x2ml): Reducing telangiectasia Aiding in cellulite reduction Minimizing erythema Decreasing under-eye puffiness Relieving leg heaviness It can be applied on the face and entire body Product Application Guidelines: This product is designed for topical use. Apply the contents of the ampoule on the body surface and massage until fully absorbed. It is also suitable for microneedle mesotherapy treatments.

Mesoestetic X.Prof 036 Biotin (1x2ml)

Mesoestetic X.Prof 036 Biotin (1x2ml) contains Biotin, also known as vitamin H or B8, which plays a crucial role in carbohydrate, fat, amino acid, and purine metabolism as an enzyme cofactor. It is essential for specific enzymes involved in cell replication processes. Metabolic reactions take place inside the hair bulb, where a lack of nutrients, vitamins, minerals, and proteins can result in weak, brittle hair and baldness. It has a reconstructive action, when working together with trace elements, biotin helps cells carry out their metabolic activity and prevents hair loss. The package includes: 1x2ml Ingredients of the product: 0.1% Biotin The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic X.Prof 036 Biotin (1x2ml): Repairs the skin Prevents hair loss Product Application Guidelines: Use one ampoule weekly for a course of three weeks, followed by once every 15 days for a total of six sessions. Afterward, use it once a month to maintain the results.

Mesoestetic X.Prof 038 Venofresh 0.5% (1x2ml)

Mesoestetic X.Prof 038 Venofresh 0.5% (1x2ml) is a solution designed to tone and firm the skin. It enhances the skin’s appearance, particularly in areas with vascular issues, both on the face and body. The package includes: 1x2ml Ingredients of the product: Laureth-9 0,5% The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic X.Prof 038 Venofresh 0.5% (1x2ml): Skin rejuvenation Skin nourishment Skin fortification Product Application Guidelines: Apply one ampoule directly to the specific area of concern.

Mesoestetic X.Prof 025 Hydrotaurine (1x5ml)

Mesoestetic X.Prof 025 Hydrotaurine (1x5ml) is a sterile ampoule preparation containing taurine. It provides a refreshing and rejuvenating effect, enhancing skin microcirculation and safeguarding against external factors such as UV radiation and pollution. Hydrotaurine actively aids the skin in combating the detrimental impact of external elements. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Taurine The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic X.Prof 025 Hydrotaurine (1x5ml): Shielding against harmful external influences Guarding against skin aging caused by sun exposure Nourishing dry skin Fortifying thin, fragile, and damaged hair Application areas: face, body Product Application Guidelines: It is advisable to utilize a transdermal delivery technique like micro-needling or mesotherapy.

Mesoestetic X.Prof 024 Proteoplus (1x2ml)

Mesoestetic X.Prof 024 Proteoplus (1x2ml) is a mesotherapy solution designed to enhance and hydrate the skin on both the face and body. The package includes: 1x2ml Ingredients of the product: Fixed Protein Сhondroitin The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic X.Prof 024 Proteoplus (1x2ml): Revitalizing impact Shielding against antioxidants Enhancement of connective tissue structure during the aging process Product Application Guidelines: One ampoule every fortnight, along with the application of chemical peels.

Mesoestetic X.Prof 020 Vitamin C 20% (1x5ml)

Mesoestetic X.Prof 020 Vitamin C 20% (1x5ml) is a product available in sterile ampoules containing a potent solution of vitamin C. Vitamin C is renowned for its robust anti-aging, skin-brightening, and collagen-boosting properties. This vitamin helps reduce visible discolorations and increases skin radiance. Ascorbic acid a potent antioxidant — actively supports the skin in fighting off free radicals. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Ascorbic Acid Sodium Hydroxide Sodium Methylparaben Sodium Propylparaben The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic X.Prof 020 Vitamin C 20% (1x5ml): Diminishing discoloration Imparting a radiant complexion to matte skin Fortifying dull, fragile, and fine hair Shielding against photoaging, Balancing skin tone Suitable for use on the face and scalp Product Application Guidelines: It is suggested to utilize a transdermal delivery method like micro-needling or mesotherapy.

Mesoestetic X.Prof 040 Centella asiatica (1x2ml)

Mesoestetic X.Prof 040 Centella asiatica (1x2ml) is a sterile ampoule solution containing Asian pennywort extract, which strengthens blood vessels. It enhances capillary resistance, diminishing the appearance of stretch marks and scars. This solution stimulates collagen production in skin fibroblasts and connective tissues, enhancing cellular nourishment. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 2 ml Ingredients of the product: Water PEG-40 Stearate Propylene Glycol Centella Asiatica Extract Disodium Phosphate Disodium EDTA Benzalkonium Chloride The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic X.Prof 040 Centella asiatica (1x2ml): Nurturing delicate skin Diminishing stretch marks, scars, and itching Shielding blood vessels Suitable for all skin types, including irritated skin Usage area: body Product Application Guidelines: It is suggested to utilize a transdermal delivery method like micro-needling or mesotherapy.

Mesoestetic X.Prof 016 Glycolic acid 1% (1x2ml)

Mesoestetic X.Prof 016 Glycolic Acid 1% (1x2ml) is a product available in sterile ampoules containing glycolic acid. This acid offers exfoliating effects and diminishes noticeable skin discolorations. Glycolic acid makes it easier for the skin to remove the outer layer; therefore, acne scars and fine wrinkles are less visible. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 2 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Glycolic Acid Sodium Hydroxide The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic X.Prof 016 Glycolic acid 1% (1x2ml): Diminishing fine lines and wrinkles Nurturing acne-prone skin Minimizing the appearance of stretch marks and scars Enhancing skin elasticity Decreasing sebum production Caring for mature skin Applicable on both face and body Product Application Guidelines: It is suggested to utilize a transdermal delivery method like micro-needling or mesotherapy.

Mesoestetic X.Prof 015 Nostrum and rutin (1x2ml)

Mesoestetic X.Prof 015 Nostrum and rutin (1x2ml) is a sterile ampoule preparation containing clover extract and rutin, known for their vascular protective properties. This composition enhances blood and lymph circulation, reduces inflammation, and provides antioxidant benefits. Rutin, in particular, reduces inflammation and strengthens blood vessels, aiding in reducing swelling. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 2 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Rutin Melilotus offcinalis Extract The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic X.Prof 015 Nostrum and rutin (1x2ml): Reducing puffiness Promoting vascular skin health Minimizing cellulite Fortifying blood vessels Eliminating inflammation Offering antioxidant benefits Enhancing blood and lymphatic circulation Suitable for use on both the face and body Product Application Guidelines: It is suggested to utilize a transdermal delivery method like micro-needling or mesotherapy.

Mesoestetic X.Prof 014 Organic silica 1% (1x5ml)

Mesoestetic X.Prof 014 Organic Silica 1% (1x5ml) is a Spanish product available in sterile ampoules. It contains organic silica, a metalloid found in water-soluble biological mineral and organic compounds. This ingredient regulates and normalizes metabolism and cellular division. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Methylsilanol Mannuronate Phenoxyethanol Sorbic Acid The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic X.Prof 014 Organic silica 1% (1x5ml): Anti-aging benefits Enhancement of skin vitality Revitalization Diminishment of cellulite and stretch marks Improvement of skin complexion Scar lightening Moisturizing impact Firming effect Applicable on both body and face Product Application Guidelines: It is advisable to utilize a transdermal delivery method like micro needling or mesotherapy.

Mesoestetic X.Prof 013 Organic silica 0.5% (1x5ml)

Mesoestetic X.Prof 013 Organic Silica 0.5% (1x5ml) is a solution contained in ampoules, comprising organic silicon, a semimetal present in the composition of water-soluble biological mineral organic compounds. This element possesses properties that regulate and normalize metabolism and cell division. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Methylsilanol Mannuronate Phenoxyethanol Sorbic Acid The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic X.Prof 013 Organic silica 0.5% (1x5ml): Balances skin tone Diminishes scars and stretch marks Enhances skin elasticity Reduces cellulite appearance Suitable for body application Product Application Guidelines: It is advisable to utilize a transdermal delivery method like micro needling or mesotherapy.

Mesoestetic X.Prof 018 Mesostabyl (1x5ml)

Mesoestetic X.Prof 018 Mesostabyl (1x5ml) is a product from the Spanish brand available in sterile ampoules. This lipolytic solution triggers the breakdown and removal of lipids. It enhances lipase activity, decreases triglyceride production, and facilitates the breakdown of fats. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Borago Officinalis Seed Oil Phosphatidylcholine Pyridoxine Adenosine Triphosphate Tocopheryl Acetate Sodium Hydroxide The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic X.Prof 018 Mesostabyl (1x5ml): Lipolytic effect Reduction of cholesterol levels Stimulation of lipase activity Applicable on body and face Product Application Guidelines: It is advisable to utilize a transdermal delivery method like micro-needling or mesotherapy.

Mesoestetic X.Prof 151 Glutathione (1x600mg)

Mesoestetic X.Prof 151 Glutathione (1x600mg) is a sterile ampoule preparation from a Spanish brand. It possesses skin rejuvenating qualities, providing intense moisture and combating the adverse effects of photoaging. Its key component, glutathione, is a potent natural antioxidant produced by cells. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 600 mg Ingredients of the product: Glutathione The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic X.Prof 151 Glutathione (1x600mg): Reducing discoloration Preventing skin aging Providing deep hydration Offering powerful antioxidant benefits Suitable for both body and facial applications Product Application Guidelines: It is advised to utilize a transdermal delivery method like micro-needling or mesotherapy.

Mesoestetic X.Prof 150 Hyaluronidase (1x50mg)

Mesoestetic X.Prof 150 Hyaluronidase (1x50mg) is a Spanish solution created to dissolve hyaluronic acid. Utilizing this product enables the elimination of surplus filler, rectification of asymmetry, and smoothing out tissue irregularities. The complete breakdown and removal of hyaluronic acid from the body takes approximately 3 weeks, with initial effects becoming visible within minutes of application. The package includes: 1 x 50mg Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronidase 1500 U.l. The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic X.Prof 150 Hyaluronidase (1x50mg): Decreasing or eliminating hyaluronic acid in scenarios involving: unevenness, lack of symmetry, incorrectly chosen filler or its misplacement, allergic response to HA-based products, excessive filler injection, noticeable bumps due to shallow filler application, and swelling caused by inadequate patient recovery Product Application Guidelines: The enzyme can be applied right after the hyaluronic acid injection or at a later time, even several months after the filler treatment. To prepare the product, it should be mixed with 10ml of injectable saline solution.

Mesoestetic X.Prof 022 Pyruvic acid (1x2ml)

Mesoestetic X.Prof 022 Pyruvic Acid (1x2ml) is a Spanish formula created to enhance cellular respiration and speed up cellular metabolism, leading to smoother and firmer skin. Additionally, the product offers deep hydration and noticeable improvement in stretch marks, scars, and cellulite. By stimulating fibroblasts, it promotes increased collagen and elastin synthesis, preventing skin sagging. The package includes: 1 x 2ml Ingredients of the product: Water Pyruvic Acid The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic X.Prof 022 Pyruvic acid (1x2ml): Increase in cellular metabolism Hydration benefits Smoothing effect Firming properties Diminished appearance of stretch marks, scars, and cellulite Prevention of skin looseness Product Application Guidelines: It is advised to employ a transdermal delivery method like micro needling or mesotherapy.

Mesoestetic X.Prof 011 Caffeine (1x2ml)

Mesoestetic X.Prof 011 Caffeine (1x2ml) is a Spanish formula crafted to aid in cellulite reduction. Its caffeine content clears tissues, regulates skin hydration, preventing water retention and associated swelling. This helps sculpt the silhouette, firming and smoothing the skin. The package includes: 1 x 2ml Ingredients of the product: Water Caffeine 20% The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic X.Prof 011 Caffeine (1x2ml): Assisting in cellulite reduction Enhancing tissue drainage Regulating optimal water retention Preventing leg swelling and heaviness Smoothing skin texture Applicable areas: thighs, buttocks, calves, arms, upper and lower abdomen Product Application Guidelines: It is advised to utilize a transdermal delivery method like micro-needling or mesotherapy.

Mesoestetic X.Prof 021 DMAE 3% (1x5ml)

Mesoestetic X.Prof 021 DMAE 3% (1x5ml) is a Spanish product crafted for skin firming. It boosts acetylcholine secretion, stimulating muscle fibers for a sustained lifting effect, enhancing skin firmness. Consistent use restores skin tension and youthful vitality. The package includes: 1 x 5ml Ingredients of the product: Water Dimethylaminoethanol Tartrate Sodium Hydroxide The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic X.Prof 021 DMAE 3% (1x5ml): Anti-aging benefits Improvement and smoothing of fine lines Revitalization Deep hydration Addressing sagging Tightening and firming effects Elasticity enhancement Applicable areas: face, neck, décolletage, hands, inner arms, thighs Product Application Guidelines: It is advisable to employ a transdermal delivery method like micro needling or mesotherapy.

Mesoestetic X.Prof 010 Artichoke extract (20x5ml)

Mesoestetic X.Prof 010 Artichoke Extract (20x5ml) is highly recommended for anti-cellulite treatments and targeting localized fat reduction. It speeds up lymphatic drainage, providing a detoxifying effect, and also offers nourishing benefits. The package includes: 20 x 5ml Ingredients of the product: Water Cynara Scolymus Leaf Extract The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic X.Prof 010 Artichoke extract (20x5ml): Purifying action Promoting lymphatic drainage Reducing cellulite Tightening Providing nourishment Preventing water retention in tissues Product Application Guidelines: It is advised to utilize a transdermal delivery technique such as micro-needling or mesotherapy.

Mesoestetic X.Prof 012 L-Carnitine (1x5ml)

Mesoestetic X.Prof 012 L-Carnitine (1x5ml) is a Spanish solution designed to prevent cellulite buildup. Carnitine, an amino acid involved in fatty acid metabolism, serves as a natural transporter that aids in the release of free fatty acids and their oxidation in mitochondria. The result of L-carnitine treatments is a thinner model and that the fat deposits decrease in treated areas. The package includes: 1 x 5ml Ingredients of the product: Water Carnitine 20% The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic X.Prof 012 L-Carnitine (1x5ml): Fat-burning effect Stimulation of lymphatic drainage Diminishment of cellulite Product Application Guidelines: Treatment Plan: Use one ampoule weekly for a course of 10 sessions, followed by monthly maintenance sessions to sustain the results.

Mesoestetic Mesohyal Redenx (5x3ml)

Mesoestetic Mesohyal Redenx (5x3ml) is a hyaluronic acid solution at a concentration of 15 mg/ml combined with biomimetic peptides. It is specifically formulated to address deep wrinkles and skin depressions. This solution enhances skin structure, increases thickness, and prevents sagging. A complete treatment session not only prevents the formation of new wrinkles but also diminishes existing ones. The package includes: 5 x 3 ml Ingredients of the product: Non-crosslinked hyaluronic acid 15 mg/ml Biomimetic peptides: Acetyl tetrapeptide-9, Palmitoyl tripeptide-5 The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Mesohyal Redenx (5x3ml): Used to address deep and medium-deep wrinkles Restoring volume Enhancing skin structure Increasing skin density Reducing sagging Used primarily in the lower part of the face What is the duration of the results? The duration varies based on the patient’s individual factors, typically up to around 9 months.

Mesoestetic C.PROF 214 mesopeptide solution (5x5ml)

Mesoestetic C.PROF 214 mesopeptide solution (5x5ml) consists of biomimetic peptides, which replicate the mechanisms and effects of their natural counterparts. This leads to skin thickening, strengthening the intercellular matrix, and enhancing its overall structure. It boosts collagen synthesis and maintains a pH level between 6.5 and 8. The package includes: 5x5ml Ingredients of the product: Acetyl trapeptide-9 Palmitoyltripeptide-3 Sodium hyaluronate The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic C.PROF 214 mesopeptide solution (5x5ml): Effect of thickening the skin Reinforcing the intercellular matrix, and enhancing its structure Product Application Guidelines: Apply individually or in combinations for 6-10 sessions with a 5-7 day gap between each session. Application methods include mesoscooter, fractional mesotherapy device, microcurrent, ultrasound therapy, and iontophoresis under contact gels.

Mesoestetic Mesohyal Argibenone (1x3ml)

Mesoestetic Mesohyal Argibenone (1x3ml) a unique formulation with hyaluronic acid (15mg/ml), a biosimilar peptide Acetyl Hexapeptide-8, as well as a powerful antioxidant idebenone. Formulated to reduce expression lines, wrinkles, and crow’s feet, it restores youthful vitality to skin around the eyes and lips. The package includes: 1 x 3 ml Ingredients of the product: Non-crosslinked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 15 mg/ml Idebenone – an antioxidant obtained from coenzyme Q10 Biomimetic peptides: Acetyl Hexapeptide-8 The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Mesohyal Argibenone (1x3ml): Reducing expression lines, wrinkles, and crow’s feet Promoting skin regeneration Anti-aging therapy Suitable for superficial microinjections: eye area, mouth area, between eyebrows, forehead, and other facial regions What is the duration of the results? The duration varies based on the patient’s individual factors, typically up to around 9 months.

Mesoestetic C.PROF 222 body firming solution (1x10ml)

Mesoestetic C.PROF 222 body firming solution (1x10ml) is a sterile solution designed for transcutaneous application, providing a firming effect and encouraging the production of connective tissue fibers. Particularly beneficial for thighs, buttocks, abdomen, chest, and arms, it can be applied during the concluding phase of treatment after reducing the targeted area. The package includes: 1x10ml Ingredients of the product: DMAE Sodium Pyruvate Organic Silicon Hydroxyproline The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic C.PROF 222 body firming solution (1x10ml): It possesses tightening qualities and delivers an immediate lifting impact Encourages the creation of amino acids and supports collagen regeneration Promotes the growth of fibroblasts and the synthesis of collagen Offers firming and smoothing attributes Product Application Guidelines: Application technique: administered through mesotherapy injections or applied under a mesoroller. During a complete body contouring regimen, it can be utilized in the concluding phase, following treatments aimed at reducing volume in the targeted areas.

Mesoestetic C.PROF 210 depigmentation solution (5x5ml)

Mesoestetic C.PROF 210 depigmentation solution (5x5ml) is a depigmentation blend designed for the face, hands, and body. It regulates melanin production, minimizing its presence in epidermal cells. The formula includes antioxidants that control excessive melanin production. It serves as a perfect addition to comprehensive tranex depigmentation therapy for sensitive and couperose skin. The package includes: 5x5ml Ingredients of the product: Tranexamic acid Nicotinamide N-acetylglucosamine Vitamin C The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic C.PROF 210 depigmentation solution (5x5ml): It effectively lightens hyperpigmentation and possesses antioxidant qualities The formulation relies on tyrosinase inhibitors Lower melanin production levels This leads to a more even skin tone and a more youthful appearance Product Application Guidelines: Utilize transdermal techniques to enhance product penetration into the skin. Recommended methods include microchanneling, micro needling, and mesotherapy.

Mesoestetic C.PROF 213 Mesotox Solution (5x5ml)

Mesoestetic C.PROF 213 Mesotox Solution (5x5ml) is a blend designed to diminish existing wrinkles and prevent new ones from forming. It enhances the effectiveness of botulinum toxin in the skin, extending its impact over time. With a pH level of 6-7, the solution works by selectively inhibiting acetylcholine release, paralyzing muscles at the neuromuscular junction. Consequently, the face appears slimmer, firmer, and smoother. The package includes: 5x5ml Ingredients of the product: Acetylhexapeptide-8 Pentapeptide-18 Niacinamide The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic C.PROF 213 Mesotox Solution (5x5ml): Firms and refines the skin texture Minimizing existing wrinkles and inhibiting the formation of new ones Enhances the impact of botulinum toxin Product Application Guidelines: It is advisable to utilize a transdermal delivery method like micro-needling or mesotherapy.

Mesoestetic Mesohyal Nostrum Extract (1x2ml)

Mesoestetic Mesohyal Nostrum Extract (1x2ml) is a hyaluronic acid solution infused with melilot extract and troxerutin, providing anti-cellulite benefits. The package includes: 1 x 2ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid: 2,5 mg/ml Melilot extract Troxerutin Mineral salts The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Mesohyal Nostrum Extract (1x2ml): Effective for various cellulite types, especially those involving water retention, localized fat accumulation, edema, and lymphatic stasis Enhances and stimulates microcirculation Minimizes fluid retention Aids lymph drainage Promotes the return of blood flow Product Application Guidelines: During microneedling procedures, load the concentrate or meso-cocktail into a sterile syringe and apply it drop by drop onto cleaned skin using a mesoscooter or a fractional device like DERMAPEN.

Mesoestetic C.PROF 211 photoaging solution (5x5ml)

Mesoestetic C.PROF 211 photoaging solution (5x5ml) deeply rejuvenates the skin on the face, neck, and décolleté area. The package includes: 5x5ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid Idebenone Taurine Vitamin C The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic C.PROF 211 photoaging solution (5x5ml): Offers photoprotection, antioxidants, hydration, and firming properties Shields the skin from external elements like stress, fatigue, nicotine, pollution, etc. Reduces fine wrinkles Imparts a radiant glow Product Application Guidelines: A revitalizing mixture can be introduced into the skin using various methods of delivering active substances through the epidermis: roller/micro-needling, anchor sonophoresis, electroporation, and iontophoresis. The rejuvenating concoction possesses an electrolytic nature with a negative charge (-).

Mesoestetic Mesohyal L-carnitine (20x5ml)

Mesoestetic Mesohyal L-carnitine (20x5ml) to treat cellulite, the formula includes hyaluronic acid and concentrated L-carnitine. Has an action against cellulite and speeds up the metabolism of fatty acids. The package includes: 20 x 5ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid: 2,5 mg/ml L-carnitine (20%) The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Mesohyal L-carnitine (20x5ml): Restores vitality to cellulite-affected tissue (firm cellulite, fatty deposits) Used on areas known for stubborn cellulite deposits: front thighs, buttocks, abdomen, back and hands. Product applications: According to the indication and mesolifting technique is added mesohyal CARNITINEARTICHOKE (Artichoke Extract) stimulating lipolytic processes, mesohyal MELILOT (clover extract) to calf cellulite with dilated blood vessels, mesohyal DMAE (DMAE) to improve skin elasticity after removal cellulite. The total number of sessions depend on age and skin condition, generally 8-12 sessions will do with 8-15 days gap in between each sessions.

Mesoestetic Mesohyal Artichoke extract (20x5ml)

Mesoestetic Mesohyal Artichoke Extract (20x5ml) is a hyaluronic acid solution infused with artichoke extract, offering drainage, detoxification, and anti-cellulite properties. This solution cleanses the skin, boosts lymph drainage, reduces fluid retention, and minimizes tissue swelling and puffiness, providing a detoxifying and draining effect. The package includes: 20 x 5ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid: 2,5 mg/ml Artichoke extract Mineral salts The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Mesohyal Artichoke extract (20x5ml): Applicable for various cellulite types, especially those involving water retention, localized fat accumulation, edema, and lymphatic stagnation It diminishes the sensation of swelling (edema) Safeguards the skin from aging caused by free radicals Delivers an antioxidant effect Product Application Guidelines: Mesohyal Artichoke treatment eliminates the need for allergy tests, multiple appointments, surgical stress, or recovery time at home. Results may vary, so the duration of the treatment depends on the severity of the condition. On the whole, it is 8 to 12 sessions that are recommended with a gap of 8 to 15 days. For longer-lasting effects exceeding a year, a touch-up session is advisable, and regular maintenance treatments every 6-8 months are necessary to maintain the skin’s healthy appearance.

Mesoestetic Mesohyal Organic Silicon (10x5ml)

Mesoestetic Mesohyal Organic Silicon (10x5ml) is a revitalizing and restructuring solution with hyaluronic acid, enriched with a high organic silicon content. It stabilizes and supports the production of fibroblasts, which promote the regeneration and preservation of the tissue structure in the skin. This formula assists in the biosynthesis of collagen, elastin, and proteoglycan fibers, which allows the maintenance and stability of the skin tissue. The package includes: 10 x 5ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid: 2,5 mg/ml Organic silicon The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Mesohyal Organic Silicon (10x5ml): Preventing the signs of aging Addressing skin laxity on the face and body Minimizing the appearance of scars and stretch marks Product Application Guidelines: Used intradermally for facial and body injections. It can be used in conjunction with other medical procedures like botulinum toxin, fillers, laser, pulsed light, etc., adding synergistic effects.

Mesoestetic Mesohyal Oligoelements (20x5ml)

Mesoestetic Mesohyal Oligoelements (20x5ml) is a blend of hyaluronic acid at 2.5 mg/ml concentration, along with oligoelements and L-arginine. This combination combats signs of aging and promotes the extracellular matrix’s functionality. The hyaluronic acid content hydrates and diminishes fine wrinkles, moisturizing the skin. The product also firms and revitalizes the skin, ensuring its healthy and youthful appearance. The package includes: 20 x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 2.5 mg/ml Oligoelements: sodium chloride, zinc chloride, magnesium sulphate, ammonium molybdenum, nickel acetate, cobalt chloride, sodium selenide, copper sulphate, manganese chloride Amino acid: L-arginine The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Mesohyal Oligoelements (20x5ml): Youthful appearance benefits Diminishing and refining fine wrinkles Moisturization Firming and elasticity enhancement Aiding the extracellular matrix functionality Applicable on: scalp, face, neck, décolletage, hands, inner arms, thighs, and navel area Product Application Guidelines: Subcutaneous – ranging from depths of 2mm to a maximum of 4mm. Suggested needle size: 30-gauge with lengths varying from 4mm to 13mm. Recommended injection methods include the serial puncture technique (including the use of a puncture gun) and the linear application technique. One ampoule is adequate for a complete session. The treatment plan typically involves 5 sessions spaced 2-4 weeks apart, with the option to repeat the cycle annually.

Mesoestetic Mesohyal NCTC 109 (5x5ml)

Mesoestetic Mesohyal NCTC 109 (5x5ml) — this is a rejuvenating solution with hyaluronic acid, vitamins, acids, mineral salts and enzymes. Indications for this solution are biorevitalization of skin cells, wrinkle correction, and skin aging prevention. The package includes: 5 x 5ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid (0.025 mg/ml) Biorevitalizing cocktail (vitamins, amino acids, mineral salts and coenzymes) The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Mesohyal NCTC 109 (5x5ml): Skin rejuvenation Anti-aging measures Wrinkle correction Product Application Guidelines: Use intradermally for face & body treatments It opens the doors for additional medical procedures such as botulinum toxin, fillers, laser, pulsed light etc., significantly improving the effect of this treatments.

Mesoestetic Mesohyal X-DNA (20x3ml)

Mesoestetic Mesohyal X-DNA (20x3ml) is a revitalizing solution comprising hyaluronic acid and highly polymerized sodium deoxyribonucleotide. It shields cell membranes, guarding against free radicals, and effectively stimulates the skin by promoting collagen synthesis. The package includes: 20 x 3ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid: 2,5 mg/ml Sodium deoxyribonucleotide The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Mesohyal X-DNA (20x3ml): Moisturizing the skin Preventing signs of aging Diminishing wrinkles Regenerating and restoring tissues Product Application Guidelines: Apply intradermally for facial and body treatments. It can be combined with various medical procedures such as botulinum toxin, fillers, laser, pulsed light, etc., enhancing the outcomes of these treatments.

Mesoestetic Mesohyal Hyaluronic Acid (5x3ml)

Mesoestetic Mesohyal Hyaluronic Acid (5x3ml) is a concentrated gel solution containing non-crosslinked hyaluronic acid. It provides nourishment and hydration to the skin, enhancing its elasticity and diminishing fine and surface wrinkles. The package includes: 5 x 3ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid: 15 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Mesohyal Hyaluronic Acid (5x3ml): Moisturizing the skin Minimizing fine wrinkles Refining skin texture Product Application Guidelines: Apply for intradermal use on both facial and body areas. It can be combined with various medical procedures such as botulinum toxin, fillers, laser, pulsed light, etc., enhancing the outcomes of these treatments.

Mesoestetic Mesohyal DMAE (20x5ml)

Mesoestetic Mesohyal DMAE (20x5ml) is a hyaluronic acid solution with a concentration of 2.5 mg/ml, combined with DMAE. This product is renowned for its anti-aging and firming properties. It prevents skin sagging and reduces fine wrinkles, leaving the skin both supple and taut. The package includes: 20 x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 2.5 mg/ml Dimethylaminoethanol DMAE The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Mesohyal DMAE (20x5ml): Anti-aging benefits Minimizing and smoothing fine wrinkles Rejuvenation Moisturization Addressing sagging Firming and tightening effect Enhancing elasticity Applicable on: face, neck, décolletage, hands, inner arms, thighs, and navel area Product Application Guidelines: Subcutaneous – ranging from depths of 2mm to a maximum of 4mm. Recommended needle size: 30-gauge, lengths between 4mm to 13mm. Suggested injection methods include the serial puncture technique (including the use of a puncture gun) and the linear application technique. One ampoule is adequate for a complete procedure. The treatment plan typically consists of 5 sessions spaced 2-4 weeks apart, with the option to repeat the cycle annually.

Mesoestetic Mesohyal Vitamin C (20x5ml)

Mesoestetic Mesohyal Vitamin C (20x5ml) is a hyaluronic acid solution enriched with ascorbic acid (vitamin C) and mineral salts. It delivers antioxidant properties and helps lighten discolorations. This solution calms the skin and safeguards epidermal cells from oxidative damage caused by UV radiation. The package includes: 20 x 5ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid: 2,5 mg/ml Vitamin C (20%) Mineral salts The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Mesohyal Vitamin C (20x5ml): Antioxidant properties Enhances and evens out skin tone Product Application Guidelines: Apply for intradermal administration on both the face and body. It can be combined with other medical procedures such as botulinum toxin, fillers, laser, pulsed light, etc., enhancing and optimizing the results of these treatments.

Medistabyl Forte (1x5ml)

Medistabyl Forte (1x5ml) is specifically formulated for lipolysis. Sodium deoxycholate disrupts fat cell membranes, facilitating the breakdown of triglycerides into fatty acids and glycerol molecules, which are then metabolized in the mitochondria. This composition offers a comprehensive impact on adipose tissue and the treated area, aiding in cellulite reduction and providing draining as well as anti-inflammatory properties. The package includes: 1 x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Phosphatidylcholine Dessosicolic Sodium Benzyl Alcohol Sodium Chloride Tocopherol Sterile Apyrogenic Water The advantages of utilizing of Medistabyl Forte (1x5ml): Fat breakdown Rejuvenation Restoring optimal skin texture Enhancing suppleness Diminishing cellulite Product Application Guidelines: Suggesting a series of 5-10 sessions spaced 7-10 days apart. Insert a 30-gauge, 13-millimeter needle into the PFA.

Mesoestetic Mesohyal Biotin (20x2ml)

Mesoestetic Mesohyal Biotin (20x2ml) is a blend of hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 2.5 mg/ml, along with vitamins and mineral salts. This mixture combats signs of aging and boosts cellular metabolism. The hyaluronic acid content hydrates the skin, filling in fine wrinkles and creating a smoother complexion. Additionally, the abundant biotin content nurtures the skin and minimizes hair loss. The package includes: 20 x 2 ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 2.5 mg/ml Vitamins: biotin, niacin, vitamin B1, vitamin B6, dexpanthenol, vitamin I, folic acid, riboflavin Mineral salts The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Mesohyal Biotin (20x2ml): Nourishing Anti-aging benefits Addressing and refining fine wrinkles Moisturizing Boosting cellular metabolism Decreasing hair loss Revitalizing the skin Applicable areas: scalp, face, neck, décolletage, hands, inner arms, thighs, and navel area Product Application Guidelines: Subcutaneous – at depths ranging from 2mm to a maximum of 4mm. Suggested needle size: 30-gauge with lengths varying from 4mm to 13mm. Recommended injection methods include serial punctures (which can involve the use of a puncture gun) and linear applications. One ampoule is sufficient for a complete session. The treatment plan typically involves 5 sessions spaced 2-4 weeks apart, and this cycle can be repeated annually.

MCCM Vitamin B12&E&F+HA (1x10ml)

MCCM Vitamin B12&E&F+HA (1x10ml) is suggested for dull, lackluster skin affected by environmental stressors, giving it a tired and gray appearance. The presence of vitamin B12 in the product hinders melanin synthesis, thereby evening out skin tone and enhancing complexion brightness. Hyaluronic acid deeply hydrates, effectively minimizing superficial wrinkles. Vitamin E aids the skin in combating oxidative stress and the adverse effects of external factors. Using MCCM Vitamin B12&E&F+HA results in a vibrant, healthy complexion. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Cyanocobalami Sodium Bicarbonate Sodium Hyaluronate The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Vitamin B12&E&F+HA (1x10ml): Antioxidant benefits Skin brightening impact Diminishing fine lines Encouraging collagen production Brightening effect Shielding against harmful external factors Ideal for dull, lackluster skin affected by environmental stressors, lacking radiance Product Application Guidelines: Apply for biorevitalization purposes.

MCCM DMAE PEPTIDE+HA (1x10ml)

MCCM DMAE PEPTIDE+HA (1x10ml) is ideal for dry, mature skin struggling with sagging issues. It significantly boosts fibroblast activity, promoting the production of collagen and elastin. This results in firmer skin, reduced fine lines, and a noticeable lifting effect on the face. Additionally, the product offers hydration and enhances skin elasticity. MCCM DMAE Peptide Repair delivers an instant rejuvenating effect on the skin. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Dimethylaminoethanol Tartrate Sodium Chloride Sodium Hydroxide Sodium Hyaluronate The advantages of utilizing of MCCM DMAE PEPTIDE+HA (1x10ml): SMAS tightening Deep moisturization Anti-aging impact Encouragement of collagen and elastin production Enhanced skin firmness and elasticity Rejuvenation Application areas: face and eye area Designed for dry, mature skin experiencing sagging issues Product Application Guidelines: Apply for biorevitalization purposes.

MCCM Argirelin (1x10ml)

MCCM Argireline (1x10ml) is suitable for all skin types. The composition includes a biomimetic peptide that delivers a natural Botox-like effect, effectively smoothing existing expression lines and preventing new ones from forming. This peptide acts on neuromuscular synapses, inducing relaxation in mimic muscles, responsible for wrinkle formation. Additionally, it inhibits the excessive production of catecholamines, which contribute to the development of these expression lines. The package includes: 1 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Acetyl Hexapeptide-8 Glycerin Ocatnediol Sodium Chloride Phenoxyethanol Ethylhexylglycerin The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Argireline (1x10ml): Firming effect Softening Moisturization Suitable for every skin type Product Application Guidelines: Can be used with: Mesotherapy Transdermal Virtual, microneedle devices, manual application on cleansed skin using circular massage, and in electrotherapy treatments like ultrasound, ionization, and various other medical devices used in aesthetic procedures.

MCCM PDRN + HA (1x10ml)

MCCM PDRN + HA (1x10ml) is a Spanish solution recommended for moisturizing and revitalizing treatments. The presence of hyaluronic acid and deoxyribonucleic acid in the product deeply hydrates tissues, enhancing skin tone and minimizing surface wrinkles and stretch marks. Another benefit of MCCM PDRN + HA is its ability to accelerate wound healing and reduce the appearance of shallow acne scars. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Sodium Hyaluronate Deoxyribonucleic Acid The advantages of utilizing of MCCM PDRN + HA (1x10ml): Moisturization Revitalization Enhancement of tissue fullness Skin brightening Renewal Diminishing wrinkles, expression lines, and age-related spots Improving the texture of scars, acne scars, and stretch marks Applicable on: facial area, neck, décolletage, and hands Product Application Guidelines: Apply for biorevitalization purposes.

MCCM Brightening Sensei + HA (1x10ml)

MCCM Brightening Sensei + HA (1x10ml) is a Spanish product ideal for moisturizing and lightening treatments. Its blend of hyaluronic acid, pyruvic ascorbic acid, and glutathione deeply hydrates tissues, evens out skin tone, and diminishes discoloration. Additionally, this formulation accelerates collagen and elastin synthesis, promoting skin regeneration for a vibrant and youthful complexion. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 10 m Ingredients of the product: Water Glutathione Ascorbic Acid Pyruvic Acid Phenoxyethanol Sodium Hyaluronate Ethylhexylglycerin Sodium Benzoate The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Brightening Sensei + HA (1x10ml): Antioxidant properties Brightening effect Evening out skin tone Diminishing discoloration (including melanin-related issues) Deep hydration Skin rejuvenation Stimulating collagen and elastin production Product Application Guidelines: Apply for biorevitalization purposes.

MCCM Shock Brightening + HA (1x10ml)

MCCM Shock Brightening + HA (1x10ml) is a Spanish formulation designed for hydrating and lightening treatments. It contains hyaluronic acid, tranexamic acid, ascorbic acid, and nicotinamide, which rejuvenate the skin through deep tissue hydration, evening out skin tone, and minimizing discoloration. Additionally, Shock Brightening + HA accelerates collagen and elastin synthesis, reduces the depth of acne scars, and guards against the adverse effects of photoaging. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Tranexamic Acid Nicotinamide Mononucleotide Acetyl Glucosamine Ascorbic Acid Phenoxyethanol Sodium Hyaluronate Ethylhexylglycerin The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Shock Brightening + HA (1x10ml): Antioxidant properties Brightening effect Evening out skin tone Diminishing discoloration (including melanin-related issues) Deep hydration Protection against photoaging Skin rejuvenation Reducing the depth of acne scars Stimulating collagen and elastin production Product Application Guidelines: Apply for biorevitalization purposes.

MCCM Scalp Activ + HA (1x10ml)

MCCM Scalp Activ + HA (1x10ml) is a Spanish product suggested for enhancing hair structure and revitalizing the scalp through moisturization and regeneration treatments. The inclusion of hyaluronic acid, glutathione, and biotin in the formula ensures deep hydration and aids in preventing hair loss. Furthermore, MCCM Scalp Activ + HA stimulates cellular metabolism, fortifies hair follicles, and strengthens capillary structures, offering additional benefits. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Phenoxyethanol Sodium Hyaluronate Glutathione Panthenol Biotin Ethylhexylglycerin Methylsilanol Mannuronate The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Scalp Activ + HA (1x10ml): Antioxidant benefits Revitalization of the scalp and hair Reinforcement of hair follicles Prevention of hair loss Moisturization Regeneration Promotion of cellular metabolism Enhancement of capillary structure Product Application Guidelines: Apply for mesotherapy treatment on the scalp.

MCCM Hyaluronidase Liquid (1x5ml)

MCCM Hyaluronidase Liquid (1x5ml) is a compact ampoule designed to address imperfections left behind after aesthetic medical treatments, particularly those caused by improperly administered hyaluronic acid fillers. This liquid helps consolidate the filler material into a specific treatment area. By dissolving its deposits, it enables even distribution across tissues, restoring the natural appearance and eliminating the risk of imperfections and complications. Please note, this product is exclusively for professional use. The package includes: 1x5ml Ingredients of the product: Water Hyaluronidase Pottasium Phosphate Dipotassium Phosphate Sodium Chloride The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Hyaluronidase Liquid (1x5ml): Combating cellulite Employed in lipolysis procedures Used in treatments to break down incorrectly administered hyaluronic acid injections Product Application Guidelines: EXFOLIATE: Use Salicylic Removing by applying it with a gauze or cotton pad on the designated areas for treatment. TREATMENT: Apply the Hyaluronidase liquid on the targeted area and massage it in circular motions, or mix it with a cream. You can also incorporate the product into a gel intended for use in Transdermic Mesotherapy or other electrotherapy treatments like ultrasounds, ionization, or various medical devices used in aesthetic procedures. MOISTURIZE: Use Phosphatyl cream on specific areas and apply Hyaluro cream all over the body for moisturization.

MCCM Glycolic acid 10% Vit. E + F (1x2ml)

MCCM Glycolic Acid 10% with Vitamin E + F (1x2ml) is a potent skin cocktail with strong anti-aging and moisturizing properties, contained within a compact glass ampoule. Its highly effective active ingredients address various skin imperfections caused by aging and harmful external factors, promoting epidermal renewal. Consequently, the skin is deeply nourished, restoring its softness, elasticity, and youthful glow. This formulation is specifically crafted for professional use. The package includes: 1 × 2 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Glycolic Acid Phenoxyethanol Peg-40 Hydrogenated Castor Oil Tocopheryl Acetate Glyceryl Linoleate Ethylhexylglycerin Glyceryl Arachidonate Glyceryl Linolenate The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Glycolic acid 10% Vit. E + F (1x2ml): Preventing premature aging effects Erasing acne scars Addressing acne-prone skin concerns Minimizing pore visibility and combating blackheads Controlling sebum production Enhancing skin elasticity Illuminating and refining the skin’s texture Providing hydration Diminishing the appearance of blemishes Lightening dark spots Offering gentle exfoliation and promoting epidermal renewal Accelerating skin regeneration Suitable for all skin types Product Application Guidelines: CLEANSE: Begin by cleansing your skin with MCCM Cleansing Milk. Apply it to your hands, then gently massage it all over your face, neck, and décolleté. Rinse thoroughly with water. Follow up by applying MCCM Facial Tonic using cotton pads. EXFOLIATE: Apply MCCM Glycolic Acid using a cotton pad, cotton swab, or a small brush. Gently apply it with outward movements on your face, neck, and décolleté. Allow it to remain for approximately 5 minutes; there’s no need to remove it. TREATMENT: You can use any of the topical ampoules. If you’re targeting expression lines, it’s recommended to apply Antiaging Flash. Massage it gently until absorbed. MOISTURIZE: Opt for Antiaging Cream, Argireline Cream, or WA Arbutin for moisturization. PROTECTION: Finish your routine by applying Sun Cream with SPF 50+.

MCCM PDRN + HA 2% (1x5ml)

MCCM PDRN + HA 2% (1x5ml) is a dedicated rejuvenation solution crafted for mature skin, designed to renew, revitalize, and reinforce the skin’s structure. Packaged in a glass ampoule, this formulation comprises a potent anti-aging blend. It aims to restore skin elasticity, visibly refine its texture, and impart a youthful radiance. Additionally, it triggers regenerative processes, ensuring the skin is well-nourished and visibly rejuvenated. Please note, this product is intended for professional use exclusively. The package includes: 1 × 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Hyaluronic Acid Deoxyribonuklenucleic Acid The advantages of utilizing of MCCM PDRN + HA 2% (1x5ml): Encouraging skin’s self-regenerative abilities Speeding up skin repair processes for damaged areas Diminishing scars and restoring skin’s natural structure Enhancing cellular metabolic activity Providing deep hydration and shielding against moisture loss Easing inflammation Boosting blood circulation Softening and reducing wrinkles Renewing vitality Improving skin elasticity and firmness Product Application Guidelines: Developed for application in microneedle mesotherapy, needle mesotherapy, sonophoresis, ionization, electroporation, and ultrasound procedures.

MCCM PDRN + HA 1% (1x5ml)

MCCM PDRN + HA 1% (1x5ml) is a specialized revitalizing solution tailored for mature skin seeking renewal, rejuvenation, and structural reconstruction. Packaged in a glass ampoule, this formulation contains powerful anti-aging ingredients designed to restore skin elasticity, visibly smooth the skin, and impart a youthful radiance. Additionally, it stimulates regenerative processes, resulting in nourished, nurtured, and visibly rejuvenated skin. Please note that this product is intended for professional use only. The package includes: 1 × 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Hyaluronic Acid Deoxyribonuklenucleic Acid The advantages of utilizing of MCCM PDRN + HA 1% (1x5ml): Encouraging skin self-regeneration Speeding up the repair of damaged skin Diminishing scars and restoring skin integrity Boosting cellular metabolic activity Deep hydration and safeguarding against moisture loss Easing inflammation Enhancing blood circulation Softening and reducing wrinkles Reviving vitality Enhancing skin elasticity and firmness Product Application Guidelines: Created for application in microneedle mesotherapy, needle mesotherapy, sonophoresis, ionization, electroporation, and ultrasound treatments.

MCCM BTX DMAE (1x10ml)

MCCM BTX DMAE (1x10ml) is suitable for all skin types and is specially formulated to combat the signs of skin aging. This product contains active ingredients like DMAE and biomimetic peptides, which effectively moisturize the skin and smooth out fine lines and wrinkles. The package includes: 1 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Dimethyl Mea Glycolic Acid Camelia Sinensis Leaf Extract Hydrolized Hibiscos Esculentus Extract Acetyl Hexapeptide-8 Argireline Caprylyl Glycol Acetyl Hexapeptide-30 The advantages of utilizing of MCCM BTX DMAE (1x10ml): Combating signs of aging in the skin Deep moisturization Rejuvenation Softening surface wrinkles Enhancing suppleness Appropriate for all skin types Product Application Guidelines: Massage the product onto the skin for a smoothing and firming outcome. BTX DMAE can also be used alongside cross-linked hyaluronic acid treatment to enhance the tightening effect.

MCCM Organic Silicon + DMAE (1x5ml)

MCCM Organic Silicon + DMAE (1x5ml) is suitable for all skin types, especially mature skin showing initial signs of aging. The blend of DMAE and organic silica effectively tones and lifts the skin, thwarting wrinkle formation. Additionally, the product aids cells in combatting oxidative stress, providing an extra benefit. The package includes: 1 x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Methylsilanol Mannuronate Dimethylaminoethanol Tartrate Sodium Chloride Sodium Hydroxide The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Organic Silicon + DMAE (1x5ml): Antioxidant benefits Enhanced flexibility Toning effect Reduction of cellulite Anti-aging properties Preventing skin sagging Firming action Suitable for all skin types, particularly mature skin displaying initial signs of aging Product Application Guidelines: 1. Administer the ampoule contents onto the targeted area. 2. Combine the product with a gel designed for Transdermic Mesotherapy or other electrotherapy treatments, including ultrasounds, ionization, or various medical devices utilized in aesthetic procedures.

MCCM Hair 1x10ml

MCCM Hair 1x10ml comprises a blend of carefully chosen active ingredients tailored for scalp therapy. These components efficiently promote blood circulation, encourage hair growth, and prevent excessive hair loss. The package includes: 1 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Glutathione Panthenol (vitamin B5) Biotin Organic silicone The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Hair 1x10ml: Boosting antioxidant properties Enhancing cellular metabolism Revitalizing skin and hair Reinforcing hair follicles Promoting the growth of fresh hair Product Application Guidelines: Massage the product onto the targeted area using circular motions. Combine it with a gel designed for Transdermic Mesotherapy or other electrotherapy treatments like ultrasounds, ionization, or medical devices used in aesthetic treatments, such as microneedling.

MCCM Hyaluronic Peptide Repair Serum anti-aging 30ml

MCCM Hyaluronic Peptide Repair Serum anti-aging 30 ml is a product designed to target foe all skin. The hyaluronic acid and biomimetic peptide (Acetyl Tetrapeptide-5) contents give this product its intense hydration and prevents sagging. Upon application, the serum leaves the skin toned and refined. Furthermore, it effectively reduces under-eye puffiness caused by fluid retention. The package includes: 1 x 30 ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid Biomimetic peptide Acetyl Tetrapeptide-5 The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Hyaluronic Peptide Repair Serum anti-aging 30ml: Deep moisturization Enhanced flexibility Diminished wrinkles Decreased under-eye puffiness Firming effect Suitable for every skin type Product Application Guidelines: Following skin cleansing, apply a few drops and gently massage in circular motions until fully absorbed. Use both in the morning and evening. The product can be applied manually or utilized with microneedle mesotherapy or dermapen techniques.

MCCM Hyaluronic Acid 2% (5x5ml)

MCCM Hyaluronic Acid 2% (5x5ml) is formulated for creating revitalizing and regenerating mixtures. Its deeply hydrating qualities enable it to bind molecules, activate fibroblast functions, and stimulate collagen synthesis. Following MCCM treatment, the skin visibly appears rejuvenated, with reduced wrinkles and scars. The package includes: 5x5ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid 2% The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Hyaluronic Acid 2% (5x5ml): Intense moisturization Revitalization of the skin Tightening Visible reduction in wrinkles, including expression lines Diminished scars Product Application Guidelines: Non-invasive mesotherapy, needle-free mesotherapy, dermarollers, sonophoresis, aquaphoresis, ultrasound treatment, ionization.

MCCM Cellulite 1x10ml

MCCM Cellulite 1x10ml is a blend designed to assist in reducing surplus body fat and cellulite. Its carefully chosen active components encourage fat breakdown, enhance firmness and elasticity, and refine skin texture. The package includes: 1 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: L-carnitine Caffeine Pennywort extract Organic silicone The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Cellulite 1x10ml: Fat-dissolving effect Stimulation of lymphatic circulation Antioxidant properties Stimulation of collagen and elastin production Reduction of cellulite Enhancement of smoothness and firmness Product Application Guidelines: Can be utilized in conjunction with: Virtual Transdermal Mesotherapy, micro-needling devices, manual application on cleansed skin with circular massage, and in electrotherapy treatments like ultrasounds, ionization, or various medical devices used in aesthetic procedures.

MCCM Hyaluronic Acid 1% (5x5ml)

MCCM Hyaluronic Acid 1% (5x5ml) is formulated for creating rejuvenating and regenerating mixtures. Its powerful moisturizing abilities involve binding molecules, activating fibroblast functions, and stimulating collagen synthesis. Following MCCM treatment, the skin appears visibly revitalized, with reduced wrinkles and diminished scars. The package includes: 5x5ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid 1% Water The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Hyaluronic Acid 1% (5x5ml): Intense moisturization Revitalization of the skin Tightening Visible decrease in wrinkles, including expression lines Diminished scars Product Application Guidelines: Non-invasive mesotherapy, dermarollers, sonophoresis, aquaphoresis, ultrasound treatment, ionization.

MCCM Prof Antiaging (1x5ml)

MCCM Prof Antiaging (1x5ml) is formulated for anti-aging therapy, featuring a potent blend of active components including dexpanthenol, DMAE, and hyaluronic acid. This combination effectively rejuvenates facial skin, providing deep moisture and regeneration. MCCM Prof Antiaging enhances skin tightness and diminishes wrinkles, including expression lines. Furthermore, the product boasts versatile applications, including sonophoresis, mesotherapy, and ultrasound treatments. The package includes: 1 x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Panthenol Dimethyl Mea Methylsilanol Mannuronate Centella Asiatica Extract Phenoxyethanol Sodium Hyaluronate Sodium Hydroxide Zinc Sulfate Copper Sulfate Magnesium Gluconate Manganese Gluconate The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Prof Antiaging (1x5ml): Combating skin aging Lifting benefits Reducing wrinkles Enhancing facial contours Reducing acne blemishes Enhancing skin moisture and nutrition Suitable for all skin types Product Application Guidelines: Non-invasive mesotherapy, dermarollers, sonophoresis, aquaphoresis, ultrasound treatment, ionization.

MCCM Lipo Firming Coctail (1x10ml)

MCCM Lipo Firming Cocktail (1x10ml) is a potent blend with robust anticoagulant properties, encouraging fibroblast activity crucial for collagen and elastin synthesis. It effectively combats free radicals, averting cellular oxidation, and fortifying the skin on the face and body. This product promotes firmness, reduces wrinkles, tightens the skin, and restores elasticity. The package includes: 1x10ml Ingredients of the product: Dmae Panthenol Pyruvic acid Pennywort extract Carnitine Organic silicon Allantoin The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Lipo Firming Coctail (1x10ml): Encouragement of fibroblast activity essential for collagen and elastin production Antioxidant impact Prevention of cellular oxidation Enhancement of facial and body skin tightness Product Application Guidelines: 1. Administer the product by massaging it in circular motions onto the targeted area, or blend it into a cream or mask. 2. Mix the product with a gel designed for Transdermic Mesotherapy or other forms of electrotherapy treatments like ultrasounds, ionization, or medical devices used in aesthetic procedures.

MCCM Proteoglycan (1x2ml)

MCCM Proteoglycan (1x2ml) possesses properties that stimulate connective tissue. It triggers the rise of soluble collagen, crucial for skin elasticity and smoothness. Moreover, it offers skin hydration, preventing the formation of expression lines and aiding in their reduction. Suitable for all skin types. The package includes: 1x2ml Ingredients of the product: Water Propylene Glycol Soluble Proteoglycan Sodium Hydroxide Glyceryl Arachidonate Glyceryl Linolenate Glyceryl Linoleate Parfum Peg-40 Hydrogenated Castor Oil The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Proteoglycan (1x2ml): Hydrates and nourishes dry skin Prevents and diminishes wrinkles Product Application Guidelines: Gently apply the Proteoglycans on your face, neck, and décolleté using circular motions until fully absorbed. This ampoule is ideal for following up with a facial massage.

MCCM Lipolitic Plus (1x5ml)

MCCM Lipolytic Plus (1x5ml) is designed for slimming procedures. This solution diminishes body fat and sculpts the body’s contours effectively. The synergistic blend of lecithin and sodium deoxycholate delivers a lipolytic impact, reducing cellulite as well. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Lecithin Sodium Deoxycholate Benzyl Alcohol Sodium Chloride The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Lipolitic Plus (1x5ml): Reducing cellulite Fat-dissolving effect Slimming the body Application area: body Product Application Guidelines: Applicable with: Virtual Transdermal Mesotherapy, microneedling devices, direct application on cleansed skin with circular massage, and in electrotherapy treatments like ultrasound, ionization, and various medical devices used in aesthetic procedures.

MCCM Vitamin C 20% (1x5ml)

MCCM Vitamin C 20% (1x5ml) possesses skin brightening properties and functions as a protective antioxidant for the skin. This component diminishes wrinkles, stimulates collagen production, enhancing skin firmness, and imparting a radiant complexion. The application also leads to the disappearance of uneven skin tone and blemishes. The package includes: 1x5ml Ingredients of the product: Ascorbic acid The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Vitamin C 20% (1x5ml): Increased antioxidant levels Enhances a brighter, radiant complexion Encourages collagen synthesis Cleanses the skin thoroughly Evens out skin tone and diminishes dark spots Prevents premature aging Product Application Guidelines: Can be used in conjunction with: Virtual Transdermal Mesotherapy, microneedling devices, applied directly to the skin with circular massage (after cleansing), integrated into electrotherapy treatments like ultrasound, ionization, or various medical devices used in aesthetic procedures.

MCCM Meliloto (1x2ml)

MCCM Meliloto (1x2ml) contains Melilotus, a plant extract that enhances microcirculation in subcutaneous tissues and boosts cellular metabolism. It possesses skin-firming properties and is particularly beneficial in cellulite treatment. Additionally, it serves as a natural tonic for the venous system. The package includes: 1x2ml Ingredients of the product: Melilotus Officinalis Extract Rutin The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Meliloto (1x2ml): Melilotus enhances microcirculation Supports the reduction of fat cell metabolism Product Application Guidelines: MCCM’s Meliloto Injection is utilized for a treatment regimen spanning 4 to 6 sessions, either independently or in conjunction with Hilauronidase or Ginkgo Biloba Mesotherapy.

MCCM Hyaluronidase (1x5ml)

MCCM Hyaluronidase (1x5ml) is a solution containing hyaluronidase, which helps break down and eliminate the effects of improper administration or allergic reactions following the use of hyaluronic acid-based fillers. The complete breakdown and removal of hyaluronic acid from the body take up to 3 weeks, with initial effects becoming apparent within minutes. This enzyme can be applied immediately after hyaluronic acid injection or at a later time, even several months after the filler treatment. The package includes: 1 x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronidase 1500 U.l. – a component that dissolves hyaluronic acid of natural origin, as well as used in fillers; metabolized and excreted from the body one week after application The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Hyaluronidase (1x5ml): The gel fillers dissolve without harming natural tissues It directly targets eliminating water retention and reducing fat deposits Product Application Guidelines: Administer the product by gently massaging it in circular motions onto the targeted area, or blend it into a cream or mask. Alternatively, mix this product with a gel designed for Transdermic Mesotherapy or other forms of electrotherapy treatments like ultrasounds, ionization, or various medical devices used in aesthetic procedures.

MCCM Vitamin C 20% (1x2ml)

MCCM Vitamin C 20% (1x2ml) serves as a dual-action antioxidant. Vitamin C acts both preventively and correctively on damage to skin cells caused by oxidative stress linked to ultraviolet radiation. It enhances skin tone and reduces blemishes. Additionally, it stimulates collagen production and plays a role in synthesizing essential elements in the connective tissue’s extracellular matrix. It also activates peptide hormones and contributes to tyrosine catabolism. The package includes: 1x2ml Ingredients of the product: Vitamin C 20% or ascorbic acid The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Vitamin C 20% (1x2ml): Possesses potent antioxidant characteristics Shields the skin from harm induced by free radicals generated by sun exposure, smoking, and pollution Diminishes early signs of aging Product Application Guidelines: As per the doctor’s assessment, MCCM’s injectable Vitamin C 20% can be paired with other peptides, vitamins, or hyaluronic acid, based on the diagnosis.

MCCM Melanoout Coctails (1x10ml)

MCCM Melanoout Coctails (1x10ml) feature carefully chosen active ingredients aimed at addressing skin issues like hyperpigmentation and age spots. This formulation prevents photoaging, enhances acne and scars, and imparts a youthful glow to the skin. The package includes: 1x10ml Ingredients of the product: water mononucleotide tranexamic acetyl glucosamine phenoxyethanol acid etilhexilglicerina ascorbic acid nicotinamide The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Melanoout Coctails (1x10ml): Decreases the function of alpha-tyrosinase enzyme Prevents aging caused by sunlight exposure Encourages skin regeneration Enhances skin’s luminosity and glow Counters the harmful effects of free radicals Enhances skin smoothness Diminishes the visibility of dark spots Minimizes scars Promotes the synthesis of collagen in the skin Product Application Guidelines: Can be used in conjunction with: Virtual Transdermal Mesotherapy, microneedling devices, applied directly on the skin through circular massage (after cleansing), and incorporated into electrotherapy treatments such as ultrasound, ionization, and various medical devices used in aesthetic procedures.

MCCM Hair 1x5ml

MCCM Hair 1x5ml is a blend of active elements created for scalp treatment. Its carefully chosen ingredients efficiently promote blood circulation, encourage hair growth, and prevent excessive hair loss. The package includes: 1 x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Glutathione Panthenol (vitamin B5) Biotin Organic silicone The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Hair 1x5ml: Antioxidant properties Boosting cellular metabolism Revitalization of skin and hair Fortification of hair follicles Promotion of new hair growth Product Application Guidelines: The ampoule is administered to the scalp through microneedle mesotherapy procedures (using Derma Roller or Derma Pen). For home care, massage your scalp after washing your hair.

MCCM Skin Repair (1x10ml)

MCCM Skin Repair (1x10ml) is expertly crafted to serve as a potent revitalizing and hydrating remedy, ideal for weary and damaged skin. Its active components enhance elasticity, effectively addressing issues like wrinkles, sagging, and fine lines. The package includes: 1x10ml Ingredients of the product: DMAE Hyaluronic Acid Vitamin B12 Ascorbic acid Retinol Tocopherol Methysilanol Mannuronate The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Skin Repair (1x10ml): Hydrates the skin Prevents signs of aging Counteracts free radicals Diminishes oxidation Minimizes wrinkles and fine lines Tightens the skin Rejuvenates skin texture Enhances skin smoothness Product Application Guidelines: Cleanse the skin according to MCCM product guidelines. Apply 3-5cc of Skin Repair, spreading it evenly over the designated area with a thickness of 1-2mm. Schedule sessions every two weeks, with a recommended total of 4-6 sessions.

MCCM Centella Asiatica (1x5ml)

MCCM Centella Asiatica (1x5ml) helps improve the production of collagen and elastin and is to improve the elasticity and firmness of the skin. It enhances wound repair and fortifies the connective tissues surrounding blood vessels; this increases venous wall elasticity. The package includes: 1x5ml Ingredients of the product: Water Centella Asiatica Extract Benzyl Alcohol Sodium Chloride The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Centella Asiatica (1x5ml): It enhances the synthesis of collagen, both type I and type III, while also increasing skin moisture levels It possesses antimicrobial and antioxidant properties and aids in fat breakdown It prevents and addresses fibrosis Reducing inflammation in fatty tissues It promotes skin reepithelialization Product Application Guidelines: Can be used in conjunction with: Virtual Transdermal Mesotherapy, micro-needling devices, applied manually on the skin with circular massage movements (after cleansing), integrated into electrotherapy treatments like ultrasounds, combined with ionization or other medical devices utilized in aesthetic procedures.

MCCM Out Contour Coctail (1x10ml)

MCCM Out Contour Cocktail (1x10ml) is specifically designed for the delicate eye area. Under-eye bags, dark circles, and wrinkles can make the eyes appear tired and unhealthy. With time, this area is prone to premature aging. The active components in the Out Contour cocktail are meticulously chosen to diminish and prevent the occurrence of under-eye bags and dark circles. They enhance firmness, maintain proper hydration, and minimize wrinkles in this sensitive eye area. The package includes: 1x10ml Ingredients of the product: Argirelin DMAE Pyruvate Panthenol Vitamin C Vitamin F Vitamin E The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Out Contour Coctail (1x10ml): Diminishes bruising Removes excess fluid and fat to minimize under-eye puffiness Diminishes eye wrinkles Enhances eye contour Eliminates harmful free radicals Reinforces blood vessels and microcirculation Provides moisture Product Application Guidelines: Standard Procedure: CLEANSE: Gently cleanse the skin using Cleansing Milk, massaging it onto your hands and then applying it across the face, neck, and décolleté; rinse thoroughly with water. Apply Facial Tonic using cotton pads. EXFOLIATE: Use Salicylic Removing with gauze or a cotton pad, applying it to the face, neck, and décolleté. TREATMENT: Apply Out Contour to the intended area with gentle circular motions. The product can also be mixed with a gel designed for Transdermic Mesotherapy or other electrotherapy treatments such as ultrasounds, ionization, or various medical devices used in aesthetic procedures, including microneedling. MASK: Apply the Hydrogel Mask and leave it on for approximately 20 minutes. MOISTURIZE: Use Argireline Cream. PROTECT: Apply Sun Cream 50+.

MCCM Glutathione (1x5ml)

MCCM Glutathione (1x5ml) is suggested for diminishing skin discoloration and is crucial in combating free radicals. Glutathione prevents melanin production when applied, resulting in whiter, younger and healthier skin. It decreases pigmentation spots, age spots, melasmas, acne scars, and freckles. Additionally, it balances sebaceous glands, which protects the skin and hair from over-oiling. The package includes: 1 x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Glutathione Sodium Chloride The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Glutathione (1x5ml): Diminishing skin discoloration Removal of free radicals Preservation of natural collagen Encouragement of cell regeneration Product Application Guidelines: Standard Procedure – Therapy: CLEANSE: Cleanse the skin using Cleansing Milk, dispensing into your hands and massaging over the face, neck and décolleté; rinse with water. Apply Facial Tonic using cotton pads. EXFOLIATE: Use Salicylic Remover with gauze or a cotton pad on the face, neck, and décolleté. TREATMENT: Apply Glutathione to the designated area using gentle circular motions. The product can also be mixed with a gel meant for Transdermic Mesotherapy or other electrotherapy treatments like ultrasounds, ionization, or various medical devices used in aesthetic procedures, such as microneedling. MASK: After applying the Moisturizing Mask, let it work for approximately 20 minutes. Then remove it with cold water. MOISTURIZE: Apply Glutathione cream. PROTECT: Use Sun Cream 50+.

MCCM Prof Antiaging Strong Lifting Flip-off (1x10)

MCCM Prof Antiaging Strong Lifting Flip-off (1×10) is a blend of potent ingredients abundant in active nutrients, essential for rejuvenating the skin, regenerating its cells, and ensuring intense hydration. This nutrient-rich cocktail revitalizes the skin, imparting a rejuvenating effect. It efficiently erases existing signs of aging and prevents the formation of new ones. The skin becomes well-moisturized, nourished, smoother, and firmer. This product addresses both internal and external aging indicators. The cocktail softens the skin, giving it a healthy radiance, while also reducing the depth of wrinkles, including expression lines. The package includes: 1×10 ml Ingredients of the product: Dexapanthenol – moisturizes, anti-inflammatory DMAE – lifting effect, anti-aging effect Organic Silica – moisturizes and regenerates Asian Centella – enhances collagen synthesis Hyaluronic acid – hydration, regeneration The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Prof Antiaging Strong Lifting Flip-off (1×10): Skin displaying signs of aging, such as sagging and dryness Anti-aging benefits Reduction of wrinkles, including expression lines Enhanced firmness Improved eye contour appearance Skin hydration Promotion of skin regeneration Anti-inflammatory properties Product Application Guidelines: Mesotherapy without needles, dermarollers, electroporation, sonophoresis, aquaphoresis, ultrasound treatment, ionization.

MCCM Oligoelements (1x5ml)

MCCM Oligoelements (1x5ml) are vital for harmonizing the skin’s natural processes and preserving a youthful look. This product includes Zinc, a crucial mineral that aids in regulating sebum production, reducing skin oiliness, and thereby assisting in acne treatment. It possesses antioxidant qualities and promotes skin healing. The package includes: 1x5ml Ingredients of the product: Water Algin Polyvinyl Alcohol Phenoxyethanol Cellulose Gum Acetyl Hexapeptide-8 Propylene Glycol Sodium Hyaluronate Ginkgo Biloba Leaf Extract Aesculus Hippocastanum Extract Ethylhexylglycerin Parfum The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Oligoelements (1x5ml): Nutrient for the skin Antibacterial properties Regulates sebum production Skin rejuvenated and revitalized Product Application Guidelines: TREATMENT: Apply the Oligoelements to the targeted area using gentle circular motions. You can also mix the product into a gel designed for Virtual Transdermic Mesotherapy or other forms of electrotherapy treatments like ultrasounds, ionization, or medical devices used in aesthetic treatments, such as microneedling. MASK: Use the Moisturizing Mask. HYDRATION: Apply the Regenerator cream. PROTECTION: Use the Sun Cream 50+.

MCCM Cellulite 1x5ml

MCCM Cellulite 1x5ml is a formula designed to aid in reducing surplus body fat and cellulite. Its blend of carefully chosen active components enhances the breakdown of fats, enhances skin firmness and elasticity, and refines the texture of the skin. The package includes: 1 x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: L-carnitine Caffeine Pennywort extract Organic silicone The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Cellulite 1x5ml: Fat-dissolving effect Stimulation of lymphatic system Antioxidant properties Promotion of collagen and elastin production Reduction of cellulite Enhancement of skin smoothness and firmness Product Application Guidelines: Mesotherapy using needles, mesotherapy without needles, dermarollers, electroporation, sonophoresis, aquaphoresis, ultrasound, ionization.

MCCM Hyaluronic Acid + DMAE (1x10ml)

MCCM Hyaluronic Acid + DMAE (1x10ml) tones the skin, preventing sagging and providing strong moisturization and firmness, effectively smoothing wrinkles. DMAE, or Dimethylaminoethanol, is primarily aimed at combating epidermal aging. It notably enhances the firmness of areas around the eyebrows, eyes, and eyelids, preventing skin sagging and improving elasticity, especially on the face and neck. Hyaluronic acid is specifically recommended for very dry and dehydrated skin. This product replenishes the skin, retaining water molecules due to its moisturizing properties. It aids in wrinkle treatment, including expression lines. The combination of DMAE and hyaluronic acid creates an excellent synergistic effect in rejuvenating treatments. The package includes: 1x10ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid DMAE The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Hyaluronic Acid + DMAE (1x10ml): Tightening of the face and neck Revitalization Potent anti-wrinkle impact Prevention of loose skin Enhancement of skin flexibility Hydrating benefits Radiant glow Defense against free radicals Product Application Guidelines: 1. Administer the product by massaging it in circular motions onto the targeted area, or blend it into a cream/mask. 2. Combine the product with a gel designed for Transdermic Mesotherapy or other forms of electrotherapy treatments like ultrasounds, ionization, or medical devices used in aesthetic procedures.

MCCM Deoxycholic 10% (1x10ml)

MCCM Deoxycholic 10% (1x10ml) is a cutting-edge ingredient utilized to emulsify fats for absorption in the body. The package includes: 1x10ml Ingredients of the product: Water Sodium Deoxycholate Benzyl Alcohol Sodium Chloride The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Deoxycholic 10% (1x10ml): Reduction of excess fat under the chin Dissolving excess fat Product Application Guidelines: Can be utilized through various methods including: Virtual Transdermal Mesotherapy. Micro-needling device. Manual application on the skin using circular massage (after cleansing your skin). Incorporation in electrotherapy treatments like ultrasounds. Integration with ionization or other medical devices employed in aesthetic procedures.

MCCM Fat Burner Coctails (1x10ml)

MCCM Fat Burner Cocktails (1x10ml) were formulated to optimize weight loss outcomes. The active components in this preparation function as potent agents for reducing cellulite. The package includes: 1x10ml Ingredients of the product: Caffeine Organic Silicon Centella Asiatica Hyaluronidase The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Fat Burner Coctails (1x10ml): Fat-dissolving effect Promotes lymphatic system activity Enhances blood circulation Antioxidant properties Boosts cellular metabolism Product Application Guidelines: Use this product by massaging it in circular motions on the targeted area, or mix it into a cream or mask. Alternatively, blend the product with a gel designed for Transdermic Mesotherapy or other electrotherapy treatments like ultrasounds, ionization, or medical devices used in aesthetic procedures.

MCCM Vitamin A (1x2ml)

MCCM Vitamin A (1x2ml) enhances skin softness and luminosity while minimizing wrinkles. It is particularly beneficial for oily skin, aiding collagen production essential for skin firmness. This vitamin supports cell renewal, guarding the skin against aging and free radical damage. The package includes: 1x2ml Ingredients of the product: Palmitate of Retynal The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Vitamin A (1x2ml): Combat fat-soluble vitamin Aids in collagen production, which maintains skin firmness Facilitates skin cell renewal and shields it from free radicals Vitamin A, also known as retinol, acts as a gene expression regulator, playing a pivotal role in cell growth and preserving cellular integrity Product Application Guidelines: Non-invasive mesotherapy, dermarollers, electroporation, sonophoresis, aquaphoresis, ultrasound, ionization.

MCCM B-Complex (1x5ml)

MCCM B-Complex (1x5ml) supports skin regeneration and alleviates signs of photoaging, especially for very dry and dehydrated skin. It enhances cellular metabolism by aiding DNA repair, converting food into energy (Vit.B3). It regulates hormone levels and reduces sebaceous gland activity, benefiting acne-prone skin (Vitamin B6). Vital for cell growth and reproduction (Vitamin B9), it also aids in red blood cell formation and maintains the central nervous system. Additionally, it ensures the integrity of the nervous system and synthesizes molecules involved in fatty acid biosynthesis and energy production (Vitamin B12). The package includes: 1x5ml Ingredients of the product: water pentapeptide-33 sodium benzoate pyridoxine thiamine Hcl folic acid phenoxyethanol etilhexilglicerina niacinamide cyanocobalamin The advantages of utilizing of MCCM B-Complex (1x5ml): It prevents skin sagging and aging while promoting renewal and protection against harmful external factors It boosts the levels of antioxidant vitamins Aiding in preserving youthful skin Product Application Guidelines: It can be utilized with: Virtual Transdermal Mesotherapy. Microneedle devices. Applied directly to the skin using circular massage (after cleansing the skin). In electrotherapy treatments like ultrasound. Ionization or various medical devices used in aesthetic treatments.

MCCM Whitening Prof (1x5ml)

MCCM whitening Prof (1x5ml) is Spanish brightening solution, combining powerful bleaching agents to reduce pigmentation spot. The combination of ascorbic acid with glutathione gives to your skin a glow and an even-tone. This leads to smooth and an even surface of the skin. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Glutathione Ascorbic Acid Pyruvic Acid Phenoxyethanol Ethylhexylglycerin Sodium Benzoate The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Whitening Prof (1x5ml): Discoloration reduction Skin brightening Revitalization Evening out skin tone Guidelines on the use of products: Daily Routine: CLEANSE: Start off by cleansing your skin with Cleansing Milk. Soak the palms of your hands, rub gently everywhere on your face and neck and décolleté and rinse with water. Use cotton pads to apply the Facial Tonic. EXFOLIATE: Apply the Salicylic Removing solution to your face, neck and décolleté. Use it by soaking a gauze/ cotton pad. TREATMENT: Spot treat the area with Prof. Whitening using circular motions. Or you can combine it with a gel in Transdermic Mesotherapy or other electrotherapy treatments (ultrasounds, ionization, or microneedling devices). MASK: CVITA 180 Mask — leave on for about 20 mins. MOISTURIZE: Continue with the Glutathione Cream to moisturize your skin. PROTECTIVE: Final step– Apply Sun Cream 50+ to protect from ultraviolet ray.

MCCM L-Carnitine (1x5ml)

MCCM L-Carnitine (1x5ml) is recommended as a support in combating cellulite and maintaining weight stability. It aids in fat elimination and simultaneously strengthens muscles. L-Carnitine, often referred to as a “fat burner,” is an amino acid derivative involved in fatty acid metabolism. It reduces triglycerides and cholesterol levels, enhancing lipid metabolism. The package includes: 1x5ml Ingredients of the product: Water L–Carnitine The advantages of utilizing of MCCM L-Carnitine (1x5ml): Cleansing the body Decreasing lipid metabolism Targeted fat reduction Enhancing muscle tone Increasing energy and decreasing appetite Product Application Guidelines: Can be utilized in various ways, including: Virtual Transdermal Mesotherapy, micro-needling device, direct application on the skin with circular massage (after cleansing), in electrotherapy treatments like ultrasounds, ionization or other medical devices used in cosmetic procedures.

MCCM Venolaureth 0.5% (1 x 2 ml)

MCCM Venolaureth 0.5% (1 x 2 ml) is particularly suitable for delicate and sensitive skin prone to vascular issues and rosacea. Its key benefit lies in retaining water within the outer skin layer, facilitating hydration of both the lipid layer and epidermis. Additionally, it demonstrates the capacity to constrict blood vessels and promote skin regeneration. The package includes: 1 x 2 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Laureth-9 The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Venolaureth 0.5% (1 x 2 ml): It provides robust moisturization and has vasoconstrictive properties The primary benefit of the product is its ability to retain moisture within the skin’s Stratum Corneum Enhances the skin’s regenerative capacity Product Application Guidelines: Non-invasive mesotherapy, microneedle rollers, electroporation, sonophoresis, aquaphoresis.

MCCM Vitamin Cocktail AEC (1x5ml)

MCCM Vitamin Cocktail AEC (1x5ml) encourages skin renewal and shields against harmful external elements, including sun damage. It reduces transdermal water loss, boosting firmness and strengthening the skin’s natural protective barriers. Because of its strength as an antioxidant, it gives a very radiant and youthful skin. The package includes: 1x5ml Ingredients of the product: Water Ascorbic Acid Retinol Sodium Hydroxide Tocopherol Phenoxyethanol Ethylhexylglycerin The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Vitamin Cocktail AEC (1x5ml): Diminishes fine lines caused by facial expressions Firms the delicate skin around the eyes Revives skin’s suppleness Product Application Guidelines: It can be used through various methods including Virtual Transdermal Mesotherapy, micro-needling devices, direct manual application with circular massage after skin cleansing, and in electrotherapy treatments such as ultrasounds and ionization, as well as other medical devices used in aesthetic treatments.

MCCM Organic Silicon 0.5% (1x5ml)

MCCM Organic Silicon 0.5% (1x5ml) contains organic silica, renowned for its ability to regenerate connective tissues. This substance serves as a fundamental building block in the structure of elastin, collagen, proteoglycans, and structural glycoproteins. On a tissue level, it stimulates the proliferation of fibroblasts, encouraging the regeneration of elastin and collagen fibers. Commonly used in mesotherapy, it aids in preventing skin aging, enhancing firmness and elasticity, addressing cellulite, and combating hair loss. Its rejuvenating properties make it a valuable addition, acting as a regulator for cell transformations and divisions. The package includes: 1x5ml Ingredients of the product: Water Methylsilanol Mannuronate The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Organic Silicon 0.5% (1x5ml): Preventing skin aging Enhancing skin firmness and elasticity Diminishing cellulite Reinforcing hair health Product Application Guidelines: Apply the product to the desired area using circular massage motions or blend it with a cream/mask. Mix the product with a gel designed for Virtual Transdermal Mesotherapy or other forms of electrotherapy treatments like ultrasound or ionization, commonly used in aesthetic procedures.

MCCM Ginko Biloba 4% (1x2ml)

MCCM Ginko Biloba 4% (1x2ml) is formulated with ingredients that enhance tissue and organ blood circulation, acting as a natural antioxidant that combats free radicals. This preparation is highly effective in reducing cellulite and is also employed in treatments for androgenetic alopecia. The package includes: 1x2ml Ingredients of the product: Water Ginkgo Biloba leaf extract The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Ginko Biloba 4% (1x2ml): Enhances and promotes blood circulation Decreases fragility Enhances skin flexibility Restores a healthy tone Highly effective for addressing cellulite and managing androgenetic alopecia Product Application Guidelines: Non-invasive mesotherapy and electrotherapy techniques: electroporation, sonophoresis, aquaphoresis, ultrasound therapy, ionization, dermarollers.

MCCM Caffeine 10% (1x1ml)

MCCM Caffeine 10% (1x1ml) activates fat metabolism in adipose tissues relieving the burden on blood and lymphatic vessels. Its lipolytic action and rapid epidermal penetration promote blood and lymphatic circulation, facilitating the drainage of accumulated toxins from the body. This leads to improved skin firmness and elasticity. The package includes: 1x1ml Ingredients of the product: Water Caffeine The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Caffeine 10% (1x1ml): Reduction of surplus body fat and dimpled skin (cellulite) Product Application Guidelines: Non-invasive mesotherapy and electrotherapy techniques: electroporation, sonophoresis, aquaphoresis, ultrasound therapy, ionization, dermarollers.

MCCM Artichoke extract 2% (1x5ml)

MCCM Artichoke Extract 2% (1x5ml) is particularly suitable for anti-cellulite therapies and targeting localized fat reduction. It speeds up lymphatic drainage and possesses detoxifying properties. The package includes: 1x5ml Ingredients of the product: Artichoke extract The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Artichoke extract 2% (1x5ml): Reduces cellulite appearance Promotes lymphatic drainage Product Application Guidelines: Non-invasive mesotherapy and electrotherapy techniques: electroporation, sonophoresis, aquaphoresis, ultrasound therapy, ionization, dermarollers.

MCCM Phosphatidylcholine (1x5ml)

MCCM Phosphatidylcholine (1x5ml) is employed in body mesotherapy to target localized body fat. It acts as a potent lipolytic agent, enhancing lipid solubility for easier elimination. The package includes: 1x5ml Ingredients of the product: Phosphatidylcholine 5% – Phospholipid obtained from soy Glicerophospholipid The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Phosphatidylcholine (1x5ml): Fat elimination Diminishing cellulite Targeting lipolysis (particularly type II) Product Application Guidelines: 1. Gently massage the ampoule’s contents onto the targeted area using circular motions, or mix it with a cream base for smoother application. 2. Apply the ampoule’s contents onto a gel designed for “needle-free mesotherapy” or “virtual mesotherapy,” or to enhance outcomes achieved with electrotherapy methods like ultrasound, ionization, diatherapy, or other medical devices utilized in cosmetic procedures.

MCCM DMAE 3% (1x5ml)

MCCM DMAE 3% (1x5ml) serves as a natural lifting agent, enhancing the production of acetylcholine to stimulate muscle fibers. This helps sustain a lasting lifting effect, promoting skin firmness by boosting muscle tone and preventing skin sagging. The package includes: 1x5ml Ingredients of the product: Dimethylaminoethanol The advantages of utilizing of MCCM DMAE 3% (1x5ml): Tightening the facial and neck areas Preventing skin drooping Enhancing skin elasticity and firmness Boosting skin moisture and radiance Providing protection against free radicals Product Application Guidelines: Non-invasive mesotherapy and electrotherapy techniques: electroporation, sonophoresis, aquaphoresis, ultrasound therapy, ionization, dermarollers.

MCCM Biotin (1x2ml)

MCCM Biotin (1x2ml). Biotin deficiency often manifests as skin issues like rashes, inflammation, and hair loss. This ampoule is ideal for addressing these problems on oily, combination, and sensitive skin types. It effectively controls sebum production and is beneficial in treating acne. Additionally, it can be applied to enhance skin firmness, including the scalp. Biotin is suitable for oily skin prone to seborrhea and diffuse hair loss. The package includes: 1 x 2ml Ingredients of the product: vitamin H, also known as vitamin B7 The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Biotin (1x2ml): Balancing sebum production Reducing acne Enhancing skin firmness (including the scalp) Preventing baldness and hair loss Controlling seborrhea Product Application Guidelines: Techniques utilized in non-invasive mesotherapy and electrotherapy, such as electroporation, sonophoresis, aquaphoresis, ultrasound, ionization, and dermarollers.

MCCM Dexpanthenol (1x5ml)

MCCM Dexpanthenol (1x5ml) serves as a valuable aid in treating various skin conditions including inflammation, sunburn, baldness, and dryness. The high concentration of Panthenol in this formulation notably enhances skin hydration, deeply cleanses, and promotes normal skin renewal processes, proving highly effective in treating baldness. Additionally, its versatility is evident in its application, including methods like sonophoresis, mesotherapy, and ultrasound. The package includes: 1 x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Panthenol 20% – deep cleansing and improvement of the degree of skin hydration, anti-inflammatory effect, acceleration of the process of keratinization of the skin The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Dexpanthenol (1x5ml): Enhancement of skin flexibility Assistance in treating hair loss and dandruff Decrease in dry skin flakes Control of sebum production Speeding up cell renewal and healing skin inflammations Delaying the hair loss process Suitable for dry and sensitive skin Product Application Guidelines: Non-invasive mesotherapy techniques, dermarollers, ultrasound, sonophoresis, aquaphoresis, ionization.

MCCM Antiaging Flash (1x2ml)

MCCM Antiaging Flash (1x2ml) combines vitamin C, F, Mimosa tenuiflora extract, and collagen to instantly tighten the skin. Also, it brightens the face skin, improves elasticity, and creates moisture. The collagen from the ampoule provides water retention and Mimosa tenuiflora extract deeply hydrates and revitalises. Vitamin C is important for collagen synthesis to boost skin firmness and even skin tone, while Vitamin F is vital for skin cell/tissue regeneration. The package includes: 1 x 2 ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua (Water) Propylene Glycol Hydrolyzed Wheat Gluten Ascorbic Acid Hydrolyzed Elastin Soluble Collagen Mimosa Tenuiflora Leaf Extract Polysorbate 20 Phenoxyethanol Sodium Hydroxide DMDM Hydantoin Glyceryl Linoleate Sodium Benzoate Glyceryl Arachidonate Ascorbyl Palmitate Parfum The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Antiaging Flash (1x2ml): Revitalization Moisturization Decrease in wrinkles Enhancement of facial radiance Improvement in skin suppleness Soothing effect – Alleviating skin fatigue sensation Product Application Guidelines: Non-invasive mesotherapy and electrotherapy techniques: electroporation, sonophoresis, aquaphoresis, ultrasound, ionization, dermarollers.

MCCM Argirelina (1x2ml)

MCCM Argirelina (1x2ml) is a potent blend of hexapeptides that naturally mimics the effects of Botox, effectively smoothing existing facial lines and preventing the emergence of new ones. Operating at neuromuscular synapses, it induces relaxation in facial muscles, curbing wrinkle formation. Additionally, it suppresses the overproduction of catecholamines, which contribute to the development of facial lines. The package includes: 1 x 2ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua Acetyl Hexapeptide-8 Leuphasyl Sodium Chloride Csh The advantages of utilizing of MCCM Argirelina (1x2ml): Evens out both subtle and pronounced lines caused by facial expressions (such as those around the mouth, crow’s feet, and on the forehead) Hinders the formation of new wrinkles Product Application Guidelines: Micro-needle mesotherapy, traditional needle mesotherapy, needle-free mesotherapy, derma rolling, electroporation, ultrasound therapy, aquaphoresis, ultrasound technology, ionization.

Matrigen E.S.R PDRN 50ml

Matrigen E.S.R PDRN 50ml is formulated for skin regeneration, especially for mature skin lacking elasticity after aesthetic treatments. It can be used as a serum or during microneedle mesotherapy, but it should not be injected subcutaneously. The combination of DNA and hyaluronic acid provides excellent moisturization and regeneration, enhancing skin elasticity. Madecasoside derived from pennywort calms irritations and possesses anti-inflammatory properties. The result of using this product is a firmer, smoother, and brighter complexion without visible signs of aging. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 50 ml 1 syringe of 10 ml to withdraw the product Ingredients of the product: Water Glycereth-26 Glycerin Dimeticone Caprylic/Capric Triglyceride Polyglyceryl-3 Stearate Cetearyl Olivate Niacinamide Methylpropanediol Polysorbate 60 Sodium Hyaluronate Hydrolyzed Sodium Hyaluronate Hyaluronic Acid Sodium Hyaluronate Cross Polymer Hydrolyzed Hyaluronic Acid Madecassoside Stearic Acid Cetearyl Alcohol Butylene Glycol Allantoin Chlorphesin Carbomer Arginine 1,2-Hexanediol Sodium DNA Ethylhexylglycerin Disodium EDTA Adenosine Pentylene Glycol The advantages of utilizing of Matrigen E.S.R PDRN 50ml: Brightening Anti-aging benefits Protective properties Regenerative effects Deep hydration Anti-inflammatory properties Enhanced flexibility Reduced fine lines Appropriate for all skin types, especially recommended for mature skin lacking elasticity after cosmetic procedures Product Application Guidelines: 1. Extract the solution from the ampoule with the provided syringe and apply it to the desired area. Gently massage until fully absorbed. 2. Withdraw the solution from the ampoule using the supplied syringe and apply it to the treatment area. Utilize a dermaroller or dermapen for microneedle mesotherapy.

Matrigen Biphase 24k Luminant (1x10ml)

Korean formulation, Matrigen Biphase 24k Luminant ( 1x10ml) formulated with 24carat Gold, amniotic stem cells and a mixture of pepties It encourages blood circulation with ionic activity, so skin appears luminous while it has anti-aging, detoxifying, and moisturizing benefits. It is only suitable for microneedle mesotherapy. Please refrain from injecting it subcutaneously. The package includes: 1 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Glycerin Methylpropanediol Niacinamide Butylene Glycol Olive Oil Glycereth-8 Esters Hydroxyethylcellulose Glyceryl Acrylate/Acrylic Acid Copolymer Propylene Glycol PVM/MA Copolymer 1,2-Hexanediol PEG-60 Hydrogenated Castor Oil Rehmannia Chinensis Root Extract Caprylyl Glycol Carbomer Chlorphenesin Ethylhexylglycerin Disodium EDTA Adenosine Gold Potassium Hydroxide Aspalathus Linearis Extract Human Arnniotic Fluid cell Conditioned Media Extract (78ppm) Sodium DNA Palmitoyl Tripeptide-5 Heptasodium Hexacarboxymethyl Dipeptide-12 sh-Decapeptide-7 sh-Octapeptide-4 sh-Oligopeptide-9 sh-Pentapeptide-19 Nicotinoyl Tripeptide-1 Dipeptide Diaminobutyroyl Benzylamide Diacetate Fragrance CI 19140 CI 15985 The advantages of utilizing of Matrigen Biphase 24k Luminant (1x10ml): Deep hydration Diminishment of wrinkles Skin radiance Soothing effect on the skin Slowing down the aging process Improvement in complexion Shielding from harmful sun exposure Product Application Guidelines: 1. After cleansing your face, delicately shake the bottle. 2. Re-attach the silicone cap to the top of the ampoule after removing the plastic seal. 3. Use the serum on your skin and gently work it into the skin. 4. Complete with applying a hydrating or emollient cream. 5. To enhance product absorption, iontophoresis or sonophoresis methods can be employed. The serum is suitable for microneedle mesotherapy applications. Injectable. Once opened, the ampoule can be refrigerated and stored for up to 14 days.

Matrigen Meso Cell (1x10ml)

Matrigen Meso Cell (1x10ml) is a Korean skincare product suitable for all skin types, especially beneficial for dull and lackluster skin. This rejuvenating serum works by renewing cells, delaying signs of aging, and promoting the natural production of collagen and elastin. Enriched with stem cells, it restores skin elasticity and revitalizes tired skin, leaving it refreshed and radiant. It’s designed for application during microneedle mesotherapy, but should not be injected subcutaneously. The package includes: 1 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Propylene Glycol Glycerin Camellia Sinensis Callus Culture Extract Rosa Damascena Callus Culture Extract Aloe Barbadensis Leaf Juice Panax Ginseng Callus Culture Extract Phenoxyethanol Hydroxyethylcellulose Nonoxynol-12 Disodium EDTA Benzophenone-9 Fragrance CI 16185 The advantages of utilizing of Matrigen Meso Cell (1x10ml): Revitalizing impact Brightening effect Enhancement of vitality and energy Encouragement of collagen and elastin production Appropriate for all skin types, with special focus on dull and lackluster skin Product Application Guidelines: Apply the product uniformly on clean skin and gently massage it in. Use it both in the morning and evening. This product is suitable for application after various peeling treatments, providing a soothing effect for the skin. For enhanced penetration, it’s recommended to use it with professional cosmetic devices like fractional mesotherapy, micro-needling, or dermaroller. It’s also advisable following skin rejuvenation treatments or laser procedures. Please note that injection of this product is strictly prohibited. Complete your skincare routine by applying a moisturizer afterward.

Matrigen Biphase Control Relax & Moisture (1x10ml)

Matrigen Biphase Control Relax & Moisture (1x10ml) is an advanced solution crafted for all skin types. It is formulated to deeply hydrate, firm, rejuvenate, and enhance the skin’s anti-aging properties. The product works to reinforce the dermis, restoring its firmness and elasticity. Within 3-5 treatments, wrinkles and puffiness are visibly reduced. The blend of plant extracts imparts a radiant and vibrant complexion while evening out the skin tone. Additionally, natural oils such as rapeseed, macadamia, jojoba, sunflower, and avocado oil play a protective role, preventing excessive moisture loss from the skin’s surface. The natural components in the product possess antibacterial and anti-inflammatory properties, calming irritations effectively. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Canola Oil Dipropylene Glycol Glycereth-26 Niacinamide Butylene Glycol Hydroxyethyl Urea Betaine Simmondsia Chinensis (Jojoba) Seed Oil Persea Gratissimi (Avocado) Oil Camellia Sinensis Seed Oil Macadamia Integrifolia Seed Oil Helianthus Annuus (Sunflower) Seed Oil Cynanchum Atratum Extract Centella Asiatica Extract Camellia Sinensis Leaf Extract Melaleuca Alternifolia (Tea Tree) Leaf Extract Houttuynia Cordata Extract Chamaecyparis Obtusa Leaf Extract Morus Alba Bark Extract Opuntia Ficus-Indica Extract Glycyrrhiza Glabra (Licorice) Root Extract Aspalathus Linearis Extract Aloe Barbadensis Leaf Juice Cucumis Sativus (Cucumber) Fruit Extract Leontopodium Alpinum Callus Culture Extract Melia Azadirachta Leaf Extract Melia Azadirachta Flower Extract Coccinia Indica Fruit Extract Solanum Melongena (Eggplant) Fruit Extract Amber Powder Ocimum Sanctum Leaf Extract Curcum Longa (Turmeric) Root Extract Corallina Officinalis Extract Moringa Oleifera Seed Oil Caprylic/Capric Triglyceride 1,2-Hexanediol Caprylyl Glycol Ethylhexylglycerin Adenosine Sodium Chloride Sorbitan Sesquioleate Tocopheryl Acetate Lavandula Hybrida Oil Lavandula Angustifolia (Lavender) Oil The advantages of utilizing of Matrigen Biphase Control Relax & Moisture (1x10ml): Maintains skin softness and hydration by forming a moisturizing barrier The ampoule’s active ingredient rejuvenates skin tissues Provides moisture and elasticity Offers regeneration and anti-aging benefits Suitable for use on the face and body Product Application Guidelines: Shake thoroughly before applying to the skin and use it after cleansing both in the morning and evening. This product is suitable for application after any peeling treatments to provide a soothing effect. For enhanced absorption, it can be used with a professional beauty device. Additionally, it is effective for skin rejuvenation treatments following plastic surgery or laser procedures. After the procedure, it is recommended to apply a moisturizing cream.

Matrigen PPC Fosfatydylocholina (1x10ml)

Matrigen PPC Phosphatidylcholine (1x10ml) is a Korean formulation created for body contouring. These ampoules act to burn fat, fade cellulite, smooth stomach and waist imperfections and improve the elasticity of the skin. The PPC molecules interface with fat cell please help you maintain an ideal body shape by directly targeting fat cells. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Butylene Glycol Phosphatidylcholine Sodium Hyaluronate Camellia Sinensis Leaf Extract Caffeine Vanillyl Butyl Ether Sodium Polyacrylate 1,2 – Hexanediol Caprylyl Glycol Xanthan Gum Chlorphenesin Capsicum Annuum Extract Carica Papaya (Papaya) Fruit Extract Carnitine sh-Oligopeptide-1 Pheonxyethanol The advantages of utilizing of Matrigen PPC Phosphatidylcholine (1x10ml): Reduction of cellulite Body slimming Enhanced natural metabolism Enhanced skin elasticity Elimination of localized fat deposits Moisturization Product Application Guidelines: Open up the bottle and replace the cap. After applying the ampoule, massage the area with a radiofrequency slimming machine for more than 20 minutes. You may change it with your hands to do the massage. You might feel warmth after applying. Repeat this process once a week, with a total of 5 sessions for each procedure.

Matrigen Biphase Control Anti-aging (1x10ml)

Matrigen Biphase Control Anti-aging (1x10ml) is a Korean product renowned for its anti-wrinkle properties. This product effectively fortifies the dermal structure, reinstating its firmness and elasticity. After just 3-5 treatments, wrinkles and puffiness diminish by 50%. The inclusion of licorice extract imparts a silky texture to the skin from the very first application, promoting an even tone and reducing discolorations. Furthermore, a blend of natural oils – jojoba, shea, macadamia, avocado, tsubaki, evening primrose, and carrot – forms a protective, moisture-retaining film on the skin, preserving essential vitamins and nutrients. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Dipropylene Glycol Glycereth-26 Niacinamide Butylene Glycol Simmondsia Chinensis (Jojoba) Seed Oil Canola Oil Camellia Japonica Seed Oil Macadamia Integrifolia Seed Oil Olea Europaea (Olive) Fruit Oil Persea Gratissima (Avocado) Oil Helianthus Annus (Sunflower) Seed Oil Daucus Carota Sativa (Carrot) Seed Oil Oenothera Biennis (Evening Primose) Oil Oryza Sativa (Rice) Bran Oil Rosa Canina Fruit Oil Beta-Carotene Sorbitan Sesquioleate Tocopheryl Acetate Caprylic/Capic Triglyceride Citrus Sinensis Peel Oil Expressed Cynanchum Atratum Extract Aloe Barbadensis Leaf Juice Aspalathus Linearis Extract Opuntia Ficus-Indica Extract Morus Alba Bark Extract Glycyrriza Glabra (Licorice) Root Extract Houttuynia Cordata Extract Cucumis Sativus (Cucumber) Fruit Extract Melaleuca Alternifolia (Tea Tree) Leaf Extract Chamaecyparis Obtusa Leaf Extract Camellia Sinensis Leaf Extract Centella Asiatica Extract Leontopodium Alpinum Callus Culture Extract Sodium Chloride Betaine Ethylhexylglycerin Adenosine 1,2-Hexanediol Hydroxyethyl Urea Caprylyl Glycol The advantages of utilizing of Matrigen Biphase Control Anti-aging (1x10ml): Enhancing suppleness Anti-aging benefits Revitalization and tightening Hydrating and refining Suitable for all skin types Applicable on face and body Product Application Guidelines: Apply the product uniformly on clean skin and massage gently. Use it both in the morning and evening. This preparation is suitable for calming and soothing the skin after any peeling treatments. For optimal absorption, it can be used alongside professional cosmetic devices such as fractional mesotherapy, micro-needling, or dermaroller. Additionally, it is recommended post-skin rejuvenation or laser treatments. Please note that injection of the product is strictly prohibited. Finish the routine by applying a moisturizer.

Matrigen Gluta Complex 50ml

Matrigen Gluta Complex 50ml is formulated for rejuvenating various skin types, especially those with uneven tone and lacking radiance, particularly after cosmetic procedures. It serves as a serum or can be applied during microneedle mesotherapy, avoiding subcutaneous injection. The blend of depigmenting agents like arbutin and niacinamide effectively addresses discoloration, safeguarding against new spots. Rice bran extract deeply revitalizes the skin while fortifying its protective shield. Glycerin and urea provide intensive hydration, and arginine reinforces the skin’s hydrolipid barrier, preventing excessive moisture loss from the epidermis. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 50 ml 1 syringe of 10 ml to withdraw the product Ingredients of the product: Oryza Sativa (Rice) Bran Water Water Hydroxyethyl Urea Niacinamide Bis-PEG-18 Methyl Ether Dimethyl Silane Glycerin Arbutin Glutathione Butylene Glycol Coptis Japonica Extract Rehmannia Chinensis Root Extract Olive Oil Glycereth-8 Esters Hydroxyethylcellulose Carbomer Arginine Disodium EDTA Caprylyl Glycol 1,2-Hexanediol Propanediol Polyglyceryl-10 Laurate Fragrance Chlorphesin The advantages of utilizing of Matrigen Gluta Complex 50ml: Brightening Hydration Rejuvenation Evening out skin tone Diminishing discoloration Softening Shielding Anti-inflammatory properties Suitable for all skin types, especially for skin with uneven tone and lack of radiance, especially after cosmetic procedures Product Application Guidelines: 1. Extract the solution from the ampoule with the supplied syringe and apply it to the designated area. Gently massage until fully absorbed. 2. Draw the solution from the ampoule using the provided syringe and apply it to the treatment area. Utilize a dermaroller or dermapen to perform microneedle mesotherapy.

Matrigen Acne-Free Active 50ml

Matrigen Acne-Free Active 50ml is an ampoule-based solution with a syringe, specifically formulated for problematic, acne-prone, and oily skin types. Tea tree oil helps regulate sebum production, preventing pore blockages. Plantain extract, Coptis Japonica rhizome extract, and sunflower oil possess anti-inflammatory and antibacterial properties, easing acne symptoms. The blend of panthenol, allantoin, and white willow bark extract calms irritated skin, reducing the appearance of pimples and skin imperfections. The package includes: 1 ampoule of Acne Free-Active 50 ml 1 syringe of 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Centella Asiatica Leaf Water Water Butylene Glycol Cynanchum Atratum Extract Melaleuca Alternifolia (Tea Tree) Extract Madecassoside Diospyros Kaki Leaf Extract Salix Alba (Willow) Bark Extract Plantago Asiatica Extract Laminaria Digitata Extract Ulmus Campestris (Elm) Bark Extract Aloe Barbadensis Leaf Juice Coptis Japonica Extract Panthenol Allantion Olive Oil Glycereth-8 Esters Dipotassium Glycyrrhizate Aloe Barbadensis Leaf Juice Powder Carbomer Arginine Pentylene Glycol Caprylyl Glycol 1,2-Hexanediol Propanediol Polyglyceryl-10 Laurate Helianthus Annuuss (Sunflower) Seed Oil Lavandula Hybrida Oil Lavandula Angustifolia (Lavender) Oil Chlorphenesin Disodium EDTA The advantages of utilizing of Matrigen Acne-Free Active 50ml: Calming skin irritations Diminishing skin’s excess shine Smoothing out imperfections Minimized pore visibility Regulating sebum production Applicable areas: facial, neck, neckline Product Application Guidelines: Insert the syringe into the ampoule to extract the desired amount of product. Apply the product to the designated skin area, gently massage, and allow it to absorb. This preparation is suitable for use in microneedle mesotherapy sessions.

Matrigen Vital Intense 50ml

Matrigen Vital Intense 50ml is designed for the rejuvenation of various skin types, especially mature skin lacking firmness and suffering from discoloration, especially after aesthetic procedures. It can be used as a serum or in microneedle mesotherapy, but not for subcutaneous injection. The included peptide complex, along with stem cells, activates fibroblasts and adipocytes, rapidly enhancing skin density and cohesion. The result is smooth, nourished, and illuminated skin. The blend of biomimetic peptides and polynucleotides facilitates intensive skin regeneration and reconstruction. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 50 ml 1 syringe of 10 ml to withdraw the product Ingredients of the product: Oryza Sativa (Rice) Bran Water Water Glycerin Niacinamide Butylene Glycol PVP Dipeptide Diaminobutyroyl Benzylamide Diacetate Palmitoyl Tripeptide-1 Palmitoyl Tetrapeptide-7 Acetyl Hexapeptide-8 Hexapeptide-9 Nonapeptide-1 sh-Polypeptide-1 sh-Oligopeptide-1 Sodium DNA Human Adipose Stromal Cell Conditioned Media (100ppm) Phytosphingosine Ceramide NP Phospholipid Squalene Phytosterols Tropolone Rehmannia Chinensis Root Extract Olive Oil Glycereth-8 Esters Hydroxycellulose Carbomer Glyceryl Acrylate/Acrylic Acid Copolymer Propylene Glycol PVM/MA Copolymer Adenosine Disodium EDTA Chlorphenesin Potassium Hydroxide Propanediol Polyglyceryl-10 Laurate Fragrance 1,2-Hexanediol Caprylyl Glycol The advantages of utilizing of Matrigen Vital Intense 50ml: Stimulation of collagen and elastin production Anti-aging benefits Enhanced smoothness Brightening effect Diminished fine lines Revitalization Increased density Deep hydration Decreased discoloration Improved skin condition Suitable for all skin types, especially mature skin lacking firmness and suffering from discoloration, particularly after aesthetic procedures Product Application Guidelines: 1. Extract the product from the ampoule using the provided syringe and apply it to the designated treatment area. Massage gently until fully absorbed. 2. Withdraw the solution from the ampoule using the included syringe and apply it to the treatment area. Utilize a dermaroller or dermapen for microneedle mesotherapy.

Matrigen Hydra Cellular 50ml

Matrigen Hydra Cellular 50ml is a South Korean brand preparation used in skin rejuvenation procedures that has form of ampoule with a syringe. This product contains seven kinds of hyaluronic acid, providing a strong hydrating effect. This synergistic trio of amino acids, ceramides, and phytosterols also tightens the skin for improved firmness, elasticity, and structural integrity. They also contain a natural plant complex such as water lily and squalane, shea butter, etc which protects the skin from external aggressors and forms a film that limits the loss of water from the epidermis. Helps calm irritations and soothes the skin with the inclusion of panthenol for comfort. The package includes: 1 ampoule Hydra Cellular of 50 ml 1 syringe of 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Nelumbo Nucifera Flower Water Water Hydroxyethyl Urea Glycerin Sodium Hyaluronate Dimethicone Butylene Glycol PEG-20 Glyceryl Isostearate Tocopheryl Acetate Dimethicone/Vinyl Dimethicone Crosspolymer Diglycerin Hydrolyzed Sodium Hyaluronate Hyaluronic Acid Sodium Hyaluronate Crosspolymer Hydrolyzed Hyaluronic Acid Hydrolyzed Pea Protein Phytosterol Lecithin Olea Europae (Oliva) Fruit Oil Squalane Butyrospermum Parkii (Shea) Butter Ceramide NP Glycine Serine Glutamic Acid Aspartic Acid Leucine Arginine Tyrosine Phenylalanine Threonine Proline Valine Isoleucine Histidine Methionine Cysteine Hydrolyzed Collagen Adenosine Betaine Trehalose Panthenol Hydroxy Ethyl Cellulose Caprylyl Glycol 1,2-Hexanediol Propanediol Polyglyceryl-10 Laurate Chlorphenesin Disodium EDTA Pentylene Glycol Fragrance The advantages of utilizing of Matrigen Hydra Cellular 50ml: Deep moisturization Enhancement of skin quality Anti-aging benefits Increased suppleness Application areas: face, neck, décolletage Product Application Guidelines: Insert the syringe in the ampoule to take the right volume of the product. Massage the solution onto the target skin area and let it be absorbed.

Matrigen Wine Peel Fluids (1x2ml)

Matrigen Wine Peel Fluids (1x2ml) is a mild keratinizer designed to soften the skin naturally by dissolving and reorganizing old keratin using glycolic acid. This fluid offers a gentle yet effective exfoliation, removing dead skin cells and impurities to leave the skin smoother. It introduces a novel approach to skin exfoliation, normalizing skin balance and eliminating waste without the need for rubbing or wiping. The key ingredient, wine extract, is naturally fermented and contains AHAs that aid in the exfoliation process. Wine Extract acts as a potent antioxidant, preventing the formation of pigment and wrinkles caused by free radicals on the skin. The package includes: 1 x 2ml Ingredients of the product: Water Glycolic Acid Butylene Glycol Glycerin Potassium Hydroxide PEG-60 Hydrogenated Castor Oil Wine Extract Xanthan Gum Glycyrrhiza Uralensis (Licorice) Root Extract Portulace Oleracea Extra Sodium Hyaluronate Disodium EDTA Allantoin Totarol Decylene Glycol Ethylhexylglycerin Hexylene Glycol Morus Alba Bark Extract Lilium Candidum Flower Extract Nelumbo Nucifera Flower Extract Saussurea Involucrata Extract Houttuynia Cordata Extract Bellis Perennis (Daisy) Flower Extract Leontopodium Alpinum Extract Camellia Sinensis Leaf Extract Panax Ginseng Root Extract 1, 2-Hexanediol Fragrance CI 42090 CI 16185 The advantages of utilizing of Matrigen Wine Peel Fluids (1x2ml): Provides a soft and smooth complexion Helps prevent the formation of pigmentation and wrinkles on your skin Product Application Guidelines: Apply the fluid uniformly on the skin after cleansing both in the morning and at night. Special Instructions: For enhanced absorption, utilize the fluid with a professional beauty device.

Matrigen Fluids Moisturizing (1x2ml)

Matrigen Fluids Moisturizing (1x2ml) helps restore natural moisture levels and provides protective barriers to keep skin firm and flexible. The moisture is boost and skin immunity is fortified at the same time to blocks skin damage as well as helps defend against wrinkles by using Avocado extract. Great for dry, dehydrated and dull skin types. The package includes: 1 x 2ml Ingredients of the product: Water Butylene Glycol Bis-PEG-18 Methyl Ether Dimenthyl Silane 1.2-Hexanediol Sodium PCA Chamaecyparis Obtusa Leaf Extract Aloe Barbadensis Leaf Extract Avocado Fruit Extract Cornus Officinalls Fruit Extract Aloe Barbadensis Leaf Juice PEG-60 Hyderogenated Castor Oil Styrene/VP Copolymer Caprylyl Glycol Allantoin Aloe Barbadensis Leaf Powder Dipotassium Glycyrrhizate Fragrance The advantages of utilizing of Matrigen Fluids Moisturizing (1x2ml): Improves skin firmness and flexibility Acts as a wrinkle preventer Product Application Guidelines: Apply the fluid evenly on the skin after cleansing, both in the morning and at night. For specific treatments, it can be used after peeling sessions to provide a soothing effect. For enhanced absorption, use the fluid with a professional beauty device. Additionally, it is suitable for skin rejuvenation treatments following plastic surgery or laser procedures.

Matrigen Brightening Fluids (1x2ml)

Matrigen Brightening Fluids (1x2ml) enhance the radiance of lackluster skin, featuring arbutin as a key ingredient renowned for its brightening properties. It effectively prevents pigmentation and boosts defenses against free radicals. Additionally, the presence of green tea extract ensures anti-aging benefits and intense hydration, resulting in a more luminous complexion. The package includes: 1 x 2ml Ingredients of the product: Water Butylene Glycol Bis-PEG-18 Methyl Ether Dimenthyl Silane Arbutin Morus Alba Bark Extract PEG-60 Hydrogenated Castor Oil 1.2-Hexanediol Caprylhydroxamic Acid Camellia Sinensis Leaf Extract Rosemary Extract Centella Asiatica Extract Chamomilla Recutita (Matricaria) Flower/Leaf Extract Scutellaria Baicalensis Root Extact PolygonumCuspidatum Root Extract Niacinamide Allantoin Aloe Barbadensis Leaf Powder Dipotassium Glycyrrhizate Boswellia Serrata Resin Extract Fragrance CI 19140 The advantages of utilizing of Matrigen Brightening Fluids (1x2ml): Enhancing skin tone Preventing pigmentation Delivering anti-aging and moisturizing benefits Improving overall complexion Product Application Guidelines: Apply the fluid evenly onto cleansed skin in the morning and evening. Special instructions: It can be applied after any peeling treatments to soothe and calm the skin. For enhanced absorption, use a professional beauty device with the fluid. Additionally, it can be used for skin rejuvenation treatments after plastic surgery or laser treatment.

Matrigen Fluids Purifying (1x2ml)

Matrigen Fluids Purifying (1x2ml) is formulated for challenging skin types, particularly oily and acne-prone skin. It inhibits bacteria formation and inflammation, making this product a savior for your troubled skin. It strengthens the skin’s protective barrier, keeps it from dehydrating and cuts back on excess sebum production. What is more, with tea tree extract, in addition to soothing properties, this product has anti-aging effects helping the skin to brighten up and moisture. The package includes: 1 x 2ml Ingredients of the product: Water Butylene Glycol Bis-PEG-18 Methyl Ether Dimenthyl Silane PEG-60 Hydrogenated Castor Oil 1.2-Hexanediol Caprylhydroxamic Acid Dryopteris Crassirhizoma Extract Chamaecyparis Obtusa Leaf Extract Houttuynia Cordata Extract Chamaecyparis Obtusa Water Dimethyl Sulfone Malaeuca Alternifolia (Tea Tree) Extract Boswellia Serrata Resin Extract Allanoin Aloe Barbadensis Leaf Powder Dipotassium Glycyrrhizate Melaleuca Alternifolia (Tea Tree) Leaf Oil CI 19140 CI 42090 The advantages of utilizing of Matrigen Fluids Purifying (1x2ml): Reduces inflammation Alleviates skin issues Guards against moisture loss Provides a soothing and anti-aging effect Enhances skin texture Evens out skin tone Hydrates the skin Product Application Guidelines: Apply the fluid uniformly to the skin after cleansing both in the morning and evening. It has specific applications: after any peeling procedures for a soothing effect. For enhanced absorption, the fluid can be used with professional beauty devices. It is also suitable for skin rejuvenation following plastic surgery or laser treatments.

Matrigen Fluids Cell Repair (1x2ml)

Matrigen Fluids Cell Repair (1x2ml) is a potent anti-aging fluid enriched with extracts from Panax Ginseng Callus and Rosa Damascena Callus. The package includes: 1 x 2ml Ingredients of the product: Water Propylene Glycol Glycrin Camellia Sinernisis Callus Extract Rosa Damascena Callus Extracts Alow Barbadenisis Leaf Juice Panax Ginseng Callus Extract Hydroxy Ethyl Cellulose Nonoxynol-12 Disodium EDTA Phenoxy Ethanol Fragrance The advantages of utilizing of Matrigen Fluids Cell Repair (1x2ml): Shields the skin from external toxins such as UV rays Slowing down the skin’s aging process Enhances skin elasticity and brightness Product Application Guidelines: Apply the fluid evenly on cleansed skin both in the morning and at night, ensuring it is absorbed. Additionally, it can be used after peeling treatments for soothing effects. For enhanced absorption, consider using the fluid with a professional beauty device. It is suitable for skin rejuvenation post-plastic surgery or laser treatment.

Matrigen Fluids Peptide (1x2ml)

Matrigen Fluids Peptide (1x2ml) is formulated for aging skin experiencing reduced elasticity, and for mature skin prone to discoloration. The package includes: 1 x 2ml Ingredients of the product: Water Butylene Glycol Bis-PEG-18 Methyl Ether Dimenthyl Silane PEG-60 Hydrogenated Castor Oil 1.2-Hexanediol Caprylhydroxamic Acid Beta-Glucan Centella Asia Tica Extract Sodium Chondroitin Sulfate Copper Tripeptide-1 Human Oligopeptide-1 Hydrolyzed Colllagen Allantoin Boswellia Serrata Resin Extract Aloe Barbadensis Leaf Powder Adenosine Dipotassium Glycyrrhizate Rose Flower Oil CI 15985 CI15510 The advantages of utilizing of Matrigen Fluids Peptide (1x2ml): Aids in the prevention and reduction of both fine lines and gravity-induced wrinkles Enhances the anti-aging and firming outcomes through the utilization of water-soluble collagen and beta-glucan Promotes the synthesis of natural collagen, fostering the combination of elastin Activates the skin’s regenerative capabilities Acts as a safeguard against the aging of the skin Product Application Guidelines: Apply it to soothe irritated skin after peeling. Ideal for post-laser therapy and needle-free mesotherapy treatments. Gently massage as a final step, but avoid injection.

Matrigen SRS Ampoule Calming (1x10ml)

Matrigen SRS Ampoule Calming (1x10ml) is a concentrated formula developed using cutting-edge cosmetology advancements, drawing inspiration from aesthetic medicine treatments. Utilizing innovative technologies and advanced active ingredients, this specialized skincare product caters to various skin types and requirements, promoting long-term regeneration and supporting the skin’s rejuvenation processes. Enriched with peptides and caviar extracts, this preparation nourishes and revitalizes the skin. The package includes: 1 x 10ml Ingredients of the product: Aloe vera leaf juice Placenta Hirudinea extract: soothing and regenerating Snail mucus extract Caviar extract Oligopeptides The advantages of utilizing of Matrigen SRS Ampoule Calming (1x10ml): Noticeable enhancement in skin condition and texture Smoothing of its surface Enhanced density Diminished wrinkles Accelerated skin renewal Reviving a youthful and rejuvenated look Product Application Guidelines: Incorporate this as the final step in your skincare routine during skin micro-needling treatments (using dermapen or dermaroller) or massages. Avoid injection.

Matrigen SRS Ampoule Whitening (1x10ml)

Matrigen SRS Ampoule Whitening (1x10ml) is a blend of peptides and natural plant extracts designed to efficiently lighten the skin, leaving it refreshed, hydrated, and supple. The package includes: 1 x 10ml Ingredients of the product: Oligopeptide-1 – stimulates cells Hydrolyzed Placental Extract – has a soothing and rejuvenating effect Inthe extract of botanical extract and caviar extract – calming and anti-inflammatory Barbadensis aloe vera leaf juice – soothes redness or irritation of the skin as a result of sun exposure. Lightens discolorations. Snail slime extract – protects the skin from moisture loss The advantages of utilizing of Matrigen SRS Ampoule Whitening (1x10ml): Noticeable enhancement in the skin’s condition and texture Smoothing of its surface Boost in density Decrease in wrinkles Speeding up of skin regeneration Rejuvenating for a youthful and revitalized appearance Product Application Guidelines: After skin micro-needling treatments (using dermapen or dermaroller) or during a concluding massage in the skincare routine. Avoid injection.

Matrigen SRS Ampoule Regenerating (1x10ml)

Matrigen SRS Ampoule Regenerating (1x10ml) is a concentrated formula developed using cutting-edge cosmetology advancements and inspired by aesthetic medicine treatments. Incorporating innovative technologies and potent active ingredients, it offers specialized care tailored to diverse skin types and requirements. This preparation focuses on long-term skin regeneration and supports the rejuvenation process. Enriched with peptides and caviar extracts, it nourishes and revitalizes the skin, promoting vitality. The package includes: 1 x 10ml Ingredients of the product: Aloe vera leaf juice Hydrolyzed placental extract Hirudinea extract: soothing and regenerating Snail mucus extract Caviar extract Oligopeptides The advantages of utilizing of Matrigen SRS Ampoule Regenerating (1x10ml): Smoothing out its texture Enhancing density Diminishing wrinkles Speeding up skin renewal Restoring a youthful and fresh look Noticeable enhancement in skin condition and structure Product Application Guidelines: Use during skin micro-needling procedures (such as dermapen or dermaroller) or as a final step in skincare treatments. Do not administer via injection.

Matrigen SRS Ampoule Anti-Aging (1x10ml)

Matrigen SRS Ampoule Anti-Aging (1x10ml) is a revitalizing serum containing peptides and caviar extracts, offering nourishment and vitality to the skin. The package includes: 1 x 10ml Ingredients of the product: Aloe vera leaf juice Hydrolyzed placental extract Hirudinea extract: soothing and regenerating Snail mucus extract Caviar extract Oligopeptide -1 The advantages of utilizing of Matrigen SRS Ampoule Anti-Aging (1x10ml): Noticeable enhancement in the skin’s texture and condition Smoothing the surface Enhanced density Diminished wrinkles Accelerated skin renewal Restoration of a youthful and fresh appearance Product Application Guidelines: Apply at the end of skincare treatments like skin micro-needling (using dermapen or dermaroller) or massages. Avoid injection.

Matrigen Meso BB Glam (1x10ml)

Matrigen Meso BB Glam (1x10ml) is a distinctive serum from Korea that incorporates foundation, designed to permanently brighten the skin and conceal imperfections. When applied with microneedles, the BB meso aids in skin repair, stimulating collagen production by activating fibroblasts. This process restores the skin’s radiance and healthy appearance, complemented by a high concentration of hyaluronic acid. Specifically formulated for European skin types, it is available in a universal, neutral shade, avoiding excessive yellow or pink undertones. Gradual and predictable skin blending occurs, and the treatment’s effect diminishes naturally over time. Precise application minimizes the risk of unexpected skin discoloration. The innovative formula ensures an immediate improvement in skin tone and a remarkable luminosity. The package includes: 1 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Propylene Glycol Titanium Dioxide (Cl 77891) Mineral Oil Butylene Glycol Caprylic/Capric Triglyceride Sdoium Hyaluronate Glycine Serine Glutamic Acid Aspartic Acid Leucine Alanine Lysine Arginine Tyrosine Phenylalanine Ine Valine Threonine Proline Isoleucine Histidine Methionine Cysteine Sodium Hyaluronate Crosspolymer Hydrolyzed Sodium Hyaluronate Hydrolyzed Hyaluronic Acid Hyaluronic Acid sh-Oligopeptide-1 sh-Polypeptide-1 Cyclopentasiloxane Magnesium Aluminum Silicate Talc Bis-PEG-18 Methyl Ether Dimethyl Silane Cyclohexasiloxane Glyceryl Stearate SE Dimethicone Microcrystaline Wax Cetearyl Alcohol Sorbitan Sesquioleate Polysorbate 80 PEG-60 Hydrogenated Castor Oil Palmitic Acid Beeswax Xanthan Gum Stearic Acid Hydroxyethylcellulose Dipotassium Glycyrrhizate Trehalose Disodium EDTA Allantoin Dipropylene Glycol Lauric Acid Myristic Acid Phenoxyethanol Methylparaben Chlorphesin 1,2-Hexanediol Fragrance Red Oxide Of Iron (Cl 77491) Yellow Oxide Of Iron (Cl 7749) The advantages of utilizing of Matrigen Meso BB Glam (1x10ml): Smoothing Firming effect Uniform complexion Reducing redness Minimizing pore appearance Diminishing under-eye dark circles What is the duration of the results? It depends on many individual parameters of the patient and usually lasts between 3 and 6 months.

Maeselle Shine Eyes Solution (1x5ml)

Maeselle Shine Eyes Solution (1x5ml) is suitable for all skin types, especially for dull and less elastic skin. Its active constituents — hyaluronic acid, lipoic acid and glutathione — penetrate the skin, providing deep hydration and protection against free radicals to truly work antiaging magic. With Acetyl Hexapeptide-8 and amino acids, it guides your skin, firm and less wrinkles, including crow’s feet, a recipe for brighter and firmer skin. The package includes: 1 x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua Mannitol Glutathione Glycolic Acid Sodium Hyaluronate Glycine Proline Thioctic Acid Leucine Lysine HCL Hydroxyproline Arginine Methylsilanol Mannuronate Phenoxyethanol Ethylhexylglycerin Caprylyl Glycol Acetyl Hexapeptide-8 The advantages of utilizing of Maeselle Shine Eyes Solution (1x5ml): Restoration of the ideal condition of the extracellular matrix Brightening Diminishment of bruising and under-eye bags Anti-aging properties Smoothing effect Deep hydration Firming action Regeneration Enhanced flexibility Antioxidant benefits Reduction of wrinkles Suitable for all skin types, especially beneficial for dull, lackluster, and less elastic skin Target area: the eye area Product Application Guidelines: Utilize a 5 ml ampoule for one treatment, distributing a maximum of 1.5 ml for both upper and lower eyelids, and 1 ml for side mimic lines. The treatment plan requires a series of at least four sessions, spaced every 7-14 days. Apply the solution to the upper and lower eyelids, as well as crow’s feet, using the subcutaneous administration technique, specifically employing the bubble method.

Maeselle Pigment Preciser Solution (1x5ml)

Maeselle Pigment Preciser Solution (1x5ml): a solution that can be applied to all the skin types in a professional way, mainly and thus used to dull, sun-exposed, and agingskin. Its ingredients — ascorbic acid, arbutin and licorice extract — help even out skin tone and diminish dark spots. Hyaluronic acid and Tetrapeptide-30 promote collagen and elastin production to maintain skin elasticity. It reduces fine lines for a youthful and vibrant complexion. Alongside that, a powerful combo of antioxidants aid the skin in fighting the damage free radicals like to cause. The package includes: 1 x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua Ascorbic Acid Arbutin Citric Acid Retinyl Palmitate Glycyrrhiza Glabra Root Extract Alcohol Leucine Sodium Hyaluronate Sodium Chondroitin Sulfate Tetrapeptide-30 Caprylyl Glycol Ethylehexylglycerin Glycerin Zinc Gluconate The advantages of utilizing of Maeselle Pigment Preciser Solution (1x5ml): Antioxidant properties Combating skin aging caused by sunlight Evening out skin tone Reducing uneven pigmentation Anti-aging benefits Enhancing skin elasticity Brightening effects Applicable areas: face, neck, chest, hands, body Product Application Guidelines: 5ml ampoule for a single session to the face, neck and cleavage. Optimal results will be to follow up with 4 or more every 7-14 days.

Maeselle Nucleolift Solution (1x5ml)

Maeselle Nucleolift Solution (1x5ml) is a stimulant suitable for all skin types. Its blend of DNA and biomimetic peptides activates fibroblasts, encouraging the production of collagen and elastin, resulting in smoother and firmer skin. Additionally, the presence of retinyl, coenzyme, and vitamin A provides potent antioxidant effects and enhances cellular metabolism, safeguarding skin cells from harm. Utilizing Nuclolift Solution leads to deeply moisturized, well-nourished, tightened, and wrinkle-free skin. For optimal outcomes, it’s advised to undergo three sessions spaced 21 days apart. The package includes: 1 x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua Sodium DNA Calcium Pantothenate Coenzyme A Tocopheryl Acetate Retinyl Palmitate Sodium Chondroitin Sulfate Zinc Gluconate Butylene Glycol Glycerin Disodium Phosphate Sodium Phosphate Caprylyl GLycol Acetyl Hexapeptide-8 Dextran Tripeptide-1 Hydrogenated Lecithin Glycine Soja Oil Oligopeptide-68 Ethylhexyl Glycerin Tetrapeptide-30 Oligopeptide-4 Sodium Oleate Disodium EDTA The advantages of utilizing of Maeselle Nucleolift Solution (1x5ml): Encouraging the production of collagen and elastin Diminishing wrinkles Enhancing smoothness Improving skin firmness Offering antioxidant benefits Brightening the skin Revitalizing and firming Providing deep hydration Enhancing skin tone Applicable on face, neck, décolletage, hands, and body Product Application Guidelines: To achieve optimal outcomes, it is recommended to undergo a minimum of four sessions spaced 14 days apart.

Luclane PN+ (5x5ml)

Luclane PN+ (5x5ml) is a Korean product crafted to rejuvenate the skin using deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA), glutathione, peptides, and amino acids. Its infusion of hyaluronic acid provides deep hydration to dry skin. The blend of Acetyl Hexapeptide-8, Palmitoyl Pentapeptide-4, and amino acids stimulates collagen and elastin synthesis, delivering anti-wrinkle and firming benefits. With consistent use, the skin recovers its glow and attains a vibrant, youthful look. The package includes: 5 x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Water (Aqua) DNA Glutathione Sodium Hyaluronate Acetyl Hexapeptide-8 Palmitoyl Pentapeptide-4 Threonine Tryptophan Tyrosine Valine Cysteine Thiamine Diphosphate Coenzyme A Nicotinamide Adenine Dinucleotide Adenosine The advantages of utilizing of Luclane PN+ (1x5ml): Revitalization Diminishment of wrinkles Brightening Balancing skin tone Deep moisturization Promotion of collagen and elastin production Product Application Guidelines: Three application methods available: fundamental therapy, MTS therapy, and meso-injection therapy.

LipoVela-V (1x10ml)

LipoVela-V (1x10ml) is a Korean solution crafted for localized fat breakdown and cellulite reduction. Its active components, sodium deoxycholate and phosphatidylcholine, facilitate the controlled breakdown of fat cells, which are then metabolized and expelled from the body. Biomimetic peptides, along with carnitine and arginine, prevent excessive skin sagging in areas with reduced fat tissue, effectively eliminating cellulite. The result of using LipoVela is a slender physique with smooth and taut skin. Additionally, the presence of peroxide dismutase, B vitamins, and vitamin C rejuvenates the skin and aids in combating free radicals. The package includes: 1 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Phosphatidylcholine Sodium Deoxyholate Glutathione L-Carnitine EGF FGF1 IGF Thioredoxin Superoxide Dismutase Acetyl Hexapeptide-8 Naturotics Plus MultiE BSASM Plus VItamin C, B2, B3, B12, Palmitoyl Pentapeptide-4 Palmitoyl Tetrapeptide-7 Dipeptide Arginine Arbutin Adenosine 1,2-Hexanediol The advantages of utilizing of LipoVela-V (1x10ml): Lipolytic effect Fat reduction Cellulite elimination Body contouring Enhancement of skin elasticity Product Application Guidelines: Recommended dosage per application point: Upper Arm Fat: 0.05 ~ 0.1ml or less. Facial Line: 0.01ml ~ 0.05ml or less. Bra Line causing disheveled dressing style: 0.05ml ~ 0.2ml or less.

LipoVela (1x10ml)

LipoVela (1x10ml) is a Korean product created for localized fat breakdown and cellulite reduction. Its active components, sodium deoxycholate and phosphatidylcholine, facilitate the controlled breakdown of fat cells, which are then metabolized and eliminated from the body. Biomimetic peptides, along with carnitine and arginine, prevent excessive skin sagging in areas with reduced fat, effectively eliminating cellulite. LipoVela provides a slimmer physique and smooth, firm skin. The package includes: 1 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Phosphatidylcholine Sodium Deoxycholate EGF FGF IGF Acetyl Hexapeptide-8 L-Carnitine Nicotinoyl Tripeptide-1 Vitamin C, B2, B3, B12 Adenosine Palmitoyl Pentapeptide-4 Palmitoyl Tetrapeptide-7 Hydroxyethylcellulose Naturotics Plus MultiEx BSASM Plus Dipeptide Diaminobutyroyl Benzylamide Arginine Arbutin 1,2-Hexanediol The advantages of utilizing of LipoVela (1x10ml): Lipolytic effect Body fat reduction Cellulite elimination Body contouring Enhancement of skin elasticity Product Application Guidelines: Shake the vials thoroughly to evenly distribute the particles settled at the bottom. For the abdomen/waist area, inject 0.05 ~0.2cc into the fat layer, moving a centimeter away for each spot. Depending on the degree of obesity, it is advised to use up to 1 vial of PPC during a session. It is recommended to repeat this treatment 2~3 times with a 15-day interval between sessions (once every 15 days). This process can lead to a reduction of 2~3 inches. Adjust the amount based on the level of obesity and thickness of the fat layer. Use only 1 point for injection. For fat around the upper arm, use 0.01 ~ 0.05ml or less. For thicker fat layers around the abdomen/waist, use 0.05ml ~ 0.2ml or less. For fat around the hips, use 0.05ml ~ 0.15ml or less.

Liporah V (1x5ml)

Liporah V (1x5ml) is an innovative lipolysis solution from Korea. Specifically crafted for facial contouring, this product diminishes fat cells and enhances skin elasticity. With EGF, FGF, IGF, SOD, and TRX factors, it promotes collagen and elastin synthesis, preventing skin sagging. The result of Liporah usage is a toned and sculpted facial profile. The package includes: 1 x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Phosphatidylchoine Sodium Deoxychalate L-Carnitine EGF FGF1 IGF Thioredoxin Superoxide Dismutase Acetyl Hexapeptide-8 Naturotic Plus MultiEx BSASM Plus Vitamin C, B2, B3, B12, Palmitoyl Pentapeptide-4 Palmitoyl Tetrapeptide-7 Dipeptide Arginine Adenosine 1,2-Hexanediol The advantages of utilizing of Liporah V (1x5ml): Facial sculpting Rapid fat reduction Enhanced skin elasticity and rejuvenation Stimulated production of collagen and elastin Product Application Guidelines: Identify the targeted skin area for the procedure and utilize less than 0.1ml per specific point. Adjust the needle depth according to the skin thickness and the site of application. Suggested needle depths based on application sites (in millimeters): Forehead: 0.2~0.5mm Glabella Lines: 0.25~0.5mm Smile Lines: 0.2~0.5mm Chin & Chin Lines: 0.2~0.7mm Neck: 0.2~0.7mm Eye area: 0.2~0.25mm It is recommended to use one vial (5ml) per session and repeat the treatment every two weeks.

Lipopeptis (10x10ml)

Lipopeptis (1x10ml) is designed for lipolytic treatments and boasts an innovative formula that aids in fat burning. It enhances drainage and diuretic effects, eliminating toxins and promoting efficient fat metabolism. Sh-Oligopeptide 2, a biomimetic peptide, tightens the skin, preventing sagging. This product covers a wide treatment area. The package includes: 10 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua/Water Phosphatidylcholine Sodium Deoxycholate Carnitine Benzyl Alcohol Propylene Glycol Diethylhexanoate Sodium Hydroxide Gelidium Cartilagineum Extract Phytosterols Glycerin Phenoxyethanol Disodium Edta Glycine soja Oil Sodium Oleate Hydrogenated Lecithn Sh-oligopeptide-2 The advantages of utilizing of Lipopeptis (1x10ml): Decreasing cellulite and localized fat Speeding up cellular metabolism Enhancing microcirculation Tightening loose skin Treatment zones: chin, abdomen, arms, thighs, calves Product Application Guidelines: This is an injectable medication. It’s employed to target localized fat deposits as an alternative therapy for minor liposuction and in specific cases of cellulite, typically during stages 1-2. It can be applied in delicate areas due to its simple recovery period and also in regions with compromised lymphatic drainage and blood circulation. Avoid using it on the upper and middle face portions, as well as areas with significant swelling and fibrous alterations.

Lipo-X (1x30ml)

Lipo-X (1x30ml) is a solution with lipolytic properties. It works by interacting with phosphatidylcholine and sodium deoxycholate to reduce localized body fat. The therapy results in a decrease in body measurements, diminished cellulite, enhanced skin tightness, and firmness. The product sculpts the body while keeping the skin in optimal condition. The package includes: 1 x 30 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Phospatidylcholine Carnitine Sodium Deoxycholate Acetyl Hexapeptide-8 Benzyl Alcohol 1,2-Hexanediol The advantages of utilizing of Lipo-X (1x30ml): Reducing body fat and cellulite Body sculpting Enhancing body contours Firming the skin Application areas: body Product Application Guidelines: Apply the solution on clean skin. Avoid exceeding 5ml per 10 cm2 of the area. Do not surpass 30ml per session. Avoid application on the face. Incorrect or inconsistent usage could result in complications and side effects.

LipoLax+ (10 x 10ml)

LipoLax+ (10 x 10ml) is formulated for targeted reduction of localized body fat. Sodium deoxycholate disrupts fat cell membranes, allowing easier access for phosphatidylcholine to metabolize triglycerides in the mitochondria. The outcome is a slimmer silhouette and firm, supple skin. LipoLax+ serves as an ideal completion to the weight loss journey, particularly for challenging areas like the inner thigh or waist. The package includes: 10 ampoules of 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Phosphatidylcholine 1000 mg Sodium deoxycholate L-carnitine Biomimetic peptide: Acetyl Hexapeptide-8 The advantages of utilizing of LipoLax+ (10 x 10ml): Fighting localized body fat Enhancing skin tone to its best condition Applicable areas: inner and outer sides of the arms, fat deposits around the bust, diaphragm, and back, waistline, accumulation of fat along the hips, abdomen, inner and outer thighs Product Application Guidelines: Just a single session of lipolytic mesotherapy with Lipo Lax+ can eliminate localized fat deposits, cellulite, and sagging skin. Undergoing three sessions will lead to reduced tissue contours, resulting in smoother and firmer skin. In cases of smaller areas, three sessions are adequate to achieve remarkable therapy outcomes, comparable to those of plastic surgery. However, if the tissue is thicker, more sessions might be necessary. Repeating the procedure series will enhance and solidify the results achieved during therapy.

Lipo Lab V-line (1x10ml)

Lipo Lab V-line (1x10ml) is formulated for targeted reduction of localized body fat. It results in a more slender physique and firmer, elastic skin. Lipo Lab V-line serves as an ideal conclusion to the weight loss journey, particularly effective in challenging areas like the chin and neck. The package includes: 1 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Aesculus hippocastanum Juglans Regia Seed Fumaria Officinalis Anemone Pulsatilla Tyrosine Thiamine Manganese Gluconate Magnesium Ascorbyl Phosphate Ascorbic Acid Niacinamide Riboflavin Pyridoxine Conjugated Linoleic Acid L-carnitine Thermus Thermophiles Sodium Chloride Citric Acid Fumaric Acid 2-oxo-gluraric Acid Malic Acid Succinic Acid Sodiumoxalaceatate Sodium Pyruvate Coenzyme A Cystein Hyaluronate The advantages of utilizing of Lipo Lab V-line (1x10ml): Addressing localized excess body fat Promoting tissue regeneration Restoring skin tone to its optimal condition Enhancing flexibility and suppleness Applicable areas: face and body What is the duration of the results? LipoLab V Line injection lipolysis demonstrates noticeable results after a single session. The facial contour becomes more defined, and the skin texture becomes smoother and more elastic. Following a series of treatments, these effects can endure for up to nine months.

LipoLax VL (10x10ml)

LipoLax VL (1x10ml) is designed for facial localized fat. This treatment defines the facial contour and tightens the surface of the skin. It is best suited for lean people who find it difficult to get rid of surplus fat by following a healthy diet or working out. LipoLax VL is the perfect last touch as an auxiliary help after losing weight, in areas that are less susceptible to it, such as the chin or neck. While causing powerful conditioning for the skin it renders a lipolytic effect that helps to avoid sagging as the circumferences of tissues decrease. Due to its unique properties, this treatment produces quick results with little downtime. The package includes: 10 ampoule of 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Phosphatidylcholine 600 mg L-carnosine 10 mg/ml Sodium hyaluronate – 20 mg/ml Peptide complex: Palmitoyl Pentapeptide-4, Palmitoyl Tetrapeptide-7, Acetyl Hexapeptide-8 – 3000 mg The advantages of utilizing of LipoLax VL (1x10ml): Coping with body fat localized deposits Revitalizing the skin Making the skin more balanced in its texture and tone Enhancing skin flexibility Guidelines for application of the product: You should get 2-3 sessions spaced 14 days apart for best results. The administration of more than one ampoule of the product in a single session is not allowed.

Lipo Lab+ (1x10ml)

Lipo Lab+ targets localized fat use skin, fat, or muscle to concentrate. This deprives the fat cells of triglycerides, and sodium deoxycholate acts as a surfactant, dissolving the fat cell membranes and letting in phosphatidylcholines to convert the remaining triglycerides into fatty acids and glycerol, which are metabolized in the mitochondria. The upshot is a leaner body and tight, springy skin. Lipo Lab+ serves as an effective final step in the weight loss journey, particularly in challenging areas like the chin, inner thighs, or neck. The package includes: 1 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Phosphatidylcholine (PCC purification 99.8%) 700 mg Sodium deoxycholate – 50 mg L-carnitine – 600 mg Sodium hyaluronate – 100 mg Peptide complex: Palmitoyl Pentapeptide-4, Palmitoyl tetrapeptide-7, Acetyl hexapeptide-8 The advantages of utilizing of Lipo Lab+ (1x10ml): Addressing localized excess body fat Enhancing skin regeneration Restoring optimal skin tone Improving skin flexibility Target areas: Below the lower jaw and neck, inner and outer arms, fat deposits around the bust line, diaphragm, and back, waistline and outer hips, abdomen, inner and outer thighs Product Application Guidelines: Injection sites: legs, thighs, buttocks, abdomen, waist: dosage: 10-20 ml, depth: 6-13 mm. Injection site: chin area: dosage: 5-10 ml, depth: 3-4 mm. Injections are administered directly into the subcutaneous tissue that requires correction. Additional guidelines: It is essential to assess the patient’s qualifications for the procedure after reviewing their medical history. Measure the tissues targeted for the procedure and adhere to aseptic protocols during the process. Monitor the patient for approximately 30 minutes and provide appropriate irrigation.

Lemonbottle (5x10ml)

Lemonbottle Face & Body (5x10ml) is an advanced Korean formulation designed for lipolysis. This highly concentrated premium solution blends riboflavin (vitamin B2), bromelain, and lecithin to effectively metabolize fat cells. The package includes: 5 vials of 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Pineapple Sativus (Pineapple) Fruit Extract Pentylene Glycol Bromelain Sodium Chloride Lecithin Centella Asiatica Extract Salvia Miltiorriza Root Extract Chamomilla Recutita (Matricaria) Extract Scutellaria Baicalensis Root Extract Riboflavin The advantages of utilizing of Lemonbottle Face & Body (1x10ml): For facial applications: enhancing the flexibility of expression lines, addressing facial asymmetry, reducing double chin, and contouring the face For body treatments: aids rapid weight loss within a short duration, targets specific localized fat removal, especially effective when traditional weight loss methods have been ineffective Product Application Guidelines: Recommended amounts for specific areas: Arms (left and right): 20-30ml in total. Inner thighs (left and right): 20-30ml (equivalent to 2-3 vials). Abdomen: 30-40ml (equivalent to 3-4 vials). Face: It is advisable to use a cannula or a 30G needle. Usage per injection point: 0.5ml -1ml (with 1cm spacing between points). Maximum recommended usage for the face is up to 10ml. For a significant double chin, a recommended dosage falls between 5ml to 10ml. Body: It is recommended to employ a cannula or a 30G needle. Usage per injection point: 1~ 1.5ml with a spacing of 1.5~2cm between spots (when using 30G needles).

Linerase Hydro 1x5ml

Linerase Hydro 1x5ml is an injectable solution designed for intradermal use, suitable for all skin types. Linerase Hydro treatments offer a holistic impact on the skin’s structure and health. This infuses the skin with luminosity, nourishment, radiance, and deep hydration. The mix of amino acids and hyaluronic acid salts successfully revives and replenishes facial skin, helping to combat the indicators of aging. The package includes: 1 х 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid sodium – moisturizing and firming effect, a component that restores the body’s water balance L-alanine, L-isoleucine and L-leucine – ingredients with a strong antioxidant effect L-lysine – a component that strengthens skin immunity L-proline – strong hygroscopic properties L-valine – an amino acid supporting repair processes Glycine – an amino acid that activates collagen synthesis L-serine – an amino acid with a building effect The advantages of utilizing of Linerase Hydro 1x5ml: Antioxidant benefits Renewal Rejuvenation Profound moisturization Anti-aging impact Target areas: forehead lines, cheekbones, nasolabial folds, corners of the mouth, jawline, neck, décolletage, hands Product Application Guidelines: Receive one session weekly for 4 sessions or one session every 15 days for two sessions Followed by a monthly session for maintenance.

Kabelline (1x8ml)

Kabelline (1x8ml) is an innovative solution for non-invasive localized fat reduction. Utilizing sodium deoxycholate, it breaks down subcutaneous fat cells, significantly reducing the circumference of specific areas. Moreover, it diminishes the likelihood of fat tissue reappearing at the treated site. This method offers immediate results for a more sculpted face without requiring surgery, enhancing facial contours and addressing stubborn fat deposits. The package includes: 1x8ml Ingredients of the product: Sodium deoxycholate 10% – a naturally occurring enzyme in the body, leading to the breakdown of fat cells into small molecules, which are transported to the liver and completely break down The advantages of utilizing of Kabelline (1x8ml): Correction of a double chin Decrease in loose skin Elimination of surplus fat around the jawline Enhancement of facial contours and adjustment of the oval shape Localized reduction of body fat Product Application Guidelines: Lipolytic is employed in both injectable mesotherapy and with the assistance of a mesoscooter to target localized fat deposits on the face and body. In a single session, a maximum of 50 injections, each containing 0.2 ml, can be administered. Each specific area requires 4 ml to 8 ml of the solution. Multiple procedures (up to 6) can be conducted with a one-month interval between each session.

Innea Aqua (1x2ml)

Innea Aqua (1x2ml) is an Italian product crafted to biorevitalize the skin and replenish its natural moisture balance. The concentrated hyaluronic acid gel diminishes fine wrinkles, enhances tissue flexibility, and evens out scars and acne scars. The hyaluronic acid, with two different molecular weights, actively stimulates fibroblasts, not only hydrating the skin but also promoting the synthesis of collagen and elastin, leading to improved skin density. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe with a capacity of 2ml 2 needles 30Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: Non-crosslinked hyaluronic acid 25mg/ml. 80% with an average molecular weight MMW (1.2 MDa – 1.5 MDa). 20% low molecular weight, LMW (0.2 MDa – 0.4 MDa) The advantages of utilizing of Innea Aqua (1x2ml): Diminishment of surface wrinkles Moisturization Revitalization Enhancement of skin tone Increased flexibility Lessening of surface scars and acne scars Application area: facial region What is the duration of the results? Typically, patients undergo an average of three sessions spaced three weeks apart, based on their skin condition. Follow-up treatments are recommended every 60 to 90 days (equivalent to 2 to 3 months) after the initial session.

INNEA (1x2ml)

INNEA (1x2ml) is an Italian product crafted to rejuvenate the skin and replenish its natural moisture. The concentrated hyaluronic acid gel diminishes surface wrinkles, enhances tissue flexibility, and refines scars and acne marks. Following a series of sessions, the skin becomes supple, firm, and rejuvenated. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe with a capacity of 2ml 2 x 30Gx13mm needles Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 20 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of INNEA (1x2ml): Diminishment of surface wrinkles Moisturization Revitalization Evening out skin tone Enhancement of flexibility Noticeable reduction in superficial scars and acne marks What is the duration of the results? The duration varies based on the patient’s individual factors, typically ranging up to approximately 9-12 months.

Infini Premium Meso EyeBooster (2x1ml)

Infini Premium Meso EyeBooster (2x1ml) is an Italian product designed for skin that lacks firmness and vitality. The non-crosslinked hyaluronic acid (2mg/ml) hydrates the tissue and provides a temporary cushioning effect. This cocktail of amino acids — among them, proline, glycine, and serine — helps to smooth fine wrinkles, increase skin thickness and reduce dark circles and droopy eyelids. The package includes: 2 pre-filled syringes of 1 ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua Sodium Hyaluronate Niacinamide Glutathione Proline Serine Glycine Phenoxyethanol Sodium hydroxide The advantages of utilizing of Infini Premium Meso EyeBooster (2x1ml): Reviving the skin around the eyes Diminishing wrinkles Enhancing skin density Eradicating under-eye dark circles Suitable for skin that lacks firmness and a radiant complexion Application areas: facial and the eye area Product Application Guidelines: Mesotherapy injections. Treatment regimen consisting of 3 to 5 sessions.

INFINI Meso Premium - BTX (1x10ml)

INFINI Meso Premium – BTX (1x10ml) is designed for skin showing initial signs of aging and expression lines. Combining hyaluronic acid with a potent biomimetic peptide, Acetyl Hexapeptide-8, this formulation not only deeply hydrates the skin but also mimics the effects of botulinum toxin. It enhances skin firmness, stimulating collagen and elastin synthesis. This versatile formula can be applied on the face, neck, décolleté, and delicate hand skin. The package includes: 1 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua Acetyl Hexapeptide-8 Sodium Hyaluronate Phenoxyethanol Benzyl Alcohol Sodium Hydroxide The advantages of utilizing of INFINI Meso Premium – BTX (1x10ml): Firming Reduction of wrinkles Anti-aging properties Deep hydration Applicable on face, neck, neckline, and hands Product Application Guidelines: To achieve the desired results, apply the ampoule on clean skin. Conduct one session every 10-14 days.

INFINI Meso Premium - Collagen Stimulate/Max (1x10ml)

INFINI Meso Premium – Collagen Stimulate/Max (1x10ml) is designed for skin displaying initial signs of aging and dehydration. Combining hyaluronic acid with a peptide complex and collagen, this preparation not only deeply hydrates the skin but also enhances its firmness, promoting the synthesis of collagen and elastin. C CollagenMAX boosts cell metabolism and fibroblast activity, positively influencing tissue thickness and elasticity. The versatile formula extends its application to the face, neck, décolleté, and delicate hand skin. The package includes: 1 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua Caprylyl Glycol Acetyl Tetrapeptide-2 Hydrolyzed Collagen Acetyl Decapeptide-3 Sodium Hyaluronate Phenoxyethanol Benzyl Alcohol Sodium Hydroxide The advantages of utilizing of INFINI Meso Premium – Collagen Stimulate/Max (1x10ml): Revitalization Restoration of youthfulness Reduction of wrinkles Anti-aging benefits Deep hydration Suitable for use on face, neck, décolletage, and hands Product Application Guidelines: To achieve the intended results, apply the ampoule on clean skin. Conduct one session every 10-14 days.

INFINI Premium Meso - Hair Max (1x10ml)

INFINI Premium Meso – Hair Max (1x10ml) is designed for trichological treatments, providing strengthening and nourishing effects. Packed with biotin, amino acids, and peptides, it deeply conditions the hair roots and scalp. After completing the full treatment course (consisting of 4-8 sessions), expect to enjoy strong, glossy hair and revitalized, well-hydrated skin. The package includes: 1 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua Butylene Glycol Dextran Acetyl Tetrapeptide-3 Trifolium Pratense (Clover) Flower Extract Acetyl Cysteine Glutamine Arginine Taurine Zinc Gluconate Panthenol Hydrolyzed Keratin Biotin Riboflavin Octapeptide-2 Thiamine HCL Sodium Hyaluronate Pyridoxine HCL Cyanocobalamin Sh-Oligopeptide-4 Sodium Hydroxide Phenoxyethanol The advantages of utilizing of INFINI Premium Meso – Hair Max (1x10ml): Revitalization Decreasing excessive hair shedding Fortifying the hair follicles Nourishing Enhancing the vitality and health of the scalp and hair Application areas: scalp, eyebrow region Product Application Guidelines: Apply on freshly cleansed skin until the desired outcomes are attained. Do not exceed 2 ml per session. Intended for external use solely. Repeat the process 4-8 times every 7-9 days. For one-time use exclusively.

INFINI Meso Premium - Whitening Max (1x10ml)

INFINI Meso Premium – Whitening Max (1x10ml) is a product designed for skin whitening procedures, providing moisturization and promoting an even skin tone. The combination of tranexamic acid, glutathione, and arbutin helps in depigmenting discolorations, allowing the skin to regain a natural, healthy complexion. After completing a full treatment session (comprising 4-8 treatments spaced every 10-14 days), the skin appears radiant and revitalized. The package includes: 1 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua Sodium Hyaluronate Tranexamic Acid Propylene Glycol Glutathione Arbutin Panthenol Oligopeptide-34 Glycyrrhiza Glabra Root Extract Kojic Acid Phenoxyethanol Sodium Hydroxide The advantages of utilizing of INFINI Meso Premium – Whitening Max (1x10ml): Reduction of skin discoloration Evening out skin tone Providing antioxidant benefits Depigmenting effect Hydrating the skin Smoothing out imperfections Anti-wrinkle properties Product Application Guidelines: Complete 4 to 8 sessions with breaks of 10-14 days in between. For one-time use. Applicable areas: face, neck, décolletage, hands.

INFINI Premium Filler Aquabooster A (2x1ml)

INFINI Premium Filler Aquabooster A (2x1ml) is a gel formulation containing lightly cross-linked hyaluronic acid. Utilizing non-crosslinked hyaluronic acid enables tissue hydration and the smoothing of surface wrinkles. This product rejuvenates parched and dull skin, enhancing its tone and reducing discoloration. The package includes: 2 pre-filled syringes of 1 ml needles 4x30G x 13 mm Ingredients of the product: Lightly cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 20 mg/ml Sterile saline solution The advantages of utilizing of INFINI Premium Filler Aquabooster A (2x1ml): Smoothing fine lines and wrinkles Slowing down the skin aging process Hydrating tissues Brightening skin and reducing discoloration Preventing photoaging effects Diminishing eye and lip wrinkles Rejuvenating lip color Smoothing forehead wrinkles Revitalizing the skin on hands and neck What is the duration of the results? Between 2 to 4 months.

INFINI Premium Meso LipoMax (1x10ml)

INFINI Premium Meso LipoMax (1x10ml) is formulated to target localized body fat. Through the combined action of phosphatidylcholine and sodium deoxycholate, it promotes lipolysis at the application site, enhancing body contours, decreasing body circumferences, and boosting fat cell metabolism. Caffeine and carnitine have been added to enhance circulation and firm the skin. LipoMax offers a non-surgical alternative to traditional liposuction methods. The package includes: 1 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Phosphatidylcholine – a component intended for the emulsification of adipose tissue, increasing membrane permeability and facilitating the metabolism of excess fat from the body Caffeine – a component that stimulates and improves microcirculation, reduces cellulite and has antioxidant effects Carnitine – a natural component of the cells of the human body, necessary for proper lipid metabolism; facilitates the penetration of fats into cells by increasing the amount of energy in the hair matrix, resulting in faster hair growth; also recommended in the fight against cellulite Sodium deoxycholate – degrading adipocyte cell membranes, facilitating faster breakdown of released triglycerides Biomimetic peptide – Pentapeptide-25 The advantages of utilizing of INFINI Premium Meso LipoMax (1x10ml): Fat reduction Boosting metabolism of fat cells Decreasing body measurements Body sculpting Enhancing body contours Firming effect Suitable for application on arms, back, abdomen, hips, buttocks, inner thighs, knees, and post-surgical liposuction areas Product Application Guidelines: The results of the LipoMAX treatment become noticeable gradually within the initial weeks. How long these effects last is primarily influenced by lifestyle and diet choices. To achieve lasting and ideal outcomes, it’s essential to undergo 3-5 sessions spaced 21-28 days apart.

INFINI Premium Meso N 135 (1x10ml)

INFINI Premium Meso N 135 (1x10ml) is a formula comprising non-crosslinked hyaluronic acid along with a blend of vitamins, amino acids, coenzymes, and minerals renowned for their potent anti-aging properties. The rich hyaluronic acid content provides deep hydration to dry skin, aiding in combating initial signs of aging. Enriched with minerals and vitamins, this preparation deeply nourishes and rejuvenates the skin, leaving it supple and more radiant. The package includes: 1 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Non-crosslinked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 0.025 mg/ml Vitamins: Sodium ascorbate, Vitamin B6, B8, B12, Retinyl palmitate, Biotin, Panthenol, Folic acid, Niacinamide, Riboflavin, Thiamine, Tocopherol Amino acids: Alanine, α-aminobutyric acid, Asparagine, Aspartic acid, Arginine, Cysteine, Glutamine, Glycine, Histidine, Isoleucine, Leucine, Lysine, Methionine, Ornithine, Phenylalaline, Proline, Serine, Taurine, Threonine, Tryptophan, Tyrosine, Valine, Hydroxyproline Minerals: Potassium chloride, Magnesium sulfide, Sodium chloride, Calcium chloride, Coenzymes: NAD, UTP, TPP The advantages of utilizing of INFINI Premium Meso N 135 (1x10ml): Revitalizing the skin Anti-aging effects Diminishing surface wrinkles Intensive moisturization Deep nourishment Elimination of skin flaws Product Application Guidelines: Apply on clean skin until the desired outcome is attained. Use externally. Undergo 4-8 treatments with intervals of 10-14 days. For one-time use. Suitable for application on the face, neck, neckline, and hands.

INFINI Premium Meso N 135 HA (1x10ml)

INFINI Premium Meso N 135 HA (1x10ml) is a formula comprising non-crosslinked hyaluronic acid along with a blend of vitamins, amino acids, coenzymes, and minerals, delivering a potent anti-aging impact. The substantial hyaluronic acid concentration provides intense hydration to dry skin and aids in combating initial signs of aging. Minerals and vitamins deeply nourish and rejuvenate the skin, promoting a smoother and more radiant complexion. The package includes: 1 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Non-crosslinked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 5 mg/ml Vitamins: Sodium ascorbate, Vitamin B6, B8, B12, Retinyl palmitate, Biotin, Panthenol, Folic acid, Niacinamide, Riboflavin, Thiamine, Tocopherol Amino acids: Alanine, α-aminobutyric acid, Asparagine, Aspartic acid, Arginine, Cysteine, Glutamine, Glycine, Histidine, Isoleucine, Leucine, Lysine, Methionine, Ornithine, Phenylalaline, Proline, Serine, Taurine, Threonine, Tryptophan, Tyrosine, Valine, Hydroxyproline Minerals: Potassium chloride, Magnesium sulfide, Sodium chloride, Calcium chloride Coenzymes: NAD, UTP, TPP The advantages of utilizing of INFINI Premium Meso N 135 HA (1x10ml): Revitalization of the skin Anti-aging effects Diminishment of surface wrinkles Profound moisturization Intensive nourishment Correction of skin imperfections Product Application Guidelines: Apply the product on clean skin until the desired outcome is attained. Use externally. Undergo 4-8 sessions with gaps of 10-14 days in between. Designed for one-time use. Applicable areas: face, neck, décolletage, hands.

INFINI Premium Meso S 516 (1x10ml)

INFINI Premium Meso S 516 (1x10ml) is a rejuvenating blend suitable for all skin types. Consistent application of this product visibly revitalizes the skin, enhancing its tone, reducing fine lines, and providing intense hydration. The carefully chosen vitamins, along with non-crosslinked hyaluronic acid and amino acids, form the foundation for anti-aging treatment or supplementation. The package includes: 1 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Non-crosslinked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 16 mg/5ml Amino acids: Alanine, Histidine, Isoleucine, Arginine, Proline, Glycine, Leucine, Lysine, Methionine, Thiamine, Phenylalanine, Serine, Threonine, Valine, Tryptophan, Glutamine, Adenosine Vitamins: biotin, niacinamide, pyridoxine, thiamine, inositol, cyanocobalamin The advantages of utilizing of INFINI Premium Meso S 516 (1x10ml): Treatment for reducing wrinkles and combating aging Deep moisturization Enhancing skin flexibility Intensive nourishment Evening out skin tone Revitalization and brightening Preserving the effects of other cosmetic procedures Applicable areas: face, neck, décolletage, hands Product Application Guidelines: Suggested treatment regimen: undergo 4-8 sessions, spaced 10-14 days apart.

INFINI Premium Meso M 532 (1x10ml)

INFINI Premium Meso M 532 (1x10ml) is a rejuvenating formula suitable for all skin types. Consistent application of this preparation visibly revitalizes the skin, enhancing its tone, reducing fine lines, and providing deep hydration. The blend of carefully chosen vitamins, non-crosslinked hyaluronic acid, and amino acids forms the foundation for anti-aging treatments or their enhancement. The package includes: 1 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Non-crosslinked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 32 mg/5ml Amino acids: Alanine, Histidine, Isoleucine, Arginine, Proline, Glycine, Leucine, Lysine, Methionine, Thiamine, Phenylalanine, Serine, Threonine, Valine, Tryptophan, Glutamine, Adenosine Vitamins: Biotin, niacinamide, pyridoxine, thiamine, inositol, cyanocobalamin The advantages of utilizing of INFINI Premium Meso M 532 (1x10ml): Anti-aging and anti-wrinkle therapy Profound moisturization Enhancing skin flexibility Rich nourishment Evening out skin tone Evitalization Brightening effect Sustaining the outcomes of other aesthetic procedures Suitable for application on the face, neck, décolletage, and hands Product Application Guidelines: Suggested treatment plan: undergo 4-8 sessions with intervals of 10-14 days between each session.

INFINI Premium Meso L 715 (1x10ml)

INFINI Premium Meso L 715 (1x10ml) is an anti-aging blend ideal for individuals experiencing advancing signs of aging. Consistent application of this product visibly revitalizes the skin, enhancing its tone, reducing fine lines, and providing deep hydration. The thoughtfully chosen vitamins, when combined with non-crosslinked hyaluronic acid and amino acids, form a foundation for anti-aging treatments or their complementary use. The package includes: 1 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Non-crosslinked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 75 mg/5ml Amino acids: Alanine, Histidine, Isoleucine, Arginine, Leucine, Methionine, Phenylalanine, Threonine, Valine, Tryptophan The advantages of utilizing of INFINI Premium Meso L 715 (1x10ml): Comprehensive treatment for reducing wrinkles and combating the effects of aging Deep moisturization Enhancement of skin suppleness Intensive nourishment Evening out skin tone Revitalization Radiance Sustaining the benefits of other aesthetic procedures Suitable for use on the face, neck, décolleté, and hands Product Application Guidelines: Recommended treatment regimen: Undergo 4-8 sessions, spaced apart by 10-14 days.

iLLUMA Crystal Rose (1x5ml)

iLLUMA Crystal Rose has 3 skin-boosting ingredients: Peptides, Glutathione and Hyaluronic Acid that support elasticity, health, luminosity and radiance. This taste and texture-improving formula combines 53 ingredients to improve skin texture, reduce the signs of aging, bloque free radicals, and increase fibroblast activity, keeping skin looking smoother and refreshed. With the involvement of DNA complexes, protein synthesis occurs through improving cellular metabolism, increasing cell replication, and cellular renewal. When used regularly, iLLUMA will brighten skin, minimize minor discolorations and bring back a healthy glow. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Sodium Chloride Sodium Hyaluronate Cyanocobalamin Glutathione Sodium Bicarbonate Niacinamide Sodium DNA Palmitoyl Tripeptide-5 Dextrin, Hydrolyzed Collagen Adenosine Octapeptide-7 CopperTripeptide-1 sh-Pentapeptide-19 sh-Oligopeptide-9 sh-Octapeptide-4 sh-Decapeptide-7 sh-Polypeptide-1 sh-Oligopeptide-1 Galloyl Pentapeptide-33 sh-Polypeptide-9 sh-Polypeptide3 sh-Polypeptide-22 sh-Oligopeptide-2 Sodium Ascorbyl Phosphate Panthenol Biotin Thiamine HCl Tocopheryl Acetate Retinyl Palmitate Pyridoxine Folic Acid Ubiquinone Glycine Glutamic Acid Aspartic Acid Leucine Alanine Lysine Arginine Tyrosine Phenylalaline Threonine Proline Valine Isoleucine Histidine Methionine Cysteine Glutamine Phenoxyethanol The advantages of utilizing of iLLUMA Crystal Rose (1x5ml): Encouragement of fibroblast activity Speeding up collagen production Antioxidant properties Renewal Enhancement of skin tone and texture Deep moisturization Brightening and enhancing suppleness Suitable for use on the face and hands What is the duration of the results? Right after the procedure, you will not see the results immediately, but you will start noticing it after (1-2) weeks. The first three sessions are scheduled every 2-3 weeks to aid in cell regeneration. Afterward, maintenance treatments are performed every 3 to 6 months to sustain the improved skin condition.

Hydryal 4% (2x1,25ml)

Hydryal 4% (2×1.25ml) is a pure, non-animal-derived hyaluronic acid. The gel is clear, uniform, and biodegradable. Its structure closely resembles the natural hyaluronic acid found in the skin. Additionally, Hydryal products include mannitol (0.9%), a potent antioxidant that prevents oxidative harm and extends the effectiveness of the treatment. The package includes: 2×1,25ml Ingredients of the product: 40 mg/ml hyaluronic acid mannitol (0.9%) The advantages of utilizing of Hydryal 4% (2×1,25ml): Smoothing moderate wrinkles Enhancing dry and parched skin Increasing skin moisture and flexibility Product Application Guidelines: Recommend injecting into the middermal layer with a 27-gauge needle.

Hydryal 2% (2x1,25ml)

Hydryal 2% (2×1.25ml) is formulated with meticulously purified non-cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 20mg/ml. This solution rejuvenates the skin, reinstating its hydration equilibrium. Furthermore, it enhances skin elasticity, bringing back its natural glow for a tighter, more youthful complexion. Hydryal 2% effectively diminishes fine lines and shallow wrinkles while also deterring the formation of new ones. The addition of mannitol serves as an antioxidant, preventing oxidative damage and extending the longevity of the achieved results. The package includes: 2×1,25ml Ingredients of the product: 20 mg/ml hyaluronic acid 0.9% mannitol The advantages of utilizing of Hydryal 2% (2×1,25ml): Rebalancing skin hydration Restoring skin health Diminishing and preventing wrinkles Enhancing skin elasticity Achieving a radiant complexion Product Application Guidelines: Hydryal is delivered via micro-injections into the upper or middle skin layers and is suitable for application on the face and neckline. The injections reach the epidermis and superficial dermal layers, utilizing a recommended 30-gauge needle.

Hydryal 3% (2x1,25ml)

Hydryal 3% (2×1.25ml) is a product developed by the Israeli company Luminera, designed to address superficial and moderate wrinkles as well as skin imperfections. Furthermore, it restores the skin’s natural elasticity and is formulated with hyaluronic acid gel derived from non-animal sources. The package includes: 2×1,25ml Ingredients of the product: unbound hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 30 mg/ml manitol 9 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Hydryal 3% (2×1,25ml): Correction of mild to moderate wrinkles and skin imperfections Enhancing elasticity Providing hydration What is the duration of the results? Depending on the client’s unique factors, ranging from 6 to 9 months.

Hyamino Firm 1x5ml

Hyamino Firm 1x5ml is a formula with anti-aging, illuminating, nourishing, and firming effects. These treatments brighten the skin, reversing volume loss in the face, reducing deep wrinkles and hydrating tired dry skin. The solution contains hyaluronic acid, as well as a combination of four amino acid, collagen and elastin precursors that help to stimulate and rejuvenate the extracellular matrix. For enhanced results, it is advised to combine these treatments with Hyamino Care 75 and JPX 3 Bio peeling. The package includes: 1 x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Non-crosslinked hyaluronic acid 10mg/ml Biomimetic peptide – Acetyl hexapeptide 3 Amino acids: Acetylcysteine – antioxidant effect, acceleration of collagen and elastin synthesis, Hydroxyproline – the main component of collagen, Proline – strong hygroscopic properties, Glycine – an amino acid that activates collagen synthesis Niacinamide (vitamin B3) – a highly moisturizing and antioxidant ingredient Dimethylaminoethanol DMAE – an ingredient with antioxidant, anti-aging, anti-wrinkle properties, improves skin tension and hydration The advantages of utilizing of Hyamino Firm 1x5ml: Diminishing deep wrinkles in areas like the neck, neckline, hands, arms, inner thighs, and below the knees Providing anti-aging benefits Enhancing skin firmness Brightening the complexion Offering an antioxidant effect Offering deep hydration Illuminating the skin What is the duration of the results? Longer than half a year.

Hyamino Care 125 1x5ml

Hyamino Care 125 1x5ml is a product designed for anti-aging, skin brightening, nourishing, and firming. These treatments aim to rejuvenate the skin, combat the loss of facial volume, minimize deep wrinkles, and deeply moisturize tired and dry skin. The product includes hyaluronic acid and a blend of four amino acids, as well as precursors to collagen and elastin, which support the stimulation and regeneration of the extracellular matrix. For enhanced results, it is advised to combine Hyamino Care 125 treatments with JPX 3 Bio peeling. The package includes: 1 x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Non-crosslinked hyaluronic acid 25mg/ml Amino acids: Hydroxyproline – the main component of collagen, Proline – strong hygroscopic properties, Lysine – a component that strengthens skin immunity, Glycine – an amino acid that activates collagen synthesis The advantages of utilizing of Hyamino Care 125 1x5ml: Diminishment of profound wrinkles in areas such as the neck, neckline, hands, arms, inner thighs, and beneath the knees Anti-aging benefits Enhancement of skin firmness Antioxidant properties Intensive hydration Enhancement of skin radiance What is the duration of the results? Longer than half a year.

Hyamino Hair 1x5ml

Hyamino Hair is a biostimulating solution that promotes hair growth and strengthens the scalp. It is associated with active components as hyaluronic acid, amino acids, vitamins and minerals that feed the skin and help it develop New hair. In addition, its use treatments hydrates the scalp in depth and fortifies the hair follicles. The package includes: 1 x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua Panthenol Phenoxyethanol Benzyl Alcohol Sodium Hyaluronate Sulfate Zinc Pyridoxine Thiamine Biotine Iron Gluconate Phenylalaline Triptophane Lysine L-leucine The advantages of utilizing of Hyamino Hair 1x5ml: Preventing hair loss Speeding up hair regrowth Increasing hair thickness and density Promoting circulation and enhancing blood flow to the scalp Revitalizing hair follicles Providing scalp care Application area: Scalp What is the duration of the results? Longer than half a year.

HALYX (1x2ml)

HALYX (1x2ml) is an Italian product and can be used by all skin types and ages. It has high molecular weight hyaluronic acid, which remodels the extracellular matrix to improve skin density. It also promotes the fibroblasts to produce collagen and elastin. This product leaves your skin very hydrated and extremely smooth. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe with a capacity of 2ml 2 needles 30Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 20mg/ml, high molecular weight 1000-1500 kDA The advantages of utilizing of HALYX (1x2ml): Reduction of wrinkles Skin rejuvenation Deep hydration Enhanced flexibility and suppleness Diminished discoloration by thickening the outer skin layer Stimulation of collagen and elastin production Product Application Guidelines: Once skin has undergone healing, schedule sessions every 7 to 15 days or monthly based on skin aging level. Have 6 to 10 sessions a year. Renew the treatment each year.

Hyamino Care 75 1x5ml

Hyamino Care 75 (1x5ml) is an injectable solution that offers anti-aging, skin brightening, nourishing, and firming benefits. These treatments aim to rejuvenate your appearance, combat the loss of facial volume, diminish deep wrinkles, and provide intense moisture to tired, dry skin. This preparation comprises hyaluronic acid along with a blend of four amino acids, collagen, and elastin precursors, all of which contribute to stimulating and regenerating the extracellular matrix. For enhanced results, it is advisable to combine Hyamino Care 75 treatments with JPX 3 Bio peeling. The package includes: 1 x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Non-crosslinked hyaluronic acid 15mg/ml Amino acids: Hydroxyproline – the main component of collagen, Proline – strong hygroscopic properties, Lysine – a component that strengthens skin immunity, Glycine – an amino acid that activates collagen synthesis The advantages of utilizing of Hyamino Care 75 1x5ml: Diminishment of profound wrinkles: on the upper and lower eyelids, neck, décolletage, hands, arms, inner thighs, and the region beneath the knees Anti-aging benefits Decrease in under-eye dark circles Enhancement of skin’s firmness Antioxidant properties Profound moisturization Skin brightening What is the duration of the results? Longer than half a year.

HAIRNA Exosome Hair Fill (1x2,5ml)

HAIRNA Exosome Hair Fill (1×2.5ml) is a product advised for providing intensive nourishment and care to the scalp. It comprises components that support the maintenance of healthier skin. The collaboration among exosomes, growth factors, biotin, and peptides works to fortify the skin’s protective shield and mitigate hair loss. Employing the HAIRNA mixture yields an overall enhancement in hair condition and an increase in hair thickness. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 2.5 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Human Adipose Stromal Cell Exosomes Sodium Chloride Sodium Hyaluronate Sodium Phosphate Copper Tripeptide-1 Sodium Bicarbonate Zinc Sulfate Biotin Panthenol Calcium Pantothenate Biotinoyl Tripeptide-1 Thiamine Diphosphate sh-Polypeptide-1 (FGF2) sh-Polypeptide-4 (SCF) sh-Polypeptide-13 (Noggin) Pyridoxine HCL Folic Acid The advantages of utilizing of HAIRNA Exosome Hair Fill (1×2,5ml): Prevention of hair loss Nourishing the scalp and hair follicles Enhancing the structure of the hair Anti-inflammatory benefits Accelerating the healing of wounds Suitable for all skin types Product Application Guidelines: Usage: Apply as a serum for smooth movement when used with a microneedling device. Apply to a clean, exfoliated, and sanitized scalp. Evenly spread Hairna’s contents on the treated areas and ensure proper absorption. Conclude the procedure with low-level light therapy (red and/or infrared) if desired. Frequency of use may vary based on individual preference, ranging from once to monthly intervals.

Fragmyx Oxyx (1x5ml)

Fragmyx Oxyx (1x5ml) is an Italian hyaluronic acid-based product enriched with antioxidants and a skin matrix-modulating solution. It is designed for all skin types in need of rejuvenation and dealing with issues like discoloration. The formulation includes 9 amino acids – leucine, isoleucine, lysine, valine, serine, cysteine, proline, alanine, and glycine – which fortify the skin, enhancing its resilience against oxidative stress and the adverse effects of photoaging. Hyaluronic acid provides comprehensive hydration to the skin, and glutathione contributes antioxidant and detoxifying properties. This product is certified as a medical device. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic Acid Sodium Salt L-Serine L-Alanine L-Cysteine L-Leucine L-Lysine hydrochloride L-Proline L-Valine Glycine Reduced Glutathione Sodium Ascorbyl Phosphate Phosphate Bufer System Water for injection The advantages of utilizing of Fragmyx Oxyx (1x5ml): Mild skin rejuvenation and enhancement of complexion Diminishment of skin discoloration Shielding against the effects of sun-induced aging Antioxidant benefits Applicable areas: facial area, neck, décolletage, hands, and body (inner arms and thighs) Product Application Guidelines: Intradermal procedure. Needle: 30Gx4mm. Treatment Schedule: Initial cycle: One session, with 3-4 treatments every 7-10 days. Second cycle: One session, involving 2 treatments every 15 days. Maintenance: One session every 4-6 months. Single session: 3 treatments every 15-20 days. Maintenance care: One session every 4-6 months.

Hair Bloom (1x1ml)

Hair Bloom (1x1ml) is a product designed for mesotherapeutic treatments aimed at rejuvenating and revitalizing hair follicles. This Korean solution, with its distinctive blend of active components including biotin, proteins, hyaluronic acid, biomimetic peptides, keratin, and collagen, effectively prevents hair loss while promoting the faster growth of new hair strands. It provides deep hydration to the scalp, leading to stronger and thicker hair. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe, 1 ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid Keratin Collagen Proteins Peptides: SH-Oligopeptide-9, SH-Decapeptide-7, Octapeptide-7 Biotin The advantages of utilizing of Hair Bloom (1x1ml): Halting hair loss Speeding up hair re-growth Enhancing hair thickness and density Boosting circulation and enhancing scalp blood flow Rejuvenating hair follicles Nourishing the scalp Fortifying hair Product Application Guidelines: In contrast to the majority of comparable products, Hair Bloom Hair Filler demonstrates visible outcomes within 12 weeks of treatment: hair becomes significantly more robust and denser. The complete regimen spans 4-8 weeks. One session every two weeks. Revisit the program after 5-6 months (for maintenance purposes).

Ell Rose (1x10ml)

Ell Rose (1x10ml) is a product suitable for all skin types, but it’s especially beneficial for dehydrated and dull skin showing initial signs of aging. This formulation provides intense hydration and firmness to the skin. It contains a variety of vitamins and amino acids that deeply nourish the intercellular matrix. These components also enhance the vitality of fibroblasts and promote the production of collagen and elastin, helping the skin regain its proper elasticity and reducing the appearance of fine wrinkles. The outcome of using ELL Rose products is a healthy, radiant complexion that looks youthful. The package includes: 1 x 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua (Water) Sodium Hyaluronate Pyridoxine HCL Riboflavin Thiamine HCL Tocopherol Retinyl Palmiatate Vitamin B12 Histidyne HCL Isoleucine Magnesium Sulfate Sodium Ascorbate Biotin Alanine Leucine Lysine HCL Methionine Phenylalanine Panthenol Folic Acid Inositol Niacinamide Sodium Acetate Sodium Chloride Asparagine Arginine HCL Gluthamine Glycine Proline Serine Taurine Threonine Tryptophane Tyrosine Valine Calcium Chloride Acetyl Glucosamine Hydroxyproline The advantages of utilizing of Ell Rose (1x10ml): Intensive moisturization Anti-aging benefits Revitalization Enhanced flexibility and firmness Smoothing effect Reduction of wrinkles Stimulation of collagen and elastin production Deep nourishment Suitable for all skin types, particularly recommended for dehydrated and dull skin displaying initial signs of aging Product Application Guidelines: Utilize with Mesopen, Microneedling, or Roller. This product is exclusively intended for professional use.

Dr. DMAE Shine (1x3ml)

Dr. DMAE Shine (1x3ml) — is a Korean formula, with a very powerfull nourishing and restoring ability. Give the skin a dewy, silky finish. With Hyaluronic acid, you can expect a thorough moisturisation of every layer. Shine actively promotes fibroblast growth, contributing to enhanced skin density and firmness, while also facilitating robust regeneration. The excellent Polynucleotides penetrate the skin to bring illumination, an even complexion and an overall radiant appearance. This product leaves skin full of vibrant health! Amino acids are crucial for collagen production, elastin production, and giving the skin its shape and, just as importantly, also support regeneration of the skin. The package includes: 1 ampoule with a capacity of 3 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Sodium Chloride Sodium Hyaluronate Disodium Phosphate Sodium Bicarbonate Sodium Phosphate Glucose Sodium DNA 1,2-Hexanediol Sodium Pyruvate Potassium Chloride Calcium Chloride Arginine Cyanocobalamin Lysine Glutathione Leucine Tyrosine Isoleucine Threonine Valine Cysteine HCI Magnesium Sulfate Phenylalanine Histidine HCI Serine Magnesium Chloride Glycine Methionine Proline Inositol Tryptophan Asparagine Glutamic Acid Aspartic Acid Alanine Folic Acid Calcium Pantothenate Thiamine HCI Pyrodoxine HCI Niacinamide Ferrous Sulfate Zinc Sulfate Riboflavin Thioctic Acid Linoleic Acid Biotin Copper Sulfate The advantages of utilizing of Dr. DMAE Shine (1x3ml): Revitalizing the skin Promoting regeneration Offering antioxidant benefits Boosting collagen production Enhancing brightness Best suited for tired, uneven-toned, and dull-looking skin Product Application Guidelines: Initial phase: Undergo 3 treatments spaced 10-14 days apart. Maintenance phase: Opt for 1-2 treatments per month. Suitable treatment areas encompass the face, neck, décolleté, arms, and areas with loose skin like the knees or abdomen.

DIVES med. Hydra Royal Booster (1x5ml)

DIVES med. Hydra Royal Booster (1x5ml) is an innovative concentrate ideal for addressing dry, fatigued, mature, and dull skin. This formulation delivers anti-aging and skin-tightening benefits while also revitalizing the skin and enhancing its firmness. The presence of hyaluronic acid in the formula ensures long-lasting hydration and a smoothing effect, resulting in a more youthful and radiant complexion. Additionally, glutathione contributes to a multi-dimensional effect, often referred to as the “royal skin” effect. The package includes: 1 x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua Sodium Hyaluronate Sodium Chloride Alanine Phenoxyethanol Benzyl Alcohol Histidine HCI Isoleucine Arginine HCI Proline Glycine Leucine Biotin Lysine HCI Methionine Niacinamide Polysorbate-20 Sodium Hydroxide Sodium Ascorbate Tocopheryl Acetate Retinyl palmitate Calcium Chloride Potassium Chloride Acetyl Cysteine Hydroxyproline Inositol Sodium hydroxide The advantages of utilizing of DIVES med. Hydra Royal Booster (1x5ml): Deep moisturization Boosting vitality and fullness Antioxidant and cell-stimulating impact Enhancement of skin firmness Diminishing wrinkles Rich skin nourishment Encouragement of collagen and elastin production Suitable for use on the face, neck, décolletage, and hands Product Application Guidelines: Please refrain from using more than 3 ml of the product per treatment region. It is advised to complement the HYDRA ROYAL BOOSTER treatment with HYDRA ROYAL 1ml. The solution should be applied once on the face, neck, décolleté, and hands. To maximize the treatment’s effectiveness, it is suggested to utilize HYDRA ROYAL PEEL before the procedure and follow up with HYDRA ROYAL MASK afterward. A total of 4-6 treatments should be administered, with intervals of 14-21 days between each session.

DIVES med. Hydra Royal Booster (3x5ml)

DIVES med. Hydra Royal Booster (3x5ml) is an innovative concentrate designed for dry, fatigued, mature, and dull-looking skin. The formulation offers anti-aging and skin-tightening benefits while also delivering a rejuvenating effect and enhancing skin firmness. The presence of hyaluronic acid in the formula ensures enduring hydration and a smoothing effect, contributing to a more youthful and radiant appearance. Additionally, the inclusion of glutathione provides a multi-faceted impact, often referred to as “royal skin.” The package includes: 3 x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua Sodium Hyaluronate Sodium Chloride Alanine Phenoxyethanol Benzyl Alcohol Histidine HCI Isoleucine Arginine HCI Proline Glycine Leucine Biotin Lysine HCI Methionine Niacinamide Polysorbate-20 Sodium Hydroxide Sodium Ascorbate Tocopheryl Acetate Retinyl palmitate Calcium Chloride Potassium Chloride Acetyl Cysteine Hydroxyproline Inositol Sodium hydroxide The advantages of utilizing of DIVES med. Hydra Royal Booster (3x5ml): Deep moisturization Enhancing vitality and fullness Antioxidant and cell-stimulating properties Enhancement of skin firmness Diminishing wrinkles Rich skin nourishment Promotion of collagen and elastin production Suitable for use on the face, neck, décolletage, and hands Product Application Guidelines: Do not surpass a 3 ml dosage per treatment region. It is advisable to pair the HYDRA ROYAL BOOSTER treatment with HYDRA ROYAL 1ml. This solution should be applied once on the face, neck, décolleté, and hands. To maximize the treatment’s effectiveness, it is suggested to utilize HYDRA ROYAL PEEL before the procedure and follow up with HYDRA ROYAL MASK afterward. A total of 4-6 treatments should be administered, with intervals of 14-21 days between each session.

DIVES med. Amino Age (1x5ml)

DIVES med. Amino Age (1x5ml) is for all types of skin, but specifically for mature skin types with signs of aging, dryness or dehydrated skin. The synergized blend of amino acids, paired with hyaluronic acid, is designed to restore the skin’s structure, stimulate collagen and elastin production and density and strength. This formula works to restore the body’s naturally occurring hyaluronic acid, plumping up wrinkles from the inside and taking care of the ones caused by dehydration. The package includes: 1 x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua Sodium Hyaluronate Alanine Phenoxyethanol Benzyl Alcohol Histidine HCL Isoleucine Arginine HCL Leucine Methionine Threonine Tryptophan Phenylalaline Valine Hydroxyethylcellulose Sodium Hydroxide Lysine HCL Glycine Glutamine Proline The advantages of utilizing of DIVES med. Amino Age (1x5ml): Diminishing wrinkles Anti-aging benefits Deep hydration Lifting results Mitigation of photoaging effects Encouraging collagen and elastin production Enhancement of skin density Safe to use on face, neck, décolletage, and hands Suitable for all skin types, and best for mature skin showing signs of aging, dryness and dehydration Product Application Guidelines: Intended for professional applications. It can be used in micro-needle mesotherapy, needleless mesotherapy, sonophoresis, iontophoresis and oxygen infusion procedures.

DIVES med. Pink Age (1x5ml)

DIVES med. Pink Age (1x5ml) is suitable for all skin types, especially dull grayish skin, which has been affected by environmental pollution, dryness and is showing the first signs of aging. Infusing the skin with a cocktail of minerals, vitamins, and amino acids for deep nourishment, rejuvenation, and regeneration. In addition to hyaluronic acid, glutathione and biomimetic peptides are also highly effective in promoting skin cell renewal and firming, helping to smooth wrinkles. Pink Age seeks to restore the skin’s natural beauty to bring back youthful radiance and vibrancy. The package includes: 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua Sodium Hyaluronate Sodium Chloride Alanine Phenoxethanol Benzyl Alcohol Histidine HCl Isoleucine Arginine HCL Proline Glycine Leucine Biotin Lysine HCL Methionine Niacinamide Pyridoxie HCl Thiamine HCl Phenoxyalanine Serine Threonine Valine Tryptophan Glutamine Taurine Cyanocobalamin Glutathione Polysorbate-20 Sodium Hydroxide Sodium Ascorbate Tocopheryl Acetate Retinyl Palmitate Calcium Chloride Potassium Chloride Acetyl Cysteine Hydroxyproline Acetyl Hexapeptide-8 + Acetyl Decapeptide-3 Capryl Glycol The advantages of utilizing of DIVES med. Pink Age (1x5ml): Diminishment of wrinkles Anti-aging benefits Enhanced radiance Antioxidant properties Deep hydration Lifting results Mitigation of photoaging effects Visible reduction in discoloration and lentigo spots Protection against adverse environmental influences Suitable for use on the face, neck, décolletage, and hands Appropriate for all skin types, especially recommended for those with dull, lackluster skin exposed to environmental pollution, dryness, and displaying signs of aging Product Application Guidelines: Intended for professional application. Suitable for micro-needle mesotherapy, needleless mesotherapy, sonophoresis, iontophoresis, and oxygen infusion procedures.

DIVES med. EyeTouch20 (1x1ml)

DIVES med. EyeTouch20 (1x1ml) is a product composed of unlinked hyaluronic acid designed for skin revitalization, enhancing skin firmness and suppleness, moisturizing, and the reduction of surface-level wrinkles The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1 ml 2 needles 32Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: Non-crosslinked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 12 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of DIVES med. EyeTouch20 (1x1ml): Aging indicators on the skin surrounding the eyelids and temples Deepening eye wrinkles Diminished skin tightness and density in the eyelid area Adding natural hyaluronic acid Diminishing crow’s feet Erasing wrinkles Enhancing skin density, tightness, and firmness Enhancing moisture and tissue hydration Thickening the skin and diminishing blood vessel visibility What is the duration of the results? Depending on the patient’s unique predisposition, approximately six months.

DIVES med. CelluShoock+ 10ml

DIVES med. CelluShoock+ 10ml represents an advanced formula dedicated to combatting cellulite. The synergy of its lipolytic, draining, metabolism-boosting, and conditioning components enables a multifaceted approach that yields optimal outcomes, resulting in smoother skin and reduced fat irregularities. This formulation facilitates the rapid elimination of fatty deposits and swelling, effectively preventing the reappearance of unsightly skin irregularities. By combining potent lipolytic substances like phosphatidylcholine and sodium deoxycholate, it swiftly sculpts the figure and reduces excessive fat accumulation. L-Carnitine expedites the metabolism of released triglycerides, aiding in their elimination from the body. The inclusion of caffeine stimulates microcirculation, addressing swelling and the sensation of heavy legs. The peak of its therapeutic effects is the action of the draining ruscus extract, which ensures proper water retention and prevents the recurrence of water-induced cellulite. This multi-level approach delivers enduring and efficient results, leaving the body perfectly smooth. The package includes: 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Phosphatidylcholine (5%) – a component intended for the emulsification of adipose tissue, increasing membrane permeability and facilitating the metabolism of excess fat from the body Sodium deoxycholate (2.5%) – degrading adipocyte cell membranes, facilitating faster breakdown of released triglycerides L-Carnitine (1%) – a natural component of human body cells, essential for proper lipid metabolism; facilitates the penetration of fats into the cells by increasing the amount of energy in the hair matrix, resulting in faster hair growth; also recommended in the fight against cellulite Pennywort Asian – an ingredient with healing properties for wounds, burns and skin lesions, active compounds of the raw material affect the synthesis of collagen and elastin Caffeine – a component that stimulates and improves microcirculation, reduces cellulite and has antioxidant effects Extract of barbed ruscus – an ingredient that activates blood circulation and strengthens venous immunity The advantages of utilizing of DIVES med. CelluShoock+ 10ml: Diminishing fatty cellulite associated with water retention and circulation Enhancing skin texture Enhancing tissue firmness and tone Reducing body fat Preventing swelling and the sensation of heavy legs Application areas include thighs and buttocks, calves, arms, upper and lower abdominal regions Product Application Guidelines: Apply to clean skin until the desired outcome is achieved. Do not exceed 40 ml of the product per treatment. Prior to initiating the procedure, it is crucial to conduct a thorough medical assessment, rule out any contraindications, secure informed consent for the procedure, and educate the patient about potential outcomes, contraindications, and possible side effects. To achieve satisfying and enduring results, it is recommended to undergo 4-8 treatments, with intervals of 14-21 days between each session.

DIVES med. BTX (1x5ml)

DIVES med. BTX (1x5ml) is a product ideally suited for mature skin and skin experiencing issues with insufficient moisture retention. This formula comprises a high concentration of bimolecular hyaluronic acid, known for its hydrating properties, and the potent argireline hexapeptide, which has strong smoothing effects. This combination of active ingredients prevents the appearance of new wrinkles, while also reducing the visibility of existing ones. The product works the same way as botox, relaxing the muscles and bringing back moisture in the skin and filling it to the optimal hydration level. The package includes: 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid – moisturizing and firming effect, an ingredient that restores the body’s water balance Hexapeptide-8 – a synthetic chemical compound faithfully imitating the action of natural ones, responsible for stimulating the synthesis of collagen and elastin, increasing the production of glycosaminoglycans, through the action of glycoproteins affects the maintenance of the proper structure of the dermis The advantages of utilizing of DIVES med. BTX (1x5ml): Anti-wrinkle and age-defying benefits Rejuvenation Deep hydration Diminishment of expression and dehydration lines Lifting results Application areas: Eye and temple regions, expression lines, mouth area, smoker’s lines, deep wrinkles and creases, areas affected by the aging process Product Application Guidelines: Apply to clean skin until you achieve the desired outcome. Ensure not to exceed 3 ml of the product per treatment area. For gratifying and sustainable effects, it is suggested to have 4-6 treatments every 10-14 days.

DIVES med. LipoShoock+ 10ml

DIVES med. LipoShoock+ 10ml represents an advanced peptide blend designed for lipolysis and intralipotherapy. This formulation is the outcome of years of pioneering work by global pharmacists and biotechnologists, aiming to effectively combat excess fat, cellulite, and sagging skin. Through an enzymatic process that induces adipocyte apoptosis and cell membrane damage, it achieves the efficient reduction of localized adipose tissue and the refinement of body contours. Furthermore, the formula, which already contains the highest allowable concentration of phosphatidylcholine, has been further enriched with peptides and deoxycholic acid, ensuring swift and remarkable reductions in tissue circumference, visible even after the initial treatment. L-Carnitine expedites the metabolism of released fatty acids, enhancing the efficacy of intralipotherapy. Additionally, with the inclusion of hydrogenated lecithin and oligopeptides, LipoShoock+ contributes to the reshaping of the collagen framework and conditioning of tissues, resulting in smoother, firmer, and visibly slimmer outcomes. The package includes: 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Phosphatidylcholine (5%) – a component intended for the emulsification of adipose tissue, increasing membrane permeability and facilitating the metabolism of excess fat from the body Sodium deoxycholate (2.5%) – degrading adipocyte cell membranes, facilitating faster breakdown of released triglycerides L-Carnitine (1%) – a natural component of human body cells, necessary for proper lipid metabolism; facilitates the penetration of fats into cells by increasing the amount of energy in the hair matrix, resulting in faster hair growth; also recommended in the fight against cellulite Phytosterols – natural plant ingredients with lipophilic activity, reduce the level of saturated fatty acids, accelerate collagen synthesis and inhibit the action of elastase – an enzyme that breaks down elastin Soybean oil – an ingredient that relieves inflammation Cartilage jelly extract – an ingredient that improves circulation and drainage of tissues, with firming and synthesizing collagen, recommended for skin sagging and stretch marks Hydrogenated lecithin – improving the appearance of sagging skin through the appropriate level of tension and elasticity of collagen fibers Sh-Oligopeptide 2 – reduction and prevention of overhangs and skin sagging by synthesizing collagen frame and skin proteins, reducing the burning effect The advantages of utilizing of DIVES med. LipoShoock+ 10ml: Body fat breakdown Decreasing body fat Enhancing facial and body outlines Enhancing skin firmness, thickness, and tautness Diminishing fatty cellulite Addressing sagging skin Enhancing lipid metabolism Reducing the inclination for fat accumulation at the treated area Minimizing lipomas Alleviating gynecomastia in males Application areas include arms, upper and lower abdominal regions, male breast tissue, thighs and buttocks, knee region, areas post-surgical liposuction, shoulders, and the neck region often referred to as the “bullish” neck Product Application Guidelines: Apply to clean skin until you achieve the desired outcome. Please ensure not to surpass 30 ml of the product per treatment. Prior to initiating the procedure, it is essential to conduct a medical consultation, assess for contraindications, secure informed consent for the procedure, and educate the patient about potential outcomes, contraindications, and possible side effects. To achieve satisfactory and long-lasting results, it is recommended to undergo 4-8 treatments, with intervals of 21-28 days between each session.

DIVES med. DeHyal+ Hyaluronidase 1500 I.U.

DIVES med. DeHyal+ Hyaluronidase 1500 I.U. is a powdered product indicated for resolving unwanted effects and complications that may arise with the use of hyaluronic acid injections. Hyaluronidase is the most effective method of dissolving the chemical bonds that hold cross-linked hyaluronic acid together. This process dismantles the cross-linking agent, leading to the swift degradation of the hyaluronic acid and reducing the adverse effects and complications associated with its application. The package includes: 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronidase 1500 I.U – a component that dissolves hyaluronic acid of natural origin, as well as used in fillers; metabolized and excreted from the body one week after application The advantages of utilizing of DIVES med. DeHyal+ Hyaluronidase 1500 I.U.: Excess hyaluronic acid correction Correcting papules and irregularities arising from acid injections Addressing acid injection into an artery or venous vessel, which could lead to embolism and tissue death Utilized in cases of hyaluronic acid or crosslinking agent intolerance Applied in instances of filler displacement Used in needle mesotherapy to disintegrate connective tissue bands responsible for cellulite dimples Applied in lipolysis (before ultrasonic cavitation) as an enhancer for connective tissue dissolution process Product Application Guidelines: Activate the product by adding 10ml of saline solution. Before application, perform a sensitivity test on the inner forearm. Wait for 5 minutes and confirm the absence of a positive response, such as blistering accompanied by redness. Consider the presence of mild redness or a vascular spot as a negative reaction. Apply the product to cleansed skin until you achieve the desired effect, ensuring not to exceed 150 I.U/ml of hyaluronic acid concentration. The effects of product application are immediate, with activation in the skin occurring within 24-48 hours. If the results are insufficient, the treatment can be repeated.

DIVES med. LipGLAM X6 5ml

DIVES med. LipGLAM X6 5ml presents an innovative formula designed to enhance the vibrancy and hue of the lip’s natural red color. This potent concentrate, abundant in hyaluronic acid and nourishing components, swiftly elevates hydration levels and soothes dry, cracked lips. The active ingredients naturally enhance microcirculation, gently augment lip volume, and enhance pigmentation. This product encourages the rejuvenation and fortification of the lip’s protective barrier, leading to the restoration of their impeccable smoothness, suppleness, and moisture. In a brief period, this preparation will revive the lost elasticity and sleekness of your lips. The package includes: 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua (Water) Propylene Glycol Magnesium Ascorbyl Phosphate Sodium Hyaluronate Cumarin Troxerutin Ginkgo Biloba Leaf Extract Potassium Sorbate Methylsilanol Mannuronate Phenoxyethanol Sorbic Acid The advantages of utilizing of DIVES med. LipGLAM X6 5ml: Improving skin texture Providing deep moisturization Reviving lip color and accentuating the inherent contrast Achieving a subtle, natural lip plumping effect Product Application Guidelines: Apply the product on cleansed skin until you achieve your desired result, ensuring not to exceed 1 ml per treatment. Prior to the procedure, conducting a thorough medical assessment is essential, which includes screening for contraindications and obtaining informed consent from the patient. It’s also crucial to educate the patient about potential outcomes and possible side effects. To achieve satisfactory and long-lasting results, it is recommended to undergo 4-6 treatments, spaced at intervals of 10-14 days.

DIVES med. MesoMIX+ Artichoke complex 1x10ml

DIVES med. MesoMIX+ Artichoke complex 1x10ml. A monotherapy based on a high-potency artichoke extract, designed to enhance lipolytic treatments and body contouring. Artichoke extract, known for its potent draining properties, offers an effective solution for combating recurring swelling, sensations of leg heaviness, and water-induced hormonal cellulite. Its ability to reduce water retention ensures effective skin detoxification and proper hydration. Moreover, artichoke extract plays a protective role in maintaining liver function and easing its load during lipolytic therapies. This concentrated extract significantly stimulates microcirculation and metabolic processes, making it a valuable addition to lipolysis and anti-cellulite treatments. The package includes: 1x10ml Ingredients of the product: Artichoke extract – accelerates the metabolism of released triglycerides and their excretion from the body, determines proper water retention, has a strong diuretic and antioxidant effect The advantages of utilizing of DIVES med. MesoMIX+ Artichoke complex 1x10ml: Maximizing the outcomes of injectable lipolysis Preventing swelling and puffiness Addressing lymphatic congestion and the sensation of leg heaviness Promoting anti-cellulite effects Enhancing lipid metabolism Reducing cholesterol levels Providing antioxidant defense for tissues Suitable for use on the arms, upper and lower abdomen, thighs and buttocks, knee area, areas post-surgical liposuction, shoulders, and the neck area often referred to as the “bull’s neck” Product Application Guidelines: The product is versatile and can be used either on its own or in conjunction with other DIVES MED formulations. Apply it to clean skin until you achieve the desired outcome, making sure not to exceed 10 ml of the product per treatment area. For satisfactory and enduring results, it is recommended to undergo 4-6 treatments, with intervals of 10-14 days between each session.

DIVES med. MesoMIX+ Argireline peptide 10% 1x10ml

DIVES med. MesoMIX+ Argireline peptide 10% 1x10ml. A novel and advanced peptide designed to combat mimic wrinkles and signs of aging in the skin. Argireline is a hexapeptide that works as an acetylcholine inhibitor, stopping impulses at the neuromuscular junction. Its “Botox-like” effect relaxes the tension in facial muscles that lead to mimic expressions, thereby preventing the appearance of new expression lines and reducing the depth of existing ones. Thanks to its remarkable rejuvenating properties, Argireline is often employed as a synthetic and non-toxic alternative to botulinum toxin treatments, with clinically proven effectiveness. It is particularly recommended for achieving significant lifting effects in the temple, forehead, and mouth areas. The package includes: 1x10ml Ingredients of the product: Argireline hexapeptide (10%) – an ecobotox alternative to botulinum toxin, resulting in a strong smoothing of mimic wrinkles The advantages of utilizing of DIVES med. MesoMIX+ Argireline peptide 10% 1x10ml: Revitalizing and rejuvenating the skin Eradicating expression lines Halting the emergence of fresh wrinkles Enhancing skin firmness Suitable for use around the eyes and temples, on forehead expression lines, around the mouth (often called “smoker’s lines”), and areas with wrinkles Product Application Guidelines: The product is suitable for standalone use or as a complement to other DIVES MED formulations. Apply it to clean skin until you achieve the desired outcome, ensuring not to exceed 3 ml of the product per treatment area. To achieve satisfactory and long-lasting results, it is recommended to undergo 4-8 treatments, with intervals of 10-14 days between each session.

DIVES med. MesoMIX+ Ginko Biloba 1x10ml

DIVES med. MesoMIX+ Ginko Biloba 1x10ml. The extract of the leaves of ginkgo biloba of japan, for the applied purposes of anti-aging and skin-firming therapy. Ginkgo biloba extract is a derivative from the leaves of the ginkgo biloba tree, intended mainly for anti-aging treatment by improving skin firmness and elasticity. This natural extract is remarkable for its rejuvenating properties, reduces the appearance of wrinkles, slows the aging process, and protects the skin from damage caused by oxidizing free radicals. Moreover, it improves microcirculation, thereby making blood vessels less susceptible. Additionally, it positively influences microcirculation, preventing blood vessels from becoming “fragile.” The package includes: 1x10ml Ingredients of the product: Ginkgo Biloba – Japanese ginkgo extract with antioxidant, drainage, and anti-aging properties The advantages of utilizing of DIVES med. MesoMIX+ Ginko Biloba 1x10ml: Antioxidation at the cellular level Enhancing skin tightness and suppleness Promoting healthy blood circulation Boosting the flexibility of blood vessels Facilitating tissue drainage and preventing lymphatic congestion Addressing and reducing cellulite Suitable for use on the face, neck, décolletage, body, and areas affected by cellulite Product Application Guidelines: The product is versatile and can be used independently or in combination with other DIVES MED formulations. Apply it to clean skin until you attain the desired outcome, making sure not to exceed 3 ml of the product per treatment area. To achieve satisfying and enduring results, it is advisable to undergo 4-8 treatments, with intervals of 10-14 days between each session.

DIVES med. MesoMIX+ Hyaluronic acid 3% 1x10ml

DIVES med. MesoMIX+ Hyaluronic acid 3% 1x10ml is an unlinked, dual-molecular weight hyaluronic acid designed to provide robust skin rejuvenation and hydration treatments, while also addressing the natural decrease in hyaluronic acid that occurs with aging. The combined action of low and high-molecular weight hyaluronic acid ensures optimal effects at all skin levels. This unique molecular blend guarantees long-lasting and immediate results, particularly in rejuvenation therapies. The low-molecular weight hyaluronic acid assists in maintaining proper tissue hydration and replenishing the spaces between cells, guarding against the loss of water through the skin. This, in turn, ensures impeccable hydration and the restoration of skin smoothness. The incorporation of high-molecular weight hyaluronic acid, which has an extended release, further addresses various skin imperfections and enhances volume. It is especially effective in reducing wrinkles and signs of skin aging. Hyaluronic acid therapy is essential for preserving healthy and well-nourished skin with a youthful appearance and radiance. The ampoule equipped with a flip-off system allows for multiple sterile withdrawals of the product. The package includes: 1x10ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid 3% – moisturizing and firming effect, an ingredient that restores the body’s water balance The advantages of utilizing of DIVES med. MesoMIX+ Hyaluronic acid 3% 1x10ml: Revitalizing and rejuvenating the skin Enhancing skin moisture balance Diminishing wrinkles caused by dehydration Restoring vitality and fullness to the skin Stimulating the production of type I collagen Product Application Guidelines: The product is versatile and can be used independently or in conjunction with other DIVES MED formulations. Apply it to thoroughly cleansed skin until the desired outcome is achieved, ensuring not to exceed 3 ml of the product per treatment area. Prior to conducting the procedure, it is imperative to perform a comprehensive medical assessment, assess for any contraindications, obtain informed consent for the procedure, and provide the patient with information regarding potential outcomes and potential side effects. To achieve satisfactory and enduring results, it is advisable to undergo 4-6 treatments, with intervals of 10-14 days between each session.

DIVES med. MesoMIX+ L-carnitine 1x10ml

DIVES med. MesoMIX+ L-carnitine 1x10ml. A monotherapy formulated with highly concentrated L-Carnitine designed to enhance lipolytic therapies and body sculpting. L-Carnitine is an essential compound for the efficient metabolism of fatty acids and acts as a potent accelerator of fat burning. Its primary role is the transportation of long-chain fatty acids into the mitochondria, where they undergo beta-oxidation, thus intensifying and optimizing the outcomes of lipolysis. Additionally, L-Carnitine possesses robust antioxidant properties, contributing to the stabilization of biological membranes. Furthermore, it actively participates in the detoxification process by binding to heavy metals, facilitating their elimination from the body. The package includes: 1x10ml Ingredients of the product: L-carnitine (20%) – accelerates the transport and metabolism of released triglycerides and their excretion from the body, a strong antioxidant and chelating compound The advantages of utilizing of DIVES med. MesoMIX+ L-carnitine 1x10ml: Enhancing the outcomes of injectable lipolysis Enhancing lipid metabolism Reducing cholesterol levels Providing antioxidant defense for tissues Suitable for use on arms, upper and lower abdomen, thighs and buttocks, knee area, post-surgical liposuction sites, shoulders, and “bull’s-neck” area Product Application Guidelines: The product is versatile, suitable for standalone use or as a complement to other DIVES MED formulations. Apply it to clean skin until you achieve the desired effect, but do not exceed 10 ml of the product per treatment area. Prior to the procedure, it is crucial to conduct a thorough medical assessment, assess for contraindications, secure informed consent, and educate the patient about potential outcomes and possible side effects. To achieve satisfying and enduring results, it is advisable to undergo 6-10 treatments, with intervals of 10-14 days between each session.

DIVES med. MesoMIX+ Epidermal Growth Factor 1x10ml

DIVES med. MesoMIX+ Epidermal Growth Factor 1x10ml is a synthetic version of epidermal growth factor, a natural component found in our skin. Its purpose is to actively promote and accelerate the skin’s regeneration process. EGF is a polypeptide-like substance naturally secreted by specific cells within the body. Its primary function is to trigger the division, growth, and differentiation of other cells. This process is essential for the regeneration and healing of both the epidermal and dermal layers of the skin. EGF plays a crucial role in stimulating the multiplication and movement of keratinocytes, encourages fibroblasts to generate collagen, and contributes to the epithelialization process during wound healing. Growth factors are fundamental in numerous aesthetic medicine procedures, serving as a kind of “fountain of youth” and a catalyst for the restoration of healthy, rejuvenated skin. The flip-off ampoule enables multiple sterile product applications. The package includes: 1x10ml Ingredients of the product: Epidermal growth Factor EGF-accelerates the rate of skin renewal and renewal of the epidermis, stimulates the production of collagen, prevents photo damage, fine lines and wrinkles Ferulic acid-a powerful antioxidant, reduces the effects of photoaging of the skin Coenzyme Q10-has strong oxidizing properties, protects against the effects of free radicals The advantages of utilizing of DIVES med. MesoMIX+ Epidermal Growth Factor 1x10ml: Promoting tissue healing Commencement of collagen and elastin production Speeding up cell growth and tissue renewal Enhanced cellular metabolism and oxygen supply Enhancing skin tightness and suppleness Suitable for use on the face, neck, décolletage, body, and scalp with hair Product Application Guidelines: The product can be used either independently or in combination with other DIVES MED formulas. Apply it to your clean skin until you reach your desired result. Please do not exceed 3 ml of the product per treatment area. It is crucial to conduct a comprehensive medical assessment, rule out any contraindications, and secure informed consent from the patient before proceeding with the procedure. Patients should also be informed about potential outcomes and potential side effects. For optimal and long-lasting results, it is recommended to undergo 4-8 treatments, with intervals of 10-14 days between each session.

DIVES med. MesoMIX+ Vitamin C 20% 1x10ml

DIVES med. MesoMIX+ Vitamin C 20% 1x10ml is an original vitamin C with high rejuvenating and antioxidative action. Vitamin C is an excellent anti-oxidant that protects the skin cells from oxidative aging. Known as the “youth vitamin” and the “premier vitamin,” this one is central to keeping our skin looking pristine. The anti-aging magic of vitamin C isn’t just because it neutralizes free radicals; it actually plays a role in the skin’s collagen synthesizing process. This preserves collagen fiber degradation and structural changes in the connective tissue. In addition, vitamin C plays a role in blood vessel formation and as such has also been implicated in beneficial treatments of skin disorders such as erythema and rosacea. In addition, vitamin C inhibits the excess production of melanin, thus decreasing the risk of skin discoloration and hyperpigmentation. In addition, its anti-inflammatory and antibacterial properties help in fighting common skin acne. Vitamin C not only has multifaceted benefits, it complements a multitude of skin treatments and is a key element of many professional therapies. The package includes: 1x10ml Ingredients of the product: Ascorbic acid (20%) – Vitamin C – necessary for the synthesis of collagen and elastin, strongly illuminates the skin and gives a healthy glow, one of the strongest antioxidants with remarkable rejuvenating potential, strengthens and seals blood vessels, supports the fight against rosacea and common acne The advantages of utilizing of DIVES med. MesoMIX+ Vitamin C 20% 1x10ml: Enhancing the skin’s defense against antioxidants Promoting significant nutritional benefits Preventing premature aging Addressing the signs of photoaging Enhancing skin tone Boosting radiance and luminosity Stimulating collagen and elastin production Improving the utility of oily And acne – susceptible skin Provides anti-inflammatory and rejuvenating properties Face, neck, décolletage and hands appropriate Product Application Guidelines: The product can be used either by itself or in combination with other DIVES MED formulas. Apply it to clean skin until you achieve the desired result. Make sure to not use more than 3 ml of the product in each treatment area. A course consists of 4-8 treatments with 10-14 days between treatments for optimal and lasting results.

DIVES med. MesoMIX+ Caffeine 1,5% 1x10ml

DIVES med. MesoMIX+ Caffeine 1.5% 1x10ml. Caffeine serves as a potent antioxidant and has the added benefit of expediting the process of lipolysis, leading to a direct reduction in stored body fat. This has considerable implications for skin appearance. Caffeine has increased metabolic activity, aids in the removal of wastes from the body, boosts capillary blood flow, and promotes cellular dehydration. As a result, it helps to shape the body’s contour and delivers toned, firm, and smooth skin. The package includes: 1x10ml Ingredients of the product: Caffeine (1.5%) – an alkaloid supporting the elimination of persistent cellulite, with a strong drainage, lipolytic and antioxidant effect The advantages of utilizing of DIVES med. MesoMIX+ Caffeine 1,5% 1x10ml: Facilitating the decrease of cellulite Assisting in tissue drainage Ustaining appropriate water retention Preventing edema and a sensation of leg heaviness Enhancing skin texture Removing under-eye shadows and puffiness Usable on thighs and buttocks, calves, arms, upper and lower abdomen, lower eyelid area Product Application Guidelines: You can use the product either on its own or in conjunction with other DIVES MED formulas. Apply it to clean skin until you achieve the desired effect. Ensure that you do not exceed 5 ml of the product per treatment area. To achieve satisfactory and enduring results, you should administer 6-10 treatments, spaced at intervals of 10-14 days.

DIVES med. MesoMIX+ Organic silicon + DMAE (1x10ml)

DIVES med. MesoMIX+ Organic silicon + DMAE (1x10ml) is an intensive lifting formulation that combines silica and DMAE for remarkable results. This concentrated blend of lifting components is formulated to enhance skin firmness and provide a gentle lifting effect. By synergizing two potent ingredients known for their skin-lifting and thickening properties, this cocktail ensures both rapid and long-lasting outcomes. It features a high concentration of DMAE, a precursor to acetylcholine, which elevates skin muscle tone. This boost in muscle tone contributes to a restoration of youthful contours and visibly smoother skin. To further optimize its effects, organic silicon is added to the mix. Organic silicon positively influences skin thickness and structure. It actively regenerates connective tissue and promotes the synthesis of collagen and elastin. Through the combined action of these ingredients, this cocktail rejuvenates skin firmness and guards against the loss of elasticity that occurs with aging. The package includes: 1x10ml Ingredients of the product: Organic silicon – stimulates the activity of fibroblasts, smoothes the skin and reduces wrinkles and stretch marks, has an antioxidant effect Dimethylaminoethanol DMAE (1%) – improves skin tension, smoothes wrinkles, has antioxidant and moisturizing properties The advantages of utilizing of DIVES med. MesoMIX+ Organic silicon + DMAE (1x10ml): Gentle skin lifting Enhanced muscle tone Refining facial contour and shape Strengthening and thickening of the skin structure Stimulation of collagen and elastin production Providing antioxidant defense Suitable for use on the face, chin, submandibular jawline, arms, front abdominal area, inner thigh region, saggy knees, and to address stretch marks Product Application Guidelines: The item can be employed on its own or combined with other DIVES MED formulations. Apply it to clean skin until you attain the desired outcome. Avoid exceeding 3 ml of the product per treatment region. It is imperative to conduct a medical assessment prior to the procedure to rule out contraindications and secure informed consent from the patient. Additionally, patients should be informed about potential outcomes and side effects. To achieve effective and enduring results, it is recommended to undergo 4-6 treatments with intervals of 10-14 days.

DIVES med. MesoMIX+ Multi-Vitamin Complex 1x10ml

DIVES med. MesoMIX+ Multi-Vitamin Complex 1x10ml. A multivitamin blend with exceptional nourishing and antioxidant capabilities. The abundance of vitamins and potent antioxidants aids in revitalizing skin that appears lifeless, oxygen-deprived, and lackluster. The combined action of potent youth-preserving vitamins A, E, and C, along with a blend of B vitamins, serves as a formidable defense against premature skin aging, cellular oxidation, and excessive pigmentation. The package includes: 1x10ml Ingredients of the product: vitamins A, E, C complex of B vitamins antioxidants The advantages of utilizing of DIVES med. MesoMIX+ Multi-Vitamin Complex 1x10ml: Suitable for addressing skin prone to acne, significantly sun-damaged skin, and skin exposed to environmental pollutants and city smog Promotes potent skin brightening Delivers a radiant and enduring shield against the detrimental impacts of free radicals Meso Multivitamins supply vital vitamins to the skin Usable on the face and body Product Application Guidelines: In mesotherapy, it’s applied to the epidermis or dermis to provide nourishment and stimulate cells. The Multi-Vitamins complex can be utilized either independently or in conjunction with other DIVES MED formulations. Apply to cleansed skin until the desired outcome is achieved. Ensure not to exceed 3 ml of the product per treated area. To achieve satisfactory and enduring results, it is recommended to perform 4 to 6 treatments at intervals of 10 to 14 days.

DIVES med. MesoMIX+ Organic silicon 1x10ml

DIVES med. MesoMIX+ Organic Silicon 1x10ml. This formulation, rich in organic silicon, is designed for enhancing skin structure and promoting a lifting effect. Organic silicon is a highly requested ingredient in anti-aging formulas. It has strong antioxidant and anti-inflammatory activity. It effectively prevents collagen and elastin synthesis and promotes the restructuring of tissue. This ingredient stimulates cellular metabolism and enhances fibroblast activity, contributing positively to tissue density and firmness. It is particularly effective in firming and lifting, providing intense regeneration to connective tissues, preserving skin firmness over an extended period, and preventing loss of elasticity during the aging process. The package includes: 1x10ml Ingredients of the product: Organic silicon – stimulates the activity of fibroblasts, smoothes the skin and reduces wrinkles and stretch marks, has an antioxidant effect The advantages of utilizing of DIVES med. MesoMIX+ Organic silicon 1x10ml: Gentle skin lifting Enhancement of skin thickness and tightness Stimulation of collagen and elastin production Providing antioxidant shield Addressing stretch marks and skin sagging Suitable areas for application: face, chin, jawline, arms, front abdomen, inner thigh, knees, and stretch marks Product Application Guidelines: The product can be used independently or in conjunction with other DIVES MED formulations. Apply to clean skin until the desired outcome is attained. Do not surpass 3 ml of the product per treatment region. Prior to conducting the procedure, it is imperative to conduct a medical assessment, exclude contraindications, secure informed consent for the procedure, and apprise the patient of potential outcomes and associated side effects. To achieve gratifying and enduring results, 4-6 sessions should be scheduled at 10-14 day intervals. Deviating from the manufacturer’s instructions may result in complications and side effects.

DIVES med. MesoMIX+ DMAE 1x10ml

DIVES med. MesoMIX+ Biotin 1x10ml

DIVES med. MesoMIX+ Biotin 1x10ml. This vitamin cocktail, centered around biotin (vitamin B7 and vitamin H), is formulated to improve hair health and enhance trichological treatments. Biotin plays a crucial role in regulating proper keratinization, metabolism, and the overall well-being of hair and the scalp. The concoction promotes enhanced microcirculation and rejuvenation of hair follicles, resulting in notable improvements such as reduced hair loss, increased hair density, strengthened hair cuticles, and stimulated hair growth. With its exceptional stimulating properties, this preparation serves as an effective remedy against conditions like baldness, alopecia, thinning hair, and dry, flaky scalps. The package includes: 1x10ml Ingredients of the product: Biotin – vitamin B7, the “beauty vitamin”, stimulates the metabolism of the scalp and hair follicles, has a positive effect on the hair roots, regulates keratinization, prevents eczema and seborrhea The advantages of utilizing of DIVES med. MesoMIX+ Biotin 1x10ml: Enhanced scalp blood circulation Decreased hair shedding Encouragement of hair regrowth Provides an efficient remedy for combatting baldness, alopecia, thinning hair, and a dry, flaky scalp Application zone: the scalp Product Application Guidelines: The product is suitable for independent use or as a complement to other DIVES Med formulas. Its ampoule features a flip-off (rubber band) system, enabling multiple sterile product extractions.

DIVES med. Wrinkleout Ha+ (1x5ml)

DIVES med. Wrinkleout Ha+ (1x5ml) is an advanced concentrate formulated to rapidly enhance skin firmness and tautness, resulting in a remarkable rejuvenating effect. The formula is comprised of seven biomimetic peptides combined with blends of amino acids, minerals, antioxidants, and low molecular weight hyaluronic acid. With its elevated hyaluronic acid content, this complex functions as a molecular sponge, preserving optimal skin moisture levels and thwarting the aging process. It replenishes the deficiency of naturally occurring HA, filling wrinkles from within and diminishing those caused by dehydration. The synergistic interplay with biomimetic peptides delivers immediate enhancements in skin hydrodynamics and elasticity. The presence of Argireline hexapeptide ensures a noticeable reduction in aging signs and cellular-level skin revitalization. Wrinkleout HA+ substantially restructures and renews the skin’s collagen framework, possessing anti-wrinkle, cytostimulating, and anti-glycation attributes, ultimately producing astonishing results in wrinkle reduction and skin rejuvenation. The package includes: 1x5ml Ingredients of the product: BIOMIMETIC PEPTIDES: Acetyldecapeptide-3, Acetyl Hexapeptide-3, Hexapeptide-10, Oligopeptide-72, Sh-oligopeptide-2, Polypeptide-1, Acetyl Hexapeptide-30 INTOXICATED HYALURONIC ACID 15 mg/ml MINERALS: Calcium VITAMINS: Niacinamide (Vit B3), Ascorbic acid (Vit C), Retinol (Vit A), Riboflavin (Vit B2), Tocopherol (Vit E), Pyridoxine (Vit B6), Inositol (Vit B8), Thiamine (Vit B1), Folic acid (Vit B9) AMINO ACIDS: Glutamine, Gamma-aminobutyric acid, Leucine, Arginine The advantages of utilizing of DIVES med. Wrinkleout Ha+ (1x5ml): Profound tissue reformation Encouragement of collagen and elastin production Enhancement and fortification of skin integrity Wrinkle reduction Heightened skin resilience Estowing vitality and fullness Antioxidant and cell-stimulating impact Potent revitalization and nourishment of the skin Augmented hydration and tissue replenishment Applicable to the face, neck, décolletage, and hands Product Application Guidelines: To achieve satisfactory and enduring results, 4-6 sessions should be conducted, with intervals of 14-21 days. Deviating from the manufacturer’s guidelines may result in complications and adverse effects.

DIVES med. Eyelines (1x5ml)

DIVES med. Eyelines (1x5ml) is a specialized solution renowned for its remarkable firming and rejuvenating impact on the delicate skin around the eyes. It is designed for individuals with multiple wrinkles and sagging skin on the eyelids. The substantial concentration of non-cross-linked hyaluronic acid imparts a potent smoothing effect, while the inclusion of biomimetic peptides further ensures robust reinforcement of the connective tissue and stimulation of collagen-elastin fibers. This cocktail’s effectiveness is enhanced by lifting agents like DMAE and Argirelin, alongside various skin-conditioning components such as organic silica, vitamins C and E, and soothing panthenol. The package includes: 1x5ml Ingredients of the product: BIOMIMETIC PEPTIDES: Acetyl Hexapeptide-3, Pentapeptide-18, Acetyl Hexapeptide-30, Acetyl Hexapeptide-8 UNCROSS-LINKED HYALURONIC ACID 5 mg/ml VITAMINS: Ascorbic acid (Vit. C), Tocopherol (Vit. E), Panthenol (Pro-Vit. B5) FIRMING SUBSTANCES: DMAE, Organic silicon The advantages of utilizing of DIVES med. Eyelines (1x5ml): Enhancing the smoothness and firmness of eyelid skin Diminishing wrinkles Increasing skin thickness and minimizing blood vessel visibility Elevating moisture levels and enhancing skin hydration dynamics Gently filling the under-eye hollow Suitable for use on both upper and lower eyelids, as well as the temple area Product Application Guidelines: To achieve satisfactory and enduring results, it is recommended to undergo 4-6 sessions with intervals of 10-14 days between them. Deviating from the manufacturer’s instructions or inconsistent treatment may result in complications and adverse effects.

DIVES med. Rich Hair (1x5ml)

DIVES med. Rich Hair (1x5ml) is a distinctive blend of 26 components encompassing a broad spectrum of activities, recommended for scalp treatments. The product’s effectiveness is grounded in the fusion of biomimetic peptides with growth factors, vitamins, minerals, and amino acids. Rich Hair serves to prevent excessive hair loss and stimulate hair growth by extending the anagen phase. The presence of biomimetic peptides ensures exceptional efficacy and precise targeting of therapies for various scalp-related issues. Rich Hair addresses concerns like androgenetic alopecia, alopecia (alopecia areata), or hair thinning arising from conditions, aging, or the adverse effects of external factors. The package includes: 1x5ml Ingredients of the product: 7 biomimetic peptides: Oligopeptide-54, Cooper Tripeptide-1, Biotinyl Tripeptide-1, Decapeptide-18 Pentapeptide-33, Acetyl Tetrapeptide-3, Polypeptide-9 Non-crosslinked hyaulronic acid 5mg/ml Vitamins: Pyridoxine (Vit B6), Niacinamide (Vit B3), Biotin (Vit B7), Ribofalvin (Vit. B2) Thiamine Nitrate (B1), Panthenol (Pro-Vit B5) Amino acids: Valine, Arginine, Lysine, Leucine, Histidine, Alanine, Glycine, Proline Minerals: Sodium Phosphate, Zinc Sulfate Reducing agent: Glutathione The advantages of utilizing of DIVES med. Rich Hair (1x5ml): Potent hair rejuvenation and fortification Beneficial impact on hair shaft thickness and follicle size Extension of the hair’s growth phase and promotion of hair growth Prevention of hair loss Favorable influence on scalp blood circulation Suitable for application on the scalp with hair Product Application Guidelines: To achieve satisfactory and enduring results, it is advisable to undergo 6-8 treatments with intervals of 7-21 days. Failure to adhere to the manufacturer’s recommendations may result in complications and side effects.

DIVES med. Skinrepair (1x5ml)

DIVES med. Skinrepair (1x5ml) is a premium formula comprising 40 carefully selected ingredients, tailored for profound skin rejuvenation and rapid wrinkle reduction. This product is packed with essential nutrients that effectively stimulate skin repair, metabolic processes, and the synthesis of collagen and elastin. With a substantial concentration of biomimetic peptides, bolstered by low-molecular hyaluronic acid and an array of nutritional metabolites, it accelerates cell proliferation and metabolism. This leads to a decrease in dynamic wrinkles, static wrinkle reduction, enhanced skin firmness, and exceptional moisturization. The package includes: 1x5ml The advantages of utilizing of DIVES med. Skinrepair (1x5ml): Thorough revitalization Profound skin nourishment and addressing nutritional deficits Evening out skin complexion Highly advantageous enhancement of skin moisture levels Significant wrinkle reduction and skin smoothing Suitable for use on the face, neck, décolleté, and hands Product Application Guidelines: Recommended treatment is 4-6 sessions, at an interval of 10-14 days, to obtain results that are satisfactory and last over time. The manufacturer’s recommendations should be strictly adhered to avoid complications and adverse effects.

DIVES med. Acneout (1x5ml)

DIVES med. Acneout (1x5ml) is a curative blend designed for individuals with oily and acne-prone skin. This therapeutic formula is crafted to combat seborrhea and acne-related skin issues effectively. It actively addresses skin eruptions, regulates the sebaceous glands’ functioning, and targets overactive bacterial flora. Additionally, this product proves valuable in addressing the aftereffects of acne, such as discoloration or scars. The package includes: 1 × 5 ml Ingredients of the product: biomimetic peptides Myristoyl Hexapeptide-23 non-crosslinked HA, concentration 5mg/ml vitamins: E, B6, A, Pro-vit B5 (panthenol), B12 excipients: Zinc Sulfate, Copper Pyrrolidine Carboxylate, Glicolic Acid, Allantoin The advantages of utilizing of DIVES med. Acneout (1x5ml): In-depth mesotherapy with sebum regulation Minimizing skin breakouts Decreased occurrence of blackheads Enhanced skin texture and diminished surface scars Product Application Guidelines: To achieve gratifying and enduring results, it is advisable to undergo 4-8 sessions spaced 10-14 days apart. Deviating from the manufacturer’s instructions or inconsistent treatment may result in complications and adverse effects.

DIVES med. Bright Eyes (1x5ml)

DIVES med. Bright Eyes (1x5ml) is a distinctive formula designed to combat signs of fatigue and the discoloration of the eyelid skin. The combination of hyaluronic acid and four peptides delivers potent skin brightening and hydration, resulting in a refreshed appearance. This preparation demonstrates an evident efficacy due to four symbiotic action biomimetic peptides and types of depigmenting agents working at different cellular levels. This combination of hyaluronic acid and peptides hydrates and brightens the delicate skin around the eyes to give you a fresh-faced appearance. This product reduces blood pigment deposits and prevents melanin production, further protecting against darkening. Rutin, caffeine, and hesperidin enhance microcirculation and offer long-lasting protection against under-eye dark circles. Bright Eyes also promotes skin elasticity and gently reduces wrinkles. The package includes: 1x5ml Ingredients of the product: 4 biomimetic peptides : Acetyl Tetrapeptide-5, Oligopeptide-72, Pentapeptide-18, Hexapeptide-10 Non-crosslinked hyaluronic acid: 5mg/ml Vitamins and antioxidants: Niacinamide (Vit B3), Ascorbic Acid (Vit C) Excipients: Hesperidin Methyl Chalcone, , N-Hydroxysuccinimide, Rutin, Caffeinne The advantages of utilizing of DIVES med. Bright Eyes (1x5ml): Prominent brightening of discolored skin on the eyelids Removal of dark pigmentation from blood Enhanced capillary drainage and stimulation of microcirculation Softening of wrinkles and enhancement of skin firmness Suitable for use on the upper and lower eyelids and the temple area Product Application Guidelines: To achieve gratifying and enduring results, it is advisable to undergo 4-6 sessions with intervals of 10-14 days between them. Deviating from the manufacturer’s instructions or inconsistent treatment may result in complications and side effects.

DIVES med. Eye Bag (1x5ml)

DIVES med. Eye Bag (1x5ml) is a professional mesotherapeutic solution designed for diminishing puffiness and fatty deposits beneath the lower eyelid. With its high concentration of biomimetic peptides, it stimulates the lipolysis process, resulting in a noticeable reduction of excessive fat tissue and under-eye bags. Artichoke, rosemary, and caffeine promote microcirculation, effectively addressing water retention, preventing swelling, toxin buildup, and lymphatic congestion. Low-molecular-weight hyaluronic acid actively contributes to skin firmness, reducing excess skin and sagging. This product offers multifaceted benefits, ensuring a flawless appearance around the eyes. The package includes: 1x5ml Ingredients of the product: 3 biomimetic peptides : Dipeptide-2, Acetyl Tetrapeptie-5, Oligopeptide-61 Non-crosslinked hyaluronic acid: 3mg/ml Vitamins and antioxidants: Niacinamide (Vit B3) Excipients: Artichoke, Caffeine, Rosmarinus Officinalis Extract The advantages of utilizing of DIVES med. Eye Bag (1x5ml): Preventing lymphatic congestion and swelling Boosting capillary drainage and enhancing microcirculation Decreasing fatty deposits beneath the lower eyelid Enhancing skin texture by reducing wrinkles and improving firmness Suitable for use on the upper and lower eyelids as well as the temple area Product Application Guidelines: For achieving satisfactory and enduring results, it is advisable to undergo 4-6 sessions with intervals of 10-14 days between them. Deviating from the manufacturer’s instructions or inconsistent treatment may result in complications and adverse effects.

Desobody (5x10ml)

Desobody (5x10ml) represents the newest breakthrough in ampoules designed to dissolve fat deposits in specific areas. It targets and dismantles fat cells, which are subsequently metabolized and naturally removed by the body’s lymphatic system. The unique mesococktail composition enables a secure and efficient reduction of localized fat in areas such as the arms, abdomen, hips, thighs, and knees, making it suitable for application on various body parts. Desobody is a sterile solution formulated with deoxycholic acid, intended for addressing fat tissue concerns. The package includes: 5x10ml Ingredients of the product: Sodium deoxycholate (1.25%) Caffeine Nettle The advantages of utilizing of Desobody (5x10ml): The unique blend of ingredients in the mesococktail enables a secure and efficient reduction of fat deposits in areas like the arms, abdomen, hips, thighs, and knees Product Application Guidelines: Application in intralipotherapy-based lipoplasty. Dosage: Half a vial for a 10X10 cm area with localized fat if the pinch test measures less than 3cm. One vial for a 10X10 cm area with localized fat if the pinch test measures more than 3cm.

Desoface (5x10ml)

Desoface (5x10ml) represents an innovative fat-dissolving solution that targets the cell membrane of fat cells. Developed by the Italian Love Cosmedical laboratory, DesoFace is designed to slim the face and diminish a double chin by dissolving fat cells. This treatment is well-suited for individuals with a normal body weight or slight overweight who struggle with stubborn, localized fat deposits that prove resistant to diet or exercise. The unique mesotherapy composition enables secure and efficient reduction of localized fat deposits on the neck and face. The package includes: 5x10ml Ingredients of the product: Dezoxycholan sodium (0.5%) Caffeine Horsetail The advantages of utilizing of Desoface (5x10ml): Diminishing localized fat accumulations Eliminating surplus fluid Product Application Guidelines: Intended for intralipotherapy-based lipoplasty. Administer one session every 5-6 weeks. Dosage: Half a vial for each 5×5 cm area of localized fat deposits, provided that the pinch test measures less than 3 cm.

Dermastir Lipo (1x5ml)

Dermastir Lipo (1x5ml) is a remarkably efficient fat-burning solution packaged in a compact glass vial. It encompasses a range of clinically formulated components that exert a potent impact on adipose tissue, facilitating its breakdown and smoothing. Designed for external application, it can be used on both the body and facial skin, providing an excellent means to address concerns and enhance confidence. The package includes: 1 × 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Lecithin L-Carnitine Oligopeptide-64 Pentapeptide-52 The advantages of utilizing of Dermastir Lipo (1x5ml): Applied in microneedling treatments to target localized fat reduction Anti-cellulite benefits Enhances body contouring Addresses the reduction of a double chin Dissolves subcutaneous fat accumulations Promotes a slimming effect and skin smoothing Shapes and slims the physique Intended for external application on the neck, abdomen, thighs, hips, shoulders, and lower back Product Application Guidelines: Dermastir Lipo is a product developed for localized application in microneedle mesotherapy treatments. It is essential to sanitize and ensure the targeted area is dry before applying the product, utilizing a microneedling device for its administration. This product should exclusively be employed by trained professionals.

Dermastir White (1x5ml)

Dermastir White (1x5ml) is a peptide-infused formulation that proficiently shields the skin from photoaging. Contained within a glass vial, its active components work to brighten the skin and reduce imperfections resulting from the damaging effects of sunlight. A noteworthy attribute of Dermastir White is its acid-free composition, allowing safe usage year-round, even during the summer months. The package includes: 1 × 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua (water) 3-O-Ethyl Ascorbic Acid Arbutin Glycyrrhiza Glabra (Licorice) Root Extract Oligopeptide-34 Decapeptide-15 Oligopeptide-58 Glutathione The advantages of utilizing of Dermastir White (1x5ml): Employed in microneedling procedures to enhance localized skin quality Intensive targeted skin brightening Addressing and lightening blemishes Protection against skin photodamage Imparts antioxidant benefits Enhances skin tautness Prevents premature aging Reinforces skin structures Promotes collagen synthesis Designed for topical application year-round, including during the summer, on the face, neck, décolleté, and hands Product Application Guidelines: Dermastir White is a product formulated for localized application in microneedle mesotherapy procedures. It is essential to disinfect and ensure the target area is dry before applying the product, using a microneedling device for its administration.

Dermastir H53EGF (1x5ml)

Dermastir H53EGF (1x5ml) is a dedicated formula crafted to enhance skin condition, rendering it more supple, rejuvenated, revitalized, and refined. Tailored for external application, it is particularly well-suited for tending to problematic areas of the body. Packed within sterile glass ampoules, its potent active ingredients deliver a robust rejuvenating impact, rejuvenating the skin and restoring its vitality, luminosity, and youthful allure. The package includes: 1 × 5 ml The advantages of utilizing of Dermastir H53EGF (1x5ml): Utilized in microneedling procedures and localized enhancement of skin quality Promotes the stimulation of epidermal growth and regeneration Augments skin moisture levels and suppleness Reinstates lost radiance Promotes evident skin smoothing and tightening Diminishes the appearance of wrinkles Enhances facial contours and overall face shape Eliminates skin discoloration Shields against free radicals and photodamage Boosts collagen synthesis Enhances moisture retention even in the deeper skin layers Intended for topical use on the face, scalp, neck, décolleté, and hands Product Application Guidelines: Dermastir H53EGF is a product designed for localized application in microneedle mesotherapy procedures. Prior to application, ensure the area is disinfected and dry, then utilize a microneedling device for product delivery.

Dermastir H13 Hair Complex (1x5ml)

Dermastir H13 Hair Complex (1x5ml) is a therapy designed to prevent hair loss while effectively nourishing the scalp. Highly concentrated active components enhance scalp density, reinforcing it around the hair follicles, ensuring secure anchoring of the hair roots. These ingredients promote the optimal operation of sebaceous glands, expedite hair growth, and enhance hair density, leaving it in excellent condition and full of vitality. This product is intended for professional application. The package includes: 1 × 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Hyaluronic acid Zinc gluconate Arginine Glutamine Ornithine Glycine Cysteine Nicotinamide Calcium pantothenate Folic acid Pyridoxine Biotin Cyanocobalamin The advantages of utilizing of Dermastir H13 Hair Complex (1x5ml): Intended for external application Hydrating the scalp Hindrance of hair loss Preventing scalp issues, including dandruff Fortifying hair Enhancement of scalp thickness Balancing sebaceous gland activity Product Application Guidelines: Administered beneath the skin surface. Suggested needle dimensions: 30Gx4mm. Recommended application method: deposition technique.

Dermastir 32EBF (1x5ml)

Dermastir 32EBF (1x5ml) is a therapy designed to enhance skin hydration, boost elasticity, and address depressions resulting from the aging process. The active components aid in filling wrinkles, erasing fine lines, elevating skin moisture levels, and providing nourishment, thereby reinstating a smooth and healthy complexion. This product is intended for professional application. The package includes: 1 × 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Hyaluronic acid Ammonium molybdate Ammonium metavanadate Calcium chloride Iron sulfate Potassium chloride Copper sulfate Magnesium Chloride Manganese Sulfate Sodium acetate Sodium hydrogen carbonate Sodium chloride Sodium hydrogen phosphate Sodium metasilicate Sodium selenite Tin chloride Zinc sulfate Alanine Arginine Asparagine Aspartic acid Cysteine Glutamine Glutamic acid Glycine Histidine Isoleucine Leucine Lysine Methionine Phenylalanine Proline Serine Threonine Tryptophan Tyrosine Valine Adenine Biotin Calcium pantothenate Coline chloride Folic acid Inositol Nicotinamide Pyridoxine Riboflavin Thiamine Cyanocobalamin Deoxythymidine Glucose Putrescine Sodium pyruvate Lipoic acid The advantages of utilizing of Dermastir 32EBF (1x5ml): Hydrating the skin, including its deeper layers Expediting cell turnover Promoting the generation of collagen and elastin Shielding the skin from free radicals Reducing the prominence of pores Balancing skin tone Minimizing and plumping wrinkles Calming irritations Enhancing skin suppleness Addressing depressions in the skin Reinstating firmness Suitable for application on the face, scalp, neck, décolleté, and hands Product Application Guidelines: Administered intradermally. Suggested needle dimensions: 30Gx12mm. Recommended delivery method: deposit technique.

Dermaheal M.Booster Hair 100mg

Dermaheal M.Booster Hair 100mg offers highly potent mesotherapy for hair rejuvenation. M. Booster Hair comprises four cutting-edge peptide complexes along with the latest biomimetic peptides, making it exceptionally effective. The package includes: 1 ampoule*100 mg Ingredients of the product: Oligopeptide-54 (CG-Nokkin) – a strong BMP blocker, supports hair growth and inhibits hair discoloration. It strengthens the hair while stimulating the hair follicles to produce healthier hair. It helps blood circulation in the scalp and revitalizes the hair follicles Decapeptide-10 (CG-Keramin2) – prevents hair from weakening by external factors such as stress, UV radiation, nourishes the hair root and reduces the DKK1 factor causing hair loss Decapeptide-18 (CG-Wint) – Stimulator of the formation of the hair bed, regenerates hair through the activated β-catenin signal, which is a key mechanism for the differentiation of epithelial hair stem cells into hair keratinocyte cells Oligopeptide-42 (CG-Fibramin) – Supports hair growth and inhibits hair depigmentation. It supports blood circulation in the scalp and revitalizes the hair follicles The advantages of utilizing of Dermaheal M.Booster Hair 100mg: M.Booster Hair includes the RENOKIN peptide complex, which is protected by a patent Visible outcomes are achieved Suitable for individuals experiencing male and female pattern baldness Product Application Guidelines: Phase 1: One session every week for a month (a total of 4 sessions over 4 weeks). Phase 2: One session every two weeks for two months (a total of 2 sessions over 4 weeks). Phase 3: One session per month for three months (a total of 1 session over 4 weeks). Complete treatment duration: 12 weeks (3 months). To prepare the solution, mix the product with 1 ampoule of Dermaheal HL and use it within 8 hours. One ampoule is sufficient for two treatments. It is imperative to complete the entire therapy to achieve the desired effectiveness. The length of the treatment course is contingent upon the individual condition of the patient’s hair and scalp.

Dermaheal M.Booster Face (1x100mg)

Dermaheal M.Booster Face (1x100mg) is a product suitable for all skin types, with a specific focus on skin exhibiting initial signs of aging and dehydration. This highly concentrated biomimetic peptide formulation significantly amplifies the anti-aging and revitalizing benefits. It is designed for application in conjunction with Dermaheal SR or SR Stem C’rum SR. The package includes: 1 ampoule*100 mg Ingredients of the product: Sodium Chloride Oligopeptide-34 Oligopeptide-51 Oligopeptide-73 The advantages of utilizing of Dermaheal M.Booster Face (1x100mg): Revitalizing the skin Reduction of wrinkles Enhancing the efficacy of Dermaheal product line Suitable for all skin types, especially recommended for skin displaying initial signs of aging and dehydration Product Application Guidelines: Utilizing a mesoscooter or fractional mesotherapy device. Application areas include the face, neck, and décolleté. Options include HSR, SR, SB, Stem C’rum SR. Treatment Phases: 1st Phase: Weekly treatment for the initial month 2nd Phase: Bi-weekly treatment for the second month 3rd Phase: Monthly treatment for the third month Overall treatment duration: 12 weeks (3 months).

CSLab V-Line (1x5ml)

CSLab V-Line (1x5ml) is formulated specifically for localized fat tissue lipolysis. Within this product, phosphatidylcholine targets triglycerides, facilitating their breakdown into fatty acids and glycerol, which are subsequently metabolized within the mitochondria. L-carnosine further expedites and enhances the elimination of metabolic byproducts. Additionally, active components like glutathione and biomimetic peptides work together to firm the skin, thwarting sagging. The outcome of CSLab V-Line treatments is smoother, more slender skin. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Water Phosphatidylcholine Glutathione 1,2-Hexanediol Acetyl Hexapeptide-8 Palmitoyl Tetrapeptide-7 Hyaluronic acid L-carnosine The advantages of utilizing of CSLab V-Line (1x5ml): Fat-dissolving effect Enhancement of radiance Shaping Tautness Guarding against skin drooping Strengthening Enhancing skin’s suppleness Diminishing cellulite and excess fat Application sites: Facial (up to the chin) and body areas Product Application Guidelines: Injections are administered at a depth of 4-6 millimeters, with 0.1-0.2 milliliters per injection, and the spacing between injections is set at 1 centimeter apart. A total of up to 2 milliliters is applied to the face during a single session. The treatment regimen encompasses 3-5 sessions, scheduled once a week.

Cincelar + (5x8ml)

Cincelar + (5x8ml) is a lipolytic solution containing sodium deoxycholate, and it’s further enhanced with vitamin B2, which plays a role in the immediate fat-burning process. Cincelar Plus activates fibroblasts to generate collagen, eliminates fat deposits, and enhances skin appearance and elasticity. The package includes: 5 x 8 ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua/ Water Glycerin – moisturizing and regenerating properties of the skin Sodium deoxycholate – degrading adipocyte cell membranes, facilitating faster breakdown of released triglycerides Vitamin B2 – Participates in oxidation and reduction processes Sodium Chloride Carnitine – a natural component of the cells of the human body, necessary for normal lipid metabolism; facilitates the penetration of fats into the cells by increasing the amount of energy in the hair matrix, resulting in faster hair growth; also recommended in the fight against cellulite The advantages of utilizing of Cincelar + (5x8ml): Decrease in cellulite and body fat Boost in cellular metabolism Applicable to both facial and bodily areas Product Application Guidelines: Initial dosage: Administer 2 vials (16ml), but refrain from exceeding 2 ampoules in a single treatment session. Single injection method: Use 0.3ml to 0.4ml depending on the target area, applying 0.4ml in high-fat concentration zones and 0.3ml in areas with lower fat levels. Spacing between injection points: Maintain a gap of 1.0 to 2.0cm, with a 1.0cm separation for chin treatments and 2.0cm spacing when addressing broader body regions. Visible results manifest within 1 to 2 weeks, with the complete effect becoming noticeable around 4 weeks post-treatment. Maximum utilization: Limit usage to 6 times within the same region (spanning 24 weeks), with the jawline often requiring 2 to 3 treatments, while body areas may necessitate up to 6 sessions.

Crystal Meso PN Eyes (1x1ml)

Crystal Meso PN Eyes (1x1ml) introduces a groundbreaking approach to extended biorevitalization through mesotherapy. This product helps to restore and strengthen the regeneration of skin in those more sensitive areas, including the areas around the eyes, mouth, neck & collarbone. PDRN promotes skin repair function, promoting the repair of damaged and aging skin cells, enhancing skin cell barrier and repair functions, maintaining skin health and elasticity. It offers potent anti-aging effects, revitalizing the cellular renewal process. With its active ingredients and regenerative qualities, CRYSTAL Meso PN is indispensable for acne treatment and remediation efforts to restore skin smoothness and a vibrant complexion. CRYSTAL Meso PN comprises a purified and depolymerized extract of deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) sourced from male salmon sperm, ensuring absolute safety in the use of DNA injections. The package includes: 1 ml pre-filled syringe needles 2x34G Ingredients of the product: PDRN (polydeoxyribonucleotide) 2mg / ml – an ingredient that intensively regenerates the skin The advantages of utilizing of Crystal Meso PN Eyes (1x1ml): Noticeable results are apparent following the initial treatment session The PDRN concentration exceeds that of other products by 70% It offers protection against UV radiation Promotes skin rejuvenation in the under-eye area Diminishes skin laxity Controls sebaceous gland activity Reduces fine wrinkles, particularly those caused by facial expressions, and addresses signs of skin aging due to sun exposure Provides deep hydration Enhances suppleness Minimizes discoloration Restores skin vitality after the harsh winter months Perfect for revitalizing stressed, fatigued, unevenly pigmented, and sagging skin Product Application Guidelines: Injection depth should range between 0.3 to 0.4 cm, targeting the papillary dermis. Use a 30G needle. In order to achieve the best aesthetic results, recommended a series of 4 treatments every 2 to 3 weeks. All injections are given after 10 to 14 days, but this may vary depending on skin condition. The recommended dosage involves injecting 0.05 ml at intervals of 0.5 to 2 cm while traversing the treatment area.

BTS Bio-HA (1x2ml)

BTS Bio-HA (1x2ml) contains hyaluronic acid, which imparts moisturization and bio-revitalization benefits. When applied to the dermis, it draws in a significant amount of water molecules, thereby aiding in the preservation of tissue moisture balance, enhancing dermal density, and reducing the appearance of fine lines. Recommended for individuals aged 25 and above. The package includes: 1 bottle x 2ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic Acid 1,4% 2,5 mln Da The advantages of utilizing of BTS Bio-HA (1x2ml): Assists in moisturizing and revitalizing tissues Draws in water molecules Promotes skin’s suppleness Diminishes surface-level wrinkles Addresses initial signs of skin aging Product Application Guidelines: Designed for professional application: microneedling, iontophoresis, electroporation. Administer 1 session every 7 to 14 days, with a recommended total of 4 to 5 treatments. pH level between 7.0 and 7.5.

BTS HairGrow (1x5ml)

Active Ingredients of BTS HairGrow (1x5ml) – peptides and amino acids. It prevent hair fall, stimulates new hair formation, improves hair roots and helps in thicker and denser hair. Suitable for ages 18 and up. The package includes: 1 bottle x 5ml Ingredients of the product: Troxerutin Theophylline Taurine Lysine Biotin Glutamine Proline Pantothenic Acid Folic Acid Thiamine Retinol Adenosine Triphosphate Flavine Adenine Dinucleotide Zinc Gluconate Copper Gluconate Decapeptide-4 Oligopeptide-73 Guanosine Chondroitin Sodium Sulphate Ginkgo Biloba leaf extract Sodium Hyaluronate Iron Gluconate The advantages of utilizing of BTS HairGrow (1x5ml): Hair growth promoter, prevents hair loss Prolongs the duration of the hair growth cycle Blend of European-Quality Amino Acids and Peptides Thickens individual hairs in diameter Enhances circulation and nutrition for hair roots Has antioxidant and antiseborrheic effects and strengthens blood vessels Guidelines for use of product: Professional-use only: microneedling, iontophoresis, electroporation. Suggested Interval: 1 session every 7 – 10 days, Recurrent treatment : 7 – 10. pH level between 6.0 and 6.5.

BTS LipoSlim (1x5ml)

BTS LipoSlim (1x5ml) is a product that contains a blend of carnitine and theophylline, which stimulates the breakdown of fat and promotes the release of stored fat for energy consumption by the body’s metabolism. It also helps in controlling the extracellular matrix, leading to a reduction in both fibrous and fatty cellulite. Suitable for individuals aged 18 and above. The package includes: 1 bottle x 5ml Ingredients of the product: Carnitine Myricetin Theophylline Ginkgo Biloba leaf extract Tripeptide-41 Adenosine Triphosphate Nicotinamide Adenine Dinucleotide The advantages of utilizing of BTS LipoSlim (1x5ml): Minimizes fat accumulation in the face and body Enhances microcirculation and energy transfer within fat tissue Stimulates the release of free fatty acids to boost metabolism Enhances microcirculation and the structural integrity of connective tissue A fundamental formula for addressing minor fatty deposits Product Application Guidelines: Intended for professional application: microneedling, iontophoresis, and electroporation. Administer 1 session every 7 to 10 days, with a recommended total of 7 to 10 treatments. pH range of 5.5 to 6.5.

BTS LipoReduce (1x5ml)

BTS LipoReduce (1x5ml) contains phosphatidylcholine, which triggers the lipolytic process and has the potential to break down localized fat deposits. It assists in efficiently emulsifying fat accumulations, reducing cellulite, and contributing to body contouring and fat dissolution. Suitable for individuals aged 18 and above. The package includes: 1 bottle x 5ml Ingredients of the product: Phosphatidylcholine Sodium Desoxycholate Tocopheryl Acetate Cyanocobalamin Methylsilanol Mannuronate Rutin Benzyl Alcohol The advantages of utilizing of BTS LipoReduce (1x5ml): Phosphatidylcholine activates the lipolytic process Sodium deoxycholate dissolves fat deposits by breaking down adipocyte membranes Emulsification of subcutaneous fat Reduction of cellulite Body sculpting Effective elimination of localized fat deposits Product Application Guidelines: For professional applications: microneedling, iontophoresis, electroporation. One session every 14 to 21 days. Total number of sessions: 4–6. pH level between 7.0 and 8.0.

BTS VasoTonic+ (1x5ml)

BTS VasoTonic+ (1x5ml) is a formulation that enhances lymphatic drainage and microcirculation. Its primary component, Cynara scolymus, helps eliminate excess water and promote microvascular blood flow. This method is appropriate for treating edematous or fibrous cellulite and superficial venous insufficiency. Ages 18 and up. The package includes: 1 bottle x 5ml Ingredients of the product: Troxerutin 0,1% Artichoke leaf extract 2% Centella Asiatica extract 1% Fucus Vesiculosus extract 1% Hedera Helix extract Coumarin The advantages of utilizing of BTS VasoTonic+ (1x5ml): Normalizes and stimulates microcirculation Facilitates the removal of excess tissue fluids Strengthens the walls of blood vessels Enhances skin tone by eliminating a yellowish or pale appearance Evens out skin imperfections, addressing issues like uneven texture and sagging Serves as a fundamental step in protocols for addressing hydrolipodystrophy and localized fat deposits, couperose, and as an initial stage in rejuvenation and trichological procedures Product Application Guidelines: For professional application: microneedling, iontophoresis, electroporation. Recommended amounts: 5-10 ml per session. Facial area – 2.5ml Neck – 2.5 ml Eye area – 1ml Neckline – 3ml Body – 5 to 10ml Hair – 5 ml Vascular program – 5 to 10ml 1 session every 7 to 10 days. Total number of sessions: 8-10. pH: 6.5-7.5

BTS DMAE+ (1x5ml)

BTS DMAE+ (1x5ml) is formulated with DMAE and other active ingredients to deliver an immediate lifting effect, greatly enhance the elasticity of dermal fibers, and stimulate the epidermis for a more toned and firmer skin appearance. Recommended for patients aged 35 and above. The package includes: 1 bottle x 5ml Ingredients of the product: DMAE Pantothenic Acid Glycosaminoglycans Lipoic Acid Retinyl Palmitate Elastin SH-Oligopeptide-2 SH-Oligopeptide-4 Chondroitin Sodium Sulphate Sodium Hyaluronate The advantages of utilizing of BTS DMAE+ (1x5ml): Provides instant skin tightening Prevents and minimizes sagging of soft tissues Boosts cellular metabolism Promotes contraction of skin fibers Enhances skin’s elasticity Leads to firmer skin Shields cell membranes from free radical damage Product Application Guidelines: Intended for professional application: microneedling, iontophoresis, electroporation. One session every 7 to 10 days. Recommended for a series of 4-5 treatments. pH level between 7.5 and 8.0.

BTS LiftUp (1x5ml)

BTS LiftUp (1x5ml) is an anti-wrinkle formulation with a lifting impact. It has hyaluronic acid, organic silicon, and peptides, which increase firmness and elasticity, tighten facial contours, revitalize dermal tissue, and can reduce wrinkles. It use for individuals aged, neat thirty and thirty-five. The package includes: 1 bottle x 5ml Ingredients of the product: Sodium Hyaluronate PDRN Ubiquinone Methylsilanol Mannuronate Lipoic Acid SH-Polypeptide-5 Oligopeptide-55 The advantages of utilizing of BTS LiftUp (1x5ml): Provides an apparent lifting outcome Enhances elasticity and solidity Enhances and rectifies facial shape Revives skin tissues Guarantees profound tissue moisturization Aids in decreasing the depth of wrinkles Product Application Guidelines: For professional purposes: microneedling, iontophoresis, electroporation. Recommended quantities: 2.5-5.0 per session. facial area – 2.5ml neck – 2.5 ml neckline – 3ml body – ranging from 5 to 10 ml hands – 3ml 1 session every 7-14 days. Total number of treatments: 4-5. pH level: 7.0-7.5

BTS LuminOx (1x5ml)

BTS LuminOx (1x5ml) is a potent antioxidant blend with multiple components. This combination of ascorbic acid, idebenone, and superoxide dismutase effectively manages free radicals, stimulates tropocollagen production, and lightens the skin by reducing melanin pigment. Recommended for individuals aged 20 to 25 and above. The package includes: 1 bottle x 5ml Ingredients of the product: Ascorbic Acid Ubiquinone Superoxide Dismutase Glutamic Acid Glycine Lysine Zinc Gluconate Magnesium Gluconate Oligopeptide-55 Chondroitin Sulphate Sodium Sodium Hyaluronate The advantages of utilizing of BTS LuminOx (1x5ml): Provides antioxidant shielding and aids in free radical management Defends against harsh environmental elements and UVB rays Enhances microcirculation Balances tropocollagen production, enhancing skin flexibility Promotes skin whitening Complements acne therapies Suitable for summertime use Anti-hypoxic properties Product Application Guidelines: The professional applications will be microneedling, ionophoresis, electroporation. 3-5 treatments, once every 7-14 days. pH level between 4.5 and 5.5.

BTS WhiteLine (1x2ml)

BTS WhiteLine (1x2ml) is a product formulated with a blend of active components that make up a potent skin brightening solution. This combination reduces melanin production to prevent pigment spots and freckles, helping to prevent excessive pigmentation. Recommended for 25 years and older. The package includes: 1 bottle x 2 ml Ingredients of the product: Ascorbic Acid Retinyl Propionate Citric Acid Arbutin Liquorice extract Leucine Sodium Hyaluronate Chondroitin Sodium Sulphate Polypeptide-5 Zinc Gluconate The advantages of utilizing of BTS WhiteLine (1x2ml): Decreases melanin synthesis Lessens the development of freckles and age-related blemishes Encourages skin rejuvenation and revitalization Achieves a uniform and glowing skin tone Product Application Guidelines: Intended for professional applications: microneedling, iontophoresis, electroporation. One session every 7 to 14 days. Recommended treatment sessions: 4 to 5. pH level maintained between 3.5 and 4.5.

BTS Ultima (1x5ml)

BTS Ultima (1x5ml) is a sterile, free from pyrogens solution designed for external application. It serves as a potent revitalizing and hydrating compound. The package includes: 1 bottle x 5ml Ingredients of the product: ferulic acid 0.5% retinyl palmitate 0.025% PDRN1% elastin chondroitin sulfate acetyldecapeptide-3 oligopeptide-1 The advantages of utilizing of BTS Ultima (1x5ml): Boosts fibroblast activity, encouraging the production of collagen, elastin, and dermal glycoproteins Repairs the integrity of the intercellular matrix Combats the effects of photoaging and photodamage Facilitates active tissue detoxification Provides protection against UV radiation Enhances tissue respiration, expediting ATP synthesis as an anti-hypoxic agent Diminishes inflammation and promotes wound healing Exhibits antibacterial and anti-inflammatory properties Acts as a sebum-regulating agent Aids in reducing the depth of wrinkles Enhances tissue volume visibly Product Application Guidelines: Intended for professional application, this product is suitable for various techniques such as microneedling, iontophoresis, and electroporation. The recommended dosage ranges from 2.0 to 5.0 per session, with specific amounts for different treatment areas: Face: 2.5 ml Neck: 2.5 ml Neckline: 3 ml Body: 5 to 10 ml These procedures should be performed in a 7-14-day interval with a total of 4-5 sessions. Keep it between 6.5 and 7.0 pH.

BTS HDS Hyaluronidase 250 (1x5ml)

BTS HDS Hyaluronidase 250 (1x5ml) is an enzyme that facilitates the breakdown and hastens the natural degradation of hyaluronic acid. It is employed to reduce excessive cross-linked hyaluronic acid that may have been administered during a procedure. Hyaluronidase is employed to address complications associated with the use of dermal fillers. Additionally, hyaluronidase serves as a catalyst in lipolysis (prior to ultrasonic cavitation), aiding in the dissolution of connective tissue. It is also used during procedures to disrupt bands of connective tissue that contribute to the appearance of cellulite dimples. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua Sodium Chloride Hyaluronidase 250 IU The advantages of utilizing of BTS HDS Hyaluronidase 250 (1x5ml): Correcting excessive amounts of administered hyaluronic acid (overcorrection) Addressing papules and irregularities that may occur at the site of acid implantation Counteracting the presence of acid in case of accidental filler administration into an artery or venous vessel, which could lead to embolism and tissue necrosis Applicable when there is intolerance to hyaluronic acid or the crosslinking agent Useful in cases of filler displacement Disrupting bands of connective tissue responsible for the appearance of cellulite dimples Employed in lipolysis (prior to ultrasonic cavitation) to accelerate the process of connective tissue dissolution Suitable for use on both the face and body Product Application Guidelines: Lipolysis and cellulite treatment: Mix one ampoule of hyaluronidase with 5 ml or 2.5 ml of saline solution and apply it along with a draining or anti-cellulite cocktail. Avoid combining it with organic silica, coumarin, rutin, and Ginko Biloba. Removing fillers: Dilute one ampoule of hyaluronidase in 5 ml of saline solution, resulting in a solution containing 300 microliters in 1 ml of the preparation.

Ares Anti-oxidant (4x4ml)

Ares Anti-oxidant (4x4ml) is designed for rejuvenating skin that appears dull and has been exposed to oxidative stress. It contains hyaluronic acid with varying molecular weights to provide thorough skin hydration and boost the production of collagen, elastin, and natural hyaluronic acid. Ferulic acid delivers potent antioxidant properties and mitigates the signs of photoaging. Safranal and curcumin help maintain an even skin tone. This product is intended for use in electroporation treatments and microneedle mesotherapy. It can also be combined with BioRePeel peeling for enhanced results. The package includes: 4 x 4 ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua (Water) Hyaluronic acid of different molecular weight (0.5-1MDa) Glycerin – moisturizing and regenerating properties of the skin Propylene Glycol Ferulic acid – a powerful antioxidant, reduces the effects of photoaging of the skin Eugenol – an ingredient with antibacterial, anti-inflammatory, fungicidal and analgesic effects Ascorbyl Glucoside Saffron extract – an ingredient with strong antioxidant properties, regulating skin tone, lightening discolorations, prevents transepidermal water loss Turmeric extract – an ingredient with a refreshing effect, removing swelling Riboflavin Phenoxyethanol Ethylglycerin Sodium Hydroxide The advantages of utilizing of Ares Anti-oxidant (1x4ml): Intense moisturization Revival of radiance Diminished signs of photoaging Enhanced firmness Antioxidant and anti-aging benefits Ideal for dull skin exposed to oxidative stress Product Application Guidelines: 1. For Microneedle mesotherapy: Use 1.5ml – 2ml of the solution per treatment. A series of 4-5 sessions, spaced 2-4 weeks apart (depending on skin hydration levels). The series can be repeated 3-4 times a year. Needle lengths: 1.5 – 2.5 mm for scars and stretch marks. 0.75 – 1 mm for freckles, vitiligo, hyperpigmentation, melasma, and blackhead acne. 0.25 mm for the eye area. 0.25 – 0.5 mm for rosacea. 2. Electroporation can also be used.

Ares Dermo Restructurant (4x4ml)

Ares Dermo Restructurant (1x4ml) is suitable for revitalizing tired and scarred skin. It contains hyaluronic acid with varying molecular weights to effectively moisturize the skin and stimulate collagen, elastin, and the skin’s natural hyaluronic acid production. Succinic acid provides antioxidant benefits and speeds up metabolic processes, promoting skin firmness and rejuvenation. Additionally, a blend of specific amino acids enhances tissue stimulation. This product is intended for use with electroporation treatments and microneedle mesotherapy. It can also be combined with BioRePeel peeling for enhanced results. The package includes: 4 x 4 ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua (Water) Hyaluronic acid of different molecular weight (0.5-1MDa) Succinic acid – a component that prevents tissue oxidation, stimulates collagen synthesis, stimulates cell reconstruction and strongly regenerates Sodium Hydroxide Proline Lysine Leucine Hydroxyproline Glycine Valine Threonine Phenylalanine Methionine Glutamic Acid Arginine – properties that strengthen the hydrolipidic barrier of the skin Phenoxyethanol Ethylhexylglycerin The advantages of utilizing of Ares Dermo Restructurant (1x4ml): Deep moisturization Increased skin thickness Enhanced firmness Antioxidant properties Well-suited for fatigued or scarred skin Product Application Guidelines: 1. Microneedle mesotherapy instructions: For each treatment, use 1.5ml – 2ml of the product. Administer a series of 4-5 treatments spaced every 2-4 weeks. The number of series can be repeated 3-4 times a year. Use needles with lengths of 1.5 – 2.5 mm for addressing scars and stretch marks. Needles with lengths of 0.75 – 1 mm are suitable for treating freckles, vitiligo, hyperpigmentation, melasma, and blackhead acne. Utilize needles with a length of 0.25 mm for the delicate eye area. Needles ranging from 0.25 to 0.5 mm are effective for rosacea treatment. 2. Consider electroporation as another administration method.

Ares Anti-age (4x4ml)

Ares Anti-age (1x4ml) is a product suitable for skin showing noticeable aging signs and persistent wrinkles. Its formulation includes hyaluronic acid with diverse molecular weights, providing excellent skin hydration and boosting the production of collagen, elastin, and the skin’s natural hyaluronic acid. Biomimetic peptides in this product contribute to skin tightening and exhibit anti-wrinkle effects. This preparation is designed for use in electroporation procedures and microneedle mesotherapy. The package includes: 4 x 4 ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua (Water) Hyaluronic acid of different molecular weight (0.5-1MDa) Aceetyl Tetrapeptide-11 Pentapeptide-3 Oligopeptide-34 Copper Tripeptide-34 Tripeptide-29 Myristoyl Pentapeptide-8 Pal-Tetrapeptide-7 Sodium Chloride Phenoxyethanol Ethylhexylglycerin Sodium Hydroxide The advantages of utilizing of Ares Anti-age (1x4ml): Enhancing suppleness Deep moisturization Stimulating collagen and elastin production Reducing wrinkles Combating skin aging Improving skin firmness Ideal for skin displaying evident signs of aging and persistent wrinkles Product Application Guidelines: 1. Microneedle mesotherapy: Recommended volume of the product per treatment: 1.5ml – 2ml A series of 4-5 sessions every 2-4 weeks (depending on the skin’s hydration level); this series can be repeated 3-4 times annually. Needle depth: 1.5 – 2.5 mm for treating scars and stretch marks 0.75 – 1 mm for addressing freckles, vitiligo, hyperpigmentation, melasma, and blackhead acne 0.25 mm for the delicate eye area 0.25 – 0.5 mm for managing rosacea 2. Electroporation.

Ares Hair Booster (4x4ml)

Ares Hair Booster (4x4ml) is a product suitable for mesotherapy treatments on the scalp. It contains hyaluronic acid with varying molecular weights to effectively moisturize the skin and promote collagen and elastin synthesis. Biomimetic peptides help firm the skin and enhance its elasticity. Additionally, vitamins B1, B5, B6, and probiotics work to strengthen hair structure and follicles, reducing hair loss and encouraging new hair growth. This product is designed for use in electroporation and microneedle mesotherapy procedures. The package includes: 4 x 4 ml Ingredients of the product: Aqua (Water) Hyaluronic acid of different molecular weight (0.25-0.5MDa) Panthenol (vitamin B5) – deep cleansing and improvement of skin hydration, anti-inflammatory effect, acceleration of the process of keratosis of the skin Copper Tripeptide-1 Arginine – a component of the natural skin moisturizing factor NMF that binds moisture from the environment and embeds water in the hydrolipid coat, accelerating the healing process and smoothing Succinic acid – a component that prevents tissue oxidation, stimulates collagen synthesis, stimulates cell reconstruction and strongly regenerates Sh-Polypeptide-11 Sh-Polypeptide-1 Sh-Oligopeptide-2 Sh-Polypeptide-3 Sh-Polypeptide-9 Sh-Oligopeptide-4 Citric acid – an ingredient with strong chelating and antioxidant properties Keratin – a film-forming ingredient responsible for maintaining water in the skin, its softening and smoothing; antistatic substance prevents static hair Lactobacillus Ferment Blueleaf extract – improvement of microcirculation and oxygenation of skin and hair cells Butylene Glycol Propanediol Cladosiphon Novae-Caledoniae Polysacharide Pyridoxine Hydrochloride Thiamine Hydrochloride Ferrous Gluconate Biotin – an ingredient that strengthens the skin, hair and nails, improves their condition and prevents hair loss, brittle nails, pimples and skin rashes Phenoxyethanol Ethylhexylglycerin Sodium Hydroxide The advantages of utilizing of Ares Hair Booster (1x4ml): Enhancing hair and follicle integrity Deep moisturization Guarding against hair loss Boosting microcirculation to nourish the scalp adequately Promoting the emergence of new hair Product Application Guidelines: 1. Microneedle mesotherapy: The recommended amount of solution per single treatment is 1.5ml – 2ml. A series of 4-5 sessions with intervals of 2-4 weeks (adjust based on skin hydration levels). This series can be repeated 3-4 times annually. Needle length recommendations: 1.5 – 2.5 mm for treating scars and stretch marks. 0.75 – 1 mm for addressing freckles, vitiligo, hyperpigmentation, melasma, and blackhead acne. 0.25 mm for the delicate eye area. 0.25 – 0.5 mm for managing rosacea. 2. Electroporation.

Amalian Balance (1x2ml)

Amalian Balance (1x2ml) is an unstabilized hyaluronic acid gel formulated for skin revitalization and mesotherapy. This monophasic gel contains linear, non-crosslinked hyaluronic acid with a high molecular weight. It has been specifically designed to rejuvenate and hydrate the skin on the face, neck, décolletage, and hands. The package includes: 1 syringe x 2ml of the preparation Ingredients of the product: Non-crosslinked hyaluronic acid – 12 mg / ml The advantages of utilizing of Amalian Balance (1x2ml): Rejuvenation Hydration of facial, neck, décolletage, and hand skin What is the duration of the results? The results endure for approximately 4-5 months. Optimal outcomes become noticeable following three sessions spaced two weeks apart.

Aqufill Hydro (1x2ml)

Aqufill Hydro (1x2ml) is a hydrating solution that enhances skin elasticity and firmness. With a gentle level of cross-linking, the hyaluronic acid in the product, present at a concentration of 20mg/ml, effectively penetrates all skin layers, providing hydration and improved tautness. The product has received certification from the KFDA (Food & Drug Administration), guaranteeing its safe use. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 2 ml 2 needles 31G x 13 mm Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid 20mg / ml slightly cross-linked 1.5 / 5 – moisturizing and firming effect, an ingredient restoring the body’s water balance The advantages of utilizing of Aqufill Hydro (1x2ml): Moisturization Diminishment of surface-level wrinkles Enhancement of skin’s suppleness and firmness Application areas: facial, neck, and décolletage regions What is the duration of the results? Lasting for approximately 2-3 months.

Amalian Balance (1x1ml)

Amalian Balance (1x1ml) is an unstabilized hyaluronic acid gel designed for skin revitalization and mesotherapy. This single-phase gel contains linear, non-crosslinked hyaluronic acid with a high molecular weight. It is specifically formulated for rejuvenating and hydrating the skin on the face, neck, décolletage, and hands. The package includes: 1 syringe x 1ml of the preparation Ingredients of the product: Non-crosslinked hyaluronic acid – 12 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Amalian Balance (1x1ml): Rejuvenation Hydrating the skin on the face, neck, chest, and hands What is the duration of the results? The results endure for approximately 4-5 months, with the optimal outcome becoming noticeable following three sessions spaced two weeks apart.

Taurinox (1x8ml)

Taurinox (1x8ml) is a Spanish product designed for skin firming procedures. Taurine’s characteristics help decrease the presence of free radicals. Taurinox encourages the production of collagen and elastin, promoting skin firmness and averting wrinkle development. Due to its ability to regulate microcirculation, the product can effectively be applied in anti-cellulite treatments and as a preventive measure against stretch marks. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 8 ml Ingredients of the product: Taurine – refreshing, rejuvenating, stimulating skin microcirculation, stimulation of fibroblasts responsible for the production of collagen and elastin, protection against free radicals Water (Aqua) Sodium Chloride Sodium Hydroxide The advantages of utilizing of Taurinox (1x8ml): Antioxidant properties Enhancing the appearance of skin often associated with smoking Anti-aging benefits Reduction of skin laxity Anti-cellulite effects Prevention of stretch marks Suitable for use on the face, neck, neckline, and body What is the duration of the results? Suggested treatment schedule: One session per week for a maximum of six sessions. Consider repeating the session 1-2 times annually as needed.

Purascorbol 20 (1x5ml)

Purascorbol 20 (1x5ml) is a Spanish product designed for treating pigmentation issues, photoaging, and as a preventive measure against aging. Sodium ascorbate effectively reduces skin discolorations, resulting in a more even complexion. Additionally, Purascorbol’s antioxidant properties assist the skin in combatting early signs of aging. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Sodium ascorbate – an ingredient with brightening, free radical fighting, exfoliating, regenerating, sebostatic, rejuvenating, soothing and anti-inflammatory effects Water (Aqua) Disodium EDTA The advantages of utilizing of Purascorbol 20 (1x5ml): Reduction of skin discolorations Anti-aging effects Defense against the harmful effects of photoaging Application areas: face, neck, and neckline What is the duration of the results? Suggested treatment schedule: One session per week for a total of six sessions. Repeat the series of sessions one to two times annually.

GSH (1x5ml)

GSH (1x5ml) is a Spanish product designed for treating hyperpigmentation issues, photoaging, and preventive anti-aging measures. The glutathione within the product effectively diminishes existing skin discolorations while also inhibiting the development of new ones. GSH aids the skin in combatting oxidative stress, thus slowing down the aging process. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Glutathione – a tripeptide with antioxidant and detoxifying action Water (Aqua) Sodium Chloride Sodium Hydroxide The advantages of utilizing of GSH (1x5ml): Diminishing skin discolorations Evening out skin tone Anti-aging benefits Shielding against photoaging Suitable for use on the face, neck, and décolleté What is the duration of the results? Suggested treatment schedule: One session per week, for a maximum of six sessions. Repeat the series of treatments as needed, one to two times a year.

Xadenal Gel (1x2,5ml)

Xadenal Gel (1×2.5ml) is a Spanish product formulated for skin exhibiting apparent signs of aging, offering lifting, rejuvenating, and fortifying effects. Nucleotides support skin regeneration, increase its thickness, and promote the production of collagen and elastin. When applied around stretch marks, Xadenal helps diminish their appearance. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 2.5 ml Ingredients of the product: DNA nucleotides – are responsible for protein synthesis processes, improve cell metabolism, increase cell replication, promote cell renewal Water (Aqua) Sodium Benzoate The advantages of utilizing of Xadenal Gel (1×2,5ml): Tightening Revitalization Diminishing the visibility of stretch marks Addressing “smoker’s skin” Application areas: face, neck, décolletage, body What is the duration of the results? Suggested treatment schedule: One session per week for a maximum of six sessions. Repeating the session one to two times annually is advisable.

Pyrustim (1x2ml)

Pyrustim (1x2ml) is a Spanish product designed for rejuvenating “smoker’s skin.” It has regenerative properties. Pyruvic acid, found in the papillary layer, encourages collagen and elastin production, resulting in thicker skin and less visible wrinkles. Moreover, the product’s characteristics, enable lightening skin discolorations and regulate skin tone. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 2 ml Ingredients of the product: Pyruvic acid – an ingredient with sebostatic and antibacterial properties; at the level of the epidermis, it reduces its stratum corneum and improves skin tone; in the papillary layer, it stimulates the production of collagen and elastin, acting anti-wrinkle Water (Aqua) Potassium Phosphate Sodium Hydroxide The advantages of utilizing of Pyrustim (1x2ml): Anti-aging properties Skin regeneration (particularly after sun exposure) Reduction of wrinkles Improvement of smoker’s skin Suitable for use on the face, neck, neckline, and body What is the duration of the results? Suggested treatment schedule: One session per week for a total of six sessions. Repeat the session one to two times annually as needed.

Silorgamine (1x5ml)

Silorgamine (1x5ml) is a Spanish product known for its anti-aging and cellulite-reducing effects. It enhances lipid metabolism, leading to a reduction in cellulite. This organic silicon solution (methylsilanol mannuronate) is effective in rejuvenating and smoothing the skin. Additionally, DMAE contributes to wrinkle reduction and tissue tightening due to its unique properties. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Dimethylaminoethanol DMAE – an ingredient with antioxidant, anti-aging, anti-wrinkle properties, improves skin tension and hydration Methylsilanol mannuronate – a synthetic form of organic silica with hygroscopic, astringent, anti-seborrheic, exfoliating and smoothing properties Water (Aqua) Sorbic Acid Sodium Chloride Sodium Hydroxide Phenoxyethanol The advantages of utilizing of Silorgamine (1x5ml): Reduction of cellulite Skin rejuvenation Anti-aging benefits Mitigation of adverse effects from sun damage Application areas: face, body What is the duration of the results? Suggested treatment schedule: One session per week for a maximum of six sessions. Repeating the session one to two times annually is advisable.

Silimas 350 (1x10ml)

Silimas 350 (1x10ml) is a Spanish product formulated to shield both hair and skin from external elements. It effectively safeguards against adverse external influences. Additionally, its inclusion of dimethicone ensures that hair remains well-groomed and free from static electricity. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Dimethicone – an emollient with a protective, smoothing effect, protecting hair and skin from external factors, prevents static hair The advantages of utilizing of Silimas 350 (1x10ml): Preventing hair static Smoothing hair Shielding against external influences Rejuvenating damaged skin Application areas: face, hair, body Product Application Guidelines: The product can be applied through massage or electroporation.

Xadenal (1x2ml)

Xadenal (1x2ml) is a Spanish product formulated for skin showing evident signs of aging. It offers lifting, regenerative, and fortifying benefits. The inclusion of nucleotides supports skin regeneration, increases skin thickness, and promotes the production of collagen and elastin. Xadenal, when applied around stretch marks, helps reduce their appearance. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 2 ml Ingredients of the product: DNA nucleotides – are responsible for protein synthesis processes, improve cell metabolism, increase cell replication, promote cell renewal Water (Aqua) The advantages of utilizing of Xadenal (1x2ml): Anti-aging benefits Skin firming effect Minimizing the appearance of stretch marks Combating skin sagging Enhancing hair strength Promoting skin regeneration Suitable for all skin types, especially beneficial for individuals with characteristics associated with “smoker’s skin” Application areas: face, neck, décolletage, body What is the duration of the results? Suggested treatment schedule: One session per week for a maximum of six sessions. Repeating the session one to two times annually is advisable.

Silorg 0,5 (1x5ml)

Silorg 0.5 (1x5ml) is a Spanish product known for its anti-aging and skin-smoothing properties. It contains a 0.5% solution of organic silicon (methylsilanol mannuronate) that effectively rejuvenates and revitalizes the skin. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Methylsilanol mannuronate 0.5% – a synthetic form of organic silica with hygroscopic, astringent, anti-seborrheic, exfoliating and smoothing properties Water (Aqua) Sorbic Acid Sodium Chloride Sodium Hydroxide Hydrochloric Acid Phenoxethanol The advantages of utilizing of Silorg 0,5 (1x5ml): Tissue rejuvenation Hair fortification Anti-aging benefits Can be applied to the face, neck, neckline, and body What is the duration of the results? Frequency: One session per week, with an average of six sessions during the course of treatment. Maintenance: Recommended maintenance sessions include one to two times a year or as needed.

Puretinol 300 (1x2ml)

Puretinol 300 (1x2ml) is a Spanish formulation designed for addressing photoaging and preventing the signs of aging. Retinyl encourages fibroblasts to generate increased collagen and elastin production. This product also evens out the skin to the exact definition of your skin, thus rejuvenating the skin making it perfect and bright. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 2 ml Ingredients of the product: Retinyl palmitate – a derivative of retinol with exfoliating, smoothing wrinkles, stimulating the multiplication of epidermal cells, antioxidant and activating fibroblasts and stimulating collagen synthesis Water (Aqua) Sodium Chloride Disodium EDTA Sodium Hydroxide The advantages of utilizing of Puretinol 300 (1x2ml): Prevention of skin aging due to sun exposure Anti-aging benefits Diminishing the appearance of stretch marks Suitable for body applications What is the duration of the results? Suggested treatment schedule: One session per week for a maximum of six sessions. Repeating the session one to two times annually is advisable.

Glicoline (1x2ml)

Glicoline (1x2ml) is a Spanish product designed for skin with various types of discolorations and skin spots. Its key component, glycolic acid, effectively lightens discolorations, resulting in a more even skin tone. Additionally, Glicoline helps reduce the thickness of the outermost skin layer, thereby diminishing wrinkles. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 2 ml Ingredients of the product: Glycolic acid – exfoliating and reducing visible discoloration on the skin, belonging to the group of fruit acids, AHA Water (Aqua) Sodium Hydroxyde The advantages of utilizing of Glicoline (1x2ml): Illuminating impact Rejuvenation of the skin Skin revitalization Removal of skin blemishes Application areas: facial area, neck, and décolletage What is the duration of the results? Suggested treatment schedule: One session per week for a maximum of six sessions. Repeating the session one to two times annually is advisable.

L-Carnitrans (1x5ml)

L-Carnitrans (1x5ml) is a Spanish product formulated to combat cellulite. Harnessing the natural attributes of carnitine, it enhances the metabolic breakdown of fat cells, known as lipids, thus reducing cellulite more effectively. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 5 ml Ingredients of the product: L-Carnitine – a natural component of human body cells, necessary for proper lipid metabolism; facilitates the penetration of fats into cells by increasing the amount of energy in the hair matrix, resulting in faster hair growth; also recommended in the fight against cellulite Water (Aqua) The advantages of utilizing of L-Carnitrans (1x5ml): Reduction of cellulite Enhanced lipid metabolism Promotion of hair growth Application area: body What is the duration of the results? Suggested treatment schedule: One session per week for a maximum of six sessions. Repeating the session one to two times annually is advisable.

Dexenol (1x5ml)

Dexenol (1x5ml) is a Spanish product designed to balance skin tone and provide anti-inflammatory benefits. Panthenol increases the cellular GSH level, promoting anti-inflammatory actions, faster wound healing, and exhibiting antiviral properties. It also helps counteract the impacts of skin aging caused by sun exposure. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Panthenol (vitamin B5) – deep cleansing and improvement of the degree of skin hydration, anti-inflammatory effect, acceleration of the process of keratosis of the skin Water (Aqua) Hydrochloric Acid The advantages of utilizing of Dexenol (1x5ml): Preventing skin aging due to sun exposure Promoting tissue regeneration Providing anti-inflammatory benefits Enhancing wound healing Supporting skin rejuvenation Achieving a more uniform skin tone Addressing hair loss concerns Applicable to both the face and body What is the duration of the results? Suggested treatment schedule: One session per week for a maximum of six sessions. Repeating the session one to two times annually is advisable.

Melirutol (1x2ml)

Melirutol (1x2ml) is a Spanish product designed for skin affected by cellulite, providing an anti-inflammatory effect and alleviating the sensation of “fatigued legs.” Troxerutin, when combined with coumarin, enhances microcirculation and diminishes cellulite. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 2 ml Ingredients of the product: Troxerutin – a substance that seals and makes blood vessels more elastic with anti-edematous effect, supporting microcirculation Coumarin – strengthening lymphatic vessels, stimulating blood flow, anti-inflammatory and anti-allergic Water (Aqua) Sodium Hydroxide The advantages of utilizing of Melirutol (1x2ml): Anti-cellulite impact Anti-inflammatory properties Assistance in treating venous insufficiency Alleviation of “fatigued legs” Reduction of post-traumatic and postoperative swelling Application on the body What is the duration of the results? Suggested treatment schedule: One session per week for a maximum of six sessions. Repeating the session one to two times annually is advisable.

Deoxylyse (1x5ml)

Deoxylyse (1x5ml) is a Spanish product designed for lipolysis. Sodium deoxycholate disrupts the membranes of fat cells, leading to their breakdown in the mitochondria. Consistent usage of Deoxylyse results in a noticeable reduction in cellulite. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Sodium deoxycholate – degrading adipocyte cell membranes, facilitating faster breakdown of released triglycerides Water (Aqua) Sodium Chloride The advantages of utilizing of Deoxylyse (1x5ml): Reduction of cellulite Fat-reducing effect Application areas: body What is the duration of the results? Recommended treatment frequency: 1 session per month for up to 6 sessions. Repeat the session once a year.

Hyalift 3,5 (1x5ml)

Hyalift 3.5 (1x5ml) is formulated for mature, dehydrated skin with fine wrinkles. It contains hyaluronic acid, which deeply moisturizes the skin at various levels. The introduction of external hyaluronic acid stimulates fibroblasts, resulting in a lifting effect on the tissues. Hyalift 3.5 effectively revitalizes the skin, enhancing its natural radiance. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Non-crosslinked hyaluronic acid – moisturizing and firming effect, an ingredient that restores the body’s water balance Water (Aqua) Sodium Chloride Sodium Benzoate The advantages of utilizing of Hyalift 3,5 (1x5ml): Brightening of dull skin Reduction in wrinkles Deep hydration Biorevitalization Application areas: face, neck, décolletage, hands What is the duration of the results? Recommended treatment schedule: Undergo 1 session per week for up to 6 sessions. Repeat the session 1-2 times annually.

K-Bromine 20 (1x2ml)

K-Bromine 20 (1x2ml) is a Spanish product formulated for targeting localized body fat, cellulite, and loose, less firm skin in specific areas. Caffeine, one of its components, enhances circulation and serves as a supportive element in cellulite reduction treatments. The application of K-Bromine 20 also contributes to improved skin tightness and firmness. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 2 ml Ingredients of the product: Caffeine – a component that stimulates and improves microcirculation, reduces cellulite and has antioxidant effects. Water (Aqua) Sodium Benzoate The advantages of utilizing of K-Bromine 20 (1x2ml): Enhancement of skin tightness Decrease in adipose tissue Diminishment of cellulite Application areas: body What is the duration of the results? Suggested treatment schedule: One session weekly for six sessions. Repeat the session one to two times annually.

Dermo-B-Com (1x5ml)

Dermo-B-Com (1x5ml) is a Spanish product designed for treatments targeting hair loss, weakened and thin hair, and also for preventing skin photoaging. It combines a blend of B vitamins to nourish the skin and hair, addressing any deficiencies. Dermo-B-Com feeds the hair follicles, fortifying hair structure and averting hair loss. Additionally, the B vitamins offer protection against the detrimental impacts of skin photoaging. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Vitamin B1 (thiamine) – ensures the proper functioning of the nervous system and muscle activity, regulates electrolyte metabolism; normalizes carbohydrate metabolism; participates in protein metabolism and lactic acid production Vitamin B2 (riboflavin) – supports the proper functioning of the cell, its growth and energy metabolism Vitamin B5 (pantothenic acid) – is involved in the metabolism of carbohydrates, proteins and lipids, as well as in the synthesis of hormones and cholesterol Vitamin B6 (pyridoxine) – is necessary for protein metabolism, is involved in the functioning of the immune and nervous systems Water (Aqua) Sodium Chloride Sodium Hydroxide The advantages of utilizing of Dermo-B-Com (1x5ml): Diminishing hair loss Counteracting skin photoaging Application areas: scalp, facial area, neck, and décolleté What is the duration of the results? Frequency: One session per week, typically averaging 8-10 sessions. Maintenance: Recommended 1-2 sessions per year.

DM-Lift (1x5ml)

DM-Lift (1x5ml) is a Spanish product formulated to enhance skin firmness and reduce wrinkles. DMAE, with its beneficial characteristics, effectively diminishes wrinkles and enhances tissue tightness. DM-Lift assists the skin in combatting oxidative stress, promoting a youthful appearance over time. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Dimethylaminoethanol DMAE – an ingredient with antioxidant, anti-aging, anti-wrinkle properties, improves skin tension and hydration Water (Aqua) Sodium Chloride Sodium Hydroxide The advantages of utilizing of DM-Lift (1x5ml): Enhancement of skin tension Reduction in wrinkles Mitigation of photoaging-related issues SMAS (Superficial Musculo-Aponeurotic System) treatment Anti-aging Application area: facial region What is the duration of the results? Suggested treatment schedule: One session per week, for a maximum of six sessions. Repeat the session one to two times annually.

Cynalcan (1x5ml)

Cynalcan (1x5ml) is a Spanish product designed to provide protection and aid in the elimination of toxins from the body. Its formula includes artichoke extract, which reduces swelling, enhances microcirculation, and demonstrates lipolytic properties. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Artichoke extract – a rich source of vitamins C, A and E as well as iron, calcium, phosphorus and magnesium; a substance with properties supporting liver function (especially during lipolytic treatments), detoxifying, antibacterial and anti-inflammatory, accelerating cell metabolism Water (Aqua) PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castrol Oil Sodium Chloride Sodium Hydroxide Alcohol The advantages of utilizing of Cynalcan (1x5ml): Reduction of cellulite Skin safeguarding Decrease in puffiness Lipolytic impact Diminishing post-traumatic swelling (e.g., following liposuction) Application areas: face, body What is the duration of the results? Recommended treatment schedule: 1 session per week for a maximum of 6 sessions. Repeat the session 1-2 times annually.

Centellasial (1x2ml)

Centellasial (1x2ml) is a Spanish product designed for diminishing cellulite, enhancing skin elasticity, and reducing under-eye puffiness. It contains brown algae extract and ivy extract, which work together to enhance microcirculation, thus preventing the development of under-eye dark circles. Additionally, pennywort promotes collagen and elastin synthesis, leading to firmer skin. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 2 ml Ingredients of the product: Pennywort Asian – an ingredient with healing properties for wounds, burns and skin lesions, active compounds of the raw material affect the synthesis of collagen and elastin Ivy extract – a substance of natural origin with properties accelerating lipolysis, improving circulation and firming Fucus Vesiculosus brown algae extract – prevention of vasodilation Water (Aqua) Propylene Glycol Sodium Chloride Sodium Hydroxide The advantages of utilizing of Centellasial (1x2ml): Preventing skin aging caused by sun exposure Enhancing skin’s elasticity Diminishing cellulite Minimizing under-eye dark circles Application areas: face (entire face and eye area), body What is the duration of the results? Recommended treatment schedule: 1 session per week, for a maximum of 4 sessions. Repeat this schedule 3 times a year.

Biovita-H (1x2ml)

Biovita-H (1x2ml) is a Spanish solution specifically formulated for scalp care, addressing issues such as excessive sebum production, hair loss, skin peeling, and dermatitis. The product’s biotin content provides conditioning for both the hair and the scalp. Biovita-H provides deep nourishment to the hair, enhancing its strength and minimizing fragility and hair loss. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 2 ml Ingredients of the product: Biotin – an ingredient that strengthens the skin, hair and nails, improves their condition and prevents hair loss, brittle nails, pimples and skin rashes Water (Aqua) Sodium Chloride Sodium Hydroxide Hydrachloric Acid The advantages of utilizing of Biovita-H (1x2ml): Control of sebum secretion Treatment for seborrheic dermatitis Hair loss prevention Skin exfoliation reduction Anti-inflammatory properties Intended for use on the scalp What is the duration of the results? Suggested treatment schedule: 1 session per week for a total of 8-10 sessions. Consider repeating the session 1-2 times annually.

Bilobine-G (1x5ml)

Bilobine-G (1x5ml) is a product with anti-aging and anti-cellulite attributes, and it’s also employed in treating androgenetic alopecia. Its formulation features ginkgo biloba extract, which primarily enhances tissue and organ blood circulation. Additionally, the product aids in combating free radicals, supporting daily skin care routines. The package includes: 1 ampoule of 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Ginkgo biloba extract – a substance with antioxidant and anti-aging properties; additionally stimulating the lipolysis process and improving circulation, an ingredient that evens out the color, minimizes the formation of blackheads, anti-inflammatory Water (Aqua) Alcohol Sodium Chloride Sodium Hydroxide The advantages of utilizing of Bilobine-G (1x5ml): Conditions like alopecia areata Anti-aging benefits Cellulite reduction Enhanced blood circulation Reduced capillary permeability Application areas: facial and bodily What is the duration of the results? Frequency: One weekly session on average, totaling approximately six sessions. Maintenance: One to two times annually, or as needed.

RRS Silisorg Tensor (12x5ml)

RRS Silisorg Tensor (12x5ml) is a product suitable for all skin types, with a specific focus on skin in need of hydration and firmness. It is classified as a class III medical device. Consistent application of RRS Silisorg helps to moisturize the skin, deter the development of free radicals, and enhance its firmness. The outcome is skin that appears smooth, well-hydrated, and healthy. The package includes: 12 ampoules x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Organic Silicon 125mg / 5ml – a natural ingredient with hygroscopic, astringent, anti-seborrheic, exfoliating and smoothing properties Protective Buffer The advantages of utilizing of RRS Silisorg Tensor (12x5ml): Moisturization Providing antioxidant benefits Enhancing firmness Combating skin sagging and the consequences of sun-induced aging Suitable for use on the face, abdomen, area around the navel, inner thighs and arms, legs, buttocks, hands, and neck Usage: One treatment per week, typically involving 4-6 sessions. It is advisable to consider 1-3 sessions annually to maintain optimal results.

Dermastabilon (20x5ml)

Dermastabilon (1x5ml) is formulated for skin affected by cellulite. It contains phosphatidylcholine, which reduces cellulite and enhances circulation. Additionally, sodium deoxycholate aids in breaking down fat cells and metabolizing excess body fat through its lipolytic action. The package includes: 20 ampoules of 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Phosphatidylcholine – a component intended for the emulsification of adipose tissue, increasing membrane permeability and facilitating the metabolism of excess fat from the body Sodium deoxycholate – degrading adipocyte cell membranes, facilitating faster breakdown of released triglycerides Water (Aqua) Benzyl Alcohol Sodium Chloride Sodium Hydroxide The advantages of utilizing of Dermastabilon (1x5ml): Fat breakdown: cheeks, neck, gynecomastia, abdominal area, back rolls, hips, inner and outer thighs, fat in the underarm region Cellulite reduction Application areas: body Usage: For optimal outcomes, it is advisable to undergo one session weekly, typically totaling around six sessions. To sustain the results, one or two sessions per year are recommended.

RRS HA Whitening (6x3ml)

RRS HA Whitening (6x3ml) is a formulation comprising hyaluronic acid and a biorevitalizing blend. It is intended for individuals with pigment-related issues. Its primary objective is to rejuvenate the skin and reinstate an even complexion. This product can be applied on the face, neck, and décolleté, irrespective of the patient’s age. The package includes: 6 vials x 3 ml Ingredients of the product: Bleaching agents: arbutin, aminoethylphosphinic acid, retinyl palmitate, Morus Alba extract, oxyresveratrol, licorice extract, malic acid, vitamin C Flavonoids: glabridin, glycyrrhrhizoflavone, glyasperin C, glabrene Vitamins: B5, E, A, C Antioxidants: ascorbic acid, alpha tocopheryl, oxyresveratrol, moracin, glabridin, AHA: malic acid, lactic acid BHA: salicylic acid Polyphenols: moracin, morusin, alabafuran, mulberrofuran Triterpenoids: ursolic acid, betulinic acid Trace elements: Ca, Cr, Co, P, Mg, K, Si Amino acids: serine The advantages of utilizing of RRS HA Whitening (6x3ml): Diminishing of UV-induced skin discoloration Addressing melasma concerns Alleviating hormonal-related discoloration Mitigating age-related skin discoloration Removing freckles Achieving a more uniform skin tone Usage: 1 weekly session, typically totaling 4-6 sessions. It is recommended to undergo 1-3 sessions annually to maintain desired results.

RRS HA Injectable (6x5ml)

RRS HA Injectable (6x5ml) is a product that aids in collagen and elastin synthesis, nourishes the skin, and assists in its rejuvenation processes. The package includes: 6 vials x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: 6mg/ml HA of hyaluronic acid + 4.62 mg/ml of biorevitalizing cocktail 10 vitamins: vit. A, vit. B1, vit. B2, vit. B3, vit. B5, vit. B6, vit. B12, vit. C, vit. E, vit. B9 3 fatty acids: oleic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid 2 coenzymes: NAD, NADP 22 antioxidants: m.in. ascorbic acid, phytic acid, lipoic acid, taurine, theanine, carnosic acid, chlorogenic acid, rosmarinic acid, tocopherol, phenolic acids: gallic, ferulic, caffeic 12 polyphenols: quercetin, hesperidin, resveratrol, catechins, epicatechin, procyanidin , R-2 Viniferin, ε-Viniferin, R-Viniferin, Iso-ε, Viniferin, Pycnogenol 21 amino acids: m.in. arginine, L-glutamine, L-leucine, taurine, methionine, phenylalanine, isoleucine, lysine, hydroxyproline, proline, theanine, serine, glutamine, histidine, glycine, threonine, alanine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid 13 microelements: Zn, Cu, Co, K, Ca, Fe, Mg, P, Na, Mn, Se, Cr, Si 3 terpenes: Linalool, Borneol, 1.8-cineol The advantages of utilizing of RRS HA Injectable (6x5ml): Stimulation and moisturization Stimulation and rejuvenation of mature skin Revitalization of tired and flaccid skin Renewal of smoker’s skin, mature and depleted skin Skin rejuvenation for individuals living in a polluted environment Diminishment of fine wrinkles What is the duration of the results? 1 session per week. A typical therapy consists of approximately 4-6 sessions. To sustain the complete benefits, it is advisable to undergo therapy 1-3 times annually.

RRS HA Strimatrix (6x10ml)

RRS HA Strimatrix (6x10ml) is a formulation comprising non-crosslinked hyaluronic acid and a biorevitalizing mixture. The package includes: 6 vials x 10 ml of the preparation The advantages of utilizing of RRS HA Strimatrix (6x10ml): Enhancement of skin firmness Diminishment of stretch marks Usage: One session per week, totaling approximately 4-6 sessions. The recommended frequency for sessions in a year is 1-3 sessions.

RRS Silisorg (12x5ml)

RRS Silisorg (12x5ml) is a formulation that amplifies HAS2 (Hyaluronan synthase 2) production by a factor of 26. HAS2 plays a crucial role in hyaluronic acid synthesis, exerting a substantial influence on skin condition and vitality. This product can be applied independently or as a supplement to augment the impact of other RRS products. It is suitable for patients of all age groups and can be used on the scalp, face, and body. The package includes: 12 vial x 5 ml The advantages of utilizing of RRS Silisorg (12x5ml): Used as a standalone treatment or in combination with other RRS products Revitalization of the subcutaneous tissue Usage: One weekly session, typically spanning 4-6 sessions. The suggested frequency for annual sessions ranges from 1 to 3.

RRS HA Skin Relax (6x3ml)

RRS HA Skin Relax (6x3ml) is an anti-aging product that delivers skin-smoothing, firming, and wrinkle-reduction benefits. With its high hyaluronic acid concentration and oligopeptides, it effectively hydrates the skin and restores its elasticity, making it suitable for individuals of all ages. This product is designed for use on the face and neck. The package includes: 6 vial x 3 ml The advantages of utilizing of RRS HA Skin Relax (6x3ml): Hydrating dry skin Reducing the appearance of wrinkles Promoting skin regeneration and enhancing elasticity and firmness Usage: One session each week, with an average of 4-6 sessions for the complete therapy. To sustain the desired results, it is advisable to undergo the therapy twice annually.

Xela Rederm 2.2% (1x2ml)

Hyalual Xela Rederm 2.2% is a skincare product developed by Hyalual, designed to effectively and long-lastingly reduce age-related skin changes on the face and neck. Formulated with hyaluronic acid and succinic acid, this dermal filler diminishes various wrinkles such as forehead lines, nasolabial folds, and eyebrow lines. It also lifts and revitalizes sagging and fatigued-looking skin across the entire face. Furthermore, Hyalual Xela Rederm 2.2% improves skin hydration and enhances the overall quality of the dermis, resulting in a natural and beautiful radiance after treatment. An interesting characteristic of this product is its ability to intensify lip color, making them noticeably redder. The package includes: 1 syringe x 2 ml Ingredients of the product: High molecular weight hyaluronic acid – 2.2% Succinic acid (sodium succinate) – 1.6% The advantages of utilizing of Hyalual Xela Rederm 2.2%: Provides a lifting effect Enhances the skin’s quality by tightening the dermis Diminishes the depth of folds Enhances the contour of the lips Restores proper water balance in the dermis What is the duration of the results? The exceptional combination of these two components creates a distinct and long-lasting impact. Even following the initial redermalization procedure, there is a noticeable increase in the presence of fibroblasts, which play a crucial role in producing elastin and collagen, as well as revitalizing the microcirculation and dermis matrix. It is recommended to follow an individualized treatment course with a 14-day interval between sessions. The outcome varies for each person, depending on their unique physiological characteristics.

Xela Rederm 1.1% (1x2ml)

Xela Rederm 1.1% (1x2ml) is part of the Redermalization method, which works to combat skin aging and restore its vitality. It targets the three fundamental processes of skin aging: regulating cellular biochemical and physiological functions, efficiently neutralizing free radicals with succinic acid, and preventing skin dehydration through the action of hyaluronic acid. The package includes: 1 syringe x 2 ml Ingredients of the product: High molecular weight hyaluronic acid – 1.1% Succinic acid (sodium succinate) – 1.6% The advantages of utilizing of Hyalual Xela Rederm 1.1%: Helps decrease swelling and encourages the flow of lymphatic fluids Enhances the circulation of tiny blood vessels Detoxifies tissues Leads to lighter skin by 1-2 shades Diminishes the appearance of dark circles under the eyes Eliminates indicators of fatigue What is the duration of the results? This distinctive dual-component formula generates a noticeable and long-lasting impact. Even following the initial redermalization procedure, there is an augmentation in the quantity of fibroblasts, which are responsible for producing elastin and collagen, as well as the restoration of microcirculation and the dermis matrix. A personalized treatment regimen is recommended with a 14-day gap between sessions. The outcome varies from person to person, influenced by their physiological traits.

Xela Rederm 1.8% (1x2ml)

Hyalual Xela Rederm 1.8% was created by Hyalual to effectively and sustainably rejuvenate and smoothen fatigued and dull-looking facial skin. The combination of hyaluronic acid and succinic acid works specifically to restore the skin’s moisture levels, resulting in the effective reduction of facial wrinkles, blemishes, and uneven pigmentation on the face, neck, décolleté, and hands. Furthermore, Xela Rederm 1.8% positively impacts dehydrated and dry skin, promoting a radiant, fresh, and youthful complexion. With its natural and rapid approach, Hyalual Xela Rederm 1.8% helps achieve a beautiful complexion. The package includes: 1 syringe x 2 ml Ingredients of the product: High molecular weight hyaluronic acid – 1.8% Succinic acid (sodium succinate) – 1.6% The advantages of utilizing of Hyalual Xela Rederm 1.8%: Replenishes the moisture balance in the skin Enhances firmness by restoring the collagen structure Diminishes pigmentation and brightens the skin, smoothens the skin’s texture Reduces the number of wrinkles Enhances skin radiance What is the duration of the results? This distinct dual-component formula creates a noticeable and lasting impact. Even after the initial redermalization procedure, there is an augmentation in the number of fibroblasts that play a vital role in producing elastin and collagen, as well as restoring the microcirculation and dermis matrix. An individual treatment course is recommended with a 14-day gap between sessions. The outcome varies for each person and is influenced by their specific physiological characteristics.

Teosyal Redensity I Puresense + Lidocaine (1x3ml)

Teosyal Redensity I PureSense + Lidocaine is an exceptional skin enhancer containing hyaluronic acid that effectively combats premature aging, revitalizes skin density, and preserves its radiant appearance. It is specifically designed for use on the face, neck, and neckline, targeting areas affected by dryness, loss of firmness, sun damage, and aging. The package includes: 1 x 3ml syringe The advantages of utilizing of Teosyal Redensity I PureSense + Lidocaine: Rejuvenate skin density Delay the aging process Firm and tighten the skin What is the duration of the results? Typically, the outcomes can be sustained for a period of 18 months. The duration varies based on the individual’s lifestyle, age, and skin characteristics.

Seventy Hyal 2000 (3x2ml)

Seventy Hyal 2000 is an injectable skin booster that aims to counteract the natural loss of hyaluronic acid (HA) in the skin. This kind of treatment can make you hydrated deeply and produce new collagen and elastin by supplement with Hyaluronic acid (HA). For those looking to rejuvenate the skin, improve texture, lift lax skin and add subtle volume, Seventy Hyal 2000 is the perfect fix. Besides its structural and functional benefits, it`s also known for its hydrating, contouring, and highlighting effects on the skin. It can be used in facial enhancers to create a rosy esthetic, or to restore contours to neck, décolleté, and hands. The package includes: 3 syringes x 2 ml Ingredients of the product: High molecular weight sodium Hyaluronate 1.5, obtained by bacterial fermentation without any chemical modification. Other ingredients: Sodium Chloride, Disodium Phosphate 2H20, Monosodium Phosphate 2H20 water for injection. The advantages of utilizing of Seventy Hyal 2000: Stimulates new collagen and elastin production in the skin Revitalizes the skin Improves skin texture, firming and dry skin Moister What is the duration of the results? Seventy Hyal 2000 offers lasting effects that generally last for at least 6 months, but some clients will experience its effects for as long as one year.

Sagoni Melt (1x3ml)

Sagoni Melt is a product that effectively addresses localized fat deposits on various facial areas such as the chin, cheeks, and under-eye bags. When applied directly to the skin, this product acts quickly to target and eliminate fat cells, resulting in a more defined and contoured facial appearance. With just a few applications, Sagoni Melt delivers highly noticeable and impressive outcomes, providing a well-defined and long-lasting facial contour. This fat-reducing solution can be utilized on different problematic areas of the face where excess fat is a concern, effectively combating double chins, sagging cheeks, and even under-eye bags. The package includes: 1 vials x 3 ml The advantages of utilizing of Sagoni Melt: Addresses localized fat accumulations in any facial region, such as the chin, cheeks, and loose under-eye bags Promotes a well-formed, defined and oil-free complexion Enhances facial contour, creating a plump and distinctly defined look What is the duration of the results? Typically, a complete and satisfactory outcome is achieved through approximately 2 to 4 sessions. It is advised to schedule these sessions with an interval of 10 to 14 days between each. However, the exact number of treatments required may vary depending on the specific areas targeted.

CytoCare 640 C Line (5x4ml)

Cytocare 640 C Line 4ml is a rejuvenation solution meticulously crafted to enhance skin texture, restore moisture, minimize facial lines, and preserve the dermis’s protective function. This hyaluronic acid-based solution is applied to the face and décolleté, delivering uplifting benefits by repairing compromised cells and kickstarting the production of collagen and elastin. Additionally, it aids in combating pigmentation issues. It amalgamates anti-aging, firming, and moisturizing effects, all while promoting a brighter skin tone and ameliorating the appearance of sallow and parched skin. The package includes: 5 vials x 4ml The advantages of utilizing of Cytocare 640 C Line: Enhances the quality of the skin’s texture Provides anti-aging, firming, and moisturizing benefits Stimulates the generation of collagen and elastin Diminishes facial lines Combats pigmentation issues Moisturizes parched skin What is the duration of the results? For the best possible outcomes, it’s recommended to undergo Cytocare 640 C Line treatments approximately every three months. The effectiveness of these treatments varies according to an individual’s lifestyle, age, and skin type. Please note that this product is intended for topical use exclusively.

Cytocare 715 C Line - 5 x 5ml

Cytocare 715 C Line is a skin rejuvenation solution crafted to thwart premature aging and uphold a youthful radiance through dermal regeneration. With its rich hyaluronic acid content (75mg), Cytocare 715 C Line delivers enduring hydration while incorporating potent anti-aging compounds, effectively diminishing fine lines and reviving skin elasticity. Cytocare 715 C Line is intended for topical use on healthy skin. Its primary ingredients work harmoniously to impede cellular aging, stimulate new cell growth, and initiate the repair of damaged skin cells. Additionally, it aids in revitalizing the skin, producing a plumping effect that leaves the complexion naturally smoother, more luminous, and aglow with radiance. The package includes: 5 vials x 5ml Ingredients of the product: 75 mg (15mg/ml) non-crossed hyaluronic acid with a high viscosity Carnosine Amino Acid complex DMAE The elevated concentration of hyaluronic acid plays a crucial role in delivering abundant hydration, effectively moisturizing the skin, and aiding in the restoration of the skin’s internal balance. Moreover, DMAE triggers fibroblast activity, leading to an uptick in collagen and elastin production, and contributes to the stimulation of fresh skin cell growth. The amino acid complex kickstarts the process of renewing damaged cells and encourages the generation of new ones. Additionally, Cytocare 715 C Line features Carnosine, an exceptionally potent antioxidant that thwarts the mechanisms responsible for skin cell aging while kickstarting cellular repair mechanisms. Collectively, these ingredients confer remarkable properties upon the product, making it an excellent choice for anti-aging and firming treatments. The advantages of utilizing of Cytocare 715 C Line: Revive skin’s suppleness Refill moisture, providing skin with hydration Achieve a luminous complexion Diminish the visibility of fine lines and wrinkles Application to the skin’s surface Application areas: Facial region, chest area, and upper hands What is the duration of the results? Typically, for best outcomes, it’s advisable to undergo Cytocare 715 C Line treatments approximately every three months. However, the exact frequency can vary based on several factors, including an individual’s lifestyle, age, and skin type.

Restylane EyeLight (1x0.5ml)

Restylane Eyelight is an innovative filler made from hyaluronic acid, specifically developed to address the issue of dark circles and under-eye shadows caused by volume depletion. This treatment targets the tear trough area to replenish volume and lift the under-eye region, resulting in a rejuvenated and less fatigued appearance. Moreover, it aids in reducing the visibility of dark shadows and promoting a more even skin tone. With its natural-looking and long-lasting outcomes lasting up to 6 months, Restylane Eyelight is a valuable addition to the well-known Restylane product line. It utilizes Galderma’s NASHA gel technology for optimal lifting effects and incorporates lidocaine for enhanced patient comfort during the procedure. Furthermore, the treatment necessitates no downtime for recovery. The package includes: 1 x 0,5ml syringe Primary components: 20 mg/ml Hyaluronic acid 3mg/ml Lidocaine The advantages of utilizing of Restylane Eyelight: Precise treatment for the delicate under-eye region Diminished under-eye dark circles and shadows Restored volume and lifted appearance Enhanced brightness in the under-eye area Natural-looking outcomes What is the duration of the results? Visible effects are noticeable right after the initial session and have the potential to endure for a period of up to 6 months.

Prostrolane Natural-B (2x2ml)

Prostrolane Natural-B is an injectable gel specifically designed for implantation in the mid-to-deep dermis. It is indicated for correcting moderate to severe facial wrinkles and folds, including perioral lines, nasolabial folds, and marionette lines. Additionally, Prostrolane Natural-B is well-suited for restoring facial contours. The product incorporates a patented Novel Peptide technology that revitalizes the skin. Moreover, the Peptide technology stimulates collagen synthesis, enhancing skin elasticity. Each package of this product contains 2 syringes. The package includes: 2 x 2ml syringes Ingredients of the product: Phosphate buffered saline Sodium hyaluronate (0,7%) Peptide complex (Oligopeptide-24, Oligopeptide-34, Oligopeptide-92, Decapeptide-36,Octapeptide-11) The advantages of utilizing of Prostrolane Natural-B: Intended for implantation in the mid-to-deep dermis Revitalizes the skin Naturally corrects facial wrinkles Target areas: Forehead, nasolabial area, marionette lines, and fine lines in the temporal region. What is the duration of the results? The outcomes and duration of the treatment are contingent upon the level of correction needed as well as the individual’s lifestyle, age, and skin type.

Prostrolane Inner-B SE (2x1ml)

Prostrolane Inner-B SE is a gel-based injectable recommended for diminishing under-eye bags and swelling. Its formulation includes 4 peptides and hyaluronic acid, providing a unique composition that effectively smoothens skin irregularities, decreases the buildup of fatty deposits, strengthens the skin, and enhances overall skin appearance and tone. Furthermore, the Peptide technology stimulates collagen production, resulting in improved skin elasticity. Each package of this product includes 2 syringes. The package includes: 2 x 1ml syringes Ingredients of the product: Phosphate buffered saline Sodium hyaluronate (0,7%) Peptide complex (Nonapeptide-32, Pentapeptide-43, Tripeptide-41, Octapeptide-11) The advantages of utilizing of Prostrolane Inner-B SE: Designed for contouring the eye area Noticeable outcomes following a single treatment A secure and effective method to reduce under-eye bags Target areas: Under-eye bags and swelling What is the duration of the results? Visible outcomes can be observed following the initial procedure. The duration and effectiveness of the treatment depend on the extent of correction needed and factors such as individual lifestyle, age, and skin type.

Prostrolane Blanc-B (2x2ml)

Prostrolane Blanc-B is an injectable gel specially formulated for implantation in the mid-deep dermis, with the purpose of whitening and toning the skin to enhance the radiance of the face and neck. It is effective in skin contouring, brightening, and reducing skin pigmentation. Additionally, Prostrolane Blanc-B is well-suited for treating sun-damaged and photo-aged wrinkled skin. The product incorporates a patented Novel Peptide technology that promotes skin brightening. The unique composition of peptides helps improve skin texture, reduce small to moderate wrinkles, brighten the skin, and enhance its glow. Each package of this product contains 2 syringes. The package includes: 2 x 2ml syringes Ingredients of the product: Phosphate buffered saline Sodium hyaluronate (0,7%) Peptide complex (Oligopeptide-92, Octapeptide-11, Feruloyl Oligo peptide-33, Valprooyl Oligopeptide-33) The advantages of utilizing of Prostrolane Blanc-B: Enhancement of skin brightness and contours Treatment for sun-damaged skin Natural correction of facial wrinkles and photo-aged skin Target areas: Mid-deep dermal implantation, face, and neck What is the duration of the results? The results and longevity of the treatments will depend on the degree of correction required together with the individual’s lifestyle, age and skin type.

Prostrolane Inner-B (2x2ml)

Prostrolane Inner-B is an injectable gel specially formulated for implantation in the deep dermis, targeting lipolysis of moderate to severe double chin, abdomen, and the back of the thighs. It is effective in reducing localized fat accumulations and contouring the body. Prostrolane Inner-B incorporates a patented Novel Peptide technology for localized fat reduction. This advanced formulation contains 4 biomimetic peptides and hyaluronic acid, which stimulate natural fat cell reduction, improve skin condition, and promote collagen production. Each package of this product contains 2 syringes. The package includes: 2 x 2ml syringes Ingredients of the product: Phosphate buffered saline Sodium hyaluronate (0,7%) Peptide complex (Nonapetide-32, Pentapeptide-43, Tripeptide-41, Octapeptide-11) The advantages of utilizing of Prostrolane Inner-B: Safe reduction of localized fat Indicated for sculpting the body Target areas: Double chin, jowl, upper arms, love handles, abdomen, buttocks, and inner thighs What is the duration of the results? The results and duration of the treatment depend on the level of correction needed, as well as the individual’s lifestyle, age, and skin type.

Promoitalia Light Eyes Ultra 10ml

Promoitalia Light Eyes Ultra is a specialized mesotherapy product from the Platinum Collection that aims to provide gentle and effective care for the sensitive skin around the eyes. Its primary goal is to rejuvenate this delicate area without resorting to aggressive techniques. This ready-to-use cocktail combines a well-balanced formula of active components, such as hyaluronic acid, a potent antioxidant complex, vitamin C, fruit enzymes, and natural plant extracts. The package includes: 1pcх10ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid Caffeine Vitamin C Ruscus extract Rosemary extract Blueberry extract Acetylhexapeptide Superoxide dismutase Fruit enzymes The advantages of utilizing of Promoitalia Light Eyes Ultra: Enhancement of blood flow in the delicate eye area. Aiding in reducing venous congestion and promoting microcirculation. Boosting skin moisture levels for improved hydration. Promoting skin renewal processes for enhanced regeneration. Diminishing the appearance of wrinkles. Providing antioxidant properties to protect the skin. Usage: For optimal results, it is advised to undergo a series of 4-6 sessions with a 15-day gap between each session. Subsequently, monthly maintenance treatments will be necessary. The medication is administered via papular injection method.

Pluryal Mesoline Hair 5 x 5ml

Pluryal Mesoline Hair 5ml is a specialized hair treatment that aims to address hair loss resulting from various factors such as stress, pregnancy, medication, hormonal changes, or aging. This Mesotherapy product is specifically designed to promote hair growth and enhance hair quality by stimulating blood circulation in the hair follicles. It serves as an excellent solution for increasing hair volume and improving overall hair health. The package includes: 5 vials x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid Copper peptide Stem cells booster Coenzyme Q10 Amino acids Vitamin B complex The advantages of utilizing of Pluryal Mesoline Hair 5ml: Effectively prevents hair loss, stimulates hair growth, and enhances the strength of the hair. Specifically formulated for use on the hair and scalp, providing comprehensive care in these areas. Usage: For optimal outcomes, it is recommended to undergo a series of 5 sessions with Pluryal Mesoline Hair 5ml, spaced 10 days apart. To maintain the results, it is advisable to repeat this treatment course every 6 months. Over time, you can expect your hair to become healthier and thicker. Remember that this product is intended for external use only.

Pluryal Mesoline Facecontour 5x5ml

Pluryal Mesoline FaceContour 5ml is an exceptional treatment product specifically targeting signs of aging. Its purpose is to effectively eliminate excess fat in facial regions, allowing for a more defined and sculpted appearance. The formula of this product actively breaks down fat cells, resulting in a contoured complexion. Additionally, it contains plant extracts that aid in regenerating the skin tissue for a rejuvenated effect. The package includes: 5 vials x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Potent lipolytic active ingredients Calming active ingredients Plant extracts The advantages of utilizing of Pluryal Mesoline FaceContour 5ml: Provides a transformative effect on the face, redefining and sculpting its contours. Effectively eliminates fat cells, resulting in a more refined appearance. Aids in the regeneration of skin tissue, promoting a rejuvenated and revitalized complexion. Areas use: face. Usage: You will experience instant and noticeable results when using Pluryal Mesoline FaceContour 5ml, starting from the very first treatment. To achieve the most optimal and enduring outcomes, it is recommended to undergo a series of 4-6 sessions, with a 15-day gap between each session. Please note that this product is intended for external use only.

Pluryal Mesoline Clear 5 x 5ml

Pluryal Mesoline Clear 5ml is a targeted treatment created to control sebum production, diminish acne breakouts, and address various skin imperfections. It effectively reduces inflammation, making it an ideal choice for individuals with young or acne-prone skin, regardless of age. Regular use of Pluryal Mesoline Clear will result in a healthier and more even-looking skin surface, thanks to its clarifying properties. The package includes: 5 vials x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Vitamin A Vitamin B complex Hyaluronic acid Ginkgo Biloba The advantages of utilizing of Pluryal Mesoline Clear 5ml: Specifically formulated to minimize and alleviate skin imperfections. Particularly suitable for individuals with young skin or those prone to acne. Effective on both the face and back, targeting imperfections in these areas. Usage: You will experience immediate and evident results with Pluryal Mesoline Clear 5ml, starting from the very first treatment. To achieve the most optimal and long-lasting outcomes, it is recommended to undergo a series of 5 sessions, with a 10-day gap between each session. For ongoing maintenance, it is advised to repeat this treatment course every 6 months. Please note that this product is intended for external use only.

Pluryal Mesoline Tight 5 x 5ml

Pluryal Mesoline Tight 5ml is a potent solution formulated to effectively address the visible signs of skin aging caused by significant weight loss. Its primary purpose is to tighten the skin and minimize the appearance of stretch marks. Pluryal Mesoline Tight offers an ideal treatment option for restoring firmness and density to the skin. It achieves this by providing a smoothing and plumping effect, resulting in reduced visibility of stretch marks, fine lines, and wrinkles. The package includes: 5 vials x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: DMAE Vitamin B5 Ferulic acid Coenzyme Q10 Silicium The advantages of utilizing of Pluryal Mesoline Tight 5ml: Effectively diminishes signs of skin aging, making it an excellent choice for tightening and restoring firmness. Provides smoothing and plumping effects that contribute to a more youthful appearance. Suitable for application on the face, neck, and neckline areas. Usage: You will observe immediate and noticeable results when using Pluryal Mesoline Tight 5ml, starting from the very first treatment. To achieve the most optimal and enduring outcomes, it is recommended to undergo a series of 5 sessions, with a 10-day gap between each session. For ongoing maintenance, it is advised to repeat this treatment course every 6 months. Please note that this product is intended for external use only.

Pluryal Mesoline Bodyfirm 10 x 5ml

Pluryal Mesoline Bodyfirm 5ml is an exceptional and potent treatment specifically developed for skin firming purposes. It effectively tightens the skin and minimizes the appearance of cellulite. Pluryal Mesoline Bodyfirm is an excellent option for achieving a smoother and more even complexion by enhancing skin tightness. The package includes: 10 vials x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Caffeine Carnitine Artichoke Organic Sillicum Centella Asiatica Ruscus Aculeatus The advantages of utilizing of Pluryal Mesoline Bodyfirm 5ml: The perfect choice for addressing cellulite-prone skin. Effectively firms and tightens the skin, offering a comprehensive solution. Treatment is suitable for application on areas such as the arms, legs, and buttocks. Usage: You will experience instant and visible results when using Pluryal Mesoline Bodyfirm 5ml, starting from the very first treatment. To achieve the most optimal and long-lasting outcomes, it is recommended to undergo a series of 6-8 sessions, with a 10-day gap between each session. Over time, you can expect your skin to become firmer and more youthful. Please note that this product is intended for external use only.

Pluryal Mesoline Shine 5 x 5ml

Pluryal Mesoline Shine 5ml is a highly effective anti-aging solution that aims to enhance skin radiance, resulting in a more balanced and even skin tone. This product effectively reduces and eliminates imperfections while improving the overall complexion. Additionally, Pluryal Mesoline Shine is an ideal choice for treating damaged skin caused by environmental factors like hormonal changes, sun exposure, smoking, or aging. The package includes: 5 vials x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Vitamin C Kojic Acid Sodium Pyruvate Phytic acid Morus alba extracts The advantages of utilizing of Pluryal Mesoline Shine 5ml: An anti-aging treatment that promotes a radiant and balanced skin tone. Effectively enhances the glow of the skin while providing evenness. Particularly suitable for addressing damaged skin concerns. It can be applied to various areas, including the face, neckline, and hands. Usage: You will observe immediate and noticeable results when using Pluryal Mesoline Shine 5ml, starting from the very first treatment. To achieve the most optimal and long-lasting outcomes, it is recommended to undergo a series of 5 sessions, with a 10-day gap between each session. For ongoing maintenance, it is advised to repeat this treatment course every 6 months. Please remember that this product is intended for external use only.

Pluryal Mesoline Antiox 5x5ml

Pluryal Mesoline Antiox is a Mesotherapy treatment product specifically created for revitalizing and rejuvenating the face, hair, and scalp. Its purpose is to renew and invigorate the skin, hair, and scalp, resulting in stronger, healthier, and more radiant outcomes. Pluryal Mesoline Antiox actively combats harmful free radicals and helps prevent hair loss. The package includes: 5 x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Amino acids – Taurine, Proline, Cysteine and Cystine Antioxidants – Glutathione, Mannitol, Alpha Lipoic Acid and N-acetyl-cysteine Minerals – Zinc and Copper The advantages of utilizing of Pluryal Mesoline Antiox 5ml: Actively combats the presence of free radicals Promoting a healthier and more radiant complexion. Effectively prevents hair loss while improving the overall vitality of the skin. Areas use: face, neck, neckline, as well as the hair and scalp. Usage: You will observe immediate and noticeable results when using Pluryal Mesoline Antiox 5ml, starting from the very first treatment. To achieve the most optimal and enduring outcomes, it is recommended to undergo a series of 5 sessions, with a 10-day gap between each session. For ongoing maintenance, it is advised to repeat this treatment course every 6 months.

Pluryal Mesoline Refresh 5 x 5ml

Pluryal Mesoline Refresh 5ml is an effective solution for combating the signs of aging. Its purpose is to revitalize and tighten the skin, resulting in a more youthful appearance. Pluryal Mesoline Refresh is an excellent option for renewing and moisturizing the skin, as well as minimizing the visible indications of skin aging. The package includes: 5 vials x 5 ml Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid 40mg Stem cells booster DNA Vitamin A, B3, B5 and B6 The advantages of utilizing of Pluryal Mesoline Refresh 5ml: This treatment is highly efficient in restoring the youthful appearance of the skin. Provides tightening, hydration, brightening, and firming effects. Reducing the presence of fine lines. Areas use: face, neck, neckline, and hands. Usage: You will experience instant and visible results when using Pluryal Mesoline Refresh 5ml, starting from the very first treatment. To achieve long-lasting and optimal outcomes, it is recommended to undergo a series of 5 sessions, with a 10-day gap between each session. For maintenance purposes, it is advised to repeat this treatment course every 6 months. Please note that this product is intended for external use only.

Neauvia Organic Hydro Deluxe (2x2.5ml)

Neauvia Organic Hydro Deluxe Mesotherapy is a highly sought-after cosmetic procedure renowned for its ability to greatly enhance skin quality. The primary objective is to directly deliver active substances to the skin, providing immediate hydration. The efficacy of the treatment relies heavily on the quality of the injected product and the frequency of sessions. The package includes: 2 x 2,5ml syringes Ingredients of the product: 18 mg/ml of HA, non cross-linked 0,01% of CaHA Glycine and L-Proline The advantages of utilizing of Neauvia Hydro Deluxe: A significant amount of hyaluronic acid for excellent moisturization Increased skin density achieved through the inclusion of hydroxyapatite Promotes skin regeneration and smooths out fine lines Noticeable improvements in skin quality Exceptionally safe formulation with the assistance of Bacillus subtilis What is the duration of the results? Visible effects are noticeable immediately after the initial treatment. Typically, the results can persist for a period ranging from 6 to 9 months. However, in certain cases, the outcomes may endure for up to one year, influenced by factors such as skin type, age, lifestyle, and the technique employed by the healthcare provider.

Neauvia Organic Hydro Deluxe (2x1ml)

Neavia Hydro Deluxe, an innovative offering from the Neauvia Organic line, serves as a remarkable solution for biorevitalising the skin on both the face and body. This opulent moisturising therapy, known as Hydro Deluxe, ensures immediate hydration, collagen and elastin reconstruction, and skin firming. By stimulating tissue, the product encourages collagen production, thereby improving hydration, firmness, and elasticity. With its exceptional blend comprising the purest form of hyaluronic acid, amino acids, and a mix of calcium hydroxypatite, this unique formulation guarantees the restoration of your skin’s vitality, providing long-lasting results that can be enjoyed for several weeks. The package includes: 2 x 1 ml syringe Ingredients of the product: 18 mg/ml HA, non-crosslinked 0.01% CaHA Glycine and L-proline The advantages of utilizing of Neauvia Hydro Deluxe: Achieve optimal hydration with a high concentration of HA Enhance skin density through hydroxyapatite Regenerate and correct surface wrinkles Noticeable enhancement in skin quality Ensure exceptional safety with HA sourced from Bacillus subtilis Moisturize, revitalize, and stimulate collagen synthesis What is the duration of the results? Immediate results are observed following the initial treatment. Typically, the outcomes can endure between 6 to 9 months, with occasional instances of up to a year. The duration of the results may vary based on factors such as skin type, age, lifestyle, and the specific technique employed by the medical practitioner.

Jalupro SuperHydro (1x2,5ml)

Jalupro Super Hydro offers profound moisturization and sustained rejuvenation for fatigued and dehydrated skin. With its abundant amino acid blend, Jalupro Super Hydro effectively reinforces and fortifies collagen and elastin synthesis by stimulating fibroblasts. The AA Cluster deeply permeates the skin, enhancing peptide structure and delivering remarkable lifting effects, firmness, and intense hydration. Moreover, this bio-revitalizing treatment penetrates deeply and provides enduring benefits, promoting ligament regeneration. Jalupro Super Hydro is versatile and can be used on various areas such as the face, neck, décolleté, and hands. The package includes: 1 syringe x 2,5 ml Ingredients of the product: 80mg hyaluronic acid (HA LMW + HMW) 3 Peptides: Acetyl Decapeptide 3, Acetyl Tetrapeptide 5, Oligopeptide 24 7 Amino acids: Glycine, Proline, Lysine, Alanine, Valine, Elastin, Arginnie, Leucine The advantages of utilizing of Jalupro Super Hydro: Effectively purifies the skin at a deep level Offers a mild exfoliation for gentle renewal Revitalizes the skin through a bio-based treatment Preserves the integrity of the extracellular matrix Enhances the structure of the fat pad to promote a more youthful appearance What is the duration of the results? Visible outcomes are immediately noticeable following the initial treatment and typically endure for approximately 6 months. It is advisable to receive a follow-up injection for maintenance purposes after the 6-month period.

JALOR Re-style (1x1ml)

It is now widely accepted that achieving total facial rejuvenation goes beyond simply filling wrinkles and increasing facial volume. This is why natural, non-cross-linked hyaluronic acid plays a significant role in combating and preventing skin aging, enabling the restoration of skin elasticity and firmness. The unique formulation of JALOR RE-STYLE stands out due to its remarkably high concentration of hyaluronic acid (18 mg/1 ml), along with a substantial amount of glycerol (20 mg/ml), and an exceptionally high molecular weight (3 million Daltons, double or even triple that of many competing formulas!). This combination creates an optimal physiological environment for fibroblast proliferation and migration, as well as the synthesis of collagen, elastin, and other components of the extracellular matrix. JALOR RE-STYLE is not limited to facial applications; it can also be used on other areas such as the neckline and the backs of the hands, with customizable programs depending on the degree of skin aging. The package includes: 1 x 1 ml syringe The advantages of utilizing of Jalor re-Style: Addresses facial volume concerns Effectively fills deep wrinkles Promotes smooth and even skin texture What is the duration of the results? The effects of JALOR treatment are durable, but they are not permanent. Over time, the natural process of reabsorption takes place, gradually reducing the presence of pure hyaluronic acid. The results are still impressive and long-lasting. To maintain a youthful and natural look, patients often choose to undergo repeat applications of JALOR after a few months, depending on the specific treatment they receive.

DR. CYJ Hair Filler (2x1ml)

DR. CYJ Hair Filler is a specialized injectable gel formulated exclusively to address hair issues, particularly hair loss. Its soft composition ensures effortless injection, making the process smooth and convenient. Administered through either a point injection or intra-dermal injection, DR. CYJ Hair Filler is applied directly to the patient’s scalp. It is suitable for both men and women seeking effective solutions for their hair concerns. The package includes: 2 x 1ml syringes Ingredients of the product: Phosphate Buffered Saline Hyaluronic Acid 7 peptides: Decapeptide – 28, Decapeptide – 18, Decapeptide – 10, Oligopeptide – 71, Oligopeptide – 54, Octapeptide – 2, Ocapeptide – 11 The advantages of utilizing of DR. CYJ Hair Filler: Seamless integration with the skin Promotes hair growth and health Enhances hair cell strength and thickness Effective in preventing hair loss Incorporates patented peptides for stimulating hair regrowth What is the duration of the results? Visible hair regrowth can typically be observed within a span of 2 months by following the recommended protocol. To achieve optimal results, it is advised to undergo 4 sessions, with a frequency of 1 session every 2 weeks over an 8-week period. The outcomes achieved with Dr. CYJ Hair Filler may vary among individuals due to factors such as the current condition of the scalp and hair.

Dermaheal Eye Bag Solution (5x1,5 ml)

Dermaheal Eye Bag Solution is meticulously formulated to eliminate existing eye bags and thwart the emergence of new ones. When administered in the eye area, this product provides a focused approach to addressing eye bags. The solution works to restore firmness, enhance skin tightness, and minimize the presence of fine lines, wrinkles, and dark circles. Dermaheal Eye Bag Solution features active ingredients that effectively dissolve fat deposits, stimulate skin rejuvenation, and act as a barrier against wrinkle formation. Moreover, Dermaheal Eye Bag Solution revitalizes the skin surrounding the eyes, resulting in a refreshed and more youthful look. The package includes: 5 x 1,5ml vials Active components: Tripeptide-41 (CG-Lipoxyn) Nonapeptide-18 (CG-Formade) Oligopeptide-61 (CG-Cellsolin) Oligopeptide-73 (CG-EPG) The advantages of utilizing of Dermaheal Eye Bag Solution: Eliminates under-eye puffiness Diminishes swelling and discoloration Enhances the skin’s condition in the eye area Product Application Guidelines: For the best results, it is recommended to undergo a Dermaheal Eye Bag Solution session once a week, utilizing one vial per session, and completing a series of 4-5 sessions. Please note that this product is intended for topical use exclusively.

Dermaheal Dark Circle Solution (5x1,5 ml)

Dermaheal Dark Circle Solution is designed for brightening the under-eye area and hydrating the skin and so eliminates dark circles and signs of fatigue. Its bio-mimicking peptides battle under-eye dark circles, brighten pigmentation and prevent new spots of pigmentation from appearing. Some of the major active ingredients in Dermaheal Dark Circle Solution are Oligopeptide-34 which is noted to brighten the skin and create a more uniform skin color. Oligopeptide-24: this is the rejuvenating peptide that helps improve overall skin condition while assuming the same skin-tightening effect as the other peptides. Finally, Decapeptide-4, its anti-aging capabilities boost cell renewal and increase collagen and elastin synthesis. In addition, Dermaheal Dark Circle Solution also improves the skin condition of the eye area for brilliant and fresh hue. The package includes: 5 x 1,5ml vials Active components: Oligopeptide-34 (CG-TGP2) Oligopeptide-24 (CG-EDP3) Decapeptide-4 (CG-IDP2) The advantages of utilizing of Dermaheal Dark Circle Solution: Brightens the under-eye, darkened spots Returns microcirculation to its baseline state Diminishes fine lines Promotes skin to appear more toned Product Application Guidelines: Dermaheal Dark Circle Solution is generally recommended for one session per week (1 vial per session) for 4-5 sessions. This product is for topical purposes only.

RRS Hyalift 75 (6x5ml)

RRS® Hyalift 75 positively impacts the complexion through multiple mechanisms. Firstly, it smoothes out fine wrinkles on the face, décolleté, arms, and thighs. Secondly, it tightens and lifts tired and sagging skin in these areas. Furthermore, this mesotherapy product from Skin Tech Pharma Group provides intensive hydration to the cells, resulting in long-lasting revitalization of the skin’s surface. With its high concentration of non-crosslinked hyaluronic acid, RRS® Hyalift 75 achieves these effects in just a few treatment sessions, typically around 6 sessions. Additionally, regular follow-up sessions can help maintain the results over time. The package includes: 6 vials x 5 ml The advantages of utilizing of RRS® Hyalift 75: Hydrates and diminishes the appearance of wrinkles Offers intensive lifting, improved elasticity, and smoother skin texture Firms tired and drooping skin Counteracts the effects of sun-induced aging Usage: To maintain the achieved results over the long term, it is recommended to undergo regular sessions with Hyalift 75 every 4 months.

RRS XL Hair (6x5ml)

RRS® XL Hair is a mesotherapy product developed by Skin Tech Pharma Group, specifically designed to address various skin concerns. It is suitable for treating issues related to the scalp, eyebrows, or pubic area. This versatile product is effective against hair loss and can be used on areas with thinning hair or bald spots. Formulated with hyaluronic acid and other valuable active ingredients, RRS® XL Hair not only promotes hair growth but also repairs the hair structure and regenerates the underlying skin. Within 4 to 12 weeks of treatment using this injectable mesotherapy product, the hair becomes visibly denser, thicker, and overall healthier. The package includes: 6 vials x 5 ml The advantages of utilizing of RRS® XL Hair: Addresses hair loss and bald areas Stimulates hair regrowth on the scalp, eyebrows, and pubic area Permanently restores the hair’s structure and revitalizes the underlying skin Enhances nourishment and shields hair from external stressors and damage Offers long-lasting protection against recurring hair loss What is the recommended treatment schedule for RRS® XL Hair? To achieve optimal results, it is advised to use this product once or twice a week for a duration of 4 to 12 weeks. The number of treatment sessions required may vary depending on the individual’s hair and skin condition, until a satisfactory outcome is achieved.

RRS Hyalift 75 Proactive (6x5ml)

RRS® Hyalift 75 ProActive is a mesotherapy product containing non-crosslinked hyaluronic acid and other potent ingredients. It offers long-term skin revitalization and provides intense hydration. Additionally, Hyalift 75 ProActive from Skin Tech Pharma Group effectively smoothens fine wrinkles on the face, neck, décolleté, and even the hands. This injectable product provides the skin with all the necessary elements for a quick and effective revitalization. Remarkably, significant results can be observed after just a few treatment sessions, typically requiring an average of only 6 sessions. Furthermore, by regularly incorporating the product at specific intervals, the outcomes can be maintained indefinitely. The package includes: 6 vials x 5 ml The advantages of utilizing of RRS® Hyalift 75 ProActive: Provides deep revitalization and nourishment to the skin on the face, neck, décolleté, and hands Reduces the appearance of fine wrinkles Assists in restoring sagging skin and enhancing skin tissue structure Offers a lifting effect Significantly improves skin coloration Promotes long-term renewal and rejuvenation Enhances the skin’s radiance Usage: For sustained results, it is advised to undergo follow-up treatments with Hyalift 75 ProActive every 4 months, ensuring long-lasting outcomes.

RRS HA Cellutrix (6x10ml)

RRS® HA Cellutrix is a skincare product developed by Skin Tech Pharma Group, designed to effectively reduce or even eliminate the appearance of cellulite, commonly known as “orange peel skin.” Hyaluronic acid plays a significant role in this process, along with other potent ingredients like antioxidants, amino acids, and AHA. When combined, these ingredients work synergistically to improve the skin’s texture by targeting deep-seated fat deposits and surface irregularities associated with cellulite. Additionally, RRS® HA Cellutrix revitalizes the skin, restoring its flawlessness and radiance. With just a few sessions of this mesotherapy injection treatment, typically ranging from 4 to 8, cellulite can potentially vanish completely, whether it is present on the abdomen, buttocks, or thighs. The package includes: 6 vials x 10 ml The advantages of utilizing of RRS® HA Cellutrix: Achieves long-lasting and effective reduction of the “orange peel” texture on the affected areas of the abdomen, buttocks, and thighs Renews and rejuvenates the skin, restoring its flawless and radiant appearance What is the recommended treatment schedule for RRS® HA Cellutrix? To achieve optimal results, it is advised to undergo 4 to 8 treatment sessions with RRS® HA Cellutrix, spaced at intervals of 7 to 14 days.

RRS HA Tensor Lift (6x5ml)

RRS® HA Tensor Lift is a skincare product developed by Skin Tech Pharma Group. It provides intense moisture to the skin while effectively tightening and smoothing wrinkles throughout the body. This is made possible through a combination of potent ingredients such as hyaluronic acid, vitamins, and amino acids. The powerful synergy of these components produces noticeable and long-lasting results, with effects that can last up to 6 months after just a few sessions of mesotherapy. Upon completing the treatment cycle, the skin exudes a refreshed and hydrated appearance, as well as a more youthful and well-defined look. The package includes: 6 vials x 5 ml The advantages of utilizing of RRS® HA Tensor Lift: Delivers profound moisturization Remarkable firming effect for the entire body Diminishes initial signs of aging, including wrinkles Creates a revitalized and youthful appearance to the skin What is the duration of the results? Upon completing the entire treatment, the outcomes of this product typically endure for approximately 6 months. However, this duration can vary based on factors such as the customer’s age, skin type, and lifestyle. Additionally, the specific technique employed during the application of this mesotherapy product also plays a significant role in determining the longevity of the effect.

RRS HA Eyes (12x1,5ml)

RRS® HA Eyes is a mesotherapy product developed by Skin Tech Pharma Group, specifically designed to target the delicate eye area. RRS® Eyes not only enhances the overall complexion in this region but also effectively lightens dark circles under the eyes. Furthermore, this injectable product revitalizes the tissues beneath the eyes, leading to a reduction in fine crow’s feet and sagging under-eye bags. The effects of HA Eyes last for a substantial 6 to 8 months, and regular maintenance treatments can ensure a long-lasting outcome. This product provides the skin around the eyes with a brighter, fresher, and noticeably improved appearance. The package includes: 12 vials x 1,5 ml The advantages of utilizing of RRS® HA Eyes: Diminishes the visibility of dark circles beneath the eyes Effectively and durably diminishes sagging under-eye bags and fine lines in the eye area Decreases the appearance of swollen or puffy eyes Evens out and enhances the smoothness of the eye contour What is the duration of the results? Typically, the effects of RRS® HA Eyes treatment endure for approximately 6 to 8 months, though individual variations may occur among customers.

Youthfill Shape (SUB-Q) + Lidocaine (1x1ml)

Youthfill Shape (SUB-Q) + Lidocaine (1x1ml) is a Korean dermal filler formulated to address deep wrinkles and enhance facial volume. It features 24mg/ml cross-linked hydroxyl acid to properly cope with the imperfections of skin related to age. A portion of lidocaine is added to the solution, aiding in reducing some of the swelling and also helps pump pain relief into the area that will be worked on during the procedure. Youthfill Shape is a certified product known for its exceptional safety profile. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1 ml 2 needles 26Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 24mg/ml Lidocaine hydrochloride 3mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Youthfill Shape (SUB-Q) + Lidocaine (1x1ml): Reduction of moderate and deep wrinkles Facial volumization Filling of nasolabial folds Application areas: jawline, cheeks, chin What is the duration of the results? The effects last for a period of up to 12 months.

Youthfill Fine + Lidocaine (1x1ml)

Youthfill Fine + Lidocaine (1x1ml) is a Korean dermal filler formulated to diminish fine surface wrinkles. This solution contains 24mg/ml cross-linked hyaluronic acid, uniquely created to counteract the loss of skin tissue caused by aging. Lidocaine in the formulation reduces the chance of swelling and make the procedure more comfortable. Youthfill Fine is a product known for its high safety standards. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1.1 ml 2 needles 30Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 24mg/ml Lidocaine hydrochloride 3mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Youthfill Fine + Lidocaine (1x1ml): Diminishing surface wrinkles Moisturizing Enhancing smoothness What is the duration of the results? Effects linger for up to 12 months.

Youthfill Deep + Lidocaine (1x1ml)

Youthfill Deep + Lidocaine (1x1ml) is a Korean dermal filler specifically formulated to diminish moderate and deep wrinkles. This is cross-linked hyaluronic acid with a very high density of 24mg/ml that perfectly corrects volumetric loss associated with aging. Because lidocaine is included in the compound, it reduces the chance for swelling and also soothes pain during treatment. Youthfill Deep prioritizes safety and effectiveness. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1.1 ml 2 needles 27Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 24mg/ml Lidocaine hydrochloride 3mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Youthfill Deep + Lidocaine (1x1ml): Diminishing moderate and deep wrinkles Addressing nasolabial folds Providing hydration Achieving smoother skin Intended for use on the face What is the duration of the results? The benefits endure for up to 12 months.

Venufill Premium-S (1x10ml)

Venufill Premium-S (1x10ml) is a Korean product formulated to address medium-deep and deep wrinkles and to fill voids within the skin’s tissues. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 10 ml Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 20mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Venufill Premium-S (1x10ml): Correction of moderate to deep wrinkles Augmentation of tissue volume Suitable for use on the body What is the duration of the results? Long-lasting period: 1 to 3 years.

Venufill Premium-H (1x10ml)

The Hada 50ml

The Hada 50ml is a super-purified, super-stable solution of hyaluronic acid manufactured in Korea. Its purpose is to replace lost tissue volume such as in the breast, lower leg, buttock, and genitalia. Hada is infused with cross-linked hyaluronic acid that is not as affected by hyaluronidase, providing longevity. Due to its high viscosity, it would likely not deforms. Additionally, it has been proven useful in treating cellulite and enhancing skin surfaces post liposuction. Compared to traditional plastic surgery, this treatment has a much shorter recovery time. Also, it will let you see what larger breasts, or buttocks, could look like beforehand of any implant procedure. The package includes: 50 ml Ingredients of the product: 24mg/ml cross-linked hyaluronic acid The advantages of utilizing of The Hada 50ml: Filling to treat asymmetry of breasts and buttocks Smoothing and evening out the skin surface Reducing cellulite Improving contours of the genitalia, such as enlarging labia majora and penis Repairing of soft tissue defects caused by surgery, disease or trauma Targeted therapeutic areas are breasts, buttocks, thighs and genitals What is the duration of the results? The treatment works better for some than others. In the clinical trials, the effects of the treatment were maintained for a year after the first session, and for most people a follow-up treatment can be used to keep them on the right track.

Stylage Special Lips Mepivacaine Bi-SOFT

Stylage Special Lips Mepivacaine Bi-SOFT is an injectable dermal filler containing cross-linked hyaluronic acid, a substance naturally absorbed by the body. This product, STYLAGE Special Lips Mepivacaine, is specially crafted for lip enhancement, providing gentle volume and restoring the natural lip structure that diminishes with age. It offers a natural-looking alternative to surgical procedures. The inclusion of mepivacaine, a local anesthetic similar to lidocaine, in this new formulation enhances patient comfort. Mepivacaine, which has been in use since 1964 and is commonly employed in dentistry, is a well-established and safe anesthetic. It is equally effective as lidocaine but tends to cause less vasodilation. The package includes: 1 syringe of 1 ml Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid + Antioxidant*. Concentration = 18,5 mg/g. Mepivacaine The advantages of utilizing of Stylage Special Lips Mepivacaine Bi-SOFT: The gel in Stylage Special Lips Mepivacaine incorporates IPN-Like technology, which combines anti-radical, stabilizing (thermal), and safe properties due to its compatibility with the body’s natural processes Mannitol, an antioxidant with moisturizing properties that safeguard the treated area, is also present in the gel The flexibility and ease of shaping of Stylage Special Lips Mepivacaine gel ensure a smooth application, resulting in a sensual and harmonious outcome. It is evenly distributed within the dermis. This product is generally well-tolerated, and the substance is rarely noticeable at the injection sites, minimizing any discomfort Product Application Guidelines: To sustain the benefits of Stylage Special Lips Mepivacaine Bi-SOFT, it is advisable to consider a follow-up injection approximately every 6 to 9 months. This product is administered in the middle to deep layers of the dermis. The injection should be performed within or around the mucous membrane that covers the lips, using various techniques such as retrograde or microbolus, employing either a needle or a cannula.

StarFill Fine Plus + Lidocaine (1x1.1ml)

StarFill Fine Plus + Lidocaine (1×1.1ml) is a sterile product containing cross-linked hyaluronic acid with the inclusion of lidocaine. Its purpose is to address and alleviate fine, superficial wrinkles and creases. The presence of lidocaine helps minimize discomfort during the treatment. StarFill filler products are created using techniques that minimize endotoxin and cross-linking agent content. This product stands out for its considerable cross-linking of hyaluronic acid, suitable viscosity, and elasticity. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1.1 ml 2 needles 30Gx 13mm Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 24mg/ml Lidocaine hydrochloride 3mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of StarFill Fine Plus + Lidocaine (1×1.1ml): Smoothing out fine and surface-level wrinkles and creases Enhancing the shape of the lips Enhancing skin firmness Boosting skin hydration Application areas: eye area, lip contouring and enhancement, the region around the mouth, temples What is the duration of the results? The duration varies based on the individual patient’s characteristics, typically ranging from approximately 6 to 12 months.

Sosum S (2x1ml)

Sosum S (1x1ml) is a hyaluronic acid-based wrinkle filler, without lidocaine, specifically formulated for injection into the superficial dermal layer. Its fine structure and high density make it easily accepted by the skin and resistant to degradation, resulting in long-lasting effects. The particle size also minimizes the chances of post-injection swelling, bruising, or papule formation. Its high elasticity and viscosity ensure the even distribution of the gel and help alleviate discomfort during the procedure. The package includes: 2 pre-filled syringe of 1 ml 2 needles 30Gx13mm 2 needles 27Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid 20mg/ml – particle size >200μm The advantages of utilizing of Sosum S (1x1ml): Filling and addressing surface-level wrinkles Enhancing and sculpting the lips Smoothing the region around the mouth Remedying wrinkles on the neckline What is the duration of the results? The cosmetic outcome remains effective for a duration of up to 12 months.

Sosum M (2x1ml)

Sosum M (1x1ml) is a hyaluronic acid-based wrinkle filler, without lidocaine, designed for injection into the middle dermal layer. Its high density and fine structure make it easily accepted by the skin and resistant to degradation, resulting in enduring effects. The particle size also minimizes the likelihood of post-injection swelling, bruising, or the formation of papules. Its exceptional elasticity and viscosity guarantee uniform gel distribution and a reduction in discomfort during the procedure. The package includes: 2 pre-filled syringe of 1 ml 2 needles 30Gx13mm 2 needles 27Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid 20mg/ml – particle size >500μm The advantages of utilizing of Sosum M (1x1ml): Filling and rectifying medium to deep wrinkles Diminishing moderate furrows and folds What is the duration of the results? The cosmetic outcome endures for a duration of up to 12 months.

Sosum H (2x1ml)

Sosum H (1x1ml) is a hyaluronic acid-based wrinkle filler without lidocaine, designed for deep dermal injections. Its dense and finely structured composition makes it well-tolerated by the skin and resistant to degradation, leading to long-lasting results. The particle size also minimizes the chances of post-injection swelling, bruising, or papules. Its high elasticity and viscosity promote even gel distribution and reduce procedure discomfort. The package includes: 2 pre-filled syringe of 1 ml 2 needles 25Gx13mm 2 needles 27Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid 20mg/ml – particle size >1100μm The advantages of utilizing of Sosum H (1x1ml): Filling and improvement of medium and deep wrinkles Adding volume Diminishing deep furrows and folds What is the duration of the results? The cosmetic outcome remains visible for a duration of 8 to 12 months.

Princess Volume + Lidocaine (1x1ml)

Princess Volume + Lidocaine (1x1ml) is a filler employed for the reduction of deep wrinkles, folds, and furrows. It is distinguished by its remarkable elasticity and capacity to enhance skin volume, enabling precise facial sculpting and a long-lasting outcome. Following the application of Princess Volume filler, the skin recovers its tautness, becoming resilient and supple. The product should be administered into the deeper layers of the skin. The package includes: 1 syringe x 1ml of the preparation Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid – 23 mg/ml Lidocaine hydrochloride – 0.3% The advantages of utilizing of Princess Volume + Lidocaine (1x1ml): Injecting into the cheeks Lifting through volume enhancement Rectifying hollow temples Nasal correction Smoothing profound facial wrinkles and creases Augmenting the lips Enhancing facial contour What is the duration of the results? The product provides a natural and enduring outcome, with a duration ranging from 6 to 12 months.

Princess Filler + Lidocaine (1x1ml)

Princess Filler + Lidocaine (1x1ml) is a versatile product suitable for a range of cosmetic procedures, including the correction of moderate wrinkles, facial lines, and lip volume enhancement. The package includes: 1 syringe x 1ml of the preparation Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid – 23 mg/ml Lidocaine hydrochloride – 0.3% The advantages of utilizing of Princess Filler + Lidocaine (1x1ml): Achieves the appearance of plump lips Lifts mouth corners, accentuates the cupid’s bow Fills in fine lines and wrinkles Diminishes facial scars What is the duration of the results? The product provides a natural and enduring outcome, with results that can persist for a duration ranging from 6 to 12 months.

Princess Volume (1x1ml)

Princess Volume (1x1ml) is a filler employed to address deep wrinkles, creases, and furrows. It is distinguished by its notable flexibility and capacity to enhance skin volume, facilitating effective facial contouring and delivering a durable, natural appearance. Following the administration of Princess Volume filler, the skin gains increased tautness, firmness, and elasticity. The product should be injected into the deeper layers of the skin for optimal results. The package includes: 1 syringe x 1ml of the preparation Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid – 23 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Princess Volume (1x1ml): Filling the cheeks Enhancing volume Addressing hollow temples Nose reshaping Smoothing profound facial wrinkles and creases Augmenting the lips Refining facial contours What is the duration of the results? The product provides a natural and extended-lasting outcome, with effects that endure for 6 to 12 months.

Pluryal Biosculpture (2x1,1ml)

Pluryal Biosculpture (2×1,1ml) is a sterile, non-pyrogenic gel created for the purpose of addressing medium and deep skin imperfections while enhancing lip volume and contour. Its primary component is cross-linked hyaluronic acid derived from non-animal sources, manufactured through bacterial fermentation at a concentration of 25 mg / 1.1ml. The combination of two hyaluronic acid types with varying molecular weights serves to safeguard the acid against rapid degradation, thereby prolonging its presence in the tissue. The package includes: 1.1 ml pre-filled syringe 2 needles 30Gx12.7mm Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 25 mg/1.1ml phosphate buffer water The advantages of utilizing of Pluryal Biosculpture (2×1,1ml): Diminishing medium and deep wrinkles Enhancing facial contours Rectifying skin imperfections Boosting moisture levels Amplifying lip volume and definition Mitigating skin sagging What is the duration of the results? The effects following a Pluryal Biosculpture procedure can endure for a duration ranging from 6 to 12 months. To prolong the obtained outcomes, it is advisable to undergo the treatment once every 6 to 12 months.

Princess Filler (1x1ml)

Princess Filler (1x1ml) is a hyaluronic acid-based wrinkle filler. It is a sterile, biodegradable, viscoelastic, pure, isotonic, and homogenized product. This filler is designed to address skin tissue indentations, diminishing wrinkles, and it also serves to enhance lip volume. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1 ml 2 needles 27Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid – 23 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Princess Filler (1x1ml): Enhancement of lip shape and volume Lifting the corners of the mouth and accentuating the cupid’s bow Filling in small wrinkles and expression lines Application areas: facial region (mouth, cupid’s bow) What is the duration of the results? The duration of the effect ranges from 6 to 12 months, varying based on individual patient factors.

Phillex Fine Lips + Lidocaine 1,1ml

Phillex Fine Lips + Lidocaine 1.1ml is a gentle and highly natural filler specially created for addressing minor imperfections in youthful skin and lip contours. It is specifically designed for the sensitive and meticulous area around the lips. This formulation prioritizes safety through the thorough purification of the crosslinking agent BDDE. The product is available in the form of a transparent, odorless, stable, and uniform gel, making it easy to evenly distribute within the tissues. Additionally, it includes lidocaine, which serves as an anesthetic to minimize any discomfort experienced by the patient during the injection. The package includes: 1×1.1ml in pre-filled syringe Ingredients of the product: hyaluronic acid – 24 mg/ml lidocaine hydrochloride – 3 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Phillex Fine Lips + Lidocaine 1,1ml: The filler is composed of stabilized hyaluronic acid derived from non-animal sources and includes lidocaine to ensure a pain-free procedure Phillex Fine Lips is hypoallergenic, completely biodegradable, and characterized by its high plasticity, resulting in minimal trauma during application Thanks to the spherical structure of its molecules, hyaluronic acid particles can reduce in size under pressure and then regain their volume within the tissues. This feature provides doctors with control over the administration process This filler is employed for addressing various cosmetic concerns, including the reduction of crow’s feet, smoothing nasolabial furrows, and treating superficial wrinkles around the eyes and mouth. It is also used in the neck area What is the duration of the results? The filler’s effects last for a period of 9 to 12 months.

Phillex SUB-Q + Lidocaine 1,1ml

Phillex SUB-Q + Lidocaine 1.1ml is an advanced filler with higher density, intended for individuals between the ages of 45 to 65. The package includes: 1×1.1ml in pre-filled syringe Ingredients of the product: hyaluronic acid – 24 mg/ml lidocaine hydrochloride – 3 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Phillex SUB-Q + Lidocaine 1,1ml: The filler includes hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 24 mg/ml and also incorporates lidocaine for a comfortable procedure This gel is employed for sculpting and rejuvenating the volume in the cheekbones, cheeks, and the temporal region Phillex Sub-Q is suitable for non-invasive nose and chin enhancements It effectively addresses skin irregularities What is the duration of the results? The filler’s effects last for a period of 12 to 18 months.

Phillex Deep Plus + Lidocaine 1,1ml

Phillex Deep Plus + Lidocaine 1.1ml is an innovative filler developed through 4D-matrix technology, featuring a unique arrangement of hyaluronic acid molecules. It possesses moderate elasticity and viscosity, making it well-suited for individuals between the ages of 35 and 45. The package includes: 1×1.1ml in pre-filled syringe Ingredients of the product: hyaluronic acid – 24 mg/ml lidocaine hydrochloride – 3 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Phillex Deep Plus + Lidocaine 1,1ml: The filler incorporates lidocaine for a comfortable and painless procedure It is employed for addressing moderately deep wrinkles and nasolabial folds Enhancing lip volume and elevating cheek contours It can complement corrective procedures following botulinum toxin treatments What is the duration of the results? The drug’s effectiveness lasts for a period of 9 to 12 months.

Neuramis Light + Lidocaine

Neuramis Light + Lidocaine is a Korean product formulated to diminish fine wrinkles, enhance skin elasticity, and replenish tissue volume. With the right concentration of hyaluronic acid, it helps restore the skin’s natural firmness and addresses age-related or injury-induced loss. The product is available as a stable, transparent, and viscoelastic gel. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1 ml 2 needles 30Gx4mm Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 20mg/ml Lidocaine hydrochloride 3mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Neuramis Light + Lidocaine: Correction of fine lines Restoration of volume Enhancement of suppleness Hydration What is the duration of the results? The remarkable anti-aging benefits of HA with Neuramis Light can be observed for at least 6 months and, in certain instances, may extend up to 12 months.

Neuramis Deep

Neuramis Deep is a Korean product created for the purpose of diminishing medium-deep wrinkles, addressing nasolabial folds, and enhancing facial contour. It achieves these results by utilizing an optimal concentration of hyaluronic acid, which helps restore skin tension and mitigate the effects of aging or injuries. This product is available as a stable, transparent, and viscoelastic gel. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1 ml 2 needles 27Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 20mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Neuramis Deep: Correction of nasolabial folds Reduction of medium-deep wrinkles Enhancing facial contours Skin hydration What is the duration of the results? The longevity of the product within the tissues ranges from 9 to 12 months.

My Lips Soft (1x3ml)

My Lips Soft (1x3ml) is a product from an Italian brand, Medixa, designed for enhancing lip volume. Medixa, an Italian brand, is renowned for producing top-quality medical devices and cosmetic products. This preparation combines medium and low molecular weight hyaluronic acid, making it easy to shape and administer beneath the skin. The pliable gel delivers natural outcomes when used for lip augmentation. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 3 ml Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 20mg/ml. Molecular weight 800-1200 kDa Water Sodium Hyaluronate Sodium Chloride Disodium Phosphate Monobasic Sodium Phosphate The advantages of utilizing of My Lips Soft (1x3ml): Correction of lip volume Product Application Guidelines: After conducting a thorough evaluation of the treatment area and assessing the patient’s condition, and following a comprehensive disinfection of the treatment site, it is advisable to administer 1 ml of the product per treatment. This amount is the minimum required to achieve the desired lip volume for the customer. The number of treatments necessary can vary depending on individual customer needs. Generally, it is recommended to schedule 1 or 2 treatments per month, with a gap of every second month between treatments.

My Lips (1x3ml)

My Lips (1x3ml) is an Italian brand product designed for enhancing lip volume. Medixa, an Italian brand known for producing top-notch medical devices and cosmetics, has created this formulation. By blending hyaluronic acid with varying molecular weights, this product can be smoothly shaped beneath the skin. The pliable gel enables a natural outcome when augmenting the lips. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe, 3 ml Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 25mg/ml. Molecular weight 800-1200 kDa Water Sodium Hyaluronate Sodium Chloride Disodium Phosphate Monobasic Sodium Phosphate The advantages of utilizing of My Lips (1x3ml): Enhancement of lip volume Product Application Guidelines: After conducting a detailed assessment of the target area and a comprehensive evaluation of the patient’s condition, and following thorough disinfection of the treatment area, apply 1 ml of the product per treatment. This is the minimum amount required to achieve lip volume for your customer. The number of treatments needed varies for each individual. Typically, it is recommended to schedule 1 or 2 treatments per month, with a gap of every second month, depending on the specific needs of the customer.

Monalisa soft filler (1x1ml)

Monalisa soft filler (1x1ml) — cross-linking hyaluronic acid gel for superficial wrinkles, crow’s feet and lip volume correction. Highly safety is ensured with a very minimal amount of a chemical used a cross-linking agent called BDDE (less than detectable levels in tests), reducing the potential risk to the user for allergic reactions and complication. Quality and safety are guaranteed by international standards KGMP, ISO 13485, and ISO 9001. The skin appears more voluminous, improving fullness. Ergonomic design and even pressure distribution on the syringes will make the product fast, smooth and accurate for administration. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1 ml 2 needles 27Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 20 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Monalisa soft filler (1x1ml): Reducing the look of crow’s feet Enhancing lip volume Addressing puppet lines Filling in fine lines and wrinkles on the forehead Treating wrinkles around the mouth and eyes What is the duration of the results? Results differ patient to patient, with results lasting 9 to 12 months.

Monalisa mild filler (1x1ml)

Monalisa mild filler (1x1ml) is a cross-linked hyaluronic acid gel indicated for the treatment of superficial and medium wrinkles, for volume restoration in the area of cheeks, for sculpture and lip augmentation. With the undetectable levels of BDDE cross-linking agent (virtually in tests) present in Monalisa products, the incidence of allergic reaction/ complications is reduced. Based on the use quality, it has been certified by the internationally recognized KGMP, ISO 13485 and ISO 9001. The skin achieves natural-looking results with added volume after treatment. Ergonomic syringes allow for comfortable and precise product administration with even pressure distribution. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1 ml 2 needles 27Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: Cross linked hyaluronic acid 20 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Monalisa mild filler (1x1ml): Reducing area around the mouth wrinkles Enhancing cheek volume Superficial and moderate wrinkles treatment Sculpting and augmenting lips Treating puppet lines Reinforcing drooping mouth corners What is the duration of the results? Depending on the individual traits of the patient, the effect lasts from 9 to 12 months.

Mesoheal Body HA Filler 60ml

Mesoheal Body HA Filler 60ml is a meticulously refined, stabilized hyaluronic acid that replenishes tissue volume in regions like breasts, lower legs, buttocks, and genital areas. Its characteristics make it a valuable tool in addressing cellulite and smoothing skin surfaces following liposuction procedures. Mesoheal Body features stabilized hyaluronic acid, which exhibits reduced vulnerability to hyaluronidase, resulting in longer-lasting effects. The package includes: 60 ml Ingredients of the product: Stabilized hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 20mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Mesoheal Body HA Filler 60ml: Small hyaluronic acid molecules enable effortless shaping Stabilized hyaluronic acid offers extended filling duration Elevated viscosity safeguards against potential distortion Simulating the appearance of enhanced breasts or buttocks (prior to implantation) Temporary volume boost without surgical incisions or scars Speedy recovery compared to surgical alternatives Application zones: breasts, buttocks, thighs, genital region What is the duration of the results? A single session of Mesoheal Body, priced to accommodate even clients with modest budgets, delivers enduring outcomes from the procedure, lasting for up to two years.

Monalisa Hard Type (1x1ml)

Monalisa hard filler (1x1ml) is a hyaluronic acid gel that’s cross-linked, and it’s recommended for addressing medium and deep wrinkles, enhancing chin volume, contouring the facial oval, and correcting issues like nose shape, nasolabial folds, and forehead wrinkles. Monalisa products are distinct in their use of a low level of the cross-linking agent BDDE, which is virtually undetectable in tests. This avoids risk of allergic response, reaction or complications. International certification like KGMP, ISO 13485, or ISO 9001 are supporting the quality and safety of this product. The skin appears natural with added volume post-treatment. The syringes are designed ergonomically and are comfortable to use, ensuring even pressure distribution for precise and smooth administration of the product. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1 ml 2 needles 27Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 20 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Monalisa hard filler (1x1ml): Smoothing out forehead wrinkles Nose reshaping Addressing nasolabial fold concerns Enhancing chin volume and facial contour Correcting medium and deep wrinkles What is the duration of the results? The effects can vary due to the individual patient and can last anywhere from 9 to 12 months.

Mesoestetic Mesofiller Periocular (1x1ml)

Mesoestetic Mesofiller Periocular (1x1ml) is a certified medical product from Spain that aims to address eye wrinkles, including tear troughs and crow’s feet. It utilizes a precisely chosen concentration of cross-linked hyaluronic acid at 15mg/ml to fill tissue gaps in this delicate area. This Periocular skin implant is designed for effectiveness and skin compatibility while minimizing the risk of side effects. The filler formulation is rooted in densiMatrix technology, and it’s monophasic, ensuring safe application. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1 ml 2 needles 30Gx13mm 1 cannula 25Gx50mm Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 15mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Mesofiller Periocular (1x1ml): Diminishing eye area wrinkles Filling voids in tissue Targeted treatment zones: tear troughs, crow’s feet Product Application Guidelines: Administered within the skin’s layers or beneath the skin. Recommended needle or cannula sizes: 30Gx13mm (needle), 25Gx50mm (cannula). Suggested injection methods: linear, reverse linear.

Mesoestetic Mesofiller Intense (1x1ml)

Mesoestetic Mesofiller Intense is a filler for filling and correcting deep wrinkles and furrows produced from the Spanish brand Mesoestetic (1x1ml). A highly cross-linked matrix characterized by exceptional durability and resistance to degradation has been developed through the consistent application of crosslinking. The syringe’s ergonomic design, with a suitable range of motion, offers enhanced control during treatments. The visible scale aids in monitoring the amount of product administered. It’s important to note that Mesofiller Intense is a certified medical device. The package includes: 1 ml pre-filled syringe 2 needles 27Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 25 mg/ml. Molecular weight – 2.4-4 MDa The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Mesofiller Intense (1x1ml): Addressing deep wrinkles Minimizing the appearance of scars Enhancing skin hydration Adding volume Reshaping the nose Suitable for use on the face, marionette lines, nose, nasolabial folds, chin, and jawline What is the duration of the results? The frequency of treatment depends on the unique characteristics of the individual, typically ranging from every 6 to 9 months.

Medixa Fill-Me 3 (2x1ml)

Medixa Fill-Me 3 (2x1ml) is an Italian product designed for addressing medium-deep wrinkles and nasolabial folds. Fill-Me combines filler properties with a biostimulator based on amino acids. The package includes: 2 pre-filled syringes of 1 ml The advantages of utilizing of Medixa Fill-Me 3 (2x1ml): Correction of superficial to moderately deep wrinkles Diminishing of nasolabial folds Applied on the face, focusing on the nasolabial folds What is the duration of the results? Depending on the patient’s unique characteristics, the effects can last from 8 to 9 months.

Mesoestetic Mesofiller Global (1x1ml)

Mesoestetic Mesofiller Global (1x1ml) is a skin implant formulated with cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 20 mg/ml. It is intended for the treatment of medium wrinkles and for enhancing the appearance of lips. Utilizing DENSIMATRIX technology, which ensures that hyaluronic acid chains are uniformly and fully cross-linked, this product offers enhanced durability and resistance to degradation. The mesofiller® line represents a new range of high-quality dermal implants made from cross-linked hyaluronic acid. These implants are single-phase, meaning they do not contain free hyaluronic acid, and they are derived from non-animal sources. They are fully absorbable and are easily integrated into the skin. The package includes: 1 syringe for 1 ml Needles 2 x 27 g 1/2″ Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid (20 mg/ml) The advantages of utilizing of Mesoestetic Mesofiller Global (1x1ml): Evens out and addresses skin aging-related depressions and wrinkles Defines the facial contours Enhances volume Contours and enhances lips for a natural appearance Delivers both immediate and enduring results What is the duration of the results? Ultrasound examinations have revealed impressive tissue resilience lasting from 9 to 12 months, along with strong integration and the initiation of tissue regeneration mechanisms.

Medixa Fill-Me 2 (2x1ml)

Medixa Fill-Me 2 (2x1ml) is an Italian product suitable for addressing medium wrinkles, nasolabial folds, and volumetric enhancements. Fill-Me combines the features of a filler with a biostimulator containing amino acids. The package includes: 2 pre-filled syringes of 1 ml The advantages of utilizing of Medixa Fill-Me 2 (2x1ml): Correction of moderate superficial wrinkles Diminishing of nasolabial folds Volume enhancement Application on the face (cheek, chin, nasolabial folds) What is the duration of the results? Depending on the unique characteristics of the patient, the effects can last for approximately 6-7 months.

Medixa Fill-Me 1 (2x1ml)

Medixa Fill-Me 1 (2x1ml) is an Italian product suitable for addressing fine wrinkles and expression lines, along with enhancing the shape and fullness of the lips. Fill-Me is a product that encompasses filler and biostimulator with amino acids. This product uses high purity qualify of hyaluronic acid. In addition, this is a certified medical device. The package includes: 2 pre-filled syringes of 1 ml Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 22mg/ml Amino acids: glycine, proline The advantages of utilizing of Medixa Fill-Me 1 (2x1ml): Correction of superficial fine wrinkles and expression lines Enhancing lip shape and volume Application area: facial region (mouth, delicate facial lines) What is the duration of the results? Depending on the individual characteristics of the patient, the effects can last approximately 4 to 5 months.

Kairax SUB-Q + Lidocaine (1x1ml)

Kairax SUB-Q + Lidocaine (1x1ml) is a Korean product formulated to address deep wrinkles, replenish lost volume, and provide volumetric enhancements. Its adaptable texture enables the creation of immediate and long-lasting volume while ensuring even product distribution for a natural result. This product comes in three sizes (Fine, Deep, SUB-Q), and the inclusion of lidocaine enhances patient comfort during the procedure. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1 ml 2 needles 25Gx12mm Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 24mg/ml Lidocaine hydrochloride 0.3% The advantages of utilizing of Kairax SUB-Q + Lidocaine (1x1ml): Diminishing deep wrinkles Replenishing lost volume Volumizing Treatment zone: nasolabial folds What is the duration of the results? Based on individual patient characteristics, the effect lasts from 6 to 12 months.

Kairax Fine + Lidocaine (1x1ml)

Kairax Fine + Lidocaine (1x1ml) is a Korean product formulated to address fine wrinkles and enhance lip volume. Its adaptable texture enables the creation of both immediate and long-lasting volume, ensuring even product distribution for a natural result. This product is offered in three sizes (Fine, Deep, SUB-Q), and the inclusion of lidocaine enhances comfort by reducing pain sensations during the procedure. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1 ml 2 needles 30Gx12mm Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 24mg/ml Lidocaine hydrochloride 0.3% The advantages of utilizing of Kairax Fine + Lidocaine (1x1ml): Diminishing superficial wrinkles Enhancing lip volume Addressing fine crow’s feet Treatment sites: mouth and facial regions What is the duration of the results? The duration of the effect can vary based on the individual characteristics of the patient, typically lasting between 3 to 6 months.

Kairax Deep + Lidocaine (1x1ml)

Kairax Deep + Lidocaine (1x1ml) is a Korean product formulated to diminish deep wrinkles, replenish lost volume, perform volumetry, and address nose corrections. Its pliable texture enables the creation of immediate and long-lasting volume, ensuring even distribution for a natural result. This product is offered in three sizes (Fine, Deep, SUB-Q). The inclusion of lidocaine enhances comfort during the procedure by alleviating pain sensations. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1 ml 2 needles 27Gx12mm Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 24mg/ml Lidocaine hydrochloride 0.3% The advantages of utilizing of Kairax Deep + Lidocaine (1x1ml): Diminishing deep wrinkles Replenishing lost volume Enhancing volume Nasal refinement Treatment sites: nasolabial folds, cheek area, and nasal region What is the duration of the results? The duration of effectiveness varies based on the individual characteristics of the patient, typically ranging from 4 to 8 months.

JUVES FigurHA Volumo (1x1,25ml)

JUVES FigurHA Volumo (1×1,25ml) comprises a comprehensive line of anti-aging dermal fillers made from highly cross-linked Hyaluronic Acid (20mg/ml). Created utilizing the cutting-edge Hybrid MobyTM technology, which combines features of both monophasic cross-linking and biphasic gel properties to deliver enduring outcomes. The package includes: 1 graduated syringe of 1.25 ml Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid 20mg/ml. Molecule size: 900-1100 μm BDDE<2 ppm The advantages of utilizing of JUVES FigurHA Volumo (1×1,25ml): Delivers excellent outcomes in enhancing cheek volume and shaping facial contours Offering essential skin support, and restructuring the facial profile Suitable for applications on cheekbones, chin, and jawline Product Application Guidelines: JUVES FigurHA Volumo is administered beneath the skin’s surface or in the pre-periosteum layer using either a 25G or 27G needle/cannula.

JUVES FigurHa Initio (1x1,25ml)

JUVES FigurHa Initio (1×1,25ml) is a clear, sterile, injectable gel comprising high-quality hyaluronic acid with a uniform structure. Hyaluronic acid (sodium hyaluronate) used is not animal derived and is obtained from a bio-fermentation process. The package includes: 1.25 ml syringe with hyaluronic acid gel (20mg/mL) for smoothing medium wrinkles needle 27 G 1/2″ Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid 20mg/ml. Molecule size: 700-900 μm BDDE<2 ppm The advantages of utilizing of JUVES FigurHa Initio (1×1,25ml): Correction of mild to moderate wrinkles and folds Target areas: Nasolabial folds, marionette lines, glabellar wrinkles Appropriate for individuals with thin skin Product Application Guidelines: It should be administered in the superficial or middle dermal layers using 27G needles or a cannula.

JUVES Lip Contour (1x1,25ml)

JUVES Lip Contour (1×1.25ml) is a unique product created for the mouth region. It exhibits a good level of flexibility and is straightforward to shape and mold. The package includes: 1.25 ml syringe with hyaluronic acid gel (20mg/mL) for lip modelling Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid 20mg/ml. Molecule size: 700-900 μm BDDE<2 ppm The advantages of utilizing of JUVES Lip Contour (1×1,25ml): Enhancing lip volume Defining lip contours Remedying wrinkles around the mouth Product Application Guidelines: It should be administered around the lip area to enhance contours and within the lip area for volumizing, depending on the technique employed with 27G or 30G needles/cannula.

InoBelle S+ (1x1ml)

InoBelle S+ (1x1ml) is a certified medical device from Korea, formulated for the correction of deep wrinkles and furrows. This product boasts a high viscosity, making it easy to shape and simplifying the injection process. It effectively stays in place upon administration, preventing migration within the tissue. Additionally, the inclusion of lidocaine ensures a more comfortable injection experience by reducing pain. The package includes: 1 ml pre-filled syringe 1 needle 25Gx16mm 1 needle 27Gx12mm Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid 20mg/ml. Particle size: 1100μm lidocaine hydrochloride 3mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of InoBelle S+ (1x1ml): Diminishing profound wrinkles and creases Addressing skin imperfections Enhancing facial shape Application zone: facial region (cheeks) Product Application Guidelines: This product is exclusively intended for use by trained professionals. Application within the middle or deep layers of the dermis. Suggested needle size: 27-25Gx12mm. Recommended injection technique: linear or cross-linear.

InoBelle S (1x1ml)

InoBelle S (1x1ml) is a certified medical device from Korea specially formulated to address deep wrinkles and furrows. This product possesses a high viscosity and offers excellent malleability, making the injection process more manageable. When applied to the intended area, it effectively remains in place without migrating within the tissue. The package includes: 1 ml pre-filled syringe 1 needle 25Gx16mm 1 needle 27Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid 20mg/ml. Particle size: 1100μm The advantages of utilizing of InoBelle S (1x1ml): Reduction of profound wrinkles and furrows Addressing skin imperfections Enhancing facial contour Targeted area: facial cheeks Product Application Guidelines: This product is intended for use by trained professionals. Application in the mid or deep dermal layers. Suggested needle size: 27-25Gx13mm. Recommended injection technique: linear, cross-linear.

InoBelle N+ (1x1ml)

InoBelle N+ (1x1ml) is a certified medical device from Korea specially formulated for nose and chin enhancement. This product features a high viscosity and excellent malleability, making the procedure easier to perform. Once injected into the target area, it effectively integrates with the tissue and remains in place without migration. Additionally, the inclusion of lidocaine ensures a pain-free injection experience. The package includes: 1 ml pre-filled syringe 1 needle 29Gx12mm 1 needle 27Gx12mm Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid 20mg/ml. Particle size: 500μm lidocaine hydrochloride 3mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of InoBelle N+ (1x1ml): Chin and nose enhancement Application area on the face (nose and beard) Product Application Guidelines: This product is exclusively intended for use by trained professionals. It should be injected into the middle or deep layers of the dermis. The recommended needle size is between 29 and 27Gx12mm. The suggested injection techniques include linear and cross-linear approaches.

InoBelle F+ (1x1ml)

InoBelle F+ (1x1ml) is a certified medical device from Korea, created to address superficial wrinkles and folds. This product boasts a high viscosity and excellent malleability, making the procedure more manageable. When applied to the targeted area, it integrates seamlessly into the tissue without displacement. The inclusion of lidocaine ensures pain relief during the injection process. The package includes: 1 ml pre-filled syringe 1 needle 29Gx12mm 1 needle 27Gx12mm Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid 20mg/ml. Particle size: 200μm lidocaine hydrochloride 3mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of InoBelle F+ (1x1ml): Diminishing superficial wrinkles and folds Enhancing skin hydration Rectifying skin imperfections Shaping and contouring the lips Product Application Guidelines: This product is exclusively intended for use by trained professionals. Application in the middle layer of the dermis or deep layer is recommended. The suggested needle size is between 29 and 27Gx12mm. Recommended injection techniques include linear and cross-linear methods.

InoBelle F (1x1ml)

InoBelle F (1x1ml) is a certified medical device from Korea designed for the correction of surface wrinkles and creases. This product possesses a notable viscosity and is highly malleable, making the procedure more convenient. It effectively integrates into the targeted area upon injection, staying in place without any migration. The package includes: 1 ml pre-filled syringe 1 needle 29Gx12mm 1 needle 27Gx12mm Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid 20mg/ml. Particle size: 200μm The advantages of utilizing of InoBelle F (1x1ml): Reduction of minor wrinkles and creases Enhanced skin hydration Correction of skin imperfections Modeling of lips Application area: Facial region (mouth) Product Application Guidelines: This product is intended for professional use only. Utilized in the mid to deep layers of the dermis. Suggested needle size: 29-27Gx12mm. Recommended injection technique: linear or cross-linear.

InoBelle D+ (1x1ml)

InoBelle D+ (1x1ml) is a certified medical device from Korea, specially formulated for addressing deep wrinkles and furrows. This product boasts a thick consistency and is easily shapeable, making the procedure more convenient. Upon application to the intended area, it adheres nicely and does not disperse within the tissue. The package includes: 1 ml pre-filled syringe 1 needle 29Gx12mm 1 needle 27Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid 20mg/ml. Particle size: 500μm lidocaine hydrochloride 3mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of InoBelle D+ (1x1ml): Diminishing medium and profound wrinkles and furrows Rectifying skin imperfections Decreasing the appearance of nasolabial folds Area of application: facial region, encompassing nasolabial folds and crow’s feet Product Application Guidelines: For use by qualified professionals only. Recommended for dermis medium to deep injection. Recommended needle gauge: 27-25Gx12mm. Recommended injection technique: linear or cross-linear.

InoBelle D (1x1ml)

InoBelle D (1x1ml) is a certified medical device from Korea specially formulated for the correction of deep wrinkles and furrows. This product possesses a high viscosity and is conveniently moldable, making the procedure more manageable. Upon application to the target area, it adheres effectively without shifting within the tissue. The package includes: 1 ml pre-filled syringe 1 needle 29Gx12mm 1 needle 27Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid 20mg/ml. Particle size: 500μm The advantages of utilizing of InoBelle D (1x1ml): Diminishing medium and deep wrinkles and furrows Rectifying skin imperfections Alleviating nasolabial folds Usage zone: Facial region (nasolabial folds, crow’s feet) Product Application Guidelines: This product is intended for use exclusively by experts. Mid-dermis or deep dermis. Recommended needle size: 27-25Gx12mm. Suggested injection techniques: linear, cross-linear.

INFINI Premium Filler XL (1x1ml)

INFINI Premium Filler XL (1x1ml) is a gel product containing highly flexible, cross-linked hyaluronic acid. This filler, created by an Italian company, is intended for addressing extremely deep wrinkles, rejuvenating the facial contour, and enhancing features like cheekbones, the zygomatic area, subzygomatic region, and subzygomatic chin. The package includes: 1 ml pre-filled syringe needles 2x25G x 13 mm Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 26 mg/ml sterile saline solution The advantages of utilizing of INFINI Premium Filler XL (1x1ml): Adding volume to the cheeks Sculpting and shaping the face Enhancing the nose’s shape Defining the jawline Volumizing the beard Addressing highly profound wrinkles What is the duration of the results? Between 6 and 8 months.

INFINI Premium Filler Soft Lips (1x1ml)

INFINI Premium Filler Soft Lips (1x1ml) is a gel product formulated with cross-linked hyaluronic acid known for its high flexibility. This Italian-made filler is crafted for addressing fine and subtle wrinkles around the mouth, as well as for sculpting and enhancing the lips. It also aims to rejuvenate the natural color of the lips while providing gentle volume adjustment. The package includes: 1 ml pre-filled syringe needles 2x30G x 13 mm Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 20 mg/ml sterile saline solution The advantages of utilizing of INFINI Premium Filler Soft Lips (1x1ml): Correction of superficial and fine wrinkles around the mouth Sculpting and plumping the lips Rejuvenating the natural lip color, and making minor volume adjustments What is the duration of the results? Lasting for a duration of up to half a year.

INFINI Premium Filler M (1x1ml)

INFINI Premium Filler M (1x1ml) comprehensively consists of cross-linked hyaluronic acid used in a gel form, dedicated to stimulating the sagging skin. This filler is used to treat medium to superficial facial wrinkles such as nasolabial folds and nose and mouth lines, as well as to rejuvenate the hands. The package includes: 1 ml pre-filled syringe needles 2x27G x 13 mm Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 21 mg/ml sterile saline solution The advantages of utilizing of INFINI Premium Filler M (1x1ml): Shaping and enhancing lip volume Lip sculpting using the “flat” technique Elevating the corners of the mouth Addressing moderate and deep wrinkles Filling in nasolabial folds Smoothing the marionette lines Reviving the skin on the hands What is the duration of the results? A duration of approximately 6 to 8 months.

INFINI Premium Filler S (1x1ml)

INFINI Premium Filler S (1x1ml) is a gel product formulated with cross-linked hyaluronic acid known for its high flexibility. This filler is designed for tissue augmentation, specifically for addressing fine lines and wrinkles, expression lines around the mouth and eyes, as well as acne scars. The package includes: 1 ml pre-filled syringe needles 2x30G x 13 mm Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 20 mg/ml sterile saline solution The advantages of utilizing of INFINI Premium Filler S (1x1ml): Correction of fine lines and subtle wrinkles Reviving the skin around the eyes Enhancing the natural color of the lips and gentle volume adjustment Addressing wrinkles around the mouth and neck Reducing forehead wrinkles Reviving the skin on the hands What is the duration of the results? A duration of approximately 6 to 8 months.

INFINI Premium Filler Body B (1x10ml)

INFINI Premium Filler Body B (1x10ml) is a gel product formulated with highly flexible, cross-linked hyaluronic acid. This Italian-made filler is crafted to address issues like sagging skin, enhance body contours and buttocks volume, and rejuvenate the skin on the hands. The package includes: 10 ml pre-filled syringe Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 20 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of INFINI Premium Filler Body B (1x10ml): Providing volume to loose skin Sculpting and shaping the body Enhancing buttock volume Enhancing the appearance of hand skin What is the duration of the results? A duration of approximately 6 to 8 months.

INFINI Premium Filler L (1x1ml)

INFINI Premium Filler L (1x1ml) is a gel product formulated with highly flexible, cross-linked hyaluronic acid. This Italian filler is specifically crafted to address deep facial wrinkles and creases, such as nasolabial folds, marionette lines, and temple areas, while also offering facial contouring benefits. The package includes: 1 ml pre-filled syringe needles 2x27G x 13 mm Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 24 mg/ml sterile saline solution The advantages of utilizing of INFINI Premium Filler L (1x1ml): Correction of profound wrinkles and nasolabial folds, marionette lines Enhancement of nose shape Defining the jawline Improvement of beard contour What is the duration of the results? A duration of approximately 6 to 8 months.

Hydryalix Ultra Deep + Lidocaine (2x1,25)

Hydryalix Ultra Deep + Lidocaine (2×1.25ml) is designed for the treatment of deep wrinkles, nasolabial folds, and facial contouring. These products from the Israeli company Luminera are known for their safety and quality. The formula includes hyaluronic acid gel derived from non-animal sources. The package includes: 2 x 1.25 ml Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 20mg/ml lidocaine hydrochloride 3mg/ml pH 7.3. The advantages of utilizing of Hydryalix Ultra Deep + Lidocaine (2×1,25): Correction of profound wrinkles, nasolabial folds Sculpting of facial contours Moisturizing Mitigation of age-related signs What is the duration of the results? Depending on the client’s unique characteristics, the effects can last between 6 to 9 months.

Hydryalix Lips + Lidocaine (2x1.25ml)

Hydryalix Lips + Lidocaine (2×1.25ml) is designed for reshaping and defining lips. The suggested needle size for this purpose is 27G. The gel used in this product is monophasic, meaning it is uniformly cross-linked. This results in a smooth and consistent gel, reducing potential side effects like swelling and the Tyndall effect. Additionally, it requires less BDDE for the cross-linking process. The monophasic gel is entirely cross-linked, ensuring its quality and effectiveness. The package includes: 2×1.25 ml Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid (20 mg/ml) phosphate buffer pH 7.3 lidocaine The advantages of utilizing of Hydryalix Lips + Lidocaine (2×1.25ml): Defining the lip’s outline Enhancing lip fullness Product Application Guidelines: These products are exclusively designed for use by trained cosmetologists with advanced contouring expertise.

Hydryalix Gentle + Lidocaine (2x1.25ml)

Hydryalix Gentle + Lidocaine (2×1.25ml) is a product designed for the treatment of surface lines, delicate to moderately deep wrinkles, as well as lines around the mouth and minor skin imperfections. It is part of Luminera, an Israeli company known for its safe and high-quality products. This preparation consists of hyaluronic acid gel sourced from non-animal origins. The package includes: 2×1.25 ml Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 20mg/ml lidocaine hydrochloride 3mg/ml pH 7.3 The advantages of utilizing of Hydryalix Gentle + Lidocaine (2×1.25ml): Correction of surface, fine, and moderately deep wrinkles, as well as addressing minor skin damage Hydration Diminishing signs of aging What is the duration of the results? Depending on the unique characteristics of the individual client, the effects can last for a duration ranging from 6 to 9 months.

Hydryalix Deep + Lidocaine (2x1.25ml)

Hydryalix Deep + Lidocaine (2×1.25ml) is formulated for the correction of deep wrinkles, facial folds, and addressing issues such as marionette lines and nasolabial folds. It consists of non-animal derived hyaluronic acid in the gel. The package includes: 2×1.25 ml Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 20mg/ml lidocaine hydrochloride 3mg/ml pH 7.3 The advantages of utilizing of Hydryalix Deep + Lidocaine (2×1.25ml): Correction of deep lines, facial folds, skin damage, nasolabial folds and puppet linesEnhanced hydration Enhanced hydration Diminished signs of aging What is the duration of the results? Depending on the client’s unique characteristics, the effects can last between 6 to 9 months.

Hyalual Alexa Volume (1x1ml)

This product is indicated for deep wrinkles, marionette lines, volumizing, chin sculpturing, and correcting a drooping nasal tip. Its extremely high formulation of hyaluronic acid set to 20mg/ml provides great effects for facial contouring. This product contains non-animal-derived hyaluronic acid. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1 ml 2 needles 27G x 12mm Ingredients of the product: 20mg/ml cross-linked hyaluronic acid The advantages of utilizing of Hyalual Alexa Volume (1x1ml): Diminishing deep wrinkles Enhancing volume Sculpting the chin Addressing marionette lines Lifting a drooping nasal tip Guidelines for product application: Injected Subcutaneously or in areas above the periosteum 27Gx12mm – optimal needle size INJECTION METHODS: via deposits, linear, linear backward. Recommended frequency of treatment: not more often than once every 14 days

Hyalual Alexa Medium(1x1ml)

Eliminate the problem of unexpressive and pale lips with HYALUAL Alexa Medium (1x1ml). This product, made from cross-linked and highly concentrated hyaluronic acid, not only addresses concerns like tear troughs beneath the eyes and bothersome nasolabial folds but also enhances and defines the lips. HYALUAL Alexa Medium carries minimal risk of swelling and ensures a quick recovery period. Thus, it stands as a versatile and secure option. Say goodbye to medium-deep facial wrinkles, dull lips, and unsatisfactory facial characteristics with HYALUAL Alexa Medium. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1 ml 2 needles 27G x 12mm Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 17.5mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Hyalual Alexa Medium (1x1ml): Reduction of wrinkles of medium and moderate severity Enhancement of lip volume Shaping and defining Product Application Guidelines: Administered either beneath the skin or within the oral mucosa. Recommended needle gauge: 27Gx12mm. Application methods: deposits, linear, reverse linear. Suggested treatment frequency: no more frequent than every 14 days.

Haequeo Extra (1x1ml)

Haequeo Extra (1x1ml) is a hyaluronic acid gel with cross-linking and is the preferred option for addressing medium to severe facial wrinkles and fine lines, including nasolabial lines. It is also a suitable choice for comprehensive facial feature adjustments. Administer it primarily in the subdermal space (recommended needle size: 27G). The package includes: syringe (1 ml) two sterile needles Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid (high viscosity) 25 mg phosphate buffered saline [Cross-linked 1,4-butanediol diglycidyl ether (BDDE)] The advantages of utilizing of Haequeo Extra (1x1ml): Correction of prominent skin indentations Enhancement of lip volume Reshaping the facial contour and overall oval shape Ideal for use in the chin, cheekbone areas, and nasolabial folds What is the duration of the results? The duration of the effects relies on the depth and site of application, typically lasting around 3 to 6 months on average.

Haequeo Classic (1x1ml)

Haequeo Classic (1x1ml) is a cross-linked dermal filler composed of a highly refined gel. It is manufactured using innovative patented techniques that give the gel a distinct structure. This ensures an excellent and long-lasting cosmetic outcome. The product evenly disperses within the skin’s interstitial spaces, maintaining exceptional durability while preserving a natural-looking correction. This represents a novel approach to corrective therapy, focusing on “restructuring macro areas” through cohesiveness, suppleness, expansion, and ease of product administration during injection. The highly purified, cross-linked HA gel is produced using patented methods, guaranteeing an optimal and enduring aesthetic effect characterized by viscoelasticity. The unique shape of the HA molecule ensures compatibility with tissue, resulting in a natural appearance after administration, often referred to as a “BODY LIKE” effect. The package includes: prefilled syringe x 1ml Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid 25 mg phosphate buffered saline (1,4-butanediol-diglycidyl-ether (BDDE) The advantages of utilizing of Haequeo Classic (1x1ml): Correction of minor wrinkles, expression lines, and forehead creases Enhancement of the regions surrounding the mouth and eye socket Shaping the contours of the lips Reconfiguration of broader facial areas Well-suited for hands and other regions, either individually or in conjunction with other procedures What is the duration of the results? The duration of the effects varies depending on the depth and site of application and typically ranges from 3 to 6 months on average.

Gloderm 20L (1x1ml)

Gloderm 20L (1x1ml) is employed to address deep skin indentations through injections into the deep dermis. It can also be used for lip augmentation and enhancing cheekbone contours. Gloderm 20L (1x1ml) is produced using ion-binding self-crosslinking technology (IBS-pat.pend.). The package includes: 1 x syringes of 1 ml 2 x 27G x 1/2″ needles Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid: 20mg/g phosphate Buffer Saline (PBS): q.s. The advantages of utilizing of Gloderm 20L (1x1ml): Addressing and reducing wrinkles such as nasolabial folds, frown lines, and marionette lines Enhancing contours and creating more volume Delivers both an immediate and enduring aesthetic outcome Ideal for lip contouring and enhancement Used for lip augmentation and enhancing cheekbones What is the duration of the results? Lasts for a maximum of 4 months.

Exquiller Sub-Q + Lidocaine (1x1ml)

Exquiller Sub-Q + Lidocaine (1x1ml) is a dermal filler containing hyaluronic acid, designed for the correction of perioral wrinkles, superficial wrinkles caused by natural facial movements, and wrinkles resulting from age-related changes. The package includes: 1 syringe x 1 ml needles: 1x25G and 1x27G*1/2 Ingredients of the product: 24 mg/ml hyaluronic acid lidocaine 0.3% The advantages of utilizing of Exquiller Sub-Q + Lidocaine (1x1ml): Achieves a natural facial rejuvenation outcome Utilizes advanced syringe technology The inclusion of an anesthetic in the formulation ensures a pain-free procedure Ideal for enhancing cheeks, addressing nasolabial folds, and treating marionette lines What is the duration of the results? Sustained treatment results (lasting from 6 to 12 months).

Exquiller Implant + Lidocaine (1x1ml)

Exquiller Implant + Lidocaine (1x1ml) is a highly flexible gel made from cross-linked hyaluronic acid originating from Korea. This filler is the most concentrated in the product range. It is employed for replenishing soft tissues and addressing deep wrinkles and creases. The inclusion of lidocaine ensures a painless procedure. The package includes: 1 syringe x 1 ml needles: 1 x 25G UTW and 1 x 27G UTW Ingredients of the product: hyaluronic acid 24mg/ml lidocaine 3mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Exquiller Implant + Lidocaine (1x1ml): Ideal for enhancing the jawline, nose, and cheeks Achieves a natural facial rejuvenation effect Features a technologically advanced syringe mechanism The inclusion of lidocaine in the formula ensures a pain-free procedure What is the duration of the results? Durable treatment results (lasting from 6 to 12 months).

Exquiller Fine + Lidocaine (1x1ml)

Exquiller Fine + Lidocaine (1x1ml) is an innovative dermal filler crafted from cross-linked hyaluronic acid. Its unique formula enables safe and gradual injections, specifically designed to ease the challenges associated with precise HA injections into the skin’s layers. All Exquiller product variants are based on HYBRID technology, characterized by a two-stage cross-linking process and enhanced purification of the cross-linking agent. Lidocaine is included in the preparation to enhance procedural comfort. Exquiller Fine is created for addressing superficial wrinkles in areas such as the forehead, eye region, mouth, and neck. With minimal endotoxin levels and virtually no residues, BDDE, it is considered safe for patient use. GENOSS is committed to upholding international quality standards, including KGMP, ISO 13485, and ISO 9001, ensuring the quality of Exquiller. The package includes: 1 syringe x 1 ml needles: 1x30G and 1x27G Ingredients of the product: 24 mg/ml hyaluronic acid lidocaine 0.3% The advantages of utilizing of Exquiller Fine + Lidocaine (1x1ml): Achieves a natural facial rejuvenation outcome Incorporates advanced syringe technology The presence of anesthetic components in the formula ensures a pain-free procedure Addresses fine wrinkles Enhances skin quality by improving elasticity and imparting a natural radiance What is the duration of the results? Durable treatment results (lasting from 6 to 12 months).

Exquiller Deep + Lidocaine (1x1ml)

Exquiller Deep + Lidocaine (1x1ml) is a CE-certified dermal filler containing hyper cross-linked hyaluronic acid derived from non-animal sources. It incorporates lidocaine for enhanced comfort. The distinctive manufacturing approach of Exquiller combines the characteristics of both monophasic and biphasic hyaluronic acid using advanced crosslinking techniques and an optimized purification method. This ensures safety, long-lasting results, and a high level of satisfaction. The package includes: 1 syringe x 1 ml needle 2 x 27G UTW Ingredients of the product: hyaluronic acid 24mg/ml lidocaine 3mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Exquiller Deep + Lidocaine (1x1ml): Replenishes moisture Enhances skin elasticity, providing a natural radiance Suitable for cheeks, lips, and forehead What is the duration of the results? The extended duration of the procedure (ranging from 6 to 12 months).

Eloquence SUB-Q (1x1,1ml)

Eloquence SUB-Q (1×1.1ml) is a volumizing filler that utilizes hyaluronic acid with a dense gel structure. The specific formula employed in this preparation yields enduring outcomes with minimal product usage. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1.1 ml 2 needles 27Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 24 mg/ml lidocaine at a concentration of 0.3% The advantages of utilizing of Eloquence SUB-Q (1×1,1ml): Addressing deep wrinkles Enhancing volume Augmentation in the regions of the chin, cheeks, jaw, and nose What is the duration of the results? Eloquence dermal fillers may have a duration ranging from 6 to 18 months. Several variables can influence this duration, including the individual’s metabolism, the specific type of filler employed (fine, deep, or sub-q), the treated area, and the client’s age and lifestyle.

Eloquence Fine (1x1,1ml)

Eloquence Fine (1×1.1ml) is a gentle filler designed to provide a subtle outcome. It enables the achievement of a natural appearance with skin that appears healthy, smooth, and firm. The precise formula employed in this product ensures optimal results with a minimal quantity of the filler. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1.1 ml 2 needles 27Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 24 mg/ml lidocaine at a concentration of 0.3% The advantages of utilizing of Eloquence Fine (1×1,1ml): Addressing fine and minor wrinkles on the forehead and in the periorbital area Smoothing out wrinkles around the mouth Delicate enhancement of the lips What is the duration of the results? The longevity of Eloquence dermal fillers can vary, typically ranging from 6 to 18 months. Several factors can influence this duration, such as the individual’s metabolism, the specific filler type (fine, deep, or sub-q) chosen, the treated area, and the client’s age and lifestyle.

Eloquence Deep (1x1,1ml)

Eloquence Deep (1×1.1ml) is a dermal filler featuring a concentrated hyaluronic acid gel. This filler effectively smoothing deep wrinkles while also enhancing facial features. This is a unique recipe which allows working in minimal product amount yet still yielding the best results possible. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1.1 ml 2 needles 27Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: 24 mg/ml cross-linked hyaluronic acid 0.3% lidocaine The advantages of utilizing of Eloquence Deep (1×1,1ml): Addressing medium and deep wrinkles Filling in nasolabial folds Correcting marionette lines Shaping the nose, chin, and cheeks Enhancing the tear trough area Refining lip contours Enhancing lip volume What is the duration of the results? The longevity of Eloquence dermal fillers can vary, spanning from 6 to 18 months. Numerous factors play a role in this duration, such as the client’s metabolism, the specific type of filler applied (whether it’s fine, deep, or sub-q), the treated area, and the client’s age and lifestyle.

DIVES med Volume + Lidocaine (1x1ml)

DIVES med Volume + Lidocaine (1x1ml) is a hyaluronic acid-based product specially formulated for facial volume correction and volumetric enhancements. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1 ml 2 needles 27Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 24 mg/ml lidocaine hydrochloride 3mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of DIVES med Volume + Lidocaine (1x1ml): Correction of significant and extremely deep wrinkles and creases Enhancement of facial volume and contours Reshaping of the cheeks and jawline Refinement of the nose and chin’s appearance Chin enhancement Moderate to severe reduction in volume Areas of use: face, lines around the nose and mouth What is the duration of the results? Depending on the patient’s individual characteristics, typically lasting around 6 to 9 months.

DIVES med Volume (1x2ml)

DIVES med Volume (1x2ml) is a product formulated with cross-linked hyaluronic acid designed for enhancing facial volume and contour. DIVES products are known for their flexibility and effective filling properties, utilizing Safe Core technology. They have been certified with medical standards CE0297 and ISO 13485. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 2 ml 2 needles 27Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 24 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of DIVES med Volume (1x2ml): Correction of profound and extremely deep wrinkles and creases Enhancement of facial volume and definition Sculpting of cheeks and jawline Refinement of the nose and chin contours Chin enhancement Addressing moderate to advanced volume loss What is the duration of the results? Depending on the unique characteristics of the patient, typically lasting around 6 to 9 months.

DIVES med Volume (1x1ml)

DIVES med Volume (1x1ml) is a product composed of cross-linked hyaluronic acid specially formulated for enhancing volume and facial volumetry. DIVES products are known for their excellent adaptability and filling capabilities, thanks to the innovative Safe Core technology. They bear medical certifications CE0297 and ISO 13485. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1 ml 2 needles 27Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 24 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of DIVES med Volume (1x1ml): Correction of profound and extremely deep wrinkles and furrows Enhancement of facial volume and sculpting Refinement of cheek and jawline contours Enhancement of nose and chin shape Modeling of the chin Addressing moderate to advanced volume loss What is the duration of the results? Depending on the patient’s individual characteristics, approximately 6 to 9 months.

DIVES med Universal (1x2ml)

DIVES med Universal (1x2ml) is a product composed of cross-linked hyaluronic acid specially formulated for subtle volume enhancement and the reduction of medium-depth wrinkles. DIVES products are known for their flexibility and ability to provide effective filling due to the incorporation of Safe Core technology. They have obtained medical certifications CE0297 and ISO 13485. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 2 ml 2 needles 27Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 20 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of DIVES med Universal (1x2ml): Addressing medium-deep wrinkles Enhancing or filling nasolabial folds Smoothing or evening out marionette lines Shaping and defining the vermilion border Addressing wrinkles caused by smoking Elevating the corners of the mouth What is the duration of the results? Depending on the patient’s unique characteristics, the effects typically last around 6 to 9 months.

DIVES med Universal (1x1ml)

DIVES med Universal (1x1ml) is a product composed of cross-linked hyaluronic acid specially created for the mild adjustment of volume and the reduction of medium-deep wrinkles. These DIVES preparations exhibit notable plasticity while retaining ideal filling characteristics, all thanks to the utilization of Safe Core technology. They hold medical certifications CE0297 and ISO 13485. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1 ml 2 needles 27Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 20 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of DIVES med Universal (1x1ml): Smoothing medium-deep wrinkles Filling nasolabial folds Evening out puppet lines Shaping and defining the lip’s red area Addressing smoker’s wrinkles Elevating the corners of the mouth What is the duration of the results? Depending on the patient’s individual characteristics, the effects typically last for approximately 6 to 9 months.

DIVES med Lips (1x1ml)

DIVES med Lips (1x1ml) is a product composed of cross-linked hyaluronic acid, specially formulated for subtle volume enhancement and shaping of the lips. These DIVES preparations are known for their excellent flexibility while retaining ideal filling properties, made possible through the implementation of Safe Core technology. They bear medical certifications CE0297 and ISO 13485. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1 ml 2 needles 27Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 20 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of DIVES med Lips (1x1ml): Lip sculpting Refining the lip outline Smoothing out smoker’s lines Hydrating and rejuvenating the lips Replenishing lost lip volume due to aging Evening out marionette lines Filling in nasolabial folds Lifting the corners of the mouth What is the duration of the results? Depending on the unique characteristics of the patient, approximately 6 to 9 months.

DIVES med Fine Lines (1x1ml)

DIVES med Fine Lines (1x1ml) is a product containing cross-linked hyaluronic acid specifically formulated for subtle volume enhancement and the reduction of fine surface wrinkles near the eyes, lips, and neck. DIVES products are known for their excellent flexibility while preserving ideal filling capabilities, thanks to the utilization of Safe Core technology. They are certified with medical credentials CE0297 and ISO 13485. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1 ml 2 needles 27Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 16 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of DIVES med Fine Lines (1x1ml): Addressing fine wrinkles near the eyes, mouth, and neck Enhancement of lip volume restoration Treating nasolabial folds Smoothing puppet lines Adjusting earlobe volume and hand skin rejuvenation What is the duration of the results? Depending on the patient’s unique characteristics, typically around 6 months.

Crystal Lite (1x1ml)

Crystal Lite (1x1ml) is a product from the Korean brand Koru Pharmaceuticals intended for addressing fine wrinkles in the areas surrounding the mouth, eyes, and temples. With its high-quality hyaluronic acid featuring a minimal level of crosslinking, this product ensures a subtle lifting and smoothing effect. The inclusion of lidocaine hydrochloride enhances comfort by alleviating pain sensations during the procedure. The package includes: 1 ml pre-filled syringe needles: 1x27G, 1x30G Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid 20mg/ml lidocaine hydrochloride 3 mg/ml degree of cross-linking: + The advantages of utilizing of Crystal Lite (1x1ml): Smoothing of moderate and deep wrinkles Treatment regions: perioral area, periorbital area, corner of the mouth lifting, temple What is the duration of the results? 9 to 12 months.

Colena S + Lidocaine (1x1ml)

Colena S + Lidocaine (1x1ml) is a Korean product crafted to diminish fine wrinkles on the surface and enhance lip volume. The adaptable nature of the molecules, offered in three sizes (Small, Medium, Macro), enables customization to suit the specific requirements of each patient. The inclusion of lidocaine contributes to pain relief, enhancing the overall comfort of the procedure. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1 ml 2 needles 30Gx12mm Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid 24mg/ml lidocaine hydrochloride 0.3% The advantages of utilizing of Colena S + Lidocaine (1x1ml): Diminishing fine surface wrinkles Enhancement of lip volume Addressing shallow crow’s feet Treatment zones: mouth, facial area What is the duration of the results? Depending on the patient’s individual characteristics, the effects can last anywhere from 3 to 6 months.

Crystal Deep (1x1ml)

Crystal Deep (1x1ml) is a Korean product from Koru Pharmaceuticals created for the purpose of addressing medium and deep wrinkles while also replenishing lost tissue volume. It contains with moderate crosslinking high quality hyaluronic acid, that guarantees a natural lifting and smoothing effect. Lidocaine hydrochloride is also added to reduce pain during the procedure. The package includes: 1 ml pre-filled syringe needles 2x27G Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid 20mg/ml lidocaine hydrochloride 3 mg/ml degree of cross-linking: ++ The advantages of utilizing of Crystal Deep (1x1ml): Replenishing lost volume Smoothing medium and deep wrinkles Targeted areas of treatment: mouth region, chin, nasolabial folds, earlobes, elevating the corners of the mouth, temples What is the duration of the results? 9 to 12 months.

Colena M + Lidocaine (1x1ml)

Colena M + Lidocaine (1x1ml) is a Korean product formulated for the reduction of deep wrinkles, restoration of lost tissue volume, volumetric adjustments, and nose reshaping. Its flexible molecule sizes (Small, Medium, Macro) allow for customization to meet each patient’s specific requirements. The inclusion of lidocaine enhances comfort during the procedure by alleviating pain sensations. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1 ml 2 needles 27Gx12mm Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid 24mg/ml lidocaine hydrochloride 0.3% The advantages of utilizing of Colena M + Lidocaine (1x1ml): Reduction of profound wrinkles Restoration of diminished volume Volumetric enhancements Nose reshaping Application areas: nasolabial folds, cheeks, and nose What is the duration of the results? Based on the patient’s unique characteristics, the duration can vary from 4 to 8 months.

Colena L + Lidocaine (1x1ml)

Colena L + Lidocaine (1x1ml) is a Korean product formulated to diminish profound wrinkles and replenish diminished tissue volume and volume levels. The molecular structure is adaptable, with three sizes available (Small, Medium, Macro), allowing customization to meet individual requirements. The inclusion of lidocaine alleviates discomfort, enhancing the procedure’s comfort. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1 ml 2 needles 25Gx12mm Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid 24mg/ml lidocaine hydrochloride 0.3% The advantages of utilizing of Colena L + Lidocaine (1x1ml): Diminishing profound wrinkles Reviving lost volume Enhancing volume levels Targeted area for treatment: nasolabial folds What is the duration of the results? The duration may vary based on the patient’s individual characteristics, typically ranging from 6 to 12 months.

Biotrisse Evo Soft 20 (1x1ml)

Biotrisse Evo Soft 20 (1x1ml) is a specialized product containing cross-linked hyaluronic acid designed for precise correction of static and dynamic wrinkles and for subtle restoration of lost volume. It is a gel made from reticulated hyaluronic acid for intradermal implantation. The package includes: 1 disposable sterile syringe containing 1 ml of reticulated Hyaluronic Acid-based gel (20 mg/ml) 2 sterile disposable needles 30G 1/2″ Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid 20 mg / ml reticulation level +++ medium The advantages of utilizing Biotrisse Evo Soft 20 (1x1ml): Addresses minor surface wrinkles and small expression lines Enhances the natural volume of the lips Areas for correction include perioral wrinkles, periorbital wrinkles, décolletage, neck, and the genital area What is the duration of the results? Lasts for 8 months.

Biotrisse Evo Medium 25 (1x1ml)

Biotrisse Evo Medium 25 (1x1ml) a high-density dermal filler for volumising face and body. It is composed of a gel cross-linked structure of hyaluronic acid for intradermal implantation. The package includes: 1 disposable sterile syringe contains 1 ml of gel based on reticulated hyaluronic acid (25 mg/ml) 2 sterile disposable needles 27G 1/2″ Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid 25 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Biotrisse Evo Medium 25 (1x1ml): Enhancement of facial and body volume (including cheek-zygomatic area, chin, lower jaw angle, and temporal region) Treatment of profound wrinkles on the face and body (such as nasolabial folds and labiomental folds) Refinement of the nasal dorsum What is the duration of the results? About 10 to 12 months.

Biotrisse Evo Deep 30 (1x1ml)

Biotrisse Evo Deep 30 (1x1ml) is a cutting-edge high-density dermal filler designed for volumetric shaping of both the face and body, effectively restoring lost soft tissue volumes. It consists of a gel that incorporates cross-linked hyaluronic acid for intradermal placement. The package includes: 1 disposable sterile syringe contains 1 ml of gel based on reticulated hyaluronic acid (30 mg/ml) 2 sterile disposable needles 27G 1/2″ Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid 30 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Biotrisse Evo Deep 30 (1x1ml): Volumetric reshaping of the face and body Revival of depleted soft tissue volumes Treatment for deep wrinkles Volumetric contouring 3D facial rejuvenation Enhancement of the cheekbone area Reshaping and augmenting the chin Adjustment of the jawline Non-surgical rhinoplasty Contouring of the facial profile Recovery of diminished volumes in facial and body tissues What is the duration of the results? Over a span of 12 to 18 months.

Biotrisse Classic Volume 25 (1x1ml)

Biotrisse Classic Volume 25 (1x1ml) a classic filler for volume augmentation and correction of medium to deep wrinkles and folds for natural soft tissue enhancement It is an injectable gel composed of cross-linked hyaluronic acid for intradermal injection. The package includes: 1 disposable sterile syringe contains 1 ml of reticulated hyaluronic acid gel (25 mg/ml) 2 sterile disposable needles 27G 1/2″ Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid 25 mg/ml reticulation degree ++++ high The advantages of utilizing of Biotrisse Classic Volume 25 (1x1ml): Achieving a natural increase in soft tissue volume while addressing medium and deep wrinkles and folds, including perioral wrinkles, glabellar wrinkles, frontal forehead wrinkles, labiomental wrinkles, nasolabial folds, chin, cheek-zygomatic area, and temporal region Enhancing lip volume through volumetric lip shaping Correction of scars What is the duration of the results? Between 8 to 10 months.

Biotrisse Classic Forma 20 (1x1ml)

Biotrisse Classic Forma 20 (1x1ml) is a filler that is used for volume restoration of soft tissues and to treat small- and mid-depth wrinkles and folds. It is a gel made of cross linked hyaluronic acid for intradermal implantation. The package includes: 1 disposable sterile syringe contains 1 ml of gel based on reticulated hyaluronic acid (20 mg/ml) 2 sterile disposable needles 27G 1/2″ Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid 20 mg/ml reticulation degree +++ average The advantages of utilizing of Biotrisse Classic Forma 20 (1x1ml): Achieving a natural increase in soft tissue volume, addressing folds, and treating small to medium-depth wrinkles (such as atrophic and hypotrophic scars, nasolabial folds, perioral wrinkles, glabellar wrinkles, frontal forehead wrinkles, labiomental wrinkles, nasolacrimal groove, neck, décolleté, and hands) Also serves for volumizing & contouring the lips What is the duration of the results? Lasting for a period of 6 to 8 months.

Biotrisse Classic Detail 15 (1x1ml)

Biotrisse Classic Detail 15 (1x1ml) is a conventional filler designed for precise and shallow correction of fine wrinkles and folds, as well as strengthening and firming the skin. It is a gel formulated with cross-linked hyaluronic acid for intradermal placement. The package includes: 1 disposable sterile syringe contains 1 ml of gel based on reticulated hyaluronic acid (15 mg/ml) 2 sterile disposable needles 30G 1/2″ Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid 15 mg/ml reticulation degree ++ average The advantages of utilizing of Biotrisse Classic Detail 15 (1x1ml): Combining contour plastic surgery with a rejuvenating effect Enhancement of: facial, neck, and décolleté areas Improving skin thickness in the eye vicinity Addressing superficial and fine wrinkles such as crow’s feet, perioral lines, smile lines, horizontal neck wrinkles, and nasolacrimal grooves What is the duration of the results? Within the range of 4 to 6 months.

Avalon Vital Plus (1x1ml)

Avalon Vital Plus (1x1ml) is a Korean product created for addressing medium-deep wrinkles and enhancing lip volume. Avalon formulations offer an ideal balance of thickness and flexibility. The product contains cross-linked hyaluronic acid of non-animal origin. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1 ml 2 needles 27Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid 20 mg/ml lidocaine hydrochloride 3 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Avalon Vital Plus (1x1ml): Filling medium-deep wrinkles Enhancing facial volume Adjusting lip volume Shaping earlobes Augmenting lips Can be used for different regions in the face (nasolabial folds, marionette lines, mouth, or earlobes) and on the hands What is the duration of the results? For a duration of 9 to 12 months.

Avalon Vital (1x1ml)

Avalon Vital (1x1ml) is a Korean product crafted to address medium-deep wrinkles and enhance lip volume. Avalon products offer a well-balanced blend of viscosity and elasticity, with their composition consisting of cross-linked hyaluronic acid derived from non-animal sources. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1 ml 2 needles 27Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid 20 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Avalon Vital (1x1ml): Treatment of medium-deep wrinkles Volumizing Adjusting lip volume Sculpting earlobes Enhancing lip volume Can be applied to various areas, including the face (nasolabial folds, marionette lines, mouth, and earlobes) as well as the hands What is the duration of the results? The effect lasts for a period of 9 to 12 months.

Avalon Ultra Plus (1x1ml)

Avalon Ultra Plus (1x1ml) is a Korean filler formulated to address fine wrinkles and mimic lines. Avalon products a perfect combination of viscosity with elasticity. It is made with crosslinked, non-animal-derived hyaluronic acid. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1 ml 1 needle 25Gx13mm 1 needle 27Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid 20 mg/ml lidocaine hydrochloride 3mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Avalon Ultra Plus (1x1ml): Addressing deep wrinkles and furrows Enhancing volume Providing hydration Application on the face, specifically in the cheek and furrow areas What is the duration of the results? A duration of 9 months.

Avalon Grand Plus (1x1ml)

Avalon Grand Plus (1x1ml) is a Korean filler which contains ultra purified hyaluronic acid (24mg/ml) and lidocaine (0.3%). It is designed for the correction of moderate to severe wrinkles, folds, augmentation of the cheeks, enhancement of the chin, and facial contouring including of the jawline. Avalon products provide a very good combination between thickness and flexibility. It is made up of cross-linked hyaluronic acid from non-animal based sources. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1 ml 2 needles 25Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid 24 mg/ml lidocaine hydrochloride 3 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Avalon Grand Plus (1x1ml): Addressing medium and deep wrinkles near the mouth and nasolabial folds Sculpting cheekbones and chin Volume enhancement Application on the face, targeting wrinkles, creases, and contours in the buccal, zygomatic, mandibular, and nasal regions What is the duration of the results? Between 12 and 18 months.

Avalon Fine Plus (1x1ml)

Avalon Fine Plus (1x1ml) is a Korean cosmetic designed for the treatment of fine wrinkles and mimic lines. Avalon products are the perfect blend between thickness and flexibility. It contains a non-animal derived cross-linked hyaluronic acid. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1 ml 1 needle 30Gx13mm 1 needle 27Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 20 mg/ml Lidocaine hydrochloride The advantages of utilizing of Avalon Fine Plus (1x1ml): Smoothing fine wrinkles and mimic lines Moisturizing Application areas: Face (wrinkles around the mouth, temple areas, crow’s feet, under-eye area), hands What is the duration of the results? For a duration of 9 months.

Avalon Fine (1x1ml)

Avalon Fine (1x1ml) is a Korean product created for the purpose of addressing fine wrinkles and mimic lines. Avalon products offer an ideal balance of viscosity and elasticity, and they are composed of cross-linked hyaluronic acid sourced from non-animal origins. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1 ml 2 needles 30Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 20 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Avalon Fine (1x1ml): Addressing fine wrinkles and mimic lines (such as wrinkles around the mouth, temporal areas, crow’s feet, and the valley of tears) Hydration (for the face and hands) What is the duration of the results? For a duration of 9 months.

Aqufill Hard (1x1ml)

Aqufill Hard (1x1ml) is a filler specifically formulated for the purpose of smoothing out fine to moderate wrinkles. By employing the DVS cross-linking agent, this product acquires a denser structure characterized by reduced mass and shorter cross-linking molecule lengths. Aqufill Hard is easily moldable, retaining both the firmness of the gel and its robust viscosity. If necessary, the preparation can be fully disintegrated through the use of hyaluronidase injections. The package includes: 1 ml pre-filled syringe needle 27Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 20 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Aqufill Hard (1x1ml): Applications include the filling of profound facial wrinkles, nasolabial folds, as well as treatment for the nose, cheeks, beard, forehead, and marionette lines It is suitable for lip contouring What is the duration of the results? Lasting for a duration of up to 1 year.

Aqufill Medium (1x1ml)

Aqufill Medium (1x1ml) is a filler designed for the reduction of superficial and medium wrinkles. The Korean manufacturer ensures the safety and longevity of the outcome for up to 1 year. By employing the DVS cross-linking agent, the formula acquires a denser structure with reduced mass and shorter cross-linking molecules. Aqufill Medium exhibits ease of shaping while retaining gel hardness and high viscosity. The product can be fully dissolved using hyaluronidase injection if necessary. The package includes: 1 ml pre-filled syringe needle 27Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 20 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Aqufill Medium (1x1ml): Applications include the treatment of medium wrinkles on the facial area, such as cheeks, beard area, forehead, nose, and addressing marionette lines and nasolabial lines It is also suitable for enhancing lip contours. What is the duration of the results? For a duration of up to one year.

Aqufill Soft (1x1ml)

Aqufill Soft (1x1ml) is a filler designed for the smoothing of fine to moderate wrinkles. Through the utilization of the DVS cross-linking agent, the product acquires a denser structure with reduced mass and shorter cross-linking molecules. Aqufill Soft can be readily shaped while preserving the gel’s firmness and high viscosity. It can be fully dissolved through the administration of hyaluronidase. The package includes: 1 ml pre-filled syringe needle 30Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 20 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Aqufill Soft (1x1ml): Addressing fine to moderate wrinkles on the facial skin, including crow’s feet, earlobes, perioral wrinkles, and forehead lines What is the duration of the results? Lasting for a duration of up to 1 year.

Amalian SF 24 Advanced (1x1ml)

Amalian SF 24 Advanced (1x1ml) is a highly effective volumizing filler that is both single-phase and biocompatible. The suggested cannula size for this product is 27 G. Amalian SF 24 Advanced is administered into either the middle or deep skin layers. The package includes: 1 syringe x 1ml of the preparation Ingredients of the product: 24 mg/ml of linear cross-linked hyaluronic acid The advantages of utilizing of Amalian SF 24 Advanced (1x1ml): Addressing deep wrinkles Correcting scars Sculpting facial contours Smoothing skin imperfections like acne scars Filling nasolabial folds Revitalizing the skin on the hands What is the duration of the results? Amalian products possess characteristics that retain moisture within the skin. Due to the protective layer, the results are prolonged and can endure for up to 18 months.

Amalian SF 24 Advanced (1x2ml)

Amalian SF 24 Advanced (1x2ml) is a highly effective, biocompatible volumizing filler in a single-phase formulation. The recommended cannula size is 27 G. Amalian SF 24 advanced is administered into either the middle or deep skin layers. The package includes: 1 syringe x 2ml of the preparation Ingredients of the product: 24 mg/ml of linear cross-linked hyaluronic acid The advantages of utilizing of Amalian SF 24 Advanced (1x2ml): Addressing deep wrinkles Correcting scars Reshaping facial contours Minimizing skin imperfections like acne scars Filling nasolabial folds Revitalizing the skin on the hands What is the duration of the results? Amalian products possess qualities that retain moisture within the skin. This protective encapsulation ensures a durable effect that can endure for up to 18 months.

Amalian SF 20 Medium (1x2ml)

Amalian SF 20 Medium (1x2ml) is the most versatile product in the SF series, formulated to address medium wrinkles. The gel’s smooth consistency allows for gentle and minimally invasive injections of Amalian SF 20 Medium. It spreads uniformly within the skin, effectively filling wrinkles, leading to a natural outcome. It is advised to use a 30 G cannula for this application. The package includes: 1 syringe x 2ml of the preparation Ingredients of the product: 20 mg/ml of linear cross-linked hyaluronic acid The advantages of utilizing of Amalian SF 20 Medium (1x2ml): It is suitable for a wide range of treatments, except for forehead procedures. The product is suggested for subtle lip enhancement. It can also be used in conjunction with Amalian SF 24 advanced filler. What is the duration of the results? Amalian products possess qualities that capture moisture within the skin. Due to their protective layer, the results are enduring and can persist for up to 18 months.

Amalian SF 16 Fine (1x2ml)

Amalian SF 16 Fine (1x2ml) is a gentle hyaluronic acid-based filler utilized to address delicate wrinkles, enhance lip contours, smooth forehead wrinkles and crow’s feet, and improve the appearance of subtle nasolabial folds or marionette lines. It consists of a fully hydrated gel that can be smoothly and evenly distributed across the tissue. Similar to other products in the SF line, Amalian SF 16 Fine is well-tolerated by the body, with minimal occurrences of side effects such as post-treatment swelling. This preparation is particularly effective when used in conjunction with denser products like Amalian SF 24 Advanced, enhancing the volumizing effect and prolonging the results. It is recommended for use with a 30 G cannula. The package includes: 1 syringe x 2ml of the preparation Ingredients of the product: 16 mg/ml of cross-linked hyaluronic acid The advantages of utilizing of Amalian SF 16 Fine (1x2ml): Addressing fine wrinkles Enhancing lip contours Smoothing out forehead wrinkles, crow’s feet, subtle nasolabial folds, and marionette lines What is the duration of the results? Amalian products possess characteristics that enable them to retain water molecules within the skin. Thanks to their protective coating, the effects can endure for up to 18 months.

Amalian SF 20 Medium (1x1ml)

Amalian SF 20 Medium (1x1ml) is a versatile product within the SF series, specially formulated for addressing moderate wrinkles. Due to the smooth and gentle flow of this gel, administering Amalian SF 20 Medium is a gentle and minimally invasive process. The gel evenly disperses within the skin, effectively filling wrinkles and delivering a natural outcome. It is advisable to use a 30 G cannula for this product. The package includes: 1 syringe x 1ml of the preparation Ingredients of the product: 20 mg/ml of linear cross-linked hyaluronic acid The advantages of utilizing of Amalian SF 20 Medium (1x1ml): It is suitable for various treatments, except for addressing forehead issues. This product is particularly recommended for subtle lip enhancement. It can also serve as a supplementary treatment following the application of Amalian SF 24 advanced filler. What is the duration of the results? Amalian products possess characteristics that effectively bind moisture within the skin. Thanks to their protective formulation, the results are enduring and can be sustained for up to 18 months.

Amalian SF 14 Natural lips (1x1ml)

Amalian SF 14 Natural Lips (1x1ml) is a hyaluronic acid with a low concentration specifically designed for a subtle lip augmentation. Its purpose is to enhance lip fullness and improve the skin’s texture while maintaining the lips’ natural look and shape. This product helps restore the lips’ natural appearance without altering their inherent geometry. It is recommended for use with cannula sizes of 27G or 30G. The package includes: 1 syringe x 1ml of the preparation Ingredients of the product: 14 mg/ml of linear cross-linked hyaluronic acid The advantages of utilizing of Amalian SF 14 Natural lips (1x1ml): Subtle enhancement and restoration of lip volume Smoothing out fine wrinkles around the mouth What is the duration of the results? Amalian products possess characteristics that effectively retain moisture in the skin. Due to their protective layer, the results of using these products are durable and can endure for up to 18 months.

Amalian SF 16 Fine (1x1ml)

Amalian SF 16 Fine (1x1ml) is a hyaluronic acid-based solution used for addressing fine wrinkles, including those around the lips, forehead lines, crow’s feet, delicate nasolabial folds, and marionette lines. It consists of a fully hydrated gel that spreads smoothly and uniformly through the tissue. Similar to other products in the SF line, it is well-tolerated by the body, and the occurrence of side effects such as post-treatment swelling is minimal. Amalian SF 16 Fine can also serve as a complementary treatment following procedures involving denser products like Amalian SF 24 Advanced, enhancing the volumetric effect and prolonging the duration of the treatment. A 30 G cannula is recommended for its application. The package includes: 1 syringe x 1ml of the preparation Ingredients of the product: 16 mg/ml of linear cross-linked hyaluronic acid The advantages of utilizing of Amalian SF 16 Fine (1x1ml): addressing fine wrinkles enhancing the definition of the lips smoothing out forehead lines, crow’s feet, delicate nasolabial folds, and marionette lines What is the duration of the results? Amalian products possess characteristics that enable them to retain moisture within the skin. Due to their protective layer, the results are enduring and can persist for up to 18 months.

Amalian Gentle (1x1ml)

Amalian Gentle (1x1ml) is formulated for the correction of superficial wrinkles, including those like smoker’s lines, crow’s feet, and forehead creases. Additionally, it is used to address expression lines and the under-eye area. This product has a gentle and fluid texture, allowing it to seamlessly disperse within the skin tissues, resulting in natural-looking outcomes. Its intended application is on the outermost skin layer. The package includes: 1 syringe x 1ml of the preparation Ingredients of the product: 8 mg / ml linear cross-linked hyaluronic acid The advantages of utilizing of Amalian Gentle (1x1ml): This product is designed to address superficial wrinkles, including those like smoker’s lines, crow’s feet, and forehead creases Its delicate and liquid consistency also makes it suitable for filling expression lines and the under-eye area When applied, the filler smoothly disperses within the skin tissues, resulting in natural-looking effects What is the duration of the results? Amalian products possess characteristics that enable them to retain moisture within the skin by binding with water molecules. Thanks to their protective formulation, the effects of these products are long-lasting and can endure for up to 18 months.

Amalian Expert III Volume (1x1ml)

Amalian Expert III Volume is a filler intended for the elimination of medium, deep, and very deep wrinkles and folds. It effectively enhances skin hydration and flexibility, contributing to a firmer and more robust skin appearance. It is advisable to use a 27 G cannula for application. The package includes: 1 syringe x 1ml of the preparation Ingredients of the product: high cross-linked hyaluronic acid – 24 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Amalian Expert III Volume: ideal for medium to very deep wrinkles, as well as for addressing lipodystrophy and providing a “liquid lifting” effect it functions by enhancing skin suppleness promoting skin hydration restoration What is the duration of the results? Amalian products possess the ability to retain moisture within the skin by forming a protective barrier, resulting in a prolonged and enduring effect that can last for up to 18 months.

Aessoa Deep + Lidocaine (1x1ml)

Aessoa Deep Lidocaine is a distinct type of skin filler employed for addressing moderate to profound wrinkles and enhancing lip fullness. It is excellent for refining the appearance of nasolabial folds, glabella lines, and marionette lines, and should be injected into the middle layer of the skin. Aessoa Deep consists of a concentrated amount of hyaluronic acid and features a denser and more gel-like substance, ensuring enduring outcomes that appear and feel authentic. With its unique formulation and ability to add volume, Aessoa Deep is also suitable for enhancing the size and shape of the lips. The package includes: 1 x 1ml prefilled syringe No needles included, but a 27G needle is recommended Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid: 24mg/ml Lidocaine: 3 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Aessoa Deep Lidocaine: Addressing profound wrinkles Restoring volume Enhancing lip appearance Sustained outcomes Targeted regions: Nasolabial folds, lines around the mouth, lines between the eyebrows, lip enhancement, and nose reshaping What is the duration of the results? Typically, the effects endure for a period of 18 months.

Teosyal Ultra Deep Puresense + Lidocaine

Teosyal PureSense Ultra Deep with Lidocaine is a type of hyaluronic acid filler that possesses a strong, gel-like consistency and the ability to stick together. It is specifically formulated to add volume to specific regions like the cheekbones and chin, enhance facial contours, and smooth out deep wrinkles on thick skin. Teosyal PureSense Ultra Deep is intended for use in the tissue layers just below the skin or in the area surrounding the bones of the face. Additionally, this product incorporates lidocaine, a potent anesthetic, to ensure a more comfortable injection experience. The package includes: 2 x 1,2ml syringe The advantages of utilizing of Teosyal PureSense Ultra Deep: Generate fullness in specific regions Reshape facial contours Address pronounced wrinkles What is the duration of the results? Typically, the effects can persist for around 12 months. However, the duration may vary based on factors such as the person’s lifestyle, age, and skin type.

Stylage Lips Plus Bi-SOFT

Stylage Special Bi-Soft Lips Plus is a fresh dermal filler that has been specifically created to add volume and shape to the lips, lasting for approximately 12 months. It contains a higher concentration of hyaluronic acid and has a thicker consistency compared to the moisturizing Stylage Bi-soft Special Lips. Lips Plus effectively enhances fullness, contours the lips, and provides hydration, resulting in a smoother appearance. It is an excellent choice for augmenting the lips, achieving subtle fullness, and correcting any asymmetry between the upper and lower lip sizes. Moreover, it can address perioral lines (smoker’s lines) and restore lost lip structure associated with the aging process. The package includes: 1 x 1ml prefilled syringe 2 x 30G ½ needle Primary components: 20mg/g Cross-linked Hyaluronic Acid IPN-Like 0,3% Lidocaine Mannitol (a natural antioxidant) The advantages of utilizing of Stylage Special Bi-Soft Lips Plus: Perfect for achieving durable and authentic outcomes. Specifically developed to enhance lip volume, resulting in a fuller and more contoured appearance. With its thicker consistency, it effectively adds fullness and shapes the lips. It can be applied to various areas, including the lips, perioral lines (also known as smoker’s lines), and the surrounding regions. The injection is administered superficially to the mid-dermis and around the labial mucosa. What is the duration of the results? Depending on factors such as age, skin type, and lifestyle, Stylage Bi-soft Lips Plus can create a voluminous and plump effect on the lips that lasts for approximately 12 months.

Revofil Ultra 2x1ml

Revofil Ultra is a dermal filler specifically developed to target deep facial wrinkles in thick skin tissue and enhance facial contour using a non-surgical volume facelift technique. Its proprietary formula includes cross-linked hyaluronic acid and biometric peptides. This combination allows for improved cohesion and elasticity in the gel, providing a more natural and longer-lasting result. The package includes: 2 x 1ml syringes 1 x 27G ½” Needle Ingredients of the product: 23 mg/ml Hyaluronic Acid Oligopeptide-72 Oligopeptide-50 The advantages of utilizing of Revofil Ultra: Creates volume, wrinkes reduction whilst also adding to facial structure. Therapy zones are the forehead, nasal bridge, nasolabial folds, marionette traces, cheeks, lips, and jawline. What is the duration of the results? Revofil Ultra results typically last around 12 months. However, this time frame may differ based on the patient’s skin type and the specifics of the injection administered.

Revofil Plus 2x1ml

Revofil Plus is a non invasive cosmetic product designed to fill deep facial folds and wrinkles, balance overall volume, improve lip contour and skin elasticity. It is meant to be injected into certain targeted areas — like the forehead, nose area, marionette lines, lips, cheeks and jawline. The package includes: 2 x 1ml syringes 1 x 27G ½” Needle Ingredients of the product: 23 mg/ml Hyaluronic Acid Oligopeptide-72 Oligopeptide-50 The advantages of utilizing of Revofil Plus: Enhance skin elasticity and address deep wrinkles Achieve volume harmonization and contour the lips Treatment areas: Forehead, nasal region, cheekbones, jawline, marionette lines, and lips Usage: For optimal outcomes, it is recommended to inject the dermal filler into the middle to deep layer of the skin (dermis). Injection depth: Mid to deep layer of the skin (dermis) What is the duration of the results? On average, Revofil Plus typically retains its effects for approximately 12 months. However, the specific duration can vary based on factors such as the patient’s skin type and the type of injection administered.

Revofil Fine (2x1ml)

Revofil Fine is a gentle and non-surgical dermal filler created to address moderate facial and hand wrinkles, including fine lines, shallow creases, and depressed scars. Its unique composition comprises biometric peptides and cross-linked hyaluronic acid, resulting in a more natural and enduring outcome compared to other fillers based on hyaluronic acid. This package contains two syringes for treatment purposes. The package includes: 2 x 1ml syringes 1 x 30G ½” Needle Ingredients of the product: 23 mg/ml Hyaluronic Acid Oligopeptide-72 Oligopeptide-50 The advantages of utilizing of Revofil Fine: Target and address fine lines, shallow creases, and depressed scars Treatment areas: Facial and hand rejuvenation Injection depth: Shallow layer of the skin (superficial dermis) Usage: The dermal filler is designed for injection into the superficial dermis, specifically targeting the tear troughs, fine lines, hollow cheeks, and upper cheeks. Additionally, Revofil Fine is suitable for rejuvenating the appearance of the hands. What is the duration of the results? On average, Revofil Fine typically maintains its effects for approximately 10 months. However, the specific duration can vary based on factors such as the patient’s skin type and the type of injection performed.

Revofil Fine 1x1ml

Revofil Fine is a dermal filler product with hyaluronic acid and biomimetic peptides. This one of a kind combination slows the breakdown of hyaluronic acid, both improves the elasticity of the gel and activates fibroblasts to produce collagen. Among the entire product range, Revofil Fine is the most delicate option. This new injectable is specifically intended for the subtle correction of wrinkles and the revitalization of the skin. The package includes: 1x1ml prefilled syringe 2 x sterile 30G x 13mm needles Ingredients of the product: 23 mg/ml of HA PBS (Phosphate buffered Saline) Sodium hyaluronate Crosspolymer-2 Oligopeptide-72 Oligopeptide-50 The advantages of utilizing of Revofil Fine: Addressing superficial wrinkles and fine lines Reviving the face Delivering a subtle lifting effect to cheeks and other facial regions Enhancing the appearance of tear troughs Rectifying minor skin depressions Boosting skin elasticity Revitalizing the hands What is the duration of the results? Revofil Fine typically maintains its effects for a minimum of 10 months, although it often surpasses this duration and can last up to 12 months.

Neauvia Organic Intense Rose (1x1ml)

Neauvia Organic Intense Rose is specifically formulated to address lipoatrophy and enhance tissue volume. It is distinguished by its exceptional concentration of hyaluronic acid and elevated viscoelasticity, which contribute to remarkable volumizing effects. The package includes: 1 x 1ml syringe The advantages of utilizing of Neauvia Organic Intense Rose: Remedying soft tissue imperfections Enhancing tissue volume Addressing lipodystrophy concerns What is the duration of the results? Immediate results can be observed after the initial treatment. The gradual natural breakdown of the product ensures that the outcomes typically have a lasting effect.

Neauvia Organic Stimulate (1x1ml)

Neauvia Organic Stimulate stands out as a distinctive product because of its impressive ability to both fill and provide long-lasting bio-stimulation. It is particularly suitable for addressing insufficient volume and density in the skin. Upon application, the product promptly fills in tissue gaps, resulting in the desired shape and volume of the skin. Over time, it continues to enhance the skin’s quality, gradually improving its overall condition. The package includes: 1 x 1ml syringe Ingredients of the product: 26 mg/ml HA, cross-linked with PEG Glycine and L-Proline 1% CaHA The advantages of utilizing of Neauvia Organic Stimulate: Generate skin fullness and thickness Enhance skin texture and condition Stimulate natural skin regeneration What is the duration of the results? Visible outcomes are immediate following the initial treatment. The gradual breakdown of the product ensures that the results typically endure for a considerable duration.

Neauvia Organic Stimulate Man (1x1ml)

Neauvia Stimulate Man is a dermal filler and tissue stimulator that is specifically designed for male individuals. It is formulated with cross-linked hyaluronic acid, along with calcium hydroxyapatite and amino acids such as Glycine and L-Proline. These ingredients work together to activate fibroblasts, encouraging the production of collagen and elastin. This powerful composition enables the product to be effectively used for restoring volume and correcting deep wrinkles and skin depressions. The hyaluronic acid in Neauvia Stimulate Man is cross-linked with polyethylene glycol, a technology that imparts firmness to the gel, allowing it to behave similarly to an implant following the injection. The package includes: 1 x 1ml prefilled syringe 1 package insert Ingredients of the product: 28 mg/ml of HA, cross-linked with PEG Amino acids – Glycine and L-Proline Calcium hydroxyapatite (CaHa) – 1% The advantages of utilizing of Neauvia Stimulate Man: Restoring lost volume Addressing acne scars Lifting the cheeks Correcting moderate to severe wrinkles, such as nasolabial folds, marionette lines, and glabellar lines Rejuvenating the hands Revitalizing the skin Target areas: cheeks, forehead, nasolabial folds, marionette lines, hands What is the duration of the results? The unique composition of Neauvia Stimulate Man, combined with the gradual breakdown of its active ingredient, allows for a lasting effect that can endure for several months to a year.

Neauvia Organic Intense Lips (1x1ml)

Neauvia Organic Intense Lips incorporate a high concentration of 24 mg/ml of hyaluronic acid (HA) to achieve optimal outcomes in the sensitive lip area. It is specifically formulated for lip augmentation, contouring, and revitalization. The product also includes essential amino acids like Glycine and L-Proline, which are key components of collagen. This combination promotes lip elasticity and delivers a natural-looking result. The package includes: 1 x 1ml syringe Ingredients of the product: 24 mg/ml HA, cross-linked with PEG Glycine and L-Proline The advantages of utilizing of Neauvia Organic Intense Lips: An ample amount of hyaluronic acid is utilized to provide excellent hydration Enables the augmentation and shaping of the lips to achieve the desired appearance What is the duration of the results? The effects become evident immediately after the initial treatment. Thanks to the gradual natural breakdown, the outcomes are typically durable over a prolonged period.

Neauvia Organic Intense LV (1x1ml)

Neauvia Organic Intense LV is a natural, organic filler designed to provide volume and enhance the contours of the treated area. It seamlessly adapts to the tissue, facilitating the attainment of desired outcomes. This filler is particularly suitable for addressing deep skin depressions, including deep wrinkles and nasolabial folds. It is also effective in enhancing the cheeks, chin, and nose, as well as contouring the face, especially in cases of moderate to advanced skin aging. The package includes: 1 x 1ml syringe Ingredients of the product: 26 mg/ml HA, cross-linked with PEG Glycine and L-Proline The advantages of utilizing of Neauvia Organic Intense LV: The abundant presence of hyaluronic acid ensures optimal moisturization. Aids in shaping and adding volume to the targeted regions through injections Facilitating deep tissue rejuvenation and correction What is the duration of the results? Visible outcomes are immediately noticeable after the initial treatment. The gradual natural breakdown of the product ensures that the results typically have a long-lasting effect.

Neauvia Organic Intense Man (1x1ml)

Neauvia Intense Man is a dermal filler administered through injection, designed specifically for lifting, restoring volume, and sculpting the face. It is particularly suitable for individuals with very thick skin and is specifically targeted towards men. This product boasts one of the highest concentrations of hyaluronic acid available in the market. The hyaluronic acid is cross-linked with polyethylene glycol, a technology that imparts firmness to the gel, allowing it to behave in a manner similar to an implant once injected. The package includes: 1x1ml prefilled syringe 1 package insert Ingredients of the product: 28 mg/ml of HA, cross-linked with PEG Amino acids – Glycine and L-Proline The advantages of utilizing of Neauvia Intense Man: Restoring lost volume to the face Enhancing facial contours Defining the chin Non-surgical nose reshaping Improving jawline definition Lifting the cheeks Addressing deep wrinkles, including nasolabial folds Target areas: jawline, cheeks, chin, nosem nasolabial folds What is the duration of the results? Neauvia Intense Man delivers exquisite and enduring outcomes due to its gradual biodegradation process within the body.

Neauvia Organic Intense Rheology (1x1ml)

Neauvia Organic Intense Rheology is specifically designed to address the initial signs of aging, specifically targeting fine lines and superficial wrinkles, particularly in younger skin. Additionally, Neauvia® Organic Intense Rheology is well-suited for correcting issues such as lip’s barre code, subtle lip enhancements, and rejuvenating the appearance of hands. The package includes: 1 x 1ml syringe Ingredients of the product: 12 mg/ml of Sodium Hyaluronate, cross-linked with PEG Glycine and L-Proline The advantages of utilizing of Neauvia Organic Intense Rheology: Smoothing out fine lines and wrinkles Subtle enhancement of lips Revitalizing the hands What is the duration of the results? Visible outcomes are immediately noticeable after the initial treatment. The gradual natural breakdown of the product ensures that the results typically have a lasting effect.

Neauvia Organic Intense (1x1ml)

Neauvia Organic Intense is a natural filler that boasts the highest concentration of hyaluronic acid. It provides a lifting effect and exhibits exceptional adaptability to the surrounding tissue, facilitating the attainment of desired outcomes. Neauvia® Organic Intense is particularly suitable for addressing deep skin depressions, such as deep wrinkles and nasolabial folds. It is also effective in enhancing the cheeks, chin, and nose through modeling and contouring, especially in cases of moderate to advanced skin aging. The package includes: 1 x 1ml syringe Ingredients of the product: 28 mg/ml HA, cross-linked with PEG Glycine and L-Proline The advantages of utilizing of Neauvia Organic Intense: With an abundant concentration of hyaluronic acid, this product offers exceptional hydration It provides a remarkable lifting effect and effectively restores volume and corrects deep tissue imperfections What is the duration of the results? Immediate results can be observed after the initial treatment. The gradual natural breakdown of the product ensures that the outcomes typically have a lasting effect.

Neauvia Organic Intense Flux (1x1ml)

Neauvia Organic Intense Flux is a natural filler that possesses a low viscoelasticity and excellent biointegration. Its primary purpose is to restore volume in the deep tissues of skin that is moderately to significantly aged. This filler is specifically designed for injection into the intradermal layer. Thanks to its well-balanced crosslinking, Neauvia® Organic Intense Flux easily adapts to the tissue, effectively volumizing the targeted anatomical area. The package includes: 1 x 1ml syringe Ingredients of the product: 26 mg/ml of HA, PEG polymer cross-linked Glycine and L-Proline The advantages of utilizing of Neauvia Organic Intense Flux: With a notable amount of hyaluronic acid and a low viscoelasticity, this product offers effective restoration of volume in the deep tissues. Its well-balanced crosslinking degree allows for a high adaptability to the surrounding tissue. The treatment areas include filling nasolabial folds, augmenting the lips, lifting facial contours, shaping the chin, and enhancing the cheeks. What is the duration of the results? Visible outcomes are immediately noticeable following the initial treatment. The gradual natural breakdown of the product ensures that the results typically have a prolonged duration.

Monalisa ultra filler + Lidocaine (1x1ml)

Monalisa Ultra Lidocaine is a transparent and colorless dermal filler. It is the thickest filler in the product lineup and is exceptionally effective in creating prominent lines in facial areas such as the nose, chin, and jawline. This filler is formulated with cross-linked hyaluronic acid and boasts a consistent particle size of 900µm. Through the implementation of the Hy-BRID technique, Monalisa achieves high viscoelasticity and remarkable durability. Monalisa Ultra Lidocaine remains effective for a duration of six months before the degradation process begins. Additionally, this product is free from BDDE agents, thereby minimizing the risk of allergic reactions and edema upon injection. Monalisa Ultra Lidocaine is designed with an ergonomically shaped grip to facilitate easy and safe injections. The package includes: 1 x 1ml prefilled syringe 25 G TW, 27 G TW needles* Essential ingredients: Hyaluronic acid: 24mg/ml Lidocaine: 3 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Monalisa Ultra Lidocaine: Ideal for shaping facial contours Free of BDDE-residues Enduring effects Target areas: Chin, nose, and jawlines What is the duration of the results? The effects of the product endure for a maximum of six months before the process of dissolution initiates. To achieve optimal results, Monalisa Ultra Lidocaine should be injected into the deep layer of the subcutaneous tissue.

Monalisa soft filler + Lidocaine (1x1ml)

Monalisa Soft Lidocaine is a transparent dermal filler made from cross-linked hyaluronic acid. With a particle size of 200µm, it is specifically designed for treating the delicate eye area, including tear troughs. For optimal results, Monalisa Soft Lidocaine should be injected into the superficial dermis. The cross-linking technique, known as Hy-BRID, results in minimal BDDE-residues, greatly reducing the risk of allergic reactions and swelling when the product is administered. To enhance patient comfort, Monalisa Soft Lidocaine is equipped with a thin-walled needle, allowing for smooth injections. It also contains lidocaine for added pain relief during the procedure. The package includes: 1 x 1ml prefilled syringe 30GTW (2ea) needle* Essential ingredients: Hyaluronic acid: 24mg/ml Lidocaine: 3 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Monalisa Soft Lidocaine: Ideal for addressing concerns in the eye region Free of BDDE-residues Enduring effects Targeted areas: Tear troughs and crow’s feet What is the duration of the results? The effects of the product persist for a maximum of six months until the process of dissolution commences. For optimal results, Monalisa Soft Lidocaine should be injected into the superficial dermis. *The size of the needle may be modified without prior notification.

Monalisa mild filler + Lidocaine (1x1ml)

Monalisa Mild Lidocaine is a hyaluronic acid-based dermal filler that can be injected into the skin. It utilizes the Hy-BRID technique to create a dense and consistent particle size, resulting in a dermal filler with high viscoelasticity. With a particle size of 400 µm, it is particularly suitable for adding volume to the cheeks and treating perioral lines. Monalisa Mild has minimal amounts of BDDE-residues, which significantly reduces the risk of allergic reactions and swelling when the product is injected. The product includes a thin-walled needle that allows for smooth injections, minimizing patient discomfort. It also contains lidocaine, further enhancing the injection experience. The package includes: 1 x 1ml prefilled syringe 37G TW (2ea) needle* Essential ingredients: Hyaluronic acid: 24mg/ml Lidocaine: 3 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Monalisa Milt Lidocaine: This product effectively replenishes diminished volume and is particularly suited for addressing crow’s feet and forehead lines. It also adds volume to the cheeks, resulting in a more youthful appearance. The effects of the treatment are long-lasting, providing enduring results. It specifically targets the forehead, crow’s feet, and chin areas. What is the duration of the results? The effects of the product endure for a maximum of six months until the process of dissolution initiates. To achieve optimal results, Monalisa Mild Lidocaine should be injected into the superficial dermis or the middle layer of the subcutaneous tissue. *The size of the needle may be modified without prior notification.

Monalisa hard filler + Lidocaine (1x1ml)

Monalisa Hard Lidocaine is a crossline injected dermal filler based on hyaluronic acid. This formulation provides targeted care for moderate to deep wrinkles in particular (ie. nasolabial folds). Product that is great for reshaping the chin, nose, & jawline. The Hy-BRID technique is used to cross-link the filler, ensuring its long-lasting durability. The effects of the filler can be expected to endure for approximately 6 months before the gradual dissolution process begins. Furthermore, Monalisa Hard Lidocaine is formulated without BDDE agents, which minimizes the risk of allergies and swelling upon injection. The product is equipped with a syringe that features an ergonomically designed grip, along with a thin-walled needle, ensuring precise and safe treatment with reduced discomfort for the patient. The package includes: 1 x 1ml prefilled syringe 25G TW 27G TW needles* Essential ingredients: Hyaluronic acid: 24mg/ml Lidocaine: 3 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Monalisa Hard Lidocaine: This restores lost volume and treats moderate to deep lines. It is perfect for sculpting and defining the chin, nose, and jawline. Its effects last a surprisingly long time. It specifically targets the areas of the chin, nose, and jawline What is the duration of the results? The effects of the product endure for a maximum of six months until the process of dissolution initiates. To achieve optimal results, Monalisa Hard Lidocaine should be injected into the middle to deep layer of the subcutaneous tissue. *The size of the needle may be modified without prior notification.

JALOR Sweet Kiss (1x1ml)

The latest innovation in JALOR Sweet Kiss incorporates J4HA cross-linking technology, which enhances the gel’s flexibility and durability. This technology creates a sophisticated chain structure using hyaluronic acid with varying lengths, resulting in a more manageable product during the implantation process. Additionally, it provides improved performance and longevity in the tissues. JALOR Sweet Kiss with Lidocaine is specially designed for volumetric shaping and contouring purposes, for filling and smoothing deep wrinkles, and also adds volume to the lips. The package includes: 1 x 1 ml syringe The advantages of utilizing of JALOR Sweet Kiss: Correcting significant creases and wrinkles in thick skin. Restoring and reshaping the lips. Rejuvenating the area around the mouth. What is the duration of the results? JALOR Sweet Kiss provides an impressive volumizing outcome while maintaining a biodegradation period of 10-16 months.

JALOR Style (1x1ml)

Extensive research on cross-linking processes has led to the synthesis of valuable knowledge, culminating in the creation and advancement of an innovative product that encompasses the desired advantages sought by medical professionals and patients alike. JALOR STYLE, a versatile filler designed for various cosmetic enhancements, combines safety, natural results, long-lasting effects, and comfort in a single solution. JALOR STYLE effectively prevents skin aging, promoting enhanced skin elasticity and firmness. It serves as a sub-filler that aids in improving elasticity and diminishing the appearance of deep wrinkles. The package includes: 1 x 1 ml syringe The advantages of utilizing of Jalor Style: Addresses a wide range of surface-level and moderately deep wrinkles Enhances lip shape and adds volume to the lips Derived from non-animal sources What is the duration of the results? The effects of JALOR STYLE treatment are enduring but not permanent. As time passes, the pure hyaluronic acid naturally undergoes reabsorption.

JALOR Intense (1x1ml)

Jalor Intense is an innovative biorevitalizing filler that comes in the form of a transparent gel. What sets it apart from other hyaluronic acid fillers is its unique feature of expandability in tissues. This feature enables better distribution through capillaries, making it highly effective, manageable, and safer to use. Furthermore, it prevents the formation of any wrinkles beneath the skin when applied. With a hyaluronic acid concentration of 23 mg/1ml, Jalor Intense’s composition effectively combats skin aging. Its high cross-linking also ensures a longer-lasting durability compared to similar products in the market. The effects can last anywhere from 8 to 18 months after the filler is implanted. The package includes: 1 x 1 ml syringe Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid (with 23 mg/ 1ml) BDDE (1,4-ButaneDiol Diglycidyl Ether) The advantages of utilizing of Jalor Intense: Smooths out fine lines Addresses severe wrinkles on thick skin Restores or enhances facial volume What is the duration of the results? The longevity of this absorbable product is remarkable, lasting from 8 to 18 months after it has been implanted.

HYAcorp MLF1 Body Contouring (1x10ml)

Hyacorp MLF 1 Body Contouring is a dermal filler that utilizes hyaluronic acid and is recommended for contouring various areas of the body. It is considered a less invasive alternative to plastic surgery, offering patients the advantage of avoiding downtime and general inconveniences associated with surgical procedures. It’s worth noting that Hyacorp MLF 1 is not intended for facial corrections, except for the zygomatic area. Its primary purpose is to sculpt smaller body parts. In the case of larger areas with thicker skin, such as breasts, the manufacturer has developed Hyacorp MLF2 as a suitable option. The package includes: 1 x 10ml Pre-filled syringe Package inserts Traceability labels Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid, cross-linked (20mg/ml) Hyaluronic acid (2mg/ml) Sodium chloride (6.9mg/ml) Water (1mg/ml) The advantages of utilizing of Hyacorp MLF 1: Sculpting the body Improving the appearance of the zygomatic area Restoring lost volume Target areas: hands, calves, buttocks, concave deformities What is the duration of the results? Hyacorp MLF 1 can be injected swiftly with minimal downtime required for recovery. The gel remains effective for approximately 8 months, though the precise duration can vary depending on individual factors such as age, lifestyle, diet, and other variables.

Ellanse M (2x1ml)

Ellanse M is an exceptional product classified as a biostimulator. Within this group, these substances have the remarkable ability to stimulate the body’s production of new collagen. This specific formulation combines carboxymethyl cellulose (comprising 70% of the product) and suspended polycaprolactone particles (constituting 30% of the product). Carboxymethyl cellulose is responsible for providing an immediate tissue-filling effect, while the polycaprolactone particles, with their smooth texture of over 20 µm, become encapsulated in the skin upon application. This encapsulation process creates a framework or scaffolding structure primarily composed of high-quality type I collagen, which ultimately improves the density of the skin. Ellanse M exhibits rejuvenating and tightening properties, effectively addressing wrinkles and hollow areas. Its unique characteristic of seamlessly integrating with the skin’s extracellular matrix makes it virtually undetectable, ensuring remarkably natural treatment outcomes. Additionally, it is worth noting that Ellanse is 100% biodegradable, minimizing the risk of allergic reactions. The package includes: 2 x 1ml prefilled syringe Needles 4x 27G x ¾” The advantages of utilizing of Ellanse M: Restores youthfulness Enhances skin’s elasticity Reduces the wrinkles What is the duration of the results? The results following an Ellanse M treatment typically endure for approximately two years.

Ellanse S (2x1ml)

Ellanse S is a groundbreaking biostimulator product, meaning it encourages the body to create new collagen. By replenishing the skin’s natural tightness and thickness, Ellanse S effectively minimizes wrinkles and aids in the facial volume restoration. Its flawless merging with the extracellular matrix renders it virtually undetectable, resulting in an incredibly natural outcome from the treatment. As Ellanse is entirely biodegradable, it doesn’t cause allergic reactions post-application. The package includes: 2 x 1ml prefilled syringe Needles 4x 27G x ¾” Ingredients of the product: Composition of the product is 70% carboxymethyl cellulose and the rest 30% are polycaprolactone particles The advantages of utilizing of Ellanse S: Reduction of small and moderate wrinkles Enhancement of volume Shaping regions: cheekbones, nasal region, mouth corners, jawline What is the duration of the results? The effects of Ellanse S can typically endure for approximately 12 months, although certain customers may experience the impact lasting up to 15 months.

E.P.T.Q - S500 (1x1ml)

Among the E.p.t.q.s range of dermal fillers, E.p.t.q S 500 stands out with its densest texture. This filler is well-suited for substantial facial and body reconstruction, all without the need for surgical intervention. It’s particularly effective for sculpting pronounced cheekbones and a well-defined jawline. The filler is formulated with meticulously purified hyaluronic acid. The package includes: 1 x 1 ml syringe Ingredients of the product: 24mg / ml Cross-linked Hyaluronic acid Lidocaine (0,3%) What is the duration of the results? Lasts for a period of 12 to 24 months. Product Application Guidelines: Depth of Injection: subcutaneous or supraperiosteal layer

E.P.T.Q - S500 + Lidocaine (1x1.1ml)

E.p.t.q S 500 with Lidocaine possesses the most substantial viscosity among the e.p.t.q.s range of dermal fillers. This filler is well-suited for extensive reconstructive procedures in both the facial and body regions, eliminating the need for surgery. It is particularly effective in creating prominent cheekbones and a defined jawline. The filler formulation is derived from highly purified hyaluronic acid. The package includes: 1 x 1,1ml syringe 2 x 27G 1/2 needles Instruction leaflet Ingredients of the product: 24mg / ml Cross-linked Hyaluronic acid Lidocaine (0,3%) What is the duration of the results? Effective for a duration ranging from 12 to 24 months. Product application instructions: Recommended injection depth: Subcutaneous or supraperiosteal layer.

E.P.T.Q - S300 + Lidocaine (1x1.1ml)

E.p.t.q S 300 with Lidocaine is an excellent option for addressing moderate to severe wrinkles on the forehead and rectifying pronounced surface irregularities like nasolabial folds, wrinkles around the mouth, and marionette lines. It is well-suited for enhancing volume in the lips, cheeks, and areas around the ears. The medium consistency of the filler allows for easy reshaping of the nose, cheeks, and chin. E.p.t.q S300 is formulated with highly purified hyaluronic acids. The package includes: 1 x 1,1ml syringe 2 x 27G 1/2 needles Instruction leaflet Ingredients of the product: 24mg / ml Cross-linked Hyaluronic acid Lidocaine (0,3%) What is the duration of the results? Effective for a duration ranging from 6 to 12 months. Product application instructions: Recommended injection depth: Deep dermis.

E.P.T.Q - S300 (1x1ml)

E.p.t.q S 300 with Lidocaine is an excellent choice for addressing moderate to deep wrinkles on the forehead and rectifying significant skin irregularities like nasolabial folds, perioral wrinkles, and marionette lines. It’s also well-suited for adding volume to the lips, cheeks, and ear regions. The medium viscosity of this product simplifies the reshaping of the nose, cheeks, and chin. E.p.t.q S 300 is formulated using meticulously purified Hyaluronic acids. The package includes: 1 x 1 ml syringe Ingredients of the product: 24mg / ml Cross-linked Hyaluronic acid Lidocaine (0,3%) What is the duration of the results? Lasts for a period of 6 to 12 months. Product Application Guidelines: Injection Depth: Deep within the dermal layer

E.P.T.Q - S100 + Lidocaine (1x1.1ml)

E.p.t.q S 100 with Lidocaine is a meticulously refined hyaluronic acid filler featuring a remarkably low density, which optimizes the injection pressure and ensures a more seamless treatment experience. Incorporating lidocaine, E.P.T.Q S100 minimizes discomfort for the patient. This filler is particularly suitable for addressing surface irregularities in the skin’s profile and fine lines in facial regions such as crow’s feet around the eyes, wrinkles around the mouth, small wrinkles around the nose and mouth, as well as tear troughs and temporal hollows. E.p.t.q S 100 filler effectively restores the skin’s natural hydration. The package includes: 1 x 1,1ml syringe 2 x 27G 1/2 needles Instruction leaflet Ingredients of the product: 24mg / ml Cross-linked Hyaluronic acid Lidocaine (0,3%) What is the duration of the results? Effective for a duration ranging from 6 to 12 months. Product application instructions: Recommended injection depth: Superficial to mid dermis.

E.P.T.Q - S100 (1x1ml)

E.p.t.q S 100 is an exceptionally pure hyaluronic acid filler characterized by its low density, which optimizes injection pressure for a more seamless treatment experience. It incorporates lidocaine to minimize patient discomfort during the procedure. This filler is ideal for addressing surface imperfections in the skin’s profile, including fine lines such as crow’s feet around the eyes, periorbital wrinkles, delicate lines around the mouth, minor wrinkles around the nose and mouth, as well as tear troughs and temporal hollows. E.p.t.q S 100 filler works to revive the skin’s innate moisture balance. The package includes: 1 x 1 ml syringe Ingredients of the product: 24mg / ml Cross-linked Hyaluronic acid Lidocaine (0,3%) What is the duration of the results? Lasts for a period of 6 to 12 months. Product Application Guidelines: Injection Depth: Shallow to Mid-dermis

Aliaxin FL (2x1ml)

Aliaxin FL is a product that serves two purposes. Firstly, it addresses fine lines and wrinkles on the face, while also allowing for customization of lip contours and shape based on individual preferences. Aliaxin FL is particularly effective in treating mild wrinkles in the mouth and lip area. This dermal filler is composed of an absorbable hyaluronic acid gel that is highly viscous, monophasic, and resilient, ensuring even distribution under the skin and long-lasting outcomes. Furthermore, Aliaxin FL can be used to refine the skin tone and perfect the lip contours, resulting in an overall youthful and beautiful complexion. The package includes: 2 syringes x 1ml The advantages of utilizing of Aliaxin FL: Generates a hydrating impact on the lips Achieves a naturally appealing lip appearance Establishes a distinct and well-balanced lip contour Corrects lip contours Enhances lip volume Diminishes perioral wrinkles What is the duration of the results? Typically, the effects of Aliaxin FL last for approximately 6 to 12 months, although the duration can vary from one customer to another.

Aliaxin GP (2x1ml)

Aliaxin GP is a product formulated with highly cross-linked hyaluronic acid that ensures a visibly improved complexion across the entire face. This gel implant, which is both absorbable and completely degradable, effectively reduces even deep wrinkles, including prominent ones like nasolabial and glabellar wrinkles. Moreover, it can be utilized to restore facial volume. The high viscosity and purity of Aliaxin GP contribute to a noticeable and natural-looking lifting effect that endures for an extended period. Overall, Aliaxin GP delivers visible and long-lasting outcomes while maintaining a natural appearance, effectively addressing common signs of skin aging. The package includes: 2 syringes x 1ml The advantages of utilizing of Aliaxin GP: Reduction of glabellar wrinkles Diminishment of nasolabial wrinkles and folds Correction of puppet lines Enhancement of cheekbone and chin size What is the duration of the results? Typically, the effects of Aliaxin GP last for around 6 to 12 months; however, the duration may differ for each individual customer.

Aliaxin SR (2x1ml)

Aliaxin SR is designed to enhance and rejuvenate facial volume and contours. Its primary objective is to preserve the youthful and fresh appearance of the skin. Furthermore, Aliaxin SR provides a natural lifting effect, resulting in a consistently even, full, and balanced skin surface. It contains cross-linked hyaluronic acid with high purity and concentration, enabling it to diminish initial facial wrinkles and reduce signs of sagging and fatigue. Additionally, this filler promotes skin regeneration by stimulating the body’s production of collagen and effectively maintaining it. The package includes: 2 syringes x 1ml The advantages of utilizing of Aliaxin SR: Reduction of medium and deep wrinkles Eradication of wrinkles and scars Smoothing out of depressed areas on the facial skin Enhancement of volume Improvement in lip contour What is the duration of the results? The duration of the outcomes obtained typically ranges from 6 to 12 months, although it may differ from one individual to another.

Aessoa Ultra + Lidocaine (1x1ml)

Aessoa Ultra Lidocaine is a facial filler utilized to increase volume and achieve significant lifting effects. With its high cohesiveness and firmness, it functions akin to an implant, remaining in the targeted region (specifically the middle to deep dermis). Best used facial contouring in regions such as the face cheeks, chin, jawline, forehead, and nose areas, as well as to no doubt treat deep wrinkles such as nasolabial folds. Aessoa Ultra Lidocaine features 0.3% Lidocaine for greater patient comfort, providing highly aesthetic results lasted up to 12 months. The package includes: 1 x 1ml prefilled syringe Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid: 24mg/ml Lidocaine: 3 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Aessoa Ultra Lidocaine: Provides volumizing effects Delivers noticeable lifting results Exhibits excellent cohesion and firmness Functions akin to an implanted substance What is the duration of the results? Typically, the outcomes endure for a duration of 12 months.

Aliaxin EV (2x1ml)

Aliaxin EV is a product designed to deliver long-lasting volume enhancements, accompanied by various beneficial properties. When applied to the chin, cheeks, or cheekbones, Aliaxin EV effectively accentuates these areas, allowing customization based on each customer’s individual preferences. Moreover, Aliaxin EV offers a lifting effect that endures for an extended period. Additionally, this dermal filler can be utilized to reduce deep wrinkles and address post-traumatic acne scars. Overall, Aliaxin EV enhances not only the skin’s surface but also the contours and prominent features of the face. The package includes: 2 syringes x 1ml The advantages of utilizing of Aliaxin EV: Enhancement of volume: cheekbones and chin Restructuring of the lower section of the facial contour What is the duration of the results? The effectiveness of Aliaxin EV typically lasts between 6 to 12 months, although the duration can vary from one customer to another.

Aessoa Shine + Lidocaine (1x1ml)

Aessoa Shine Lidocaine is among the top choices for injectable procedures that effectively moisturize the skin and address shallow lines, while also offering immediate firmness. This filler swiftly enhances the texture, firmness, hydration, tone, and overall glow of the skin, resulting in a more youthful look. It can be applied to treat nasolabial folds and lines around the mouth, augment lip volume, and shape the nose, all while providing enduring effects. Aessoa Shine Lidocaine is administered into the outermost layer of the skin and contains a substantial concentration of hyaluronic acid along with 0.3% lidocaine for enhanced comfort during the treatment. The package includes: 1 x 1ml prefilled syringe No needles included, but a 27G needle is recommended Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid: 24mg/ml Lidocaine: 3 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Aessoa Shine Lidocaine: Corrects shallow lines by filling them Enhances hydration, texture, and skin elasticity Enhances lip fullness Reshapes the nose Targeted areas: Lip volume, nasolabial folds, marionette lines, nose reshaping What is the duration of the results? Typically, the outcomes endure for a duration of 18 months.

Aessoa Global + Lidocaine (1x1ml)

Aessoa Global Lidocaine for addressing fine lines, diminishing lines around the eyes and mouth, and enhancing lip definition. This skin filler is administered into the middle layer of the skin, where it attracts moisture, encourages cellular renewal, and enhances collagen synthesis, leading to improved texture and hydration. Aessoa Global Lidocaine comprises a substantial amount of hyaluronic acid with cross-linking and 0.3% lidocaine, ensuring a more comfortable treatment experience. The outcomes achieved with Aessoa Global endure for a period of up to 18 months. The package includes: 1 x 1ml prefilled syringe No needles included, but a 30G needle is recommended Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid: 24mg/ml Lidocaine: 3 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Aessoa Global Lidocaine: Provide treatment for fine lines Promote cellular rejuvenation Enhance skin texture Achieve long-lasting effects Targeted areas: Fine lines, contouring of the lips, lines around the eyes and mouth What is the duration of the results? Typically, the outcomes endure for a duration of 18 months.

Belotero Soft + Lidocaine

Belotero Soft Lidocaine presents a special solution for superficial injections to target fine lines and wrinkles, fill him and correct the complexion. With its superior cohesiveness, it is specially formulated to deliver effective binding of water molecules which keeps the skin hydrated from within. Belotero Soft is specifically recommended for delicate areas of skin like crow’s feet and perioral lines. Also added is lidocaine, a powerful topical anesthetic, for a comfort injection. The package includes: 1 x 1ml syringe The advantages of utilizing of Belotero Soft Lidocaine: Addresing fine lines and wrinkles Promoting deep skin hydration Outstanding ability to adhere and retain moisture What is the duration of the results? The length of time varies based on the individual’s lifestyle, age, and specific skin characteristics.

Dermaheal HL

Non-surgical Dermaheal HL treatment can stimulate hair growth and avoid hair loss. This good blood circulation treatment strengthens scalp and provides nutrition to hair and scalp. It includes 56 active ingredients, many of which are biocompatible and naturally promote hair growth, including amino acids and vitamins, and a biomimetic peptide complex. Indications Packaging Composition Side Effects Hair loss 10 vials x 5ml Biomimetic Peptides (Decapeptide-4, Oligopeptide-41, Copper Tripeptide-1), Hyaluronic Acid, Vitamins, Amino Acids, Minerals A little redness, swelling or tenderness at the injection site. Allergy or infection. To use the product, apply it topically only. The recommended standard treatment involves using one vial per treatment, with 1-2 applications per week for a total of 5 sessions.

Dermaheal Stem C'rum SR

Dermaheal Stem C’rum SR represents an upgraded iteration of the conventional SR mesotherapy solution by Caregen. By harnessing the rejuvenating capabilities of peptides and fusing them with the robust regenerative attributes of a stem cell extract, this mesotherapy product effectively tackles an array of skin concerns. Whether it’s wrinkles or skin dryness, you can expect rapid, enduring improvements in skin health from this restorative mesotherapy solution. The package includes: 5ml x 5 vials Ingredients of the product: SODIUM CHLORIDE HUMAN ADIPOCYTE CONDITIONED MEDIA EXTRACT NIACINAMIDE SH-OLIGOPEPTIDE-1 SH-OLIGOPEPTIDE-2 SH-POLYPEPTIDE-1 SH-POLYPEPTIDE-2 SH-POLYPEPTIDE-5 SH-POLYPEPTIDE-11 The advantages of utilizing of Stem C’rum SR: Following a complete treatment regimen (with the recommended dosage of one vial per session, once a week), patients will experience a substantial enhancement in their overall skin condition. This improvement notably extends to the skin’s ability to maintain optimal moisture levels This addresses dryness stemming from various factors, including aging, environmental influences, lifestyle choices, and stressNotably, there is documented evidence of increased collagen production in the skin after just two sessions into the treatment course Product Application Guidelines: Method of application: Utilization with a mesoroller or employing a fractional mesotherapy device. Frequency of application: One session per week, using one vial for each session. Targeted application areas: Facial and neck regions.

M.Booster Body

Dermaheal M.Booster Body is an innovative mesotherapy treatment that can be used to improve the results of body slimming procedures by helping to reduce localized fat deposits and cellulite. Using a unique, patented combination of biomimetic peptides, it prevents lipid storage while encouraging lipolysis, leading to a slimmer, more sculpted look. Packing: 100mgx1vial Ingredients of the product: Tripeptide-41 (CG-Lipoxyn): Prevents lipid accumulation in adipocytes and enhances lipolysis. Oligopeptide-61 (CG-Cellsolin): Initiates lipolysis and provides intensive lifting by stimulating skin cell division and regulating collagen, hyaluronic acid, and fibronectin synthesis processes. Oligopeptide-51 (CG-Purilux): Acts as a skin lightening and brightening agent, prevents photo-aging and age spots, and significantly inhibits melanin synthesis. The advantages of utilizing of Dermaheal M.Booster Body: Increased Lipolysis: Works together with body slimming treatments by increasing tissue lipolysis. Reduction of Cellulite: It helps to target and reduce the visibility of cellulite, resulting in smoother skin texture. Skin Tightening and Lifting: This helps in getting your skin stimulating collagen and hyaluronic acid making it tighter and giving a lift. Skin Brightening: Reduces melanin production leading to better skin tone and less pigmentation. What is the duration of the results? How long the results last will depend on the patient (lifestyle, diet etc.) and the area treated. A series of treatments is usually recommended for best results, with maintenance sessions suggested to maintain the results.

Stem C'rum HL

Stem C'rum

Stem C’rum is an advanced facial treatment serumDermahealthat helps to rejuvenate the skin with its ingredients that ease wrinkles, fine lines, and pigmentation. Its powerful formula encourages skin cell proliferation, contributing to elasticity and overall skin health. Ingredients of the product: Adipose-derived Stem Cell (ASC) Extract Growth Factors: sh-Oligopeptide-1 (CG-EGF), sh-Oligopeptide-2 (CG-IGF1), sh-Polypeptide-1 (CG-bFGF), sh-Polypeptide-2 (CG-TRX), sh-Polypeptide-5 (CG-TGF-ß3), sh-Polypeptide-11 (CG-aFGF) Niacinamide (Vitamin B3) The advantages of utilizing of Dermaheal Stem C’rum: Reducing fine lines and wrinkles: Helps to diminish the appearance of signs of aging by aiding in collagen production. Improves skin elasticity; improves firmness through enhanced elastin synthesis Evens Skin Tone: Reduces Pigmentation, resulting in a more even complexion. Skin hydration: If you dryness miracle of hydration gives you the softer and smoother skin. What is the duration of the results? Results last for different lengths of time depending on skin type and treatment regimen. Usually a series of treatments is suggested, and effects can last for several months.

R[II] Eyes

R(II) EYES is formulated to address fine lines, dark circles, and puffiness around the eyes. This product effectively brightens the eye area and delivers deep hydration upon initial use. The package includes: 1 x 15ml Ingredients of the product: RHA (Resilient hyaluronic acid) DRC (Amino acids, antioxidants, vitamins and minerals) NovHyal (Natural constituent of hyaluronic acid) Escin & Hamamelis extract Hyaluronic Acid Fragments Pigments The advantages of utilizing of R(II) EYES: Preserves skin hydration over an extended period Enhances dermal quality Prevents the emergence of wrinkles, promoting a visibly youthful complexion Alleviates puffiness Provides an instant smoothing and volumizing effect Balances skin tone and enhances radiance Visibly reduces under-eye swelling and dark circles Softens wrinkles and creases Suitable for sensitive skin Product Application Guidelines: You can apply R(II) Eye Contour both in the morning and evening. Gently tap the metallic tip onto the target area using light pressure to cool, promote drainage, and reduce congestion. Then, apply light pressure to the applicator and gently massage until the product is fully absorbed.

Teosyal Global Action Puresense + Lidocaine

Teosyal PureSense Global Action + Lidocaine is a hyaluronic acid-based product specifically created to address facial wrinkles. It is a highly effective and durable solution. This product is suitable for the treatment of moderate wrinkles, skin depressions, mild to moderate nasolabial folds, as well as wrinkles around the mouth and forehead in the middle layer of the skin. To ensure a more comfortable injection experience, the product contains lidocaine, a potent anesthetic. The package includes: 2 x 1ml syringes The advantages of utilizing of Teosyal PureSense Global Action + Lidocaine: The treatment of moderate facial lines and wrinkles. What is the duration of the results? The longevity of the results varies but typically lasts around 9 months. The duration can be influenced by factors such as an individual’s lifestyle, age, and skin type.

Stylage Special Lips Bi-SOFT

Stylage Bi-Soft Special Lips is a specialized product intended to improve the appearance of the lips by adding natural volume and refining their contours. It is ideal for enhancing lip shape, addressing imbalances in upper or lower lip size, smoothing out perioral lines or “smoker’s lines” above the upper lip, and restoring moisture to the lips. The package includes: 1 x 1ml syringe 2 x 30G needles 18,5 mg/g hyaluronic acid Mannitol The advantages of utilizing of Stylage Bi-Soft Special Lips: Improve lip fullness and shape Diminish wrinkles around the mouth Restore moisture to the lips What is the duration of the results? On average, the outcomes can endure for a maximum of 12 months. The length of time may vary depending on personal factors such as lifestyle, age, and skin type.

Stylage Special Lips + Lidocaine Bi-SOFT

Stylage Bi-Soft Special Lips Lidocaine is formulated to delicately enhance the lips, providing a natural plumpness and refining their shape. It’s perfect for correcting asymmetries of the upper or lower lip, reducing perioral lines or smoker’s lines above the upper lip and restoring lip hydration. Lidocaine, one of the strongest potent anesthetics, is added to create a more comfortable injection. The package includes: 1 x 1ml syringe The advantages of utilizing of Stylage Bi-Soft Special Lips Lidocaine: Improve the fullness and shape of the lips Diminish wrinkles around the mouth Restore moisture to the lips What is the duration of the results? Results usually last between 4 and 12 months. Tenure varies from one person to another based on personal aspects like lifestyle, age, skin type.

Stylage M + Lidocaine Bi-SOFT

Stylage Bi-Soft M Lidocaine is specifically formulated for immediate correction of fine lines and wrinkles. It is suitable for filling smaller nasolabial folds, smoothing superficial wrinkles and sagging chin folds, addressing marionette lines, reducing nasal humps or lifting nasal tips, and reshaping earlobes. Stylage Bi-Soft M Lidocaine is also used for rejuvenating the hands by treating volume loss on the back of the hands. It includes lidocaine, a potent anesthetic, to enhance injection comfort. The package includes: 2 x 1ml syringes 2 x 30G 1/2″ needles 20 mg/g Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 0,3% lidocaine The advantages of utilizing of Stylage Bi-Soft M Lidocaine: Address mild wrinkles and fine lines Enhance or reshape the nose and ears Revitalize the appearance of hands What is the duration of the results? On average, the outcomes can endure for a maximum of 12 months. The length of time may vary depending on personal factors such as lifestyle, age, and skin type.

Stylage XL Bi-SOFT

Stylage Bi-Soft XL is a hyaluronic acid-based injectable volumizer created to replenish lost facial volume caused by the natural aging process. By restoring facial volume, Stylage Bi-Soft XL harmonizes the facial features, enhancing the contours of the cheeks, cheekbones, chin, and jawline for a softer, more youthful look. Additionally, Stylage XL can assist in addressing skin sagging. Administer Stylage Bi-Soft XL in the deep dermis or subcutaneous layer. The package includes: 2 x 1ml syringes The advantages of utilizing of Stylage Bi-Soft XL: Revitalize depleted facial volume Reshape and redefine facial contours Address varying degrees of skin sagging What is the duration of the results? On average, the outcomes can endure for a maximum of 12 months. The length of time may vary depending on personal factors such as lifestyle, age, and skin type.

Juvederm Ultra 2 + Lidocaine

Juvederm Ultra 2 Lidocaine dermal filler is used to smooth out moderate to medium facial wrinkles and folds as well as correct depressions around the lips and eyes. Diving into the formula, it has hyaluronic acid — something our own body creates that hydrates and plumps skin. The product also combines lidocaine to ensure a much smoother injection process. Indications Packaging Duration of Effects Product’s origin Correcting superficial wrinkles 2 x 0,55ml syringes Typically, the results can endure for a period of up to 12 months. European Community (EC) Lip enhancement 2 x 30G 1/2″ needles Enhancing lip volume and hydration 24 mg/ml hyaluronic acid Treating perioral lines 0,3% lidocaine

Juvederm Ultra 3 + Lidocaine

Juvederm Ultra 3 Lidocaine indicated for the nasolabial folds, marionette lines, and moderate to deep skin depressions. This dermal filler is also employed for lip fullness and contour. The focused solution operates using the manufacturer’s propriety 3D Matrix technology resulting in long-lasting effects that are visible for up to a year. Designed with a precise blend of crosslinked HA, Juvederm Ultra 3 Lidocaine refreshes skin in an instant. It also has 0.3% of lidocaine in its composition, so the process is painless as well. Product Properties Injection Depth Medium to deep dermis Composition Crosslinked hyaluronic acid (24 mg/ml), lidocaine 0.3%, phosphate buffer (pH 7.2) Duration of Effects 9-12 months Juvederm Ultra 3 Packaging 2 x 1 ml prefilled syringes 4 x 27G½” single use needles 4 traceability labels Package insert Results of an Injection After a Juvederm Ultra 3 treatment, patients may notice the following results: Improved shape and volume of the lips; Fresh, radiant, and youthful skin appearance; More skin hydration, plumpness, firmness, and suppleness. Indications Correction of medium to deep wrinkles occurring around the nose and mouth, such as nasolabial folds and marionette lines; Lip definition and enhancement; Smoothing acne scars; Minor volumetric corrections. Contraindications Juvederm Ultra 3 injections must not be used in: Patients under 18 years old; Women who are pregnant or breastfeeding; Patients suffering from autoimmune diseases; Patients with a history of hypersensitivity to hyaluronic acid or lidocaine; Regions actively undergoing inflammatory and/or infective processes in the skin; Combination with laser treatment, deep chemical peels or dermabrasion Side Effects While Juvederm Ultra 3 injections are often very safe, patients could notice minimal, temporary reactions to the area of injection, including pain, irritation, swelling, bruising, discoloration, lumps or bumps. These negative effects tend to go away on their own after a few days. But if the reactions continue for longer than a week or get worse, patients should see their doctor as soon as possible. Precautions To prevent the risks of potential complications after the procedures, Juvederm Ultra 3 Lidocaine should be performed individually by those who are trained and competent in aesthetic medicine. All standard injection protocols (e.g., aseptic technique) should be followed when applying the treatment, and the choice of injection type should be suited for each clinical situation. After the injection, it should be massaged in order to be distributed uniformly.

Juvederm Volbella + Lidocaine

Juvederm Volbella Lidocaine is an injectable (dermal filler) designed for the vector of augmentation on the lips and the mouth area. Its gentle formula is crop up on adding volume in the lips and make lip contours before you apply any lipstick. The filler has a smooth gel which creates a soft and natural appearing result. Moreover, it can help reduce wrinkles and fine lines on the face. The product is also infused with Lidocaine, a low potency local anaesthetic, and thus is guaranteed to not cause any irritation during the treatment. The package includes: 2 x 1ml syringes 4 x 30G 1/2″ needles Ingredients of the product: 15 mg/ml hyaluronic acid 0,3% lidocaine Juvederm Volbella Lidocaine offers the following advantages: Enhances lip volume Defines lip contours Treats fine lines and wrinkles What is the duration of the results? Results often last for up to 12 months. This product’s origin is from the European Community (EC).

Juvederm Ultra Smile + Lidocaine

Juvederm Ultra Smile Lidocaine is a type of product used specifically for obtaining full, soft and natural appearing lip enhancement. The procedure is used to smoothen fine lines while enhancing the mouth portion. It is designed for lip volume enhancement, lip contouring correction and vertical lines correction around the lip areas. Additionally, it can also address wrinkles around the mouth. Lidocaine is included in the product to make the injection process more comfortable. The package includes: 2 x 0,55ml syringes 2 x 30G 1/2″ needles 24 mg/ml hyaluronic acid 0,3% lidocaine Juvederm Ultra Smile Lidocaine offers the following advantages: Increases the volume of the lips Reshapes lips Treats fine lines around the mouth What is the duration of the results? Usually the results last for up another 12 months. This product’s origin is from the European Community (EC).

Juvederm Volift Retouch + Lidocaine

Juvederm Volift Retouch is a facial filler with properties to smooth, rejuvenate and fill the midface. It helps to minimize nasolabial folds, returning the natural contours to the face. It contains lidocaine to make the injection less painful. The 0.55ml syringes are perfect for touch-up sessions in areas that need less gel to achieve the desired results. The package includes: 2 x 0.55ml syringes 4 x 30G 1/2″ needles 17 mg/ml hyaluronic acid 0,3% lidocaine Juvederm Volift Retouch offers the following advantages: Minimizes nasolabial folds Restores natural contours of the face Suitable for touch-up sessions What is the duration of the results? Typically, the results can endure for a period of up to 15 months. This product’s origin is from the European Community (EC).

Juvederm Ultra 4 + Lidocaine

Juvederm Ultra 4 Lidocaine is used for the treatment of deep skin depressions as a hyaluronic acid-based filler. It is used to volumize and lift serious facial wrinkles and creases especially those around the mouth and on the nose aread, as well as to define the cheeks and chin. The product also includes lidocaine to make the injection process more comfortable. Benefits of usage Packaging Duration of Effects Product’s origin Improves the appearance of significant wrinkles and lines on the face 2 x 1ml syringes Typically, the results can endure for a period of up to 12 months. This product’s origin is from the European Community (EC). Adds volume to the cheeks and chin 4 x 27G 1/2″ needles 24 mg/ml hyaluronic acid 0,3% lidocaine

Juvederm Volite + Lidocaine

Juvederm Volite Lidocaine is an injectable product that varies of hyaluronic acid highly tailored to improve and coat the quality of the skin. It is meant to increase skin elasticity, hydration, and smoothness. Utilizing VYCROSS technology by leveraging a combination of low and high molecular weight HA, this works through the cross-linking process between HA chains for ultimate efficacy. The package includes: 2 x 1ml syringes 4 x 32G needles 1/2″ 12 mg/ml Hyaluronic acid 0,3% Lidocaine Glysine-L-Proline Juvederm Volite Lidocaine offers the following advantages: Enhances skin texture and quality Improves smoothness, hydration, and elasticity of skin What is the duration of the results? Usually the results last between 6-9 months although this does depend on personal factor. This product’s origin is from the European Community (EC).

Juvederm Volift + Lidocaine

Juvederm Volift Lidocaine is an injectable dermal filler made to correct more significant skin lines and wrinkles. It is also a good choice for volume midface and lips. The inclusion of lidocaine in the product means that a person is in for a much more pleasant treatment process and also less pain. The package includes: 2 x 1ml syringes 4 x 30G 1/2″ needles Ingredients of the product: 17,5 mg/ml Hyaluronic acid 3 mg/ml Lidocaine The advantages of utilizing of Juvederm Volift Lidocaine: Address more pronounced facial lines and wrinkles Revitalize facial volume and enhance contours Targeted areas include the cheeks, cheekbones, and chin Usage: Injections of Juvederm Volift Lidocaine are performed in the deep dermis. Product is administered by injection into the dermis or mucous membrane of the lips. What is the duration of the results? Typically, the effects can persist for a duration of approximately 15 months.

Juvederm Volux + Lidocaine

Juvéderm Volux Lidocaine is a cross-linked, non animal-derived, medium-density HA gel that contains lidocaine for increased comfort during treatment. The gel itself is superior in density to ensure maximum volume and regenerative improvements in facial contouring; this makes it perfect for glabellar line treatment as well as anti-wrinkle therapy and skin surface irregularities. The unique formula can equally be utilized for volume loss in the chin and jawline. Results are natural appearing and last up to 18-24 months. The package includes: 2 x 1ml syringe 4 x 27G 1/2″ needle Juvéderm Volux Lidocaine offers the following advantages: Restores and add volume to the face Smooths out glabellar lines and wrinkles Improves the facial shape overall What is the duration of the results? Depending on the patient, the effects can last longer or shorter, however Allergan Laboratories intended for this product to last anywhere from 18 to 24 months. This product’s origin is from the European Community (EC).

Super Brightening

Dermaheal LL

Dermaheal LL is a treatment that helps dissolve stubborn fat deposits in the body, including visible cellulite. This non-surgical procedure effectively removes localized fat deposits while also regenerating and improving skin elasticity. The treatment is recommended for use on areas such as the knees, thighs, hips, abdomen, and chin. After treatment with Dermaheal LL, the results include a more contoured and slimmer appearance of the treated area. Benefits of usage Packaging Recommended usage Treatment ares Dissolves stubborn fat in localized areas 10 vials x 5ml Dermaheal LL should be used topically and applied 2-4 times during a 6-8 week period for optimal results Knees; Results in slimming and contouring of the treated areas thighs; hips; abdomen and chin.

Dermaheal SB

Dermaheal SB is a skin brightening and skin tone unifying treatment that reduces and prevents hyperpigmentation. It helps to leave skin smooth, soft and radiant for a more youthful, fresh appearance. Benefits of usage Packaging Duration of Effects Side Effects Helps in achieving a brighter skin tone 10 vials x 5ml 3-6 months Mild redness, swelling, bruising at injection site Reduces hyperpigmentation Temporary irritation, itching Results in a smoother, softer, and more radiant skin Sensitivity, rash, allergic reactions To use Dermaheal SB, apply it topically once a week for 4 weeks during the initial treatment phase. For maintenance, use the product every two months.

Dermaheal HSR

Dermaheal HSR is a skin rejuvenation treatment that is specially designed to moisturize dry and mature skin and also to prevent fine lines and wrinkles. Hyaluronic acid, which is a great source of hydration, is also present in the solution, which helps to promote newly plumper, shining, and glimmering skin. With continued use, Dermaheal HSR can improve overall skin condition, increase skin elasticity, smooth out sagging and aged skin, reduce scarring, and minimize pores. Benefits of usage Packaging Recommended usage Side Effects Contains hydrating properties that help keep the skin’s moisture balance 10 vials x 5ml Once a week for four weeks, with maintenance treatments every two months Mild redness, swelling, bruising at injection site Improves skin elasticity through collagen production Temporary discomfort, itching, or tenderness Promotes cell turnover and makes skin look plumper, which instantly reduces fine lines and wrinkles Rare allergic reactions Leaves the skin refreshed and renewed Represents an ideal choice for people with mature and dry skin

Dermaheal SR

Dermaheal SR is an anti-aging product, reducing wrinkles and fine lines. This treatment includes ingredients that help create new skin cells and skin renewal. It also encourages and reinforces skin elasticity by increasing collagen and elastin production. Moreover, the product moisturizes dry skin and brings out youthful, smoother, glowing skin. Benefits of usage Packaging Duration of Effects Side Effects Reduces wrinkles, fine lines 10 vials x 5ml Up to 6 months Mild redness, swelling, bruising at injection site Ontogenies the skin through stimulating new skin cells expansion Temporary tenderness or itching Stimulates collagen and elastin synthesis to improve skin’s elasticity Allergic reactions Balances moisture level Dermaheal SR is administered at weekly intervals in 5 sessions, using 1 vial per treatment. There may be some mild redness on skin after the treatment. Dermaheal SR is for topical use only.

Stylage L + Lidocaine Bi-SOFT

Stylage Bi-Soft L Lidocaine is specifically formulated to immediately address deep wrinkles and folds in the deep dermis. It is recommended for filling medium to deep nasolabial folds, smoothing wrinkled and sagging areas, improving marionette lines, reducing nasal humps or lifting nasal tips, reshaping earlobes, and addressing cheek wrinkles and hollow temple areas. Stylage Bi-Soft L Lidocaine is also suitable for rejuvenating the hands by treating volume loss on the back of the hands. The product includes lidocaine, a potent anesthetic, to enhance injection comfort. The package includes: 2 x 1ml syringes 4 x 27G 1/2″ needles 24 mg/g Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 0,3% lidocaine The advantages of utilizing of Stylage Bi-Soft L Lidocaine: Address moderate to severe wrinkles and folds Refine or reshape the nose and ears Revitalize the hands What is the duration of the results? Typically, the effects can endure for a maximum of 12 months. However, the longevity of the results is contingent upon factors such as the person’s lifestyle, age, and skin type.

Stylage S Bi-SOFT

Stylage Bi-Soft S is specifically designed to improve the appearance of superficial lines and wrinkles in the face. Stylage S is ideal to use in thin and sensitive areas, where the first visible signs of ageing begin to emerge: around the eyes, lips and between the eyebrows. The package includes: 2 x 0,8ml syringes 4 x 30G 1/2″ needles 20 mg/g Cross-linked hyaluronic acid The advantages of utilizing of Stylage Bi-Soft S: Address shallow wrinkles and lines Provide treatment for delicate and sensitive regions Diminish initial signs of aging What is the duration of the results? On average, the outcomes can endure for a maximum of 12 months. The length of time may vary depending on personal factors such as lifestyle, age, and skin type.

Stylage XL + Lidocaine Bi-SOFT

Stylage Bi-Soft XL Lidocaine is an injectable hyaluronic acid volumizer specifically formulated to replenish facial volume that diminishes with time. By restoring facial volume, Stylage Bi-Soft XL Lidocaine achieves a harmonious balance in facial features, reshaping the cheeks, cheekbones, chin, and jawline for a fuller, softer, and more youthful appearance. Additionally, Stylage Bi-Soft XL Lidocaine can aid in addressing skin sagging. Administer Stylage XL Lidocaine in the deep dermis or subcutaneous layer. It includes lidocaine, a potent anesthetic, for enhanced injection comfort. The package includes: 2 x 1ml syringes 2 x 23G & 2 x 27G needles 26 mg/ml Sodium hyaluronate 0,3% lidocaine The advantages of utilizing of Stylage Bi-Soft XL Lidocaine: Replenish depleted facial volume Reshape facial characteristics Address varying degrees of skin sagging What is the duration of the results? On average, the outcomes can endure for a maximum of 12 months. The length of time may vary depending on personal factors such as lifestyle, age, and skin type.

Stylage L Bi-SOFT

Stylage Bi-Soft L is specially formulated to enhance the appearance of deep wrinkles in the deep dermis. This product is recommended for filling medium to deep nasolabial folds, smoothing wrinkled and sagging areas, addressing marionette lines, cheek wrinkles, hollow temple area, reducing nasal humps or lifting the nasal tip, and reshaping earlobes. Stylage Bi-Soft L is also suitable for rejuvenating the hands, including treating volume loss on the back of the hands. The package includes: 2 x 1ml syringes 4 x 27G 1/2″ needles 24 mg/g Cross-linked hyaluronic acid The advantages of utilizing of Stylage Bi-Soft L: Address moderate to deep wrinkles and folds Improve the appearance of the nose and ears Revitalize the hands What is the duration of the results? Typically, the outcomes can endure for a period of 12 months. However, the longevity is influenced by factors such as the person’s lifestyle, age, and skin type.

Stylage Hydro Bi-SOFT

Stylage Bi-Soft Hydro works to restore hydration to the skin, elasticity and firmness. Perfect for refreshing the face, neck, décolleté area, and treating the hands. Stylage Hydro is injected into the superficial dermis or deep dermis. The package includes: 1 x 1ml syringe 2 x 30G needles 14 mg/ml Sodium Hyaluronate Mannitol The advantages of utilizing of Stylage Bi-Soft Hydro: Restore the moisture content of the skin Improve skin elasticity and firmness What is the duration of the results? Generally, the effects last for 2 to 4 months. The time frame can differ based on the lifestyle, age, and skin type of the individual.

Jalupro HMW

Jalupro HMW is an injectable solution made up of a unique combination of amino acids that work together to act as a “dermal biorevitalizer”. It effectively reduces skin depressions caused by aging, wrinkles, and scars. This solution is sterile, resorbable, and can be injected to treat skin defects and depressions caused by wrinkles and scars. Indications Packaging Duration of Effects Side Effects Corrects skin defects caused by scars Amps + Syringe 1 x 1,5ml + 1 x 100mg Effects typically last for a duration of 6 months Redness, swelling, bruising at injection site The results are visible immediately after the first treatment Allergic reactions, hypersensitivity, itching. This product’s origin is from the European Community (EC).

Jalupro Amino Acid

Jalupro Amino Acid is an injectable solution that is sterile, resorbable, and acts as a dermal biorevitalizer to enhance skin texture and reduce the appearance of wrinkles on the face. Jalupro can be used as an additional treatment in combination with physical or chemical treatments such as peeling, laser therapy, dermoabrasion, radiofrequency, dermal filler, botulinum toxin, etc. It is useful for treating photo-aging and anti-aging of the face and body, especially for light and medium degrees of aging. It is also effective for treating stretch marks and preparing, improving, and prolonging the results of different aesthetic procedures. Jalupro is suitable for use before and after surgery. Benefts of usage Packaging Duration of Effects Side Effects Diminishes the look of fine lines and improve skin texture. 2 sterile bottles containing amino acids Effects may last up to several months. Mild redness or swelling at the injection site The effects of the treatment are most prominent after a few months but usually only last six months. 2 sterile vials containing Sodium Hyaluronate Itching or discomfort Jalupro Amino Acid can be used before sun exposure and is particularly effective for mature skin. Hypersensitivity reactions (rare) Bruising (temporary)

Restylane Refyne + Lidocaine

Restylane Refyne Lidocaine is a gel-based filler that lifts and smooths moderate wrinkles and lines. Construction with Optimal Balance Technology (OPT) allows the filler to integrate beautifully with the skin. It also includes lidocaine, a powerful anaesthetic, to make the injection comfortable. The package includes 1 x 1ml syringe 2 x 30G 1/2″ needles Primary components 20 mg/ml Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 3 mg/ml Lidocaine The advantages of utilising Restylane Refyne Lidocaine Diminishes moderate wrinkles and lines Reduces visible nasolabial folds and marionette lines What is the duration of the results? Visible effects are immediately noticeable after the initial treatment. Results typically last for 6 to 9 months, although in certain cases, they may extend to up to a year. Results vary on personal factors such like skin type, age, lifestyle.

Restylane Vital Skinboosters

Restylane Vital SB is a specific dermal filler designed for skin biorevitalization. It is often used after face resurfacing or peeling, which can be helpful in the recovery of the skin in case of a wound. This is qualified for all epitheliums. Its main component is synthetic hyaluronic acid with a long-lasting retention period in the skin, since the individual components do not disintegrate. This phenomenon in the rejuvenation process is done by providing the substance inside the cells as a result of that encourage the synthesis of collagen and elastin fibers. This makes the skin softer and wrinkles are visibly smoothed, which gives a more youthful appearance. The package includes: SYRINGE WITH GEL NEEDLE 29G 1/2 – 3 PCS INSTRUCTIONS The advantages of utilising Restylane Vital SB: More independent and defined shape: face and neck More uniform and aligned texture on problem areas. More better skin color and looks more fresh externally Fine lines and acne marks fade effortlessly, leaving a smoothed-out look. It maintains a adequate hydration lining all the tissues to prevent drying out. It improves skin tightness and elasticity. What is the duration of the results? Their skin stays looking fresh and rejuvenated for about six to nine months after treatment.

Restylane Kysse Lidocaine

Restylane Kysse Lidocaine, a lip filler designed to augment and volumize the lips. This is designed to enhance lip fullness and define the contour for lush, soft, beautiful lips. This type of gel, made with hyaluronic acid, integrates easily with the soft lip tissue and to result in reduced swelling. It also contains lidocaine, a strong anesthetic for a more painless injection process. The package includes 1 x 1ml syringe 2 x 30G 1/2″ needles Primary components 20 mg/ml Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 3 mg/ml Lidocaine The advantages of utilizing of Restylane Kysse Lidocaine: Increase lip volume Improve lip contour What is the duration of the results? Visible outcomes are immediate following the initial procedure. Typically, the effects persist for a duration of 6 to 9 months on average. Occasionally, results may endure for up to a year, which is contingent upon individual factors such as skin type, age, lifestyle, and the techniques employed by the medical professional.

Restylane + Lidocaine

Restylane + Lidocaine is utilized to enhance the volume and plumpness of the skin, as well as to rectify fine lines and wrinkles found between the eyebrows, on the forehead, and the lines extending from the nose to the mouth (nasolabial folds). It is also suitable for lip augmentation purposes. And contains lidocaine, a strong anesthetic, to make for a more tolerable injection. The package includes 1 x 1ml syringe 2 x needles Primary components 20 mg/ml hyaluronic acid 3 mg/ml Lidocaine The advantages of utilizing of Restylane + Lidocaine Addressing fine lines, wrinkles, and folds Enhancing the lips What is the duration of the results? Immediate results are observed after the initial treatment. Typically, the outcomes can endure for a period of 6 to 9 months.

Restylane Vital + Lidocaine Skinboosters

Restylane Vital SB Lidocaine is specially designed for mature or sun-damaged skin. It’s intended to be utilized on the face, lips, hands, neck and décolletage. Restylane Vital SB Lidocaine restore overall quality of skin, moisturizes the skin, smoothness, elasticity, and firmness. Contains lidocaine which is a powerful anaesthetic that makes the injection process far more pleasant. The package includes 1 x 1ml syringe 3 x needles 20 mg/ml hyaluronic acid 3 mg/ml Lidocaine The advantages of utilising Restylane Vital SB Lidocaine Intensive moisturising for the deeper layers of the skin Enhancement of skin’s overall condition The revitalisation of mature skin What is the duration of the results? The suggested treatment plan consists of a series of three or more injections, with each injection administered every four weeks. The duration of the effects typically ranges up to nine months, influenced by factors such as age and lifestyle.

Restylane Lyft

Restylane Lyft is a colorless, sterile solution of stabilized hyaluronic acid of non-animal origin. It is used for facial contouring, folds correction, and lip volumization. The package includes 1 x 1.0ml syringes Primary components: Hyaluronic Acid (non-cross linked) The advantages of utilizing of Restylane Lyft: Restores lost volume Correcting nasolabial folds Augmenting the cheeks What is the duration of the results? On the whole, the results generally last for 6–9 months, in some cases even up to a year. This may depend on your skin type, age, lifestyle, and technique used when implemented but the effects can last anywhere from 6+ months.

Restylane Vital Light Skinboosters

Restylane Vital Light SB helps improve the elasticity and moisture of your skin. By using Restylane Skinbooster, it is possible to enhance and tighten sensitive skin. This treatment yields exceptional outcomes, particularly in areas with thin skin or challenging areas like the décolleté and neck. Restylane Vital Light also effectively reduces wrinkles, perioral wrinkles, and crow’s feet around the eyes. Consequently, your skin appears revitalised, soft, and vibrant. The package includes 1 syringe/injection of 1 ml Primary components The concentration of hyaluronic acid gel is 12mg/ml The advantages of utilising Restylane Vital Light SB Improved skin hydration and flexibility Enhanced glow and luminosity of the skin Diminished appearance of fine lines What is the duration of the results? We suggest undergoing a series of 3 or more injections with a 4-week gap between sessions to achieve optimal outcomes. The beneficial effects of the treatment can endure for up to 9 months. The duration may vary depending on age, skin type, physical activity, and the technique employed.

Restylane Defyne + Lidocaine

This gel-like filler is designed to create a more youthful, elevated appearance. Restylane Defyne + Lidocaine was developed for use in deep facial wrinkles and folds, as well as for restoring loss of volume in the skin. This filler is especially well-suited to address deep nasolabial lines. It also has lidocaine, a powerful anesthetic, added for injection comfort. The package includes: 1 x 1ml syringe 2 x 27G 1/2″ needles Primary components: 20 mg/ml Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 3 mg/ml Lidocaine The advantages of utilizing of Restylane Defyne Lidocaine: Addresses deep wrinkles and lines Diminishes nasolabial folds and marionette lines What is the duration of the results? Normally, these effects can last for 6 to 9 months. Results can sometimes last for a year, depending on personal factors such as skin type, age, lifestyle and the exact method the health care professional uses.

Restylane Lyft + Lidocaine

Restylane Lyft Lidocaine is an injectable hyaluronic acid filler indicated for deep layers of the skin to treat deep facial folds and wrinkles, nasolabial folds, forehead wrinkles, chin and cheeks. The product includes lidocaine for a more comfortable injection. The package includes 1 x 1ml syringe 2 x needles Primary components 20 mg/ml hyaluronic acid 3 mg/ml Lidocaine The advantages of utilizing of Restylane Lyft Lidocaine Addressing moderate to severe facial creases and wrinkles Increasing volume in the cheeks What is the duration of the results? Visible effects are immediate after the initial treatment. Typically, the outcomes can persist for a period ranging from 6 to 9 months.

Restylane Volyme + Lidocaine

Restylane Volyme Lidocaine is an injectable, gel-based filler that sculptures the face and boosts volume. This is used to restore lost facial volume on the cheeks, chin and jawline, helping to define facial features. This incorporates a powerful anaesthetic by lidocaine to ease pain during the injection. The package includes 1 x 1ml syringe 2 x 27G 1/2″ needles Primary components: 20 mg/ml Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 3 mg/ml Lidocaine The advantages of utilising Restylane Volyme Lidocaine: Replenish volume in the face, particularly in the cheeks and zygomatic area Enhance the appearance of the chin Refine the contours of the jawline What is the duration of the results? Visible effects are immediately noticeable after the initial treatment. The effects can usually be held for 6 to 9 months. But in some of the cases, even up to a year extends the results, depending on personal factor like skin type, age, lifestyle, technique used by the healthcare professional.

Stylage S + Lidocaine Bi-SOFT

Stylage Bi-Soft S Lidocaine is specially formulated to enhance the look of fine lines and wrinkles on the face. It is particularly suitable for application on delicate and sensitive areas, where the initial signs of aging manifest, such as around the eyes, lips, and between the eyebrows. This product includes lidocaine, a potent anesthetic, for a more pleasant injection experience. The package includes: 2 x 0,8ml syringes 4 x 30G 1/2″ needles 16 mg/g Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 0,3% lidocaine The advantages of utilizing of Stylage Bi-Soft S Lidocaine: Improve the appearance of fine lines and wrinkles on the surface Address delicate and sensitive areas Diminish initial signs of aging What is the duration of the results? On average, the outcomes can endure for a maximum of 12 months. The length of time may vary depending on personal factors such as lifestyle, age, and skin type.

Stylage M Bi-SOFT

Stylage Bi-Soft M is specifically formulated to immediately address fine lines and wrinkles on the surface of the skin. It is suitable for filling smaller nasolabial folds, smoothing and tightening superficial wrinkles and sagging chin folds, reducing nasal humps or lifting nasal tips, reshaping earlobes, and performing hand rejuvenation, including treating volume loss on the back of the hands. The package includes: 2 x 1ml syringes 4 x 30G needles 20 mg/g Cross-linked hyaluronic acid Mannitol The advantages of utilizing of Stylage Bi-Soft M: Address fine surface wrinkles and lines Modify or reshape the nose and ears Revitalize the hands What is the duration of the results? Typically, the outcomes can endure for a period of 12 months. The length of time may vary based on factors such as the person’s lifestyle, age, and skin type.

Aquashine BR (1x2ml)

This dermal filler is made of non-crosslinked hyaluronic acid, a complex of biomimetic peptides, as well as a revitalization complex containing vitamins, minerals, amino acids and nucleic acids. By using Revofil Aquashine BR Soft Filler, the skin can gain energy and flexibility. Not only that, but it can actually treat or prevent problems such as hyperpigmentation, and also hydrates the skin because sodium hyaluronate attracts water. The package includes: 1 prefilled 2.0ml syringe 1 packaging insert 2 traceability labels Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid (15mg/ml) oligopeptide-34 acetyl decapeptide-3 oligopeptide-24 oligopeptide-72 The advantages of utilizing of Revofil Aquashine BR: Enhancing the appearance of the face Reducing the visibility of small lines and shallow creases Treating hyperpigmentation and skin toning Hydrating the skin Tightening and firming the skin Target areas: forehead, marionette lines, nasolabial folds, perioral lines, neck, chest What is the duration of the results? The effects of Revofil Aquashine BR can endure for approximately 12 months. The desired outcome is a vibrant, hydrated, and flawlessly rejuvenated skin.

Aquashine PTx (1x2ml)

Aquashine PTx is specifically designed for addressing moderate to severe facial wrinkles, such as nasolabial folds, and to revitalize aging skin. It is also used to restore facial contours, such as the forehead, perioral wrinkles, and wrinkles above the upper lip. Aquashine PTx has a unique blend of Sodium Hyaluronate and peptide complex which stimulates new collagen formation, skin elasticity, and skin hydration for a moisturized appearance with long-term rejuvenation. Dynamic wrinkles are successfully reduced and volume is provided and the skin is lifted and the firmness of the skin is improved with this mesotherapy treatment. The package includes: 1 x 2 ml syringes The advantages of utilizing of Aquashine PTx: Restores youthful appearance to aging skin Reduces the appearance of wrinkles and folds Enhances collagen synthesis Firms and plumps sagging skin Increases elasticity and nourishes skin What is the duration of the results? The effects can persist for a duration of 10-12 months, influenced by the individual’s lifestyle, age, and skin characteristics.

Aquashine Soft Filler

Revofil Aquashine Soft Filler intravenous filler and skinbooster is used by injection for meso-therapy and improved skin tone. It contains unstabilized hyaluronic acid, biomimetic peptides complex, and revitalization complex, including vitamins, minerals, amino acids, and nucleic acids. The package includes: 1 x 2ml prefilled syringe 1 packaging insert 2 traceability labels Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid (15mg/ml) Oligopeptide-34 Acetyl decapeptide-3 Oligopeptide-24 Oligopeptide-72 The advantages of utilizing of Revofil Aquashine Soft Filler: Reviving the facial appearance Diminishing fine lines and surface-level wrinkles Hydrating and nourishing the skin Promoting skin firmness and tightening Target areas: forehead, marionette lines, nasolabial folds, perioral lines, neck, chest What is the duration of the results? The effects of Revofil Aquashine Soft Filler can be observed for a duration of 12 months. During this time, the anticipated outcome is rejuvenated, hydrated, and visibly smoother skin with a radiant appearance.

Teosyal RHA Kiss + Lidocaine

Teosyal RHA Kiss Lidocaine is the latest addition to the Teosyal LipUnique Collection, a range of five hyaluronic acid dermal fillers specifically designed to address fine lines and add volume to the lips. Teosyal RHA Kiss is primarily used as a lip filler to enhance lip volume and contour, as well as to diminish facial wrinkles such as perioral lines. When compared to RHA 2, Teosyal RHA Kiss offers the same premium composition and rheological properties but in a smaller volume of 0.7ml. This smaller volume ensures more natural-looking results. The unique formula of Teosyal RHA Kiss provides several advantages, including the ability to reshape the lips and provide subtle dynamic volume. It possesses high stretch and medium strength, making it suitable for lip reshaping using a minimal amount of gel. For lip treatment, Teosyal RHA Kiss should be injected into the mucosa, while for fine lines correction, it is recommended to inject it into the mid-dermis. Teosyal RHA Kiss Lidocaine is particularly suitable for individuals seeking a lip enhancement that appears natural and refreshed. The package includes: 2 syringes x 0,7 ml Essential components: 23 mg/mL Hyaluronic acid concentration 0,3% Lidocaine The advantages of utilizing of Teosyal RHA Kiss Lidocaine: Restores lost volume. Reshapes lip contour using a minimal amount of gel. Exhibits high stretch and medium strength. What is the duration of the results? Teosyal RHA Kiss Lidocaine typically provides results that last between 6 to 8 months. It’s important to note that individual results may vary based on factors such as age, lifestyle, and skin type.

Teosyal Ultimate Puresense + Lidocaine

Teosyal PureSense Ultimate + Lidocaine is an exceptional filler that provides volumizing effects, specifically developed to replenish lost volume in broad regions like the cheeks, jawline, and temples, in order to enhance facial contours. It is intended for use in the subcutaneous or pre-periosteum tissue. The formulation includes lidocaine, a potent anesthetic, to ensure a more comfortable injection experience. The package includes: 2 x 1ml syringes The advantages of utilizing of Teosyal PureSense Ultimate + Lidocaine: Replenish depleted volume in the face Target regions: expansive areas such as the cheeks, jawline, and temples What is the duration of the results? Typically, the outcomes can endure for a period of up to 18 months. However, the specific duration is influenced by factors such as the individual’s lifestyle, age, and skin type.

Teosyal Kiss Puresense + Lidocaine

Teosyal PureSense Kiss + Lidocaine specializes in lip enhancement, be it for contouring or volumizing. Its elasticity is scientifically designed for the express purpose of accommodating the natural movements of the lips. Teosyal PureSense Kiss designed lip reshape, volumising and lip hydration, mouth wrinkles. This product contain lidocaine, a local anesthetic, to further help with comfort during the injection. The package includes: 2 syringes, each containing 1ml The advantages of utilizing of Teosyal PureSense Kiss + Lidocaine: Enhances lip volume Refines lip contours Reduces mouth wrinkles What is the duration of the results? Generally the results are lasting 9 months. But individual lifestyle, age, and skin type can play a role in how long they last.

Teosyal Redensity I Puresense + Lidocaine (2x1ml)

Teosyal PureSense Redensity I + Lidocaine is a splendid skin booster that applies hyaluronic acid to protect the skin from early aging, restore skin density and maintain its natural glow. It also targets dryness, loss of firmness, sun damage and more on your face, neck and décolletage. The package includes: 2 x 1ml syringes The advantages of utilizing of Teosyal PureSense Redensity I + Lidocaine: Firms and tightens the skin Prevents the aging process Restores skin density What is the duration of the results? Results typically last up to 18 months. Exact duration depends on things like your lifestyle, age, and skin type.

Teosyal Deep Lines Puresense + Lidocaine

Teosyal PureSense Deep Lines + Lidocaine is specifically designed to effectively fill and smooth out deep, prominent wrinkles. With its optimal viscoelastic properties, Teosyal PureSense Deep Lines is expertly suited for treating severe nasolabial folds and marionette lines. To ensure a more comfortable injection, the product includes lidocaine, a potent anesthetic. The package includes: 2 x 1ml syringes The advantages of utilizing of Teosyal PureSense Deep Lines + Lidocaine: Targets deep wrinkles Focus areas: Nasolabial folds and marionette lines What is the duration of the results? Generally, the results can last for up to 9 months. However, the duration may vary based on individual factors such as lifestyle, age, and skin type.

Teosyal Redensity II Puresense + Lidocaine

Teosyal PureSense Redensity II + Lidocaine is an advanced gel formulation specifically created to address the unique needs of the delicate and sensitive eye area. This product combines both cross-linked and non-cross-linked hyaluronic acid to effectively target under-eye circles and hollow eye-circles. By utilizing a blend of carefully selected ingredients, Teosyal PureSense Redensity II promotes cellular regeneration, enhances skin structure, and safeguards against oxidation. These actions contribute to improving the overall quality of the skin and providing a natural, long-lasting solution for tired-looking eyes. Please note that Teosyal PureSense Redensity II is not suitable for treating sunken under-eye circles and malar bags. The package includes: 2 x 1 ml syringes 2 x 30G ½ needles Ingredients of the product: 15 mg/ml Hyaluronic Acid 8 Amino acids – Arginine, Glycine, Isoleucine, Leucine, Lysine, Proline, Threonine and Valine 3 Antioxidants – Alphalipoic Acid, Glutathion and N-acetyl-L-cysteine 2 Minerals – Copper and Zinc Vitamin B6 0,3% Lidocaine The advantages of utilizing of Teosyal PureSense Redensity II + Lidocaine: Targeted area: The delicate and sensitive eye area Effective treatment for under-eye circles and hollow eye-circles Specifically designed for tear trough treatment What is the duration of the results? Typically, the results of Teosyal PureSense Redensity II can last between 9 to 12 months. However, the duration may vary depending on factors such as lifestyle, age, and skin type.

Teosyal RHA 1 + Lidocaine

Teosyal RHA 1 Lidocaine is a hyaluronic acid-based wrinkle filler product that is formulated to support the skin’s movement and maintain the natural vitality and smoothness of the face. It is specifically designed to address superficial and fine wrinkles. The inclusion of lidocaine in Teosyal RHA 1 Lidocaine ensures a more comfortable injection experience due to its powerful anesthetic properties. The package includes: 2 x 1ml syringes The advantages of utilizing of Teosyal RHA 1 Lidocaine: The preservation of skin vitality and softness The treatment of superficial and fine wrinkles Areas: cheeks, nasolabial folds, forehead, and crow’s feet What is the duration of the results? The duration of the results generally lasts for several months. However, the exact length depends on factors such as an individual’s lifestyle, age, and skin type.

Teosyal RHA 4 + Lidocaine

Teosyal RHA 4 Lidocaine is a hyaluronic acid-based wrinkle filler product designed to support the skin’s natural movements and maintain the face’s vitality and softness. It is specifically formulated to add volume to the deeper layers of the skin and address concerns such as skin depressions and sagging. The inclusion of lidocaine in Teosyal RHA 4 Lidocaine ensures a more comfortable injection experience due to its powerful anesthetic properties. The package includes: 2 x 1,2ml syringes The advantages of utilizing of Teosyal RHA 4 Lidocaine: Preserving the vitality and softness of the skin Creating volume in targeted areas Treating skin depressions and sagging skin. Areas of treatment: cheeks, nasolabial folds, forehead, and crow’s feet What is the duration of the results? The duration of the results typically lasts for several months. However, the specific length of time can vary depending on factors such as an individual’s lifestyle, age, and skin type.

Teosyal RHA 2 + Lidocaine

Teosyal RHA 2 Lidocaine is a hyaluronic acid-based wrinkle filler product that aims to enhance the skin’s natural movements and maintain the softness and vitality of the face. It is specifically formulated to address prominent wrinkles that are more apparent than fine lines. Additionally, Teosyal RHA 2 Lidocaine can be utilized to add volume to the lips. To ensure a more comfortable injection, the product includes lidocaine, a potent anesthetic. The package includes: 2 x 1ml syringes The advantages of utilizing of Teosyal RHA 2 Lidocaine: Maintain the health and smoothness of the skin Address wrinkles Enhance lip volume Targeted areas include the cheeks, nasolabial folds, forehead, and crow’s feet What is the duration of the results? Typically, the effects endure for a few months. The timeframe is contingent upon factors such as one’s lifestyle, age, and skin type.

Teosyal RHA 3 + Lidocaine

Teosyal RHA 3 Lidocaine is a hyaluronic acid-based wrinkle filler product that aims to enhance the skin’s natural movements and maintain the softness and vitality of the face. It is specifically formulated to address more pronounced wrinkles that are deeper in nature. Additionally, Teosyal RHA 3 Lidocaine can be utilized to add volume to the lips. To ensure a more comfortable injection, the product includes lidocaine, a potent anesthetic. The package includes: 2 x 1ml syringes The advantages of utilizing of Teosyal RHA 3 Lidocaine: Maintain the health and smoothness of the skin Address more prominent wrinkles Enhance lip volume Targeted areas include the cheeks, nasolabial folds, forehead, and crow’s feet What is the duration of the results? Typically, the outcomes endure for a few months. The length of time varies based on factors such as an individual’s lifestyle, age, and skin type.

Nithya Body

Nithya Body, formulated with potent collagen powder, stimulates the regeneration of connective tissue, resulting in long-lasting beautification and rejuvenation of the entire body’s skin. This product effectively addresses various skin imperfections such as laxity, hypotrophy, skin hypotonia, and diminished skin elasticity. With just a few treatment sessions, typically requiring only three, the skin on the entire body appears noticeably fresher, firmer, and notably more youthful. Nithya Body enhances the skin’s elasticity and effectively diminishes a pale and unattractive complexion. Product properties Benfits of usage Packaging Duration of Effects Side Effects Restores volume in various body areas 1 vials x 200 mg Typically, the effects of this product become apparent approximately 10 days after the initial application, although individual experiences may vary. Rare, Mild skin irritation in some individuals Positively impacts the body’s own collagen production over an extended period Occasional allergic reactions Promotes regeneration of connective tissue in the dermis Enhances skin firmness and elasticity; addresses and eliminates skin imperfections

Nithya Face

Nithya Face is a product that rejuvenates and enhances the skin on the face, neck, décolleté, and hands. It contains powdered collagen, which can be mixed with distilled water or saline solution to promote a tighter and plumper skin texture. This product effectively addresses skin concerns such as minor wrinkles, acne scars, and stretch marks, providing long-lasting and impactful results. With just a few Nithya Face treatments, the connective tissue in the dermis can be regenerated and stimulated, effectively boosting skin elasticity and preserving a youthful, radiant appearance. Product properties Benefits of usage Packaging Duration of Effects Side Effects Diminishes the appearance of wrinkles 3 vials x 70 mg Typically, noticeable results from Nithya Face treatments become visible around 10 days after the initial session. However, individual experiences may vary. Mild skin irritation, redness Reestablishes the integrity and feel of the skin’s connective tissue Dryness, peeling, temporary darkening of skin Revitalizes the skin Alleviates fine wrinkles, dryness, and signs of aging Permanently minimizes skin concerns like fine lines, acne scars, and stretch marks Imparts a revitalized and radiant appearance to the skin

Neauvia Organic Hydro Deluxe Man (2x1ml)

Neauvia Hydro Deluxe Man is a mesotherapy filler specifically designed for men, taking into account the unique characteristics of male skin tissue. This injectable filler combines cross-linked Hyaluronic Acid and CaHA to deeply hydrate the skin and support collagen balance. Neauvia Deluxe Man is effective in addressing fine lines, reducing the visibility of scars, and enhancing overall skin quality through its mesotherapy properties. It is worth noting that all Neauvia products, including those containing Hyaluronic Acid, are derived from probiotic bacteria, ensuring a gentle filler with minimal risk of allergic reactions. The package includes: 2 x 1ml syringes 18 mg/ml Hyaluronic Acid 0,01% CaHA Glycine L-proline Primary ingredients: 40,4% Poly-L-lactic Acid (PLLA) 25,4% Sodium Carboxymethyl Cellulose (CMC) 34,2% Mannitol The advantages of utilizing of Neauvia Hydro Deluxe Man: Stimulates the skin to boost collagen synthesis Provides profound hydration to the skin Enhances skin firmness and elevates overall skin condition What is the duration of the results? Usually, a series of 4 treatments with 3 weeks apart, are required for a successful treatment. However, it depends on how much collagen has been lost. When the treatment is complete, the results can last up to 2 years. Follow-up treatment is required every 6 months.

Revolax Sub-Q

Revolax Sub-Q is a hyaluronic acid-based injectable dermal filler designed to address significant wrinkles and restore volume to major skin depressions. Revolax Sub-Q is a product that can be injected into the skin to address issues such as facial volume loss, asymmetrical facial features, and deeply pronounced nasolabial folds. The package includes: 1×1.1ml prefilled syringe 2-25G” sterile needles 1 packaging insert Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid (24mg/ml) The advantages of utilising Revolax Sub Q: Intended for addressing deeply entrenched to highly severe wrinkles Targeted areas: Nasolabial folds and contours of the face (cheeks, chin, or nose) What is the duration of the results? Like other dermal fillers containing hyaluronic acid, Revolax Sub-Q has a time of effectiveness ranging from 9 to 12 months. During this period, the filler naturally breaks down and integrates into the surrounding tissues.

Revolax Sub-Q + Lidocaine

Revolax Sub-Q Lidocaine is the most vicious option available in the product range. Its exceptional capacity to shape and sustain structure makes it suitable for addressing deep to extremely severe wrinkles, including nasolabial folds and contouring of the face (cheeks, chin, or nose). REVOLAX Sub-Q is a biodegradable, non-animal-based dermal filler designed for subcutaneous implantation with crosslinked properties. The package includes the following: 1 x 1,1ml syringe 2 x 25G needles Ingredients of the product: 24mg/ml Cross-linked Hyaluronic acid 0,3% Lidocaine The advantages of utilising REVOLAX Sub-Q Lidocaine: Intended for addressing deeply entrenched to highly severe wrinkles Targeted areas: Nasolabial folds and contours of the face (cheeks, chin, or nose) What is the duration of the results? Typically, the results can endure for 12 to 18 months.

Revolax Fine

REVOLAX Fine is a dermal filler specifically designed to address fine wrinkles. It is a lightweight filler with excellent viscoelastic properties. Its unique particle cross-linking technology gives it a single-phase structure and high viscosity. This allows for easy distribution and provides long-lasting, natural-looking results lasting between 8 to 12 months. Significantly, REVOLAX Fine is thoroughly purified to eliminate the BDDE cross-linking agent, ensuring a high level of safety for patients. In addition, it has obtained a CE certificate, further validating its compliance with European safety standards. The package includes the following: 1 x 1,1ml prefilled syringe needles: 2 x 30G ½ Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic Acid: 24mg/ml The advantages of utilising REVOLAX Fine: Created to address surface-level wrinkles Targeted areas: Crow’s feet, lines between the eyebrows, wrinkles on the neck What is the duration of the results? Typically, the results can endure for 8 to 12 months.

Revolax Fine + Lidocaine

REVOLAX fine lidocaine is a low-density, high viscoelasticity dermal filler designed for the treatment of fine lines that exists on the surface of the skin, including crow’s feet, glabellar lines, and neck wrinkles. It takes on to the skin very quickly, creating an incredibly natural and revitalized look in the surrounding region. REVOLAX Fine is a transparent, cross-linked dermal filler that is biodegradable and not derived from animals. REVOLAX Fine is a transparent, cross-linked dermal filler that is biodegradable and not derived from animals. The package includes 1 x 1,1ml syringe 2 x 30G needles Ingredients of the product 24mg/ml Cross-linked Hyaluronic acid 0,3% Lidocaine The advantages of utilising REVOLAX Fine Lidocaine: Created to address surface-level wrinkles Targeted areas: Crow’s feet, lines between the eyebrows, wrinkles on the neck What is the duration of the results? Typically, the results can endure for 8 to 12 months.

Revolax Deep + Lidocaine

REVOLAX Deep Lidocaine is a dense and durable gel utilised for addressing profound wrinkles and nasolabial folds and enhancing the volume of the cheeks, chin, and lips. This single-phase hyaluronic acid filler is meant to be injected into the deep layers of the skin or subcutaneous tissue. REVOLAX Deep is a transparent, crosslinked dermal filler with high viscoelasticity that is biodegradable and not derived from animals. The package includes 1 x 1,1ml syringe 2 x 27G needles Ingredients of the product 24mg/ml Cross-linked Hyaluronic acid 0,3% Lidocaine The advantages of utilising REVOLAX Deep Lidocaine A dense and more enduring gel Targeted areas: Profound wrinkles and nasolabial folds, enhancement of the cheeks, chin, and lips What is the duration of the results? Results typically last for 12-18 months.

Belotero Volume

Belotero Volume is a hyaluronic acid dermal filler designed to restore volume in areas where the face has lost a drastic amount of volume. It boasts high modelling capacity and is injected under the skin’s surface to create volume to round out wrinkles. Belotero Volume can be used not only in the lips but in other areas too; as the cheeks, temples and chin. The package includes: 2 x 1ml syringes 2 x 27G & 2 x 30G needles 26 mg/ml Cross-Linked Sodium Hyaluronate 2 Pre-hole needles What is the duration of the results? The result’s duration is dependent on the individual’s lifestyle, age, and skin type. This product’s origin is from the European Community (EC).

Belotero Soft

Belotero Soft is one type of dermal filler wich will help to smooth permanent fine lines and wrinkles in the skin with a subdermal injection. UV-EX technology that improves skin fitness and forms a protective barrier against the skin, this product is developed with high cohesivity and water binding capacity. Belotero Soft is best for fine lines like crow’s feet and perioral lines. The duration of resultdepend on the age, lifestyle and skin type of an individual. This product’s origin is from the European Community (EC). Indications Packaging Duration of Effects Side Effects Facial Wrinkles 1 x 1ml syringe 6-12 months Mild swelling, redness, bruising at injection site Fine Lines 2 x 30G needle Temporary tenderness or discomfort Crow’s Feet 20 mg/ml Cross-linked Sodium Hyaluronate Perioral Lines

Belotero Revive

Belotero Revive is a skin booster and is mainly used for giving the skin a good deep hydration so it works ideal with mature skin. This product boosts skin elasticity and firmness, and also smooths fine and surface lines. The package includes: 1 x 1ml syringe Indications Composition Duration of Effects Side Effects Fine lines and wrinkles Hyaluronic Acid (monophasic) Up to 12 months Mild swelling Facial rejuvenation Redness and bruising Skin hydration and elasticity Temporary tenderness Improved skin texture Allergic reactions What is the duration of the results? The result’s duration is dependent on the individual’s lifestyle, age, and skin type. This product’s origin is from the European Community (EC).

Belotero Lips Shape + Lidocaine

Belotero® Lips Shape with Lidocaine is a hyaluronic filler designed for injecting into the upper and lower lip to improve volume and appearance. The product intended to create shape, structure, and volume to the lips. The integration of lidocaine allows for reduced pain during the injection itself providing for a much more comfortable treatment experience. The result will last depending on the lifestyle, age and skin type of the individual. This product’s origin is from the European Community (EC). Indications Packaging Duration of Effects Side Effects Lip Augmentation 1 x 0,6ml syringe 6-9 months Mild swelling, bruising, redness. 2 x 27G ½” Needles Allergic reactions, lumps, asymmetry.

Belotero Volume + Lidocaine

Belotero Volume is a product designed to replenish lost facial volume in areas with significant volume depletion. It has the perfect ratio imparting substantivity which enables it to be injected under the skin surface to offer fullness, and lessen wrinkles. Belotero Volume is often used to restore volume in different facial regions, including the cheeks, temples, and chin. It includes lidocaine, a very strong anesthetic to help with any pain during the injection. The package includes: 2 x 1ml syringes 2 x 27G & 2 x 30G needles 26 mg/ml Cross-Linked Sodium Hyaluronate 3 mg/ml Lidocaine 2 Pre-hole needles What is the duration of the results? The result’s duration is dependent on the individual’s lifestyle, age, and skin type. This product’s origin is from the European Community (EC).

Belotero Balance

Belotero Balance is a skin treatment which integrats evenly into the skin to instantly and efficiently correct moderate to severe lines in the superficial and mid dermis. Belotero Balance also offers volumizing under for multiple facial features, such as glabellar lines, nasolabial folds, marionette lines, lip contours, lip volume and oral commissures. Indications Packaging Duration of Effects Side Effects Lip enhancement 1 x 1ml syringe Up to 6-12 months Mild swelling Facial wrinkles 1 x 27G & 1 x 30G needle Redness and bruising Fine lines and nasolabial folds 22,5 mg/ml Cross-Linked Sodium Hyaluronate Itching Marionette lines and vertical lip lines tenderness at injection site

Belotero Lips Contour + Lidocaine

Belotero Lips Contour Lidocaine is a cross-linked hyaluronic acid based dermal filler designed for lip contouring and volume. It aims to restore the border of the lips for a more youthful appearance, and contains lidocaine for less discomfort during treatment. The effects varies individuall to individual depends on his/her life style, age and skin type. This product’s origin is from the European Community (EC). Indications Composition Packaging Side Effects Lip contouring and enhancement with natural-looking results Cross-linked hyaluronic acid gel 1 x 0,6ml syringe The most often side effects could be swelling, bruising, redness, tenderness, or itching at the website. with 0.3% lidocaine 1 x 27G ½” Needle Rare side effects include allergic allowing or lumps/bumps where injected. 1 x 30G ½” Needle

Belotero Intense

Belotero Intense is a high-quality filler that has excellent filling capacity and is suitable for correcting fine to deep lines. Its cohesive nature helps it integrate well into the skin and a good tissue integration reduces the surface irregularities leading to natural-looking results. Belotero Intense can be used to create a volumizing effect in a variety of areas, such as nasolabial folds, marionette lines, lip contours, lip volume, oral commissures, and Cupid’s bow. The length of time a treatment lasts is based on age, skin type, and lifestyle. This product’s origin is from the European Community (EC). Indications Packaging Duration of Effects Side Effects Correcting Deep Wrinkles 1 x 1ml syringe 6-9 months Mild redness, swelling, bruising at injection site Facial and Nasolabial Folds 2 x 27G needles Itching Marionette Lines and Chin Augmentation 25,5 mg/ml Cross-Linked Sodium Hyaluronate Tenderness Reshaping Cheeks and Nose Correction Discoloration

PRX T-33

PRX-T33 represents a needle-free approach that belongs to the latest generation of anti-aging treatments. Its purpose is to rejuvenate the skin naturally, prevent skin aging, and address issues like scars and stretch marks. What sets PRX-T33 apart is that it doesn’t induce any skin “frosting,” and it can be administered year-round without concerns about photosensitivity. PRX-T33 offers a milder alternative to traditional TCA treatments, thanks to its patented formula comprising a blend of TCA, Hydrogen Peroxide, and Kojic acid. These active components engage with the skin at the cellular level, supporting cellular renewal and activating the skin’s intrinsic growth factors. Together, they enhance skin texture and overall appearance. The package includes: 5 vials x 4ml per pack Ingredients of the product: 33% TCA (Trichloroacetic acid) 3% Hydrogen Peroxide (H202) 5% Kojic acid pH value approx. 3.2 The advantages of utilizing of PRX-T33: Promotes skin tone uniformity Enhances skin texture Provides an almost painless experience Induces minimal peeling Applicable to the face, neck, and décolletage regions Product Application Guidelines: PRX-T33 is administered to the skin using a unique massage technique, strategically layered to maximize the impact of its active components, penetrating deep within the skin’s layers. Following the procedure, the skin remains in an active state. To sustain this condition and optimize the treatment benefits, it’s crucial to maintain a low skin pH level and uphold the skin’s protective barrier.

BiorepeelCl3 FND

The BioRePeelCl3 FND offers a comprehensive solution by addressing acne, superficial scars, and the removal of dead skin cells. Simultaneously, it provides moisture and revitalization to improve the overall complexion. This acidic peeling, manufactured by CMED Aesthetics, is suitable for application on the face, neck, and décolleté. It deeply hydrates and protects the skin, ensuring optimal regeneration and safeguarding against dryness and imperfections. Moreover, the BioRePeel FND prevents the formation of new scars and reduces the recurrence of acne breakouts. With just a few treatment sessions, this product rejuvenates the skin, leaving it visibly fresher, more vibrant, and notably youthful. The package includes: 5 ampoules x 6 ml The advantages of utilizing of BioRePeelCl3 FND: Rejuvenates and restores youthfulness to the skin Eliminates the effects of UV damage Reduces the appearance of fine wrinkles and other signs of skin aging Using: In order to achieve full satisfactory results it is recommended to undergo at least 4 to 6 treatments, depending on the condition of the skin and the desired effect. These sessions should be spaced out by about 7 to 10 days.

Radiesse 1.5ml

Radiesse 1.5ml is an injectable dermal filler that can temporarily restore volume and fill in facial wrinkles. It gives an immediate lifting and firming effect to the face. Once injected, Radiesse provides added volume and lift, to reduce the visible effects of aging. Once administered, Radiesse adds volume and lift to effectively minimize the visible signs of aging. The product gradually breaks down within the body over time. The package includes 1 x 1,5 ml syringe The advantages of utilizing of Radiesse 1,5ml: Achieve a smoother appearance and diminish moderate to severe facial wrinkles and folds Obtain a lifting and contouring effect What is the duration of the results? Radiesse may take up to 18 months to entirely absorb into the skin tissue.

Radiesse + Lidocaine 1.5ml

Radiesse + Lidocaine is a type of injectable dermal filler that is combined with lidocaine. It works by temporarily adding volume to the skin and improving moderate to severe facial wrinkles and folds. With its instant skin-tightening and lifting result, this filler addresses aging with visible impact. Once Radiesse is injected, it serves to restore volume and lift the skin, thus reducing signs of aging. The product also has lidocaine, a strong anesthetic, to make the injection feel more comfortable. The package includes 1 x 1,5ml syringe The advantages of utilizing of Radiesse+ Lidocaine Addressing moderate to severe facial wrinkles and folds Restoring and correcting indications of lost facial fat What is the duration of the results? Radiesse+ Lidocaine has a longer duration compared to other fillers, thanks to its distinctive characteristics. It may require up to 18 months for Radiesse to be fully absorbed by the skin tissue.

Saypha Rich

Saypha Rich serves as the successor to the previous Princess Rich. It is a gel implant with a high concentration of hyaluronic acid, which is fortified with glycerol, a natural moisturizer that helps retain water and maintain hydration. Saypha Rich enhances skin elasticity, tone, and hydration, leading to a natural radiant appearance. The gel is administered through injections into the superficial dermis. The package includes: 1 x 1ml syringe The advantages of utilizing of Saypha Rich: Enhances the elasticity, tone, and hydration of the skin Addresses fine lines Usage: It is advised to undergo treatment every three weeks.

Saypha Volume + Lidocaine

Saypha Volume Lidocaine is a hyaluronic acid based substance used to fill in facial volume in order to reduce wrinkles. This product is tailored for fine lines, skin folds, skin depressions for the sculpting of facial contour and volume. To provide for a more pleasant injection experience, the product contains lidocaine, a powerful anesthetic. The package includes: 1 x 1ml syringe The advantages of utilizing of Saypha Volume Lidocaine: Addresses profound facial wrinkles and folds Enhances facial volume What is the duration of the results? Visible effects are immediately noticeable after the initial treatment. Typically, the results can be maintained for a period of 6 to 9 months. However, in some instances, the effects can last as long as one year. The durability of the results varies for each individual depending on skin type, age, lifestyle, and the technique used by the medical practitioner.

Saypha Filler + Lidocaine

Saypha Filler Lidocaine is the successor to the previous Princess Filler Lidocaine. It is used for partial derma filling or soft tissue augmentation and is used in various aesthetic applications: smoothing out of moderate to severe wrinkles and folds; adding volume to the lips; contours the face. It also includes lidocaine, a powerful anaesthetic which makes the injections much more comfortable. The package includes 1 x 1ml syringe The advantages of utilising Saypha Filler Lidocaine Applicable to all facial regions Enhance lip volume Address moderate lines and wrinkles What is the duration of the results? The effects can endure for a period of up to 9 months.

Saypha Volume Plus + Lidocaine

Saypha Volume Plus Lidocaine, the latest addition to the Princess range, is specifically designed for addressing severe facial wrinkles, volume loss, and enhancing facial contours. With its exceptional elasticity and capacity to augment skin volume, Saypha Volume Plus Lidocaine rejuvenates the skin by enhancing its vitality, firmness, and radiance. The outcome is a more youthful and revitalized appearance. This dermal filler serves as the successor to the previous Princess Volume Plus Lidocaine. The package includes: 1 x 1ml syringe The advantages of utilizing of Saypha Volume Plus Lidocaine: Address profound facial wrinkles and folds Enhance or reinstate facial volume Define facial contours Enhance skin vitality, firmness, and radiance What is the duration of the results? Typically, the outcomes can endure for a period of 6 to 12 months.

Saypha Volume

Saypha Volume serves as the successor to the previous Princess Volume. It is well-suited for correcting deep wrinkles and folds, addressing skin depressions, sculpting facial contours, and adding volume. Saypha Volume is administered through injections into the deep dermis or subcutaneous tissue. The package includes: 1 x 1ml syringe The advantages of utilizing of Saypha Volume: Addresses profound facial wrinkles and folds Enhances facial volume What is the duration of the results? Visible effects are immediate after the initial treatment. Typically, the outcomes can persist for a duration of 6 to 9 months. However, in certain cases, the results may extend up to one year. The longevity of the results depends on individual factors such as skin type, age, lifestyle, and the technique employed by the medical professional.

Saypha Filler

Saypha Filler by Croma Pharma is a versatile hyaluronic acid-based solution designed for cosmetic and medical reconstructive treatments. Saypha Filler is manufactured using Croma’s innovative S.M.A.R.T. system (Supreme Monophasic and Reticular Technology). Thanks to its dynamic viscoelastic properties, Saypha Filler is great for eliminating moderate to severe wrinkles, improving lip contour, and natural-looking lip augmentation. Product Properties Injection Depth Medium to deep dermis Composition Crosslinked hyaluronic acid (23 mg/ml), sodium chloride, phosphate buffer (pH 6.8–7.6) Duration of Effects 6-9 months Saypha Filler’s Packaging 1 x 1 ml prefilled syringe 2 x 27G½” single use needles 2 traceability labels Package insert Results of an Injection After a Saypha Filler injection, patients may notice the following results: Immediate and long-lasting volumizing and smoothing effects; Reduced facial wrinkles and folds; Fuller and more defined lips; Increased suppleness and elasticity of the skin; Natural, youthful, and radiant appearance. Indications Correcting medium to deep facial wrinkles and lines, including nasolabial folds and perioral lines; Enhancing lip contour and volume; Enhancing morphological asymmetry, significant scars or facial lipoatrophy; Encouraging collagen and elastin production. Contraindications Saypha Filler injections must not be used in: Pregnant or breastfeeding women; Patients on immunotherapy or with autoimmune history; Hypersensitivity or allergic reactions known against any of the components; Areas affected by inflammatory or infection processes; Patients under the age of 18. Side Effects Since Saypha Filler is well tolerated in the skin and has a good safety profile, patients can continue their daily routine immediately after their treatment. There are transient injection-related reactions that may include soreness, redness, swelling or bruising at the injection site, but not much else. Symptoms are typically mild and clear up on their own in a week or less. Ice packsm can be applied at the injection site for few minutes to reduce swelling. Precautions Saypha Filler injections may only be carried out by trained and certified cosmetologists. The practitioner selects an appropriate delivery method based on the target area and injects the solution into the thoroughly cleansed and sanitized skin. The patients should refrain from wearing makeup for 12 hours or so post the procedure and steer clear of sun and extreme heat for a few days.

Stylage XXL Bi-SOFT

Stylage Bi-Soft XXL is a hyaluronic acid injectable volumizer specially formulated to replenish facial volume that has been lost over time. Its purpose is to restore balance and harmony to facial features by redefining the cheeks, cheekbones, chin, and jawline, resulting in a fuller, softer, and more youthful look. Stylage Bi-Soft XXL is specifically tailored for mature skin that exhibits signs of sagging and facial hollowing. It is administered in the subcutaneous tissue. The package includes: 2 x 1ml syringes 1 x 25G 40 mm cannula 2 x 27G & 1 x 23G needle 21 mg/ml hyaluronic acid Mannitol The advantages of utilizing of Stylage Bi-Soft XXL: Revive diminished facial volume Reshape facial characteristics Address sagging skin and facial depressions What is the duration of the results? On average, the outcomes can endure for a maximum of 12 months. The length of time may vary depending on personal factors such as lifestyle, age, and skin type.

Sculptra (2x5ml)

Sculptra is an exclusive treatment that aims to replenish collagen and volume in the face, combating the effects of lost collagen. This gradual and subtle procedure effectively diminishes facial lines, wrinkles, and folds. By replenishing facial collagen and restoring lost volume, Sculptra achieves a fuller and more natural appearance that can endure for up to 2 years. Sculptra employs a biocompatible and biodegradable injectable substance called poly-L-lactic acid (PLA) to naturally stimulate the skin’s cells, encouraging the production of collagen. The package includes: 2 x 5ml vials Poly-L-lactic acid The advantages of utilizing of Sculptra: Revive depleted facial collagen and replenish volume Diminish facial lines, wrinkles, and folds What is the duration of the results? Typically, the effects can endure for a period of around 2 years.

Lipo Lab PPC solution

Lipo Lab PPC Solution stands out as one of the most refined and secure fat-dissolving products available. It comprises high-grade Phosphatidyl Choline (PPC) and efficiently targets fat reduction in challenging areas of the body, including the underarms, chin, abdominal region, and upper arms. This advanced injectable for lipolysis also addresses cellulite concerns and enhances skin elasticity by activating natural processes within the body. The package includes: 10ml x 10vial Ingredients of the product: Deoxycholate Phosphatidylcholine The advantages of utilizing of Lipo Lab PPC Solution: An economical substitute for liposuction No need for anesthesia Lipo Lab diminishes cellulite Delivers outstanding outcomes in eliminating localized fat accumulations. A straightforward and safe lipolysis procedure Product Application Guidelines: The lipolytic treatment is formulated to combat cellulite and aid in fat reduction in specific body areas. Lipo Lab PPC Solution is applied to areas like the double chin, back, abdomen, side folds, buttocks, and thighs. This cost-effective lipolytic treatment is designed to eliminate cellulite, resulting in smoother and more elastic skin. The treatment plan comprises 4 to 15 sessions, conducted at intervals of 3 to 4 weeks, until the desired outcome is achieved.

HYARON

Hyaron is a well-established and efficient mesotherapy solution that also functions as a dermal filler. Its primary active component is sodium hyaluronate, blending the rejuvenating qualities of mesotherapy with the wrinkle-reducing attributes of conventional fillers. Unlike hyaluronic acid-based fillers, Hyaron boasts a sleek texture with significantly smaller particles. The package includes: 10 pre-filled syringes of sodium hyaluronate gel for injection into the skin. The syringe is 2.5 ml and contains 25 mg of the active substance Ingredients of the product: highly purified hyaluronic acid sodium hyaluronate sodium chloride sodium hydroxide water for injection The advantages of utilizing of Hyaron: Replenishes hyaluronic acid levels within the extracellular matrix Reinstates skin hydration and suppleness, enhancing skin tone Addresses age-related transformations Diminishes existing expressive wrinkles and folds Lessens the prominence of skin imperfections like stretch marks, rosacea, and post-acne marks Encourages the generation of elastin and collagen It is devoid of allergy triggers and significant adverse reactions What is the duration of the results? Following the injection, it effectively fills and conceals skin wrinkles, lines, and creases, resulting in significant aesthetic enhancement that can last up to 9 months. Over the long term, it functions as a standard mesotherapy solution. Patients will enjoy enhanced skin firmness, vitality, and elasticity, with sustained improvements in skin moisture levels.

Neuramis Deep + Lidocaine

Neuramis Deep + Lidocaine is a Korean product crafted to diminish moderate-to-deep wrinkles, as well as to address nasolabial folds and enhance facial contours. With its precisely calibrated hyaluronic acid concentration, it restores skin firmness and addresses the effects of aging or injuries. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1 ml 2 needles 27Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 20mg/ml Lidocaine hydrochloride 3mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Neuramis Deep + Lidocaine: Addressing nasolabial folds and moderate-to-deep wrinkles Enhancing facial contours Providing moisture What is the duration of the results? The substance remains effective in tissues for a period of 9 to 12 months.

Neuramis + Lidocaine

Neuramis + Lidocaine is a Korean product crafted for the reduction of moderate-to-deep wrinkles, as well as the filling of nasolabial folds and marionette lines. With its precisely calibrated hyaluronic acid concentration, it restores skin firmness and addresses the effects of aging or injuries. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1 ml 2 needles 30Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 20mg/ml Lidocaine hydrochloride 3mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Neuramis + Lidocaine: Addressing nasolabial folds, moderate-to-deep wrinkles, and marionette lines Providing skin hydration What is the duration of the results? The effect remains intact for a duration of approximately 9 months.

Neuramis Volume + Lidocaine

Neuramis Volume + Lidocaine is a Korean product intended for addressing deep wrinkles, filling nasolabial folds, and enhancing facial volume. With the suitable hyaluronic acid concentration, it restores skin tension and addresses age-related or injury-induced issues. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1 ml 2 needles 27Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 20mg/ml Lidocaine hydrochloride 3mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Neuramis Volume + Lidocaine: serves to fill wrinkles add volume to tissues establish a hydraulic reserve stimulation of fibroblast activity at the injection site, leading to an increase in the production of their natural glycosaminoglycans, elastin, and collagen What is the duration of the results? A noticeable effect can be achieved with just one application of the filler. Immediate results are visible right after usage. Patients will fully appreciate the final outcome in 3-7 days, once any temporary side effects like redness or itching have resolved. The effects can last for up to 12 months.

DR. CYJ Hair Filler (1x1ml)

DR.CYJ Hair Filler is an injectable, based on a patented formula 0f 7 peptides and hyaluronic-acid, for the revitalisation of hair and scalp. DR.CYJ Hair Filler can help to decrease hair loss and be effective in the treatment of hair regrowth. The product is the result of 13 years R&D by Caregen and was successfully launched in 2016. DR.CYJ Hair Filler is a medical device Class III and has a CE marking (CE 2265). This peptide-hyaluronic acid treatment ensures in many cases for the reversal of the hair loss process and at the same time revitalizes the scalp and hair follicles to stimulate hair regrowth. The formula of patented peptides and hyaluronic acid strengthens the hair into the hair follicles, leading according to clinical research to more, thicker and stronger hair. The package includes: 1 x 1ml syringes The advantages of utilizing of DR. CYJ Hair Filler: Seamless integration with the skin Promotes hair growth and health Enhances hair cell strength and thickness Effective in preventing hair loss Incorporates patented peptides for stimulating hair regrowth What is the duration of the results? Visible hair regrowth can typically be observed within a span of 2 months by following the recommended protocol. To achieve optimal results, it is advised to undergo 4 sessions, with a frequency of 1 session every 2 weeks over an 8-week period. The outcomes achieved with Dr. CYJ Hair Filler may vary among individuals due to factors such as the current condition of the scalp and hair.

Fillmed Time Peel

Fillmed Time Peel is a specialized chemical peel intended for medical purposes, specifically designed to diminish the visible effects of aging such as wrinkles. It is specifically formulated for normal skin types. By utilizing Fillmed Time Peel, you can effectively minimize the appearance of wrinkles on normal skin while simultaneously enhancing its firmness and radiance. This unique peel contains key ingredients, namely Glycolic acid and Gluconolactone, which specifically target signs of aging, resulting in a rejuvenated and more youthful-looking complexion. The package includes: 1 bottle x 100 ml The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed Time Peel: Anti-aging treatment Reduce the appearance of fine lines Correct wrinkles Increase skin radiance and firmness Instructions for product application: Apply the product topically, ensuring it is used externally only. A total of four sessions are suggested, two weeks apart. The peel complex should be utilized at a concentration of 50%.

Fillmed Art Filler Volume

Fillmed Art Filler Volume with Lidocaine is a hyaluronic acid gel filler specifically formulated to address the loss of volume that occurs with aging and sculpt facial features. It effectively adds or restores volume to areas affected by age-related volume loss, while also improving facial contouring. The unique gel filler has a smooth and soft texture, allowing for easy application and shaping to achieve the desired results. To ensure a comfortable treatment experience, Art Filler Volume contains Lidocaine. The package includes: 2 x 1,2ml syringes 4 x 27G Needle Ingredients of the product: 25 mg/ml Hyaluronic acid 3 mg/ml Lidocaine The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed Art Filler Volume Lidocaine: Enhancing volume in areas with depleted contours and refining the appearance of facial features Texture that is effortless to shape Includes lidocaine for a comfortable experience What is the duration of the results? The longevity of Fillmed fillers is anticipated to be around 12 months, with the specific duration varying based on factors such as lifestyle, age, and skin type of each individual.

Fillmed Art Filler Universal

Fillmed Art Filler Universal is a hyaluronic acid-based filler designed to address medium to deep wrinkles and effectively restore and reshape facial volume. This particular filler has a smooth and soft texture that enables even distribution during the injection process. To ensure a comfortable treatment experience, the product contains 0.3% lidocaine. Fillmed Art Filler Universal is part of a collection of four textured gels, including Fine Line, Lips, Volume, and Universal. The package includes: 2 x 1,2ml Syringe 4 x 27G Needles Ingredients of the product: 25 mg/ml Hyaluronic acid 3 mg/ml Lidocaine The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed Art Filler Universal: Addressing wrinkles of moderate to significant depth Delivering a gentle and seamless texture Ensuring an ideal flexibility and comfort during application Restoring and reshaping facial volume What is the duration of the results? The length of the effects relies on factors such as lifestyle, age, and skin type of each individual.

Fillmed Art Filler Lips Soft

Art Filler Lips Soft is a filler made by the Fillmed brand that utilizes hyaluronic acid. It was specifically designed for enhancing and shaping the lips while also reducing middle and shallow wrinkles. The product incorporates an advanced TRY-HYAL technology, which combines three different types of hyaluronic acid. By blending both free and cross-linked hyaluronic acid with varying chain lengths, it achieves a flexible structure. This unique characteristic results in excellent malleability, allowing for precise application and seamless integration of the filler into the tissues. The package includes: 1 x 1ml prefilled syringe 2 sterile 30G1/2” needles Ingredients of the product: 25 mg/ml of hyaluronic acid 3mg/ml of lidocaine What is the duration of the results? On average, the effectiveness of Fillmed Art Filler Lips Soft lasts for approximately 9 months; however, for certain individuals, it can extend up to 12 months.

Fillmed M-Ha 10

Fillmed M-HA 10, a pure form of hyaluronic acid, is an integral component of Fillmed NCTF mesotherapy. Upon injection into the dermis, Fillmed M-HA 10 quickly revitalizes and hydrates by immediate action, improving skin moisture and radiance immediately. The active ingredients work together in harmony to restore the skin’s natural levels of moisture and improve its elasticity, leaving a toned and silky smooth complexion. The package includes: 3 x vials 3 x injection needles 3 x withdrawal needles 3 x 32G needles Ingredients of the product: 10 mg/ml Hyaluronic acid The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed M-HA 10: Replenishes and restores optimal hydration levels Enhances skin radiance and elasticity Promotes firmer and smoother skin texture What is the duration of the results? For optimal results, therapy should be done monthly for up to 3 months. Then, a touch-up treatment can be planned about six months later for continued results.

Fillmed M-HA 18

Fillmed M-HA 18 is an injectable filler specially formulated to address fine lines, superficial wrinkles, and promote cutaneous redensification. With its remarkable hydration capacity, it is also effective in providing intensive treatment for dehydrated skin and enhancing skin radiance. The package includes: 1 x 1ml syringes 2 x 30G 1/2″ needle Ingredients of the product: 18 mg/ml Hyaluronic acid 20 mg/ml Glycerol The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed M-HA 18: Correcting the fine lines and superficial wrinkles Promotes the redensification of skin tissues It also hydrates and treats the dryness in the skin Brightens and increases the luminosity of skin Usage: Typically, treatment with Fillmed M-HA 18 requires 3-6 sessions to achieve the desired outcomes.

Fillmed Bright Peel

Fillmed Bright Peel is specifically designed for normal skin types and aims to address issues such as dark spots and uneven skin tone. Incorporating this chemical peel into your skincare routine can effectively eliminate dead skin cells, resulting in a smoother texture, a radiant appearance, and a more balanced complexion. The package includes: 1 bottle x 100 ml The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed Bright Peel: Demonstrates excellent tolerance on all skin types. Delivers moisture to the skin. Has antioxidant properties similar to vitamins C and E. Controls oiliness on the skin and minimizes shine. Fights blackheads and reduces enlarged pores. Strengthens the skin barrier function of the epidermis. Does not induce photosensitivit. Instructions for product application: Perform four sessions, spaced two weeks apart. The peel complex has a concentration of 50%. Apply topically, limiting usage to external application only.

Fillmed Art Filler Fine Lines

Fillmed Art Filler Fine Lines with lidocaine is an injectable dermal filler composed of cross-linked hylauronic acid. This filler is formulated for the treatment of fine lines and superficial wrinkles. Lidocaine provides comfort during the procedure. Fillmed Art Filler Fine Lines with lidocaine is a pure, non-pyrogenic, and colorless gel implant intended for injection. It consists of low-level cross-linked sodium hyaluronate as the active ingredient, along with the addition of lidocaine. The package includes: 2x1ml prefilled syringes 4 sterile needles of 30G1/2 1 package insert 4 traceability labels Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 20 mg Lidocaine hydrochloride 3 mg Phosphate buffer pH 7.2 QSP 1g The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed Art Filler Fine Lines with Lidocaine: Treating surface lines and wrinkles Moisturizing and hydrating skin Revitalizing the appearance of hands Correction of crow’s feet Smoothing out tiny skin folds Target areas: perioral area, forehead, hands, lips, crow’s feet, under-eye hollows What is the duration of the results? The duration for which the effects of Fillmed Fine Lines with lidocaine can be seen is up to 12 months. Over time, the active substance slowly breaks down and is naturally absorbed by the body. The exact length of time the effects last can vary from person to person based on factors such as skin type, age and lifestyle choices.

Fillmed Light Peel

Fillmed Light Peel is a medical-grade, gentle chemical peel designed for sensitive skin. It helps to reduce the look of fine lines and brings back the skin a younger and luminous look. Containing Gluconolactone and Mandelic acid as active ingredients, Fillmed Light Peel cleanses the skin and removes keratinocytes to provide a soft and smooth skin. The package includes: 1 bottle x 100 ml The advantages of utilizing of Fillmed Light Peel: Demonstrates excellent tolerance across all skin types. Effectively hydrates. Has antioxidant function similar to the vitamins C and E. Balances sebum production, minimizing shine. Super for blackheads and large pores. Strengthens the barrier of the epidermis. Does not cause photosensitivity. Instructions for product application: Conduct four sessions, spacing them two weeks apart. The peel complex has a concentration of 20%. Apply topically, ensuring it is used externally only.

HYAcorp Fine

HYAcorp Fine is a pure and absorbable skin implant that aligns with the natural process of skin degradation and rejuvenation. This biocompatible product is designed to replenish facial volume and address mild wrinkles in the face, neck, and hands. With the inclusion of natural hyaluronic acid (HA), HYAcorp Fine moisturizes the skin, enhances hydration, boosts elasticity, and delivers a lifting effect. Product properties Benefits of usage Packaging Duration of the results Composition Replenish depleted hyaluronic acid levels in the skin 1 x 1ml syringe Immediate results are noticeable after the initial treatment. Typically, the overall effects persist for several months. Cross-linked Hyaluronic Acid (HA) gel Enhance skin elasticity 2 x 30G needles Boost skin hydration Revitalize the skin with a rejuvenating lifting effect

HYAcorp Lips

HYAcorp Lips is a pure and absorbable skin implant specifically designed to restore volume and shape to the lips. The product is used for a single-use and is based on hyaluronic acid of non-animal origin. The package includes: 1 x 1ml syringe 2 x 30G needles 2 mg hyaluronic acid 16 mg cross-linked hyaluronic acid The advantages of utilizing of HYAcorp Lips: Shape and definition of the lips Enhance lip volume What is the duration of the results? Visible outcomes are immediate following the initial treatment. Typically, the overall effects endure for several months. The duration may vary based on an individual’s lifestyle, age, and skin type.

HYAcorp Face (1x1ml)

HYAcorp Face is an absorbable skin implant made from hyaluronic acid derived from non-animal sources. It is specifically designed to restore facial volume and contours by replenishing lost hyaluronic acid in the skin. HYAcorp Face is suitable for volume replacement, addressing medium to deep folds, such as nasolabial folds, as well as enhancing the cheeks and smoothing glabella folds. It should not be injected in the periorbital region, including the eyelids, crow’s feet, and under-eye circles. Please note that the product is intended for single-use only. The package includes: 1 x 1ml syringe 2 x 30G needles 2 mg hyaluronic acid 20 mg cross-linked hyaluronic acid The advantages of utilizing of HYAcorp Face: Replenish facial volume Address facial folds Targeted areas include nasolabial folds, cheeks, and glabella folds What is the duration of the results? Immediate results are evident after the initial treatment. Typically, the overall effects persist for several months. The duration may vary based on factors such as an individual’s lifestyle, age, and skin type.

HYAcorp MLF2 Body Contouring (1x10ml)

Hyacorp MLF 2 Body Contouring is a hyaluronic acid-based dermal filler that is recommended for contouring various body parts. It is considered a less invasive alternative to plastic surgery, allowing patients to avoid downtime and general inconvenience. It is important to note that Hyacorp MLF 2 is not designed for facial correction, except for the zygomatic area. Hyacorp MLF 2 is specifically recommended for sculpting larger body parts with thicker skin. For smaller areas with delicate skin, such as the hands, the manufacturer has developed Hyacorp MLF 1. The package includes: 1 x 10ml Pre-filled syringe Package inserts Traceability labels Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid (2mg/ml) Cross-linked hyaluronic acid (20mg/ml) Sodium chloride (6.9mg/ml) Water (1mg/ml) The advantages of utilizing of Hyacorp MLF 2: Contouring the body Enhancement of the zygomatic area Replenishment of lost volume Target areas: hands, calves, buttocks, concave deformities What is the duration of the results? Hyacorp MLF 2 can be administered quickly with minimal downtime required for recovery. The gel retains its effectiveness for approximately 8 months, although the exact duration may vary based on individual factors such as age, lifestyle, diet, and others.

Prostrolane Inner-B SE (1x1ml)

Prostrolane Inner-B SE is an injectable gel specifically designed to reduce bags under the eyes and swelling. It contains a gel-textured formulation with four peptides and hyaluronic acid. This unique combination works to smooth out skin irregularities, diminish the buildup of fatty deposits, strengthen the skin, and enhance overall skin appearance and tone. Moreover, the Peptide technology employed in this product promotes collagen synthesis, resulting in improved skin elasticity. The product is provided with two syringes for convenient usage. The package includes 1 x 1ml syringes The ingredients of the product Phosphate buffered saline Sodium hyaluronate (0,7%) Peptide complex (Nonapeptide-32, Pentapeptide-43, Tripeptide-41, Octapeptide-11) The advantages of utilizing of Prostrolane Inner-B SE Specifically designed for contouring the eyes Noticeable results can be observed after a single treatment Provides a safe and effective solution for reducing eyebags Targets areas such as bags under the eyes and swelling What is the duration of the results? Visible results can be observed following the initial procedure. The duration and effects of the treatment vary based on the level of correction needed as well as individual factors such as lifestyle, age, and skin type.

Prostrolane Blanc-B (1x2ml)

Prostrolane Blanc-B is an injectable gel designed for mid-deep dermal implantation, specifically for the purpose of whitening and toning the face and neck. It effectively enhances skin brightness, contours the skin, and reduces pigmentation. Moreover, it is an excellent option for treating sun-damaged and photo-aged skin with wrinkles. Prostrolane Blanc-B utilizes a patented Novel Peptide technology that is specially formulated to brighten the skin. The unique combination of peptides in the formula works to improve skin appearance and tone, diminish small to moderate wrinkles, enhance skin brightness, and promote a radiant glow. This product is supplied with two syringes for easy and convenient use. The package includes 1 x 2ml syringes The ingredients of the product Phosphate buffered saline Sodium hyaluronate (0,7%) Peptide complex (Oligopeptide-92, Octapeptide-11, Feruloyl Oligo peptide-33, Valprooyl Oligopeptide-33) The advantages of utilizing Prostrolane Blanc-B Skin brightening and contouring Treatment of sun damaged skin Natural correction of facial wrinkles and photo-aged skin Areas: mid-deep dermal implantation, face and neck What is the duration of the results? The duration of the treatment effects varies depending on the level of correction needed and factors such as lifestyle, age, and skin type of the individual.

Prostrolane Natural-B (1x2ml)

Prostrolane Natural-B is an injectable gel specifically formulated for mid-to-deep dermis implantation, targeting the correction of moderate to severe facial wrinkles and folds, including perioral lines, nasolabial folds, and marionette lines. It is also suitable for restoring facial contour and shape. Prostrolane Natural-B utilizes patented Novel Peptide technology to revitalize the skin. Additionally, Peptide is additionally anti-aging by inducing collagen production, which increases the elasticity of the skin. The package includes 1 x 2ml syringe The ingredients of the product: Phosphate buffered saline Sodium hyaluronate (0,7%) Peptide complex The advantages of utilizing of Prostrolane Natural-B: Specifically designed for implantation in the mid-to-deep dermis Revitalizes the skin Offers a more natural correction of facial wrinkles What is the duration of the results? The longevity of the treatment’s results is dependent on the correction necessary, the patient’s lifestyles, age and skin type.

Prostrolane Inner-B (1x2ml)

Prostrolane Inner-B is an injectable gel intended for deep dermis implantation to target moderate to severe double chin, abdominal fat, and fat accumulation in the back of the thighs. It is specifically designed to reduce localized fat deposits and contour the body. Prostrolane Inner-B utilizes a patented Novel Peptide technology for targeted fat reduction. This advanced formula contains four biomimetic peptides and hyaluronic acid, which work together to stimulate natural fat cell reduction, improve skin condition, and enhance collagen production. The product is supplied with two syringes for easy administration. The package includes 1 x 2ml syringes The ingredients of the product Phosphate buffered saline Sodium hyaluronate (0,7%) Peptide complex (Nonapetide-32, Pentapeptide-43, Tripeptide-41, Octapeptide-11) The advantages of utilizing of Prostrolane Inner-B Safe localized fat reduction Indicated for body contouring Areas: double chin, jowl, upper arms, love handles, abdomen, buttocks and inner thighs What is the duration of the results? How long the results of the treatment last will vary based on the level of correction required, the person’s lifestyle, age and skin type.

Sunekos 1200

Sunekos® 1200 is a dermal implant that can be injected to effectively address skin aging. This formula, composed of low-density hyaluronic acid and amino acids, acts to prevent decay of the skin’s elastic tissues. This leads to visible signs of aging, wrinkles, and scars or other imperfections smoothing out, and skin elasticity being enhanced. This filler helps achieve a more toned and youthful appearance by adding volume and mimicking the structure of skin to stimulate collagen synthesis. The package includes: 2 x 1,5ml bottles Ingredients of the product: Water for injection High molecular weight Sodium Hyaluronate Glycine L-Proline L-Leucine L-Lysine HCI L-Valine L-Alanine The advantages of utilizing of Sunekos 1200: Enhances the look of the facial region, neck, décolleté, or arms, focusing on specific areas like the forehead, cheeks, chin, and eye area Diminishes expression lines Restores volume to sagging skin, regardless of age Nurtures the sensitive skin around the eyes, minimizing wrinkles, under-eye bags, and dark circles Minimizes the appearance of acne scars or other types of scars What is the duration of the results? The treatment procedures differ depending on the specific skin areas, offering the potential for fresher and more radiant skin for a duration of up to 6 months.

RRS HA Long Lasting

RRS HA Long Lasting is an innovative dermal implant developed by Skin Tech Pharma Group. It provides long-lasting hydration and reduces the appearance of initial wrinkles and other signs of skin aging. The remarkable effectiveness and unique composition, which includes hyaluronic acid and 15 different amino acids, make RRS HA Long Lasting stand out. Moreover, it can revitalise the face, particularly the cheekbones and jawline, by minimising the effects of photoaging. The results of RRS Long Lasting are impressive, with effects that can last between 9 to 12 months. Additionally, if desired, 1 to 3 additional sessions can be utilised for maintenance purposes, although it is not obligatory. The package includes: 1 syringes x 3 ml The advantages of utilising of RRS HA Long Lasting: Provides the skin of the face with a radiant and revitalised appearance through optimal hydration Effectively minimises initial wrinkles, including marionette lines and nasolabial folds Diminishes the early indications of aging Addresses and reduces pigmentation issues What is the duration of the results? The duration of the RRS Long Lasting effect typically ranges from 9 to 12 months, although this may differ based on factors such as the customer’s age, skin type, lifestyle, and the specific filler technique employed. Major Medical Retail Kft is not an official distributor of the RRS brand and has no commercial relationship with the manufacturer Skin Tech Pharma Group SL. This product is purchased through an independent distributor, ensuring it is authentic and meets quality standards. The product is stored in accordance with established standards and conditions, including temperature control.

Profhilo Body Kit

Profhilo Body Kit is a complete body treatment pack. Profhilo Body Profhilo Body injectable has been developed to address skin concerns related to the loss of firmness and structure. It is specifically formulated for treating areas such as the abdomen, upper arms, and inner thighs. Utilizing the advanced NAHYCO® Technology, Profhilo injectable contains Stable Cooperative Hybrid Complexes (HCC) with both high and low molecular weights. This cutting-edge technology has been scientifically validated for its ability to effectively slow down the natural aging process. Profhilo Figura Body Patch The Profhilo Figura Body Patch is an excellent post-treatment solution that effectively moisturizes ad hydrates the skin while reducing skin redness. This patch contains hyaluronic acids with both high and low molecular weights, ensuring optimal results. Additionally, it harnesses the antioxidative properties of Salvia Haenkei extracts to combat skin aging. The inclusion of Escin helps prevent fluid retention in the skin, while Bromelain, derived from pineapple, aids in restoring the skin’s natural condition. Profhilo Body Cream Profhilo Body Cream is a nourishing cream designed to provide hydration and elasticity to the deeper layers of the skin while supporting cell vitality. The cream is formulated with carefully purified hyaluronic acid in both high and low molecular weights, as well as Matrixyl 3000, a peptide known for its ability to minimize fine wrinkles by stimulating collagen production. These powerful ingredients work together to maintain the skin’s hydrolipidic film, enhance the barrier function of the skin, and regulate various cellular activities that promote skin renewal. The package includes 2 x 3ml syringes PROFHILO BODY injectable 1 x 4 patches of PROFHILO FIGURA BODY PATCH 1 x 1 bottle 150ml PROFHILO FIGURA BODY CREAM. Perks of utilizing the Profhilo Body Kit: Reducing skin aging Deeply skin moisturization Improvement of skin elasticity Minimizing fine lines What is the duration of the results? The duration of the results for Profhilo Body, a treatment involving two initial injections performed 30 days apart, is typically 6-12 months, depending on the level of skin laxity. Each treated area requires only 10 injection points. Within 3-4 weeks, there will be visible improvements in skin quality, including enhanced moisture balance, reduced fine lines, and increased skin elasticity. For optimal maintenance, it is advised to use the homecare body cream in the treated area once or twice a day.

Perfectha Finelines (1×1ml)

Perfectha Finelines (1×1 ml) is a hyaluronic acid gel filler crafted to address fine or superficial lines in the eye and facial areas. It boasts a 90% cross-linking rate and is administered into the uppermost layer of the skin, known as the superficial dermis. It is formulated to achieve a subtle volumizing effect on the face, effectively concealing crow’s feet and fine lines that are typically noticeable in individuals aged between 30 to 40 years old. The package includes: 1 x 1ml syringe 20mg/ml Hyaluronic Acid (non-animal) Ingredients of the product: stabilized hyaluronic acid (sodium salt) 20 mg/ml sodium chloride isotonic solution for injection 0.9% The advantages of utilizing of Perfectha Finelines (1×1 ml): Addressing surface-level or fine wrinkles and minor lines on the forehead, crow’s feet, and delicate superficial perioral wrinkles What is the duration of the results? The outcomes are both secure and immediate right after the initial treatment. The comprehensive effects will endure for a span of 4 to 6 months, contingent upon individual skin type and variables like age, lifestyle, and the applied technique.

Perfectha Derm (1x1ml)

Perfectha Derm is an injectable dermal filler designed for moderate lines, glabellar lines and skin depressions, as well as lip shaping and contouring. Hyaluronic acid gel used in Perfectha Derm is 90% cross linked and is designed to be injected into the medium dermis. The package includes: 1 x 1ml syringe 2 x 30G x 13 mm needles Ingredients of the product: 20 mg/ml of non-animal hyaluronic acid The advantages of utilizing of Perfectha Derm: Address fine lines and smooth out glabellar lines. Define the lip contour more vividly. Get instant and natural results. What is the duration of the results? Perfectha Derm can last between 6 and 12 months.

Perfectha Subskin (3x1ml)

Perfectha Subskin is efficient injectable dermal fillers used to reshape facial contours and enhance the volume of the malar regions, chin, cheeks, hands and nose. Moreover, this hyaluronic acid filler treats skin depressions as well as scars. Perfectha Subskin is ideal for filling and lifting the upper cheeks and redness of the chin. This 90% crosslinked hyaluronic acid gel is designed for injection into the subcutaneous dermis. The package includes: 3 x 1ml syringe 1 x 21G x 50 mm cannula Ingredients of the product: 20 mg/ml of non-animal hyaluronic acid The advantages of utilizing of Perfectha Subskin: Enhance the definition of facial contours Augment the chin and cheeks Attain immediate and naturally appearing outcomes Efficient, secure, and straightforward to administer What is the duration of the results? Perfectha Subskin is anticipated to provide results for a duration of up to 18 months, surpassing the longevity of existing temporary fillers.

Perfectha Deep (1x1ml)

Perfectha Deep is a cross-linked hyaluronic acid gel filler that should be filled into the face to correct deep facial lines and depressions. It’s also ideal for plumping lips, nose reshaping, and nasolabial fold and marionette line treatment. The gel has a 90% cross-linking rate and is precisely injected into the profound part of the dermis of the skin (the deep dermis). The package includes: 1 x 1ml syringe 2 x 27G x 13 mm needles Ingredients of the product: 20 mg/ml of non-animal hyaluronic acid The advantages of utilizing of Perfectha Deep: Eliminate profound facial lines and skin depressions Enhance the volume of the lips Obtain immediate and natural-looking outcomes What is the duration of the results? The expected duration of Perfectha Deep is typically around 8 to 12 months.

Stylage HydroMax Bi-SOFT

Stylage Bi-Soft HydroMax has been designed to restore skin hydration to an ideal state while improving skin elasticity and firmness. Indications: severe dehydration, skin laxity, facial revitalization, hand rejuvenation, neck and décolleté. The package includes: 1 x 1ml syringe 1 x 30G 1/8″ & 1 x 30G 1/2″ needle 12,5 mg/g Cross-linked hyaluronic acid The advantages of utilizing of Stylage Bi-Soft HydroMax: Address significant skin hydration Address skin looseness Enhance skin elasticity and firmness What is the duration of the results? Results usually last for around 2 to 4 months. This varies with the individual, factors like lifestyle, age, and skin type, etc.

HyalDew Fine

HyalDew Fine is a Korean product crafted for enhancing volume and addressing fine lines, wrinkles, and lip contouring. Its distinguishing feature is its elevated hyaluronic acid concentration, combined with the smallest particle size of 100μm in this product line. This combination ensures the preservation of natural effects while maintaining excellent pliability of the product. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1 ml 2 needles 30Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 20 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of HyalDew Fine: Addressing fine wrinkles Subtle sculpting and enhancement of lip volume What is the duration of the results? The duration can vary depending on an individual’s skin characteristics, extending up to 18 months.

Perfectha Complement (1-0.8ml)

Perfectha Complement is a biorevitalizing dermal filler designed to be injected once for various benefits. Apart from addressing imperfections, this product aims to proactively combat skin aging. It assists in diminishing minor wrinkles, reducing crow’s feet, hydrating the skin, and enhancing the definition of lips or facial features. The package includes: 1×0,8ml The advantages of utilizing of Perfectha Complement: Minimize flaws Prevent the signs of skin aging Reshape the appearance of lips and facial contours What is the duration of the results? The outcomes vary based on the lifestyle, age, and skin type of each individual.

Juvederm Voluma + Lidocaine

Juvederm Voluma Lidocaine is an intra-dermal hyaluronic acid volumizing gel that is injected into the chin or from ear to ear into the cheek. This dermal filler soaks up the loss of youthful volume to the skin and removes the most significant indicators of aging. Added volume creates the impression of an instant lift and brings back the natural facial shape that is frequently lost due to aging. Juvederm Voluma uses a unique formulation that features the brand’s patented Vycross process that cross-links lower-weight and higher-weight HA particles for a dramatic, natural-looking and long-lasting result. Lidocaine (local anesthetic) provides improved patient comfort during a procedure. Product Properties Injection Depth Subcutaneous and/or supraperiosteal skin layer Composition Crosslinked hyaluronic acid (20 mg/ml), lidocaine 0.3%, phosphate buffer (pH 7.2) Duration of Effects 12-24 months Juvederm Voluma Packaging 2 x 1 ml prefilled syringes 4 x 27G½” single use needles 4 traceability labels Package insert Results of an Injection Subtle, youthful contouring of the cheek area; Immediately noticeable lifting effect in the lower part of the face; Natural-looking fullness, firmness, and volume lasting up to 2 years. Indications Cheek augmentation for restoration of age-related volume loss in the mid-face; Chin augmentation for chin profile improvement; Recontouring the whole face for more youthful and fresher look overall; Lift and firm the appearance of skin. Contraindications Juvederm Voluma must not be used in: Women during pregnancy and lactation; Patients under the age of 18; Patients having known hypersensitivity to hyaluronic acid or lidocaine; Patients with a tendency to develop hypertrophic scarring; Patients suffering from untreated epilepsy; Areas affected by cutaneous inflammation and/or infection processes. Side Effects Patients may experience mild adverse effects associated with implantation of this drug, which may be immediate or delayed. These reactions fall on the spectrum of pain, itching, redness swelling, bruising, discoloration, induration or nodules at the injection site and most typically resolve within 2-4 weeks. Precautions In order to reduce the likelihood of complications, healthcare providers who have adequate training, experience and knowledge of facial anatomy should be the only ones to use Juvederm Voluma Lidocaine. Do not inject Juvederm Voluma Lidocaine into blood vessels, the periorbital area, glabellar region or the lips. The Juvederm Voluma Lidocaine injection technique can vary in terms of the angle and orientation of the needle bevel, injection depth and volume of product injected, depending on the treatment area.

Profhilo H+L

How does Profhilo work? Profhilo is among the highly rated injectable available treatment. It is used for biomodelling. It is mainly used for the improvement of skin tone, smoothening of texture, and enhancement of overall radiance. It is an anti-aging agent that is composed of hyaluronic acid. Hyaluronic acid in Profhilo is not used as in “fillers” but it is present as a different structure. In Profhilo, hyaluronic acid is thermally cross-linked which gives it more stability. This results in hybrid complexes. L-HA from hybrid relief the patient from stress and hydrates the epidermis. H-HA in Profhilo gives the lift effect, the volumetric effect. They also result in increased skin quality and hydration of the skin. Pack includes: The stylish packing of Profhilo has won the excellence award. This amazing pack contains: two sterile needles one pre-filled syringe. These are strictly recommended to be used by medical professionals. Benefits: A single treatment pops out outstanding and convincing results. These magical changes in the skin are: Reduces skin laxity Reduces sagginess Firmness in the skin Stimulates production of collagen and elastin Radiates skin Gives a beautiful and glowing face Duration: This treatment is completed in two sessions. After the one, the other can be done after 6 months to prolong the effect. No fixed duration. This can vary from person to person according to their skin type. Areas of application: Profhilo is not a dermal filler. It is rather used to glow the skin as before. It is applicable in the following areas: face neck forehead hands chest arms knees feet Profhilo distributes evenly in the skin without any lumps which makes it different from traditional fillers. In this way, it can be used in the neck and forehead region as well. Manufacturer: Manufacturer is IBSA Italy

Revolax Deep

Revolax Deep (without lidocaine) is a biodegradable, BDDE-free, viscoelastic dermal filler based on crosslinked hyaluronic acid of the highest purity. Revolax is produced by Across, a well-known pharmaceutical company headquartered in South Korea. The filler is a safe, low-risk, and highly competitive product in terms of ease of use, great results, and longevity. Revolax Deep is designed for pronounced wrinkle correction and augmentation of the cheeks, chin, nose, and lips. The stable and dense monophasic structure of the HA polymer allows for a duration of up to 18 months. You can buy Revolax Deep online from Major Cosmeticals at the most reasonable price. Do not hesitate to contact us to get the best offer and enjoy fast and professional delivery to your location. Product Properties Injection Depth Medium to deep dermis or subcutaneous tissue Composition Crosslinked hyaluronic acid (20 mg/ml), phosphate buffer (pH 7.0) Duration of Effects 12-18 months Revolax Deep’s Packaging 1 x 1 ml prefilled syringe 2 x 27G½” single use needles Package insert Results of an Injection After the treatment with Revolax Deep dermal filler, patients may notice the following effects: Volumized and hydrated lips; Pronounced aesthetic effect: tightened and rejuvenated skin with less noticeable wrinkles; Contoured cheeks and jawline; Harmonized and balanced features; Immediate and long-lasting volume with a natural finish. Indications Adding volume, definition and hydration to the lips; Correction of deep wrinkles, including nasolabial folds and marionette lines; Restoring facial volume and improving contours; Non-surgical rhinoplasty. Contraindications Revolax Deep treatment must not be used in: Women who are pregnant or breastfeeding; People under the age of 18; Patients who are allergic to hyaluronic acid; Patients undergoing immunotherapy or those with a history of autoimmune diseases; Areas with inflammatory and infectious skin disorders; Combination with laser therapy, chemical peeling or skin abrasion. Side Effects Since Revolax Deep is formulated with high-purity hyaluronic acid of non-animal origin, there is a low risk of allergic reactions or significant complications. Revolax Deep may cause some minor injection-related side effects, such as swelling, bruising, redness, mild irritation, or discoloration. These adverse reactions usually subside within a few days. Precautions Revolax Deep is intended for use as an intradermal implantation by trained medical professionals with the relevant experience. Before the injection, the area to be treated should be thoroughly cleansed and disinfected. Revolax Deep should not be injected into blood vessels or the area around the eyes. Patients are recommended not to apply makeup for 12 hours following the treatment and to avoid extended exposure to sunlight and high temperatures for a few days after the procedure.

StarFill Implant Plus + Lidocaine

StarFill Implant Plus with Lidocaine is a sterile formulation with Lidocaine on the base of the cross-linked hyaluronic acid. It is applied for tissue augmentation, especially for boosting facial contours and rectifying deep face wrinkles and creases. Lidocaine can guarantee the absence of pain during the action. StarFill fillers are produced using advanced technologies that minimize endotoxin and crosslinking agent levels. The product is distinguished by its elevated hyaluronic acid cross-linking, as well as its suitable viscosity and elasticity. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1.1 ml 2 needles 27Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid 24mg/ml Lidocaine hydrochloride 3mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of StarFill Implant Plus with Lidocaine: Addressing profound wrinkles and creases Facial contour sculpting Enhancing facial volume Enhancement of skin complexion What is the duration of the results? Depending on the predisposed biological factors of the patient, the duration is on average 12 to 18 months.

StarFill Deep Plus + Lidocaine

Starfill Deep Plus with Lidocaine is a sterile formulation comprising cross-linked hyaluronic acid and the inclusion of lidocaine. It is intended for tissue augmentation, with a specific focus on enhancing facial contours and correcting deep wrinkles and furrows. The inclusion of lidocaine serves to alleviate discomfort during the procedure. StarFill fillers are crafted using advanced technologies aimed at minimizing endotoxin and crosslinking agent levels. The product is distinguished by its significant hyaluronic acid cross-linking, along with its suitable viscosity and elasticity. The package includes: 1 syringe × 1.1 ml 2 needles per pack. Needle size: 27G Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked sodium hyaluronate 24 mg/ml Lidocaine hydrochloride 3 mg/ml PBS The advantages of utilizing of Starfill Deep Plus with Lidocaine: Addressing profound wrinkles and creases Facial contour sculpting Enhancing facial volume Enhancing skin tone What is the duration of the results? The duration varies based on the patient’s unique predisposition, typically ranging from around 9 to 15 months.

Revofil Ultra 1x1ml

Biomimetic peptides combined with hyaluronic acid give rise to a unique type of dermal filler, Revofil Ultra. This cutting-edge cocktail provides numerous benefits such as prolonged breakdown of hyaluronic acid, increased viscoelasticity of the gel, and stimulation of fibroblasts as collagen cells. Revofil Plus is specifically recommended for addressing moderate to deep wrinkles. The package includes: 1 x 1ml prefilled syringe 2 x sterile 27G x 13mm needles Ingredients of the product: 23 mg/ml of HA PBS (Phosphate buffered Saline) Sodium hyaluronate Crosspolymer-2 Oligopeptide-72 Oligopeptide-50 The advantages of utilizing of Revofil Ultra: Treatment moderate to severe wrinkles Facial rejuvenation Enhancement of facial contours Definition of the jawline Augmentation of cheek volume Correction of the chin Hydration and plumping of the lips Target areas: temples, glabellar lines, marionette lines, nasolabial folds, peri oral region, eyelid, under-eye area What is the duration of the results? Revofil Ultra has a minimum duration of 10 months, although its longevity often surpasses this timeframe and typically extends up to 12 months.

Revofil Plus 1x1ml

Revofil Plus is a dermal filler containing sodium hyaluronate and biomimetic peptides. With these two ingredients working in synergy, the benefits you receive are slow hyaluronic acid breakdown, support for the gela viscoelasticity, and stimulating fibroblasts, which develop collagen. Revofil Plus is specifically recommended for addressing moderate to deep wrinkles. The package includes: 1 x 1ml prefilled syringe 2 x sterile 27G x 13mm needles Ingredients of the product: 23 mg/ml of HA PBS (Phosphate buffered Saline) Sodium hyaluronate Crosspolymer-2 Oligopeptide-72 Oligopeptide-50 The advantages of utilizing of Revofil Plus: Treatment for moderate to deep wrinkles Facial rejuvenation Reduction of under-eye hollows Enhancement of lip contours Improvement of temple area Correction of eyelids Target areas: temples, glabellar lines, marionette lines, nasolabial folds, peri oral region, eyelid, under-eye area What is the duration of the results? The duration of Revofil Plus is a minimum of 10 months, but it frequently extends beyond that, typically lasting up to 12 months.

Hyalax Revitalize Skin

Hyalax Revitalize Skin – hyaluronic acid for mesotherapy. Hyalax Revitalize Skin is a sterile, biodegradable, non-cross-linked, and viscoelastic gel filler. The package includes: 1 prefilled syringe with 1.0 ml Ingredients of the product: hyaluronic acid 18 mg/ml glycerol 20 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of Hyalax Revitalize Skin: Elevate, enhance skin texture and flexibility Minimize fine wrinkles (such as crow’s feet, smoker’s lines) Appropriate for rejuvenating the facial, décolleté, neck, and hand areas What is the duration of the results? A span of 2 to 3 months.

Hyalax Light

Hyalax Light – Hyaluronic acid filler designed to address superficial and moderately deep wrinkles. Hyalax Light is a single-phase, sterile, biodegradable, cross-linked, and homogenized gel filler. The package includes: 1 prefilled syringe with 1.0 ml Ingredients of the product: cross-linked hyaluronic acid of non-animal origin (23 mg/ml) reticular agent BDDE 9% The advantages of utilizing of Hyalax Light: Utilized for addressing both superficial and medium-depth wrinkles, effectively erases “marionette lines” and “sorrow lines,” and skillfully defines the lip contour. Additionally, it enhances facial and neck bio-reinforcement The results are instant and enduring The product’s viscosity ensures volume retention With its remarkable elasticity, it delivers a natural and authentic appearance The substance undergoes rigorous purification processes, significantly reducing the risk of side effects What is the duration of the results? Effective duration: 6 to 9 months.

Hyalax Base

Hyalax BASE is a single-phase gel filler. It consists of non-animal sourced cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 23 mg/ml. This injectable gel is biodegradable. Hyalax BASE is employed to enhance facial volume, shape facial contours, and address more pronounced wrinkles and fine lines. The package includes: 1x1ml in pre-filled syringe Ingredients of the product: Hyaluronic acid2.3% (23 mg/ml) Stabilizer BDDE 14% Phosphate buffer NaCl The advantages of utilizing of Hyalax BASE: Sculpting nasolabial folds, addressing deep wrinkles and creases, augmenting facial soft tissue volume, and refining facial contours The injection sites encompass cheekbones, the nose, chin, facial hollows, and the vicinity around the mouth What is the duration of the results? It is advisable to undergo the treatment again every 9 to 12 months.

HyalDew Shine

HyalDew Shine is a Korean product intended for addressing fine lines and surface-level wrinkles. The product’s notable features include a substantial hyaluronic acid concentration combined with 80μm particle size, ensuring ease of application and long-lasting results. The hyaluronic acid used is known for its elevated viscosity, exceptional purity, and safe usage. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 2 ml 2 needles 31Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 20 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of HyalDew Shine: Surface-level wrinkles Moisturization Enhancement of skin firmness Suitable for all skin varieties What is the duration of the results? The duration can vary based on an individual’s skin characteristics, lasting up to 6 months.

HyalDew Mid

HyalDew Mid is a Korean product developed for volume enhancement and addressing fine lines, wrinkles, and lip contouring. Its noteworthy features include a significant hyaluronic acid concentration paired with a particle size of 120μm, ensuring ease of application and long-lasting results. The hyaluronic acid boasts heightened viscosity, exceptional purity, and safe usage. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1 ml 2 needles 27Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 20 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of HyalDew Mid: Addressing moderate and deep wrinkles Sculpting and enhancing lip volume What is the duration of the results? The duration may vary according to an individual’s skin characteristics, lasting up to 18 months.

HyalDew All

HyalDew All is a Korean product formulated for volume augmentation, addressing fine lines, wrinkles, and lip contouring. Its notable features include a substantial hyaluronic acid concentration combined with a particle size of 140μm, ensuring ease of application and long-lasting results. The hyaluronic acid used is known for its elevated viscosity, outstanding purity, and safe application. The package includes: 1 pre-filled syringe of 1 ml 2 needles 27Gx13mm Ingredients of the product: Cross-linked hyaluronic acid at a concentration of 20 mg/ml The advantages of utilizing of HyalDew All: Addressing deep and extremely deep wrinkles Nasolabial fold correction Wrinkles on the forehead and chin Nose enhancement Facial volume enhancement What is the duration of the results? The duration can vary depending on the unique characteristics of the individual’s skin, extending up to 18 months.